Vulkan Logo

1. Preamble

Copyright 2014-2024 The Khronos Group Inc.

This Specification is protected by copyright laws and contains material proprietary to Khronos. Except as described by these terms, it or any components may not be reproduced, republished, distributed, transmitted, displayed, broadcast or otherwise exploited in any manner without the express prior written permission of Khronos.

Khronos grants a conditional copyright license to use and reproduce the unmodified Specification for any purpose, without fee or royalty, EXCEPT no licenses to any patent, trademark or other intellectual property rights are granted under these terms.

Khronos makes no, and expressly disclaims any, representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding this Specification, including, without limitation: merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of any intellectual property, correctness, accuracy, completeness, timeliness, and reliability. Under no circumstances will Khronos, or any of its Promoters, Contributors or Members, or their respective partners, officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives be liable for any damages, whether direct, indirect, special or consequential damages for lost revenues, lost profits, or otherwise, arising from or in connection with these materials.

This Specification has been created under the Khronos Intellectual Property Rights Policy, which is Attachment A of the Khronos Group Membership Agreement available at https://www.khronos.org/files/member_agreement.pdf. Parties desiring to implement the Specification and make use of Khronos trademarks in relation to that implementation, and receive reciprocal patent license protection under the Khronos Intellectual Property Rights Policy must become Adopters and confirm the implementation as conformant under the process defined by Khronos for this Specification; see https://www.khronos.org/adopters.

This Specification contains substantially unmodified functionality from, and is a successor to, Khronos specifications including OpenGL, OpenGL ES and OpenCL.

The Khronos Intellectual Property Rights Policy defines the terms 'Scope', 'Compliant Portion', and 'Necessary Patent Claims'.

Some parts of this Specification are purely informative and so are EXCLUDED the Scope of this Specification. The Document Conventions section of the Introduction defines how these parts of the Specification are identified.

Where this Specification uses technical terminology, defined in the Glossary or otherwise, that refer to enabling technologies that are not expressly set forth in this Specification, those enabling technologies are EXCLUDED from the Scope of this Specification. For clarity, enabling technologies not disclosed with particularity in this Specification (e.g. semiconductor manufacturing technology, hardware architecture, processor architecture or microarchitecture, memory architecture, compiler technology, object oriented technology, basic operating system technology, compression technology, algorithms, and so on) are NOT to be considered expressly set forth; only those application program interfaces and data structures disclosed with particularity are included in the Scope of this Specification.

For purposes of the Khronos Intellectual Property Rights Policy as it relates to the definition of Necessary Patent Claims, all recommended or optional features, behaviors and functionality set forth in this Specification, if implemented, are considered to be included as Compliant Portions.

Where this Specification identifies specific sections of external references, only those specifically identified sections define normative functionality. The Khronos Intellectual Property Rights Policy excludes external references to materials and associated enabling technology not created by Khronos from the Scope of this Specification, and any licenses that may be required to implement such referenced materials and associated technologies must be obtained separately and may involve royalty payments.

Khronos and Vulkan are registered trademarks, and SPIR-V is a trademark of The Khronos Group Inc. OpenCL is a trademark of Apple Inc., used under license by Khronos. OpenGL is a registered trademark and the OpenGL ES logo is a trademark of Hewlett Packard Enterprise, used under license by Khronos. ASTC is a trademark of ARM Holdings PLC. All other product names, trademarks, and/or company names are used solely for identification and belong to their respective owners.

2. Introduction

This document, referred to as the “Vulkan Specification” or just the “Specification” hereafter, describes the Vulkan Application Programming Interface (API). Vulkan is a C99 API designed for explicit control of low-level graphics and compute functionality.

The canonical version of the Specification is available in the official Vulkan Registry (https://registry.khronos.org/vulkan/). The source files used to generate the Vulkan specification are stored in the Vulkan Documentation Repository (https://github.com/KhronosGroup/Vulkan-Docs).

The source repository additionally has a public issue tracker and allows the submission of pull requests that improve the specification.

2.1. Document Conventions

The Vulkan specification is intended for use by both implementors of the API and application developers seeking to make use of the API, forming a contract between these parties. Specification text may address either party; typically the intended audience can be inferred from context, though some sections are defined to address only one of these parties. (For example, Valid Usage sections only address application developers). Any requirements, prohibitions, recommendations or options defined by normative terminology are imposed only on the audience of that text.

Note

Structure and enumerated types defined in extensions that were promoted to core in a later version of Vulkan are now defined in terms of the equivalent Vulkan core interfaces. This affects the Vulkan Specification, the Vulkan header files, and the corresponding XML Registry.

2.1.1. Ratification

Ratification of a Vulkan core version or extension is a status conferred by vote of the Khronos Board of Promoters, bringing that core version or extension under the umbrella of the Khronos IP Policy.

All Vulkan core versions and KHR extensions (including provisional specifications) are ratified, as are some multi-vendor EXT extensions. Ratification status of extensions is described in the Layers & Extensions (Informative) appendix.

Note

Ratification status is primarily of interest to IHVs developing GPU hardware and Vulkan implementations

For developers, ratification does not necessarily mean that an extension is “better”; has a more stable API; or is more widely supported than alternative ways of achieving that functionality.

Interactions between ratified and non-ratified extensions are not themselves ratified.

2.1.2. Informative Language

Some language in the specification is purely informative, intended to give background or suggestions to implementors or developers.

If an entire chapter or section contains only informative language, its title will be suffixed with “(Informative)”.

All NOTEs are implicitly informative.

2.1.3. Normative Terminology

Within this specification, the key words must, required, should, recommended, may, and optional are to be interpreted as described in RFC 2119 - Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2119.txt). The additional key word optionally is an alternate form of optional, for use where grammatically appropriate.

These key words are highlighted in the specification for clarity. In text addressing application developers, their use expresses requirements that apply to application behavior. In text addressing implementors, their use expresses requirements that apply to implementations.

In text addressing application developers, the additional key words can and cannot are to be interpreted as describing the capabilities of an application, as follows:

can

This word means that the application is able to perform the action described.

cannot

This word means that the API and/or the execution environment provide no mechanism through which the application can express or accomplish the action described.

These key words are never used in text addressing implementors.

Note

There is an important distinction between cannot and must not, as used in this Specification. Cannot means something the application literally is unable to express or accomplish through the API, while must not means something that the application is capable of expressing through the API, but that the consequences of doing so are undefined and potentially unrecoverable for the implementation (see Valid Usage).

Unless otherwise noted in the section heading, all sections and appendices in this document are normative.

2.1.4. Technical Terminology

The Vulkan Specification makes use of common engineering and graphics terms such as Pipeline, Shader, and Host to identify and describe Vulkan API constructs and their attributes, states, and behaviors. The Glossary defines the basic meanings of these terms in the context of the Specification. The Specification text provides fuller definitions of the terms and may elaborate, extend, or clarify the Glossary definitions. When a term defined in the Glossary is used in normative language within the Specification, the definitions within the Specification govern and supersede any meanings the terms may have in other technical contexts (i.e. outside the Specification).

2.1.5. Normative References

References to external documents are considered normative references if the Specification uses any of the normative terms defined in Normative Terminology to refer to them or their requirements, either as a whole or in part.

The following documents are referenced by normative sections of the specification:

IEEE. August, 2008. IEEE Standard for Floating-Point Arithmetic. IEEE Std 754-2008. https://dx.doi.org/10.1109/IEEESTD.2008.4610935 .

Andrew Garrard. Khronos Data Format Specification, version 1.3. https://registry.khronos.org/DataFormat/specs/1.3/dataformat.1.3.html .

John Kessenich. SPIR-V Extended Instructions for GLSL, Version 1.00 (February 10, 2016). https://registry.khronos.org/spir-v/ .

John Kessenich, Boaz Ouriel, and Raun Krisch. SPIR-V Specification, Version 1.5, Revision 3, Unified (April 24, 2020). https://registry.khronos.org/spir-v/ .

ITU-T. H.264 Advanced Video Coding for Generic Audiovisual Services (August, 2021). https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-H.264-202108-I/ .

ITU-T. H.265 High Efficiency Video Coding (August, 2021). https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-H.265-202108-S/ .

Alliance for Open Media. AV1 Bitstream & Decoding Process Specification (January 8, 2019). https://aomediacodec.github.io/av1-spec/av1-spec.pdf .

Jon Leech. The Khronos Vulkan API Registry (February 26, 2023). https://registry.khronos.org/vulkan/specs/1.3/registry.html .

Jon Leech and Tobias Hector. Vulkan Documentation and Extensions: Procedures and Conventions (February 26, 2023). https://registry.khronos.org/vulkan/specs/1.3/styleguide.html .

Architecture of the Vulkan Loader Interfaces (October, 2021). https://github.com/KhronosGroup/Vulkan-Loader/blob/main/docs/LoaderInterfaceArchitecture.md .

3. Fundamentals

This chapter introduces fundamental concepts including the Vulkan architecture and execution model, API syntax, queues, pipeline configurations, numeric representation, state and state queries, and the different types of objects and shaders. It provides a framework for interpreting more specific descriptions of commands and behavior in the remainder of the Specification.

3.1. Host and Device Environment

The Vulkan Specification assumes and requires: the following properties of the host environment with respect to Vulkan implementations:

  • The host must have runtime support for 8, 16, 32 and 64-bit signed and unsigned twos-complement integers, all addressable at the granularity of their size in bytes.

  • The host must have runtime support for 32- and 64-bit floating-point types satisfying the range and precision constraints in the Floating Point Computation section.

  • The representation and endianness of these types on the host must match the representation and endianness of the same types on every physical device supported.

Note

Since a variety of data types and structures in Vulkan may be accessible by both host and physical device operations, the implementation should be able to access such data efficiently in both paths in order to facilitate writing portable and performant applications.

3.2. Execution Model

This section outlines the execution model of a Vulkan system.

Vulkan exposes one or more devices, each of which exposes one or more queues which may process work asynchronously to one another. The set of queues supported by a device is partitioned into families. Each family supports one or more types of functionality and may contain multiple queues with similar characteristics. Queues within a single family are considered compatible with one another, and work produced for a family of queues can be executed on any queue within that family. This specification defines the following types of functionality that queues may support: graphics, compute, sparse memory management, and transfer.

Note

A single device may report multiple similar queue families rather than, or as well as, reporting multiple members of one or more of those families. This indicates that while members of those families have similar capabilities, they are not directly compatible with one another.

Device memory is explicitly managed by the application. Each device may advertise one or more heaps, representing different areas of memory. Memory heaps are either device-local or host-local, but are always visible to the device. Further detail about memory heaps is exposed via memory types available on that heap. Examples of memory areas that may be available on an implementation include:

  • device-local is memory that is physically connected to the device.

  • device-local, host visible is device-local memory that is visible to the host.

  • host-local, host visible is memory that is local to the host and visible to the device and host.

On other architectures, there may only be a single heap that can be used for any purpose.

3.2.1. Queue Operation

Vulkan queues provide an interface to the execution engines of a device. Commands for these execution engines are recorded into command buffers ahead of execution time, and then submitted to a queue for execution. Once submitted to a queue, command buffers will begin and complete execution without further application intervention, though the order of this execution is dependent on a number of implicit and explicit ordering constraints.

Work is submitted to queues using queue submission commands that typically take the form vkQueue* (e.g. vkQueueSubmit , vkQueueBindSparse ), and can take a list of semaphores upon which to wait before work begins and a list of semaphores to signal once work has completed. The work itself, as well as signaling and waiting on the semaphores are all queue operations. Queue submission commands return control to the application once queue operations have been submitted - they do not wait for completion.

There are no implicit ordering constraints between queue operations on different queues, or between queues and the host, so these may operate in any order with respect to each other. Explicit ordering constraints between different queues or with the host can be expressed with semaphores and fences.

Command buffer submissions to a single queue respect submission order and other implicit ordering guarantees, but otherwise may overlap or execute out of order. Other types of batches and queue submissions against a single queue (e.g. sparse memory binding) have no implicit ordering constraints with any other queue submission or batch. Additional explicit ordering constraints between queue submissions and individual batches can be expressed with semaphores and fences.

Before a fence or semaphore is signaled, it is guaranteed that any previously submitted queue operations have completed execution, and that memory writes from those queue operations are available to future queue operations. Waiting on a signaled semaphore or fence guarantees that previous writes that are available are also visible to subsequent commands.

Command buffer boundaries, both between primary command buffers of the same or different batches or submissions as well as between primary and secondary command buffers, do not introduce any additional ordering constraints. In other words, submitting the set of command buffers (which can include executing secondary command buffers) between any semaphore or fence operations execute the recorded commands as if they had all been recorded into a single primary command buffer, except that the current state is reset on each boundary. Explicit ordering constraints can be expressed with explicit synchronization primitives.

There are a few implicit ordering guarantees between commands within a command buffer, but only covering a subset of execution. Additional explicit ordering constraints can be expressed with the various explicit synchronization primitives.

Note

Implementations have significant freedom to overlap execution of work submitted to a queue, and this is common due to deep pipelining and parallelism in Vulkan devices.

Commands recorded in command buffers can perform actions, set state that persists across commands, synchronize other commands, or indirectly launch other commands, with some commands fulfilling several of these roles. The “Command Properties” section for each such command lists which of these roles the command takes:

Action

Action commands perform operations that can update values in memory. E.g. draw commands, dispatch commands.

State

State setting commands update the current state of a command buffer, affecting the operation of future action commands.

Synchronization

Synchronization commands impose ordering constraints on action commands, by introducing explicit execution and memory dependencies.

Indirection

Indirection commands execute other commands which were not directly recorded in the same command buffer.

Note

In the absence of explicit synchronization or implicit ordering guarantees, action commands may overlap execution or execute out of order, potentially leading to data races. However, such reordering does not affect the current state observed by any action command. Each action command uses the state in effect at the point where the command occurs in the command buffer, regardless of when it is executed.

3.3. Object Model

The devices, queues, and other entities in Vulkan are represented by Vulkan objects. At the API level, all objects are referred to by handles. There are two classes of handles, dispatchable and non-dispatchable. Dispatchable handle types are a pointer to an opaque type. This pointer may be used by layers as part of intercepting API commands, and thus each API command takes a dispatchable type as its first parameter. Each object of a dispatchable type must have a unique handle value during its lifetime.

Non-dispatchable handle types are a 64-bit integer type whose meaning is implementation-dependent. Non-dispatchable handles may encode object information directly in the handle rather than acting as a reference to an underlying object, and thus may not have unique handle values. If handle values are not unique, then destroying one such handle must not cause identical handles of other types to become invalid, and must not cause identical handles of the same type to become invalid if that handle value has been created more times than it has been destroyed.

All objects created or allocated from a VkDevice (i.e. with a VkDevice as the first parameter) are private to that device, and must not be used on other devices.

3.3.1. Object Lifetime

Objects are created or allocated by vkCreate* and vkAllocate* commands, respectively. Once an object is created or allocated, its “structure” is considered to be immutable, though the contents of certain object types is still free to change. Objects are destroyed or freed by vkDestroy* and vkFree* commands, respectively.

Objects that are allocated (rather than created) take resources from an existing pool object or memory heap, and when freed return resources to that pool or heap. While object creation and destruction are generally expected to be low-frequency occurrences during runtime, allocating and freeing objects can occur at high frequency. Pool objects help accommodate improved performance of the allocations and frees.

It is an application’s responsibility to track the lifetime of Vulkan objects, and not to destroy them while they are still in use.

The ownership of application-owned memory is immediately acquired by any Vulkan command it is passed into. Ownership of such memory must be released back to the application at the end of the duration of the command, so that the application can alter or free this memory as soon as all the commands that acquired it have returned.

The following object types are consumed when they are passed into a Vulkan command and not further accessed by the objects they are used to create. They must not be destroyed in the duration of any API command they are passed into:

  • VkShaderModule

  • VkPipelineCache

A VkRenderPass object passed as a parameter to create another object is not further accessed by that object after the duration of the command it is passed into. A VkRenderPass used in a command buffer follows the rules described below.

A VkPipelineLayout object must not be destroyed while any command buffer that uses it is in the recording state.

VkDescriptorSetLayout objects may be accessed by commands that operate on descriptor sets allocated using that layout, and those descriptor sets must not be updated with vkUpdateDescriptorSets after the descriptor set layout has been destroyed. Otherwise, a VkDescriptorSetLayout object passed as a parameter to create another object is not further accessed by that object after the duration of the command it is passed into.

The application must not destroy any other type of Vulkan object until all uses of that object by the device (such as via command buffer execution) have completed.

The following Vulkan objects must not be destroyed while any command buffers using the object are in the pending state:

  • VkEvent

  • VkQueryPool

  • VkBuffer

  • VkBufferView

  • VkImage

  • VkImageView

  • VkPipeline

  • VkSampler

  • VkDescriptorPool

  • VkFramebuffer

  • VkRenderPass

  • VkCommandBuffer

  • VkCommandPool

  • VkDeviceMemory

  • VkDescriptorSet

Destroying these objects will move any command buffers that are in the recording or executable state, and are using those objects, to the invalid state.

The following Vulkan objects must not be destroyed while any queue is executing commands that use the object:

  • VkFence

  • VkSemaphore

  • VkCommandBuffer

  • VkCommandPool

In general, objects can be destroyed or freed in any order, even if the object being freed is involved in the use of another object (e.g. use of a resource in a view, use of a view in a descriptor set, use of an object in a command buffer, binding of a memory allocation to a resource), as long as any object that uses the freed object is not further used in any way except to be destroyed or to be reset in such a way that it no longer uses the other object (such as resetting a command buffer). If the object has been reset, then it can be used as if it never used the freed object. An exception to this is when there is a parent/child relationship between objects. In this case, the application must not destroy a parent object before its children, except when the parent is explicitly defined to free its children when it is destroyed (e.g. for pool objects, as defined below).

VkCommandPool objects are parents of VkCommandBuffer objects. VkDescriptorPool objects are parents of VkDescriptorSet objects. VkDevice objects are parents of many object types (all that take a VkDevice as a parameter to their creation).

The following Vulkan objects have specific restrictions for when they can be destroyed:

  • VkQueue objects cannot be explicitly destroyed. Instead, they are implicitly destroyed when the VkDevice object they are retrieved from is destroyed.

  • Destroying a pool object implicitly frees all objects allocated from that pool. Specifically, destroying VkCommandPool frees all VkCommandBuffer objects that were allocated from it, and destroying VkDescriptorPool frees all VkDescriptorSet objects that were allocated from it.

  • VkDevice objects can be destroyed when all VkQueue objects retrieved from them are idle, and all objects created from them have been destroyed.

    • This includes the following objects:

      • VkFence

      • VkSemaphore

      • VkEvent

      • VkQueryPool

      • VkBuffer

      • VkBufferView

      • VkImage

      • VkImageView

      • VkShaderModule

      • VkPipelineCache

      • VkPipeline

      • VkPipelineLayout

      • VkSampler

      • VkDescriptorSetLayout

      • VkDescriptorPool

      • VkFramebuffer

      • VkRenderPass

      • VkCommandPool

      • VkCommandBuffer

      • VkDeviceMemory

  • VkPhysicalDevice objects cannot be explicitly destroyed. Instead, they are implicitly destroyed when the VkInstance object they are retrieved from is destroyed.

  • VkInstance objects can be destroyed once all VkDevice objects created from any of its VkPhysicalDevice objects have been destroyed.

3.4. Application Binary Interface

The mechanism by which Vulkan is made available to applications is platform- or implementation- defined. On many platforms the C interface described in this Specification is provided by a shared library. Since shared libraries can be changed independently of the applications that use them, they present particular compatibility challenges, and this Specification places some requirements on them.

Shared library implementations must use the default Application Binary Interface (ABI) of the standard C compiler for the platform, or provide customized API headers that cause application code to use the implementation’s non-default ABI. An ABI in this context means the size, alignment, and layout of C data types; the procedure calling convention; and the naming convention for shared library symbols corresponding to C functions. Customizing the calling convention for a platform is usually accomplished by defining calling convention macros appropriately in vk_platform.h.

On platforms where Vulkan is provided as a shared library, library symbols beginning with “vk” and followed by a digit or uppercase letter are reserved for use by the implementation. Applications which use Vulkan must not provide definitions of these symbols. This allows the Vulkan shared library to be updated with additional symbols for new API versions or extensions without causing symbol conflicts with existing applications.

Shared library implementations should provide library symbols for commands in the highest version of this Specification they support, and for Window System Integration extensions relevant to the platform. They may also provide library symbols for commands defined by additional extensions.

Note

These requirements and recommendations are intended to allow implementors to take advantage of platform-specific conventions for SDKs, ABIs, library versioning mechanisms, etc. while still minimizing the code changes necessary to port applications or libraries between platforms. Platform vendors, or providers of the de facto standard Vulkan shared library for a platform, are encouraged to document what symbols the shared library provides and how it will be versioned when new symbols are added.

Applications should only rely on shared library symbols for commands in the minimum core version required by the application. vkGetInstanceProcAddr and vkGetDeviceProcAddr should be used to obtain function pointers for commands in core versions beyond the application’s minimum required version.

3.5. Command Syntax and Duration

The Specification describes Vulkan commands as functions or procedures using C99 syntax. Language bindings for other languages such as C++ and JavaScript may allow for stricter parameter passing, or object-oriented interfaces.

Vulkan uses the standard C types for the base type of scalar parameters (e.g. types from <stdint.h>), with exceptions described below, or elsewhere in the text when appropriate:

VkBool32 represents boolean True and False values, since C does not have a sufficiently portable built-in boolean type:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef uint32_t VkBool32;

VK_TRUE represents a boolean True (unsigned integer 1) value, and VK_FALSE a boolean False (unsigned integer 0) value.

All values returned from a Vulkan implementation in a VkBool32 will be either VK_TRUE or VK_FALSE.

Applications must not pass any other values than VK_TRUE or VK_FALSE into a Vulkan implementation where a VkBool32 is expected.

VK_TRUE is a constant representing a VkBool32 True value.

#define VK_TRUE                           1U

VK_FALSE is a constant representing a VkBool32 False value.

#define VK_FALSE                          0U

VkDeviceSize represents device memory size and offset values:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef uint64_t VkDeviceSize;

VkDeviceAddress represents device buffer address values:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef uint64_t VkDeviceAddress;

Commands that create Vulkan objects are of the form vkCreate* and take Vk*CreateInfo structures with the parameters needed to create the object. These Vulkan objects are destroyed with commands of the form vkDestroy*.

The last in-parameter to each command that creates or destroys a Vulkan object is pAllocator. The pAllocator parameter can be set to a non-NULL value such that allocations for the given object are delegated to an application provided callback; refer to the Memory Allocation chapter for further details.

Commands that allocate Vulkan objects owned by pool objects are of the form vkAllocate*, and take Vk*AllocateInfo structures. These Vulkan objects are freed with commands of the form vkFree*. These objects do not take allocators; if host memory is needed, they will use the allocator that was specified when their parent pool was created.

Commands are recorded into a command buffer by calling API commands of the form vkCmd*. Each such command may have different restrictions on where it can be used: in a primary and/or secondary command buffer, inside and/or outside a render pass, and in one or more of the supported queue types. These restrictions are documented together with the definition of each such command.

The duration of a Vulkan command refers to the interval between calling the command and its return to the caller.

3.5.1. Lifetime of Retrieved Results

Information is retrieved from the implementation with commands of the form vkGet* and vkEnumerate*.

Unless otherwise specified for an individual command, the results are invariant; that is, they will remain unchanged when retrieved again by calling the same command with the same parameters, so long as those parameters themselves all remain valid.

3.6. Threading Behavior

Vulkan is intended to provide scalable performance when used on multiple host threads. All commands support being called concurrently from multiple threads, but certain parameters, or components of parameters are defined to be externally synchronized. This means that the caller must guarantee that no more than one thread is using such a parameter at a given time.

More precisely, Vulkan commands use simple stores to update the state of Vulkan objects. A parameter declared as externally synchronized may have its contents updated at any time during the host execution of the command. If two commands operate on the same object and at least one of the commands declares the object to be externally synchronized, then the caller must guarantee not only that the commands do not execute simultaneously, but also that the two commands are separated by an appropriate memory barrier (if needed).

Note

Memory barriers are particularly relevant for hosts based on the ARM CPU architecture, which is more weakly ordered than many developers are accustomed to from x86/x64 programming. Fortunately, most higher-level synchronization primitives (like the pthread library) perform memory barriers as a part of mutual exclusion, so mutexing Vulkan objects via these primitives will have the desired effect.

Similarly the application must avoid any potential data hazard of application-owned memory that has its ownership temporarily acquired by a Vulkan command. While the ownership of application-owned memory remains acquired by a command the implementation may read the memory at any point, and it may write non-const qualified memory at any point. Parameters referring to non-const qualified application-owned memory are not marked explicitly as externally synchronized in the Specification.

Many object types are immutable, meaning the objects cannot change once they have been created. These types of objects never need external synchronization, except that they must not be destroyed while they are in use on another thread. In certain special cases mutable object parameters are internally synchronized, making external synchronization unnecessary. Any command parameters that are not labeled as externally synchronized are either not mutated by the command or are internally synchronized. Additionally, certain objects related to a command’s parameters (e.g. command pools and descriptor pools) may be affected by a command, and must also be externally synchronized. These implicit parameters are documented as described below.

Parameters of commands that are externally synchronized are listed below.

Externally Synchronized Parameters

There are also a few instances where a command can take in a user allocated list whose contents are externally synchronized parameters. In these cases, the caller must guarantee that at most one thread is using a given element within the list at a given time. These parameters are listed below.

Externally Synchronized Parameter Lists

In addition, there are some implicit parameters that need to be externally synchronized. For example, when a commandBuffer parameter needs to be externally synchronized, it implies that the commandPool from which that command buffer was allocated also needs to be externally synchronized. The implicit parameters and their associated object are listed below.

Implicit Externally Synchronized Parameters

3.7. Valid Usage

Valid usage defines a set of conditions which must be met in order to achieve well-defined runtime behavior in an application. These conditions depend only on Vulkan state, and the parameters or objects whose usage is constrained by the condition.

The core layer assumes applications are using the API correctly. Except as documented elsewhere in the Specification, the behavior of the core layer to an application using the API incorrectly is undefined, and may include program termination. However, implementations must ensure that incorrect usage by an application does not affect the integrity of the operating system, the Vulkan implementation, or other Vulkan client applications in the system. In particular, any guarantees made by an operating system about whether memory from one process can be visible to another process or not must not be violated by a Vulkan implementation for any memory allocation. Vulkan implementations are not required to make additional security or integrity guarantees beyond those provided by the OS unless explicitly directed by the application’s use of a particular feature or extension.

Note

For instance, if an operating system guarantees that data in all its memory allocations are set to zero when newly allocated, the Vulkan implementation must make the same guarantees for any allocations it controls (e.g. VkDeviceMemory).

Similarly, if an operating system guarantees that use-after-free of host allocations will not result in values written by another process becoming visible, the same guarantees must be made by the Vulkan implementation for device memory.

Some valid usage conditions have dependencies on runtime limits or feature availability. It is possible to validate these conditions against Vulkan’s minimum supported values for these limits and features, or some subset of other known values.

Valid usage conditions do not cover conditions where well-defined behavior (including returning an error code) exists.

Valid usage conditions should apply to the command or structure where complete information about the condition would be known during execution of an application. This is such that a validation layer or linter can be written directly against these statements at the point they are specified.

Note

This does lead to some non-obvious places for valid usage statements. For instance, the valid values for a structure might depend on a separate value in the calling command. In this case, the structure itself will not reference this valid usage as it is impossible to determine validity from the structure that it is invalid - instead this valid usage would be attached to the calling command.

Another example is draw state - the state setters are independent, and can cause a legitimately invalid state configuration between draw calls; so the valid usage statements are attached to the place where all state needs to be valid - at the drawing command.

Valid usage conditions are described in a block labeled “Valid Usage” following each command or structure they apply to.

3.7.1. Usage Validation

Vulkan is a layered API. The lowest layer is the core Vulkan layer, as defined by this Specification. The application can use additional layers above the core for debugging, validation, and other purposes.

One of the core principles of Vulkan is that building and submitting command buffers should be highly efficient. Thus error checking and validation of state in the core layer is minimal, although more rigorous validation can be enabled through the use of layers.

Validation of correct API usage is left to validation layers. Applications should be developed with validation layers enabled, to help catch and eliminate errors. Once validated, released applications should not enable validation layers by default.

3.7.2. Implicit Valid Usage

Some valid usage conditions apply to all commands and structures in the API, unless explicitly denoted otherwise for a specific command or structure. These conditions are considered implicit, and are described in a block labeled “Valid Usage (Implicit)” following each command or structure they apply to. Implicit valid usage conditions are described in detail below.

Valid Usage for Object Handles

Any input parameter to a command that is an object handle must be a valid object handle, unless otherwise specified. An object handle is valid if:

  • It has been created or allocated by a previous, successful call to the API. Such calls are noted in the Specification.

  • It has not been deleted or freed by a previous call to the API. Such calls are noted in the Specification.

  • Any objects used by that object, either as part of creation or execution, must also be valid.

The reserved values VK_NULL_HANDLE and NULL can be used in place of valid non-dispatchable handles and dispatchable handles, respectively, when explicitly called out in the Specification. Any command that creates an object successfully must not return these values. It is valid to pass these values to vkDestroy* or vkFree* commands, which will silently ignore these values.

Valid Usage for Pointers

Any parameter that is a pointer must be a valid pointer only if it is explicitly called out by a Valid Usage statement.

A pointer is “valid” if it points at memory containing values of the number and type(s) expected by the command, and all fundamental types accessed through the pointer (e.g. as elements of an array or as members of a structure) satisfy the alignment requirements of the host processor.

Valid Usage for Strings

Any parameter that is a pointer to char must be a finite sequence of values terminated by a null character, or if explicitly called out in the Specification, can be NULL.

Valid Usage for Enumerated Types

Any parameter of an enumerated type must be a valid enumerant for that type. Use of an enumerant is valid if the following conditions are true:

  • The enumerant is defined as part of the enumerated type.

  • The enumerant is not a value suffixed with _MAX_ENUM.

    • This value exists only to ensure that C enum types are 32 bits in size and must not be used by applications.

  • If the enumerant is used in a function that has a VkInstance as its first parameter and either:

    • it was added by a core version that is supported and the value of VkApplicationInfo::apiVersion is greater than or equal to the version that added it; or

    • it was added by an instance extension that was enabled for the instance.

  • If the enumerant is used in a function that has a VkPhysicalDevice object as its first parameter and either:

  • If the enumerant is used in a function that has any other dispatchable object as its first parameter and either:

Any enumerated type returned from a query command or otherwise output from Vulkan to the application must not have a reserved value. Reserved values are values not defined by any extension for that enumerated type.

Note

In some special cases, an enumerant is only meaningful if a feature defined by an extension is also enabled, as well as the extension itself. The global “valid enumerant” rule described here does not address such cases.

Note

This language is intended to accommodate cases such as “hidden” extensions known only to driver internals, or layers enabling extensions without knowledge of the application, without allowing return of values not defined by any extension.

Note

Application developers are encouraged to be careful when using switch statements with Vulkan API enums. This is because new extensions can add new values to existing enums. Using a default: statement within a switch may avoid future compilation issues.

Valid Usage for Flags

A collection of flags is represented by a bitmask using the type VkFlags:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef uint32_t VkFlags;

Bitmasks are passed to many commands and structures to compactly represent options, but VkFlags is not used directly in the API. Instead, a Vk*Flags type which is an alias of VkFlags, and whose name matches the corresponding Vk*FlagBits that are valid for that type, is used.

Any Vk*Flags member or parameter used in the API as an input must be a valid combination of bit flags. A valid combination is either zero or the bitwise OR of valid bit flags.

An individual bit flag is valid for a Vk*Flags type if it would be a valid enumerant when used with the equivalent Vk*FlagBits type, where the bits type is obtained by taking the flag type and replacing the trailing Flags with FlagBits. For example, a flag value of type VkColorComponentFlags must contain only bit flags defined by VkColorComponentFlagBits.

Any Vk*Flags member or parameter returned from a query command or otherwise output from Vulkan to the application may contain bit flags undefined in its corresponding Vk*FlagBits type. An application cannot rely on the state of these unspecified bits.

Only the low-order 31 bits (bit positions zero through 30) are available for use as flag bits.

Note

This restriction is due to poorly defined behavior by C compilers given a C enumerant value of 0x80000000. In some cases adding this enumerant value may increase the size of the underlying Vk*FlagBits type, breaking the ABI.

Valid Usage for Structure Types

Any parameter that is a structure containing a sType member must have a value of sType which is a valid VkStructureType value matching the type of the structure.

Valid Usage for Structure Pointer Chains

Any parameter that is a structure containing a void* pNext member must have a value of pNext that is either NULL, or is a pointer to a valid extending structure, containing sType and pNext members as described in the Vulkan Documentation and Extensions document in the section “Extending Structures”. The set of structures connected by pNext pointers is referred to as a pNext chain.

Each structure included in the pNext chain must be defined at runtime by either:

  • a core version which is supported

  • an extension which is enabled

Each type of extending structure must not appear more than once in a pNext chain, including any aliases. This general rule may be explicitly overridden for specific structures.

Any component of the implementation (the loader, any enabled layers, and drivers) must skip over, without processing (other than reading the sType and pNext members) any extending structures in the chain not defined by core versions or extensions supported by that component.

As a convenience to implementations and layers needing to iterate through a structure pointer chain, the Vulkan API provides two base structures. These structures allow for some type safety, and can be used by Vulkan API functions that operate on generic inputs and outputs.

The VkBaseInStructure structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBaseInStructure {
    VkStructureType                    sType;
    const struct VkBaseInStructure*    pNext;
} VkBaseInStructure;
  • sType is the structure type of the structure being iterated through.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to the next structure in a structure chain.

VkBaseInStructure can be used to facilitate iterating through a read-only structure pointer chain.

The VkBaseOutStructure structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBaseOutStructure {
    VkStructureType               sType;
    struct VkBaseOutStructure*    pNext;
} VkBaseOutStructure;
  • sType is the structure type of the structure being iterated through.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to the next structure in a structure chain.

VkBaseOutStructure can be used to facilitate iterating through a structure pointer chain that returns data back to the application.

Valid Usage for Nested Structures

The above conditions also apply recursively to members of structures provided as input to a command, either as a direct argument to the command, or themselves a member of another structure.

Specifics on valid usage of each command are covered in their individual sections.

Valid Usage for Extensions

Instance-level functionality or behavior added by an instance extension to the API must not be used unless that extension is supported by the instance as determined by vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties, and that extension is enabled in VkInstanceCreateInfo.

Physical-device-level functionality or behavior added by an instance extension to the API must not be used unless that extension is supported by the instance as determined by vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties, and that extension is enabled in VkInstanceCreateInfo.

Device-level functionality added by a device extension that is dispatched from a VkDevice, or from a child object of a VkDevice must not be used unless that extension is supported by the device as determined by vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties, and that extension is enabled in VkDeviceCreateInfo.

Valid Usage for Newer Core Versions

Physical-device-level functionality or behavior added by a new core version of the API must not be used unless it is supported by the physical device as determined by VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::apiVersion and the specified version of VkApplicationInfo::apiVersion.

Device-level functionality or behavior added by a new core version of the API must not be used unless it is supported by the device as determined by VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::apiVersion and the specified version of VkApplicationInfo::apiVersion.

3.8. VkResult Return Codes

While the core Vulkan API is not designed to capture incorrect usage, some circumstances still require return codes. Commands in Vulkan return their status via return codes that are in one of two categories:

  • Successful completion codes are returned when a command needs to communicate success or status information. All successful completion codes are non-negative values.

  • Run time error codes are returned when a command needs to communicate a failure that could only be detected at runtime. All runtime error codes are negative values.

All return codes in Vulkan are reported via VkResult return values. The possible codes are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkResult {
    VK_SUCCESS = 0,
    VK_NOT_READY = 1,
    VK_TIMEOUT = 2,
    VK_EVENT_SET = 3,
    VK_EVENT_RESET = 4,
    VK_INCOMPLETE = 5,
    VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY = -1,
    VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY = -2,
    VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED = -3,
    VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST = -4,
    VK_ERROR_MEMORY_MAP_FAILED = -5,
    VK_ERROR_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT = -6,
    VK_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT = -7,
    VK_ERROR_FEATURE_NOT_PRESENT = -8,
    VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DRIVER = -9,
    VK_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OBJECTS = -10,
    VK_ERROR_FORMAT_NOT_SUPPORTED = -11,
    VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTED_POOL = -12,
    VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN = -13,
} VkResult;
Success Codes
  • VK_SUCCESS Command successfully completed

  • VK_NOT_READY A fence or query has not yet completed

  • VK_TIMEOUT A wait operation has not completed in the specified time

  • VK_EVENT_SET An event is signaled

  • VK_EVENT_RESET An event is unsignaled

  • VK_INCOMPLETE A return array was too small for the result

Error codes
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY A host memory allocation has failed.

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY A device memory allocation has failed.

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED Initialization of an object could not be completed for implementation-specific reasons.

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST The logical or physical device has been lost. See Lost Device

  • VK_ERROR_MEMORY_MAP_FAILED Mapping of a memory object has failed.

  • VK_ERROR_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT A requested layer is not present or could not be loaded.

  • VK_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT A requested extension is not supported.

  • VK_ERROR_FEATURE_NOT_PRESENT A requested feature is not supported.

  • VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DRIVER The requested version of Vulkan is not supported by the driver or is otherwise incompatible for implementation-specific reasons.

  • VK_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OBJECTS Too many objects of the type have already been created.

  • VK_ERROR_FORMAT_NOT_SUPPORTED A requested format is not supported on this device.

  • VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTED_POOL A pool allocation has failed due to fragmentation of the pool’s memory. This must only be returned if no attempt to allocate host or device memory was made to accommodate the new allocation.

  • VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN An unknown error has occurred; either the application has provided invalid input, or an implementation failure has occurred.

If a command returns a runtime error, unless otherwise specified any output parameters will have undefined contents, except that if the output parameter is a structure with sType and pNext fields, those fields will be unmodified. Any structures chained from pNext will also have undefined contents, except that sType and pNext will be unmodified.

VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_*_MEMORY errors do not modify any currently existing Vulkan objects. Objects that have already been successfully created can still be used by the application.

Note

As a general rule, Free, Release, and Reset commands do not return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY, while any other command with a return code may return it. Any exceptions from this rule are described for those commands.

VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN will be returned by an implementation when an unexpected error occurs that cannot be attributed to valid behavior of the application and implementation. Under these conditions, it may be returned from any command returning a VkResult.

Note

VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN is not expected to ever be returned if the application behavior is valid, and if the implementation is bug-free. If VK_ERROR_UNKNOWN is received, the application should be checked against the latest validation layers to verify correct behavior as much as possible. If no issues are identified it could be an implementation issue, and the implementor should be contacted for support.

Performance-critical commands generally do not have return codes. If a runtime error occurs in such commands, the implementation will defer reporting the error until a specified point. For commands that record into command buffers (vkCmd*) runtime errors are reported by vkEndCommandBuffer.

3.9. Numeric Representation and Computation

Implementations normally perform computations in floating-point, and must meet the range and precision requirements defined under “Floating-Point Computation” below.

These requirements only apply to computations performed in Vulkan operations outside of shader execution, such as texture image specification and sampling, and per-fragment operations. Range and precision requirements during shader execution differ and are specified by the Precision and Operation of SPIR-V Instructions section.

In some cases, the representation and/or precision of operations is implicitly limited by the specified format of vertex or texel data consumed by Vulkan. Specific floating-point formats are described later in this section.

3.9.1. Floating-Point Computation

Most floating-point computation is performed in SPIR-V shader modules. The properties of computation within shaders are constrained as defined by the Precision and Operation of SPIR-V Instructions section.

Some floating-point computation is performed outside of shaders, such as viewport and depth range calculations. For these computations, we do not specify how floating-point numbers are to be represented, or the details of how operations on them are performed, but only place minimal requirements on representation and precision as described in the remainder of this section.

We require simply that numbers’ floating-point parts contain enough bits and that their exponent fields are large enough so that individual results of floating-point operations are accurate to about 1 part in 105. The maximum representable magnitude for all floating-point values must be at least 232.

x × 0 = 0 × x = 0 for any non-infinite and non-NaN x.

1 × x = x × 1 = x.

x + 0 = 0 + x = x.

00 = 1.

Occasionally, further requirements will be specified. Most single-precision floating-point formats meet these requirements.

The special values Inf and -Inf encode values with magnitudes too large to be represented; the special value NaN encodes “Not A Number” values resulting from undefined arithmetic operations such as 0 / 0. Implementations may support Inf and NaN in their floating-point computations. Any computation which does not support either Inf or NaN, for which that value is an input or output will yield an undefined value.

3.9.2. Floating-Point Format Conversions

When a value is converted to a defined floating-point representation, finite values falling between two representable finite values are rounded to one or the other. The rounding mode is not defined. Finite values whose magnitude is larger than that of any representable finite value may be rounded either to the closest representable finite value or to the appropriately signed infinity. For unsigned destination formats any negative values are converted to zero. Positive infinity is converted to positive infinity; negative infinity is converted to negative infinity in signed formats and to zero in unsigned formats; and any NaN is converted to a NaN.

3.9.3. 16-Bit Floating-Point Numbers

16-bit floating point numbers are defined in the “16-bit floating point numbers” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

3.9.4. Unsigned 11-Bit Floating-Point Numbers

Unsigned 11-bit floating point numbers are defined in the “Unsigned 11-bit floating point numbers” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

3.9.5. Unsigned 10-Bit Floating-Point Numbers

Unsigned 10-bit floating point numbers are defined in the “Unsigned 10-bit floating point numbers” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

3.9.6. General Requirements

Any representable floating-point value in the appropriate format is legal as input to a Vulkan command that requires floating-point data. The result of providing a value that is not a floating-point number to such a command is unspecified, but must not lead to Vulkan interruption or termination. For example, providing a negative zero (where applicable) or a denormalized number to a Vulkan command must yield deterministic results, while providing a NaN or Inf yields unspecified results.

Some calculations require division. In such cases (including implied divisions performed by vector normalization), division by zero produces an unspecified result but must not lead to Vulkan interruption or termination.

3.10. Fixed-Point Data Conversions

When generic vertex attributes and pixel color or depth components are represented as integers, they are often (but not always) considered to be normalized. Normalized integer values are treated specially when being converted to and from floating-point values, and are usually referred to as normalized fixed-point.

In the remainder of this section, b denotes the bit width of the fixed-point integer representation. When the integer is one of the types defined by the API, b is the bit width of that type. When the integer comes from an image containing color or depth component texels, b is the number of bits allocated to that component in its specified image format.

The signed and unsigned fixed-point representations are assumed to be b-bit binary two’s-complement integers and binary unsigned integers, respectively.

3.10.1. Conversion From Normalized Fixed-Point to Floating-Point

Unsigned normalized fixed-point integers represent numbers in the range [0,1]. The conversion from an unsigned normalized fixed-point value c to the corresponding floating-point value f is defined as

Signed normalized fixed-point integers represent numbers in the range [-1,1]. The conversion from a signed normalized fixed-point value c to the corresponding floating-point value f is performed using

Only the range [-2b-1 + 1, 2b-1 - 1] is used to represent signed fixed-point values in the range [-1,1]. For example, if b = 8, then the integer value -127 corresponds to -1.0 and the value 127 corresponds to 1.0. This equation is used everywhere that signed normalized fixed-point values are converted to floating-point.

Note that while zero is exactly expressible in this representation, one value (-128 in the example) is outside the representable range, and implementations must clamp it to -1.0. Where the value is subject to further processing by the implementation, e.g. during texture filtering, values less than -1.0 may be used but the result must be clamped before the value is returned to shaders.

3.10.2. Conversion From Floating-Point to Normalized Fixed-Point

The conversion from a floating-point value f to the corresponding unsigned normalized fixed-point value c is defined by first clamping f to the range [0,1], then computing

c = convertFloatToUint(f × (2b - 1), b)

where convertFloatToUint(r,b) returns one of the two unsigned binary integer values with exactly b bits which are closest to the floating-point value r. Implementations should round to nearest. If r is equal to an integer, then that integer value must be returned. In particular, if f is equal to 0.0 or 1.0, then c must be assigned 0 or 2b - 1, respectively.

The conversion from a floating-point value f to the corresponding signed normalized fixed-point value c is performed by clamping f to the range [-1,1], then computing

c = convertFloatToInt(f × (2b-1 - 1), b)

where convertFloatToInt(r,b) returns one of the two signed two’s-complement binary integer values with exactly b bits which are closest to the floating-point value r. Implementations should round to nearest. If r is equal to an integer, then that integer value must be returned. In particular, if f is equal to -1.0, 0.0, or 1.0, then c must be assigned -(2b-1 - 1), 0, or 2b-1 - 1, respectively.

This equation is used everywhere that floating-point values are converted to signed normalized fixed-point.

3.11. Common Object Types

Some types of Vulkan objects are used in many different structures and command parameters, and are described here. These types include offsets, extents, and rectangles.

3.11.1. Offsets

Offsets are used to describe a pixel location within an image or framebuffer, as an (x,y) location for two-dimensional images, or an (x,y,z) location for three-dimensional images.

A two-dimensional offset is defined by the structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkOffset2D {
    int32_t    x;
    int32_t    y;
} VkOffset2D;
  • x is the x offset.

  • y is the y offset.

A three-dimensional offset is defined by the structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkOffset3D {
    int32_t    x;
    int32_t    y;
    int32_t    z;
} VkOffset3D;
  • x is the x offset.

  • y is the y offset.

  • z is the z offset.

3.11.2. Extents

Extents are used to describe the size of a rectangular region of pixels within an image or framebuffer, as (width,height) for two-dimensional images, or as (width,height,depth) for three-dimensional images.

A two-dimensional extent is defined by the structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkExtent2D {
    uint32_t    width;
    uint32_t    height;
} VkExtent2D;
  • width is the width of the extent.

  • height is the height of the extent.

A three-dimensional extent is defined by the structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkExtent3D {
    uint32_t    width;
    uint32_t    height;
    uint32_t    depth;
} VkExtent3D;
  • width is the width of the extent.

  • height is the height of the extent.

  • depth is the depth of the extent.

3.11.3. Rectangles

Rectangles are used to describe a specified rectangular region of pixels within an image or framebuffer. Rectangles include both an offset and an extent of the same dimensionality, as described above. Two-dimensional rectangles are defined by the structure

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkRect2D {
    VkOffset2D    offset;
    VkExtent2D    extent;
} VkRect2D;
  • offset is a VkOffset2D specifying the rectangle offset.

  • extent is a VkExtent2D specifying the rectangle extent.

3.11.4. Structure Types

Each value corresponds to a particular structure with a sType member with a matching name. As a general rule, the name of each VkStructureType value is obtained by taking the name of the structure, stripping the leading Vk, prefixing each capital letter with _, converting the entire resulting string to upper case, and prefixing it with VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_. For example, structures of type VkImageCreateInfo correspond to a VkStructureType value of VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_CREATE_INFO, and thus a structure of this type must have its sType member set to this value before it is passed to the API.

The values VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_LOADER_INSTANCE_CREATE_INFO and VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_LOADER_DEVICE_CREATE_INFO are reserved for internal use by the loader, and do not have corresponding Vulkan structures in this Specification.

Structure types supported by the Vulkan API include:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkStructureType {
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_APPLICATION_INFO = 0,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_INSTANCE_CREATE_INFO = 1,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_QUEUE_CREATE_INFO = 2,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_CREATE_INFO = 3,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBMIT_INFO = 4,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_INFO = 5,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MAPPED_MEMORY_RANGE = 6,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_SPARSE_INFO = 7,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FENCE_CREATE_INFO = 8,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_CREATE_INFO = 9,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EVENT_CREATE_INFO = 10,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUERY_POOL_CREATE_INFO = 11,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_CREATE_INFO = 12,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_VIEW_CREATE_INFO = 13,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_CREATE_INFO = 14,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW_CREATE_INFO = 15,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SHADER_MODULE_CREATE_INFO = 16,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_CACHE_CREATE_INFO = 17,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_INFO = 18,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_VERTEX_INPUT_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 19,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_INPUT_ASSEMBLY_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 20,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_TESSELLATION_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 21,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_VIEWPORT_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 22,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 23,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_MULTISAMPLE_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 24,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_DEPTH_STENCIL_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 25,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_COLOR_BLEND_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 26,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_DYNAMIC_STATE_CREATE_INFO = 27,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_GRAPHICS_PIPELINE_CREATE_INFO = 28,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMPUTE_PIPELINE_CREATE_INFO = 29,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO = 30,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_CREATE_INFO = 31,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO = 32,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_INFO = 33,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_ALLOCATE_INFO = 34,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_WRITE_DESCRIPTOR_SET = 35,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_DESCRIPTOR_SET = 36,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_INFO = 37,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_CREATE_INFO = 38,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_INFO = 39,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_ALLOCATE_INFO = 40,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_INHERITANCE_INFO = 41,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_BEGIN_INFO = 42,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_BEGIN_INFO = 43,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_MEMORY_BARRIER = 44,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_MEMORY_BARRIER = 45,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_BARRIER = 46,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_LOADER_INSTANCE_CREATE_INFO = 47,
    VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_LOADER_DEVICE_CREATE_INFO = 48,
} VkStructureType;

3.12. API Name Aliases

A small number of APIs did not follow the naming conventions when initially defined. For consistency, when we discover an API name that violates the naming conventions, we rename it in the Specification, XML, and header files. For backwards compatibility, the original (incorrect) name is retained as a “typo alias”. The alias is deprecated and should not be used, but will be retained indefinitely.

Note

VK_STENCIL_FRONT_AND_BACK is an example of a typo alias. It was initially defined as part of VkStencilFaceFlagBits. Once the naming inconsistency was noticed, it was renamed to VK_STENCIL_FACE_FRONT_AND_BACK, and the old name was aliased to the correct name.

4. Initialization

Before using Vulkan, an application must initialize it by loading the Vulkan commands, and creating a VkInstance object.

4.1. Command Function Pointers

Vulkan commands are not necessarily exposed by static linking on a platform. Commands to query function pointers for Vulkan commands are described below.

Note

When extensions are promoted or otherwise incorporated into another extension or Vulkan core version, command aliases may be included. Whilst the behavior of each command alias is identical, the behavior of retrieving each alias’s function pointer is not. A function pointer for a given alias can only be retrieved if the extension or version that introduced that alias is supported and enabled, irrespective of whether any other alias is available.

Function pointers for all Vulkan commands can be obtained by calling:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
PFN_vkVoidFunction vkGetInstanceProcAddr(
    VkInstance                                  instance,
    const char*                                 pName);
  • instance is the instance that the function pointer will be compatible with, or NULL for commands not dependent on any instance.

  • pName is the name of the command to obtain.

vkGetInstanceProcAddr itself is obtained in a platform- and loader- specific manner. Typically, the loader library will export this command as a function symbol, so applications can link against the loader library, or load it dynamically and look up the symbol using platform-specific APIs.

The table below defines the various use cases for vkGetInstanceProcAddr and expected return value (“fp” is “function pointer”) for each case. A valid returned function pointer (“fp”) must not be NULL.

The returned function pointer is of type PFN_vkVoidFunction, and must be cast to the type of the command being queried before use.

Table 1. vkGetInstanceProcAddr behavior
instance pName return value

*1

NULL

undefined

invalid non-NULL instance

*1

undefined

NULL

global command2

fp

instance

vkGetInstanceProcAddr

fp

instance

core dispatchable command

fp3

instance

enabled instance extension dispatchable command for instance

fp3

instance

available device extension4 dispatchable command for instance

fp3

any other case, not covered above

NULL

1

"*" means any representable value for the parameter (including valid values, invalid values, and NULL).

2

The global commands are: vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties, vkEnumerateInstanceLayerProperties, and vkCreateInstance. Dispatchable commands are all other commands which are not global.

3

The returned function pointer must only be called with a dispatchable object (the first parameter) that is instance or a child of instance, e.g. VkInstance, VkPhysicalDevice, VkDevice, VkQueue, or VkCommandBuffer.

4

An “available device extension” is a device extension supported by any physical device enumerated by instance.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetInstanceProcAddr-instance-parameter
    If instance is not NULL, instance must be a valid VkInstance handle

  • VUID-vkGetInstanceProcAddr-pName-parameter
    pName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

In order to support systems with multiple Vulkan implementations, the function pointers returned by vkGetInstanceProcAddr may point to dispatch code that calls a different real implementation for different VkDevice objects or their child objects. The overhead of the internal dispatch for VkDevice objects can be avoided by obtaining device-specific function pointers for any commands that use a device or device-child object as their dispatchable object. Such function pointers can be obtained by calling:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
PFN_vkVoidFunction vkGetDeviceProcAddr(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const char*                                 pName);

The table below defines the various use cases for vkGetDeviceProcAddr and expected return value (“fp” is “function pointer”) for each case. A valid returned function pointer (“fp”) must not be NULL.

The returned function pointer is of type PFN_vkVoidFunction, and must be cast to the type of the command being queried before use. The function pointer must only be called with a dispatchable object (the first parameter) that is device or a child of device.

Table 2. vkGetDeviceProcAddr behavior
device pName return value

NULL

*1

undefined

invalid device

*1

undefined

device

NULL

undefined

device

requested core version2 device-level dispatchable command3

fp4

device

enabled extension device-level dispatchable command3

fp4

any other case, not covered above

NULL

1

"*" means any representable value for the parameter (including valid values, invalid values, and NULL).

2

Device-level commands which are part of the core version specified by VkApplicationInfo::apiVersion when creating the instance will always return a valid function pointer. Core commands beyond that version which are supported by the implementation may either return NULL or a function pointer. If a function pointer is returned, it must not be called.

3

In this function, device-level excludes all physical-device-level commands.

4

The returned function pointer must only be called with a dispatchable object (the first parameter) that is device or a child of device e.g. VkDevice, VkQueue, or VkCommandBuffer.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetDeviceProcAddr-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceProcAddr-pName-parameter
    pName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

The definition of PFN_vkVoidFunction is:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef void (VKAPI_PTR *PFN_vkVoidFunction)(void);

This type is returned from command function pointer queries, and must be cast to an actual command function pointer before use.

4.2. Instances

There is no global state in Vulkan and all per-application state is stored in a VkInstance object. Creating a VkInstance object initializes the Vulkan library and allows the application to pass information about itself to the implementation.

Instances are represented by VkInstance handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(VkInstance)

To create an instance object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateInstance(
    const VkInstanceCreateInfo*                 pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkInstance*                                 pInstance);
  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkInstanceCreateInfo structure controlling creation of the instance.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pInstance points a VkInstance handle in which the resulting instance is returned.

vkCreateInstance verifies that the requested layers exist. If not, vkCreateInstance will return VK_ERROR_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT. Next vkCreateInstance verifies that the requested extensions are supported (e.g. in the implementation or in any enabled instance layer) and if any requested extension is not supported, vkCreateInstance must return VK_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT. After verifying and enabling the instance layers and extensions the VkInstance object is created and returned to the application. If a requested extension is only supported by a layer, both the layer and the extension need to be specified at vkCreateInstance time for the creation to succeed.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateInstance-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkInstanceCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateInstance-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateInstance-pInstance-parameter
    pInstance must be a valid pointer to a VkInstance handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT

  • VK_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT

  • VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DRIVER

The VkInstanceCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkInstanceCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkInstanceCreateFlags       flags;
    const VkApplicationInfo*    pApplicationInfo;
    uint32_t                    enabledLayerCount;
    const char* const*          ppEnabledLayerNames;
    uint32_t                    enabledExtensionCount;
    const char* const*          ppEnabledExtensionNames;
} VkInstanceCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkInstanceCreateFlagBits indicating the behavior of the instance.

  • pApplicationInfo is NULL or a pointer to a VkApplicationInfo structure. If not NULL, this information helps implementations recognize behavior inherent to classes of applications. VkApplicationInfo is defined in detail below.

  • enabledLayerCount is the number of global layers to enable.

  • ppEnabledLayerNames is a pointer to an array of enabledLayerCount null-terminated UTF-8 strings containing the names of layers to enable for the created instance. The layers are loaded in the order they are listed in this array, with the first array element being the closest to the application, and the last array element being the closest to the driver. See the Layers section for further details.

  • enabledExtensionCount is the number of global extensions to enable.

  • ppEnabledExtensionNames is a pointer to an array of enabledExtensionCount null-terminated UTF-8 strings containing the names of extensions to enable.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkInstanceCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_INSTANCE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkInstanceCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkInstanceCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkInstanceCreateInfo-pApplicationInfo-parameter
    If pApplicationInfo is not NULL, pApplicationInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkApplicationInfo structure

  • VUID-VkInstanceCreateInfo-ppEnabledLayerNames-parameter
    If enabledLayerCount is not 0, ppEnabledLayerNames must be a valid pointer to an array of enabledLayerCount null-terminated UTF-8 strings

  • VUID-VkInstanceCreateInfo-ppEnabledExtensionNames-parameter
    If enabledExtensionCount is not 0, ppEnabledExtensionNames must be a valid pointer to an array of enabledExtensionCount null-terminated UTF-8 strings

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkInstanceCreateFlagBits {
} VkInstanceCreateFlagBits;
Note

All bits for this type are defined by extensions, and none of those extensions are enabled in this build of the specification.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkInstanceCreateFlags;

VkInstanceCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

The VkApplicationInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkApplicationInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    const char*        pApplicationName;
    uint32_t           applicationVersion;
    const char*        pEngineName;
    uint32_t           engineVersion;
    uint32_t           apiVersion;
} VkApplicationInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • pApplicationName is NULL or is a pointer to a null-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the application.

  • applicationVersion is an unsigned integer variable containing the developer-supplied version number of the application.

  • pEngineName is NULL or is a pointer to a null-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the engine (if any) used to create the application.

  • engineVersion is an unsigned integer variable containing the developer-supplied version number of the engine used to create the application.

  • apiVersion is the version of the Vulkan API against which the application expects to run, encoded as described in Version Numbers. If apiVersion is 0 the implementation must ignore it, otherwise if the implementation does not support the requested apiVersion, or an effective substitute for apiVersion, it must return VK_ERROR_INCOMPATIBLE_DRIVER. The patch version number specified in apiVersion is ignored when creating an instance object. The variant version of the instance must match that requested in apiVersion.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkApplicationInfo-apiVersion-04010
    If apiVersion is not 0, then it must be greater than or equal to VK_API_VERSION_1_0

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkApplicationInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_APPLICATION_INFO

  • VUID-VkApplicationInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkApplicationInfo-pApplicationName-parameter
    If pApplicationName is not NULL, pApplicationName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • VUID-VkApplicationInfo-pEngineName-parameter
    If pEngineName is not NULL, pEngineName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

To destroy an instance, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyInstance(
    VkInstance                                  instance,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • instance is the handle of the instance to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyInstance-instance-00629
    All child objects created using instance must have been destroyed prior to destroying instance

  • VUID-vkDestroyInstance-instance-00630
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when instance was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyInstance-instance-00631
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when instance was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyInstance-instance-parameter
    If instance is not NULL, instance must be a valid VkInstance handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyInstance-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to instance must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to all VkPhysicalDevice objects enumerated from instance must be externally synchronized

5. Devices and Queues

Once Vulkan is initialized, devices and queues are the primary objects used to interact with a Vulkan implementation.

Vulkan separates the concept of physical and logical devices. A physical device usually represents a single complete implementation of Vulkan (excluding instance-level functionality) available to the host, of which there are a finite number. A logical device represents an instance of that implementation with its own state and resources independent of other logical devices.

Physical devices are represented by VkPhysicalDevice handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(VkPhysicalDevice)

5.1. Physical Devices

To retrieve a list of physical device objects representing the physical devices installed in the system, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkEnumeratePhysicalDevices(
    VkInstance                                  instance,
    uint32_t*                                   pPhysicalDeviceCount,
    VkPhysicalDevice*                           pPhysicalDevices);
  • instance is a handle to a Vulkan instance previously created with vkCreateInstance.

  • pPhysicalDeviceCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of physical devices available or queried, as described below.

  • pPhysicalDevices is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkPhysicalDevice handles.

If pPhysicalDevices is NULL, then the number of physical devices available is returned in pPhysicalDeviceCount. Otherwise, pPhysicalDeviceCount must point to a variable set by the user to the number of elements in the pPhysicalDevices array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of handles actually written to pPhysicalDevices. If pPhysicalDeviceCount is less than the number of physical devices available, at most pPhysicalDeviceCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available physical devices were returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkEnumeratePhysicalDevices-instance-parameter
    instance must be a valid VkInstance handle

  • VUID-vkEnumeratePhysicalDevices-pPhysicalDeviceCount-parameter
    pPhysicalDeviceCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkEnumeratePhysicalDevices-pPhysicalDevices-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPhysicalDeviceCount is not 0, and pPhysicalDevices is not NULL, pPhysicalDevices must be a valid pointer to an array of pPhysicalDeviceCount VkPhysicalDevice handles

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

To query general properties of physical devices once enumerated, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkPhysicalDeviceProperties*                 pProperties);
  • physicalDevice is the handle to the physical device whose properties will be queried.

  • pProperties is a pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceProperties structure in which properties are returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties-pProperties-parameter
    pProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceProperties structure

The VkPhysicalDeviceProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceProperties {
    uint32_t                            apiVersion;
    uint32_t                            driverVersion;
    uint32_t                            vendorID;
    uint32_t                            deviceID;
    VkPhysicalDeviceType                deviceType;
    char                                deviceName[VK_MAX_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE];
    uint8_t                             pipelineCacheUUID[VK_UUID_SIZE];
    VkPhysicalDeviceLimits              limits;
    VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties    sparseProperties;
} VkPhysicalDeviceProperties;
  • apiVersion is the version of Vulkan supported by the device, encoded as described in Version Numbers.

  • driverVersion is the vendor-specified version of the driver.

  • vendorID is a unique identifier for the vendor (see below) of the physical device.

  • deviceID is a unique identifier for the physical device among devices available from the vendor.

  • deviceType is a VkPhysicalDeviceType specifying the type of device.

  • deviceName is an array of VK_MAX_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE char containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string which is the name of the device.

  • pipelineCacheUUID is an array of VK_UUID_SIZE uint8_t values representing a universally unique identifier for the device.

  • limits is the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure specifying device-specific limits of the physical device. See Limits for details.

  • sparseProperties is the VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties structure specifying various sparse related properties of the physical device. See Sparse Properties for details.

Note

The encoding of driverVersion is implementation-defined. It may not use the same encoding as apiVersion. Applications should follow information from the vendor on how to extract the version information from driverVersion.

The vendorID and deviceID fields are provided to allow applications to adapt to device characteristics that are not adequately exposed by other Vulkan queries.

Note

These may include performance profiles, hardware errata, or other characteristics.

The vendor identified by vendorID is the entity responsible for the most salient characteristics of the underlying implementation of the VkPhysicalDevice being queried.

Note

For example, in the case of a discrete GPU implementation, this should be the GPU chipset vendor. In the case of a hardware accelerator integrated into a system-on-chip (SoC), this should be the supplier of the silicon IP used to create the accelerator.

If the vendor has a PCI vendor ID, the low 16 bits of vendorID must contain that PCI vendor ID, and the remaining bits must be set to zero. Otherwise, the value returned must be a valid Khronos vendor ID, obtained as described in the Vulkan Documentation and Extensions: Procedures and Conventions document in the section “Registering a Vendor ID with Khronos”. Khronos vendor IDs are allocated starting at 0x10000, to distinguish them from the PCI vendor ID namespace. Khronos vendor IDs are symbolically defined in the VkVendorId type.

The vendor is also responsible for the value returned in deviceID. If the implementation is driven primarily by a PCI device with a PCI device ID, the low 16 bits of deviceID must contain that PCI device ID, and the remaining bits must be set to zero. Otherwise, the choice of what values to return may be dictated by operating system or platform policies - but should uniquely identify both the device version and any major configuration options (for example, core count in the case of multicore devices).

Note

The same device ID should be used for all physical implementations of that device version and configuration. For example, all uses of a specific silicon IP GPU version and configuration should use the same device ID, even if those uses occur in different SoCs.

Khronos vendor IDs which may be returned in VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::vendorID are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkVendorId {
    VK_VENDOR_ID_VIV = 0x10001,
    VK_VENDOR_ID_VSI = 0x10002,
    VK_VENDOR_ID_KAZAN = 0x10003,
    VK_VENDOR_ID_CODEPLAY = 0x10004,
    VK_VENDOR_ID_MESA = 0x10005,
    VK_VENDOR_ID_POCL = 0x10006,
    VK_VENDOR_ID_MOBILEYE = 0x10007,
} VkVendorId;
Note

Khronos vendor IDs may be allocated by vendors at any time. Only the latest canonical versions of this Specification, of the corresponding vk.xml API Registry, and of the corresponding vulkan_core.h header file must contain all reserved Khronos vendor IDs.

Only Khronos vendor IDs are given symbolic names at present. PCI vendor IDs returned by the implementation can be looked up in the PCI-SIG database.

VK_MAX_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE is the length in char values of an array containing a physical device name string, as returned in VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::deviceName.

#define VK_MAX_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE  256U

The physical device types which may be returned in VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::deviceType are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPhysicalDeviceType {
    VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_OTHER = 0,
    VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_INTEGRATED_GPU = 1,
    VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_DISCRETE_GPU = 2,
    VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_VIRTUAL_GPU = 3,
    VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_CPU = 4,
} VkPhysicalDeviceType;
  • VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_OTHER - the device does not match any other available types.

  • VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_INTEGRATED_GPU - the device is typically one embedded in or tightly coupled with the host.

  • VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_DISCRETE_GPU - the device is typically a separate processor connected to the host via an interlink.

  • VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_VIRTUAL_GPU - the device is typically a virtual node in a virtualization environment.

  • VK_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_TYPE_CPU - the device is typically running on the same processors as the host.

The physical device type is advertised for informational purposes only, and does not directly affect the operation of the system. However, the device type may correlate with other advertised properties or capabilities of the system, such as how many memory heaps there are.

To query properties of queues available on a physical device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t*                                   pQueueFamilyPropertyCount,
    VkQueueFamilyProperties*                    pQueueFamilyProperties);
  • physicalDevice is the handle to the physical device whose properties will be queried.

  • pQueueFamilyPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of queue families available or queried, as described below.

  • pQueueFamilyProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkQueueFamilyProperties structures.

If pQueueFamilyProperties is NULL, then the number of queue families available is returned in pQueueFamilyPropertyCount. Implementations must support at least one queue family. Otherwise, pQueueFamilyPropertyCount must point to a variable set by the user to the number of elements in the pQueueFamilyProperties array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pQueueFamilyProperties. If pQueueFamilyPropertyCount is less than the number of queue families available, at most pQueueFamilyPropertyCount structures will be written.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties-pQueueFamilyPropertyCount-parameter
    pQueueFamilyPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties-pQueueFamilyProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pQueueFamilyPropertyCount is not 0, and pQueueFamilyProperties is not NULL, pQueueFamilyProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pQueueFamilyPropertyCount VkQueueFamilyProperties structures

The VkQueueFamilyProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkQueueFamilyProperties {
    VkQueueFlags    queueFlags;
    uint32_t        queueCount;
    uint32_t        timestampValidBits;
    VkExtent3D      minImageTransferGranularity;
} VkQueueFamilyProperties;
  • queueFlags is a bitmask of VkQueueFlagBits indicating capabilities of the queues in this queue family.

  • queueCount is the unsigned integer count of queues in this queue family. Each queue family must support at least one queue.

  • timestampValidBits is the unsigned integer count of meaningful bits in the timestamps written via vkCmdWriteTimestamp. The valid range for the count is 36 to 64 bits, or a value of 0, indicating no support for timestamps. Bits outside the valid range are guaranteed to be zeros.

  • minImageTransferGranularity is the minimum granularity supported for image transfer operations on the queues in this queue family.

The value returned in minImageTransferGranularity has a unit of compressed texel blocks for images having a block-compressed format, and a unit of texels otherwise.

Possible values of minImageTransferGranularity are:

  • (0,0,0) specifies that only whole mip levels must be transferred using the image transfer operations on the corresponding queues. In this case, the following restrictions apply to all offset and extent parameters of image transfer operations:

    • The x, y, and z members of a VkOffset3D parameter must always be zero.

    • The width, height, and depth members of a VkExtent3D parameter must always match the width, height, and depth of the image subresource corresponding to the parameter, respectively.

  • (Ax, Ay, Az) where Ax, Ay, and Az are all integer powers of two. In this case the following restrictions apply to all image transfer operations:

    • x, y, and z of a VkOffset3D parameter must be integer multiples of Ax, Ay, and Az, respectively.

    • width of a VkExtent3D parameter must be an integer multiple of Ax, or else x + width must equal the width of the image subresource corresponding to the parameter.

    • height of a VkExtent3D parameter must be an integer multiple of Ay, or else y + height must equal the height of the image subresource corresponding to the parameter.

    • depth of a VkExtent3D parameter must be an integer multiple of Az, or else z + depth must equal the depth of the image subresource corresponding to the parameter.

    • If the format of the image corresponding to the parameters is one of the block-compressed formats then for the purposes of the above calculations the granularity must be scaled up by the compressed texel block dimensions.

Queues supporting graphics and/or compute operations must report (1,1,1) in minImageTransferGranularity, meaning that there are no additional restrictions on the granularity of image transfer operations for these queues. Other queues supporting image transfer operations are only required to support whole mip level transfers, thus minImageTransferGranularity for queues belonging to such queue families may be (0,0,0).

The Device Memory section describes memory properties queried from the physical device.

For physical device feature queries see the Features chapter.

Bits which may be set in VkQueueFamilyProperties::queueFlags, indicating capabilities of queues in a queue family are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkQueueFlagBits {
    VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_QUEUE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT = 0x00000008,
} VkQueueFlagBits;
  • VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT specifies that queues in this queue family support graphics operations.

  • VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT specifies that queues in this queue family support compute operations.

  • VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT specifies that queues in this queue family support transfer operations.

  • VK_QUEUE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT specifies that queues in this queue family support sparse memory management operations (see Sparse Resources). If any of the sparse resource features are enabled, then at least one queue family must support this bit.

If an implementation exposes any queue family that supports graphics operations, at least one queue family of at least one physical device exposed by the implementation must support both graphics and compute operations.

Note

All commands that are allowed on a queue that supports transfer operations are also allowed on a queue that supports either graphics or compute operations. Thus, if the capabilities of a queue family include VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, then reporting the VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT capability separately for that queue family is optional.

For further details see Queues.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkQueueFlags;

VkQueueFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkQueueFlagBits.

5.2. Devices

Device objects represent logical connections to physical devices. Each device exposes a number of queue families each having one or more queues. All queues in a queue family support the same operations.

As described in Physical Devices, a Vulkan application will first query for all physical devices in a system. Each physical device can then be queried for its capabilities, including its queue and queue family properties. Once an acceptable physical device is identified, an application will create a corresponding logical device. The created logical device is then the primary interface to the physical device.

How to enumerate the physical devices in a system and query those physical devices for their queue family properties is described in the Physical Device Enumeration section above.

5.2.1. Device Creation

Logical devices are represented by VkDevice handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(VkDevice)

A logical device is created as a connection to a physical device. To create a logical device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateDevice(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    const VkDeviceCreateInfo*                   pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkDevice*                                   pDevice);
  • physicalDevice must be one of the device handles returned from a call to vkEnumeratePhysicalDevices (see Physical Device Enumeration).

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkDeviceCreateInfo structure containing information about how to create the device.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pDevice is a pointer to a handle in which the created VkDevice is returned.

vkCreateDevice verifies that extensions and features requested in the ppEnabledExtensionNames and pEnabledFeatures members of pCreateInfo, respectively, are supported by the implementation. If any requested extension is not supported, vkCreateDevice must return VK_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT. If any requested feature is not supported, vkCreateDevice must return VK_ERROR_FEATURE_NOT_PRESENT. Support for extensions can be checked before creating a device by querying vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties. Support for features can similarly be checked by querying vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures.

After verifying and enabling the extensions the VkDevice object is created and returned to the application.

Multiple logical devices can be created from the same physical device. Logical device creation may fail due to lack of device-specific resources (in addition to other errors). If that occurs, vkCreateDevice will return VK_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OBJECTS.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateDevice-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateDevice-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDeviceCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateDevice-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateDevice-pDevice-parameter
    pDevice must be a valid pointer to a VkDevice handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_FAILED

  • VK_ERROR_EXTENSION_NOT_PRESENT

  • VK_ERROR_FEATURE_NOT_PRESENT

  • VK_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OBJECTS

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

The VkDeviceCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDeviceCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                    sType;
    const void*                        pNext;
    VkDeviceCreateFlags                flags;
    uint32_t                           queueCreateInfoCount;
    const VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo*     pQueueCreateInfos;
    uint32_t                           enabledLayerCount;
    const char* const*                 ppEnabledLayerNames;
    uint32_t                           enabledExtensionCount;
    const char* const*                 ppEnabledExtensionNames;
    const VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures*    pEnabledFeatures;
} VkDeviceCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • queueCreateInfoCount is the unsigned integer size of the pQueueCreateInfos array. Refer to the Queue Creation section below for further details.

  • pQueueCreateInfos is a pointer to an array of VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structures describing the queues that are requested to be created along with the logical device. Refer to the Queue Creation section below for further details.

  • enabledLayerCount is deprecated and ignored.

  • ppEnabledLayerNames is deprecated and ignored. See Device Layer Deprecation.

  • enabledExtensionCount is the number of device extensions to enable.

  • ppEnabledExtensionNames is a pointer to an array of enabledExtensionCount null-terminated UTF-8 strings containing the names of extensions to enable for the created device. See the Extensions section for further details.

  • pEnabledFeatures is NULL or a pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure containing boolean indicators of all the features to be enabled. Refer to the Features section for further details.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkDeviceCreateInfo-queueFamilyIndex-02802
    The queueFamilyIndex member of each element of pQueueCreateInfos must be unique within pQueueCreateInfos

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkDeviceCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkDeviceCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDeviceCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkDeviceCreateInfo-pQueueCreateInfos-parameter
    pQueueCreateInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of queueCreateInfoCount valid VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structures

  • VUID-VkDeviceCreateInfo-ppEnabledLayerNames-parameter
    If enabledLayerCount is not 0, ppEnabledLayerNames must be a valid pointer to an array of enabledLayerCount null-terminated UTF-8 strings

  • VUID-VkDeviceCreateInfo-ppEnabledExtensionNames-parameter
    If enabledExtensionCount is not 0, ppEnabledExtensionNames must be a valid pointer to an array of enabledExtensionCount null-terminated UTF-8 strings

  • VUID-VkDeviceCreateInfo-pEnabledFeatures-parameter
    If pEnabledFeatures is not NULL, pEnabledFeatures must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure

  • VUID-VkDeviceCreateInfo-queueCreateInfoCount-arraylength
    queueCreateInfoCount must be greater than 0

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkDeviceCreateFlags;

VkDeviceCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

5.2.2. Device Use

The following is a high-level list of VkDevice uses along with references on where to find more information:

5.2.3. Lost Device

A logical device may become lost for a number of implementation-specific reasons, indicating that pending and future command execution may fail and cause resources and backing memory to become undefined.

Note

Typical reasons for device loss will include things like execution timing out (to prevent denial of service), power management events, platform resource management, implementation errors.

Applications not adhering to valid usage may also result in device loss being reported, however this is not guaranteed. Even if device loss is reported, the system may be in an unrecoverable state, and further usage of the API is still considered invalid.

When this happens, certain commands will return VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST. After any such event, the logical device is considered lost. It is not possible to reset the logical device to a non-lost state, however the lost state is specific to a logical device (VkDevice), and the corresponding physical device (VkPhysicalDevice) may be otherwise unaffected.

In some cases, the physical device may also be lost, and attempting to create a new logical device will fail, returning VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST. This is usually indicative of a problem with the underlying implementation, or its connection to the host. If the physical device has not been lost, and a new logical device is successfully created from that physical device, it must be in the non-lost state.

Note

Whilst logical device loss may be recoverable, in the case of physical device loss, it is unlikely that an application will be able to recover unless additional, unaffected physical devices exist on the system. The error is largely informational and intended only to inform the user that a platform issue has occurred, and should be investigated further. For example, underlying hardware may have developed a fault or become physically disconnected from the rest of the system. In many cases, physical device loss may cause other more serious issues such as the operating system crashing; in which case it may not be reported via the Vulkan API.

When a device is lost, its child objects are not implicitly destroyed and their handles are still valid. Those objects must still be destroyed before their parents or the device can be destroyed (see the Object Lifetime section). The host address space corresponding to device memory mapped using vkMapMemory is still valid, and host memory accesses to these mapped regions are still valid, but the contents are undefined. It is still legal to call any API command on the device and child objects.

Once a device is lost, command execution may fail, and certain commands that return a VkResult may return VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST. These commands can be identified by the inclusion of VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST in the Return Codes section for each command. Commands that do not allow runtime errors must still operate correctly for valid usage and, if applicable, return valid data.

Commands that wait indefinitely for device execution (namely vkDeviceWaitIdle, vkQueueWaitIdle, vkWaitForFences with a maximum timeout, and vkGetQueryPoolResults with the VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT bit set in flags) must return in finite time even in the case of a lost device, and return either VK_SUCCESS or VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST. For any command that may return VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST, for the purpose of determining whether a command buffer is in the pending state, or whether resources are considered in-use by the device, a return value of VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST is equivalent to VK_SUCCESS.

5.2.4. Device Destruction

To destroy a device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyDevice(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

To ensure that no work is active on the device, vkDeviceWaitIdle can be used to gate the destruction of the device. Prior to destroying a device, an application is responsible for destroying/freeing any Vulkan objects that were created using that device as the first parameter of the corresponding vkCreate* or vkAllocate* command.

Note

The lifetime of each of these objects is bound by the lifetime of the VkDevice object. Therefore, to avoid resource leaks, it is critical that an application explicitly free all of these resources prior to calling vkDestroyDevice.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyDevice-device-05137
    All child objects created on device must have been destroyed prior to destroying device

  • VUID-vkDestroyDevice-device-00379
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when device was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyDevice-device-00380
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when device was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyDevice-device-parameter
    If device is not NULL, device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyDevice-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to device must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to all VkQueue objects created from device must be externally synchronized

5.3. Queues

5.3.1. Queue Family Properties

As discussed in the Physical Device Enumeration section above, the vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties command is used to retrieve details about the queue families and queues supported by a device.

Each index in the pQueueFamilyProperties array returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties describes a unique queue family on that physical device. These indices are used when creating queues, and they correspond directly with the queueFamilyIndex that is passed to the vkCreateDevice command via the VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structure as described in the Queue Creation section below.

Grouping of queue families within a physical device is implementation-dependent.

Note

The general expectation is that a physical device groups all queues of matching capabilities into a single family. However, while implementations should do this, it is possible that a physical device may return two separate queue families with the same capabilities.

Once an application has identified a physical device with the queue(s) that it desires to use, it will create those queues in conjunction with a logical device. This is described in the following section.

5.3.2. Queue Creation

Creating a logical device also creates the queues associated with that device. The queues to create are described by a set of VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structures that are passed to vkCreateDevice in pQueueCreateInfos.

Queues are represented by VkQueue handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(VkQueue)

The VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkDeviceQueueCreateFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                    queueFamilyIndex;
    uint32_t                    queueCount;
    const float*                pQueuePriorities;
} VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • queueFamilyIndex is an unsigned integer indicating the index of the queue family in which to create the queues on this device. This index corresponds to the index of an element of the pQueueFamilyProperties array that was returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties.

  • queueCount is an unsigned integer specifying the number of queues to create in the queue family indicated by queueFamilyIndex, and with the behavior specified by flags.

  • pQueuePriorities is a pointer to an array of queueCount normalized floating point values, specifying priorities of work that will be submitted to each created queue. See Queue Priority for more information.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-queueFamilyIndex-00381
    queueFamilyIndex must be less than pQueueFamilyPropertyCount returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-queueCount-00382
    queueCount must be less than or equal to the queueCount member of the VkQueueFamilyProperties structure, as returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties in the pQueueFamilyProperties[queueFamilyIndex]

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-pQueuePriorities-00383
    Each element of pQueuePriorities must be between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DEVICE_QUEUE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-pQueuePriorities-parameter
    pQueuePriorities must be a valid pointer to an array of queueCount float values

  • VUID-VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo-queueCount-arraylength
    queueCount must be greater than 0

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkDeviceQueueCreateFlags;

VkDeviceQueueCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

To retrieve a handle to a VkQueue object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetDeviceQueue(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    queueFamilyIndex,
    uint32_t                                    queueIndex,
    VkQueue*                                    pQueue);
  • device is the logical device that owns the queue.

  • queueFamilyIndex is the index of the queue family to which the queue belongs.

  • queueIndex is the index within this queue family of the queue to retrieve.

  • pQueue is a pointer to a VkQueue object that will be filled with the handle for the requested queue.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkGetDeviceQueue-queueFamilyIndex-00384
    queueFamilyIndex must be one of the queue family indices specified when device was created, via the VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceQueue-queueIndex-00385
    queueIndex must be less than the value of VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo::queueCount for the queue family indicated by queueFamilyIndex when device was created

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceQueue-flags-01841
    VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo::flags must have been set to zero when device was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetDeviceQueue-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceQueue-pQueue-parameter
    pQueue must be a valid pointer to a VkQueue handle

5.3.3. Queue Family Index

The queue family index is used in multiple places in Vulkan in order to tie operations to a specific family of queues.

When retrieving a handle to the queue via vkGetDeviceQueue, the queue family index is used to select which queue family to retrieve the VkQueue handle from as described in the previous section.

When creating a VkCommandPool object (see Command Pools), a queue family index is specified in the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure. Command buffers from this pool can only be submitted on queues corresponding to this queue family.

When creating VkImage (see Images) and VkBuffer (see Buffers) resources, a set of queue families is included in the VkImageCreateInfo and VkBufferCreateInfo structures to specify the queue families that can access the resource.

When inserting a VkBufferMemoryBarrier or VkImageMemoryBarrier (see Pipeline Barriers), a source and destination queue family index is specified to allow the ownership of a buffer or image to be transferred from one queue family to another. See the Resource Sharing section for details.

5.3.4. Queue Priority

Each queue is assigned a priority, as set in the VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo structures when creating the device. The priority of each queue is a normalized floating point value between 0.0 and 1.0, which is then translated to a discrete priority level by the implementation. Higher values indicate a higher priority, with 0.0 being the lowest priority and 1.0 being the highest.

Within the same device, queues with higher priority may be allotted more processing time than queues with lower priority. The implementation makes no guarantees with regards to ordering or scheduling among queues with the same priority, other than the constraints defined by any explicit synchronization primitives. The implementation makes no guarantees with regards to queues across different devices.

An implementation may allow a higher-priority queue to starve a lower-priority queue on the same VkDevice until the higher-priority queue has no further commands to execute. The relationship of queue priorities must not cause queues on one VkDevice to starve queues on another VkDevice.

No specific guarantees are made about higher priority queues receiving more processing time or better quality of service than lower priority queues.

5.3.5. Queue Submission

Work is submitted to a queue via queue submission commands such as vkQueueSubmit. Queue submission commands define a set of queue operations to be executed by the underlying physical device, including synchronization with semaphores and fences.

Submission commands take as parameters a target queue, zero or more batches of work, and an optional fence to signal upon completion. Each batch consists of three distinct parts:

  1. Zero or more semaphores to wait on before execution of the rest of the batch.

  2. Zero or more work items to execute.

    • If present, these describe a queue operation matching the work described.

  3. Zero or more semaphores to signal upon completion of the work items.

If a fence is present in a queue submission, it describes a fence signal operation.

All work described by a queue submission command must be submitted to the queue before the command returns.

Sparse Memory Binding

In Vulkan it is possible to sparsely bind memory to buffers and images as described in the Sparse Resource chapter. Sparse memory binding is a queue operation. A queue whose flags include the VK_QUEUE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT must be able to support the mapping of a virtual address to a physical address on the device. This causes an update to the page table mappings on the device. This update must be synchronized on a queue to avoid corrupting page table mappings during execution of graphics commands. By binding the sparse memory resources on queues, all commands that are dependent on the updated bindings are synchronized to only execute after the binding is updated. See the Synchronization and Cache Control chapter for how this synchronization is accomplished.

5.3.6. Queue Destruction

Queues are created along with a logical device during vkCreateDevice. All queues associated with a logical device are destroyed when vkDestroyDevice is called on that device.

6. Command Buffers

Command buffers are objects used to record commands which can be subsequently submitted to a device queue for execution. There are two levels of command buffers - primary command buffers, which can execute secondary command buffers, and which are submitted to queues, and secondary command buffers, which can be executed by primary command buffers, and which are not directly submitted to queues.

Command buffers are represented by VkCommandBuffer handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(VkCommandBuffer)

Recorded commands include commands to bind pipelines and descriptor sets to the command buffer, commands to modify dynamic state, commands to draw (for graphics rendering), commands to dispatch (for compute), commands to execute secondary command buffers (for primary command buffers only), commands to copy buffers and images, and other commands.

Each command buffer manages state independently of other command buffers. There is no inheritance of state across primary and secondary command buffers, or between secondary command buffers. When a command buffer begins recording, all state in that command buffer is undefined. When secondary command buffer(s) are recorded to execute on a primary command buffer, the secondary command buffer inherits no state from the primary command buffer, and all state of the primary command buffer is undefined after an execute secondary command buffer command is recorded. There is one exception to this rule - if the primary command buffer is inside a render pass instance, then the render pass and subpass state is not disturbed by executing secondary command buffers. For state dependent commands (such as draws and dispatches), any state consumed by those commands must not be undefined.

Unless otherwise specified, and without explicit synchronization, the various commands submitted to a queue via command buffers may execute in arbitrary order relative to each other, and/or concurrently. Also, the memory side effects of those commands may not be directly visible to other commands without explicit memory dependencies. This is true within a command buffer, and across command buffers submitted to a given queue. See the synchronization chapter for information on implicit and explicit synchronization between commands.

6.1. Command Buffer Lifecycle

Each command buffer is always in one of the following states:

Initial

When a command buffer is allocated, it is in the initial state. Some commands are able to reset a command buffer (or a set of command buffers) back to this state from any of the executable, recording or invalid state. Command buffers in the initial state can only be moved to the recording state, or freed.

Recording

vkBeginCommandBuffer changes the state of a command buffer from the initial state to the recording state. Once a command buffer is in the recording state, vkCmd* commands can be used to record to the command buffer.

Executable

vkEndCommandBuffer ends the recording of a command buffer, and moves it from the recording state to the executable state. Executable command buffers can be submitted, reset, or recorded to another command buffer.

Pending

Queue submission of a command buffer changes the state of a command buffer from the executable state to the pending state. Whilst in the pending state, applications must not attempt to modify the command buffer in any way - as the device may be processing the commands recorded to it. Once execution of a command buffer completes, the command buffer either reverts back to the executable state, or if it was recorded with VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT, it moves to the invalid state. A synchronization command should be used to detect when this occurs.

Invalid

Some operations, such as modifying or deleting a resource that was used in a command recorded to a command buffer, will transition the state of that command buffer into the invalid state. Command buffers in the invalid state can only be reset or freed.

image/svg+xml Initial Recording Pending Executable Invalid Allocate Begin End Submission Completion Completion withOne Time Submit Reset Reset Invalidate
Figure 1. Lifecycle of a command buffer

Any given command that operates on a command buffer has its own requirements on what state a command buffer must be in, which are detailed in the valid usage constraints for that command.

Resetting a command buffer is an operation that discards any previously recorded commands and puts a command buffer in the initial state. Resetting occurs as a result of vkResetCommandBuffer or vkResetCommandPool, or as part of vkBeginCommandBuffer (which additionally puts the command buffer in the recording state).

Secondary command buffers can be recorded to a primary command buffer via vkCmdExecuteCommands. This partially ties the lifecycle of the two command buffers together - if the primary is submitted to a queue, both the primary and any secondaries recorded to it move to the pending state. Once execution of the primary completes, so it does for any secondary recorded within it. After all executions of each command buffer complete, they each move to their appropriate completion state (either to the executable state or the invalid state, as specified above).

If a secondary moves to the invalid state or the initial state, then all primary buffers it is recorded in move to the invalid state. A primary moving to any other state does not affect the state of a secondary recorded in it.

Note

Resetting or freeing a primary command buffer removes the lifecycle linkage to all secondary command buffers that were recorded into it.

6.2. Command Pools

Command pools are opaque objects that command buffer memory is allocated from, and which allow the implementation to amortize the cost of resource creation across multiple command buffers. Command pools are externally synchronized, meaning that a command pool must not be used concurrently in multiple threads. That includes use via recording commands on any command buffers allocated from the pool, as well as operations that allocate, free, and reset command buffers or the pool itself.

Command pools are represented by VkCommandPool handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkCommandPool)

To create a command pool, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateCommandPool(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkCommandPoolCreateInfo*              pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkCommandPool*                              pCommandPool);
  • device is the logical device that creates the command pool.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure specifying the state of the command pool object.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pCommandPool is a pointer to a VkCommandPool handle in which the created pool is returned.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCreateCommandPool-queueFamilyIndex-01937
    pCreateInfo->queueFamilyIndex must be the index of a queue family available in the logical device device

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateCommandPool-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateCommandPool-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateCommandPool-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateCommandPool-pCommandPool-parameter
    pCommandPool must be a valid pointer to a VkCommandPool handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkCommandPoolCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkCommandPoolCreateFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                    queueFamilyIndex;
} VkCommandPoolCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkCommandPoolCreateFlagBits indicating usage behavior for the pool and command buffers allocated from it.

  • queueFamilyIndex designates a queue family as described in section Queue Family Properties. All command buffers allocated from this command pool must be submitted on queues from the same queue family.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkCommandPoolCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkCommandPoolCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkCommandPoolCreateFlagBits values

Bits which can be set in VkCommandPoolCreateInfo::flags, specifying usage behavior for a command pool, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkCommandPoolCreateFlagBits {
    VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_TRANSIENT_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000002,
} VkCommandPoolCreateFlagBits;
  • VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_TRANSIENT_BIT specifies that command buffers allocated from the pool will be short-lived, meaning that they will be reset or freed in a relatively short timeframe. This flag may be used by the implementation to control memory allocation behavior within the pool.

  • VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT allows any command buffer allocated from a pool to be individually reset to the initial state; either by calling vkResetCommandBuffer, or via the implicit reset when calling vkBeginCommandBuffer. If this flag is not set on a pool, then vkResetCommandBuffer must not be called for any command buffer allocated from that pool.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkCommandPoolCreateFlags;

VkCommandPoolCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkCommandPoolCreateFlagBits.

To reset a command pool, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkResetCommandPool(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkCommandPool                               commandPool,
    VkCommandPoolResetFlags                     flags);
  • device is the logical device that owns the command pool.

  • commandPool is the command pool to reset.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkCommandPoolResetFlagBits controlling the reset operation.

Resetting a command pool recycles all of the resources from all of the command buffers allocated from the command pool back to the command pool. All command buffers that have been allocated from the command pool are put in the initial state.

Any primary command buffer allocated from another VkCommandPool that is in the recording or executable state and has a secondary command buffer allocated from commandPool recorded into it, becomes invalid.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkResetCommandPool-commandPool-00040
    All VkCommandBuffer objects allocated from commandPool must not be in the pending state

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkResetCommandPool-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkResetCommandPool-commandPool-parameter
    commandPool must be a valid VkCommandPool handle

  • VUID-vkResetCommandPool-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkCommandPoolResetFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkResetCommandPool-commandPool-parent
    commandPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandPool must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

Bits which can be set in vkResetCommandPool::flags, controlling the reset operation, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkCommandPoolResetFlagBits {
    VK_COMMAND_POOL_RESET_RELEASE_RESOURCES_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkCommandPoolResetFlagBits;
  • VK_COMMAND_POOL_RESET_RELEASE_RESOURCES_BIT specifies that resetting a command pool recycles all of the resources from the command pool back to the system.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkCommandPoolResetFlags;

VkCommandPoolResetFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkCommandPoolResetFlagBits.

To destroy a command pool, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyCommandPool(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkCommandPool                               commandPool,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the command pool.

  • commandPool is the handle of the command pool to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

When a pool is destroyed, all command buffers allocated from the pool are freed.

Any primary command buffer allocated from another VkCommandPool that is in the recording or executable state and has a secondary command buffer allocated from commandPool recorded into it, becomes invalid.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyCommandPool-commandPool-00041
    All VkCommandBuffer objects allocated from commandPool must not be in the pending state

  • VUID-vkDestroyCommandPool-commandPool-00042
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when commandPool was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyCommandPool-commandPool-00043
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when commandPool was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyCommandPool-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyCommandPool-commandPool-parameter
    If commandPool is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, commandPool must be a valid VkCommandPool handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyCommandPool-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyCommandPool-commandPool-parent
    If commandPool is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandPool must be externally synchronized

6.3. Command Buffer Allocation and Management

To allocate command buffers, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkAllocateCommandBuffers(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo*          pAllocateInfo,
    VkCommandBuffer*                            pCommandBuffers);
  • device is the logical device that owns the command pool.

  • pAllocateInfo is a pointer to a VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo structure describing parameters of the allocation.

  • pCommandBuffers is a pointer to an array of VkCommandBuffer handles in which the resulting command buffer objects are returned. The array must be at least the length specified by the commandBufferCount member of pAllocateInfo. Each allocated command buffer begins in the initial state.

When command buffers are first allocated, they are in the initial state.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkAllocateCommandBuffers-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkAllocateCommandBuffers-pAllocateInfo-parameter
    pAllocateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkAllocateCommandBuffers-pCommandBuffers-parameter
    pCommandBuffers must be a valid pointer to an array of pAllocateInfo->commandBufferCount VkCommandBuffer handles

  • VUID-vkAllocateCommandBuffers-pAllocateInfo::commandBufferCount-arraylength
    pAllocateInfo->commandBufferCount must be greater than 0

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to pAllocateInfo->commandPool must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo {
    VkStructureType         sType;
    const void*             pNext;
    VkCommandPool           commandPool;
    VkCommandBufferLevel    level;
    uint32_t                commandBufferCount;
} VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • commandPool is the command pool from which the command buffers are allocated.

  • level is a VkCommandBufferLevel value specifying the command buffer level.

  • commandBufferCount is the number of command buffers to allocate from the pool.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_ALLOCATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo-commandPool-parameter
    commandPool must be a valid VkCommandPool handle

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo-level-parameter
    level must be a valid VkCommandBufferLevel value

Possible values of VkCommandBufferAllocateInfo::level, specifying the command buffer level, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkCommandBufferLevel {
    VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_LEVEL_PRIMARY = 0,
    VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_LEVEL_SECONDARY = 1,
} VkCommandBufferLevel;
  • VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_LEVEL_PRIMARY specifies a primary command buffer.

  • VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_LEVEL_SECONDARY specifies a secondary command buffer.

To reset a command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkResetCommandBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkCommandBufferResetFlags                   flags);

Any primary command buffer that is in the recording or executable state and has commandBuffer recorded into it, becomes invalid.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkResetCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00045
    commandBuffer must not be in the pending state

  • VUID-vkResetCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00046
    commandBuffer must have been allocated from a pool that was created with the VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkResetCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkResetCommandBuffer-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkCommandBufferResetFlagBits values

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

Bits which can be set in vkResetCommandBuffer::flags, controlling the reset operation, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkCommandBufferResetFlagBits {
    VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_RESET_RELEASE_RESOURCES_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkCommandBufferResetFlagBits;
  • VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_RESET_RELEASE_RESOURCES_BIT specifies that most or all memory resources currently owned by the command buffer should be returned to the parent command pool. If this flag is not set, then the command buffer may hold onto memory resources and reuse them when recording commands. commandBuffer is moved to the initial state.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkCommandBufferResetFlags;

VkCommandBufferResetFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkCommandBufferResetFlagBits.

To free command buffers, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkFreeCommandBuffers(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkCommandPool                               commandPool,
    uint32_t                                    commandBufferCount,
    const VkCommandBuffer*                      pCommandBuffers);
  • device is the logical device that owns the command pool.

  • commandPool is the command pool from which the command buffers were allocated.

  • commandBufferCount is the length of the pCommandBuffers array.

  • pCommandBuffers is a pointer to an array of handles of command buffers to free.

Any primary command buffer that is in the recording or executable state and has any element of pCommandBuffers recorded into it, becomes invalid.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkFreeCommandBuffers-pCommandBuffers-00047
    All elements of pCommandBuffers must not be in the pending state

  • VUID-vkFreeCommandBuffers-pCommandBuffers-00048
    pCommandBuffers must be a valid pointer to an array of commandBufferCount VkCommandBuffer handles, each element of which must either be a valid handle or NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkFreeCommandBuffers-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkFreeCommandBuffers-commandPool-parameter
    commandPool must be a valid VkCommandPool handle

  • VUID-vkFreeCommandBuffers-commandBufferCount-arraylength
    commandBufferCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkFreeCommandBuffers-commandPool-parent
    commandPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

  • VUID-vkFreeCommandBuffers-pCommandBuffers-parent
    Each element of pCommandBuffers that is a valid handle must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from commandPool

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandPool must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to each member of pCommandBuffers must be externally synchronized

6.4. Command Buffer Recording

To begin recording a command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkBeginCommandBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkCommandBufferBeginInfo*             pBeginInfo);
  • commandBuffer is the handle of the command buffer which is to be put in the recording state.

  • pBeginInfo is a pointer to a VkCommandBufferBeginInfo structure defining additional information about how the command buffer begins recording.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00049
    commandBuffer must not be in the recording or pending state

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00050
    If commandBuffer was allocated from a VkCommandPool which did not have the VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT flag set, commandBuffer must be in the initial state

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00051
    If commandBuffer is a secondary command buffer, the pInheritanceInfo member of pBeginInfo must be a valid VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo structure

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00052
    If commandBuffer is a secondary command buffer and either the occlusionQueryEnable member of the pInheritanceInfo member of pBeginInfo is VK_FALSE, or the occlusionQueryPrecise feature is not enabled, then pBeginInfo->pInheritanceInfo->queryFlags must not contain VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-02840
    If commandBuffer is a primary command buffer, then pBeginInfo->flags must not set both the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT and the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT flags

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkBeginCommandBuffer-pBeginInfo-parameter
    pBeginInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkCommandBufferBeginInfo structure

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkCommandBufferBeginInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkCommandBufferBeginInfo {
    VkStructureType                          sType;
    const void*                              pNext;
    VkCommandBufferUsageFlags                flags;
    const VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo*    pInheritanceInfo;
} VkCommandBufferBeginInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkCommandBufferUsageFlagBits specifying usage behavior for the command buffer.

  • pInheritanceInfo is a pointer to a VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo structure, used if commandBuffer is a secondary command buffer. If this is a primary command buffer, then this value is ignored.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-flags-09123
    If flags contains VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT, the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-flags-00055
    If flags contains VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT, the framebuffer member of pInheritanceInfo must be either VK_NULL_HANDLE, or a valid VkFramebuffer that is compatible with the renderPass member of pInheritanceInfo

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-flags-06000
    If flags contains VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT the renderPass member of pInheritanceInfo must be a valid VkRenderPass

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-flags-06001
    If flags contains VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT the subpass member of pInheritanceInfo must be a valid subpass index within the renderPass member of pInheritanceInfo

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_BEGIN_INFO

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferBeginInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkCommandBufferUsageFlagBits values

Bits which can be set in VkCommandBufferBeginInfo::flags, specifying usage behavior for a command buffer, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkCommandBufferUsageFlagBits {
    VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT = 0x00000004,
} VkCommandBufferUsageFlagBits;
  • VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT specifies that each recording of the command buffer will only be submitted once, and the command buffer will be reset and recorded again between each submission.

  • VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT specifies that a secondary command buffer is considered to be entirely inside a render pass. If this is a primary command buffer, then this bit is ignored.

  • VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT specifies that a command buffer can be resubmitted to any queue of the same queue family while it is in the pending state, and recorded into multiple primary command buffers.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkCommandBufferUsageFlags;

VkCommandBufferUsageFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkCommandBufferUsageFlagBits.

If the command buffer is a secondary command buffer, then the VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo structure defines any state that will be inherited from the primary command buffer:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    const void*                      pNext;
    VkRenderPass                     renderPass;
    uint32_t                         subpass;
    VkFramebuffer                    framebuffer;
    VkBool32                         occlusionQueryEnable;
    VkQueryControlFlags              queryFlags;
    VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlags    pipelineStatistics;
} VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • renderPass is a VkRenderPass object defining which render passes the VkCommandBuffer will be compatible with and can be executed within.

  • subpass is the index of the subpass within the render pass instance that the VkCommandBuffer will be executed within.

  • framebuffer can refer to the VkFramebuffer object that the VkCommandBuffer will be rendering to if it is executed within a render pass instance. It can be VK_NULL_HANDLE if the framebuffer is not known.

    Note

    Specifying the exact framebuffer that the secondary command buffer will be executed with may result in better performance at command buffer execution time.

  • occlusionQueryEnable specifies whether the command buffer can be executed while an occlusion query is active in the primary command buffer. If this is VK_TRUE, then this command buffer can be executed whether the primary command buffer has an occlusion query active or not. If this is VK_FALSE, then the primary command buffer must not have an occlusion query active.

  • queryFlags specifies the query flags that can be used by an active occlusion query in the primary command buffer when this secondary command buffer is executed. If this value includes the VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT bit, then the active query can return boolean results or actual sample counts. If this bit is not set, then the active query must not use the VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT bit.

  • pipelineStatistics is a bitmask of VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits specifying the set of pipeline statistics that can be counted by an active query in the primary command buffer when this secondary command buffer is executed. If this value includes a given bit, then this command buffer can be executed whether the primary command buffer has a pipeline statistics query active that includes this bit or not. If this value excludes a given bit, then the active pipeline statistics query must not be from a query pool that counts that statistic.

If the VkCommandBuffer will not be executed within a render pass instance, renderPass, subpass, and framebuffer are ignored.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-occlusionQueryEnable-00056
    If the inheritedQueries feature is not enabled, occlusionQueryEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-queryFlags-00057
    If the inheritedQueries feature is enabled, queryFlags must be a valid combination of VkQueryControlFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-queryFlags-02788
    If the inheritedQueries feature is not enabled, queryFlags must be 0

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-pipelineStatistics-02789
    If the pipelineStatisticsQuery feature is enabled, pipelineStatistics must be a valid combination of VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-pipelineStatistics-00058
    If the pipelineStatisticsQuery feature is not enabled, pipelineStatistics must be 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER_INHERITANCE_INFO

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo-commonparent
    Both of framebuffer, and renderPass that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Note

On some implementations, not using the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT bit enables command buffers to be patched in-place if needed, rather than creating a copy of the command buffer.

If a command buffer is in the invalid, or executable state, and the command buffer was allocated from a command pool with the VK_COMMAND_POOL_CREATE_RESET_COMMAND_BUFFER_BIT flag set, then vkBeginCommandBuffer implicitly resets the command buffer, behaving as if vkResetCommandBuffer had been called with VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_RESET_RELEASE_RESOURCES_BIT not set. After the implicit reset, commandBuffer is moved to the recording state.

Once recording starts, an application records a sequence of commands (vkCmd*) to set state in the command buffer, draw, dispatch, and other commands.

To complete recording of a command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkEndCommandBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer to complete recording.

The command buffer must have been in the recording state, and, if successful, is moved to the executable state.

If there was an error during recording, the application will be notified by an unsuccessful return code returned by vkEndCommandBuffer, and the command buffer will be moved to the invalid state.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkEndCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00059
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkEndCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00060
    If commandBuffer is a primary command buffer, there must not be an active render pass instance

  • VUID-vkEndCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-00061
    All queries made active during the recording of commandBuffer must have been made inactive

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkEndCommandBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

When a command buffer is in the executable state, it can be submitted to a queue for execution.

6.5. Command Buffer Submission

Note

Submission can be a high overhead operation, and applications should attempt to batch work together into as few calls to vkQueueSubmit as possible.

To submit command buffers to a queue, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkQueueSubmit(
    VkQueue                                     queue,
    uint32_t                                    submitCount,
    const VkSubmitInfo*                         pSubmits,
    VkFence                                     fence);
  • queue is the queue that the command buffers will be submitted to.

  • submitCount is the number of elements in the pSubmits array.

  • pSubmits is a pointer to an array of VkSubmitInfo structures, each specifying a command buffer submission batch.

  • fence is an optional handle to a fence to be signaled once all submitted command buffers have completed execution. If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, it defines a fence signal operation.

vkQueueSubmit is a queue submission command, with each batch defined by an element of pSubmits. Batches begin execution in the order they appear in pSubmits, but may complete out of order.

Fence and semaphore operations submitted with vkQueueSubmit have additional ordering constraints compared to other submission commands, with dependencies involving previous and subsequent queue operations. Information about these additional constraints can be found in the semaphore and fence sections of the synchronization chapter.

Details on the interaction of pWaitDstStageMask with synchronization are described in the semaphore wait operation section of the synchronization chapter.

The order that batches appear in pSubmits is used to determine submission order, and thus all the implicit ordering guarantees that respect it. Other than these implicit ordering guarantees and any explicit synchronization primitives, these batches may overlap or otherwise execute out of order.

If any command buffer submitted to this queue is in the executable state, it is moved to the pending state. Once execution of all submissions of a command buffer complete, it moves from the pending state, back to the executable state. If a command buffer was recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_ONE_TIME_SUBMIT_BIT flag, it instead moves to the invalid state.

If vkQueueSubmit fails, it may return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY or VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY. If it does, the implementation must ensure that the state and contents of any resources or synchronization primitives referenced by the submitted command buffers and any semaphores referenced by pSubmits is unaffected by the call or its failure. If vkQueueSubmit fails in such a way that the implementation is unable to make that guarantee, the implementation must return VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST. See Lost Device.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-fence-00063
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must be unsignaled

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-fence-00064
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must not be associated with any other queue command that has not yet completed execution on that queue

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pCommandBuffers-00065
    Any calls to vkCmdSetEvent, vkCmdResetEvent or vkCmdWaitEvents that have been recorded into any of the command buffer elements of the pCommandBuffers member of any element of pSubmits, must not reference any VkEvent that is referenced by any of those commands in a command buffer that has been submitted to another queue and is still in the pending state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pWaitDstStageMask-00066
    Any stage flag included in any element of the pWaitDstStageMask member of any element of pSubmits must be a pipeline stage supported by one of the capabilities of queue, as specified in the table of supported pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pSignalSemaphores-00067
    Each binary semaphore element of the pSignalSemaphores member of any element of pSubmits must be unsignaled when the semaphore signal operation it defines is executed on the device

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pWaitSemaphores-00068
    When a semaphore wait operation referring to a binary semaphore defined by any element of the pWaitSemaphores member of any element of pSubmits executes on queue, there must be no other queues waiting on the same semaphore

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pWaitSemaphores-03238
    All elements of the pWaitSemaphores member of all elements of pSubmits must reference a semaphore signal operation that has been submitted for execution and any semaphore signal operations on which it depends must have also been submitted for execution

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pCommandBuffers-00070
    Each element of the pCommandBuffers member of each element of pSubmits must be in the pending or executable state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pCommandBuffers-00071
    If any element of the pCommandBuffers member of any element of pSubmits was not recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT, it must not be in the pending state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pCommandBuffers-00072
    Any secondary command buffers recorded into any element of the pCommandBuffers member of any element of pSubmits must be in the pending or executable state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pCommandBuffers-00073
    If any secondary command buffers recorded into any element of the pCommandBuffers member of any element of pSubmits was not recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT, it must not be in the pending state

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pCommandBuffers-00074
    Each element of the pCommandBuffers member of each element of pSubmits must have been allocated from a VkCommandPool that was created for the same queue family queue belongs to

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pSubmits-02207
    If any element of pSubmits->pCommandBuffers includes a Queue Family Ownership Transfer Acquire Operation, there must exist a previously submitted Queue Family Ownership Transfer Release Operation on a queue in the queue family identified by the acquire operation, with parameters matching the acquire operation as defined in the definition of such acquire operations, and which happens-before the acquire operation

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pSubmits-02808
    Any resource created with VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE that is read by an operation specified by pSubmits must not be owned by any queue family other than the one which queue belongs to, at the time it is executed

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pSubmits-04626
    Any resource created with VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT that is accessed by an operation specified by pSubmits must have included the queue family of queue at resource creation time

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-queue-parameter
    queue must be a valid VkQueue handle

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-pSubmits-parameter
    If submitCount is not 0, pSubmits must be a valid pointer to an array of submitCount valid VkSubmitInfo structures

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-fence-parameter
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must be a valid VkFence handle

  • VUID-vkQueueSubmit-commonparent
    Both of fence, and queue that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to queue must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to fence must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

The VkSubmitInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSubmitInfo {
    VkStructureType                sType;
    const void*                    pNext;
    uint32_t                       waitSemaphoreCount;
    const VkSemaphore*             pWaitSemaphores;
    const VkPipelineStageFlags*    pWaitDstStageMask;
    uint32_t                       commandBufferCount;
    const VkCommandBuffer*         pCommandBuffers;
    uint32_t                       signalSemaphoreCount;
    const VkSemaphore*             pSignalSemaphores;
} VkSubmitInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • waitSemaphoreCount is the number of semaphores upon which to wait before executing the command buffers for the batch.

  • pWaitSemaphores is a pointer to an array of VkSemaphore handles upon which to wait before the command buffers for this batch begin execution. If semaphores to wait on are provided, they define a semaphore wait operation.

  • pWaitDstStageMask is a pointer to an array of pipeline stages at which each corresponding semaphore wait will occur.

  • commandBufferCount is the number of command buffers to execute in the batch.

  • pCommandBuffers is a pointer to an array of VkCommandBuffer handles to execute in the batch.

  • signalSemaphoreCount is the number of semaphores to be signaled once the commands specified in pCommandBuffers have completed execution.

  • pSignalSemaphores is a pointer to an array of VkSemaphore handles which will be signaled when the command buffers for this batch have completed execution. If semaphores to be signaled are provided, they define a semaphore signal operation.

The order that command buffers appear in pCommandBuffers is used to determine submission order, and thus all the implicit ordering guarantees that respect it. Other than these implicit ordering guarantees and any explicit synchronization primitives, these command buffers may overlap or otherwise execute out of order.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitDstStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, pWaitDstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitDstStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, pWaitDstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitDstStageMask-04996
    pWaitDstStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pCommandBuffers-00075
    Each element of pCommandBuffers must not have been allocated with VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_LEVEL_SECONDARY

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitDstStageMask-00078
    Each element of pWaitDstStageMask must not include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SUBMIT_INFO

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitSemaphores-parameter
    If waitSemaphoreCount is not 0, pWaitSemaphores must be a valid pointer to an array of waitSemaphoreCount valid VkSemaphore handles

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pWaitDstStageMask-parameter
    If waitSemaphoreCount is not 0, pWaitDstStageMask must be a valid pointer to an array of waitSemaphoreCount valid combinations of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pCommandBuffers-parameter
    If commandBufferCount is not 0, pCommandBuffers must be a valid pointer to an array of commandBufferCount valid VkCommandBuffer handles

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-pSignalSemaphores-parameter
    If signalSemaphoreCount is not 0, pSignalSemaphores must be a valid pointer to an array of signalSemaphoreCount valid VkSemaphore handles

  • VUID-VkSubmitInfo-commonparent
    Each of the elements of pCommandBuffers, the elements of pSignalSemaphores, and the elements of pWaitSemaphores that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

6.6. Queue Forward Progress

When using binary semaphores, the application must ensure that command buffer submissions will be able to complete without any subsequent operations by the application on any queue. After any call to vkQueueSubmit (or other queue operation), for every queued wait on a semaphore there must be a prior signal of that semaphore that will not be consumed by a different wait on the semaphore.

If a command buffer submission waits for any events to be signaled, the application must ensure that command buffer submissions will be able to complete without any subsequent operations by the application. Events signaled by the host must be signaled before the command buffer waits on those events.

Note

The ability for commands to wait on the host to set an events was originally added to allow low-latency updates to resources between host and device. However, to ensure quality of service, implementations would necessarily detect extended stalls in execution and timeout after a short period. As this period is not defined in the Vulkan specification, it is impossible to correctly validate any application with any wait period. Since the original users of this functionality were highly limited and platform-specific, this functionality is now considered defunct and should not be used.

6.7. Secondary Command Buffer Execution

Secondary command buffers must not be directly submitted to a queue. To record a secondary command buffer to execute as part of a primary command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdExecuteCommands(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    commandBufferCount,
    const VkCommandBuffer*                      pCommandBuffers);
  • commandBuffer is a handle to a primary command buffer that the secondary command buffers are executed in.

  • commandBufferCount is the length of the pCommandBuffers array.

  • pCommandBuffers is a pointer to an array of commandBufferCount secondary command buffer handles, which are recorded to execute in the primary command buffer in the order they are listed in the array.

If any element of pCommandBuffers was not recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT flag, and it was recorded into any other primary command buffer which is currently in the executable or recording state, that primary command buffer becomes invalid.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00088
    Each element of pCommandBuffers must have been allocated with a level of VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_LEVEL_SECONDARY

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00089
    Each element of pCommandBuffers must be in the pending or executable state

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00091
    If any element of pCommandBuffers was not recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT flag, it must not be in the pending state

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00092
    If any element of pCommandBuffers was not recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT flag, it must not have already been recorded to commandBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00093
    If any element of pCommandBuffers was not recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_SIMULTANEOUS_USE_BIT flag, it must not appear more than once in pCommandBuffers

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00094
    Each element of pCommandBuffers must have been allocated from a VkCommandPool that was created for the same queue family as the VkCommandPool from which commandBuffer was allocated

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00096
    If vkCmdExecuteCommands is being called within a render pass instance, each element of pCommandBuffers must have been recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00099
    If vkCmdExecuteCommands is being called within a render pass instance, and any element of pCommandBuffers was recorded with VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo::framebuffer not equal to VK_NULL_HANDLE, that VkFramebuffer must match the VkFramebuffer used in the current render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-contents-06018
    If vkCmdExecuteCommands is being called within a render pass instance begun with vkCmdBeginRenderPass, its contents parameter must have been set to VK_SUBPASS_CONTENTS_SECONDARY_COMMAND_BUFFERS

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-06019
    If vkCmdExecuteCommands is being called within a render pass instance begun with vkCmdBeginRenderPass, each element of pCommandBuffers must have been recorded with VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo::subpass set to the index of the subpass which the given command buffer will be executed in

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pBeginInfo-06020
    If vkCmdExecuteCommands is being called within a render pass instance begun with vkCmdBeginRenderPass, the render passes specified in the pBeginInfo->pInheritanceInfo->renderPass members of the vkBeginCommandBuffer commands used to begin recording each element of pCommandBuffers must be compatible with the current render pass

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00100
    If vkCmdExecuteCommands is not being called within a render pass instance, each element of pCommandBuffers must not have been recorded with the VK_COMMAND_BUFFER_USAGE_RENDER_PASS_CONTINUE_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-00101
    If the inheritedQueries feature is not enabled, commandBuffer must not have any queries active

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-00102
    If commandBuffer has a VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION query active, then each element of pCommandBuffers must have been recorded with VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo::occlusionQueryEnable set to VK_TRUE

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-00103
    If commandBuffer has a VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION query active, then each element of pCommandBuffers must have been recorded with VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo::queryFlags having all bits set that are set for the query

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-00104
    If commandBuffer has a VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS query active, then each element of pCommandBuffers must have been recorded with VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo::pipelineStatistics having all bits set that are set in the VkQueryPool the query uses

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-00105
    Each element of pCommandBuffers must not begin any query types that are active in commandBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-07594
    commandBuffer must not have any queries other than VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION and VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS active

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-06533
    If vkCmdExecuteCommands is being called within a render pass instance and any recorded command in commandBuffer in the current subpass will write to an image subresource as an attachment, commands recorded in elements of pCommandBuffers must not read from the memory backing that image subresource in any other way

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-06534
    If vkCmdExecuteCommands is being called within a render pass instance and any recorded command in commandBuffer in the current subpass will read from an image subresource used as an attachment in any way other than as an attachment, commands recorded in elements of pCommandBuffers must not write to that image subresource as an attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-06535
    If vkCmdExecuteCommands is being called within a render pass instance and any recorded command in a given element of pCommandBuffers will write to an image subresource as an attachment, commands recorded in elements of pCommandBuffers at a higher index must not read from the memory backing that image subresource in any other way

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-06536
    If vkCmdExecuteCommands is being called within a render pass instance and any recorded command in a given element of pCommandBuffers will read from an image subresource used as an attachment in any way other than as an attachment, commands recorded in elements of pCommandBuffers at a higher index must not write to that image subresource as an attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-09375
    commandBuffer must not be a secondary command buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-pCommandBuffers-parameter
    pCommandBuffers must be a valid pointer to an array of commandBufferCount valid VkCommandBuffer handles

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support transfer, graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commandBufferCount-arraylength
    commandBufferCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdExecuteCommands-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and the elements of pCommandBuffers must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Transfer
Graphics
Compute

Indirection

7. Synchronization and Cache Control

Synchronization of access to resources is primarily the responsibility of the application in Vulkan. The order of execution of commands with respect to the host and other commands on the device has few implicit guarantees, and needs to be explicitly specified. Memory caches and other optimizations are also explicitly managed, requiring that the flow of data through the system is largely under application control.

Whilst some implicit guarantees exist between commands, five explicit synchronization mechanisms are exposed by Vulkan:

Fences

Fences can be used to communicate to the host that execution of some task on the device has completed, controlling resource access between host and device.

Semaphores

Semaphores can be used to control resource access across multiple queues.

Events

Events provide a fine-grained synchronization primitive which can be signaled either within a command buffer or by the host, and can be waited upon within a command buffer or queried on the host. Events can be used to control resource access within a single queue.

Pipeline Barriers

Pipeline barriers also provide synchronization control within a command buffer, but at a single point, rather than with separate signal and wait operations. Pipeline barriers can be used to control resource access within a single queue.

Render Pass Objects

Render pass objects provide a synchronization framework for rendering tasks, built upon the concepts in this chapter. Many cases that would otherwise need an application to use other synchronization primitives can be expressed more efficiently as part of a render pass. Render pass objects can be used to control resource access within a single queue.

7.1. Execution and Memory Dependencies

An operation is an arbitrary amount of work to be executed on the host, a device, or an external entity such as a presentation engine. Synchronization commands introduce explicit execution dependencies, and memory dependencies between two sets of operations defined by the command’s two synchronization scopes.

The synchronization scopes define which other operations a synchronization command is able to create execution dependencies with. Any type of operation that is not in a synchronization command’s synchronization scopes will not be included in the resulting dependency. For example, for many synchronization commands, the synchronization scopes can be limited to just operations executing in specific pipeline stages, which allows other pipeline stages to be excluded from a dependency. Other scoping options are possible, depending on the particular command.

An execution dependency is a guarantee that for two sets of operations, the first set must happen-before the second set. If an operation happens-before another operation, then the first operation must complete before the second operation is initiated. More precisely:

  • Let Ops1 and Ops2 be separate sets of operations.

  • Let Sync be a synchronization command.

  • Let Scope1st and Scope2nd be the synchronization scopes of Sync.

  • Let ScopedOps1 be the intersection of sets Ops1 and Scope1st.

  • Let ScopedOps2 be the intersection of sets Ops2 and Scope2nd.

  • Submitting Ops1, Sync and Ops2 for execution, in that order, will result in execution dependency ExeDep between ScopedOps1 and ScopedOps2.

  • Execution dependency ExeDep guarantees that ScopedOps1 happen-before ScopedOps2.

An execution dependency chain is a sequence of execution dependencies that form a happens-before relation between the first dependency’s ScopedOps1 and the final dependency’s ScopedOps2. For each consecutive pair of execution dependencies, a chain exists if the intersection of Scope2nd in the first dependency and Scope1st in the second dependency is not an empty set. The formation of a single execution dependency from an execution dependency chain can be described by substituting the following in the description of execution dependencies:

  • Let Sync be a set of synchronization commands that generate an execution dependency chain.

  • Let Scope1st be the first synchronization scope of the first command in Sync.

  • Let Scope2nd be the second synchronization scope of the last command in Sync.

Execution dependencies alone are not sufficient to guarantee that values resulting from writes in one set of operations can be read from another set of operations.

Three additional types of operations are used to control memory access. Availability operations cause the values generated by specified memory write accesses to become available to a memory domain for future access. Any available value remains available until a subsequent write to the same memory location occurs (whether it is made available or not) or the memory is freed. Memory domain operations cause writes that are available to a source memory domain to become available to a destination memory domain (an example of this is making writes available to the host domain available to the device domain). Visibility operations cause values available to a memory domain to become visible to specified memory accesses.

A memory dependency is an execution dependency which includes availability and visibility operations such that:

  • The first set of operations happens-before the availability operation.

  • The availability operation happens-before the visibility operation.

  • The visibility operation happens-before the second set of operations.

Once written values are made visible to a particular type of memory access, they can be read or written by that type of memory access. Most synchronization commands in Vulkan define a memory dependency.

The specific memory accesses that are made available and visible are defined by the access scopes of a memory dependency. Any type of access that is in a memory dependency’s first access scope and occurs in ScopedOps1 is made available. Any type of access that is in a memory dependency’s second access scope and occurs in ScopedOps2 has any available writes made visible to it. Any type of operation that is not in a synchronization command’s access scopes will not be included in the resulting dependency.

A memory dependency enforces availability and visibility of memory accesses and execution order between two sets of operations. Adding to the description of execution dependency chains:

  • Let MemOps1 be the set of memory accesses performed by ScopedOps1.

  • Let MemOps2 be the set of memory accesses performed by ScopedOps2.

  • Let AccessScope1st be the first access scope of the first command in the Sync chain.

  • Let AccessScope2nd be the second access scope of the last command in the Sync chain.

  • Let ScopedMemOps1 be the intersection of sets MemOps1 and AccessScope1st.

  • Let ScopedMemOps2 be the intersection of sets MemOps2 and AccessScope2nd.

  • Submitting Ops1, Sync, and Ops2 for execution, in that order, will result in a memory dependency MemDep between ScopedOps1 and ScopedOps2.

  • Memory dependency MemDep guarantees that:

    • Memory writes in ScopedMemOps1 are made available.

    • Available memory writes, including those from ScopedMemOps1, are made visible to ScopedMemOps2.

Note

Execution and memory dependencies are used to solve data hazards, i.e. to ensure that read and write operations occur in a well-defined order. Write-after-read hazards can be solved with just an execution dependency, but read-after-write and write-after-write hazards need appropriate memory dependencies to be included between them. If an application does not include dependencies to solve these hazards, the results and execution orders of memory accesses are undefined.

7.1.1. Image Layout Transitions

Image subresources can be transitioned from one layout to another as part of a memory dependency (e.g. by using an image memory barrier). When a layout transition is specified in a memory dependency, it happens-after the availability operations in the memory dependency, and happens-before the visibility operations. Image layout transitions may perform read and write accesses on all memory bound to the image subresource range, so applications must ensure that all memory writes have been made available before a layout transition is executed. Available memory is automatically made visible to a layout transition, and writes performed by a layout transition are automatically made available.

Layout transitions always apply to a particular image subresource range, and specify both an old layout and new layout. The old layout must either be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, or match the current layout of the image subresource range. If the old layout matches the current layout of the image subresource range, the transition preserves the contents of that range. If the old layout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, the contents of that range may be discarded.

Note

Image layout transitions with VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED allow the implementation to discard the image subresource range, which can provide performance or power benefits. Tile-based architectures may be able to avoid flushing tile data to memory, and immediate style renderers may be able to achieve fast metadata clears to reinitialize frame buffer compression state, or similar.

If the contents of an attachment are not needed after a render pass completes, then applications should use VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_DONT_CARE.

Note

Applications must ensure that layout transitions happen-after all operations accessing the image with the old layout, and happen-before any operations that will access the image with the new layout. Layout transitions are potentially read/write operations, so not defining appropriate memory dependencies to guarantee this will result in a data race.

Image layout transitions interact with memory aliasing.

Layout transitions that are performed via image memory barriers execute in their entirety in submission order, relative to other image layout transitions submitted to the same queue, including those performed by render passes. In effect there is an implicit execution dependency from each such layout transition to all layout transitions previously submitted to the same queue.

7.1.2. Pipeline Stages

The work performed by an action command consists of multiple operations, which are performed as a sequence of logically independent steps known as pipeline stages. The exact pipeline stages executed depend on the particular command that is used, and current command buffer state when the command was recorded.

Note

Operations performed by synchronization commands (e.g. availability and visibility operations) are not executed by a defined pipeline stage. However other commands can still synchronize with them by using the synchronization scopes to create a dependency chain.

Execution of operations across pipeline stages must adhere to implicit ordering guarantees, particularly including pipeline stage order. Otherwise, execution across pipeline stages may overlap or execute out of order with regards to other stages, unless otherwise enforced by an execution dependency.

Several of the synchronization commands include pipeline stage parameters, restricting the synchronization scopes for that command to just those stages. This allows fine grained control over the exact execution dependencies and accesses performed by action commands. Implementations should use these pipeline stages to avoid unnecessary stalls or cache flushing.

Bits which can be set in a VkPipelineStageFlags mask, specifying stages of execution, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPipelineStageFlagBits {
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TOP_OF_PIPE_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000040,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000080,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT = 0x00000100,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT = 0x00000200,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT = 0x00000400,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT = 0x00000800,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT = 0x00001000,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_BOTTOM_OF_PIPE_BIT = 0x00002000,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT = 0x00004000,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT = 0x00008000,
    VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT = 0x00010000,
} VkPipelineStageFlagBits;
  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline where VkDrawIndirect* / VkDispatchIndirect* / VkTraceRaysIndirect* data structures are consumed.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline where vertex and index buffers are consumed.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT specifies the vertex shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT specifies the tessellation control shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT specifies the tessellation evaluation shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT specifies the geometry shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT specifies the fragment shader stage.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline where early fragment tests (depth and stencil tests before fragment shading) are performed. This stage also includes render pass load operations for framebuffer attachments with a depth/stencil format.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline where late fragment tests (depth and stencil tests after fragment shading) are performed. This stage also includes render pass store operations for framebuffer attachments with a depth/stencil format.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT specifies the stage of the pipeline after blending where the final color values are output from the pipeline. This stage includes blending, logic operations, render pass load and store operations for color attachments, render pass multisample resolve operations, and vkCmdClearAttachments.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT specifies the execution of a compute shader.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT specifies the following commands:

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT specifies a pseudo-stage indicating execution on the host of reads/writes of device memory. This stage is not invoked by any commands recorded in a command buffer.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT specifies the execution of all graphics pipeline stages, and is equivalent to the logical OR of:

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

    • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT specifies all operations performed by all commands supported on the queue it is used with.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TOP_OF_PIPE_BIT is equivalent to VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT with VkAccessFlags set to 0 when specified in the second synchronization scope, but specifies no stage of execution when specified in the first scope.

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_BOTTOM_OF_PIPE_BIT is equivalent to VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT with VkAccessFlags set to 0 when specified in the first synchronization scope, but specifies no stage of execution when specified in the second scope.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineStageFlags;

VkPipelineStageFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkPipelineStageFlagBits.

If a synchronization command includes a source stage mask, its first synchronization scope only includes execution of the pipeline stages specified in that mask and any logically earlier stages. Its first access scope only includes memory accesses performed by pipeline stages explicitly specified in the source stage mask.

If a synchronization command includes a destination stage mask, its second synchronization scope only includes execution of the pipeline stages specified in that mask and any logically later stages. Its second access scope only includes memory accesses performed by pipeline stages explicitly specified in the destination stage mask.

Note

Note that access scopes do not interact with the logically earlier or later stages for either scope - only the stages the app specifies are considered part of each access scope.

Certain pipeline stages are only available on queues that support a particular set of operations. The following table lists, for each pipeline stage flag, which queue capability flag must be supported by the queue. When multiple flags are enumerated in the second column of the table, it means that the pipeline stage is supported on the queue if it supports any of the listed capability flags. For further details on queue capabilities see Physical Device Enumeration and Queues.

Table 3. Supported pipeline stage flags
Pipeline stage flag Required queue capability flag

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_NONE

None required

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TOP_OF_PIPE_BIT

None required

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT

VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BOTTOM_OF_PIPE_BIT

None required

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

None required

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT

None required

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT or VK_QUEUE_TRANSFER_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_PRE_RASTERIZATION_SHADERS_BIT

VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT

Pipeline stages that execute as a result of a command logically complete execution in a specific order, such that completion of a logically later pipeline stage must not happen-before completion of a logically earlier stage. This means that including any stage in the source stage mask for a particular synchronization command also implies that any logically earlier stages are included in Scope1st for that command.

Similarly, initiation of a logically earlier pipeline stage must not happen-after initiation of a logically later pipeline stage. Including any given stage in the destination stage mask for a particular synchronization command also implies that any logically later stages are included in Scope2nd for that command.

Note

Implementations may not support synchronization at every pipeline stage for every synchronization operation. If a pipeline stage that an implementation does not support synchronization for appears in a source stage mask, it may substitute any logically later stage in its place for the first synchronization scope. If a pipeline stage that an implementation does not support synchronization for appears in a destination stage mask, it may substitute any logically earlier stage in its place for the second synchronization scope.

For example, if an implementation is unable to signal an event immediately after vertex shader execution is complete, it may instead signal the event after color attachment output has completed.

If an implementation makes such a substitution, it must not affect the semantics of execution or memory dependencies or image and buffer memory barriers.

Graphics pipelines are executable on queues supporting VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT. Stages executed by graphics pipelines can only be specified in commands recorded for queues supporting VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT.

The graphics pipeline executes the following stages, with the logical ordering of the stages matching the order specified here:

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

For the compute pipeline, the following stages occur in this order:

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT

For the transfer pipeline, the following stages occur in this order:

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TRANSFER_BIT

For host operations, only one pipeline stage occurs, so no order is guaranteed:

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

7.1.3. Access Types

Memory in Vulkan can be accessed from within shader invocations and via some fixed-function stages of the pipeline. The access type is a function of the descriptor type used, or how a fixed-function stage accesses memory.

Some synchronization commands take sets of access types as parameters to define the access scopes of a memory dependency. If a synchronization command includes a source access mask, its first access scope only includes accesses via the access types specified in that mask. Similarly, if a synchronization command includes a destination access mask, its second access scope only includes accesses via the access types specified in that mask.

Bits which can be set in the srcAccessMask and dstAccessMask members of VkSubpassDependency, VkMemoryBarrier, VkBufferMemoryBarrier, and VkImageMemoryBarrier, specifying access behavior, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkAccessFlagBits {
    VK_ACCESS_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_ACCESS_INDEX_READ_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_ACCESS_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_ACCESS_UNIFORM_READ_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_ACCESS_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_ACCESS_SHADER_READ_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_ACCESS_SHADER_WRITE_BIT = 0x00000040,
    VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT = 0x00000080,
    VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT = 0x00000100,
    VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT = 0x00000200,
    VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT = 0x00000400,
    VK_ACCESS_TRANSFER_READ_BIT = 0x00000800,
    VK_ACCESS_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT = 0x00001000,
    VK_ACCESS_HOST_READ_BIT = 0x00002000,
    VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT = 0x00004000,
    VK_ACCESS_MEMORY_READ_BIT = 0x00008000,
    VK_ACCESS_MEMORY_WRITE_BIT = 0x00010000,
} VkAccessFlagBits;
  • VK_ACCESS_MEMORY_READ_BIT specifies all read accesses. It is always valid in any access mask, and is treated as equivalent to setting all READ access flags that are valid where it is used.

  • VK_ACCESS_MEMORY_WRITE_BIT specifies all write accesses. It is always valid in any access mask, and is treated as equivalent to setting all WRITE access flags that are valid where it is used.

  • VK_ACCESS_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT specifies read access to indirect command data read as part of an indirect drawing or dispatching command. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_INDEX_READ_BIT specifies read access to an index buffer as part of an indexed drawing command, bound by vkCmdBindIndexBuffer. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT specifies read access to a vertex buffer as part of a drawing command, bound by vkCmdBindVertexBuffers. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_UNIFORM_READ_BIT specifies read access to a uniform buffer in any shader pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT specifies read access to an input attachment within a render pass during fragment shading. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_SHADER_READ_BIT specifies read access to a uniform texel buffer, sampled image, storage buffer, storage texel buffer, or storage image in any shader pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_SHADER_WRITE_BIT specifies write access to a storage buffer, storage texel buffer, or storage image in any shader pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT specifies read access to a color attachment, such as via blending, logic operations or certain render pass load operations. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT specifies write access to a color or resolve attachment during a render pass or via certain render pass load and store operations. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT specifies read access to a depth/stencil attachment, via depth or stencil operations or certain render pass load operations. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT pipeline stages.

  • VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT specifies write access to a depth/stencil attachment, via depth or stencil operations or certain render pass load and store operations. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT pipeline stages.

  • VK_ACCESS_TRANSFER_READ_BIT specifies read access to an image or buffer in a copy operation.

  • VK_ACCESS_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT specifies write access to an image or buffer in a clear or copy operation.

  • VK_ACCESS_HOST_READ_BIT specifies read access by a host operation. Accesses of this type are not performed through a resource, but directly on memory. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT pipeline stage.

  • VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT specifies write access by a host operation. Accesses of this type are not performed through a resource, but directly on memory. Such access occurs in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT pipeline stage.

Certain access types are only performed by a subset of pipeline stages. Any synchronization command that takes both stage masks and access masks uses both to define the access scopes - only the specified access types performed by the specified stages are included in the access scope. An application must not specify an access flag in a synchronization command if it does not include a pipeline stage in the corresponding stage mask that is able to perform accesses of that type. The following table lists, for each access flag, which pipeline stages can perform that type of access.

Table 4. Supported access types
Access flag Supported pipeline stages

VK_ACCESS_2_NONE

Any

VK_ACCESS_2_INDIRECT_COMMAND_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_DRAW_INDIRECT_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_INDEX_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_INDEX_INPUT_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_INPUT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_ATTRIBUTE_INPUT_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_UNIFORM_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_WRITE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_ALL_TRANSFER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COPY_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_RESOLVE_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_BLIT_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_CLEAR_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_HOST_WRITE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_HOST_BIT

VK_ACCESS_2_MEMORY_READ_BIT

Any

VK_ACCESS_2_MEMORY_WRITE_BIT

Any

VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_SAMPLED_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_READ_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT,

VK_ACCESS_2_SHADER_STORAGE_WRITE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_2_COMPUTE_SHADER_BIT,

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkAccessFlags;

VkAccessFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkAccessFlagBits.

If a memory object does not have the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT property, then vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges must be called in order to guarantee that writes to the memory object from the host are made available to the host domain, where they can be further made available to the device domain via a domain operation. Similarly, vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges must be called to guarantee that writes which are available to the host domain are made visible to host operations.

If the memory object does have the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT property flag, writes to the memory object from the host are automatically made available to the host domain. Similarly, writes made available to the host domain are automatically made visible to the host.

Note

Queue submission commands automatically perform a domain operation from host to device for all writes performed before the command executes, so in most cases an explicit memory barrier is not needed for this case. In the few circumstances where a submit does not occur between the host write and the device read access, writes can be made available by using an explicit memory barrier.

7.1.4. Framebuffer Region Dependencies

Pipeline stages that operate on, or with respect to, the framebuffer are collectively the framebuffer-space pipeline stages. These stages are:

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT

  • VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT

For these pipeline stages, an execution or memory dependency from the first set of operations to the second set can either be a single framebuffer-global dependency, or split into multiple framebuffer-local dependencies. A dependency with non-framebuffer-space pipeline stages is neither framebuffer-global nor framebuffer-local.

A framebuffer region is a set of sample (x, y, layer, sample) coordinates that is a subset of the entire framebuffer.

Both synchronization scopes of a framebuffer-local dependency include only the operations performed within corresponding framebuffer regions (as defined below). No ordering guarantees are made between different framebuffer regions for a framebuffer-local dependency.

Both synchronization scopes of a framebuffer-global dependency include operations on all framebuffer-regions.

If the first synchronization scope includes operations on pixels/fragments with N samples and the second synchronization scope includes operations on pixels/fragments with M samples, where N does not equal M, then a framebuffer region containing all samples at a given (x, y, layer) coordinate in the first synchronization scope corresponds to a region containing all samples at the same coordinate in the second synchronization scope. In other words, it is a pixel granularity dependency. If N equals M, then a framebuffer region containing a single (x, y, layer, sample) coordinate in the first synchronization scope corresponds to a region containing the same sample at the same coordinate in the second synchronization scope. In other words, it is a sample granularity dependency.

Note

Since fragment shader invocations are not specified to run in any particular groupings, the size of a framebuffer region is implementation-dependent, not known to the application, and must be assumed to be no larger than specified above.

Note

Practically, the pixel vs. sample granularity dependency means that if an input attachment has a different number of samples than the pipeline’s rasterizationSamples, then a fragment can access any sample in the input attachment’s pixel even if it only uses framebuffer-local dependencies. If the input attachment has the same number of samples, then the fragment can only access the covered samples in its input SampleMask (i.e. the fragment operations happen-after a framebuffer-local dependency for each sample the fragment covers). To access samples that are not covered, a framebuffer-global dependency is required.

If a synchronization command includes a dependencyFlags parameter, and specifies the VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT flag, then it defines framebuffer-local dependencies for the framebuffer-space pipeline stages in that synchronization command, for all framebuffer regions. If no dependencyFlags parameter is included, or the VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT flag is not specified, then a framebuffer-global dependency is specified for those stages. The VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT flag does not affect the dependencies between non-framebuffer-space pipeline stages, nor does it affect the dependencies between framebuffer-space and non-framebuffer-space pipeline stages.

Note

Framebuffer-local dependencies are more efficient for most architectures; particularly tile-based architectures - which can keep framebuffer-regions entirely in on-chip registers and thus avoid external bandwidth across such a dependency. Including a framebuffer-global dependency in your rendering will usually force all implementations to flush data to memory, or to a higher level cache, breaking any potential locality optimizations.

7.2. Implicit Synchronization Guarantees

A small number of implicit ordering guarantees are provided by Vulkan, ensuring that the order in which commands are submitted is meaningful, and avoiding unnecessary complexity in common operations.

Submission order is a fundamental ordering in Vulkan, giving meaning to the order in which action and synchronization commands are recorded and submitted to a single queue. Explicit and implicit ordering guarantees between commands in Vulkan all work on the premise that this ordering is meaningful. This order does not itself define any execution or memory dependencies; synchronization commands and other orderings within the API use this ordering to define their scopes.

Submission order for any given set of commands is based on the order in which they were recorded to command buffers and then submitted. This order is determined as follows:

  1. The initial order is determined by the order in which vkQueueSubmit commands are executed on the host, for a single queue, from first to last.

  2. The order in which VkSubmitInfo structures are specified in the pSubmits parameter of vkQueueSubmit, from lowest index to highest.

  3. The order in which command buffers are specified in the pCommandBuffers member of VkSubmitInfo from lowest index to highest.

  4. The order in which commands outside of a render pass were recorded to a command buffer on the host, from first to last.

  5. The order in which commands inside a single subpass were recorded to a command buffer on the host, from first to last.

Note

When using a render pass object with multiple subpasses, commands in different subpasses have no defined submission order relative to each other, regardless of the order in which the subpasses were recorded. Commands within a subpass are still ordered relative to other commands in the same subpass, and those outside of the render pass.

State commands do not execute any operations on the device, instead they set the state of the command buffer when they execute on the host, in the order that they are recorded. Action commands consume the current state of the command buffer when they are recorded, and will execute state changes on the device as required to match the recorded state.

Execution of pipeline stages within a given command also has a loose ordering, dependent only on a single command.

Signal operation order is a fundamental ordering in Vulkan, giving meaning to the order in which semaphore and fence signal operations occur when submitted to a single queue. The signal operation order for queue operations is determined as follows:

  1. The initial order is determined by the order in which vkQueueSubmit commands are executed on the host, for a single queue, from first to last.

  2. The order in which VkSubmitInfo structures are specified in the pSubmits parameter of vkQueueSubmit, from lowest index to highest.

  3. The fence signal operation defined by the fence parameter of a vkQueueSubmit or vkQueueBindSparse command is ordered after all semaphore signal operations defined by that command.

Semaphore signal operations defined by a single VkSubmitInfo or VkBindSparseInfo structure are unordered with respect to other semaphore signal operations defined within the same structure.

7.3. Fences

Fences are a synchronization primitive that can be used to insert a dependency from a queue to the host. Fences have two states - signaled and unsignaled. A fence can be signaled as part of the execution of a queue submission command. Fences can be unsignaled on the host with vkResetFences. Fences can be waited on by the host with the vkWaitForFences command, and the current state can be queried with vkGetFenceStatus.

Fences are represented by VkFence handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkFence)

To create a fence, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateFence(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkFenceCreateInfo*                    pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkFence*                                    pFence);
  • device is the logical device that creates the fence.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkFenceCreateInfo structure containing information about how the fence is to be created.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pFence is a pointer to a handle in which the resulting fence object is returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateFence-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateFence-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkFenceCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateFence-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateFence-pFence-parameter
    pFence must be a valid pointer to a VkFence handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkFenceCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkFenceCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType       sType;
    const void*           pNext;
    VkFenceCreateFlags    flags;
} VkFenceCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkFenceCreateFlagBits specifying the initial state and behavior of the fence.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkFenceCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FENCE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkFenceCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkFenceCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkFenceCreateFlagBits values

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFenceCreateFlagBits {
    VK_FENCE_CREATE_SIGNALED_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkFenceCreateFlagBits;
  • VK_FENCE_CREATE_SIGNALED_BIT specifies that the fence object is created in the signaled state. Otherwise, it is created in the unsignaled state.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkFenceCreateFlags;

VkFenceCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkFenceCreateFlagBits.

To destroy a fence, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyFence(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkFence                                     fence,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the fence.

  • fence is the handle of the fence to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyFence-fence-01120
    All queue submission commands that refer to fence must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkDestroyFence-fence-01121
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when fence was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyFence-fence-01122
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when fence was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyFence-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyFence-fence-parameter
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must be a valid VkFence handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyFence-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyFence-fence-parent
    If fence is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to fence must be externally synchronized

To query the status of a fence from the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkGetFenceStatus(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkFence                                     fence);
  • device is the logical device that owns the fence.

  • fence is the handle of the fence to query.

Upon success, vkGetFenceStatus returns the status of the fence object, with the following return codes:

Table 5. Fence Object Status Codes
Status Meaning

VK_SUCCESS

The fence specified by fence is signaled.

VK_NOT_READY

The fence specified by fence is unsignaled.

VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

The device has been lost. See Lost Device.

If a queue submission command is pending execution, then the value returned by this command may immediately be out of date.

If the device has been lost (see Lost Device), vkGetFenceStatus may return any of the above status codes. If the device has been lost and vkGetFenceStatus is called repeatedly, it will eventually return either VK_SUCCESS or VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetFenceStatus-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetFenceStatus-fence-parameter
    fence must be a valid VkFence handle

  • VUID-vkGetFenceStatus-fence-parent
    fence must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

  • VK_NOT_READY

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

To set the state of fences to unsignaled from the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkResetFences(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    fenceCount,
    const VkFence*                              pFences);
  • device is the logical device that owns the fences.

  • fenceCount is the number of fences to reset.

  • pFences is a pointer to an array of fence handles to reset.

When vkResetFences is executed on the host, it defines a fence unsignal operation for each fence, which resets the fence to the unsignaled state.

If any member of pFences is already in the unsignaled state when vkResetFences is executed, then vkResetFences has no effect on that fence.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkResetFences-pFences-01123
    Each element of pFences must not be currently associated with any queue command that has not yet completed execution on that queue

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkResetFences-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkResetFences-pFences-parameter
    pFences must be a valid pointer to an array of fenceCount valid VkFence handles

  • VUID-vkResetFences-fenceCount-arraylength
    fenceCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkResetFences-pFences-parent
    Each element of pFences must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to each member of pFences must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

When a fence is submitted to a queue as part of a queue submission command, it defines a memory dependency on the batches that were submitted as part of that command, and defines a fence signal operation which sets the fence to the signaled state.

The first synchronization scope includes every batch submitted in the same queue submission command. Fence signal operations that are defined by vkQueueSubmit additionally include in the first synchronization scope all commands that occur earlier in submission order. Fence signal operations that are defined by vkQueueSubmit or vkQueueBindSparse additionally include in the first synchronization scope any semaphore and fence signal operations that occur earlier in signal operation order.

The second synchronization scope only includes the fence signal operation.

The first access scope includes all memory access performed by the device.

The second access scope is empty.

To wait for one or more fences to enter the signaled state on the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkWaitForFences(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    fenceCount,
    const VkFence*                              pFences,
    VkBool32                                    waitAll,
    uint64_t                                    timeout);
  • device is the logical device that owns the fences.

  • fenceCount is the number of fences to wait on.

  • pFences is a pointer to an array of fenceCount fence handles.

  • waitAll is the condition that must be satisfied to successfully unblock the wait. If waitAll is VK_TRUE, then the condition is that all fences in pFences are signaled. Otherwise, the condition is that at least one fence in pFences is signaled.

  • timeout is the timeout period in units of nanoseconds. timeout is adjusted to the closest value allowed by the implementation-dependent timeout accuracy, which may be substantially longer than one nanosecond, and may be longer than the requested period.

If the condition is satisfied when vkWaitForFences is called, then vkWaitForFences returns immediately. If the condition is not satisfied at the time vkWaitForFences is called, then vkWaitForFences will block and wait until the condition is satisfied or the timeout has expired, whichever is sooner.

If timeout is zero, then vkWaitForFences does not wait, but simply returns the current state of the fences. VK_TIMEOUT will be returned in this case if the condition is not satisfied, even though no actual wait was performed.

If the condition is satisfied before the timeout has expired, vkWaitForFences returns VK_SUCCESS. Otherwise, vkWaitForFences returns VK_TIMEOUT after the timeout has expired.

If device loss occurs (see Lost Device) before the timeout has expired, vkWaitForFences must return in finite time with either VK_SUCCESS or VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST.

Note

While we guarantee that vkWaitForFences must return in finite time, no guarantees are made that it returns immediately upon device loss. However, the client can reasonably expect that the delay will be on the order of seconds and that calling vkWaitForFences will not result in a permanently (or seemingly permanently) dead process.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkWaitForFences-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkWaitForFences-pFences-parameter
    pFences must be a valid pointer to an array of fenceCount valid VkFence handles

  • VUID-vkWaitForFences-fenceCount-arraylength
    fenceCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkWaitForFences-pFences-parent
    Each element of pFences must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

  • VK_TIMEOUT

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

An execution dependency is defined by waiting for a fence to become signaled, either via vkWaitForFences or by polling on vkGetFenceStatus.

The first synchronization scope includes only the fence signal operation.

The second synchronization scope includes the host operations of vkWaitForFences or vkGetFenceStatus indicating that the fence has become signaled.

Note

Signaling a fence and waiting on the host does not guarantee that the results of memory accesses will be visible to the host, as the access scope of a memory dependency defined by a fence only includes device access. A memory barrier or other memory dependency must be used to guarantee this. See the description of host access types for more information.

7.4. Semaphores

Semaphores are a synchronization primitive that can be used to insert a dependency between queue operations. Semaphores have two states - signaled and unsignaled. A semaphore can be signaled after execution of a queue operation is completed, and a queue operation can wait for a semaphore to become signaled before it begins execution.

Semaphores are represented by VkSemaphore handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkSemaphore)

To create a semaphore, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateSemaphore(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkSemaphoreCreateInfo*                pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkSemaphore*                                pSemaphore);
  • device is the logical device that creates the semaphore.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkSemaphoreCreateInfo structure containing information about how the semaphore is to be created.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pSemaphore is a pointer to a handle in which the resulting semaphore object is returned.

This command creates a binary semaphore that has a boolean payload indicating whether the semaphore is currently signaled or unsignaled. When created, the semaphore is in the unsignaled state.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphore-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphore-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSemaphoreCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphore-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateSemaphore-pSemaphore-parameter
    pSemaphore must be a valid pointer to a VkSemaphore handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkSemaphoreCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSemaphoreCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType           sType;
    const void*               pNext;
    VkSemaphoreCreateFlags    flags;
} VkSemaphoreCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkSemaphoreCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SEMAPHORE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkSemaphoreCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkSemaphoreCreateFlags;

VkSemaphoreCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

To destroy a semaphore, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroySemaphore(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkSemaphore                                 semaphore,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the semaphore.

  • semaphore is the handle of the semaphore to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroySemaphore-semaphore-05149
    All submitted batches that refer to semaphore must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkDestroySemaphore-semaphore-01138
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when semaphore was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroySemaphore-semaphore-01139
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when semaphore was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroySemaphore-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroySemaphore-semaphore-parameter
    If semaphore is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, semaphore must be a valid VkSemaphore handle

  • VUID-vkDestroySemaphore-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroySemaphore-semaphore-parent
    If semaphore is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to semaphore must be externally synchronized

7.4.1. Semaphore Signaling

When a batch is submitted to a queue via a queue submission, and it includes semaphores to be signaled, it defines a memory dependency on the batch, and defines semaphore signal operations which set the semaphores to the signaled state.

The first synchronization scope includes every command submitted in the same batch. Semaphore signal operations that are defined by vkQueueSubmit additionally include all commands that occur earlier in submission order. Semaphore signal operations that are defined by vkQueueSubmit or vkQueueBindSparse additionally include in the first synchronization scope any semaphore and fence signal operations that occur earlier in signal operation order.

The second synchronization scope includes only the semaphore signal operation.

The first access scope includes all memory access performed by the device.

The second access scope is empty.

7.4.2. Semaphore Waiting

When a batch is submitted to a queue via a queue submission, and it includes semaphores to be waited on, it defines a memory dependency between prior semaphore signal operations and the batch, and defines semaphore wait operations.

Such semaphore wait operations set the semaphores to the unsignaled state.

The first synchronization scope includes all semaphore signal operations that operate on semaphores waited on in the same batch, and that happen-before the wait completes.

The second synchronization scope includes every command submitted in the same batch. In the case of vkQueueSubmit, the second synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stages determined by the destination stage mask specified by the corresponding element of pWaitDstStageMask. Also, in the case of vkQueueSubmit, the second synchronization scope additionally includes all commands that occur later in submission order.

The first access scope is empty.

The second access scope includes all memory access performed by the device.

The semaphore wait operation happens-after the first set of operations in the execution dependency, and happens-before the second set of operations in the execution dependency.

Note

Unlike fences or events, the act of waiting for a binary semaphore also unsignals that semaphore. Applications must ensure that between two such wait operations, the semaphore is signaled again, with execution dependencies used to ensure these occur in order. Binary semaphore waits and signals should thus occur in discrete 1:1 pairs.

7.4.3. Semaphore State Requirements for Wait Operations

Before waiting on a semaphore, the application must ensure the semaphore is in a valid state for a wait operation. Specifically, when a semaphore wait operation is submitted to a queue:

  • A binary semaphore must be signaled, or have an associated semaphore signal operation that is pending execution.

  • Any semaphore signal operations on which the pending binary semaphore signal operation depends must also be completed or pending execution.

  • There must be no other queue waiting on the same binary semaphore when the operation executes.

7.5. Events

Events are a synchronization primitive that can be used to insert a fine-grained dependency between commands submitted to the same queue, or between the host and a queue. Events must not be used to insert a dependency between commands submitted to different queues. Events have two states - signaled and unsignaled. An application can signal or unsignal an event either on the host or on the device. A device can be made to wait for an event to become signaled before executing further operations. No command exists to wait for an event to become signaled on the host, but the current state of an event can be queried.

Events are represented by VkEvent handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkEvent)

To create an event, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateEvent(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkEventCreateInfo*                    pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkEvent*                                    pEvent);
  • device is the logical device that creates the event.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkEventCreateInfo structure containing information about how the event is to be created.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pEvent is a pointer to a handle in which the resulting event object is returned.

When created, the event object is in the unsignaled state.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateEvent-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateEvent-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkEventCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateEvent-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateEvent-pEvent-parameter
    pEvent must be a valid pointer to a VkEvent handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkEventCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkEventCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType       sType;
    const void*           pNext;
    VkEventCreateFlags    flags;
} VkEventCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkEventCreateFlagBits defining additional creation parameters.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkEventCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_EVENT_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkEventCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkEventCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkEventCreateFlagBits {
} VkEventCreateFlagBits;
Note

All bits for this type are defined by extensions, and none of those extensions are enabled in this build of the specification.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkEventCreateFlags;

VkEventCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of VkEventCreateFlagBits.

To destroy an event, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyEvent(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkEvent                                     event,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the event.

  • event is the handle of the event to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyEvent-event-01145
    All submitted commands that refer to event must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkDestroyEvent-event-01146
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when event was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyEvent-event-01147
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when event was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyEvent-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyEvent-event-parameter
    If event is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, event must be a valid VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyEvent-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyEvent-event-parent
    If event is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to event must be externally synchronized

To query the state of an event from the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkGetEventStatus(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkEvent                                     event);
  • device is the logical device that owns the event.

  • event is the handle of the event to query.

Upon success, vkGetEventStatus returns the state of the event object with the following return codes:

Table 6. Event Object Status Codes
Status Meaning

VK_EVENT_SET

The event specified by event is signaled.

VK_EVENT_RESET

The event specified by event is unsignaled.

If a vkCmdSetEvent or vkCmdResetEvent command is in a command buffer that is in the pending state, then the value returned by this command may immediately be out of date.

The state of an event can be updated by the host. The state of the event is immediately changed, and subsequent calls to vkGetEventStatus will return the new state. If an event is already in the requested state, then updating it to the same state has no effect.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetEventStatus-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetEventStatus-event-parameter
    event must be a valid VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkGetEventStatus-event-parent
    event must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_EVENT_SET

  • VK_EVENT_RESET

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

To set the state of an event to signaled from the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkSetEvent(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkEvent                                     event);
  • device is the logical device that owns the event.

  • event is the event to set.

When vkSetEvent is executed on the host, it defines an event signal operation which sets the event to the signaled state.

If event is already in the signaled state when vkSetEvent is executed, then vkSetEvent has no effect, and no event signal operation occurs.

Note

If a command buffer is waiting for an event to be signaled from the host, the application must signal the event before submitting the command buffer, as described in the queue forward progress section.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkSetEvent-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkSetEvent-event-parameter
    event must be a valid VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkSetEvent-event-parent
    event must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to event must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

To set the state of an event to unsignaled from the host, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkResetEvent(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkEvent                                     event);
  • device is the logical device that owns the event.

  • event is the event to reset.

When vkResetEvent is executed on the host, it defines an event unsignal operation which resets the event to the unsignaled state.

If event is already in the unsignaled state when vkResetEvent is executed, then vkResetEvent has no effect, and no event unsignal operation occurs.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkResetEvent-event-03821
    There must be an execution dependency between vkResetEvent and the execution of any vkCmdWaitEvents that includes event in its pEvents parameter

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkResetEvent-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkResetEvent-event-parameter
    event must be a valid VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkResetEvent-event-parent
    event must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to event must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The state of an event can also be updated on the device by commands inserted in command buffers.

To set the state of an event to signaled from a device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetEvent(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkEvent                                     event,
    VkPipelineStageFlags                        stageMask);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • event is the event that will be signaled.

  • stageMask specifies the source stage mask used to determine the first synchronization scope.

When vkCmdSetEvent is submitted to a queue, it defines an execution dependency on commands that were submitted before it, and defines an event signal operation which sets the event to the signaled state.

The first synchronization scope includes all commands that occur earlier in submission order. The synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stages determined by the source stage mask specified by stageMask.

The second synchronization scope includes only the event signal operation.

If event is already in the signaled state when vkCmdSetEvent is executed on the device, then vkCmdSetEvent has no effect, no event signal operation occurs, and no execution dependency is generated.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-stageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-stageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-stageMask-04996
    stageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-stageMask-06457
    Any pipeline stage included in stageMask must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family specified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure that was used to create the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from, as specified in the table of supported pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-stageMask-01149
    stageMask must not include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-event-parameter
    event must be a valid VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-stageMask-parameter
    stageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdSetEvent-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and event must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Graphics
Compute

Synchronization

To set the state of an event to unsignaled from a device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdResetEvent(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkEvent                                     event,
    VkPipelineStageFlags                        stageMask);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • event is the event that will be unsignaled.

  • stageMask is a bitmask of VkPipelineStageFlagBits specifying the source stage mask used to determine when the event is unsignaled.

When vkCmdResetEvent is submitted to a queue, it defines an execution dependency on commands that were submitted before it, and defines an event unsignal operation which resets the event to the unsignaled state.

The first synchronization scope includes all commands that occur earlier in submission order. The synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stages determined by the source stage mask specified by stageMask.

The second synchronization scope includes only the event unsignal operation.

If event is already in the unsignaled state when vkCmdResetEvent is executed on the device, then vkCmdResetEvent has no effect, no event unsignal operation occurs, and no execution dependency is generated.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-stageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-stageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, stageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-stageMask-04996
    stageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-stageMask-06458
    Any pipeline stage included in stageMask must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family specified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure that was used to create the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from, as specified in the table of supported pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-stageMask-01153
    stageMask must not include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-event-03834
    There must be an execution dependency between vkCmdResetEvent and the execution of any vkCmdWaitEvents that includes event in its pEvents parameter

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-event-parameter
    event must be a valid VkEvent handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-stageMask-parameter
    stageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdResetEvent-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and event must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Graphics
Compute

Synchronization

To wait for one or more events to enter the signaled state on a device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdWaitEvents(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    eventCount,
    const VkEvent*                              pEvents,
    VkPipelineStageFlags                        srcStageMask,
    VkPipelineStageFlags                        dstStageMask,
    uint32_t                                    memoryBarrierCount,
    const VkMemoryBarrier*                      pMemoryBarriers,
    uint32_t                                    bufferMemoryBarrierCount,
    const VkBufferMemoryBarrier*                pBufferMemoryBarriers,
    uint32_t                                    imageMemoryBarrierCount,
    const VkImageMemoryBarrier*                 pImageMemoryBarriers);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • eventCount is the length of the pEvents array.

  • pEvents is a pointer to an array of event object handles to wait on.

  • srcStageMask is a bitmask of VkPipelineStageFlagBits specifying the source stage mask.

  • dstStageMask is a bitmask of VkPipelineStageFlagBits specifying the destination stage mask.

  • memoryBarrierCount is the length of the pMemoryBarriers array.

  • pMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkMemoryBarrier structures.

  • bufferMemoryBarrierCount is the length of the pBufferMemoryBarriers array.

  • pBufferMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkBufferMemoryBarrier structures.

  • imageMemoryBarrierCount is the length of the pImageMemoryBarriers array.

  • pImageMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkImageMemoryBarrier structures.

When vkCmdWaitEvents is submitted to a queue, it defines a memory dependency between prior event signal operations on the same queue or the host, and subsequent commands. vkCmdWaitEvents must not be used to wait on event signal operations occurring on other queues.

The first synchronization scope only includes event signal operations that operate on members of pEvents, and the operations that happened-before the event signal operations. Event signal operations performed by vkCmdSetEvent that occur earlier in submission order are included in the first synchronization scope, if the logically latest pipeline stage in their stageMask parameter is logically earlier than or equal to the logically latest pipeline stage in srcStageMask. Event signal operations performed by vkSetEvent are only included in the first synchronization scope if VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT is included in srcStageMask.

The second synchronization scope includes all commands that occur later in submission order. The second synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stages determined by the destination stage mask specified by dstStageMask.

The first access scope is limited to accesses in the pipeline stages determined by the source stage mask specified by srcStageMask. Within that, the first access scope only includes the first access scopes defined by elements of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers and pImageMemoryBarriers arrays, which each define a set of memory barriers. If no memory barriers are specified, then the first access scope includes no accesses.

The second access scope is limited to accesses in the pipeline stages determined by the destination stage mask specified by dstStageMask. Within that, the second access scope only includes the second access scopes defined by elements of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers and pImageMemoryBarriers arrays, which each define a set of memory barriers. If no memory barriers are specified, then the second access scope includes no accesses.

Note

vkCmdWaitEvents is used with vkCmdSetEvent to define a memory dependency between two sets of action commands, roughly in the same way as pipeline barriers, but split into two commands such that work between the two may execute unhindered.

Note

Applications should be careful to avoid race conditions when using events. There is no direct ordering guarantee between vkCmdWaitEvents and vkCmdResetEvent, or vkCmdSetEvent. Another execution dependency (e.g. a pipeline barrier or semaphore with VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT) is needed to prevent such a race condition.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-04996
    srcStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-dstStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-dstStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-dstStageMask-04996
    dstStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcAccessMask-02815
    The srcAccessMask member of each element of pMemoryBarriers must only include access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-dstAccessMask-02816
    The dstAccessMask member of each element of pMemoryBarriers must only include access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pBufferMemoryBarriers-02817
    For any element of pBufferMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its srcQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its srcAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pBufferMemoryBarriers-02818
    For any element of pBufferMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its dstQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its dstAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pImageMemoryBarriers-02819
    For any element of pImageMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its srcQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its srcAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pImageMemoryBarriers-02820
    For any element of pImageMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its dstQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its dstAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-06459
    Any pipeline stage included in srcStageMask must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family specified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure that was used to create the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from, as specified in the table of supported pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-dstStageMask-06460
    Any pipeline stage included in dstStageMask must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family specified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure that was used to create the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from, as specified in the table of supported pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-01158
    srcStageMask must be the bitwise OR of the stageMask parameter used in previous calls to vkCmdSetEvent with any of the elements of pEvents and VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT if any of the elements of pEvents was set using vkSetEvent

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-07308
    If vkCmdWaitEvents is being called inside a render pass instance, srcStageMask must not include VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcQueueFamilyIndex-02803
    The srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members of any element of pBufferMemoryBarriers or pImageMemoryBarriers must be equal

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pEvents-parameter
    pEvents must be a valid pointer to an array of eventCount valid VkEvent handles

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-srcStageMask-parameter
    srcStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-dstStageMask-parameter
    dstStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If memoryBarrierCount is not 0, pMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of memoryBarrierCount valid VkMemoryBarrier structures

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pBufferMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If bufferMemoryBarrierCount is not 0, pBufferMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of bufferMemoryBarrierCount valid VkBufferMemoryBarrier structures

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-pImageMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If imageMemoryBarrierCount is not 0, pImageMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of imageMemoryBarrierCount valid VkImageMemoryBarrier structures

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-eventCount-arraylength
    eventCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdWaitEvents-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and the elements of pEvents must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics
Compute

Synchronization

7.6. Pipeline Barriers

To record a pipeline barrier, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdPipelineBarrier(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkPipelineStageFlags                        srcStageMask,
    VkPipelineStageFlags                        dstStageMask,
    VkDependencyFlags                           dependencyFlags,
    uint32_t                                    memoryBarrierCount,
    const VkMemoryBarrier*                      pMemoryBarriers,
    uint32_t                                    bufferMemoryBarrierCount,
    const VkBufferMemoryBarrier*                pBufferMemoryBarriers,
    uint32_t                                    imageMemoryBarrierCount,
    const VkImageMemoryBarrier*                 pImageMemoryBarriers);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • srcStageMask is a bitmask of VkPipelineStageFlagBits specifying the source stages.

  • dstStageMask is a bitmask of VkPipelineStageFlagBits specifying the destination stages.

  • dependencyFlags is a bitmask of VkDependencyFlagBits specifying how execution and memory dependencies are formed.

  • memoryBarrierCount is the length of the pMemoryBarriers array.

  • pMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkMemoryBarrier structures.

  • bufferMemoryBarrierCount is the length of the pBufferMemoryBarriers array.

  • pBufferMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkBufferMemoryBarrier structures.

  • imageMemoryBarrierCount is the length of the pImageMemoryBarriers array.

  • pImageMemoryBarriers is a pointer to an array of VkImageMemoryBarrier structures.

When vkCmdPipelineBarrier is submitted to a queue, it defines a memory dependency between commands that were submitted to the same queue before it, and those submitted to the same queue after it.

If vkCmdPipelineBarrier was recorded outside a render pass instance, the first synchronization scope includes all commands that occur earlier in submission order. If vkCmdPipelineBarrier was recorded inside a render pass instance, the first synchronization scope includes only commands that occur earlier in submission order within the same subpass. In either case, the first synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stages determined by the source stage mask specified by srcStageMask.

If vkCmdPipelineBarrier was recorded outside a render pass instance, the second synchronization scope includes all commands that occur later in submission order. If vkCmdPipelineBarrier was recorded inside a render pass instance, the second synchronization scope includes only commands that occur later in submission order within the same subpass. In either case, the second synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stages determined by the destination stage mask specified by dstStageMask.

The first access scope is limited to accesses in the pipeline stages determined by the source stage mask specified by srcStageMask. Within that, the first access scope only includes the first access scopes defined by elements of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers and pImageMemoryBarriers arrays, which each define a set of memory barriers. If no memory barriers are specified, then the first access scope includes no accesses.

The second access scope is limited to accesses in the pipeline stages determined by the destination stage mask specified by dstStageMask. Within that, the second access scope only includes the second access scopes defined by elements of the pMemoryBarriers, pBufferMemoryBarriers and pImageMemoryBarriers arrays, which each define a set of memory barriers. If no memory barriers are specified, then the second access scope includes no accesses.

If dependencyFlags includes VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT, then any dependency between framebuffer-space pipeline stages is framebuffer-local - otherwise it is framebuffer-global.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-04996
    srcStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dstStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dstStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dstStageMask-04996
    dstStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcAccessMask-02815
    The srcAccessMask member of each element of pMemoryBarriers must only include access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dstAccessMask-02816
    The dstAccessMask member of each element of pMemoryBarriers must only include access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pBufferMemoryBarriers-02817
    For any element of pBufferMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its srcQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its srcAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pBufferMemoryBarriers-02818
    For any element of pBufferMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its dstQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its dstAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pImageMemoryBarriers-02819
    For any element of pImageMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its srcQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its srcAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pImageMemoryBarriers-02820
    For any element of pImageMemoryBarriers, if its srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members are equal, or if its dstQueueFamilyIndex is the queue family index that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from, then its dstAccessMask member must only contain access flags that are supported by one or more of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pDependencies-02285
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance using a VkRenderPass object, the render pass must have been created with at least one subpass dependency that expresses a dependency from the current subpass to itself, does not include VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT if this command does not, and has synchronization scopes and access scopes that are all supersets of the scopes defined in this command

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-bufferMemoryBarrierCount-01178
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance using a VkRenderPass object, it must not include any buffer memory barriers

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-image-04073
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance using a VkRenderPass object, the image member of any image memory barrier included in this command must be an attachment used in the current subpass both as an input attachment, and as either a color, or depth/stencil attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-oldLayout-01181
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance, the oldLayout and newLayout members of any image memory barrier included in this command must be equal

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcQueueFamilyIndex-01182
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance, the srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex members of any memory barrier included in this command must be equal

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-None-07890
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance, and the source stage masks of any memory barriers include framebuffer-space stages, destination stage masks of all memory barriers must only include framebuffer-space stages

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dependencyFlags-07891
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance, and the source stage masks of any memory barriers include framebuffer-space stages, then dependencyFlags must include VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-None-07892
    If vkCmdPipelineBarrier is called within a render pass instance, the source and destination stage masks of any memory barriers must only include graphics pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-06461
    Any pipeline stage included in srcStageMask must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family specified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure that was used to create the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from, as specified in the table of supported pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dstStageMask-06462
    Any pipeline stage included in dstStageMask must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family specified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo structure that was used to create the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from, as specified in the table of supported pipeline stages

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-09633
    If either srcStageMask or dstStageMask includes VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT, for any element of pImageMemoryBarriers, srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex must be equal

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-09634
    If either srcStageMask or dstStageMask includes VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_HOST_BIT, for any element of pBufferMemoryBarriers, srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex must be equal

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-srcStageMask-parameter
    srcStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dstStageMask-parameter
    dstStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-dependencyFlags-parameter
    dependencyFlags must be a valid combination of VkDependencyFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If memoryBarrierCount is not 0, pMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of memoryBarrierCount valid VkMemoryBarrier structures

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pBufferMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If bufferMemoryBarrierCount is not 0, pBufferMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of bufferMemoryBarrierCount valid VkBufferMemoryBarrier structures

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-pImageMemoryBarriers-parameter
    If imageMemoryBarrierCount is not 0, pImageMemoryBarriers must be a valid pointer to an array of imageMemoryBarrierCount valid VkImageMemoryBarrier structures

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdPipelineBarrier-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support transfer, graphics, or compute operations

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Transfer
Graphics
Compute

Synchronization

Bits which can be set in vkCmdPipelineBarrier::dependencyFlags, specifying how execution and memory dependencies are formed, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkDependencyFlagBits {
    VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkDependencyFlagBits;
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkDependencyFlags;

VkDependencyFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkDependencyFlagBits.

7.7. Memory Barriers

Memory barriers are used to explicitly control access to buffer and image subresource ranges. Memory barriers are used to transfer ownership between queue families, change image layouts, and define availability and visibility operations. They explicitly define the access types and buffer and image subresource ranges that are included in the access scopes of a memory dependency that is created by a synchronization command that includes them.

7.7.1. Global Memory Barriers

Global memory barriers apply to memory accesses involving all memory objects that exist at the time of its execution.

The VkMemoryBarrier structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkMemoryBarrier {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkAccessFlags      srcAccessMask;
    VkAccessFlags      dstAccessMask;
} VkMemoryBarrier;

The first access scope is limited to access types in the source access mask specified by srcAccessMask.

The second access scope is limited to access types in the destination access mask specified by dstAccessMask.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_BARRIER

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier-srcAccessMask-parameter
    srcAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkMemoryBarrier-dstAccessMask-parameter
    dstAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits values

7.7.2. Buffer Memory Barriers

Buffer memory barriers only apply to memory accesses involving a specific buffer range. That is, a memory dependency formed from a buffer memory barrier is scoped to access via the specified buffer range. Buffer memory barriers can also be used to define a queue family ownership transfer for the specified buffer range.

The VkBufferMemoryBarrier structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBufferMemoryBarrier {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkAccessFlags      srcAccessMask;
    VkAccessFlags      dstAccessMask;
    uint32_t           srcQueueFamilyIndex;
    uint32_t           dstQueueFamilyIndex;
    VkBuffer           buffer;
    VkDeviceSize       offset;
    VkDeviceSize       size;
} VkBufferMemoryBarrier;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcAccessMask is a bitmask of VkAccessFlagBits specifying a source access mask.

  • dstAccessMask is a bitmask of VkAccessFlagBits specifying a destination access mask.

  • srcQueueFamilyIndex is the source queue family for a queue family ownership transfer.

  • dstQueueFamilyIndex is the destination queue family for a queue family ownership transfer.

  • buffer is a handle to the buffer whose backing memory is affected by the barrier.

  • offset is an offset in bytes into the backing memory for buffer; this is relative to the base offset as bound to the buffer (see vkBindBufferMemory).

  • size is a size in bytes of the affected area of backing memory for buffer, or VK_WHOLE_SIZE to use the range from offset to the end of the buffer.

The first access scope is limited to access to memory through the specified buffer range, via access types in the source access mask specified by srcAccessMask. If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT, a memory domain operation is performed where available memory in the host domain is also made available to the device domain.

The second access scope is limited to access to memory through the specified buffer range, via access types in the destination access mask specified by dstAccessMask. If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT or VK_ACCESS_HOST_READ_BIT, a memory domain operation is performed where available memory in the device domain is also made available to the host domain.

Note

When VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT is used, available memory in host domain is automatically made visible to host domain, and any host write is automatically made available to host domain.

If srcQueueFamilyIndex is not equal to dstQueueFamilyIndex, and srcQueueFamilyIndex is equal to the current queue family, then the memory barrier defines a queue family release operation for the specified buffer range, and the second synchronization scope of the calling command does not apply to this operation.

If dstQueueFamilyIndex is not equal to srcQueueFamilyIndex, and dstQueueFamilyIndex is equal to the current queue family, then the memory barrier defines a queue family acquire operation for the specified buffer range, and the first synchronization scope of the calling command does not apply to this operation.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-offset-01187
    offset must be less than the size of buffer

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-size-01188
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-size-01189
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be less than or equal to than the size of buffer minus offset

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-buffer-01931
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-buffer-09095
    If buffer was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, and srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex are not equal, srcQueueFamilyIndex must be a valid queue family

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-buffer-09096
    If buffer was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, and srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex are not equal, dstQueueFamilyIndex must be a valid queue family

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-None-09050
    If buffer was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, srcQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-None-09051
    If buffer was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, dstQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_MEMORY_BARRIER

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkBufferMemoryBarrier-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

VK_WHOLE_SIZE is a special value indicating that the entire remaining length of a buffer following a given offset should be used. It can be specified for VkBufferMemoryBarrier::size and other structures.

#define VK_WHOLE_SIZE                     (~0ULL)

7.7.3. Image Memory Barriers

Image memory barriers only apply to memory accesses involving a specific image subresource range. That is, a memory dependency formed from an image memory barrier is scoped to access via the specified image subresource range. Image memory barriers can also be used to define image layout transitions or a queue family ownership transfer for the specified image subresource range.

The VkImageMemoryBarrier structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageMemoryBarrier {
    VkStructureType            sType;
    const void*                pNext;
    VkAccessFlags              srcAccessMask;
    VkAccessFlags              dstAccessMask;
    VkImageLayout              oldLayout;
    VkImageLayout              newLayout;
    uint32_t                   srcQueueFamilyIndex;
    uint32_t                   dstQueueFamilyIndex;
    VkImage                    image;
    VkImageSubresourceRange    subresourceRange;
} VkImageMemoryBarrier;

The first access scope is limited to access to memory through the specified image subresource range, via access types in the source access mask specified by srcAccessMask. If srcAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT, memory writes performed by that access type are also made visible, as that access type is not performed through a resource.

The second access scope is limited to access to memory through the specified image subresource range, via access types in the destination access mask specified by dstAccessMask. If dstAccessMask includes VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT or VK_ACCESS_HOST_READ_BIT, available memory writes are also made visible to accesses of those types, as those access types are not performed through a resource.

If srcQueueFamilyIndex is not equal to dstQueueFamilyIndex, and srcQueueFamilyIndex is equal to the current queue family, then the memory barrier defines a queue family release operation for the specified image subresource range, and the second synchronization scope of the calling command does not apply to this operation.

If dstQueueFamilyIndex is not equal to srcQueueFamilyIndex, and dstQueueFamilyIndex is equal to the current queue family, then the memory barrier defines a queue family acquire operation for the specified image subresource range, and the first synchronization scope of the calling command does not apply to this operation.

oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition for the specified image subresource range.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01208
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01209
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01210
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01211
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01212
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01213
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, and oldLayout or newLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL then image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-01197
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, oldLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or the current layout of the image subresources affected by the barrier

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-newLayout-01198
    If srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex define a queue family ownership transfer or oldLayout and newLayout define an image layout transition, newLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-09117
    If image was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, and srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex are not equal, srcQueueFamilyIndex must be a valid queue family

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-09118
    If image was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, and srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex are not equal, dstQueueFamilyIndex must be a valid queue family

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-subresourceRange-01486
    subresourceRange.baseMipLevel must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-subresourceRange-01724
    If subresourceRange.levelCount is not VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, subresourceRange.baseMipLevel + subresourceRange.levelCount must be less than or equal to the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-subresourceRange-01488
    subresourceRange.baseArrayLayer must be less than the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-subresourceRange-01725
    If subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, subresourceRange.baseArrayLayer + subresourceRange.layerCount must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-01932
    If image is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-09241
    If image has a color format then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-03320
    If image has a depth/stencil format with both depth and stencil then the aspectMask member of subresourceRange must include both VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-subresourceRange-09601
    subresourceRange.aspectMask must be valid for the format the image was created with

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-None-09053
    If image was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, srcQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-None-09054
    If image was created with a sharing mode of VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, dstQueueFamilyIndex must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_MEMORY_BARRIER

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-oldLayout-parameter
    oldLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-newLayout-parameter
    newLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkImageMemoryBarrier-subresourceRange-parameter
    subresourceRange must be a valid VkImageSubresourceRange structure

7.7.4. Queue Family Ownership Transfer

Resources created with a VkSharingMode of VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE must have their ownership explicitly transferred from one queue family to another in order to access their content in a well-defined manner on a queue in a different queue family.

The special queue family index VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED indicates that a queue family parameter or member is ignored.

#define VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED           (~0U)

If memory dependencies are correctly expressed between uses of such a resource between two queues in different families, but no ownership transfer is defined, the contents of that resource are undefined for any read accesses performed by the second queue family.

Note

If an application does not need the contents of a resource to remain valid when transferring from one queue family to another, then the ownership transfer should be skipped.

A queue family ownership transfer consists of two distinct parts:

  1. Release exclusive ownership from the source queue family

  2. Acquire exclusive ownership for the destination queue family

An application must ensure that these operations occur in the correct order by defining an execution dependency between them, e.g. using a semaphore.

A release operation is used to release exclusive ownership of a range of a buffer or image subresource range. A release operation is defined by executing a buffer memory barrier (for a buffer range) or an image memory barrier (for an image subresource range) using a pipeline barrier command, on a queue from the source queue family. The srcQueueFamilyIndex parameter of the barrier must be set to the source queue family index, and the dstQueueFamilyIndex parameter to the destination queue family index. dstAccessMask is ignored for such a barrier, such that no visibility operation is executed - the value of this mask does not affect the validity of the barrier. The release operation happens-after the availability operation. dstStageMask is also ignored for such a barrier as defined by buffer memory ownership transfer and image memory ownership transfer.

An acquire operation is used to acquire exclusive ownership of a range of a buffer or image subresource range. An acquire operation is defined by executing a buffer memory barrier (for a buffer range) or an image memory barrier (for an image subresource range) using a pipeline barrier command, on a queue from the destination queue family. The buffer range or image subresource range specified in an acquire operation must match exactly that of a previous release operation. The srcQueueFamilyIndex parameter of the barrier must be set to the source queue family index, and the dstQueueFamilyIndex parameter to the destination queue family index. srcAccessMask is ignored for such a barrier, such that no availability operation is executed - the value of this mask does not affect the validity of the barrier. The acquire operation happens-after operations in the first synchronization scope of the calling command, and happens-before the visibility operation.

Note

Whilst it is not invalid to provide destination or source access masks for memory barriers used for release or acquire operations, respectively, they have no practical effect. Access after a release operation has undefined results, and so visibility for those accesses has no practical effect. Similarly, write access before an acquire operation will produce undefined results for future access, so availability of those writes has no practical use. In an earlier version of the specification, these were required to match on both sides - but this was subsequently relaxed. These masks should be set to 0.

Note

Since a release and acquire operation does not synchronize with second and first scopes respectively, the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT stage must be used to wait for a release operation to complete. Typically, a release and acquire pair is performed by a VkSemaphore signal and wait in their respective queues. Signaling a semaphore with vkQueueSubmit waits for VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT. Similarly, for the acquire operation, waiting for a semaphore must use VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT to make sure the acquire operation is synchronized.

If the transfer is via an image memory barrier, and an image layout transition is desired, then the values of oldLayout and newLayout in the release operation's memory barrier must be equal to values of oldLayout and newLayout in the acquire operation's memory barrier. Although the image layout transition is submitted twice, it will only be executed once. A layout transition specified in this way happens-after the release operation and happens-before the acquire operation.

If the values of srcQueueFamilyIndex and dstQueueFamilyIndex are equal, no ownership transfer is performed, and the barrier operates as if they were both set to VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED.

Queue family ownership transfers may perform read and write accesses on all memory bound to the image subresource or buffer range, so applications must ensure that all memory writes have been made available before a queue family ownership transfer is executed. Available memory is automatically made visible to queue family release and acquire operations, and writes performed by those operations are automatically made available.

Once a queue family has acquired ownership of a buffer range or image subresource range of a VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE resource, its contents are undefined to other queue families unless ownership is transferred. The contents of any portion of another resource which aliases memory that is bound to the transferred buffer or image subresource range are undefined after a release or acquire operation.

Note

Because events cannot be used directly for inter-queue synchronization, and because vkCmdSetEvent does not have the queue family index or memory barrier parameters needed by a release operation, the release and acquire operations of a queue family ownership transfer can only be performed using vkCmdPipelineBarrier.

7.8. Wait Idle Operations

To wait on the host for the completion of outstanding queue operations for a given queue, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkQueueWaitIdle(
    VkQueue                                     queue);
  • queue is the queue on which to wait.

vkQueueWaitIdle is equivalent to having submitted a valid fence to every previously executed queue submission command that accepts a fence, then waiting for all of those fences to signal using vkWaitForFences with an infinite timeout and waitAll set to VK_TRUE.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkQueueWaitIdle-queue-parameter
    queue must be a valid VkQueue handle

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to queue must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

To wait on the host for the completion of outstanding queue operations for all queues on a given logical device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkDeviceWaitIdle(
    VkDevice                                    device);
  • device is the logical device to idle.

vkDeviceWaitIdle is equivalent to calling vkQueueWaitIdle for all queues owned by device.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDeviceWaitIdle-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to all VkQueue objects created from device must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

7.9. Host Write Ordering Guarantees

When batches of command buffers are submitted to a queue via a queue submission command, it defines a memory dependency with prior host operations, and execution of command buffers submitted to the queue.

The first synchronization scope includes execution of vkQueueSubmit on the host and anything that happened-before it, as defined by the host memory model.

Note

Some systems allow writes that do not directly integrate with the host memory model; these have to be synchronized by the application manually. One example of this is non-temporal store instructions on x86; to ensure these happen-before submission, applications should call _mm_sfence().

The second synchronization scope includes all commands submitted in the same queue submission, and all commands that occur later in submission order.

The first access scope includes all host writes to mappable device memory that are available to the host memory domain.

The second access scope includes all memory access performed by the device.

8. Render Pass

Draw commands must be recorded within a render pass instance. Each render pass instance defines a set of image resources, referred to as attachments, used during rendering.

A render pass object represents a collection of attachments, subpasses, and dependencies between the subpasses, and describes how the attachments are used over the course of the subpasses.

Render passes are represented by VkRenderPass handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkRenderPass)

An attachment description describes the properties of an attachment including its format, sample count, and how its contents are treated at the beginning and end of each render pass instance.

A subpass represents a phase of rendering that reads and writes a subset of the attachments in a render pass. Rendering commands are recorded into a particular subpass of a render pass instance.

A subpass description describes the subset of attachments that is involved in the execution of a subpass. Each subpass can read from some attachments as input attachments, write to some as color attachments or depth/stencil attachments, and perform multisample resolve operations to resolve attachments. A subpass description can also include a set of preserve attachments, which are attachments that are not read or written by the subpass but whose contents must be preserved throughout the subpass.

A subpass uses an attachment if the attachment is a color, depth/stencil, resolve, or input attachment for that subpass (as determined by the pColorAttachments, pDepthStencilAttachment, pResolveAttachments, and pInputAttachments members of VkSubpassDescription, respectively). A subpass does not use an attachment if that attachment is preserved by the subpass. The first use of an attachment is in the lowest numbered subpass that uses that attachment. Similarly, the last use of an attachment is in the highest numbered subpass that uses that attachment.

The subpasses in a render pass all render to the same dimensions, and fragments for pixel (x,y,layer) in one subpass can only read attachment contents written by previous subpasses at that same (x,y,layer) location.

Note

By describing a complete set of subpasses in advance, render passes provide the implementation an opportunity to optimize the storage and transfer of attachment data between subpasses.

In practice, this means that subpasses with a simple framebuffer-space dependency may be merged into a single tiled rendering pass, keeping the attachment data on-chip for the duration of a render pass instance. However, it is also quite common for a render pass to only contain a single subpass.

Subpass dependencies describe execution and memory dependencies between subpasses.

A subpass dependency chain is a sequence of subpass dependencies in a render pass, where the source subpass of each subpass dependency (after the first) equals the destination subpass of the previous dependency.

Execution of subpasses may overlap or execute out of order with regards to other subpasses, unless otherwise enforced by an execution dependency. Each subpass only respects submission order for commands recorded in the same subpass, and the vkCmdBeginRenderPass and vkCmdEndRenderPass commands that delimit the render pass - commands within other subpasses are not included. This affects most other implicit ordering guarantees.

A render pass describes the structure of subpasses and attachments independent of any specific image views for the attachments. The specific image views that will be used for the attachments, and their dimensions, are specified in VkFramebuffer objects. Framebuffers are created with respect to a specific render pass that the framebuffer is compatible with (see Render Pass Compatibility). Collectively, a render pass and a framebuffer define the complete render target state for one or more subpasses as well as the algorithmic dependencies between the subpasses.

The various pipeline stages of the drawing commands for a given subpass may execute concurrently and/or out of order, both within and across drawing commands, whilst still respecting pipeline order. However for a given (x,y,layer,sample) sample location, certain per-sample operations are performed in rasterization order.

VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED is a constant indicating that a render pass attachment is not used.

#define VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED              (~0U)

8.1. Render Pass Creation

To create a render pass, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateRenderPass(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkRenderPassCreateInfo*               pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkRenderPass*                               pRenderPass);
  • device is the logical device that creates the render pass.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkRenderPassCreateInfo structure describing the parameters of the render pass.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pRenderPass is a pointer to a VkRenderPass handle in which the resulting render pass object is returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkRenderPassCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateRenderPass-pRenderPass-parameter
    pRenderPass must be a valid pointer to a VkRenderPass handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkRenderPassCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkRenderPassCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                   sType;
    const void*                       pNext;
    VkRenderPassCreateFlags           flags;
    uint32_t                          attachmentCount;
    const VkAttachmentDescription*    pAttachments;
    uint32_t                          subpassCount;
    const VkSubpassDescription*       pSubpasses;
    uint32_t                          dependencyCount;
    const VkSubpassDependency*        pDependencies;
} VkRenderPassCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • attachmentCount is the number of attachments used by this render pass.

  • pAttachments is a pointer to an array of attachmentCount VkAttachmentDescription structures describing the attachments used by the render pass.

  • subpassCount is the number of subpasses to create.

  • pSubpasses is a pointer to an array of subpassCount VkSubpassDescription structures describing each subpass.

  • dependencyCount is the number of memory dependencies between pairs of subpasses.

  • pDependencies is a pointer to an array of dependencyCount VkSubpassDependency structures describing dependencies between pairs of subpasses.

Note

Care should be taken to avoid a data race here; if any subpasses access attachments with overlapping memory locations, and one of those accesses is a write, a subpass dependency needs to be included between them.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-attachment-00834
    If the attachment member of any element of pInputAttachments, pColorAttachments, pResolveAttachments or pDepthStencilAttachment, or any element of pPreserveAttachments in any element of pSubpasses is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, then it must be less than attachmentCount

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pAttachments-00836
    For any member of pAttachments with a loadOp equal to VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR, the first use of that attachment must not specify a layout equal to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pAttachments-02511
    For any member of pAttachments with a stencilLoadOp equal to VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR, the first use of that attachment must not specify a layout equal to VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pDependencies-00837
    For any element of pDependencies, if the srcSubpass is not VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, all stage flags included in the srcStageMask member of that dependency must be a pipeline stage supported by the pipeline identified by the pipelineBindPoint member of the source subpass

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pDependencies-00838
    For any element of pDependencies, if the dstSubpass is not VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, all stage flags included in the dstStageMask member of that dependency must be a pipeline stage supported by the pipeline identified by the pipelineBindPoint member of the destination subpass

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pDependencies-06866
    For any element of pDependencies, if its srcSubpass is not VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, it must be less than subpassCount

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pDependencies-06867
    For any element of pDependencies, if its dstSubpass is not VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, it must be less than subpassCount

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pAttachments-parameter
    If attachmentCount is not 0, pAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentCount valid VkAttachmentDescription structures

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pSubpasses-parameter
    pSubpasses must be a valid pointer to an array of subpassCount valid VkSubpassDescription structures

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-pDependencies-parameter
    If dependencyCount is not 0, pDependencies must be a valid pointer to an array of dependencyCount valid VkSubpassDependency structures

  • VUID-VkRenderPassCreateInfo-subpassCount-arraylength
    subpassCount must be greater than 0

Bits which can be set in VkRenderPassCreateInfo::flags, describing additional properties of the render pass, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkRenderPassCreateFlagBits {
} VkRenderPassCreateFlagBits;
Note

All bits for this type are defined by extensions, and none of those extensions are enabled in this build of the specification.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkRenderPassCreateFlags;

VkRenderPassCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkRenderPassCreateFlagBits.

The VkAttachmentDescription structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkAttachmentDescription {
    VkAttachmentDescriptionFlags    flags;
    VkFormat                        format;
    VkSampleCountFlagBits           samples;
    VkAttachmentLoadOp              loadOp;
    VkAttachmentStoreOp             storeOp;
    VkAttachmentLoadOp              stencilLoadOp;
    VkAttachmentStoreOp             stencilStoreOp;
    VkImageLayout                   initialLayout;
    VkImageLayout                   finalLayout;
} VkAttachmentDescription;
  • flags is a bitmask of VkAttachmentDescriptionFlagBits specifying additional properties of the attachment.

  • format is a VkFormat value specifying the format of the image view that will be used for the attachment.

  • samples is a VkSampleCountFlagBits value specifying the number of samples of the image.

  • loadOp is a VkAttachmentLoadOp value specifying how the contents of color and depth components of the attachment are treated at the beginning of the subpass where it is first used.

  • storeOp is a VkAttachmentStoreOp value specifying how the contents of color and depth components of the attachment are treated at the end of the subpass where it is last used.

  • stencilLoadOp is a VkAttachmentLoadOp value specifying how the contents of stencil components of the attachment are treated at the beginning of the subpass where it is first used.

  • stencilStoreOp is a VkAttachmentStoreOp value specifying how the contents of stencil components of the attachment are treated at the end of the last subpass where it is used.

  • initialLayout is the layout the attachment image subresource will be in when a render pass instance begins.

  • finalLayout is the layout the attachment image subresource will be transitioned to when a render pass instance ends.

If the attachment uses a color format, then loadOp and storeOp are used, and stencilLoadOp and stencilStoreOp are ignored. If the format has depth and/or stencil components, loadOp and storeOp apply only to the depth data, while stencilLoadOp and stencilStoreOp define how the stencil data is handled. loadOp and stencilLoadOp define the load operations for the attachment. storeOp and stencilStoreOp define the store operations for the attachment. If an attachment is not used by any subpass, loadOp, storeOp, stencilStoreOp, and stencilLoadOp will be ignored for that attachment, and no load or store ops will be performed. However, any transition specified by initialLayout and finalLayout will still be executed.

If flags includes VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT, then the attachment is treated as if it shares physical memory with another attachment in the same render pass. This information limits the ability of the implementation to reorder certain operations (like layout transitions and the loadOp) such that it is not improperly reordered against other uses of the same physical memory via a different attachment. This is described in more detail below.

If a render pass uses multiple attachments that alias the same device memory, those attachments must each include the VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT bit in their attachment description flags. Attachments aliasing the same memory occurs in multiple ways:

  • Multiple attachments being assigned the same image view as part of framebuffer creation.

  • Attachments using distinct image views that correspond to the same image subresource of an image.

  • Attachments using views of distinct image subresources which are bound to overlapping memory ranges.

Note

Render passes must include subpass dependencies (either directly or via a subpass dependency chain) between any two subpasses that operate on the same attachment or aliasing attachments and those subpass dependencies must include execution and memory dependencies separating uses of the aliases, if at least one of those subpasses writes to one of the aliases. These dependencies must not include the VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT if the aliases are views of distinct image subresources which overlap in memory.

Multiple attachments that alias the same memory must not be used in a single subpass. A given attachment index must not be used multiple times in a single subpass, with one exception: two subpass attachments can use the same attachment index if at least one use is as an input attachment and neither use is as a resolve or preserve attachment. In other words, the same view can be used simultaneously as an input and color or depth/stencil attachment, but must not be used as multiple color or depth/stencil attachments nor as resolve or preserve attachments.

If a set of attachments alias each other, then all except the first to be used in the render pass must use an initialLayout of VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, since the earlier uses of the other aliases make their contents undefined. Once an alias has been used and a different alias has been used after it, the first alias must not be used in any later subpasses. However, an application can assign the same image view to multiple aliasing attachment indices, which allows that image view to be used multiple times even if other aliases are used in between.

Note

Once an attachment needs the VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT bit, there should be no additional cost of introducing additional aliases, and using these additional aliases may allow more efficient clearing of the attachments on multiple uses via VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-06699
    If format includes a color or depth component and loadOp is VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_LOAD, then initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-finalLayout-00843
    finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03280
    If format is a color format, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03281
    If format is a depth/stencil format, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03282
    If format is a color format, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03283
    If format is a depth/stencil format, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-samples-08745
    samples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value that is set in imageCreateSampleCounts (as defined in Image Creation Limits) for the given format

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-06698
    format must not be VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-06700
    If format includes a stencil component and stencilLoadOp is VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_LOAD, then initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03292
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes only the stencil component, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-03293
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes only the stencil component, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-06242
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes both depth and stencil components, initialLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-06243
    If format is a depth/stencil format which includes both depth and stencil components, finalLayout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkAttachmentDescriptionFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-samples-parameter
    samples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-loadOp-parameter
    loadOp must be a valid VkAttachmentLoadOp value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-storeOp-parameter
    storeOp must be a valid VkAttachmentStoreOp value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-stencilLoadOp-parameter
    stencilLoadOp must be a valid VkAttachmentLoadOp value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-stencilStoreOp-parameter
    stencilStoreOp must be a valid VkAttachmentStoreOp value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-initialLayout-parameter
    initialLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-VkAttachmentDescription-finalLayout-parameter
    finalLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

Bits which can be set in VkAttachmentDescription::flags, describing additional properties of the attachment, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkAttachmentDescriptionFlagBits {
    VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkAttachmentDescriptionFlagBits;
  • VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT specifies that the attachment aliases the same device memory as other attachments.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkAttachmentDescriptionFlags;

VkAttachmentDescriptionFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkAttachmentDescriptionFlagBits.

The VkSubpassDescription structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSubpassDescription {
    VkSubpassDescriptionFlags       flags;
    VkPipelineBindPoint             pipelineBindPoint;
    uint32_t                        inputAttachmentCount;
    const VkAttachmentReference*    pInputAttachments;
    uint32_t                        colorAttachmentCount;
    const VkAttachmentReference*    pColorAttachments;
    const VkAttachmentReference*    pResolveAttachments;
    const VkAttachmentReference*    pDepthStencilAttachment;
    uint32_t                        preserveAttachmentCount;
    const uint32_t*                 pPreserveAttachments;
} VkSubpassDescription;
  • flags is a bitmask of VkSubpassDescriptionFlagBits specifying usage of the subpass.

  • pipelineBindPoint is a VkPipelineBindPoint value specifying the pipeline type supported for this subpass.

  • inputAttachmentCount is the number of input attachments.

  • pInputAttachments is a pointer to an array of VkAttachmentReference structures defining the input attachments for this subpass and their layouts.

  • colorAttachmentCount is the number of color attachments.

  • pColorAttachments is a pointer to an array of colorAttachmentCount VkAttachmentReference structures defining the color attachments for this subpass and their layouts.

  • pResolveAttachments is NULL or a pointer to an array of colorAttachmentCount VkAttachmentReference structures defining the resolve attachments for this subpass and their layouts.

  • pDepthStencilAttachment is a pointer to a VkAttachmentReference structure specifying the depth/stencil attachment for this subpass and its layout.

  • preserveAttachmentCount is the number of preserved attachments.

  • pPreserveAttachments is a pointer to an array of preserveAttachmentCount render pass attachment indices identifying attachments that are not used by this subpass, but whose contents must be preserved throughout the subpass.

Each element of the pInputAttachments array corresponds to an input attachment index in a fragment shader, i.e. if a shader declares an image variable decorated with a InputAttachmentIndex value of X, then it uses the attachment provided in pInputAttachments[X]. Input attachments must also be bound to the pipeline in a descriptor set. If the attachment member of any element of pInputAttachments is VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the application must not read from the corresponding input attachment index. Fragment shaders can use subpass input variables to access the contents of an input attachment at the fragment’s (x, y, layer) framebuffer coordinates.

Each element of the pColorAttachments array corresponds to an output location in the shader, i.e. if the shader declares an output variable decorated with a Location value of X, then it uses the attachment provided in pColorAttachments[X]. If the attachment member of any element of pColorAttachments is VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, then writes to the corresponding location by a fragment shader are discarded.

If pResolveAttachments is not NULL, each of its elements corresponds to a color attachment (the element in pColorAttachments at the same index), and a multisample resolve operation is defined for each attachment unless the resolve attachment index is VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED.

If pDepthStencilAttachment is NULL, or if its attachment index is VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, it indicates that no depth/stencil attachment will be used in the subpass.

The contents of an attachment within the render area become undefined at the start of a subpass S if all of the following conditions are true:

  • The attachment is used as a color, depth/stencil, or resolve attachment in any subpass in the render pass.

  • There is a subpass S1 that uses or preserves the attachment, and a subpass dependency from S1 to S.

  • The attachment is not used or preserved in subpass S.

Once the contents of an attachment become undefined in subpass S, they remain undefined for subpasses in subpass dependency chains starting with subpass S until they are written again. However, they remain valid for subpasses in other subpass dependency chains starting with subpass S1 if those subpasses use or preserve the attachment.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06912
    If the attachment member of an element of pInputAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06913
    If the attachment member of an element of pColorAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06914
    If the attachment member of an element of pResolveAttachments is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, its layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-06915
    If the attachment member of pDepthStencilAttachment is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, ts layout member must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pipelineBindPoint-04952
    pipelineBindPoint must be VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-colorAttachmentCount-00845
    colorAttachmentCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxColorAttachments

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-loadOp-00846
    If the first use of an attachment in this render pass is as an input attachment, and the attachment is not also used as a color or depth/stencil attachment in the same subpass, then loadOp must not be VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pResolveAttachments-00847
    If pResolveAttachments is not NULL, for each resolve attachment that is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the corresponding color attachment must not be VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pResolveAttachments-00848
    If pResolveAttachments is not NULL, for each resolve attachment that is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, the corresponding color attachment must not have a sample count of VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pResolveAttachments-00849
    If pResolveAttachments is not NULL, each resolve attachment that is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have a sample count of VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pResolveAttachments-00850
    If pResolveAttachments is not NULL, each resolve attachment that is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have the same VkFormat as its corresponding color attachment

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pColorAttachments-09430
    All attachments in pColorAttachments that are not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have the same sample count

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pInputAttachments-02647
    All attachments in pInputAttachments that are not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have image formats whose potential format features contain at least VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT or VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pColorAttachments-02648
    All attachments in pColorAttachments that are not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have image formats whose potential format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pResolveAttachments-02649
    All attachments in pResolveAttachments that are not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED must have image formats whose potential format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pDepthStencilAttachment-02650
    If pDepthStencilAttachment is not NULL and the attachment is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED then it must have an image format whose potential format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pDepthStencilAttachment-01418
    If pDepthStencilAttachment is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED and any attachments in pColorAttachments are not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, they must have the same sample count

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-attachment-00853
    Each element of pPreserveAttachments must not be VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pPreserveAttachments-00854
    Each element of pPreserveAttachments must not also be an element of any other member of the subpass description

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-layout-02519
    If any attachment is used by more than one VkAttachmentReference member, then each use must use the same layout

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pDepthStencilAttachment-04438
    pDepthStencilAttachment and pColorAttachments must not contain references to the same attachment

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pipelineBindPoint-parameter
    pipelineBindPoint must be a valid VkPipelineBindPoint value

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pInputAttachments-parameter
    If inputAttachmentCount is not 0, pInputAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of inputAttachmentCount valid VkAttachmentReference structures

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pColorAttachments-parameter
    If colorAttachmentCount is not 0, pColorAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of colorAttachmentCount valid VkAttachmentReference structures

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pResolveAttachments-parameter
    If colorAttachmentCount is not 0, and pResolveAttachments is not NULL, pResolveAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of colorAttachmentCount valid VkAttachmentReference structures

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pDepthStencilAttachment-parameter
    If pDepthStencilAttachment is not NULL, pDepthStencilAttachment must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAttachmentReference structure

  • VUID-VkSubpassDescription-pPreserveAttachments-parameter
    If preserveAttachmentCount is not 0, pPreserveAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of preserveAttachmentCount uint32_t values

Bits which can be set in VkSubpassDescription::flags, specifying usage of the subpass, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSubpassDescriptionFlagBits {
} VkSubpassDescriptionFlagBits;
Note

All bits for this type are defined by extensions, and none of those extensions are enabled in this build of the specification.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkSubpassDescriptionFlags;

VkSubpassDescriptionFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSubpassDescriptionFlagBits.

The VkAttachmentReference structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkAttachmentReference {
    uint32_t         attachment;
    VkImageLayout    layout;
} VkAttachmentReference;
  • attachment is either an integer value identifying an attachment at the corresponding index in VkRenderPassCreateInfo::pAttachments, or VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED to signify that this attachment is not used.

  • layout is a VkImageLayout value specifying the layout the attachment uses during the subpass.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkAttachmentReference-layout-03077
    If attachment is not VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, layout must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PRESENT_SRC_KHR

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkAttachmentReference-layout-parameter
    layout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL is a special subpass index value expanding synchronization scope outside a subpass. It is described in more detail by VkSubpassDependency.

#define VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL               (~0U)

The VkSubpassDependency structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSubpassDependency {
    uint32_t                srcSubpass;
    uint32_t                dstSubpass;
    VkPipelineStageFlags    srcStageMask;
    VkPipelineStageFlags    dstStageMask;
    VkAccessFlags           srcAccessMask;
    VkAccessFlags           dstAccessMask;
    VkDependencyFlags       dependencyFlags;
} VkSubpassDependency;

If srcSubpass is equal to dstSubpass then the VkSubpassDependency does not directly define a dependency. Instead, it enables pipeline barriers to be used in a render pass instance within the identified subpass, where the scopes of one pipeline barrier must be a subset of those described by one subpass dependency. Subpass dependencies specified in this way that include framebuffer-space stages in the srcStageMask must only include framebuffer-space stages in dstStageMask, and must include VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT.

If srcSubpass and dstSubpass are not equal, when a render pass instance which includes a subpass dependency is submitted to a queue, it defines a dependency between the subpasses identified by srcSubpass and dstSubpass.

If srcSubpass is equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, the first synchronization scope includes commands that occur earlier in submission order than the vkCmdBeginRenderPass used to begin the render pass instance. Otherwise, the first set of commands includes all commands submitted as part of the subpass instance identified by srcSubpass and any load, store, or multisample resolve operations on attachments used in srcSubpass. In either case, the first synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stages determined by the source stage mask specified by srcStageMask.

If dstSubpass is equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, the second synchronization scope includes commands that occur later in submission order than the vkCmdEndRenderPass used to end the render pass instance. Otherwise, the second set of commands includes all commands submitted as part of the subpass instance identified by dstSubpass and any load, store, and multisample resolve operations on attachments used in dstSubpass. In either case, the second synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stages determined by the destination stage mask specified by dstStageMask.

The first access scope is limited to accesses in the pipeline stages determined by the source stage mask specified by srcStageMask. It is also limited to access types in the source access mask specified by srcAccessMask.

The second access scope is limited to accesses in the pipeline stages determined by the destination stage mask specified by dstStageMask. It is also limited to access types in the destination access mask specified by dstAccessMask.

The availability and visibility operations defined by a subpass dependency affect the execution of image layout transitions within the render pass.

Note

For non-attachment resources, the memory dependency expressed by subpass dependency is nearly identical to that of a VkMemoryBarrier (with matching srcAccessMask and dstAccessMask parameters) submitted as a part of a vkCmdPipelineBarrier (with matching srcStageMask and dstStageMask parameters). The only difference being that its scopes are limited to the identified subpasses rather than potentially affecting everything before and after.

For attachments however, subpass dependencies work more like a VkImageMemoryBarrier defined similarly to the VkMemoryBarrier above, the queue family indices set to VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED, and layouts as follows:

  • The equivalent to oldLayout is the attachment’s layout according to the subpass description for srcSubpass.

  • The equivalent to newLayout is the attachment’s layout according to the subpass description for dstSubpass.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, srcStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcStageMask-04996
    srcStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dstStageMask-04090
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dstStageMask-04091
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, dstStageMask must not contain VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dstStageMask-04996
    dstStageMask must not be 0

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcSubpass-00864
    srcSubpass must be less than or equal to dstSubpass, unless one of them is VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, to avoid cyclic dependencies and ensure a valid execution order

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcSubpass-00865
    srcSubpass and dstSubpass must not both be equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcSubpass-06809
    If srcSubpass is equal to dstSubpass and srcStageMask includes a framebuffer-space stage, dstStageMask must only contain framebuffer-space stages

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcAccessMask-00868
    Any access flag included in srcAccessMask must be supported by one of the pipeline stages in srcStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dstAccessMask-00869
    Any access flag included in dstAccessMask must be supported by one of the pipeline stages in dstStageMask, as specified in the table of supported access types

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcSubpass-02243
    If srcSubpass equals dstSubpass, and srcStageMask and dstStageMask both include a framebuffer-space stage, then dependencyFlags must include VK_DEPENDENCY_BY_REGION_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcStageMask-parameter
    srcStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dstStageMask-parameter
    dstStageMask must be a valid combination of VkPipelineStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-srcAccessMask-parameter
    srcAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dstAccessMask-parameter
    dstAccessMask must be a valid combination of VkAccessFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkSubpassDependency-dependencyFlags-parameter
    dependencyFlags must be a valid combination of VkDependencyFlagBits values

If there is no subpass dependency from VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL to the first subpass that uses an attachment, then an implicit subpass dependency exists from VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL to the first subpass it is used in. The implicit subpass dependency only exists if there exists an automatic layout transition away from initialLayout. The subpass dependency operates as if defined with the following parameters:

VkSubpassDependency implicitDependency = {
    .srcSubpass = VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL,
    .dstSubpass = firstSubpass, // First subpass attachment is used in
    .srcStageMask = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TOP_OF_PIPE_BIT,
    .dstStageMask = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT,
    .srcAccessMask = 0,
    .dstAccessMask = VK_ACCESS_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT |
                     VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT |
                     VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT |
                     VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT |
                     VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT,
    .dependencyFlags = 0
};

Similarly, if there is no subpass dependency from the last subpass that uses an attachment to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, then an implicit subpass dependency exists from the last subpass it is used in to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL. The implicit subpass dependency only exists if there exists an automatic layout transition into finalLayout. The subpass dependency operates as if defined with the following parameters:

VkSubpassDependency implicitDependency = {
    .srcSubpass = lastSubpass, // Last subpass attachment is used in
    .dstSubpass = VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL,
    .srcStageMask = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_ALL_COMMANDS_BIT,
    .dstStageMask = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_BOTTOM_OF_PIPE_BIT,
    .srcAccessMask = VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT |
                     VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT,
    .dstAccessMask = 0,
    .dependencyFlags = 0
};

As subpasses may overlap or execute out of order with regards to other subpasses unless a subpass dependency chain describes otherwise, the layout transitions required between subpasses cannot be known to an application. Instead, an application provides the layout that each attachment must be in at the start and end of a render pass, and the layout it must be in during each subpass it is used in. The implementation then must execute layout transitions between subpasses in order to guarantee that the images are in the layouts required by each subpass, and in the final layout at the end of the render pass.

Automatic layout transitions apply to the entire image subresource attached to the framebuffer. If the attachment is a view of a 1D or 2D image, the automatic layout transitions apply to the number of layers specified by VkFramebufferCreateInfo::layers.

Automatic layout transitions away from the layout used in a subpass happen-after the availability operations for all dependencies with that subpass as the srcSubpass.

Automatic layout transitions into the layout used in a subpass happen-before the visibility operations for all dependencies with that subpass as the dstSubpass.

Automatic layout transitions away from initialLayout happen-after the availability operations for all dependencies with a srcSubpass equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, where dstSubpass uses the attachment that will be transitioned. For attachments created with VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT, automatic layout transitions away from initialLayout happen-after the availability operations for all dependencies with a srcSubpass equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, where dstSubpass uses any aliased attachment.

Automatic layout transitions into finalLayout happen-before the visibility operations for all dependencies with a dstSubpass equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, where srcSubpass uses the attachment that will be transitioned. For attachments created with VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT, automatic layout transitions into finalLayout happen-before the visibility operations for all dependencies with a dstSubpass equal to VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL, where srcSubpass uses any aliased attachment.

If two subpasses use the same attachment, and both subpasses use the attachment in a read-only layout, no subpass dependency needs to be specified between those subpasses. If an implementation treats those layouts separately, it must insert an implicit subpass dependency between those subpasses to separate the uses in each layout. The subpass dependency operates as if defined with the following parameters:

// Used for input attachments
VkPipelineStageFlags inputAttachmentStages = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT;
VkAccessFlags inputAttachmentDstAccess = VK_ACCESS_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT;

// Used for depth/stencil attachments
VkPipelineStageFlags depthStencilAttachmentStages = VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT | VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT;
VkAccessFlags depthStencilAttachmentDstAccess = VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT;

VkSubpassDependency implicitDependency = {
    .srcSubpass = firstSubpass;
    .dstSubpass = secondSubpass;
    .srcStageMask = inputAttachmentStages | depthStencilAttachmentStages;
    .dstStageMask = inputAttachmentStages | depthStencilAttachmentStages;
    .srcAccessMask = 0;
    .dstAccessMask = inputAttachmentDstAccess | depthStencilAttachmentDstAccess;
    .dependencyFlags = 0;
};

To destroy a render pass, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyRenderPass(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkRenderPass                                renderPass,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the render pass.

  • renderPass is the handle of the render pass to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyRenderPass-renderPass-00873
    All submitted commands that refer to renderPass must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkDestroyRenderPass-renderPass-00874
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when renderPass was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyRenderPass-renderPass-00875
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when renderPass was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyRenderPass-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyRenderPass-renderPass-parameter
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, renderPass must be a valid VkRenderPass handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyRenderPass-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyRenderPass-renderPass-parent
    If renderPass is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to renderPass must be externally synchronized

8.2. Render Pass Compatibility

Framebuffers and graphics pipelines are created based on a specific render pass object. They must only be used with that render pass object, or one compatible with it.

Two attachment references are compatible if they have matching format and sample count, or are both VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED or the pointer that would contain the reference is NULL.

Two arrays of attachment references are compatible if all corresponding pairs of attachments are compatible. If the arrays are of different lengths, attachment references not present in the smaller array are treated as VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED.

Two render passes are compatible if their corresponding color, input, resolve, and depth/stencil attachment references are compatible and if they are otherwise identical except for:

  • Initial and final image layout in attachment descriptions

  • Load and store operations in attachment descriptions

  • Image layout in attachment references

As an additional special case, if two render passes have a single subpass, the resolve attachment reference compatibility requirements are ignored.

A framebuffer is compatible with a render pass if it was created using the same render pass or a compatible render pass.

8.3. Framebuffers

Render passes operate in conjunction with framebuffers. Framebuffers represent a collection of specific memory attachments that a render pass instance uses.

Framebuffers are represented by VkFramebuffer handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkFramebuffer)

To create a framebuffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateFramebuffer(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkFramebufferCreateInfo*              pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkFramebuffer*                              pFramebuffer);
  • device is the logical device that creates the framebuffer.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkFramebufferCreateInfo structure describing additional information about framebuffer creation.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pFramebuffer is a pointer to a VkFramebuffer handle in which the resulting framebuffer object is returned.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCreateFramebuffer-pCreateInfo-02777
    If pCreateInfo->flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, and attachmentCount is not 0, each element of pCreateInfo->pAttachments must have been created on device

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateFramebuffer-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateFramebuffer-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkFramebufferCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateFramebuffer-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateFramebuffer-pFramebuffer-parameter
    pFramebuffer must be a valid pointer to a VkFramebuffer handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkFramebufferCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkFramebufferCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType             sType;
    const void*                 pNext;
    VkFramebufferCreateFlags    flags;
    VkRenderPass                renderPass;
    uint32_t                    attachmentCount;
    const VkImageView*          pAttachments;
    uint32_t                    width;
    uint32_t                    height;
    uint32_t                    layers;
} VkFramebufferCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkFramebufferCreateFlagBits

  • renderPass is a render pass defining what render passes the framebuffer will be compatible with. See Render Pass Compatibility for details.

  • attachmentCount is the number of attachments.

  • pAttachments is a pointer to an array of VkImageView handles, each of which will be used as the corresponding attachment in a render pass instance.

  • width, height and layers define the dimensions of the framebuffer.

It is legal for a subpass to use no color or depth/stencil attachments, either because it has no attachment references or because all of them are VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED. This kind of subpass can use shader side effects such as image stores and atomics to produce an output. In this case, the subpass continues to use the width, height, and layers of the framebuffer to define the dimensions of the rendering area, and the rasterizationSamples from each pipeline’s VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo to define the number of samples used in rasterization; however, if VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::variableMultisampleRate is VK_FALSE, then all pipelines to be bound with the subpass must have the same value for VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::rasterizationSamples. In all such cases, rasterizationSamples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value that is set in VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::framebufferNoAttachmentsSampleCounts.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-attachmentCount-00876
    attachmentCount must be equal to the attachment count specified in renderPass

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-02778
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT and attachmentCount is not 0, pAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentCount valid VkImageView handles

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-00877
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is used as a color attachment or resolve attachment by renderPass must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-02633
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is used as a depth/stencil attachment by renderPass must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-00879
    If renderpass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is used as an input attachment by renderPass must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-00880
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments must have been created with a VkFormat value that matches the VkFormat specified by the corresponding VkAttachmentDescription in renderPass

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-00881
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments must have been created with a samples value that matches the samples value specified by the corresponding VkAttachmentDescription in renderPass

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04533
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is used as an input, color, resolve, or depth/stencil attachment by renderPass must have been created with a VkImageCreateInfo::extent.width greater than or equal to width

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04534
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is used as an input, color, resolve, or depth/stencil attachment by renderPass must have been created with a VkImageCreateInfo::extent.height greater than or equal to height

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04535
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments that is used as an input, color, resolve, or depth/stencil attachment by renderPass must have been created with a VkImageViewCreateInfo::subresourceRange.layerCount greater than or equal to layers

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-00883
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments must only specify a single mip level

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pAttachments-00884
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments must have been created with the identity swizzle

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-width-00885
    width must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-width-00886
    width must be less than or equal to maxFramebufferWidth

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-height-00887
    height must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-height-00888
    height must be less than or equal to maxFramebufferHeight

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-layers-00889
    layers must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-layers-00890
    layers must be less than or equal to maxFramebufferLayers

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-04113
    If flags does not include VK_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_IMAGELESS_BIT, each element of pAttachments must have been created with VkImageViewCreateInfo::viewType not equal to VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_FRAMEBUFFER_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-renderPass-parameter
    renderPass must be a valid VkRenderPass handle

  • VUID-VkFramebufferCreateInfo-commonparent
    Both of renderPass, and the elements of pAttachments that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Bits which can be set in VkFramebufferCreateInfo::flags, specifying options for framebuffers, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFramebufferCreateFlagBits {
} VkFramebufferCreateFlagBits;
Note

All bits for this type are defined by extensions, and none of those extensions are enabled in this build of the specification.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkFramebufferCreateFlags;

VkFramebufferCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkFramebufferCreateFlagBits.

To destroy a framebuffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyFramebuffer(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkFramebuffer                               framebuffer,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the framebuffer.

  • framebuffer is the handle of the framebuffer to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyFramebuffer-framebuffer-00892
    All submitted commands that refer to framebuffer must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkDestroyFramebuffer-framebuffer-00893
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when framebuffer was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyFramebuffer-framebuffer-00894
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when framebuffer was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyFramebuffer-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyFramebuffer-framebuffer-parameter
    If framebuffer is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, framebuffer must be a valid VkFramebuffer handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyFramebuffer-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyFramebuffer-framebuffer-parent
    If framebuffer is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to framebuffer must be externally synchronized

8.4. Render Pass Load Operations

Render pass load operations define the initial values of an attachment during a render pass instance.

Load operations for attachments with a depth/stencil format execute in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT pipeline stage. Load operations for attachments with a color format execute in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage. The load operation for each sample in an attachment happens-before any recorded command which accesses the sample in that render pass instance via that attachment or an alias.

Note

Because load operations always happen first, external synchronization with attachment access only needs to synchronize the load operations with previous commands; not the operations within the render pass instance.

Load operations only update values within the defined render area for the render pass instance. However, any writes performed by a load operation (as defined by its access masks) to a given attachment may read and write back any memory locations within the image subresource bound for that attachment. For depth/stencil images, writes to one aspect may also result in read-modify-write operations for the other aspect.

Note

As entire subresources could be accessed by load operations, applications cannot safely access values outside of the render area during a render pass instance when a load operation that modifies values is used.

Load operations that can be used for a render pass are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkAttachmentLoadOp {
    VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_LOAD = 0,
    VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR = 1,
    VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_DONT_CARE = 2,
} VkAttachmentLoadOp;
  • VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_LOAD specifies that the previous contents of the image within the render area will be preserved as the initial values. For attachments with a depth/stencil format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT. For attachments with a color format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT.

  • VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR specifies that the contents within the render area will be cleared to a uniform value, which is specified when a render pass instance is begun. For attachments with a depth/stencil format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT. For attachments with a color format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT.

  • VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_DONT_CARE specifies that the previous contents within the area need not be preserved; the contents of the attachment will be undefined inside the render area. For attachments with a depth/stencil format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT. For attachments with a color format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT.

During a render pass instance, input and color attachments with color formats that have a component size of 8, 16, or 32 bits must be represented in the attachment’s format throughout the instance. Attachments with other floating- or fixed-point color formats, or with depth components may be represented in a format with a precision higher than the attachment format, but must be represented with the same range. When such a component is loaded via the loadOp, it will be converted into an implementation-dependent format used by the render pass. Such components must be converted from the render pass format, to the format of the attachment, before they are resolved or stored at the end of a render pass instance via storeOp. Conversions occur as described in Numeric Representation and Computation and Fixed-Point Data Conversions.

8.5. Render Pass Store Operations

Render pass store operations define how values written to an attachment during a render pass instance are stored to memory.

Store operations for attachments with a depth/stencil format execute in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT pipeline stage. Store operations for attachments with a color format execute in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage. The store operation for each sample in an attachment happens-after any recorded command which accesses the sample via that attachment or an alias.

Note

Because store operations always happen after other accesses in a render pass instance, external synchronization with attachment access in an earlier render pass only needs to synchronize with the store operations; not the operations within the render pass instance.

Store operations only update values within the defined render area for the render pass instance. However, any writes performed by a store operation (as defined by its access masks) to a given attachment may read and write back any memory locations within the image subresource bound for that attachment. For depth/stencil images writes to one aspect may also result in read-modify-write operations for the other aspect.

Note

As entire subresources could be accessed by store operations, applications cannot safely access values outside of the render area via aliased resources during a render pass instance when a store operation that modifies values is used.

Possible values of VkAttachmentDescription::storeOp and stencilStoreOp, specifying how the contents of the attachment are treated, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkAttachmentStoreOp {
    VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_STORE = 0,
    VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_DONT_CARE = 1,
} VkAttachmentStoreOp;
  • VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_STORE specifies the contents generated during the render pass and within the render area are written to memory. For attachments with a depth/stencil format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT. For attachments with a color format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT.

  • VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_DONT_CARE specifies the contents within the render area are not needed after rendering, and may be discarded; the contents of the attachment will be undefined inside the render area. For attachments with a depth/stencil format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT. For attachments with a color format, this uses the access type VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT.

Note

VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_DONT_CARE can cause contents generated during previous render passes to be discarded before reaching memory, even if no write to the attachment occurs during the current render pass.

8.6. Render Pass Multisample Resolve Operations

Render pass multisample resolve operations combine sample values from a single pixel in a multisample attachment and store the result to the corresponding pixel in a single sample attachment.

Multisample resolve operations for attachments execute in the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT pipeline stage. A final resolve operation for all pixels in the render area happens-after any recorded command which writes a pixel via the multisample attachment to be resolved or an explicit alias of it in the subpass that it is specified. Any single sample attachment specified for use in a multisample resolve operation may have its contents modified at any point once rendering begins for the render pass instance. Reads from the multisample attachment can be synchronized with VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT. Access to the single sample attachment can be synchronized with VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_READ_BIT and VK_ACCESS_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_WRITE_BIT.

When using render pass objects, a subpass dependency specified with the above pipeline stages and access flags will ensure synchronization with multisample resolve operations for any attachments that were last accessed by that subpass. This allows later subpasses to read resolved values as input attachments.

Resolve operations only update values within the defined render area for the render pass instance. However, any writes performed by a resolve operation (as defined by its access masks) to a given attachment may read and write back any memory locations within the image subresource bound for that attachment. For depth/stencil images writes to one aspect may also result in read-modify-write operations for the other aspect.

Note

As entire subresources could be accessed by multisample resolve operations, applications cannot safely access values outside of the render area via aliased resources during a render pass instance when a multisample resolve operation is performed.

The average value of samples for a given pixel in the multisample attachment is taken and written to the single sample attachment.

8.7. Render Pass Commands

An application records the commands for a render pass instance one subpass at a time, by beginning a render pass instance, iterating over the subpasses to record commands for that subpass, and then ending the render pass instance.

To begin a render pass instance, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdBeginRenderPass(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const VkRenderPassBeginInfo*                pRenderPassBegin,
    VkSubpassContents                           contents);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer in which to record the command.

  • pRenderPassBegin is a pointer to a VkRenderPassBeginInfo structure specifying the render pass to begin an instance of, and the framebuffer the instance uses.

  • contents is a VkSubpassContents value specifying how the commands in the first subpass will be provided.

After beginning a render pass instance, the command buffer is ready to record the commands for the first subpass of that render pass.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-initialLayout-00895
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-initialLayout-01758
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-initialLayout-00897
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-initialLayout-00898
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-initialLayout-00899
    If any of the initialLayout or finalLayout member of the VkAttachmentDescription structures or the layout member of the VkAttachmentReference structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL then the corresponding attachment image view of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin must have been created with a usage value including VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-initialLayout-00900
    If the initialLayout member of any of the VkAttachmentDescription structures specified when creating the render pass specified in the renderPass member of pRenderPassBegin is not VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, then each such initialLayout must be equal to the current layout of the corresponding attachment image subresource of the framebuffer specified in the framebuffer member of pRenderPassBegin

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-srcStageMask-06451
    The srcStageMask members of any element of the pDependencies member of VkRenderPassCreateInfo used to create renderPass must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family identified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo used to create the command pool which commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-dstStageMask-06452
    The dstStageMask members of any element of the pDependencies member of VkRenderPassCreateInfo used to create renderPass must be supported by the capabilities of the queue family identified by the queueFamilyIndex member of the VkCommandPoolCreateInfo used to create the command pool which commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-framebuffer-02532
    For any attachment in framebuffer that is used by renderPass and is bound to memory locations that are also bound to another attachment used by renderPass, and if at least one of those uses causes either attachment to be written to, both attachments must have had the VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT set

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-framebuffer-09045
    If any attachments specified in framebuffer are used by renderPass and are bound to overlapping memory locations, there must be only one that is used as a color attachment, depth/stencil, or resolve attachment in any subpass

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-pRenderPassBegin-parameter
    pRenderPassBegin must be a valid pointer to a valid VkRenderPassBeginInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-contents-parameter
    contents must be a valid VkSubpassContents value

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginRenderPass-bufferlevel
    commandBuffer must be a primary VkCommandBuffer

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary

Outside

Graphics

Action
State
Synchronization

The VkRenderPassBeginInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkRenderPassBeginInfo {
    VkStructureType        sType;
    const void*            pNext;
    VkRenderPass           renderPass;
    VkFramebuffer          framebuffer;
    VkRect2D               renderArea;
    uint32_t               clearValueCount;
    const VkClearValue*    pClearValues;
} VkRenderPassBeginInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • renderPass is the render pass to begin an instance of.

  • framebuffer is the framebuffer containing the attachments that are used with the render pass.

  • renderArea is the render area that is affected by the render pass instance, and is described in more detail below.

  • clearValueCount is the number of elements in pClearValues.

  • pClearValues is a pointer to an array of clearValueCount VkClearValue structures containing clear values for each attachment, if the attachment uses a loadOp value of VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR or if the attachment has a depth/stencil format and uses a stencilLoadOp value of VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR. The array is indexed by attachment number. Only elements corresponding to cleared attachments are used. Other elements of pClearValues are ignored.

renderArea is the render area that is affected by the render pass instance. The effects of attachment load, store and multisample resolve operations are restricted to the pixels whose x and y coordinates fall within the render area on all attachments. The render area extends to all layers of framebuffer. The application must ensure (using scissor if necessary) that all rendering is contained within the render area. The render area must be contained within the framebuffer dimensions.

Note

There may be a performance cost for using a render area smaller than the framebuffer, unless it matches the render area granularity for the render pass.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-clearValueCount-00902
    clearValueCount must be greater than the largest attachment index in renderPass specifying a loadOp (or stencilLoadOp, if the attachment has a depth/stencil format) of VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-clearValueCount-04962
    If clearValueCount is not 0, pClearValues must be a valid pointer to an array of clearValueCount VkClearValue unions

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-renderPass-00904
    renderPass must be compatible with the renderPass member of the VkFramebufferCreateInfo structure specified when creating framebuffer

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-None-08996
    renderArea.extent.width must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-None-08997
    renderArea.extent.height must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-pNext-02850
    renderArea.offset.x must be greater than or equal to 0

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-pNext-02851
    renderArea.offset.y must be greater than or equal to 0

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-pNext-02852
    renderArea.offset.x + renderArea.extent.width must be less than or equal to VkFramebufferCreateInfo::width the framebuffer was created with

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-pNext-02853
    renderArea.offset.y + renderArea.extent.height must be less than or equal to VkFramebufferCreateInfo::height the framebuffer was created with

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_RENDER_PASS_BEGIN_INFO

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-renderPass-parameter
    renderPass must be a valid VkRenderPass handle

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-framebuffer-parameter
    framebuffer must be a valid VkFramebuffer handle

  • VUID-VkRenderPassBeginInfo-commonparent
    Both of framebuffer, and renderPass must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Possible values of vkCmdBeginRenderPass::contents, specifying how the commands in the first subpass will be provided, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSubpassContents {
    VK_SUBPASS_CONTENTS_INLINE = 0,
    VK_SUBPASS_CONTENTS_SECONDARY_COMMAND_BUFFERS = 1,
} VkSubpassContents;
  • VK_SUBPASS_CONTENTS_INLINE specifies that the contents of the subpass will be recorded inline in the primary command buffer, and secondary command buffers must not be executed within the subpass.

  • VK_SUBPASS_CONTENTS_SECONDARY_COMMAND_BUFFERS specifies that the contents are recorded in secondary command buffers that will be called from the primary command buffer, and vkCmdExecuteCommands is the only valid command in the command buffer until vkCmdNextSubpass or vkCmdEndRenderPass.

To query the render area granularity, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetRenderAreaGranularity(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkRenderPass                                renderPass,
    VkExtent2D*                                 pGranularity);
  • device is the logical device that owns the render pass.

  • renderPass is a handle to a render pass.

  • pGranularity is a pointer to a VkExtent2D structure in which the granularity is returned.

The conditions leading to an optimal renderArea are:

  • the offset.x member in renderArea is a multiple of the width member of the returned VkExtent2D (the horizontal granularity).

  • the offset.y member in renderArea is a multiple of the height member of the returned VkExtent2D (the vertical granularity).

  • either the extent.width member in renderArea is a multiple of the horizontal granularity or offset.x+extent.width is equal to the width of the framebuffer in the VkRenderPassBeginInfo.

  • either the extent.height member in renderArea is a multiple of the vertical granularity or offset.y+extent.height is equal to the height of the framebuffer in the VkRenderPassBeginInfo.

Subpass dependencies are not affected by the render area, and apply to the entire image subresources attached to the framebuffer as specified in the description of automatic layout transitions. Similarly, pipeline barriers are valid even if their effect extends outside the render area.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetRenderAreaGranularity-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetRenderAreaGranularity-renderPass-parameter
    renderPass must be a valid VkRenderPass handle

  • VUID-vkGetRenderAreaGranularity-pGranularity-parameter
    pGranularity must be a valid pointer to a VkExtent2D structure

  • VUID-vkGetRenderAreaGranularity-renderPass-parent
    renderPass must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

To transition to the next subpass in the render pass instance after recording the commands for a subpass, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdNextSubpass(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkSubpassContents                           contents);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer in which to record the command.

  • contents specifies how the commands in the next subpass will be provided, in the same fashion as the corresponding parameter of vkCmdBeginRenderPass.

The subpass index for a render pass begins at zero when vkCmdBeginRenderPass is recorded, and increments each time vkCmdNextSubpass is recorded.

After transitioning to the next subpass, the application can record the commands for that subpass.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass-None-00909
    The current subpass index must be less than the number of subpasses in the render pass minus one

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass-contents-parameter
    contents must be a valid VkSubpassContents value

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdNextSubpass-bufferlevel
    commandBuffer must be a primary VkCommandBuffer

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary

Inside

Graphics

Action
State
Synchronization

To record a command to end a render pass instance after recording the commands for the last subpass, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdEndRenderPass(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer in which to end the current render pass instance.

Ending a render pass instance performs any multisample resolve operations on the final subpass.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass-None-00910
    The current subpass index must be equal to the number of subpasses in the render pass minus one

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass-None-07004
    If vkCmdBeginQuery* was called within a subpass of the render pass, the corresponding vkCmdEndQuery* must have been called subsequently within the same subpass

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdEndRenderPass-bufferlevel
    commandBuffer must be a primary VkCommandBuffer

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary

Inside

Graphics

Action
State
Synchronization

8.8. Common Render Pass Data Races (Informative)

Due to the complexity of how rendering is performed, there are several ways an application can accidentally introduce a data race, usually by doing something that may seem benign but actually cannot be supported. This section indicates a number of the more common cases as guidelines to help avoid them.

8.8.1. Sampling From a Read-only Attachment

Vulkan includes read-only layouts for depth/stencil images, that allow the images to be both read during a render pass for the purposes of depth/stencil tests, and read as a non-attachment.

However, because VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_STORE and VK_ATTACHMENT_STORE_OP_DONT_CARE may perform write operations, even if no recorded command writes to an attachment, reading from an image while also using it as an attachment with these store operations can result in a data race. If the reads from the non-attachment are performed in a fragment shader where the accessed samples match those covered by the fragment shader, no data race will occur as store operations are guaranteed to operate after fragment shader execution for the set of samples the fragment covers. Notably, input attachments can also be used for this case. Reading other samples or in any other shader stage can result in unexpected behavior due to the potential for a data race, and validation errors should be generated for doing so. In practice, many applications have shipped reading samples outside of the covered fragment without any observable issue, but there is no guarantee that this will always work, and it is not advisable to rely on this in new or re-worked code bases.

8.8.2. Non-overlapping Access Between Resources

When relying on non-overlapping accesses between attachments and other resources, it is important to note that load and store operations have fairly wide alignment requirements - potentially affecting entire subresources and adjacent depth/stencil aspects. This makes it invalid to access a non-attachment subresource that is simultaneously being used as an attachment where either access performs a write operation.

8.8.3. Depth/Stencil and Input Attachments

When rendering to only the depth OR stencil aspect of an image, an input attachment accessing the other aspect will always result in a data race.

8.8.4. Synchronization Options

There are several synchronization options available to synchronize between accesses to resources within a render pass. Some of the options are outlined below:

9. Shaders

A shader specifies programmable operations that execute for each vertex, control point, tessellated vertex, primitive, fragment, or workgroup in the corresponding stage(s) of the graphics and compute pipelines.

Graphics pipelines include vertex shader execution as a result of primitive assembly, followed, if enabled, by tessellation control and evaluation shaders operating on patches, geometry shaders, if enabled, operating on primitives, and fragment shaders, if present, operating on fragments generated by Rasterization. In this specification, vertex, tessellation control, tessellation evaluation and geometry shaders are collectively referred to as pre-rasterization shader stages and occur in the logical pipeline before rasterization. The fragment shader occurs logically after rasterization.

Only the compute shader stage is included in a compute pipeline. Compute shaders operate on compute invocations in a workgroup.

Shaders can read from input variables, and read from and write to output variables. Input and output variables can be used to transfer data between shader stages, or to allow the shader to interact with values that exist in the execution environment. Similarly, the execution environment provides constants describing capabilities.

Shader variables are associated with execution environment-provided inputs and outputs using built-in decorations in the shader. The available decorations for each stage are documented in the following subsections.

9.1. Shader Modules

Shader modules contain shader code and one or more entry points. Shaders are selected from a shader module by specifying an entry point as part of pipeline creation. The stages of a pipeline can use shaders that come from different modules. The shader code defining a shader module must be in the SPIR-V format, as described by the Vulkan Environment for SPIR-V appendix.

Shader modules are represented by VkShaderModule handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkShaderModule)

To create a shader module, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateShaderModule(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkShaderModuleCreateInfo*             pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkShaderModule*                             pShaderModule);
  • device is the logical device that creates the shader module.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkShaderModuleCreateInfo structure.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pShaderModule is a pointer to a VkShaderModule handle in which the resulting shader module object is returned.

Once a shader module has been created, any entry points it contains can be used in pipeline shader stages as described in Compute Pipelines and Graphics Pipelines.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCreateShaderModule-pCreateInfo-06904
    If pCreateInfo is not NULL, pCreateInfo->pNext must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateShaderModule-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateShaderModule-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkShaderModuleCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateShaderModule-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateShaderModule-pShaderModule-parameter
    pShaderModule must be a valid pointer to a VkShaderModule handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkShaderModuleCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkShaderModuleCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType              sType;
    const void*                  pNext;
    VkShaderModuleCreateFlags    flags;
    size_t                       codeSize;
    const uint32_t*              pCode;
} VkShaderModuleCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • codeSize is the size, in bytes, of the code pointed to by pCode.

  • pCode is a pointer to code that is used to create the shader module. The type and format of the code is determined from the content of the memory addressed by pCode.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-codeSize-08735
    codeSize must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-08736
    pCode must point to valid SPIR-V code, formatted and packed as described by the Khronos SPIR-V Specification

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-08737
    pCode must adhere to the validation rules described by the Validation Rules within a Module section of the SPIR-V Environment appendix

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-08738
    pCode must declare the Shader capability for SPIR-V code

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-08739
    pCode must not declare any capability that is not supported by the API, as described by the Capabilities section of the SPIR-V Environment appendix

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-08740
    and pCode declares any of the capabilities listed in the SPIR-V Environment appendix, one of the corresponding requirements must be satisfied

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-08741
    pCode must not declare any SPIR-V extension that is not supported by the API, as described by the Extension section of the SPIR-V Environment appendix

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-08742
    and pCode declares any of the SPIR-V extensions listed in the SPIR-V Environment appendix, one of the corresponding requirements must be satisfied

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-codeSize-01085
    codeSize must be greater than 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SHADER_MODULE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkShaderModuleCreateInfo-pCode-parameter
    pCode must be a valid pointer to an array of uint32_t values

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkShaderModuleCreateFlags;

VkShaderModuleCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

To destroy a shader module, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyShaderModule(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkShaderModule                              shaderModule,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the shader module.

  • shaderModule is the handle of the shader module to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

A shader module can be destroyed while pipelines created using its shaders are still in use.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyShaderModule-shaderModule-01092
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when shaderModule was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyShaderModule-shaderModule-01093
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when shaderModule was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyShaderModule-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyShaderModule-shaderModule-parameter
    If shaderModule is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, shaderModule must be a valid VkShaderModule handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyShaderModule-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyShaderModule-shaderModule-parent
    If shaderModule is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to shaderModule must be externally synchronized

9.2. Binding Shaders

Before a shader can be used it must be first bound to the command buffer.

Calling vkCmdBindPipeline binds all stages corresponding to the VkPipelineBindPoint.

The following table describes the relationship between shader stages and pipeline bind points:

Shader stage Pipeline bind point behavior controlled
  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

all drawing commands

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_COMPUTE_BIT

VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_COMPUTE

all dispatch commands

9.3. Shader Execution

At each stage of the pipeline, multiple invocations of a shader may execute simultaneously. Further, invocations of a single shader produced as the result of different commands may execute simultaneously. The relative execution order of invocations of the same shader type is undefined. Shader invocations may complete in a different order than that in which the primitives they originated from were drawn or dispatched by the application. However, fragment shader outputs are written to attachments in rasterization order.

The relative execution order of invocations of different shader types is largely undefined. However, when invoking a shader whose inputs are generated from a previous pipeline stage, the shader invocations from the previous stage are guaranteed to have executed far enough to generate input values for all required inputs.

9.3.1. Shader Termination

A shader invocation that is terminated has finished executing instructions.

Executing OpReturn in the entry point, or executing OpTerminateInvocation in any function will terminate an invocation. Implementations may also terminate a shader invocation when OpKill is executed in any function; otherwise it becomes a helper invocation.

In addition to the above conditions, helper invocations may be terminated when all non-helper invocations in the same derivative group either terminate or become helper invocations.

A shader stage for a given command completes execution when all invocations for that stage have terminated.

Note

OpKill will behave the same as either OpTerminateInvocation or OpDemoteToHelperInvocation depending on the implementation. It is recommended that shader authors use OpTerminateInvocation or OpDemoteToHelperInvocation instead of OpKill whenever possible to produce more predictable behavior.

9.4. Shader Memory Access Ordering

The order in which image or buffer memory is read or written by shaders is largely undefined. For some shader types (vertex, tessellation evaluation, and in some cases, fragment), even the number of shader invocations that may perform loads and stores is undefined.

In particular, the following rules apply:

  • Vertex and tessellation evaluation shaders will be invoked at least once for each unique vertex, as defined in those sections.

  • Fragment shaders will be invoked zero or more times, as defined in that section.

  • The relative execution order of invocations of the same shader type is undefined. A store issued by a shader when working on primitive B might complete prior to a store for primitive A, even if primitive A is specified prior to primitive B. This applies even to fragment shaders; while fragment shader outputs are always written to the framebuffer in rasterization order, stores executed by fragment shader invocations are not.

  • The relative execution order of invocations of different shader types is largely undefined.

Note

The above limitations on shader invocation order make some forms of synchronization between shader invocations within a single set of primitives unimplementable. For example, having one invocation poll memory written by another invocation assumes that the other invocation has been launched and will complete its writes in finite time.

Stores issued to different memory locations within a single shader invocation may not be visible to other invocations, or may not become visible in the order they were performed.

The OpMemoryBarrier instruction can be used to provide stronger ordering of reads and writes performed by a single invocation. OpMemoryBarrier guarantees that any memory transactions issued by the shader invocation prior to the instruction complete prior to the memory transactions issued after the instruction. Memory barriers are needed for algorithms that require multiple invocations to access the same memory and require the operations to be performed in a partially-defined relative order. For example, if one shader invocation does a series of writes, followed by an OpMemoryBarrier instruction, followed by another write, then the results of the series of writes before the barrier become visible to other shader invocations at a time earlier or equal to when the results of the final write become visible to those invocations. In practice it means that another invocation that sees the results of the final write would also see the previous writes. Without the memory barrier, the final write may be visible before the previous writes.

Writes that are the result of shader stores through a variable decorated with Coherent automatically have available writes to the same buffer, buffer view, or image view made visible to them, and are themselves automatically made available to access by the same buffer, buffer view, or image view. Reads that are the result of shader loads through a variable decorated with Coherent automatically have available writes to the same buffer, buffer view, or image view made visible to them. The order that coherent writes to different locations become available is undefined, unless enforced by a memory barrier instruction or other memory dependency.

Note

Explicit memory dependencies must still be used to guarantee availability and visibility for access via other buffers, buffer views, or image views.

The built-in atomic memory transaction instructions can be used to read and write a given memory address atomically. While built-in atomic functions issued by multiple shader invocations are executed in undefined order relative to each other, these functions perform both a read and a write of a memory address and guarantee that no other memory transaction will write to the underlying memory between the read and write. Atomic operations ensure automatic availability and visibility for writes and reads in the same way as those to Coherent variables.

Note

Memory accesses performed on different resource descriptors with the same memory backing may not be well-defined even with the Coherent decoration or via atomics, due to things such as image layouts or ownership of the resource - as described in the Synchronization and Cache Control chapter.

Note

Atomics allow shaders to use shared global addresses for mutual exclusion or as counters, among other uses.

The SPIR-V SubgroupMemory, CrossWorkgroupMemory, and AtomicCounterMemory memory semantics are ignored. Sequentially consistent atomics and barriers are not supported and SequentiallyConsistent is treated as AcquireRelease. SequentiallyConsistent should not be used.

9.5. Shader Inputs and Outputs

Data is passed into and out of shaders using variables with input or output storage class, respectively. User-defined inputs and outputs are connected between stages by matching their Location decorations. Additionally, data can be provided by or communicated to special functions provided by the execution environment using BuiltIn decorations.

In many cases, the same BuiltIn decoration can be used in multiple shader stages with similar meaning. The specific behavior of variables decorated as BuiltIn is documented in the following sections.

9.6. Vertex Shaders

Each vertex shader invocation operates on one vertex and its associated vertex attribute data, and outputs one vertex and associated data. Graphics pipelines must include a vertex shader, and the vertex shader stage is always the first shader stage in the graphics pipeline.

9.6.1. Vertex Shader Execution

A vertex shader must be executed at least once for each vertex specified by a drawing command. During execution, the shader is presented with the index of the vertex and instance for which it has been invoked. Input variables declared in the vertex shader are filled by the implementation with the values of vertex attributes associated with the invocation being executed.

If the same vertex is specified multiple times in a drawing command (e.g. by including the same index value multiple times in an index buffer) the implementation may reuse the results of vertex shading if it can statically determine that the vertex shader invocations will produce identical results.

Note

It is implementation-dependent when and if results of vertex shading are reused, and thus how many times the vertex shader will be executed. This is true also if the vertex shader contains stores or atomic operations (see vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics).

9.7. Tessellation Control Shaders

The tessellation control shader is used to read an input patch provided by the application and to produce an output patch. Each tessellation control shader invocation operates on an input patch (after all control points in the patch are processed by a vertex shader) and its associated data, and outputs a single control point of the output patch and its associated data, and can also output additional per-patch data. The input patch is sized according to the patchControlPoints member of VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo, as part of input assembly.

The size of the output patch is controlled by the OpExecutionMode OutputVertices specified in the tessellation control or tessellation evaluation shaders, which must be specified in at least one of the shaders. The size of the input and output patches must each be greater than zero and less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxTessellationPatchSize.

9.7.1. Tessellation Control Shader Execution

A tessellation control shader is invoked at least once for each output vertex in a patch.

Inputs to the tessellation control shader are generated by the vertex shader. Each invocation of the tessellation control shader can read the attributes of any incoming vertices and their associated data. The invocations corresponding to a given patch execute logically in parallel, with undefined relative execution order. However, the OpControlBarrier instruction can be used to provide limited control of the execution order by synchronizing invocations within a patch, effectively dividing tessellation control shader execution into a set of phases. Tessellation control shaders will read undefined values if one invocation reads a per-vertex or per-patch output written by another invocation at any point during the same phase, or if two invocations attempt to write different values to the same per-patch output in a single phase.

9.8. Tessellation Evaluation Shaders

The Tessellation Evaluation Shader operates on an input patch of control points and their associated data, and a single input barycentric coordinate indicating the invocation’s relative position within the subdivided patch, and outputs a single vertex and its associated data.

9.8.1. Tessellation Evaluation Shader Execution

A tessellation evaluation shader is invoked at least once for each unique vertex generated by the tessellator.

9.9. Geometry Shaders

The geometry shader operates on a group of vertices and their associated data assembled from a single input primitive, and emits zero or more output primitives and the group of vertices and their associated data required for each output primitive.

9.9.1. Geometry Shader Execution

A geometry shader is invoked at least once for each primitive produced by the tessellation stages, or at least once for each primitive generated by primitive assembly when tessellation is not in use. A shader can request that the geometry shader runs multiple instances. A geometry shader is invoked at least once for each instance.

9.10. Fragment Shaders

Fragment shaders are invoked as a fragment operation in a graphics pipeline. Each fragment shader invocation operates on a single fragment and its associated data. With few exceptions, fragment shaders do not have access to any data associated with other fragments and are considered to execute in isolation of fragment shader invocations associated with other fragments.

9.11. Compute Shaders

Compute shaders are invoked via vkCmdDispatch and vkCmdDispatchIndirect commands. In general, they have access to similar resources as shader stages executing as part of a graphics pipeline.

Compute workloads are formed from groups of work items called workgroups and processed by the compute shader in the current compute pipeline. A workgroup is a collection of shader invocations that execute the same shader, potentially in parallel. Compute shaders execute in global workgroups which are divided into a number of local workgroups with a size that can be set by assigning a value to the LocalSize execution mode or via an object decorated by the WorkgroupSize decoration. An invocation within a local workgroup can share data with other members of the local workgroup through shared variables and issue memory and control flow barriers to synchronize with other members of the local workgroup.

9.12. Interpolation Decorations

Variables in the Input storage class in a fragment shader’s interface are interpolated from the values specified by the primitive being rasterized.

Note

Interpolation decorations can be present on input and output variables in pre-rasterization shaders but have no effect on the interpolation performed.

An undecorated input variable will be interpolated with perspective-correct interpolation according to the primitive type being rasterized. Lines and polygons are interpolated in the same way as the primitive’s clip coordinates. If the NoPerspective decoration is present, linear interpolation is instead used for lines and polygons. For points, as there is only a single vertex, input values are never interpolated and instead take the value written for the single vertex.

If the Flat decoration is present on an input variable, the value is not interpolated, and instead takes its value directly from the provoking vertex. Fragment shader inputs that are signed or unsigned integers, integer vectors, or any double-precision floating-point type must be decorated with Flat.

Interpolation of input variables is performed at an implementation-defined position within the fragment area being shaded. The position is further constrained as follows:

  • If the Centroid decoration is used, the interpolation position used for the variable must also fall within the bounds of the primitive being rasterized.

  • If the Sample decoration is used, the interpolation position used for the variable must be at the position of the sample being shaded by the current fragment shader invocation.

  • If a sample count of 1 is used, the interpolation position must be at the center of the fragment area.

Note

As Centroid restricts the possible interpolation position to the covered area of the primitive, the position can be forced to vary between neighboring fragments when it otherwise would not. Derivatives calculated based on these differing locations can produce inconsistent results compared to undecorated inputs. It is recommended that input variables used in derivative calculations are not decorated with Centroid.

9.13. Static Use

A SPIR-V module declares a global object in memory using the OpVariable instruction, which results in a pointer x to that object. A specific entry point in a SPIR-V module is said to statically use that object if that entry point’s call tree contains a function containing a instruction with x as an id operand. A shader entry point also statically uses any variables explicitly declared in its interface.

9.14. Scope

A scope describes a set of shader invocations, where each such set is a scope instance. Each invocation belongs to one or more scope instances, but belongs to no more than one scope instance for each scope.

The operations available between invocations in a given scope instance vary, with smaller scopes generally able to perform more operations, and with greater efficiency.

9.14.1. Cross Device

All invocations executed in a Vulkan instance fall into a single cross device scope instance.

Whilst the CrossDevice scope is defined in SPIR-V, it is disallowed in Vulkan. API synchronization commands can be used to communicate between devices.

9.14.2. Device

All invocations executed on a single device form a device scope instance.

There is no method to synchronize the execution of these invocations within SPIR-V, and this can only be done with API synchronization primitives.

The scope only extends to the queue family, not the whole device.

9.14.3. Queue Family

Invocations executed by queues in a given queue family form a queue family scope instance.

This scope is identified in SPIR-V as the Device Scope, which can be used as a Memory Scope for barrier and atomic operations.

There is no method to synchronize the execution of these invocations within SPIR-V, and this can only be done with API synchronization primitives.

Each invocation in a queue family scope instance must be in the same device scope instance.

9.14.4. Command

Any shader invocations executed as the result of a single command such as vkCmdDispatch or vkCmdDraw form a command scope instance. For indirect drawing commands with drawCount greater than one, invocations from separate draws are in separate command scope instances.

There is no specific Scope for communication across invocations in a command scope instance. As this has a clear boundary at the API level, coordination here can be performed in the API, rather than in SPIR-V.

Each invocation in a command scope instance must be in the same queue-family scope instance.

For shaders without defined workgroups, this set of invocations forms an invocation group as defined in the SPIR-V specification.

9.14.5. Primitive

Any fragment shader invocations executed as the result of rasterization of a single primitive form a primitive scope instance.

There is no specific Scope for communication across invocations in a primitive scope instance.

Any generated helper invocations are included in this scope instance.

Each invocation in a primitive scope instance must be in the same command scope instance.

Any input variables decorated with Flat are uniform within a primitive scope instance.

9.14.6. Workgroup

A local workgroup is a set of invocations that can synchronize and share data with each other using memory in the Workgroup storage class.

The Workgroup Scope can be used as both an Execution Scope and Memory Scope for barrier and atomic operations.

Each invocation in a local workgroup must be in the same command scope instance.

Only compute shaders have defined workgroups - other shader types cannot use workgroup functionality. For shaders that have defined workgroups, this set of invocations forms an invocation group as defined in the SPIR-V specification.

The amount of storage consumed by the variables declared with the Workgroup storage class is implementation-dependent. However, the amount of storage consumed may not exceed the largest block size that would be obtained if all active variables declared with Workgroup storage class were assigned offsets in an arbitrary order by successively taking the smallest valid offset according to the Standard Storage Buffer Layout rules, and with Boolean values considered as 32-bit integer values for the purpose of this calculation. (This is equivalent to using the GLSL std430 layout rules.)

9.14.7. Quad

A quad scope instance is formed of four shader invocations.

In a fragment shader, each invocation in a quad scope instance is formed of invocations in neighboring framebuffer locations (xi, yi), where:

  • i is the index of the invocation within the scope instance.

  • w and h are the number of pixels the fragment covers in the x and y axes.

  • w and h are identical for all participating invocations.

  • (x0) = (x1 - w) = (x2) = (x3 - w)

  • (y0) = (y1) = (y2 - h) = (y3 - h)

  • Each invocation has the same layer and sample indices.

The specific set of invocations that make up a quad scope instance in other shader stages is undefined.

In a fragment shader, each invocation in a quad scope instance must be in the same primitive scope instance.

For shaders that have defined workgroups, each invocation in a quad scope instance must be in the same local workgroup.

In other shader stages, each invocation in a quad scope instance must be in the same device scope instance.

Fragment shaders have defined quad scope instances.

9.14.8. Invocation

The smallest scope is a single invocation; this is represented by the Invocation Scope in SPIR-V.

Fragment shader invocations must be in a primitive scope instance.

All invocations in all stages must be in a command scope instance.

9.15. Derivative Operations

Derivative operations calculate the partial derivative for an expression P as a function of an invocation’s x and y coordinates.

Derivative operations operate on a set of invocations known as a derivative group as defined in the SPIR-V specification.

A derivative group in a fragment shader is equivalent to the primitive scope instance.

Derivatives are calculated assuming that P is piecewise linear and continuous within the derivative group.

The following control-flow restrictions apply to derivative operations:

  • dynamic instances of explicit derivative instructions (OpDPdx*, OpDPdy*, and OpFwidth*) must be executed in control flow that is uniform within a derivative group.

  • dynamic instances of implicit derivative operations can be executed in control flow that is not uniform within the derivative group, but results are undefined.

Fragment shaders that statically execute derivative operations must launch sufficient invocations to ensure their correct operation; additional helper invocations are launched for framebuffer locations not covered by rasterized fragments if necessary.

Derivative operations calculate their results as the difference between the result of P across invocations in the quad. For fine derivative operations (OpDPdxFine and OpDPdyFine), the values of DPdx(Pi) are calculated as

DPdx(P0) = DPdx(P1) = P1 - P0

DPdx(P2) = DPdx(P3) = P3 - P2

and the values of DPdy(Pi) are calculated as

DPdy(P0) = DPdy(P2) = P2 - P0

DPdy(P1) = DPdy(P3) = P3 - P1

where i is the index of each invocation as described in Quad.

Coarse derivative operations (OpDPdxCoarse and OpDPdyCoarse), calculate their results in roughly the same manner, but may only calculate two values instead of four (one for each of DPdx and DPdy), reusing the same result no matter the originating invocation. If an implementation does this, it should use the fine derivative calculations described for P0.

Note

Derivative values are calculated between fragments rather than pixels. If the fragment shader invocations involved in the calculation cover multiple pixels, these operations cover a wider area, resulting in larger derivative values. This in turn will result in a coarser LOD being selected for image sampling operations using derivatives.

Applications may want to account for this when using multi-pixel fragments; if pixel derivatives are desired, applications should use explicit derivative operations and divide the results by the size of the fragment in each dimension as follows:

DPdx(Pn)' = DPdx(Pn) / w

DPdy(Pn)' = DPdy(Pn) / h

where w and h are the size of the fragments in the quad, and DPdx(Pn)' and DPdy(Pn)' are the pixel derivatives.

The results for OpDPdx and OpDPdy may be calculated as either fine or coarse derivatives, with implementations favoring the most efficient approach. Implementations must choose coarse or fine consistently between the two.

Executing OpFwidthFine, OpFwidthCoarse, or OpFwidth is equivalent to executing the corresponding OpDPdx* and OpDPdy* instructions, taking the absolute value of the results, and summing them.

Executing an OpImage*Sample*ImplicitLod instruction is equivalent to executing OpDPdx(Coordinate) and OpDPdy(Coordinate), and passing the results as the Grad operands dx and dy.

Note

It is expected that using the ImplicitLod variants of sampling functions will be substantially more efficient than using the ExplicitLod variants with explicitly generated derivatives.

9.16. Helper Invocations

When performing derivative operations in a fragment shader, additional invocations may be spawned in order to ensure correct results. These additional invocations are known as helper invocations and can be identified by a non-zero value in the HelperInvocation built-in. Stores and atomics performed by helper invocations must not have any effect on memory except for the Function, Private and Output storage classes, and values returned by atomic instructions in helper invocations are undefined.

Note

While storage to Output storage class has an effect even in helper invocations, it does not mean that helper invocations have an effect on the framebuffer. Output variables in fragment shaders can be read from as well, and they behave more like Private variables for the duration of the shader invocation.

10. Pipelines

The following figure shows a block diagram of the Vulkan pipelines. Some Vulkan commands specify geometric objects to be drawn or computational work to be performed, while others specify state controlling how objects are handled by the various pipeline stages, or control data transfer between memory organized as images and buffers. Commands are effectively sent through a processing pipeline, either a graphics pipeline, or a compute pipeline.

The first stage of the graphics pipeline (Input Assembler) assembles vertices to form geometric primitives such as points, lines, and triangles, based on a requested primitive topology. In the next stage (Vertex Shader) vertices can be transformed, computing positions and attributes for each vertex. If tessellation and/or geometry shaders are supported, they can then generate multiple primitives from a single input primitive, possibly changing the primitive topology or generating additional attribute data in the process.

The final resulting primitives are clipped to a clip volume in preparation for the next stage, Rasterization. The rasterizer produces a series of fragments associated with a region of the framebuffer, from a two-dimensional description of a point, line segment, or triangle. These fragments are processed by fragment operations to determine whether generated values will be written to the framebuffer. Fragment shading determines the values to be written to the framebuffer attachments. Framebuffer operations then read and write the color and depth/stencil attachments of the framebuffer for a given subpass of a render pass instance. The attachments can be used as input attachments in the fragment shader in a later subpass of the same render pass.

The compute pipeline is a separate pipeline from the graphics pipeline, which operates on one-, two-, or three-dimensional workgroups which can read from and write to buffer and image memory.

This ordering is meant only as a tool for describing Vulkan, not as a strict rule of how Vulkan is implemented, and we present it only as a means to organize the various operations of the pipelines. Actual ordering guarantees between pipeline stages are explained in detail in the synchronization chapter.

image/svg+xml Vertex Shader Draw Input Assembler Tessellation Control Shader Tessellation Primitive Generator Tessellation Evaluation Shader Rasterization Indirect Buffer Descriptor Sets Legend Geometry Shader Vertex Post-Processing Early Per-Fragment Tests Fragment Shader Late Per-Fragment Tests Blending Index Buffer Vertex Buffers Push Constants Uniform Buffers Uniform Texel Buffers Sampled Images Storage Buffers Storage Texel Buffers Storage Images Compute Shader Dispatch Depth/Stencil Attachments Input Attachments Color Attachments Fixed Function Stage Shader Stage Resource
Figure 2. Block diagram of the Vulkan pipeline

Each pipeline is controlled by a monolithic object created from a description of all of the shader stages and any relevant fixed-function stages. Linking the whole pipeline together allows the optimization of shaders based on their input/outputs and eliminates expensive draw time state validation.

A pipeline object is bound to the current state using vkCmdBindPipeline. Any pipeline object state that is specified as dynamic is not applied to the current state when the pipeline object is bound, but is instead set by dynamic state setting commands.

No state, including dynamic state, is inherited from one command buffer to another.

Compute, and graphics pipelines are each represented by VkPipeline handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkPipeline)

10.1. Multiple Pipeline Creation

Multiple pipelines can be created in a single call by commands such as vkCreateComputePipelines, and vkCreateGraphicsPipelines.

The creation commands are passed an array pCreateInfos of Vk*PipelineCreateInfo structures specifying parameters of each pipeline to be created, and return a corresponding array of handles in pPipelines. Each element index i of pPipelines is created based on the corresponding element i of pCreateInfos.

Applications can group together similar pipelines to be created in a single call, and implementations are encouraged to look for reuse opportunities when creating a group.

When attempting to create many pipelines in a single command, it is possible that creation may fail for a subset of them. In this case, the corresponding elements of pPipelines will be set to VK_NULL_HANDLE. If creation fails for a pipeline despite valid arguments (for example, due to out of memory errors), the VkResult code returned by the pipeline creation command will indicate why. The implementation will attempt to create all pipelines, and only return VK_NULL_HANDLE values for those that actually failed.

If creation fails for multiple pipelines, the returned VkResult must be the return value of any one of the pipelines which did not succeed. An application can reliably clean up from a failed call by iterating over the pPipelines array and destroying every element that is not VK_NULL_HANDLE.

If the entire command fails and no pipelines are created, all elements of pPipelines will be set to VK_NULL_HANDLE.

10.2. Compute Pipelines

Compute pipelines consist of a single static compute shader stage and the pipeline layout.

The compute pipeline represents a compute shader and is created by calling vkCreateComputePipelines with module and pName selecting an entry point from a shader module, where that entry point defines a valid compute shader, in the VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structure contained within the VkComputePipelineCreateInfo structure.

To create compute pipelines, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateComputePipelines(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkPipelineCache                             pipelineCache,
    uint32_t                                    createInfoCount,
    const VkComputePipelineCreateInfo*          pCreateInfos,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkPipeline*                                 pPipelines);
  • device is the logical device that creates the compute pipelines.

  • pipelineCache is either VK_NULL_HANDLE, indicating that pipeline caching is disabled; or the handle of a valid pipeline cache object, in which case use of that cache is enabled for the duration of the command.

  • createInfoCount is the length of the pCreateInfos and pPipelines arrays.

  • pCreateInfos is a pointer to an array of VkComputePipelineCreateInfo structures.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pPipelines is a pointer to an array of VkPipeline handles in which the resulting compute pipeline objects are returned.

Pipelines are created and returned as described for Multiple Pipeline Creation.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-flags-00695
    If the flags member of any element of pCreateInfos contains the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DERIVATIVE_BIT flag, and the basePipelineIndex member of that same element is not -1, basePipelineIndex must be less than the index into pCreateInfos that corresponds to that element

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-flags-00696
    If the flags member of any element of pCreateInfos contains the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DERIVATIVE_BIT flag, the base pipeline must have been created with the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_ALLOW_DERIVATIVES_BIT flag set

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-pipelineCache-parameter
    If pipelineCache is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, pipelineCache must be a valid VkPipelineCache handle

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-pCreateInfos-parameter
    pCreateInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of createInfoCount valid VkComputePipelineCreateInfo structures

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-pPipelines-parameter
    pPipelines must be a valid pointer to an array of createInfoCount VkPipeline handles

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-createInfoCount-arraylength
    createInfoCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCreateComputePipelines-pipelineCache-parent
    If pipelineCache is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkComputePipelineCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkComputePipelineCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                    sType;
    const void*                        pNext;
    VkPipelineCreateFlags              flags;
    VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo    stage;
    VkPipelineLayout                   layout;
    VkPipeline                         basePipelineHandle;
    int32_t                            basePipelineIndex;
} VkComputePipelineCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkPipelineCreateFlagBits specifying how the pipeline will be generated.

  • stage is a VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structure describing the compute shader.

  • layout is the description of binding locations used by both the pipeline and descriptor sets used with the pipeline.

  • basePipelineHandle is a pipeline to derive from.

  • basePipelineIndex is an index into the pCreateInfos parameter to use as a pipeline to derive from.

The parameters basePipelineHandle and basePipelineIndex are described in more detail in Pipeline Derivatives.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-None-09497
    flags must be a valid combination of VkPipelineCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-flags-07984
    If flags contains the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DERIVATIVE_BIT flag, and basePipelineIndex is -1, basePipelineHandle must be a valid compute VkPipeline handle

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-flags-07985
    If flags contains the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DERIVATIVE_BIT flag, and basePipelineHandle is VK_NULL_HANDLE, basePipelineIndex must be a valid index into the calling command’s pCreateInfos parameter

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-flags-07986
    If flags contains the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DERIVATIVE_BIT flag, basePipelineIndex must be -1 or basePipelineHandle must be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-layout-07987
    If a push constant block is declared in a shader, a push constant range in layout must match both the shader stage and range

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-layout-07988
    If a resource variables is declared in a shader, a descriptor slot in layout must match the shader stage

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-layout-07990
    If a resource variables is declared in a shader, a descriptor slot in layout must match the descriptor type

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-layout-07991
    If a resource variables is declared in a shader as an array, a descriptor slot in layout must match the descriptor count

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-stage-00701
    The stage member of stage must be VK_SHADER_STAGE_COMPUTE_BIT

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-stage-00702
    The shader code for the entry point identified by stage and the rest of the state identified by this structure must adhere to the pipeline linking rules described in the Shader Interfaces chapter

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-layout-01687
    The number of resources in layout accessible to the compute shader stage must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageResources

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COMPUTE_PIPELINE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-stage-parameter
    stage must be a valid VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-layout-parameter
    layout must be a valid VkPipelineLayout handle

  • VUID-VkComputePipelineCreateInfo-commonparent
    Both of basePipelineHandle, and layout that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

The VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                     sType;
    const void*                         pNext;
    VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlags    flags;
    VkShaderStageFlagBits               stage;
    VkShaderModule                      module;
    const char*                         pName;
    const VkSpecializationInfo*         pSpecializationInfo;
} VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo;

The shader code used by the pipeline is defined by module.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-00704
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, stage must not be VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-00705
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, stage must not be VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT or VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-00706
    stage must not be VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS, or VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-pName-00707
    pName must be the name of an OpEntryPoint in module with an execution model that matches stage

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-maxClipDistances-00708
    If the identified entry point includes any variable in its interface that is declared with the ClipDistance BuiltIn decoration, that variable must not have an array size greater than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxClipDistances

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-maxCullDistances-00709
    If the identified entry point includes any variable in its interface that is declared with the CullDistance BuiltIn decoration, that variable must not have an array size greater than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxCullDistances

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-maxCombinedClipAndCullDistances-00710
    If the identified entry point includes variables in its interface that are declared with the ClipDistance BuiltIn decoration and variables in its interface that are declared with the CullDistance BuiltIn decoration, those variables must not have array sizes which sum to more than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxCombinedClipAndCullDistances

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-maxSampleMaskWords-00711
    If the identified entry point includes any variable in its interface that is declared with the SampleMask BuiltIn decoration, that variable must not have an array size greater than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxSampleMaskWords

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-00713
    If stage is VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT or VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT, and the identified entry point has an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying a patch size with OutputVertices, the patch size must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxTessellationPatchSize

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-00714
    If stage is VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT, the identified entry point must have an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying a maximum output vertex count that is greater than 0 and less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxGeometryOutputVertices

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-00715
    If stage is VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT, the identified entry point must have an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying an invocation count that is greater than 0 and less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxGeometryShaderInvocations

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-02596
    If stage is either VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT, VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT, VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT, or VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT, and the identified entry point writes to Layer for any primitive, it must write the same value to Layer for all vertices of a given primitive

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-02597
    If stage is either VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT, VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT, VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT, or VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT, and the identified entry point writes to ViewportIndex for any primitive, it must write the same value to ViewportIndex for all vertices of a given primitive

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-06685
    If stage is VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT, and the identified entry point writes to FragDepth in any execution path, all execution paths that are not exclusive to helper invocations must either discard the fragment, or write or initialize the value of FragDepth

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-08771
    module must be a valid VkShaderModule

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-pSpecializationInfo-06849
    The shader code used by the pipeline must be valid as described by the Khronos SPIR-V Specification after applying the specializations provided in pSpecializationInfo, if any, and then converting all specialization constants into fixed constants

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_SHADER_STAGE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL or a pointer to a valid instance of VkShaderModuleCreateInfo

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-sType-unique
    The sType value of each struct in the pNext chain must be unique

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-stage-parameter
    stage must be a valid VkShaderStageFlagBits value

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-module-parameter
    If module is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, module must be a valid VkShaderModule handle

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-pName-parameter
    pName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • VUID-VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo-pSpecializationInfo-parameter
    If pSpecializationInfo is not NULL, pSpecializationInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSpecializationInfo structure

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlags;

VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlagBits.

Possible values of the flags member of VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo specifying how a pipeline shader stage is created, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlagBits {
} VkPipelineShaderStageCreateFlagBits;

Bits which can be set by commands and structures, specifying one or more shader stages, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkShaderStageFlagBits {
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_COMPUTE_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS = 0x0000001F,
    VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL = 0x7FFFFFFF,
} VkShaderStageFlagBits;
  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT specifies the vertex stage.

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT specifies the tessellation control stage.

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT specifies the tessellation evaluation stage.

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT specifies the geometry stage.

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT specifies the fragment stage.

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_COMPUTE_BIT specifies the compute stage.

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS is a combination of bits used as shorthand to specify all graphics stages defined above (excluding the compute stage).

  • VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL is a combination of bits used as shorthand to specify all shader stages supported by the device, including all additional stages which are introduced by extensions.

Note

VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL_GRAPHICS only includes the original five graphics stages included in Vulkan 1.0, and not any stages added by extensions. Thus, it may not have the desired effect in all cases.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkShaderStageFlags;

VkShaderStageFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkShaderStageFlagBits.

10.3. Graphics Pipelines

Graphics pipelines consist of multiple shader stages, multiple fixed-function pipeline stages, and a pipeline layout.

To create graphics pipelines, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateGraphicsPipelines(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkPipelineCache                             pipelineCache,
    uint32_t                                    createInfoCount,
    const VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo*         pCreateInfos,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkPipeline*                                 pPipelines);
  • device is the logical device that creates the graphics pipelines.

  • pipelineCache is either VK_NULL_HANDLE, indicating that pipeline caching is disabled; or the handle of a valid pipeline cache object, in which case use of that cache is enabled for the duration of the command.

  • createInfoCount is the length of the pCreateInfos and pPipelines arrays.

  • pCreateInfos is a pointer to an array of VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structures.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pPipelines is a pointer to an array of VkPipeline handles in which the resulting graphics pipeline objects are returned.

The VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure includes an array of VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structures for each of the desired active shader stages, as well as creation information for all relevant fixed-function stages, and a pipeline layout.

Pipelines are created and returned as described for Multiple Pipeline Creation.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-flags-00720
    If the flags member of any element of pCreateInfos contains the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DERIVATIVE_BIT flag, and the basePipelineIndex member of that same element is not -1, basePipelineIndex must be less than the index into pCreateInfos that corresponds to that element

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-flags-00721
    If the flags member of any element of pCreateInfos contains the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DERIVATIVE_BIT flag, the base pipeline must have been created with the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_ALLOW_DERIVATIVES_BIT flag set

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-pipelineCache-parameter
    If pipelineCache is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, pipelineCache must be a valid VkPipelineCache handle

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-pCreateInfos-parameter
    pCreateInfos must be a valid pointer to an array of createInfoCount valid VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structures

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-pPipelines-parameter
    pPipelines must be a valid pointer to an array of createInfoCount VkPipeline handles

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-createInfoCount-arraylength
    createInfoCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCreateGraphicsPipelines-pipelineCache-parent
    If pipelineCache is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                                  sType;
    const void*                                      pNext;
    VkPipelineCreateFlags                            flags;
    uint32_t                                         stageCount;
    const VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo*           pStages;
    const VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo*      pVertexInputState;
    const VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo*    pInputAssemblyState;
    const VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo*     pTessellationState;
    const VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo*         pViewportState;
    const VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo*    pRasterizationState;
    const VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo*      pMultisampleState;
    const VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo*     pDepthStencilState;
    const VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo*       pColorBlendState;
    const VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo*          pDynamicState;
    VkPipelineLayout                                 layout;
    VkRenderPass                                     renderPass;
    uint32_t                                         subpass;
    VkPipeline                                       basePipelineHandle;
    int32_t                                          basePipelineIndex;
} VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkPipelineCreateFlagBits specifying how the pipeline will be generated.

  • stageCount is the number of entries in the pStages array.

  • pStages is a pointer to an array of stageCount VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structures describing the set of the shader stages to be included in the graphics pipeline.

  • pVertexInputState is a pointer to a VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo structure.

  • pInputAssemblyState is a pointer to a VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo structure which determines input assembly behavior for vertex shading, as described in Drawing Commands.

  • pTessellationState is a pointer to a VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo structure defining tessellation state used by tessellation shaders.

  • pViewportState is a pointer to a VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo structure defining viewport state used when rasterization is enabled.

  • pRasterizationState is a pointer to a VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure defining rasterization state.

  • pMultisampleState is a pointer to a VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure defining multisample state used when rasterization is enabled.

  • pDepthStencilState is a pointer to a VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure defining depth/stencil state used when rasterization is enabled for depth or stencil attachments accessed during rendering.

  • pColorBlendState is a pointer to a VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo structure defining color blend state used when rasterization is enabled for any color attachments accessed during rendering.

  • pDynamicState is a pointer to a VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo structure defining which properties of the pipeline state object are dynamic and can be changed independently of the pipeline state. This can be NULL, which means no state in the pipeline is considered dynamic.

  • layout is the description of binding locations used by both the pipeline and descriptor sets used with the pipeline.

  • renderPass is a handle to a render pass object describing the environment in which the pipeline will be used. The pipeline must only be used with a render pass instance compatible with the one provided. See Render Pass Compatibility for more information.

  • subpass is the index of the subpass in the render pass where this pipeline will be used.

  • basePipelineHandle is a pipeline to derive from.

  • basePipelineIndex is an index into the pCreateInfos parameter to use as a pipeline to derive from.

The parameters basePipelineHandle and basePipelineIndex are described in more detail in Pipeline Derivatives.

The state required for a graphics pipeline is divided into vertex input state, pre-rasterization shader state, fragment shader state, and fragment output state.

Vertex Input State

Vertex input state is defined by:

This state must be specified to create a complete graphics pipeline.

Pre-Rasterization Shader State

Pre-rasterization shader state is defined by:

This state must be specified to create a complete graphics pipeline.

Fragment Shader State

Fragment shader state is defined by:

If rasterizerDiscardEnable is set to VK_FALSE this state must be specified to create a complete graphics pipeline.

Fragment Output State

Fragment output state is defined by:

If rasterizerDiscardEnable is set to VK_FALSE this state must be specified to create a complete graphics pipeline.

Dynamic State

Dynamic state values set via pDynamicState must be ignored if the state they correspond to is not otherwise statically set by one of the state subsets used to create the pipeline. For example, if a pipeline only included pre-rasterization shader state, then any dynamic state value corresponding to depth or stencil testing has no effect.

Complete Graphics Pipelines

A complete graphics pipeline always includes pre-rasterization shader state, with other subsets included depending on that state as specified in the above sections.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-None-09497
    flags must be a valid combination of VkPipelineCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-flags-07984
    If flags contains the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DERIVATIVE_BIT flag, and basePipelineIndex is -1, basePipelineHandle must be a valid graphics VkPipeline handle

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-flags-07985
    If flags contains the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DERIVATIVE_BIT flag, and basePipelineHandle is VK_NULL_HANDLE, basePipelineIndex must be a valid index into the calling command’s pCreateInfos parameter

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-flags-07986
    If flags contains the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DERIVATIVE_BIT flag, basePipelineIndex must be -1 or basePipelineHandle must be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-layout-07987
    If a push constant block is declared in a shader, a push constant range in layout must match both the shader stage and range

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-layout-07988
    If a resource variables is declared in a shader, a descriptor slot in layout must match the shader stage

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-layout-07990
    If a resource variables is declared in a shader, a descriptor slot in layout must match the descriptor type

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-layout-07991
    If a resource variables is declared in a shader as an array, a descriptor slot in layout must match the descriptor count

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-stage-02096
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state the stage member of one element of pStages must be VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00729
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes a tessellation control shader stage, it must include a tessellation evaluation shader stage

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00730
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes a tessellation evaluation shader stage, it must include a tessellation control shader stage

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-09022
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes a tessellation control shader stage, pTessellationState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00732
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes tessellation shader stages, the shader code of at least one stage must contain an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying the type of subdivision in the pipeline

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00733
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes tessellation shader stages, and the shader code of both stages contain an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying the type of subdivision in the pipeline, they must both specify the same subdivision mode

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00734
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes tessellation shader stages, the shader code of at least one stage must contain an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying the output patch size in the pipeline

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00735
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes tessellation shader stages, and the shader code of both contain an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying the out patch size in the pipeline, they must both specify the same patch size

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-08888
    If the pipeline is being created with pre-rasterization shader state and vertex input state and pStages includes tessellation shader stages, the topology member of pInputAssembly must be VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-topology-08889
    If the pipeline is being created with pre-rasterization shader state and vertex input state and the topology member of pInputAssembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, then pStages must include tessellation shader stages

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-TessellationEvaluation-07723
    If the pipeline is being created with a TessellationEvaluation Execution Model, no Geometry Execution Model, uses the PointMode Execution Mode, and shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize is enabled, a PointSize decorated variable must be written to

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-topology-08773
    If the pipeline is being created with a Vertex Execution Model and no TessellationEvaluation or Geometry Execution Model, and the topology member of pInputAssembly is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST, a PointSize decorated variable must be written to

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-TessellationEvaluation-07724
    If the pipeline is being created with a TessellationEvaluation Execution Model, no Geometry Execution Model, uses the PointMode Execution Mode, and shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize is not enabled, a PointSize decorated variable must not be written to

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize-08776
    If the pipeline is being created with a Geometry Execution Model, uses the OutputPoints Execution Mode, and shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize is enabled, a PointSize decorated variable must be written to for every vertex emitted

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-Geometry-07726
    If the pipeline is being created with a Geometry Execution Model, uses the OutputPoints Execution Mode, and shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize is not enabled, a PointSize decorated variable must not be written to

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00738
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes a geometry shader stage, and does not include any tessellation shader stages, its shader code must contain an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying an input primitive type that is compatible with the primitive topology specified in pInputAssembly

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00739
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and pStages includes a geometry shader stage, and also includes tessellation shader stages, its shader code must contain an OpExecutionMode instruction specifying an input primitive type that is compatible with the primitive topology that is output by the tessellation stages

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00740
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and fragment shader state, it includes both a fragment shader and a geometry shader, and the fragment shader code reads from an input variable that is decorated with PrimitiveId, then the geometry shader code must write to a matching output variable, decorated with PrimitiveId, in all execution paths

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-06038
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE and the pipeline is being created with fragment shader state the fragment shader must not read from any input attachment that is defined as VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED in subpass

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-00742
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and multiple pre-rasterization shader stages are included in pStages, the shader code for the entry points identified by those pStages and the rest of the state identified by this structure must adhere to the pipeline linking rules described in the Shader Interfaces chapter

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-None-04889
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state and fragment shader state, the fragment shader and last pre-rasterization shader stage and any relevant state must adhere to the pipeline linking rules described in the Shader Interfaces chapter

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-06041
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, and the pipeline is being created with fragment output interface state, then for each color attachment in the subpass, if the potential format features of the format of the corresponding attachment description do not contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT, then the blendEnable member of the corresponding element of the pAttachments member of pColorBlendState must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-07609
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, the pipeline is being created with fragment output interface state, the pColorBlendState pointer is not NULL, the attachmentCount member of pColorBlendState is not ignored, and the subpass uses color attachments, the attachmentCount member of pColorBlendState must be equal to the colorAttachmentCount used to create subpass

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-04130
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, and pViewportState->pViewports is not dynamic, then pViewportState->pViewports must be a valid pointer to an array of pViewportState->viewportCount valid VkViewport structures

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-04131
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, and pViewportState->pScissors is not dynamic, then pViewportState->pScissors must be a valid pointer to an array of pViewportState->scissorCount VkRect2D structures

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-00749
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, and the wideLines feature is not enabled, and no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState is VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH, the lineWidth member of pRasterizationState must be 1.0

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-rasterizerDiscardEnable-09024
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, and the rasterizerDiscardEnable member of pRasterizationState is VK_FALSE, pViewportState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pMultisampleState-09026
    If the pipeline requires fragment output interface state, pMultisampleState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pMultisampleState-09027
    If pMultisampleState is not NULL it must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-alphaToCoverageEnable-08891
    If the pipeline is being created with fragment shader state, the VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::alphaToCoverageEnable is not ignored and is VK_TRUE, then the Fragment Output Interface must contain a variable for the alpha Component word in Location 0 at Index 0

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-09028
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, the pipeline is being created with fragment shader state, and subpass uses a depth/stencil attachment, pDepthStencilState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDepthStencilState-09029
    If pDepthStencilState is not NULL it must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-09030
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, the pipeline is being created with fragment output interface state, and subpass uses color attachments, pColorBlendState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-00754
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, the depthBiasClamp feature is not enabled, no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState is VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS, and the depthBiasEnable member of pRasterizationState is VK_TRUE, the depthBiasClamp member of pRasterizationState must be 0.0

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-02510
    If the pipeline requires fragment shader state, and no element of the pDynamicStates member of pDynamicState is VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS, and the depthBoundsTestEnable member of pDepthStencilState is VK_TRUE, the minDepthBounds and maxDepthBounds members of pDepthStencilState must be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-subpass-00758
    If the pipeline requires fragment output interface state, rasterizationSamples is not dynamic, and subpass does not use any color and/or depth/stencil attachments, then the rasterizationSamples member of pMultisampleState must follow the rules for a zero-attachment subpass

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-06046
    If renderPass is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, subpass must be a valid subpass within renderPass

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-layout-01688
    The number of resources in layout accessible to each shader stage that is used by the pipeline must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageResources

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-02097
    If the pipeline requires vertex input state, and pVertexInputState is not dynamic, then pVertexInputState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-Input-07904
    If the pipeline is being created with vertex input state and pVertexInputState is not dynamic, then all variables with the Input storage class decorated with Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must contain a location in VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::location

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-Input-08733
    If the pipeline requires vertex input state and pVertexInputState is not dynamic, then the numeric type associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be the same as VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pVertexInputState-08929
    If the pipeline is being created with vertex input state and pVertexInputState is not dynamic, and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format has a 64-bit component, then the scalar width associated with all Input variables of the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must be 64-bit

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pVertexInputState-08930
    If the pipeline is being created with vertex input state and pVertexInputState is not dynamic, and the scalar width associated with a Location decorated Input variable in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint is 64-bit, then the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format must have a 64-bit component

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pVertexInputState-09198
    If the pipeline is being created with vertex input state and pVertexInputState is not dynamic, and VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format has a 64-bit component, then all Input variables at the corresponding Location in the Vertex Execution Model OpEntryPoint must not use components that are not present in the format

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-dynamicPrimitiveTopologyUnrestricted-09031
    If the pipeline requires vertex input state, pInputAssemblyState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pInputAssemblyState-09032
    If pInputAssemblyState is not NULL it must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-06600
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state, pStages must be a valid pointer to an array of stageCount valid VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structures

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-stageCount-09587
    If the pipeline does not require pre-rasterization shader state or fragment shader state, stageCount must be zero

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pRasterizationState-06601
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, pRasterizationState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-layout-06602
    If the pipeline requires fragment shader state or pre-rasterization shader state, layout must be a valid VkPipelineLayout handle

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-renderPass-06603
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, fragment shader state, or fragment output state, renderPass must be a valid VkRenderPass handle

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-stageCount-09530
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, stageCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-06894
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state but not fragment shader state, elements of pStages must not have stage set to VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-06895
    If the pipeline requires fragment shader state but not pre-rasterization shader state, elements of pStages must not have stage set to a shader stage which participates in pre-rasterization

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-06896
    If the pipeline requires pre-rasterization shader state, all elements of pStages must have a stage set to a shader stage which participates in fragment shader state or pre-rasterization shader state

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-stage-06897
    If the pipeline requires fragment shader state and/or pre-rasterization shader state, any value of stage must not be set in more than one element of pStages

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-None-08893
    The pipeline must be created with pre-rasterization shader state

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pStages-08894
    If pStages includes a vertex shader stage, the pipeline must be created with vertex input state

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-08896
    If pRasterizationState->rasterizerDiscardEnable is VK_FALSE, the pipeline must be created with fragment shader state and fragment output interface state

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-None-09043
    If the format of any color attachment is VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32, the colorWriteMask member of the corresponding element of pColorBlendState->pAttachments must either include all of VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_R_BIT, VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_G_BIT, and VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_B_BIT, or none of them

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_GRAPHICS_PIPELINE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-pDynamicState-parameter
    If pDynamicState is not NULL, pDynamicState must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo-commonparent
    Each of basePipelineHandle, layout, and renderPass that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Bits which can be set in

specify how a pipeline is created, and are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPipelineCreateFlagBits {
    VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DISABLE_OPTIMIZATION_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_ALLOW_DERIVATIVES_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DERIVATIVE_BIT = 0x00000004,
} VkPipelineCreateFlagBits;
  • VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DISABLE_OPTIMIZATION_BIT specifies that the created pipeline will not be optimized. Using this flag may reduce the time taken to create the pipeline.

  • VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_ALLOW_DERIVATIVES_BIT specifies that the pipeline to be created is allowed to be the parent of a pipeline that will be created in a subsequent pipeline creation call.

  • VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DERIVATIVE_BIT specifies that the pipeline to be created will be a child of a previously created parent pipeline.

It is valid to set both VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_ALLOW_DERIVATIVES_BIT and VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DERIVATIVE_BIT. This allows a pipeline to be both a parent and possibly a child in a pipeline hierarchy. See Pipeline Derivatives for more information.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineCreateFlags;

VkPipelineCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkPipelineCreateFlagBits.

The VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                      sType;
    const void*                          pNext;
    VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                             dynamicStateCount;
    const VkDynamicState*                pDynamicStates;
} VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • dynamicStateCount is the number of elements in the pDynamicStates array.

  • pDynamicStates is a pointer to an array of VkDynamicState values specifying which pieces of pipeline state will use the values from dynamic state commands rather than from pipeline state creation information.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-01442
    Each element of pDynamicStates must be unique

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_DYNAMIC_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo-pDynamicStates-parameter
    If dynamicStateCount is not 0, pDynamicStates must be a valid pointer to an array of dynamicStateCount valid VkDynamicState values

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

The source of different pieces of dynamic state is specified by the VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates property of the currently active pipeline, each of whose elements must be one of the values:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkDynamicState {
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT = 0,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR = 1,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH = 2,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS = 3,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_BLEND_CONSTANTS = 4,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS = 5,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_COMPARE_MASK = 6,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_WRITE_MASK = 7,
    VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_REFERENCE = 8,
} VkDynamicState;

10.3.1. Valid Combinations of Stages for Graphics Pipelines

If tessellation shader stages are omitted, the tessellation shading and fixed-function stages of the pipeline are skipped.

If a geometry shader is omitted, the geometry shading stage is skipped.

If a fragment shader is omitted, fragment color outputs have undefined values, and the fragment depth value is determined by Fragment Operations state. This can be useful for depth-only rendering.

Presence of a shader stage in a pipeline is indicated by including a valid VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo with module and pName selecting an entry point from a shader module, where that entry point is valid for the stage specified by stage.

Presence of some of the fixed-function stages in the pipeline is implicitly derived from enabled shaders and provided state. For example, the fixed-function tessellator is always present when the pipeline has valid Tessellation Control and Tessellation Evaluation shaders.

For example:

10.4. Pipeline Destruction

To destroy a pipeline, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyPipeline(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkPipeline                                  pipeline,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the pipeline.

  • pipeline is the handle of the pipeline to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyPipeline-pipeline-00765
    All submitted commands that refer to pipeline must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipeline-pipeline-00766
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when pipeline was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipeline-pipeline-00767
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when pipeline was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyPipeline-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipeline-pipeline-parameter
    If pipeline is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, pipeline must be a valid VkPipeline handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipeline-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipeline-pipeline-parent
    If pipeline is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to pipeline must be externally synchronized

10.5. Pipeline Derivatives

A pipeline derivative is a child pipeline created from a parent pipeline, where the child and parent are expected to have much commonality.

The goal of derivative pipelines is that they be cheaper to create using the parent as a starting point, and that it be more efficient (on either host or device) to switch/bind between children of the same parent.

A derivative pipeline is created by setting the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_DERIVATIVE_BIT flag in the Vk*PipelineCreateInfo structure. If this is set, then exactly one of basePipelineHandle or basePipelineIndex members of the structure must have a valid handle/index, and specifies the parent pipeline. If basePipelineHandle is used, the parent pipeline must have already been created. If basePipelineIndex is used, then the parent is being created in the same command. VK_NULL_HANDLE acts as the invalid handle for basePipelineHandle, and -1 is the invalid index for basePipelineIndex. If basePipelineIndex is used, the base pipeline must appear earlier in the array. The base pipeline must have been created with the VK_PIPELINE_CREATE_ALLOW_DERIVATIVES_BIT flag set.

10.6. Pipeline Cache

Pipeline cache objects allow the result of pipeline construction to be reused between pipelines and between runs of an application. Reuse between pipelines is achieved by passing the same pipeline cache object when creating multiple related pipelines. Reuse across runs of an application is achieved by retrieving pipeline cache contents in one run of an application, saving the contents, and using them to preinitialize a pipeline cache on a subsequent run. The contents of the pipeline cache objects are managed by the implementation. Applications can manage the host memory consumed by a pipeline cache object and control the amount of data retrieved from a pipeline cache object.

Pipeline cache objects are represented by VkPipelineCache handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkPipelineCache)

10.6.1. Creating a Pipeline Cache

To create pipeline cache objects, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreatePipelineCache(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo*            pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkPipelineCache*                            pPipelineCache);
  • device is the logical device that creates the pipeline cache object.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo structure containing initial parameters for the pipeline cache object.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pPipelineCache is a pointer to a VkPipelineCache handle in which the resulting pipeline cache object is returned.

Note

Applications can track and manage the total host memory size of a pipeline cache object using the pAllocator. Applications can limit the amount of data retrieved from a pipeline cache object in vkGetPipelineCacheData. Implementations should not internally limit the total number of entries added to a pipeline cache object or the total host memory consumed.

Once created, a pipeline cache can be passed to the vkCreateGraphicsPipelines and vkCreateComputePipelines commands. If the pipeline cache passed into these commands is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, the implementation will query it for possible reuse opportunities and update it with new content. The use of the pipeline cache object in these commands is internally synchronized, and the same pipeline cache object can be used in multiple threads simultaneously.

Note

Implementations should make every effort to limit any critical sections to the actual accesses to the cache, which is expected to be significantly shorter than the duration of the vkCreate*Pipelines commands.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineCache-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineCache-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineCache-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineCache-pPipelineCache-parameter
    pPipelineCache must be a valid pointer to a VkPipelineCache handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType               sType;
    const void*                   pNext;
    VkPipelineCacheCreateFlags    flags;
    size_t                        initialDataSize;
    const void*                   pInitialData;
} VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • initialDataSize is the number of bytes in pInitialData. If initialDataSize is zero, the pipeline cache will initially be empty.

  • pInitialData is a pointer to previously retrieved pipeline cache data. If the pipeline cache data is incompatible (as defined below) with the device, the pipeline cache will be initially empty. If initialDataSize is zero, pInitialData is ignored.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo-initialDataSize-00768
    If initialDataSize is not 0, it must be equal to the size of pInitialData, as returned by vkGetPipelineCacheData when pInitialData was originally retrieved

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo-initialDataSize-00769
    If initialDataSize is not 0, pInitialData must have been retrieved from a previous call to vkGetPipelineCacheData

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_CACHE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo-pInitialData-parameter
    If initialDataSize is not 0, pInitialData must be a valid pointer to an array of initialDataSize bytes

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineCacheCreateFlags;

VkPipelineCacheCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

10.6.2. Merging Pipeline Caches

Pipeline cache objects can be merged using the command:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkMergePipelineCaches(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkPipelineCache                             dstCache,
    uint32_t                                    srcCacheCount,
    const VkPipelineCache*                      pSrcCaches);
  • device is the logical device that owns the pipeline cache objects.

  • dstCache is the handle of the pipeline cache to merge results into.

  • srcCacheCount is the length of the pSrcCaches array.

  • pSrcCaches is a pointer to an array of pipeline cache handles, which will be merged into dstCache. The previous contents of dstCache are included after the merge.

Note

The details of the merge operation are implementation-dependent, but implementations should merge the contents of the specified pipelines and prune duplicate entries.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkMergePipelineCaches-dstCache-00770
    dstCache must not appear in the list of source caches

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkMergePipelineCaches-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkMergePipelineCaches-dstCache-parameter
    dstCache must be a valid VkPipelineCache handle

  • VUID-vkMergePipelineCaches-pSrcCaches-parameter
    pSrcCaches must be a valid pointer to an array of srcCacheCount valid VkPipelineCache handles

  • VUID-vkMergePipelineCaches-srcCacheCount-arraylength
    srcCacheCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkMergePipelineCaches-dstCache-parent
    dstCache must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

  • VUID-vkMergePipelineCaches-pSrcCaches-parent
    Each element of pSrcCaches must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to dstCache must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

10.6.3. Retrieving Pipeline Cache Data

Data can be retrieved from a pipeline cache object using the command:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkGetPipelineCacheData(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkPipelineCache                             pipelineCache,
    size_t*                                     pDataSize,
    void*                                       pData);
  • device is the logical device that owns the pipeline cache.

  • pipelineCache is the pipeline cache to retrieve data from.

  • pDataSize is a pointer to a size_t value related to the amount of data in the pipeline cache, as described below.

  • pData is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer.

If pData is NULL, then the maximum size of the data that can be retrieved from the pipeline cache, in bytes, is returned in pDataSize. Otherwise, pDataSize must point to a variable set by the user to the size of the buffer, in bytes, pointed to by pData, and on return the variable is overwritten with the amount of data actually written to pData. If pDataSize is less than the maximum size that can be retrieved by the pipeline cache, at most pDataSize bytes will be written to pData, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all of the pipeline cache was returned.

Any data written to pData is valid and can be provided as the pInitialData member of the VkPipelineCacheCreateInfo structure passed to vkCreatePipelineCache.

Two calls to vkGetPipelineCacheData with the same parameters must retrieve the same data unless a command that modifies the contents of the cache is called between them.

The initial bytes written to pData must be a header as described in the Pipeline Cache Header section.

If pDataSize is less than what is necessary to store this header, nothing will be written to pData and zero will be written to pDataSize.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetPipelineCacheData-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPipelineCacheData-pipelineCache-parameter
    pipelineCache must be a valid VkPipelineCache handle

  • VUID-vkGetPipelineCacheData-pDataSize-parameter
    pDataSize must be a valid pointer to a size_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPipelineCacheData-pData-parameter
    If the value referenced by pDataSize is not 0, and pData is not NULL, pData must be a valid pointer to an array of pDataSize bytes

  • VUID-vkGetPipelineCacheData-pipelineCache-parent
    pipelineCache must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

10.6.4. Pipeline Cache Header

Applications can store the data retrieved from the pipeline cache, and use these data, possibly in a future run of the application, to populate new pipeline cache objects. The results of pipeline compiles, however, may depend on the vendor ID, device ID, driver version, and other details of the device. To enable applications to detect when previously retrieved data is incompatible with the device, the pipeline cache data must begin with a valid pipeline cache header.

Note

Structures described in this section are not part of the Vulkan API and are only used to describe the representation of data elements in pipeline cache data. Accordingly, the valid usage clauses defined for structures defined in this section do not define valid usage conditions for APIs accepting pipeline cache data as input, as providing invalid pipeline cache data as input to any Vulkan API commands will result in the provided pipeline cache data being ignored.

Version one of the pipeline cache header is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionOne {
    uint32_t                        headerSize;
    VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersion    headerVersion;
    uint32_t                        vendorID;
    uint32_t                        deviceID;
    uint8_t                         pipelineCacheUUID[VK_UUID_SIZE];
} VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionOne;
  • headerSize is the length in bytes of the pipeline cache header.

  • headerVersion is a VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersion value specifying the version of the header. A consumer of the pipeline cache should use the cache version to interpret the remainder of the cache header.

  • vendorID is the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::vendorID of the implementation.

  • deviceID is the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::deviceID of the implementation.

  • pipelineCacheUUID is the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::pipelineCacheUUID of the implementation.

Unlike most structures declared by the Vulkan API, all fields of this structure are written with the least significant byte first, regardless of host byte-order.

The C language specification does not define the packing of structure members. This layout assumes tight structure member packing, with members laid out in the order listed in the structure, and the intended size of the structure is 32 bytes. If a compiler produces code that diverges from that pattern, applications must employ another method to set values at the correct offsets.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionOne-headerSize-04967
    headerSize must be 32

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionOne-headerVersion-04968
    headerVersion must be VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_HEADER_VERSION_ONE

  • VUID-VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersionOne-headerSize-08990
    headerSize must not exceed the size of the pipeline cache

Valid Usage (Implicit)

Possible values of the headerVersion value of the pipeline cache header are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersion {
    VK_PIPELINE_CACHE_HEADER_VERSION_ONE = 1,
} VkPipelineCacheHeaderVersion;

10.6.5. Destroying a Pipeline Cache

To destroy a pipeline cache, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyPipelineCache(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkPipelineCache                             pipelineCache,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the pipeline cache object.

  • pipelineCache is the handle of the pipeline cache to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineCache-pipelineCache-00771
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when pipelineCache was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineCache-pipelineCache-00772
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when pipelineCache was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineCache-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineCache-pipelineCache-parameter
    If pipelineCache is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, pipelineCache must be a valid VkPipelineCache handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineCache-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineCache-pipelineCache-parent
    If pipelineCache is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to pipelineCache must be externally synchronized

10.7. Specialization Constants

Specialization constants are a mechanism whereby constants in a SPIR-V module can have their constant value specified at the time the VkPipeline is created. This allows a SPIR-V module to have constants that can be modified while executing an application that uses the Vulkan API.

Note

Specialization constants are useful to allow a compute shader to have its local workgroup size changed at runtime by the user, for example.

Each VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo structure contains a pSpecializationInfo member, which can be NULL to indicate no specialization constants, or point to a VkSpecializationInfo structure.

The VkSpecializationInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSpecializationInfo {
    uint32_t                           mapEntryCount;
    const VkSpecializationMapEntry*    pMapEntries;
    size_t                             dataSize;
    const void*                        pData;
} VkSpecializationInfo;
  • mapEntryCount is the number of entries in the pMapEntries array.

  • pMapEntries is a pointer to an array of VkSpecializationMapEntry structures, which map constant IDs to offsets in pData.

  • dataSize is the byte size of the pData buffer.

  • pData contains the actual constant values to specialize with.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkSpecializationInfo-offset-00773
    The offset member of each element of pMapEntries must be less than dataSize

  • VUID-VkSpecializationInfo-pMapEntries-00774
    The size member of each element of pMapEntries must be less than or equal to dataSize minus offset

  • VUID-VkSpecializationInfo-constantID-04911
    The constantID value of each element of pMapEntries must be unique within pMapEntries

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkSpecializationInfo-pMapEntries-parameter
    If mapEntryCount is not 0, pMapEntries must be a valid pointer to an array of mapEntryCount valid VkSpecializationMapEntry structures

  • VUID-VkSpecializationInfo-pData-parameter
    If dataSize is not 0, pData must be a valid pointer to an array of dataSize bytes

The VkSpecializationMapEntry structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSpecializationMapEntry {
    uint32_t    constantID;
    uint32_t    offset;
    size_t      size;
} VkSpecializationMapEntry;
  • constantID is the ID of the specialization constant in SPIR-V.

  • offset is the byte offset of the specialization constant value within the supplied data buffer.

  • size is the byte size of the specialization constant value within the supplied data buffer.

If a constantID value is not a specialization constant ID used in the shader, that map entry does not affect the behavior of the pipeline.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkSpecializationMapEntry-constantID-00776
    For a constantID specialization constant declared in a shader, size must match the byte size of the constantID. If the specialization constant is of type boolean, size must be the byte size of VkBool32

In human readable SPIR-V:

OpDecorate %x SpecId 13 ; decorate .x component of WorkgroupSize with ID 13
OpDecorate %y SpecId 42 ; decorate .y component of WorkgroupSize with ID 42
OpDecorate %z SpecId 3  ; decorate .z component of WorkgroupSize with ID 3
OpDecorate %wgsize BuiltIn WorkgroupSize ; decorate WorkgroupSize onto constant
%i32 = OpTypeInt 32 0 ; declare an unsigned 32-bit type
%uvec3 = OpTypeVector %i32 3 ; declare a 3 element vector type of unsigned 32-bit
%x = OpSpecConstant %i32 1 ; declare the .x component of WorkgroupSize
%y = OpSpecConstant %i32 1 ; declare the .y component of WorkgroupSize
%z = OpSpecConstant %i32 1 ; declare the .z component of WorkgroupSize
%wgsize = OpSpecConstantComposite %uvec3 %x %y %z ; declare WorkgroupSize

From the above we have three specialization constants, one for each of the x, y & z elements of the WorkgroupSize vector.

Now to specialize the above via the specialization constants mechanism:

const VkSpecializationMapEntry entries[] =
{
    {
        .constantID = 13,
        .offset = 0 * sizeof(uint32_t),
        .size = sizeof(uint32_t)
    },
    {
        .constantID = 42,
        .offset = 1 * sizeof(uint32_t),
        .size = sizeof(uint32_t)
    },
    {
        .constantID = 3,
        .offset = 2 * sizeof(uint32_t),
        .size = sizeof(uint32_t)
    }
};

const uint32_t data[] = { 16, 8, 4 }; // our workgroup size is 16x8x4

const VkSpecializationInfo info =
{
    .mapEntryCount = 3,
    .pMapEntries  = entries,
    .dataSize = 3 * sizeof(uint32_t),
    .pData = data,
};

Then when calling vkCreateComputePipelines, and passing the VkSpecializationInfo we defined as the pSpecializationInfo parameter of VkPipelineShaderStageCreateInfo, we will create a compute pipeline with the runtime specified local workgroup size.

Another example would be that an application has a SPIR-V module that has some platform-dependent constants they wish to use.

In human readable SPIR-V:

OpDecorate %1 SpecId 0  ; decorate our signed 32-bit integer constant
OpDecorate %2 SpecId 12 ; decorate our 32-bit floating-point constant
%i32 = OpTypeInt 32 1   ; declare a signed 32-bit type
%float = OpTypeFloat 32 ; declare a 32-bit floating-point type
%1 = OpSpecConstant %i32 -1 ; some signed 32-bit integer constant
%2 = OpSpecConstant %float 0.5 ; some 32-bit floating-point constant

From the above we have two specialization constants, one is a signed 32-bit integer and the second is a 32-bit floating-point value.

Now to specialize the above via the specialization constants mechanism:

struct SpecializationData {
    int32_t data0;
    float data1;
};

const VkSpecializationMapEntry entries[] =
{
    {
        .constantID = 0,
        .offset = offsetof(SpecializationData, data0),
        .size = sizeof(SpecializationData::data0)
    },
    {
        .constantID = 12,
        .offset = offsetof(SpecializationData, data1),
        .size = sizeof(SpecializationData::data1)
    }
};

SpecializationData data;
data.data0 = -42;    // set the data for the 32-bit integer
data.data1 = 42.0f;  // set the data for the 32-bit floating-point

const VkSpecializationInfo info =
{
    .mapEntryCount = 2,
    .pMapEntries = entries,
    .dataSize = sizeof(data),
    .pdata = &data,
};

It is legal for a SPIR-V module with specializations to be compiled into a pipeline where no specialization information was provided. SPIR-V specialization constants contain default values such that if a specialization is not provided, the default value will be used. In the examples above, it would be valid for an application to only specialize some of the specialization constants within the SPIR-V module, and let the other constants use their default values encoded within the OpSpecConstant declarations.

10.8. Pipeline Binding

Once a pipeline has been created, it can be bound to the command buffer using the command:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdBindPipeline(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkPipelineBindPoint                         pipelineBindPoint,
    VkPipeline                                  pipeline);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer that the pipeline will be bound to.

  • pipelineBindPoint is a VkPipelineBindPoint value specifying to which bind point the pipeline is bound. Binding one does not disturb the others.

  • pipeline is the pipeline to be bound.

Once bound, a pipeline binding affects subsequent commands that interact with the given pipeline type in the command buffer until a different pipeline of the same type is bound to the bind point. Commands that do not interact with the given pipeline type must not be affected by the pipeline state.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-pipelineBindPoint-00777
    If pipelineBindPoint is VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_COMPUTE, the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-pipelineBindPoint-00778
    If pipelineBindPoint is VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS, the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-pipelineBindPoint-00779
    If pipelineBindPoint is VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_COMPUTE, pipeline must be a compute pipeline

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-pipelineBindPoint-00780
    If pipelineBindPoint is VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS, pipeline must be a graphics pipeline

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-pipeline-00781
    If the variableMultisampleRate feature is not supported, pipeline is a graphics pipeline, the current subpass uses no attachments, and this is not the first call to this function with a graphics pipeline after transitioning to the current subpass, then the sample count specified by this pipeline must match that set in the previous pipeline

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-pipelineBindPoint-parameter
    pipelineBindPoint must be a valid VkPipelineBindPoint value

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-pipeline-parameter
    pipeline must be a valid VkPipeline handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBindPipeline-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and pipeline must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics
Compute

State

Possible values of vkCmdBindPipeline::pipelineBindPoint, specifying the bind point of a pipeline object, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPipelineBindPoint {
    VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS = 0,
    VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_COMPUTE = 1,
} VkPipelineBindPoint;
  • VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_COMPUTE specifies binding as a compute pipeline.

  • VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS specifies binding as a graphics pipeline.

10.9. Dynamic State

When a pipeline object is bound, any pipeline object state that is not specified as dynamic is applied to the command buffer state. Pipeline object state that is specified as dynamic is not applied to the command buffer state at this time. Instead, dynamic state can be modified at any time and persists for the lifetime of the command buffer, or until modified by another dynamic state setting command, or made invalid by another pipeline bind with that state specified as static.

When a pipeline object is bound, the following applies to each state parameter:

  • If the state is not specified as dynamic in the new pipeline object, then that command buffer state is overwritten by the state in the new pipeline object. Before any draw or dispatch call with this pipeline there must not have been any calls to any of the corresponding dynamic state setting commands after this pipeline was bound.

  • If the state is specified as dynamic in the new pipeline object, then that command buffer state is not disturbed. Before any draw or dispatch call with this pipeline there must have been at least one call to each of the corresponding dynamic state setting commands. The state-setting commands must be recorded after command buffer recording was begun, or after the last command binding a pipeline object with that state specified as static, whichever was the latter.

  • If the state is not included (corresponding pointer in VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo was NULL or was ignored) in the new pipeline object, then that command buffer state is not disturbed.

Dynamic state that does not affect the result of operations can be left undefined.

Note

For example, if blending is disabled by the pipeline object state then the dynamic color blend constants do not need to be specified in the command buffer, even if this state is specified as dynamic in the pipeline object.

Note

Applications running on Vulkan implementations advertising an VkPhysicalDeviceDriverProperties::conformanceVersion less than 1.3.8.0 should be aware that rebinding the currently bound pipeline object may not reapply static state.

11. Memory Allocation

Vulkan memory is broken up into two categories, host memory and device memory.

11.1. Host Memory

Host memory is memory needed by the Vulkan implementation for non-device-visible storage.

Note

This memory may be used to store the implementation’s representation and state of Vulkan objects.

Vulkan provides applications the opportunity to perform host memory allocations on behalf of the Vulkan implementation. If this feature is not used, the implementation will perform its own memory allocations. Since most memory allocations are off the critical path, this is not meant as a performance feature. Rather, this can be useful for certain embedded systems, for debugging purposes (e.g. putting a guard page after all host allocations), or for memory allocation logging.

Allocators are provided by the application as a pointer to a VkAllocationCallbacks structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkAllocationCallbacks {
    void*                                   pUserData;
    PFN_vkAllocationFunction                pfnAllocation;
    PFN_vkReallocationFunction              pfnReallocation;
    PFN_vkFreeFunction                      pfnFree;
    PFN_vkInternalAllocationNotification    pfnInternalAllocation;
    PFN_vkInternalFreeNotification          pfnInternalFree;
} VkAllocationCallbacks;
  • pUserData is a value to be interpreted by the implementation of the callbacks. When any of the callbacks in VkAllocationCallbacks are called, the Vulkan implementation will pass this value as the first parameter to the callback. This value can vary each time an allocator is passed into a command, even when the same object takes an allocator in multiple commands.

  • pfnAllocation is a PFN_vkAllocationFunction pointer to an application-defined memory allocation function.

  • pfnReallocation is a PFN_vkReallocationFunction pointer to an application-defined memory reallocation function.

  • pfnFree is a PFN_vkFreeFunction pointer to an application-defined memory free function.

  • pfnInternalAllocation is a PFN_vkInternalAllocationNotification pointer to an application-defined function that is called by the implementation when the implementation makes internal allocations.

  • pfnInternalFree is a PFN_vkInternalFreeNotification pointer to an application-defined function that is called by the implementation when the implementation frees internal allocations.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkAllocationCallbacks-pfnAllocation-00632
    pfnAllocation must be a valid pointer to a valid user-defined PFN_vkAllocationFunction

  • VUID-VkAllocationCallbacks-pfnReallocation-00633
    pfnReallocation must be a valid pointer to a valid user-defined PFN_vkReallocationFunction

  • VUID-VkAllocationCallbacks-pfnFree-00634
    pfnFree must be a valid pointer to a valid user-defined PFN_vkFreeFunction

  • VUID-VkAllocationCallbacks-pfnInternalAllocation-00635
    If either of pfnInternalAllocation or pfnInternalFree is not NULL, both must be valid callbacks

The type of pfnAllocation is:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef void* (VKAPI_PTR *PFN_vkAllocationFunction)(
    void*                                       pUserData,
    size_t                                      size,
    size_t                                      alignment,
    VkSystemAllocationScope                     allocationScope);
  • pUserData is the value specified for VkAllocationCallbacks::pUserData in the allocator specified by the application.

  • size is the size in bytes of the requested allocation.

  • alignment is the requested alignment of the allocation in bytes and must be a power of two.

  • allocationScope is a VkSystemAllocationScope value specifying the allocation scope of the lifetime of the allocation, as described here.

If pfnAllocation is unable to allocate the requested memory, it must return NULL. If the allocation was successful, it must return a valid pointer to memory allocation containing at least size bytes, and with the pointer value being a multiple of alignment.

Note

Correct Vulkan operation cannot be assumed if the application does not follow these rules.

For example, pfnAllocation (or pfnReallocation) could cause termination of running Vulkan instance(s) on a failed allocation for debugging purposes, either directly or indirectly. In these circumstances, it cannot be assumed that any part of any affected VkInstance objects are going to operate correctly (even vkDestroyInstance), and the application must ensure it cleans up properly via other means (e.g. process termination).

If pfnAllocation returns NULL, and if the implementation is unable to continue correct processing of the current command without the requested allocation, it must treat this as a runtime error, and generate VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY at the appropriate time for the command in which the condition was detected, as described in Return Codes.

If the implementation is able to continue correct processing of the current command without the requested allocation, then it may do so, and must not generate VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY as a result of this failed allocation.

The type of pfnReallocation is:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef void* (VKAPI_PTR *PFN_vkReallocationFunction)(
    void*                                       pUserData,
    void*                                       pOriginal,
    size_t                                      size,
    size_t                                      alignment,
    VkSystemAllocationScope                     allocationScope);
  • pUserData is the value specified for VkAllocationCallbacks::pUserData in the allocator specified by the application.

  • pOriginal must be either NULL or a pointer previously returned by pfnReallocation or pfnAllocation of a compatible allocator.

  • size is the size in bytes of the requested allocation.

  • alignment is the requested alignment of the allocation in bytes and must be a power of two.

  • allocationScope is a VkSystemAllocationScope value specifying the allocation scope of the lifetime of the allocation, as described here.

If the reallocation was successful, pfnReallocation must return an allocation with enough space for size bytes, and the contents of the original allocation from bytes zero to min(original size, new size) - 1 must be preserved in the returned allocation. If size is larger than the old size, the contents of the additional space are undefined. If satisfying these requirements involves creating a new allocation, then the old allocation should be freed.

If pOriginal is NULL, then pfnReallocation must behave equivalently to a call to PFN_vkAllocationFunction with the same parameter values (without pOriginal).

If size is zero, then pfnReallocation must behave equivalently to a call to PFN_vkFreeFunction with the same pUserData parameter value, and pMemory equal to pOriginal.

If pOriginal is non-NULL, the implementation must ensure that alignment is equal to the alignment used to originally allocate pOriginal.

If this function fails and pOriginal is non-NULL the application must not free the old allocation.

pfnReallocation must follow the same rules for return values as PFN_vkAllocationFunction.

The type of pfnFree is:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef void (VKAPI_PTR *PFN_vkFreeFunction)(
    void*                                       pUserData,
    void*                                       pMemory);
  • pUserData is the value specified for VkAllocationCallbacks::pUserData in the allocator specified by the application.

  • pMemory is the allocation to be freed.

pMemory may be NULL, which the callback must handle safely. If pMemory is non-NULL, it must be a pointer previously allocated by pfnAllocation or pfnReallocation. The application should free this memory.

The type of pfnInternalAllocation is:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef void (VKAPI_PTR *PFN_vkInternalAllocationNotification)(
    void*                                       pUserData,
    size_t                                      size,
    VkInternalAllocationType                    allocationType,
    VkSystemAllocationScope                     allocationScope);
  • pUserData is the value specified for VkAllocationCallbacks::pUserData in the allocator specified by the application.

  • size is the requested size of an allocation.

  • allocationType is a VkInternalAllocationType value specifying the requested type of an allocation.

  • allocationScope is a VkSystemAllocationScope value specifying the allocation scope of the lifetime of the allocation, as described here.

This is a purely informational callback.

The type of pfnInternalFree is:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef void (VKAPI_PTR *PFN_vkInternalFreeNotification)(
    void*                                       pUserData,
    size_t                                      size,
    VkInternalAllocationType                    allocationType,
    VkSystemAllocationScope                     allocationScope);
  • pUserData is the value specified for VkAllocationCallbacks::pUserData in the allocator specified by the application.

  • size is the requested size of an allocation.

  • allocationType is a VkInternalAllocationType value specifying the requested type of an allocation.

  • allocationScope is a VkSystemAllocationScope value specifying the allocation scope of the lifetime of the allocation, as described here.

Each allocation has an allocation scope defining its lifetime and which object it is associated with. Possible values passed to the allocationScope parameter of the callback functions specified by VkAllocationCallbacks, indicating the allocation scope, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSystemAllocationScope {
    VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_COMMAND = 0,
    VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_OBJECT = 1,
    VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_CACHE = 2,
    VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_DEVICE = 3,
    VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_INSTANCE = 4,
} VkSystemAllocationScope;
  • VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_COMMAND specifies that the allocation is scoped to the duration of the Vulkan command.

  • VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_OBJECT specifies that the allocation is scoped to the lifetime of the Vulkan object that is being created or used.

  • VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_CACHE specifies that the allocation is scoped to the lifetime of a VkPipelineCache object.

  • VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_DEVICE specifies that the allocation is scoped to the lifetime of the Vulkan device.

  • VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_INSTANCE specifies that the allocation is scoped to the lifetime of the Vulkan instance.

Most Vulkan commands operate on a single object, or there is a sole object that is being created or manipulated. When an allocation uses an allocation scope of VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_OBJECT or VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_CACHE, the allocation is scoped to the object being created or manipulated.

When an implementation requires host memory, it will make callbacks to the application using the most specific allocator and allocation scope available:

  • If an allocation is scoped to the duration of a command, the allocator will use the VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_COMMAND allocation scope. The most specific allocator available is used: if the object being created or manipulated has an allocator, that object’s allocator will be used, else if the parent VkDevice has an allocator it will be used, else if the parent VkInstance has an allocator it will be used. Else,

  • If an allocation is associated with a VkPipelineCache object, the allocator will use the VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_CACHE allocation scope. The most specific allocator available is used (cache, else device, else instance). Else,

  • If an allocation is scoped to the lifetime of an object, that object is being created or manipulated by the command, and that object’s type is not VkDevice or VkInstance, the allocator will use an allocation scope of VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_OBJECT. The most specific allocator available is used (object, else device, else instance). Else,

  • If an allocation is scoped to the lifetime of a device, the allocator will use an allocation scope of VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_DEVICE. The most specific allocator available is used (device, else instance). Else,

  • If the allocation is scoped to the lifetime of an instance and the instance has an allocator, its allocator will be used with an allocation scope of VK_SYSTEM_ALLOCATION_SCOPE_INSTANCE.

  • Otherwise an implementation will allocate memory through an alternative mechanism that is unspecified.

Objects that are allocated from pools do not specify their own allocator. When an implementation requires host memory for such an object, that memory is sourced from the object’s parent pool’s allocator.

The application is not expected to handle allocating memory that is intended for execution by the host due to the complexities of differing security implementations across multiple platforms. The implementation will allocate such memory internally and invoke an application provided informational callback when these internal allocations are allocated and freed. Upon allocation of executable memory, pfnInternalAllocation will be called. Upon freeing executable memory, pfnInternalFree will be called. An implementation will only call an informational callback for executable memory allocations and frees.

The allocationType parameter to the pfnInternalAllocation and pfnInternalFree functions may be one of the following values:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkInternalAllocationType {
    VK_INTERNAL_ALLOCATION_TYPE_EXECUTABLE = 0,
} VkInternalAllocationType;
  • VK_INTERNAL_ALLOCATION_TYPE_EXECUTABLE specifies that the allocation is intended for execution by the host.

An implementation must only make calls into an application-provided allocator during the execution of an API command. An implementation must only make calls into an application-provided allocator from the same thread that called the provoking API command. The implementation should not synchronize calls to any of the callbacks. If synchronization is needed, the callbacks must provide it themselves. The informational callbacks are subject to the same restrictions as the allocation callbacks.

If an implementation intends to make calls through a VkAllocationCallbacks structure between the time a vkCreate* command returns and the time a corresponding vkDestroy* command begins, that implementation must save a copy of the allocator before the vkCreate* command returns. The callback functions and any data structures they rely upon must remain valid for the lifetime of the object they are associated with.

If an allocator is provided to a vkCreate* command, a compatible allocator must be provided to the corresponding vkDestroy* command. Two VkAllocationCallbacks structures are compatible if memory allocated with pfnAllocation or pfnReallocation in each can be freed with pfnReallocation or pfnFree in the other. An allocator must not be provided to a vkDestroy* command if an allocator was not provided to the corresponding vkCreate* command.

If a non-NULL allocator is used, the pfnAllocation, pfnReallocation and pfnFree members must be non-NULL and point to valid implementations of the callbacks. An application can choose to not provide informational callbacks by setting both pfnInternalAllocation and pfnInternalFree to NULL. pfnInternalAllocation and pfnInternalFree must either both be NULL or both be non-NULL.

If pfnAllocation or pfnReallocation fail, the implementation may fail object creation and/or generate a VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY error, as appropriate.

Allocation callbacks must not call any Vulkan commands.

The following sets of rules define when an implementation is permitted to call the allocator callbacks.

pfnAllocation or pfnReallocation may be called in the following situations:

  • Allocations scoped to a VkDevice or VkInstance may be allocated from any API command.

  • Allocations scoped to a command may be allocated from any API command.

  • Allocations scoped to a VkPipelineCache may only be allocated from:

    • vkCreatePipelineCache

    • vkMergePipelineCaches for dstCache

    • vkCreateGraphicsPipelines for pipelineCache

    • vkCreateComputePipelines for pipelineCache

  • Allocations scoped to a VkDescriptorPool may only be allocated from:

    • any command that takes the pool as a direct argument

    • vkAllocateDescriptorSets for the descriptorPool member of its pAllocateInfo parameter

    • vkCreateDescriptorPool

  • Allocations scoped to a VkCommandPool may only be allocated from:

    • any command that takes the pool as a direct argument

    • vkCreateCommandPool

    • vkAllocateCommandBuffers for the commandPool member of its pAllocateInfo parameter

    • any vkCmd* command whose commandBuffer was allocated from that VkCommandPool

  • Allocations scoped to any other object may only be allocated in that object’s vkCreate* command.

pfnFree, or pfnReallocation with zero size, may be called in the following situations:

  • Allocations scoped to a VkDevice or VkInstance may be freed from any API command.

  • Allocations scoped to a command must be freed by any API command which allocates such memory.

  • Allocations scoped to a VkPipelineCache may be freed from vkDestroyPipelineCache.

  • Allocations scoped to a VkDescriptorPool may be freed from

    • any command that takes the pool as a direct argument

  • Allocations scoped to a VkCommandPool may be freed from:

    • any command that takes the pool as a direct argument

    • vkResetCommandBuffer whose commandBuffer was allocated from that VkCommandPool

  • Allocations scoped to any other object may be freed in that object’s vkDestroy* command.

  • Any command that allocates host memory may also free host memory of the same scope.

11.2. Device Memory

Device memory is memory that is visible to the device — for example the contents of the image or buffer objects, which can be natively used by the device.

11.2.1. Device Memory Properties

Memory properties of a physical device describe the memory heaps and memory types available.

To query memory properties, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties*           pMemoryProperties);
  • physicalDevice is the handle to the device to query.

  • pMemoryProperties is a pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties structure in which the properties are returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties-pMemoryProperties-parameter
    pMemoryProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties structure

The VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties {
    uint32_t        memoryTypeCount;
    VkMemoryType    memoryTypes[VK_MAX_MEMORY_TYPES];
    uint32_t        memoryHeapCount;
    VkMemoryHeap    memoryHeaps[VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS];
} VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties;
  • memoryTypeCount is the number of valid elements in the memoryTypes array.

  • memoryTypes is an array of VK_MAX_MEMORY_TYPES VkMemoryType structures describing the memory types that can be used to access memory allocated from the heaps specified by memoryHeaps.

  • memoryHeapCount is the number of valid elements in the memoryHeaps array.

  • memoryHeaps is an array of VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS VkMemoryHeap structures describing the memory heaps from which memory can be allocated.

The VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties structure describes a number of memory heaps as well as a number of memory types that can be used to access memory allocated in those heaps. Each heap describes a memory resource of a particular size, and each memory type describes a set of memory properties (e.g. host cached vs. uncached) that can be used with a given memory heap. Allocations using a particular memory type will consume resources from the heap indicated by that memory type’s heap index. More than one memory type may share each heap, and the heaps and memory types provide a mechanism to advertise an accurate size of the physical memory resources while allowing the memory to be used with a variety of different properties.

The number of memory heaps is given by memoryHeapCount and is less than or equal to VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS. Each heap is described by an element of the memoryHeaps array as a VkMemoryHeap structure. The number of memory types available across all memory heaps is given by memoryTypeCount and is less than or equal to VK_MAX_MEMORY_TYPES. Each memory type is described by an element of the memoryTypes array as a VkMemoryType structure.

At least one heap must include VK_MEMORY_HEAP_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT in VkMemoryHeap::flags. If there are multiple heaps that all have similar performance characteristics, they may all include VK_MEMORY_HEAP_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT. In a unified memory architecture (UMA) system there is often only a single memory heap which is considered to be equally “local” to the host and to the device, and such an implementation must advertise the heap as device-local.

Each memory type returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties must have its propertyFlags set to one of the following values:

  • 0

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_CACHED_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_CACHED_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_CACHED_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_CACHED_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT |
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT

There must be at least one memory type with both the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT and VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT bits set in its propertyFlags. There must be at least one memory type with the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT bit set in its propertyFlags.

For each pair of elements X and Y returned in memoryTypes, X must be placed at a lower index position than Y if:

  • the set of bit flags returned in the propertyFlags member of X is a strict subset of the set of bit flags returned in the propertyFlags member of Y; or

  • the propertyFlags members of X and Y are equal, and X belongs to a memory heap with greater performance (as determined in an implementation-specific manner)

Note

There is no ordering requirement between X and Y elements for the case their propertyFlags members are not in a subset relation. That potentially allows more than one possible way to order the same set of memory types. Notice that the list of all allowed memory property flag combinations is written in a valid order. But if instead VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT was before VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT | VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT, the list would still be in a valid order.

This ordering requirement enables applications to use a simple search loop to select the desired memory type along the lines of:

// Find a memory in `memoryTypeBitsRequirement` that includes all of `requiredProperties`
int32_t findProperties(const VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties* pMemoryProperties,
                       uint32_t memoryTypeBitsRequirement,
                       VkMemoryPropertyFlags requiredProperties) {
    const uint32_t memoryCount = pMemoryProperties->memoryTypeCount;
    for (uint32_t memoryIndex = 0; memoryIndex < memoryCount; ++memoryIndex) {
        const uint32_t memoryTypeBits = (1 << memoryIndex);
        const bool isRequiredMemoryType = memoryTypeBitsRequirement & memoryTypeBits;

        const VkMemoryPropertyFlags properties =
            pMemoryProperties->memoryTypes[memoryIndex].propertyFlags;
        const bool hasRequiredProperties =
            (properties & requiredProperties) == requiredProperties;

        if (isRequiredMemoryType && hasRequiredProperties)
            return static_cast<int32_t>(memoryIndex);
    }

    // failed to find memory type
    return -1;
}

// Try to find an optimal memory type, or if it does not exist try fallback memory type
// `device` is the VkDevice
// `image` is the VkImage that requires memory to be bound
// `memoryProperties` properties as returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties
// `requiredProperties` are the property flags that must be present
// `optimalProperties` are the property flags that are preferred by the application
VkMemoryRequirements memoryRequirements;
vkGetImageMemoryRequirements(device, image, &memoryRequirements);
int32_t memoryType =
    findProperties(&memoryProperties, memoryRequirements.memoryTypeBits, optimalProperties);
if (memoryType == -1) // not found; try fallback properties
    memoryType =
        findProperties(&memoryProperties, memoryRequirements.memoryTypeBits, requiredProperties);

VK_MAX_MEMORY_TYPES is the length of an array of VkMemoryType structures describing memory types, as returned in VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties::memoryTypes.

#define VK_MAX_MEMORY_TYPES               32U

VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS is the length of an array of VkMemoryHeap structures describing memory heaps, as returned in VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties::memoryHeaps.

#define VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS               16U

The VkMemoryHeap structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkMemoryHeap {
    VkDeviceSize         size;
    VkMemoryHeapFlags    flags;
} VkMemoryHeap;
  • size is the total memory size in bytes in the heap.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkMemoryHeapFlagBits specifying attribute flags for the heap.

Bits which may be set in VkMemoryHeap::flags, indicating attribute flags for the heap, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkMemoryHeapFlagBits {
    VK_MEMORY_HEAP_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkMemoryHeapFlagBits;
  • VK_MEMORY_HEAP_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT specifies that the heap corresponds to device-local memory. Device-local memory may have different performance characteristics than host-local memory, and may support different memory property flags.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkMemoryHeapFlags;

VkMemoryHeapFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkMemoryHeapFlagBits.

The VkMemoryType structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkMemoryType {
    VkMemoryPropertyFlags    propertyFlags;
    uint32_t                 heapIndex;
} VkMemoryType;

Bits which may be set in VkMemoryType::propertyFlags, indicating properties of a memory type, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits {
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_CACHED_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT = 0x00000010,
} VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits;
  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT bit specifies that memory allocated with this type is the most efficient for device access. This property will be set if and only if the memory type belongs to a heap with the VK_MEMORY_HEAP_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT set.

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT bit specifies that memory allocated with this type can be mapped for host access using vkMapMemory.

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT bit specifies that the host cache management commands vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges and vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges are not needed to flush host writes to the device or make device writes visible to the host, respectively.

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_CACHED_BIT bit specifies that memory allocated with this type is cached on the host. Host memory accesses to uncached memory are slower than to cached memory, however uncached memory is always host coherent.

  • VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT bit specifies that the memory type only allows device access to the memory. Memory types must not have both VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT and VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT set. Additionally, the object’s backing memory may be provided by the implementation lazily as specified in Lazily Allocated Memory.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkMemoryPropertyFlags;

VkMemoryPropertyFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits.

11.2.2. Device Memory Objects

A Vulkan device operates on data in device memory via memory objects that are represented in the API by a VkDeviceMemory handle:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkDeviceMemory)

11.2.3. Device Memory Allocation

To allocate memory objects, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkAllocateMemory(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkMemoryAllocateInfo*                 pAllocateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkDeviceMemory*                             pMemory);
  • device is the logical device that owns the memory.

  • pAllocateInfo is a pointer to a VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure describing parameters of the allocation. A successfully returned allocation must use the requested parameters — no substitution is permitted by the implementation.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pMemory is a pointer to a VkDeviceMemory handle in which information about the allocated memory is returned.

Allocations returned by vkAllocateMemory are guaranteed to meet any alignment requirement of the implementation. For example, if an implementation requires 128 byte alignment for images and 64 byte alignment for buffers, the device memory returned through this mechanism would be 128-byte aligned. This ensures that applications can correctly suballocate objects of different types (with potentially different alignment requirements) in the same memory object.

When memory is allocated, its contents are undefined.

The maximum number of valid memory allocations that can exist simultaneously within a VkDevice may be restricted by implementation- or platform-dependent limits. The maxMemoryAllocationCount feature describes the number of allocations that can exist simultaneously before encountering these internal limits.

Note

For historical reasons, if maxMemoryAllocationCount is exceeded, some implementations may return VK_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OBJECTS. Exceeding this limit will result in undefined behavior, and an application should not rely on the use of the returned error code in order to identify when the limit is reached.

Note

Many protected memory implementations involve complex hardware and system software support, and often have additional and much lower limits on the number of simultaneous protected memory allocations (from memory types with the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_PROTECTED_BIT property) than for non-protected memory allocations. These limits can be system-wide, and depend on a variety of factors outside of the Vulkan implementation, so they cannot be queried in Vulkan. Applications should use as few allocations as possible from such memory types by suballocating aggressively, and be prepared for allocation failure even when there is apparently plenty of capacity remaining in the memory heap. As a guideline, the Vulkan conformance test suite requires that at least 80 minimum-size allocations can exist concurrently when no other uses of protected memory are active in the system.

Some platforms may have a limit on the maximum size of a single allocation. For example, certain systems may fail to create allocations with a size greater than or equal to 4GB. Such a limit is implementation-dependent, and if such a failure occurs then the error VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY must be returned.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkAllocateMemory-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkAllocateMemory-pAllocateInfo-parameter
    pAllocateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkAllocateMemory-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkAllocateMemory-pMemory-parameter
    pMemory must be a valid pointer to a VkDeviceMemory handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkMemoryAllocateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkMemoryAllocateInfo {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkDeviceSize       allocationSize;
    uint32_t           memoryTypeIndex;
} VkMemoryAllocateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • allocationSize is the size of the allocation in bytes.

  • memoryTypeIndex is an index identifying a memory type from the memoryTypes array of the VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties structure.

The internal data of an allocated device memory object must include a reference to implementation-specific resources, referred to as the memory object’s payload.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-allocationSize-07897
    allocationSize must be greater than 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkMemoryAllocateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

11.2.4. Freeing Device Memory

To free a memory object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkFreeMemory(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDeviceMemory                              memory,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that owns the memory.

  • memory is the VkDeviceMemory object to be freed.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Before freeing a memory object, an application must ensure the memory object is no longer in use by the device — for example by command buffers in the pending state. Memory can be freed whilst still bound to resources, but those resources must not be used afterwards. Freeing a memory object releases the reference it held, if any, to its payload. If there are still any bound images or buffers, the memory object’s payload may not be immediately released by the implementation, but must be released by the time all bound images and buffers have been destroyed. Once all references to a payload are released, it is returned to the heap from which it was allocated.

How memory objects are bound to Images and Buffers is described in detail in the Resource Memory Association section.

If a memory object is mapped at the time it is freed, it is implicitly unmapped.

Note

As described below, host writes are not implicitly flushed when the memory object is unmapped, but the implementation must guarantee that writes that have not been flushed do not affect any other memory.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkFreeMemory-memory-00677
    All submitted commands that refer to memory (via images or buffers) must have completed execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkFreeMemory-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkFreeMemory-memory-parameter
    If memory is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-vkFreeMemory-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkFreeMemory-memory-parent
    If memory is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to memory must be externally synchronized

11.2.5. Host Access to Device Memory Objects

Memory objects created with vkAllocateMemory are not directly host accessible.

Memory objects created with the memory property VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT are considered mappable. Memory objects must be mappable in order to be successfully mapped on the host.

To retrieve a host virtual address pointer to a region of a mappable memory object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkMapMemory(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDeviceMemory                              memory,
    VkDeviceSize                                offset,
    VkDeviceSize                                size,
    VkMemoryMapFlags                            flags,
    void**                                      ppData);
  • device is the logical device that owns the memory.

  • memory is the VkDeviceMemory object to be mapped.

  • offset is a zero-based byte offset from the beginning of the memory object.

  • size is the size of the memory range to map, or VK_WHOLE_SIZE to map from offset to the end of the allocation.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • ppData is a pointer to a void* variable in which a host-accessible pointer to the beginning of the mapped range is returned. This pointer minus offset must be aligned to at least VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minMemoryMapAlignment.

After a successful call to vkMapMemory the memory object memory is considered to be currently host mapped.

Note

It is an application error to call vkMapMemory on a memory object that is already host mapped.

Note

vkMapMemory will fail if the implementation is unable to allocate an appropriately sized contiguous virtual address range, e.g. due to virtual address space fragmentation or platform limits. In such cases, vkMapMemory must return VK_ERROR_MEMORY_MAP_FAILED. The application can improve the likelihood of success by reducing the size of the mapped range and/or removing unneeded mappings using vkUnmapMemory.

vkMapMemory does not check whether the device memory is currently in use before returning the host-accessible pointer. The application must guarantee that any previously submitted command that writes to this range has completed before the host reads from or writes to that range, and that any previously submitted command that reads from that range has completed before the host writes to that region (see here for details on fulfilling such a guarantee). If the device memory was allocated without the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT set, these guarantees must be made for an extended range: the application must round down the start of the range to the nearest multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::nonCoherentAtomSize, and round the end of the range up to the nearest multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::nonCoherentAtomSize.

While a range of device memory is host mapped, the application is responsible for synchronizing both device and host access to that memory range.

Note

It is important for the application developer to become meticulously familiar with all of the mechanisms described in the chapter on Synchronization and Cache Control as they are crucial to maintaining memory access ordering.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkMapMemory-memory-00678
    memory must not be currently host mapped

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-offset-00679
    offset must be less than the size of memory

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-size-00680
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-size-00681
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be less than or equal to the size of the memory minus offset

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-memory-00682
    memory must have been created with a memory type that reports VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkMapMemory-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-ppData-parameter
    ppData must be a valid pointer to a pointer value

  • VUID-vkMapMemory-memory-parent
    memory must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to memory must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_MEMORY_MAP_FAILED

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkMemoryMapFlags;

VkMemoryMapFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkMemoryMapFlagBits.

Two commands are provided to enable applications to work with non-coherent memory allocations: vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges and vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges.

Note

If the memory object was created with the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT set, vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges and vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges are unnecessary and may have a performance cost. However, availability and visibility operations still need to be managed on the device. See the description of host access types for more information.

After a successful call to vkMapMemory the memory object memory is considered to be currently host mapped.

To flush ranges of non-coherent memory from the host caches, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    memoryRangeCount,
    const VkMappedMemoryRange*                  pMemoryRanges);
  • device is the logical device that owns the memory ranges.

  • memoryRangeCount is the length of the pMemoryRanges array.

  • pMemoryRanges is a pointer to an array of VkMappedMemoryRange structures describing the memory ranges to flush.

vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges guarantees that host writes to the memory ranges described by pMemoryRanges are made available to the host memory domain, such that they can be made available to the device memory domain via memory domain operations using the VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT access type.

Within each range described by pMemoryRanges, each set of nonCoherentAtomSize bytes in that range is flushed if any byte in that set has been written by the host since it was first host mapped, or the last time it was flushed. If pMemoryRanges includes sets of nonCoherentAtomSize bytes where no bytes have been written by the host, those bytes must not be flushed.

Unmapping non-coherent memory does not implicitly flush the host mapped memory, and host writes that have not been flushed may not ever be visible to the device. However, implementations must ensure that writes that have not been flushed do not become visible to any other memory.

Note

The above guarantee avoids a potential memory corruption in scenarios where host writes to a mapped memory object have not been flushed before the memory is unmapped (or freed), and the virtual address range is subsequently reused for a different mapping (or memory allocation).

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges-pMemoryRanges-parameter
    pMemoryRanges must be a valid pointer to an array of memoryRangeCount valid VkMappedMemoryRange structures

  • VUID-vkFlushMappedMemoryRanges-memoryRangeCount-arraylength
    memoryRangeCount must be greater than 0

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

To invalidate ranges of non-coherent memory from the host caches, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    memoryRangeCount,
    const VkMappedMemoryRange*                  pMemoryRanges);
  • device is the logical device that owns the memory ranges.

  • memoryRangeCount is the length of the pMemoryRanges array.

  • pMemoryRanges is a pointer to an array of VkMappedMemoryRange structures describing the memory ranges to invalidate.

vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges guarantees that device writes to the memory ranges described by pMemoryRanges, which have been made available to the host memory domain using the VK_ACCESS_HOST_WRITE_BIT and VK_ACCESS_HOST_READ_BIT access types, are made visible to the host. If a range of non-coherent memory is written by the host and then invalidated without first being flushed, its contents are undefined.

Within each range described by pMemoryRanges, each set of nonCoherentAtomSize bytes in that range is invalidated if any byte in that set has been written by the device since it was first host mapped, or the last time it was invalidated.

Note

Mapping non-coherent memory does not implicitly invalidate that memory.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges-pMemoryRanges-parameter
    pMemoryRanges must be a valid pointer to an array of memoryRangeCount valid VkMappedMemoryRange structures

  • VUID-vkInvalidateMappedMemoryRanges-memoryRangeCount-arraylength
    memoryRangeCount must be greater than 0

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkMappedMemoryRange structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkMappedMemoryRange {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkDeviceMemory     memory;
    VkDeviceSize       offset;
    VkDeviceSize       size;
} VkMappedMemoryRange;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • memory is the memory object to which this range belongs.

  • offset is the zero-based byte offset from the beginning of the memory object.

  • size is either the size of range, or VK_WHOLE_SIZE to affect the range from offset to the end of the current mapping of the allocation.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-memory-00684
    memory must be currently host mapped

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-size-00685
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, offset and size must specify a range contained within the currently mapped range of memory

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-size-00686
    If size is equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, offset must be within the currently mapped range of memory

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-offset-00687
    offset must be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::nonCoherentAtomSize

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-size-01389
    If size is equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, the end of the current mapping of memory must either be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::nonCoherentAtomSize bytes from the beginning of the memory object, or be equal to the end of the memory object

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-size-01390
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must either be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::nonCoherentAtomSize, or offset plus size must equal the size of memory

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_MAPPED_MEMORY_RANGE

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkMappedMemoryRange-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

To unmap a memory object once host access to it is no longer needed by the application, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkUnmapMemory(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDeviceMemory                              memory);
  • device is the logical device that owns the memory.

  • memory is the memory object to be unmapped.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkUnmapMemory-memory-00689
    memory must be currently host mapped

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkUnmapMemory-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkUnmapMemory-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-vkUnmapMemory-memory-parent
    memory must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to memory must be externally synchronized

11.2.6. Lazily Allocated Memory

If the memory object is allocated from a heap with the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT bit set, that object’s backing memory may be provided by the implementation lazily. The actual committed size of the memory may initially be as small as zero (or as large as the requested size), and monotonically increases as additional memory is needed.

A memory type with this flag set is only allowed to be bound to a VkImage whose usage flags include VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT.

Note

Using lazily allocated memory objects for framebuffer attachments that are not needed once a render pass instance has completed may allow some implementations to never allocate memory for such attachments.

To determine the amount of lazily-allocated memory that is currently committed for a memory object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetDeviceMemoryCommitment(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDeviceMemory                              memory,
    VkDeviceSize*                               pCommittedMemoryInBytes);
  • device is the logical device that owns the memory.

  • memory is the memory object being queried.

  • pCommittedMemoryInBytes is a pointer to a VkDeviceSize value in which the number of bytes currently committed is returned, on success.

The implementation may update the commitment at any time, and the value returned by this query may be out of date.

The implementation guarantees to allocate any committed memory from the heapIndex indicated by the memory type that the memory object was created with.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryCommitment-memory-00690
    memory must have been created with a memory type that reports VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryCommitment-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryCommitment-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryCommitment-pCommittedMemoryInBytes-parameter
    pCommittedMemoryInBytes must be a valid pointer to a VkDeviceSize value

  • VUID-vkGetDeviceMemoryCommitment-memory-parent
    memory must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

12. Resource Creation

Vulkan supports two primary resource types: buffers and images. Resources are views of memory with associated formatting and dimensionality. Buffers provide access to raw arrays of bytes, whereas images can be multidimensional and may have associated metadata.

12.1. Buffers

Buffers represent linear arrays of data which are used for various purposes by binding them to a graphics or compute pipeline via descriptor sets or certain commands, or by directly specifying them as parameters to certain commands.

Buffers are represented by VkBuffer handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkBuffer)

To create buffers, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateBuffer(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkBufferCreateInfo*                   pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkBuffer*                                   pBuffer);
  • device is the logical device that creates the buffer object.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkBufferCreateInfo structure containing parameters affecting creation of the buffer.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pBuffer is a pointer to a VkBuffer handle in which the resulting buffer object is returned.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCreateBuffer-flags-00911
    If the flags member of pCreateInfo includes VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT, creating this VkBuffer must not cause the total required sparse memory for all currently valid sparse resources on the device to exceed VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::sparseAddressSpaceSize

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateBuffer-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateBuffer-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkBufferCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateBuffer-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateBuffer-pBuffer-parameter
    pBuffer must be a valid pointer to a VkBuffer handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkBufferCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBufferCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType        sType;
    const void*            pNext;
    VkBufferCreateFlags    flags;
    VkDeviceSize           size;
    VkBufferUsageFlags     usage;
    VkSharingMode          sharingMode;
    uint32_t               queueFamilyIndexCount;
    const uint32_t*        pQueueFamilyIndices;
} VkBufferCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkBufferCreateFlagBits specifying additional parameters of the buffer.

  • size is the size in bytes of the buffer to be created.

  • usage is a bitmask of VkBufferUsageFlagBits specifying allowed usages of the buffer.

  • sharingMode is a VkSharingMode value specifying the sharing mode of the buffer when it will be accessed by multiple queue families.

  • queueFamilyIndexCount is the number of entries in the pQueueFamilyIndices array.

  • pQueueFamilyIndices is a pointer to an array of queue families that will access this buffer. It is ignored if sharingMode is not VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-None-09499
    usage must be a valid combination of VkBufferUsageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-None-09500
    usage must not be 0

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-size-00912
    size must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-sharingMode-00913
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, pQueueFamilyIndices must be a valid pointer to an array of queueFamilyIndexCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-sharingMode-00914
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, queueFamilyIndexCount must be greater than 1

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-sharingMode-01419
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, each element of pQueueFamilyIndices must be unique and must be less than pQueueFamilyPropertyCount returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties for the physicalDevice that was used to create device

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-flags-00915
    If the sparseBinding feature is not enabled, flags must not contain VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-flags-00916
    If the sparseResidencyBuffer feature is not enabled, flags must not contain VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-flags-00917
    If the sparseResidencyAliased feature is not enabled, flags must not contain VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-flags-00918
    If flags contains VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT or VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT, it must also contain VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-flags-09641
    If flags includes VK_BUFFER_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT, then usage must not contain any of the following bits

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkBufferCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkBufferCreateInfo-sharingMode-parameter
    sharingMode must be a valid VkSharingMode value

Bits which can be set in VkBufferCreateInfo::usage, specifying usage behavior of a buffer, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkBufferUsageFlagBits {
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDEX_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000040,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000080,
    VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000100,
} VkBufferUsageFlagBits;
  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT specifies that the buffer can be used as the source of a transfer command (see the definition of VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT).

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT specifies that the buffer can be used as the destination of a transfer command.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the buffer can be used to create a VkBufferView suitable for occupying a VkDescriptorSet slot of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the buffer can be used to create a VkBufferView suitable for occupying a VkDescriptorSet slot of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the buffer can be used in a VkDescriptorBufferInfo suitable for occupying a VkDescriptorSet slot either of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the buffer can be used in a VkDescriptorBufferInfo suitable for occupying a VkDescriptorSet slot either of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDEX_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the buffer is suitable for passing as the buffer parameter to vkCmdBindIndexBuffer.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the buffer is suitable for passing as an element of the pBuffers array to vkCmdBindVertexBuffers.

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the buffer is suitable for passing as the buffer parameter to vkCmdDrawIndirect, vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect, or vkCmdDispatchIndirect.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkBufferUsageFlags;

VkBufferUsageFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkBufferUsageFlagBits.

Bits which can be set in VkBufferCreateInfo::flags, specifying additional parameters of a buffer, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkBufferCreateFlagBits {
    VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT = 0x00000004,
} VkBufferCreateFlagBits;
  • VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT specifies that the buffer will be backed using sparse memory binding.

  • VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT specifies that the buffer can be partially backed using sparse memory binding. Buffers created with this flag must also be created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT flag.

  • VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT specifies that the buffer will be backed using sparse memory binding with memory ranges that might also simultaneously be backing another buffer (or another portion of the same buffer). Buffers created with this flag must also be created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT flag.

See Sparse Resource Features and Physical Device Features for details of the sparse memory features supported on a device.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkBufferCreateFlags;

VkBufferCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkBufferCreateFlagBits.

To destroy a buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyBuffer(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the buffer.

  • buffer is the buffer to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyBuffer-buffer-00922
    All submitted commands that refer to buffer, either directly or via a VkBufferView, must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkDestroyBuffer-buffer-00923
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when buffer was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyBuffer-buffer-00924
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when buffer was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyBuffer-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyBuffer-buffer-parameter
    If buffer is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyBuffer-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyBuffer-buffer-parent
    If buffer is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to buffer must be externally synchronized

12.2. Buffer Views

A buffer view represents a contiguous range of a buffer and a specific format to be used to interpret the data. Buffer views are used to enable shaders to access buffer contents using image operations. In order to create a valid buffer view, the buffer must have been created with at least one of the following usage flags:

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

  • VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

Buffer views are represented by VkBufferView handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkBufferView)

To create a buffer view, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateBufferView(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkBufferViewCreateInfo*               pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkBufferView*                               pView);
  • device is the logical device that creates the buffer view.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkBufferViewCreateInfo structure containing parameters to be used to create the buffer view.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pView is a pointer to a VkBufferView handle in which the resulting buffer view object is returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateBufferView-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateBufferView-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkBufferViewCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateBufferView-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateBufferView-pView-parameter
    pView must be a valid pointer to a VkBufferView handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkBufferViewCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBufferViewCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType            sType;
    const void*                pNext;
    VkBufferViewCreateFlags    flags;
    VkBuffer                   buffer;
    VkFormat                   format;
    VkDeviceSize               offset;
    VkDeviceSize               range;
} VkBufferViewCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • buffer is a VkBuffer on which the view will be created.

  • format is a VkFormat describing the format of the data elements in the buffer.

  • offset is an offset in bytes from the base address of the buffer. Accesses to the buffer view from shaders use addressing that is relative to this starting offset.

  • range is a size in bytes of the buffer view. If range is equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, the range from offset to the end of the buffer is used. If VK_WHOLE_SIZE is used and the remaining size of the buffer is not a multiple of the texel block size of format, the nearest smaller multiple is used.

The buffer view has a buffer view usage identifying which descriptor types can be created from it. This usage is equal to the VkBufferCreateInfo::usage value used to create buffer.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-offset-00925
    offset must be less than the size of buffer

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-range-00928
    If range is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, range must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-range-00929
    If range is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, range must be an integer multiple of the texel block size of format

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-range-00930
    If range is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, the number of texel buffer elements given by (⌊range / (texel block size)⌋ × (texels per block)) where texel block size and texels per block are as defined in the Compatible Formats table for format, must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxTexelBufferElements

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-offset-00931
    If range is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, the sum of offset and range must be less than or equal to the size of buffer

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-range-04059
    If range is equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, the number of texel buffer elements given by (⌊(size - offset) / (texel block size)⌋ × (texels per block)) where size is the size of buffer, and texel block size and texels per block are as defined in the Compatible Formats table for format, must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxTexelBufferElements

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-buffer-00932
    buffer must have been created with a usage value containing at least one of VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT or VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-format-08778
    If the buffer view usage contains VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT, then format features of format must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-format-08779
    If the buffer view usage contains VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT, then format features of format must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-buffer-00935
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-offset-02749
    offset must be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minTexelBufferOffsetAlignment

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BUFFER_VIEW_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-VkBufferViewCreateInfo-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkBufferViewCreateFlags;

VkBufferViewCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

To destroy a buffer view, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyBufferView(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkBufferView                                bufferView,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the buffer view.

  • bufferView is the buffer view to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyBufferView-bufferView-00936
    All submitted commands that refer to bufferView must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkDestroyBufferView-bufferView-00937
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when bufferView was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyBufferView-bufferView-00938
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when bufferView was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyBufferView-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyBufferView-bufferView-parameter
    If bufferView is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, bufferView must be a valid VkBufferView handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyBufferView-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyBufferView-bufferView-parent
    If bufferView is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to bufferView must be externally synchronized

12.2.1. Buffer View Format Features

Valid uses of a VkBufferView may depend on the buffer view’s format features, defined below. Such constraints are documented in the affected valid usage statement.

12.3. Images

Images represent multidimensional - up to 3 - arrays of data which can be used for various purposes (e.g. attachments, textures), by binding them to a graphics or compute pipeline via descriptor sets, or by directly specifying them as parameters to certain commands.

Images are represented by VkImage handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkImage)

To create images, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateImage(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkImageCreateInfo*                    pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkImage*                                    pImage);
  • device is the logical device that creates the image.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkImageCreateInfo structure containing parameters to be used to create the image.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pImage is a pointer to a VkImage handle in which the resulting image object is returned.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCreateImage-flags-00939
    If the flags member of pCreateInfo includes VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT, creating this VkImage must not cause the total required sparse memory for all currently valid sparse resources on the device to exceed VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::sparseAddressSpaceSize

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateImage-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateImage-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkImageCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateImage-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateImage-pImage-parameter
    pImage must be a valid pointer to a VkImage handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkImageCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType          sType;
    const void*              pNext;
    VkImageCreateFlags       flags;
    VkImageType              imageType;
    VkFormat                 format;
    VkExtent3D               extent;
    uint32_t                 mipLevels;
    uint32_t                 arrayLayers;
    VkSampleCountFlagBits    samples;
    VkImageTiling            tiling;
    VkImageUsageFlags        usage;
    VkSharingMode            sharingMode;
    uint32_t                 queueFamilyIndexCount;
    const uint32_t*          pQueueFamilyIndices;
    VkImageLayout            initialLayout;
} VkImageCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkImageCreateFlagBits describing additional parameters of the image.

  • imageType is a VkImageType value specifying the basic dimensionality of the image. Layers in array textures do not count as a dimension for the purposes of the image type.

  • format is a VkFormat describing the format and type of the texel blocks that will be contained in the image.

  • extent is a VkExtent3D describing the number of data elements in each dimension of the base level.

  • mipLevels describes the number of levels of detail available for minified sampling of the image.

  • arrayLayers is the number of layers in the image.

  • samples is a VkSampleCountFlagBits value specifying the number of samples per texel.

  • tiling is a VkImageTiling value specifying the tiling arrangement of the texel blocks in memory.

  • usage is a bitmask of VkImageUsageFlagBits describing the intended usage of the image.

  • sharingMode is a VkSharingMode value specifying the sharing mode of the image when it will be accessed by multiple queue families.

  • queueFamilyIndexCount is the number of entries in the pQueueFamilyIndices array.

  • pQueueFamilyIndices is a pointer to an array of queue families that will access this image. It is ignored if sharingMode is not VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT.

  • initialLayout is a VkImageLayout value specifying the initial VkImageLayout of all image subresources of the image. See Image Layouts.

Images created with tiling equal to VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR have further restrictions on their limits and capabilities compared to images created with tiling equal to VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL. Creation of images with tiling VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR may not be supported unless other parameters meet all of the constraints:

  • imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

  • format is not a depth/stencil format

  • mipLevels is 1

  • arrayLayers is 1

  • samples is VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • usage only includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT and/or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT

Implementations may support additional limits and capabilities beyond those listed above.

To determine the set of valid usage bits for a given format, call vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties.

If the size of the resultant image would exceed maxResourceSize, then vkCreateImage must fail and return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY. This failure may occur even when all image creation parameters satisfy their valid usage requirements.

Image Creation Limits

Valid values for some image creation parameters are limited by a numerical upper bound or by inclusion in a bitset. For example, VkImageCreateInfo::arrayLayers is limited by imageCreateMaxArrayLayers, defined below; and VkImageCreateInfo::samples is limited by imageCreateSampleCounts, also defined below.

Several limiting values are defined below, as well as assisting values from which the limiting values are derived. The limiting values are referenced by the relevant valid usage statements of VkImageCreateInfo.

  • Let VkBool32 imageCreateMaybeLinear indicate if the resultant image may be linear. (The definition below is trivial because certain extensions are disabled in this build of the specification).

    • If tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR, then imageCreateMaybeLinear is VK_TRUE.

    • If tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, then imageCreateMaybeLinear is VK_FALSE.

  • Let VkFormatFeatureFlags imageCreateFormatFeatures be the set of valid format features available during image creation.

  • Let uint32_t imageCreateMaxMipLevels be the value of VkImageFormatProperties::maxMipLevels found by calling vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties with parameters format, imageType, tiling, usage, and flags equal to those in VkImageCreateInfo. If vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties returns an error, then the value of imageCreateMaxMipLevels is undefined.

  • Let uint32_t imageCreateMaxArrayLayers be defined analogously to imageCreateMaxMipLevels.

  • Let VkExtent3D imageCreateMaxExtent be defined analogously to imageCreateMaxMipLevels.

  • Let VkSampleCountFlags imageCreateSampleCounts be defined analogously to imageCreateMaxMipLevels.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageCreateMaxMipLevels-02251
    Each of the following values (as described in Image Creation Limits) must not be undefined : imageCreateMaxMipLevels, imageCreateMaxArrayLayers, imageCreateMaxExtent, and imageCreateSampleCounts

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-sharingMode-00941
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, pQueueFamilyIndices must be a valid pointer to an array of queueFamilyIndexCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-sharingMode-00942
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, queueFamilyIndexCount must be greater than 1

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-sharingMode-01392
    If sharingMode is VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT, each element of pQueueFamilyIndices must be unique and must be less than pQueueFamilyPropertyCount returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties for the physicalDevice that was used to create device

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-00943
    format must not be VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-extent-00944
    extent.width must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-extent-00945
    extent.height must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-extent-00946
    extent.depth must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-mipLevels-00947
    mipLevels must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-arrayLayers-00948
    arrayLayers must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-00949
    If flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT, imageType must be VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-08865
    If flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT, extent.width and extent.height must be equal

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-08866
    If flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT, arrayLayers must be greater than or equal to 6

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-extent-02252
    extent.width must be less than or equal to imageCreateMaxExtent.width (as defined in Image Creation Limits)

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-extent-02253
    extent.height must be less than or equal to imageCreateMaxExtent.height (as defined in Image Creation Limits)

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-extent-02254
    extent.depth must be less than or equal to imageCreateMaxExtent.depth (as defined in Image Creation Limits)

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-00956
    If imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, both extent.height and extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-00957
    If imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-mipLevels-00958
    mipLevels must be less than or equal to the number of levels in the complete mipmap chain based on extent.width, extent.height, and extent.depth

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-mipLevels-02255
    mipLevels must be less than or equal to imageCreateMaxMipLevels (as defined in Image Creation Limits)

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-arrayLayers-02256
    arrayLayers must be less than or equal to imageCreateMaxArrayLayers (as defined in Image Creation Limits)

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-00961
    If imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, arrayLayers must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-samples-02257
    If samples is not VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT, then imageType must be VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT, mipLevels must be equal to 1, and imageCreateMaybeLinear (as defined in Image Creation Limits) must be VK_FALSE,

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-usage-00963
    If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, then bits other than VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, and VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT must not be set

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-usage-00964
    If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, extent.width must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxFramebufferWidth

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-usage-00965
    If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, extent.height must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxFramebufferHeight

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-usage-00966
    If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT, usage must also contain at least one of VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-samples-02258
    samples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value that is set in imageCreateSampleCounts (as defined in Image Creation Limits)

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-usage-00968
    If the shaderStorageImageMultisample feature is not enabled, and usage contains VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT, samples must be VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-00969
    If the sparseBinding feature is not enabled, flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-01924
    If the sparseResidencyAliased feature is not enabled, flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-tiling-04121
    If tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR, flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-00970
    If imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-00971
    If the sparseResidencyImage2D feature is not enabled, and imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-00972
    If the sparseResidencyImage3D feature is not enabled, and imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-00973
    If the sparseResidency2Samples feature is not enabled, imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, and samples is VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT, flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-00974
    If the sparseResidency4Samples feature is not enabled, imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, and samples is VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT, flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-00975
    If the sparseResidency8Samples feature is not enabled, imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, and samples is VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_8_BIT, flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-00976
    If the sparseResidency16Samples feature is not enabled, imageType is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, and samples is VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_16_BIT, flags must not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-00987
    If flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT or VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT, it must also contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-None-01925
    If any of the bits VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT, VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT, or VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT are set, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT must not also be set

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-initialLayout-00993
    initialLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkImageCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-imageType-parameter
    imageType must be a valid VkImageType value

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-samples-parameter
    samples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-tiling-parameter
    tiling must be a valid VkImageTiling value

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-usage-parameter
    usage must be a valid combination of VkImageUsageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-usage-requiredbitmask
    usage must not be 0

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-sharingMode-parameter
    sharingMode must be a valid VkSharingMode value

  • VUID-VkImageCreateInfo-initialLayout-parameter
    initialLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

Bits which can be set in

specify intended usage of an image, and are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageUsageFlagBits {
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT = 0x00000040,
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT = 0x00000080,
} VkImageUsageFlagBits;
  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT specifies that the image can be used as the source of a transfer command.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT specifies that the image can be used as the destination of a transfer command.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView suitable for occupying a VkDescriptorSet slot either of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, and be sampled by a shader.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView suitable for occupying a VkDescriptorSet slot of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView suitable for use as a color or resolve attachment in a VkFramebuffer.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView suitable for use as a depth/stencil attachment in a VkFramebuffer.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT specifies that implementations may support using memory allocations with the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT to back an image with this usage. This bit can be set for any image that can be used to create a VkImageView suitable for use as a color, resolve, depth/stencil, or input attachment.

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView suitable for occupying VkDescriptorSet slot of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT; be read from a shader as an input attachment; and be used as an input attachment in a framebuffer.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkImageUsageFlags;

VkImageUsageFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkImageUsageFlagBits.

When creating a VkImageView one of the following VkImageUsageFlagBits must be set:

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

Bits which can be set in VkImageCreateInfo::flags, specifying additional parameters of an image, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageCreateFlagBits {
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT = 0x00000010,
} VkImageCreateFlagBits;
  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT specifies that the image will be backed using sparse memory binding.

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT specifies that the image can be partially backed using sparse memory binding. Images created with this flag must also be created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT flag.

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT specifies that the image will be backed using sparse memory binding with memory ranges that might also simultaneously be backing another image (or another portion of the same image). Images created with this flag must also be created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT flag.

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView with a different format from the image.

  • VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT specifies that the image can be used to create a VkImageView of type VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkImageCreateFlags;

VkImageCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkImageCreateFlagBits.

Possible values of VkImageCreateInfo::imageType, specifying the basic dimensionality of an image, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageType {
    VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D = 0,
    VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D = 1,
    VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D = 2,
} VkImageType;
  • VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D specifies a one-dimensional image.

  • VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D specifies a two-dimensional image.

  • VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D specifies a three-dimensional image.

Possible values of VkImageCreateInfo::tiling, specifying the tiling arrangement of texel blocks in an image, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageTiling {
    VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL = 0,
    VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR = 1,
} VkImageTiling;
  • VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL specifies optimal tiling (texels are laid out in an implementation-dependent arrangement, for more efficient memory access).

  • VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR specifies linear tiling (texels are laid out in memory in row-major order, possibly with some padding on each row).

To query the memory layout of an image subresource, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetImageSubresourceLayout(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkImage                                     image,
    const VkImageSubresource*                   pSubresource,
    VkSubresourceLayout*                        pLayout);
  • device is the logical device that owns the image.

  • image is the image whose layout is being queried.

  • pSubresource is a pointer to a VkImageSubresource structure selecting a specific image subresource from the image.

  • pLayout is a pointer to a VkSubresourceLayout structure in which the layout is returned.

The image must be linear. The returned layout is valid for host access.

vkGetImageSubresourceLayout is invariant for the lifetime of a single image.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-image-07789
    image must have been created with tiling equal to VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-aspectMask-00997
    The aspectMask member of pSubresource must only have a single bit set

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-mipLevel-01716
    The mipLevel member of pSubresource must be less than the mipLevels specified in image

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-arrayLayer-01717
    The arrayLayer member of pSubresource must be less than the arrayLayers specified in image

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-format-08886
    If format of the image is a color format and tiling of the image is VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR or VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, the aspectMask member of pSubresource must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-format-04462
    If format of the image has a depth component, the aspectMask member of pSubresource must contain VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-format-04463
    If format of the image has a stencil component, the aspectMask member of pSubresource must contain VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-format-04464
    If format of the image does not contain a stencil or depth component, the aspectMask member of pSubresource must not contain VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-pSubresource-parameter
    pSubresource must be a valid pointer to a valid VkImageSubresource structure

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-pLayout-parameter
    pLayout must be a valid pointer to a VkSubresourceLayout structure

  • VUID-vkGetImageSubresourceLayout-image-parent
    image must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

The VkImageSubresource structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageSubresource {
    VkImageAspectFlags    aspectMask;
    uint32_t              mipLevel;
    uint32_t              arrayLayer;
} VkImageSubresource;
  • aspectMask is a VkImageAspectFlags value selecting the image aspect.

  • mipLevel selects the mipmap level.

  • arrayLayer selects the array layer.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkImageSubresource-aspectMask-parameter
    aspectMask must be a valid combination of VkImageAspectFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkImageSubresource-aspectMask-requiredbitmask
    aspectMask must not be 0

Information about the layout of the image subresource is returned in a VkSubresourceLayout structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSubresourceLayout {
    VkDeviceSize    offset;
    VkDeviceSize    size;
    VkDeviceSize    rowPitch;
    VkDeviceSize    arrayPitch;
    VkDeviceSize    depthPitch;
} VkSubresourceLayout;
  • offset is the byte offset from the start of the image where the image subresource begins.

  • size is the size in bytes of the image subresource. size includes any extra memory that is required based on rowPitch.

  • rowPitch describes the number of bytes between each row of texels in an image.

  • arrayPitch describes the number of bytes between each array layer of an image.

  • depthPitch describes the number of bytes between each slice of 3D image.

If the image is linear, then rowPitch, arrayPitch and depthPitch describe the layout of the image subresource in linear memory. For uncompressed formats, rowPitch is the number of bytes between texels with the same x coordinate in adjacent rows (y coordinates differ by one). arrayPitch is the number of bytes between texels with the same x and y coordinate in adjacent array layers of the image (array layer values differ by one). depthPitch is the number of bytes between texels with the same x and y coordinate in adjacent slices of a 3D image (z coordinates differ by one). Expressed as an addressing formula, the starting byte of a texel in the image subresource has address:

// (x,y,z,layer) are in texel coordinates
address(x,y,z,layer) = layer*arrayPitch + z*depthPitch + y*rowPitch + x*elementSize + offset

For compressed formats, the rowPitch is the number of bytes between compressed texel blocks in adjacent rows. arrayPitch is the number of bytes between compressed texel blocks in adjacent array layers. depthPitch is the number of bytes between compressed texel blocks in adjacent slices of a 3D image.

// (x,y,z,layer) are in compressed texel block coordinates
address(x,y,z,layer) = layer*arrayPitch + z*depthPitch + y*rowPitch + x*compressedTexelBlockByteSize + offset;

The value of arrayPitch is undefined for images that were not created as arrays. depthPitch is defined only for 3D images.

If the image has a color format , then the aspectMask member of VkImageSubresource must be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT.

If the image has a depth/stencil format , then aspectMask must be either VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT. On implementations that store depth and stencil aspects separately, querying each of these image subresource layouts will return a different offset and size representing the region of memory used for that aspect. On implementations that store depth and stencil aspects interleaved, the same offset and size are returned and represent the interleaved memory allocation.

To destroy an image, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyImage(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkImage                                     image,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the image.

  • image is the image to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyImage-image-01000
    All submitted commands that refer to image, either directly or via a VkImageView, must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkDestroyImage-image-01001
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when image was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyImage-image-01002
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when image was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyImage-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyImage-image-parameter
    If image is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyImage-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyImage-image-parent
    If image is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to image must be externally synchronized

12.3.1. Image Format Features

Valid uses of a VkImage may depend on the image’s format features, defined below. Such constraints are documented in the affected valid usage statement.

12.3.2. Image Mip Level Sizing

A complete mipmap chain is the full set of mip levels, from the largest mip level provided, down to the minimum mip level size.

Conventional Images

For conventional images, the dimensions of each successive mip level, n+1, are:

widthn+1 = max(⌊widthn/2⌋, 1)

heightn+1 = max(⌊heightn/2⌋, 1)

depthn+1 = max(⌊depthn/2⌋, 1)

where widthn, heightn, and depthn are the dimensions of the next larger mip level, n.

The minimum mip level size is:

  • 1 for one-dimensional images,

  • 1x1 for two-dimensional images, and

  • 1x1x1 for three-dimensional images.

The number of levels in a complete mipmap chain is:

⌊log2(max(width0, height0, depth0))⌋ + 1

where width0, height0, and depth0 are the dimensions of the largest (most detailed) mip level, 0.

12.4. Image Layouts

Images are stored in implementation-dependent opaque layouts in memory. Each layout has limitations on what kinds of operations are supported for image subresources using the layout. At any given time, the data representing an image subresource in memory exists in a particular layout which is determined by the most recent layout transition that was performed on that image subresource. Applications have control over which layout each image subresource uses, and can transition an image subresource from one layout to another. Transitions can happen with an image memory barrier, included as part of a vkCmdPipelineBarrier or a vkCmdWaitEvents command buffer command (see Image Memory Barriers), or as part of a subpass dependency within a render pass (see VkSubpassDependency).

Image layout is per-image subresource. Separate image subresources of the same image can be in different layouts at the same time, with the exception that depth and stencil aspects of a given image subresource can only be in different layouts if the separateDepthStencilLayouts feature is enabled.

Note

Each layout may offer optimal performance for a specific usage of image memory. For example, an image with a layout of VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL may provide optimal performance for use as a color attachment, but be unsupported for use in transfer commands. Applications can transition an image subresource from one layout to another in order to achieve optimal performance when the image subresource is used for multiple kinds of operations. After initialization, applications need not use any layout other than the general layout, though this may produce suboptimal performance on some implementations.

Upon creation, all image subresources of an image are initially in the same layout, where that layout is selected by the VkImageCreateInfo::initialLayout member. The initialLayout must be either VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED. If it is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED, then the image data can be preinitialized by the host while using this layout, and the transition away from this layout will preserve that data. If it is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED, then the contents of the data are considered to be undefined, and the transition away from this layout is not guaranteed to preserve that data. For either of these initial layouts, any image subresources must be transitioned to another layout before they are accessed by the device.

Host access to image memory is only well-defined for linear images and for image subresources of those images which are currently in either the VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL layout. Calling vkGetImageSubresourceLayout for a linear image returns a subresource layout mapping that is valid for either of those image layouts.

The set of image layouts consists of:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageLayout {
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED = 0,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL = 1,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL = 2,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL = 3,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL = 4,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL = 5,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL = 6,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL = 7,
    VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED = 8,
} VkImageLayout;

The type(s) of device access supported by each layout are:

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED specifies that the layout is unknown. Image memory cannot be transitioned into this layout. This layout can be used as the initialLayout member of VkImageCreateInfo. This layout can be used in place of the current image layout in a layout transition, but doing so will cause the contents of the image’s memory to be undefined.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED specifies that an image’s memory is in a defined layout and can be populated by data, but that it has not yet been initialized by the driver. Image memory cannot be transitioned into this layout. This layout can be used as the initialLayout member of VkImageCreateInfo. This layout is intended to be used as the initial layout for an image whose contents are written by the host, and hence the data can be written to memory immediately, without first executing a layout transition. Currently, VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED is only useful with linear images because there is not a standard layout defined for VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL images.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL supports all types of device access.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL must only be used as a color or resolve attachment in a VkFramebuffer. This layout is valid only for image subresources of images created with the VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT usage bit enabled.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL specifies a layout for both the depth and stencil aspects of a depth/stencil format image allowing read and write access as a depth/stencil attachment.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL specifies a layout for both the depth and stencil aspects of a depth/stencil format image allowing read only access as a depth/stencil attachment or in shaders as a sampled image, combined image/sampler, or input attachment.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL specifies a layout allowing read-only access in a shader as a sampled image, combined image/sampler, or input attachment. This layout is valid only for image subresources of images created with the VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT or VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT usage bits enabled.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL must only be used as a source image of a transfer command (see the definition of VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT). This layout is valid only for image subresources of images created with the VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage bit enabled.

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL must only be used as a destination image of a transfer command. This layout is valid only for image subresources of images created with the VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage bit enabled.

The layout of each image subresource is not a state of the image subresource itself, but is rather a property of how the data in memory is organized, and thus for each mechanism of accessing an image in the API the application must specify a parameter or structure member that indicates which image layout the image subresource(s) are considered to be in when the image will be accessed. For transfer commands, this is a parameter to the command (see Clear Commands and Copy Commands). For use as a framebuffer attachment, this is a member in the substructures of the VkRenderPassCreateInfo (see Render Pass). For use in a descriptor set, this is a member in the VkDescriptorImageInfo structure (see Descriptor Set Updates).

12.4.1. Image Layout Matching Rules

At the time that any command buffer command accessing an image executes on any queue, the layouts of the image subresources that are accessed must all match exactly the layout specified via the API controlling those accesses.

When performing a layout transition on an image subresource, the old layout value must either equal the current layout of the image subresource (at the time the transition executes), or else be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED (implying that the contents of the image subresource need not be preserved). The new layout used in a transition must not be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED.

12.5. Image Views

Image objects are not directly accessed by pipeline shaders for reading or writing image data. Instead, image views representing contiguous ranges of the image subresources and containing additional metadata are used for that purpose. Views must be created on images of compatible types, and must represent a valid subset of image subresources.

Image views are represented by VkImageView handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkImageView)

VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS is a special constant value used for image views to indicate that all remaining array layers in an image after the base layer should be included in the view.

#define VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS         (~0U)

VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS is a special constant value used for image views to indicate that all remaining mipmap levels in an image after the base level should be included in the view.

#define VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS           (~0U)

The types of image views that can be created are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageViewType {
    VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D = 0,
    VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D = 1,
    VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D = 2,
    VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE = 3,
    VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D_ARRAY = 4,
    VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY = 5,
    VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY = 6,
} VkImageViewType;

To create an image view, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateImageView(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkImageViewCreateInfo*                pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkImageView*                                pView);
  • device is the logical device that creates the image view.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkImageViewCreateInfo structure containing parameters to be used to create the image view.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pView is a pointer to a VkImageView handle in which the resulting image view object is returned.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateImageView-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateImageView-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkImageViewCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateImageView-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateImageView-pView-parameter
    pView must be a valid pointer to a VkImageView handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkImageViewCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageViewCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType            sType;
    const void*                pNext;
    VkImageViewCreateFlags     flags;
    VkImage                    image;
    VkImageViewType            viewType;
    VkFormat                   format;
    VkComponentMapping         components;
    VkImageSubresourceRange    subresourceRange;
} VkImageViewCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkImageViewCreateFlagBits specifying additional parameters of the image view.

  • image is a VkImage on which the view will be created.

  • viewType is a VkImageViewType value specifying the type of the image view.

  • format is a VkFormat specifying the format and type used to interpret texel blocks of the image.

  • components is a VkComponentMapping structure specifying a remapping of color components (or of depth or stencil components after they have been converted into color components).

  • subresourceRange is a VkImageSubresourceRange structure selecting the set of mipmap levels and array layers to be accessible to the view.

Some of the image creation parameters are inherited by the view. In particular, image view creation inherits the implicit parameter usage specifying the allowed usages of the image view that, by default, takes the value of the corresponding usage parameter specified in VkImageCreateInfo at image creation time.

If image was created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT flag, format can be different from the image’s format, but if they are not equal they must be compatible. Image format compatibility is defined in the Format Compatibility Classes section. Views of compatible formats will have the same mapping between texel coordinates and memory locations irrespective of the format, with only the interpretation of the bit pattern changing.

Note

Values intended to be used with one view format may not be exactly preserved when written or read through a different format. For example, an integer value that happens to have the bit pattern of a floating point denorm or NaN may be flushed or canonicalized when written or read through a view with a floating point format. Similarly, a value written through a signed normalized format that has a bit pattern exactly equal to -2b may be changed to -2b + 1 as described in Conversion from Normalized Fixed-Point to Floating-Point.

The VkComponentMapping components member describes a remapping from components of the image to components of the vector returned by shader image instructions. This remapping must be the identity swizzle for storage image descriptors, input attachment descriptors, and framebuffer attachments.

Table 7. Image type and image view type compatibility requirements
Image View Type Compatible Image Types

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D_ARRAY

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D

VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-01003
    If image was not created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT then viewType must not be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-viewType-01004
    If the imageCubeArray feature is not enabled, viewType must not be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-04441
    image must have been created with a usage value containing at least one of the usages defined in the valid image usage list for image views

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-None-02273
    The format features of the resultant image view must contain at least one bit

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-usage-02274
    If usage contains VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, then the format features of the resultant image view must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-usage-02275
    If usage contains VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-usage-02276
    If usage contains VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-usage-02277
    If usage contains VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-usage-08932
    If usage contains VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT,

    then the image view’s format features must contain at least one of VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT or VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-01478
    subresourceRange.baseMipLevel must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-01718
    If subresourceRange.levelCount is not VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, subresourceRange.baseMipLevel + subresourceRange.levelCount must be less than or equal to the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-01480
    subresourceRange.baseArrayLayer must be less than the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-01719
    If subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, subresourceRange.baseArrayLayer + subresourceRange.layerCount must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-01018
    If image was created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT flag, format must be compatible with the format used to create image, as defined in Format Compatibility Classes

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-01019
    If image was not created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_MUTABLE_FORMAT_BIT flag, format must be identical to the format used to create image

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-01020
    If image is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subResourceRange-01021
    viewType must be compatible with the type of image as shown in the view type compatibility table

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-imageViewType-04973
    If viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D, or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D; and subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, then subresourceRange.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-imageViewType-04974
    If viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D, or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D; and subresourceRange.layerCount is VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, then the remaining number of layers must be 1

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-viewType-02960
    If viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE and subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, subresourceRange.layerCount must be 6

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-viewType-02961
    If viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY and subresourceRange.layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, subresourceRange.layerCount must be a multiple of 6

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-viewType-02962
    If viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE and subresourceRange.layerCount is VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, the remaining number of layers must be 6

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-viewType-02963
    If viewType is VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY and subresourceRange.layerCount is VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, the remaining number of layers must be a multiple of 6

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-09594
    subresourceRange.aspectMask must be valid for the format the image was created with

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-viewType-parameter
    viewType must be a valid VkImageViewType value

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-components-parameter
    components must be a valid VkComponentMapping structure

  • VUID-VkImageViewCreateInfo-subresourceRange-parameter
    subresourceRange must be a valid VkImageSubresourceRange structure

Bits which can be set in VkImageViewCreateInfo::flags, specifying additional parameters of an image view, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageViewCreateFlagBits {
} VkImageViewCreateFlagBits;
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkImageViewCreateFlags;

VkImageViewCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkImageViewCreateFlagBits.

The VkImageSubresourceRange structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageSubresourceRange {
    VkImageAspectFlags    aspectMask;
    uint32_t              baseMipLevel;
    uint32_t              levelCount;
    uint32_t              baseArrayLayer;
    uint32_t              layerCount;
} VkImageSubresourceRange;
  • aspectMask is a bitmask of VkImageAspectFlagBits specifying which aspect(s) of the image are included in the view.

  • baseMipLevel is the first mipmap level accessible to the view.

  • levelCount is the number of mipmap levels (starting from baseMipLevel) accessible to the view.

  • baseArrayLayer is the first array layer accessible to the view.

  • layerCount is the number of array layers (starting from baseArrayLayer) accessible to the view.

The number of mipmap levels and array layers must be a subset of the image subresources in the image. If an application wants to use all mip levels or layers in an image after the baseMipLevel or baseArrayLayer, it can set levelCount and layerCount to the special values VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS and VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS without knowing the exact number of mip levels or layers.

For cube and cube array image views, the layers of the image view starting at baseArrayLayer correspond to faces in the order +X, -X, +Y, -Y, +Z, -Z. For cube arrays, each set of six sequential layers is a single cube, so the number of cube maps in a cube map array view is layerCount / 6, and image array layer (baseArrayLayer + i) is face index (i mod 6) of cube i / 6. If the number of layers in the view, whether set explicitly in layerCount or implied by VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, is not a multiple of 6, the last cube map in the array must not be accessed.

aspectMask must be only VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT, VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT if format is a color, depth-only or stencil-only format, respectively. If using a depth/stencil format with both depth and stencil components, aspectMask must include at least one of VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT and VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, and can include both.

When using an image view of a depth/stencil image to populate a descriptor set (e.g. for sampling in the shader, or for use as an input attachment), the aspectMask must only include one bit, which selects whether the image view is used for depth reads (i.e. using a floating-point sampler or input attachment in the shader) or stencil reads (i.e. using an unsigned integer sampler or input attachment in the shader). When an image view of a depth/stencil image is used as a depth/stencil framebuffer attachment, the aspectMask is ignored and both depth and stencil image subresources are used.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceRange-levelCount-01720
    If levelCount is not VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, it must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceRange-layerCount-01721
    If layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, it must be greater than 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceRange-aspectMask-parameter
    aspectMask must be a valid combination of VkImageAspectFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceRange-aspectMask-requiredbitmask
    aspectMask must not be 0

Bits which can be set in an aspect mask to specify aspects of an image for purposes such as identifying a subresource, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkImageAspectFlagBits {
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_METADATA_BIT = 0x00000008,
} VkImageAspectFlagBits;
  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT specifies the color aspect.

  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT specifies the depth aspect.

  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT specifies the stencil aspect.

  • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_METADATA_BIT specifies the metadata aspect used for sparse resource operations.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkImageAspectFlags;

VkImageAspectFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkImageAspectFlagBits.

The VkComponentMapping structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkComponentMapping {
    VkComponentSwizzle    r;
    VkComponentSwizzle    g;
    VkComponentSwizzle    b;
    VkComponentSwizzle    a;
} VkComponentMapping;
  • r is a VkComponentSwizzle specifying the component value placed in the R component of the output vector.

  • g is a VkComponentSwizzle specifying the component value placed in the G component of the output vector.

  • b is a VkComponentSwizzle specifying the component value placed in the B component of the output vector.

  • a is a VkComponentSwizzle specifying the component value placed in the A component of the output vector.

Valid Usage (Implicit)

Possible values of the members of VkComponentMapping, specifying the component values placed in each component of the output vector, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkComponentSwizzle {
    VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_IDENTITY = 0,
    VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ZERO = 1,
    VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ONE = 2,
    VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_R = 3,
    VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_G = 4,
    VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_B = 5,
    VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_A = 6,
} VkComponentSwizzle;
  • VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_IDENTITY specifies that the component is set to the identity swizzle.

  • VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ZERO specifies that the component is set to zero.

  • VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ONE specifies that the component is set to either 1 or 1.0, depending on whether the type of the image view format is integer or floating-point respectively, as determined by the Format Definition section for each VkFormat.

  • VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_R specifies that the component is set to the value of the R component of the image.

  • VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_G specifies that the component is set to the value of the G component of the image.

  • VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_B specifies that the component is set to the value of the B component of the image.

  • VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_A specifies that the component is set to the value of the A component of the image.

Setting the identity swizzle on a component is equivalent to setting the identity mapping on that component. That is:

Table 8. Component Mappings Equivalent To VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_IDENTITY
Component Identity Mapping

components.r

VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_R

components.g

VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_G

components.b

VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_B

components.a

VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_A

To destroy an image view, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyImageView(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkImageView                                 imageView,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the image view.

  • imageView is the image view to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyImageView-imageView-01026
    All submitted commands that refer to imageView must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkDestroyImageView-imageView-01027
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when imageView was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyImageView-imageView-01028
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when imageView was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyImageView-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyImageView-imageView-parameter
    If imageView is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, imageView must be a valid VkImageView handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyImageView-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyImageView-imageView-parent
    If imageView is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to imageView must be externally synchronized

12.5.1. Image View Format Features

Valid uses of a VkImageView may depend on the image view’s format features, defined below. Such constraints are documented in the affected valid usage statement.

12.6. Resource Memory Association

Resources are initially created as virtual allocations with no backing memory. Device memory is allocated separately (see Device Memory) and then associated with the resource. This association is done differently for sparse and non-sparse resources.

Resources created with any of the sparse creation flags are considered sparse resources. Resources created without these flags are non-sparse. The details on resource memory association for sparse resources is described in Sparse Resources.

Non-sparse resources must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object before the resource is passed as a parameter to any of the following operations:

  • creating image or buffer views

  • updating descriptor sets

  • recording commands in a command buffer

Once bound, the memory binding is immutable for the lifetime of the resource.

To determine the memory requirements for a buffer resource, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    VkMemoryRequirements*                       pMemoryRequirements);
  • device is the logical device that owns the buffer.

  • buffer is the buffer to query.

  • pMemoryRequirements is a pointer to a VkMemoryRequirements structure in which the memory requirements of the buffer object are returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements-pMemoryRequirements-parameter
    pMemoryRequirements must be a valid pointer to a VkMemoryRequirements structure

  • VUID-vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements-buffer-parent
    buffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

To determine the memory requirements for an image resource, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetImageMemoryRequirements(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkImage                                     image,
    VkMemoryRequirements*                       pMemoryRequirements);
  • device is the logical device that owns the image.

  • image is the image to query.

  • pMemoryRequirements is a pointer to a VkMemoryRequirements structure in which the memory requirements of the image object are returned.

Valid Usage
Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetImageMemoryRequirements-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetImageMemoryRequirements-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkGetImageMemoryRequirements-pMemoryRequirements-parameter
    pMemoryRequirements must be a valid pointer to a VkMemoryRequirements structure

  • VUID-vkGetImageMemoryRequirements-image-parent
    image must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

The VkMemoryRequirements structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkMemoryRequirements {
    VkDeviceSize    size;
    VkDeviceSize    alignment;
    uint32_t        memoryTypeBits;
} VkMemoryRequirements;
  • size is the size, in bytes, of the memory allocation required for the resource.

  • alignment is the alignment, in bytes, of the offset within the allocation required for the resource.

  • memoryTypeBits is a bitmask and contains one bit set for every supported memory type for the resource. Bit i is set if and only if the memory type i in the VkPhysicalDeviceMemoryProperties structure for the physical device is supported for the resource.

The implementation guarantees certain properties about the memory requirements returned by vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements and vkGetImageMemoryRequirements:

  • The memoryTypeBits member always contains at least one bit set.

  • If buffer is a VkBuffer not created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT or VK_BUFFER_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bits set, or if image is a linear image that was not created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_PROTECTED_BIT bit set, then the memoryTypeBits member always contains at least one bit set corresponding to a VkMemoryType with a propertyFlags that has both the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_VISIBLE_BIT bit and the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_HOST_COHERENT_BIT bit set. In other words, mappable coherent memory can always be attached to these objects.

  • The memoryTypeBits member always contains at least one bit set corresponding to a VkMemoryType with a propertyFlags that has the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_DEVICE_LOCAL_BIT bit set.

  • The memoryTypeBits member is identical for all VkBuffer objects created with the same value for the flags and usage members in the VkBufferCreateInfo structure passed to vkCreateBuffer. Further, if usage1 and usage2 of type VkBufferUsageFlags are such that the bits set in usage2 are a subset of the bits set in usage1, and they have the same flags, then the bits set in memoryTypeBits returned for usage1 must be a subset of the bits set in memoryTypeBits returned for usage2, for all values of flags.

  • The alignment member is a power of two.

  • The alignment member is identical for all VkBuffer objects created with the same combination of values for the usage and flags members in the VkBufferCreateInfo structure passed to vkCreateBuffer.

  • The alignment member satisfies the buffer descriptor offset alignment requirements associated with the VkBuffer’s usage:

    • If usage included VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT or VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT, alignment must be an integer multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minTexelBufferOffsetAlignment.

    • If usage included VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_BIT, alignment must be an integer multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minUniformBufferOffsetAlignment.

    • If usage included VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_BUFFER_BIT, alignment must be an integer multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minStorageBufferOffsetAlignment.

  • For images created with a color format, the memoryTypeBits member is identical for all VkImage objects created with the same combination of values for the tiling member, the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT bit of the flags member, and the VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT of the usage member in the VkImageCreateInfo structure passed to vkCreateImage.

  • For images created with a depth/stencil format, the memoryTypeBits member is identical for all VkImage objects created with the same combination of values for the format member, the tiling member, the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT bit of the flags member, and the VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT of the usage member in the VkImageCreateInfo structure passed to vkCreateImage.

  • If the memory requirements are for a VkImage, the memoryTypeBits member must not refer to a VkMemoryType with a propertyFlags that has the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT bit set if the image did not have VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSIENT_ATTACHMENT_BIT bit set in the usage member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure passed to vkCreateImage.

  • If the memory requirements are for a VkBuffer, the memoryTypeBits member must not refer to a VkMemoryType with a propertyFlags that has the VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT bit set.

    Note

    The implication of this requirement is that lazily allocated memory is disallowed for buffers in all cases.

  • The size member is identical for all VkBuffer objects created with the same combination of creation parameters specified in VkBufferCreateInfo and its pNext chain.

  • The size member is identical for all VkImage objects created with the same combination of creation parameters specified in VkImageCreateInfo and its pNext chain.

    Note

    This, however, does not imply that they interpret the contents of the bound memory identically with each other.

To attach memory to a buffer object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkBindBufferMemory(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    VkDeviceMemory                              memory,
    VkDeviceSize                                memoryOffset);
  • device is the logical device that owns the buffer and memory.

  • buffer is the buffer to be attached to memory.

  • memory is a VkDeviceMemory object describing the device memory to attach.

  • memoryOffset is the start offset of the region of memory which is to be bound to the buffer. The number of bytes returned in the VkMemoryRequirements::size member in memory, starting from memoryOffset bytes, will be bound to the specified buffer.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-buffer-07459
    buffer must not have been bound to a memory object

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-buffer-01030
    buffer must not have been created with any sparse memory binding flags

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-memoryOffset-01031
    memoryOffset must be less than the size of memory

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-memory-01035
    memory must have been allocated using one of the memory types allowed in the memoryTypeBits member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements with buffer

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-memoryOffset-01036
    memoryOffset must be an integer multiple of the alignment member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements with buffer

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-size-01037
    The size member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements with buffer must be less than or equal to the size of memory minus memoryOffset

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-buffer-parent
    buffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

  • VUID-vkBindBufferMemory-memory-parent
    memory must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to buffer must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

To attach memory to an image object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkBindImageMemory(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkImage                                     image,
    VkDeviceMemory                              memory,
    VkDeviceSize                                memoryOffset);
  • device is the logical device that owns the image and memory.

  • image is the image.

  • memory is the VkDeviceMemory object describing the device memory to attach.

  • memoryOffset is the start offset of the region of memory which is to be bound to the image. The number of bytes returned in the VkMemoryRequirements::size member in memory, starting from memoryOffset bytes, will be bound to the specified image.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-image-07460
    image must not have been bound to a memory object

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-image-01045
    image must not have been created with any sparse memory binding flags

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-memoryOffset-01046
    memoryOffset must be less than the size of memory

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-memory-01047
    memory must have been allocated using one of the memory types allowed in the memoryTypeBits member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetImageMemoryRequirements with image

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-memoryOffset-01048
    memoryOffset must be an integer multiple of the alignment member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetImageMemoryRequirements with image

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-size-01049
    The difference of the size of memory and memoryOffset must be greater than or equal to the size member of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetImageMemoryRequirements with the same image

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-memory-parameter
    memory must be a valid VkDeviceMemory handle

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-image-parent
    image must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

  • VUID-vkBindImageMemory-memory-parent
    memory must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to image must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

Buffer-Image Granularity

The implementation-dependent limit bufferImageGranularity specifies a page-like granularity at which linear and non-linear resources must be placed in adjacent memory locations to avoid aliasing. Two resources which do not satisfy this granularity requirement are said to alias. bufferImageGranularity is specified in bytes, and must be a power of two. Implementations which do not impose a granularity restriction may report a bufferImageGranularity value of one.

Note

Despite its name, bufferImageGranularity is really a granularity between “linear” and “non-linear” resources.

Given resourceA at the lower memory offset and resourceB at the higher memory offset in the same VkDeviceMemory object, where one resource is linear and the other is non-linear (as defined in the Glossary), and the following:

resourceA.end       = resourceA.memoryOffset + resourceA.size - 1
resourceA.endPage   = resourceA.end & ~(bufferImageGranularity-1)
resourceB.start     = resourceB.memoryOffset
resourceB.startPage = resourceB.start & ~(bufferImageGranularity-1)

The following property must hold:

resourceA.endPage < resourceB.startPage

That is, the end of the first resource (A) and the beginning of the second resource (B) must be on separate “pages” of size bufferImageGranularity. bufferImageGranularity may be different than the physical page size of the memory heap. This restriction is only needed when a linear resource and a non-linear resource are adjacent in memory and will be used simultaneously. The memory ranges of adjacent resources can be closer than bufferImageGranularity, provided they meet the alignment requirement for the objects in question.

Sparse block size in bytes and sparse image and buffer memory alignments must all be multiples of the bufferImageGranularity. Therefore, memory bound to sparse resources naturally satisfies the bufferImageGranularity.

12.7. Resource Sharing Mode

Buffer and image objects are created with a sharing mode controlling how they can be accessed from queues. The supported sharing modes are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSharingMode {
    VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE = 0,
    VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT = 1,
} VkSharingMode;
  • VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE specifies that access to any range or image subresource of the object will be exclusive to a single queue family at a time.

  • VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT specifies that concurrent access to any range or image subresource of the object from multiple queue families is supported.

Note

VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT may result in lower performance access to the buffer or image than VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE.

Ranges of buffers and image subresources of image objects created using VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE must only be accessed by queues in the queue family that has ownership of the resource. Upon creation, such resources are not owned by any queue family; ownership is implicitly acquired upon first use within a queue. Once a resource using VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE is owned by some queue family, the application must perform a queue family ownership transfer to make the memory contents of a range or image subresource accessible to a different queue family.

Note

Images still require a layout transition from VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED before being used on the first queue.

A queue family can take ownership of an image subresource or buffer range of a resource created with VK_SHARING_MODE_EXCLUSIVE, without an ownership transfer, in the same way as for a resource that was just created; however, taking ownership in this way has the effect that the contents of the image subresource or buffer range are undefined.

Ranges of buffers and image subresources of image objects created using VK_SHARING_MODE_CONCURRENT must only be accessed by queues from the queue families specified through the queueFamilyIndexCount and pQueueFamilyIndices members of the corresponding create info structures.

12.8. Memory Aliasing

A range of a VkDeviceMemory allocation is aliased if it is bound to multiple resources simultaneously, as described below, via vkBindImageMemory, vkBindBufferMemory, or via sparse memory bindings.

Consider two resources, resourceA and resourceB, bound respectively to memory rangeA and rangeB. Let paddedRangeA and paddedRangeB be, respectively, rangeA and rangeB aligned to bufferImageGranularity. If the resources are both linear or both non-linear (as defined in the Glossary), then the resources alias the memory in the intersection of rangeA and rangeB. If one resource is linear and the other is non-linear, then the resources alias the memory in the intersection of paddedRangeA and paddedRangeB.

Applications can alias memory, but use of multiple aliases is subject to several constraints.

Note

Memory aliasing can be useful to reduce the total device memory footprint of an application, if some large resources are used for disjoint periods of time.

When a non-linear, non-VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT image is bound to an aliased range, all image subresources of the image overlap the range. When a linear image is bound to an aliased range, the image subresources that (according to the image’s advertised layout) include bytes from the aliased range overlap the range. When a VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT image has sparse image blocks bound to an aliased range, only image subresources including those sparse image blocks overlap the range, and when the memory bound to the image’s mip tail overlaps an aliased range all image subresources in the mip tail overlap the range.

Buffers, and linear image subresources in either the VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL layouts, are host-accessible subresources. That is, the host has a well-defined addressing scheme to interpret the contents, and thus the layout of the data in memory can be consistently interpreted across aliases if each of those aliases is a host-accessible subresource. Non-linear images, and linear image subresources in other layouts, are not host-accessible.

If two aliases are both host-accessible, then they interpret the contents of the memory in consistent ways, and data written to one alias can be read by the other alias.

Otherwise, the aliases interpret the contents of the memory differently, and writes via one alias make the contents of memory partially or completely undefined to the other alias. If the first alias is a host-accessible subresource, then the bytes affected are those written by the memory operations according to its addressing scheme. If the first alias is not host-accessible, then the bytes affected are those overlapped by the image subresources that were written. If the second alias is a host-accessible subresource, the affected bytes become undefined. If the second alias is not host-accessible, all sparse image blocks (for sparse partially-resident images) or all image subresources (for non-sparse image and fully resident sparse images) that overlap the affected bytes become undefined.

If any image subresources are made undefined due to writes to an alias, then each of those image subresources must have its layout transitioned from VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_UNDEFINED to a valid layout before it is used, or from VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED if the memory has been written by the host. If any sparse blocks of a sparse image have been made undefined, then only the image subresources containing them must be transitioned.

Use of an overlapping range by two aliases must be separated by a memory dependency using the appropriate access types if at least one of those uses performs writes, whether the aliases interpret memory consistently or not. If buffer or image memory barriers are used, the scope of the barrier must contain the entire range and/or set of image subresources that overlap.

If two aliasing image views are used in the same framebuffer, then the render pass must declare the attachments using the VK_ATTACHMENT_DESCRIPTION_MAY_ALIAS_BIT, and follow the other rules listed in that section.

Note

Memory recycled via an application suballocator (i.e. without freeing and reallocating the memory objects) is not substantially different from memory aliasing. However, a suballocator usually waits on a fence before recycling a region of memory, and signaling a fence involves sufficient implicit dependencies to satisfy all the above requirements.

12.8.1. Resource Memory Overlap

Applications can safely access a resource concurrently as long as the memory locations do not overlap as defined in Memory Location. This includes aliased resources if such aliasing is well-defined. It also includes access from different queues and/or queue families if such concurrent access is supported by the resource. Transfer commands only access memory locations specified by the range of the transfer command.

Note

The intent is that buffers (or linear images) can be accessed concurrently, even when they share cache lines, but otherwise do not access the same memory range. The concept of a device cache line size is not exposed in the memory model.

13. Samplers

VkSampler objects represent the state of an image sampler which is used by the implementation to read image data and apply filtering and other transformations for the shader.

Samplers are represented by VkSampler handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkSampler)

To create a sampler object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateSampler(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkSamplerCreateInfo*                  pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkSampler*                                  pSampler);
  • device is the logical device that creates the sampler.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkSamplerCreateInfo structure specifying the state of the sampler object.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pSampler is a pointer to a VkSampler handle in which the resulting sampler object is returned.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCreateSampler-maxSamplerAllocationCount-04110
    There must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxSamplerAllocationCount VkSampler objects currently created on the device

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateSampler-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateSampler-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkSamplerCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateSampler-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateSampler-pSampler-parameter
    pSampler must be a valid pointer to a VkSampler handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkSamplerCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSamplerCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType         sType;
    const void*             pNext;
    VkSamplerCreateFlags    flags;
    VkFilter                magFilter;
    VkFilter                minFilter;
    VkSamplerMipmapMode     mipmapMode;
    VkSamplerAddressMode    addressModeU;
    VkSamplerAddressMode    addressModeV;
    VkSamplerAddressMode    addressModeW;
    float                   mipLodBias;
    VkBool32                anisotropyEnable;
    float                   maxAnisotropy;
    VkBool32                compareEnable;
    VkCompareOp             compareOp;
    float                   minLod;
    float                   maxLod;
    VkBorderColor           borderColor;
    VkBool32                unnormalizedCoordinates;
} VkSamplerCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkSamplerCreateFlagBits describing additional parameters of the sampler.

  • magFilter is a VkFilter value specifying the magnification filter to apply to lookups.

  • minFilter is a VkFilter value specifying the minification filter to apply to lookups.

  • mipmapMode is a VkSamplerMipmapMode value specifying the mipmap filter to apply to lookups.

  • addressModeU is a VkSamplerAddressMode value specifying the addressing mode for U coordinates outside [0,1).

  • addressModeV is a VkSamplerAddressMode value specifying the addressing mode for V coordinates outside [0,1).

  • addressModeW is a VkSamplerAddressMode value specifying the addressing mode for W coordinates outside [0,1).

  • mipLodBias is the bias to be added to mipmap LOD calculation and bias provided by image sampling functions in SPIR-V, as described in the LOD Operation section.

  • anisotropyEnable is VK_TRUE to enable anisotropic filtering, as described in the Texel Anisotropic Filtering section, or VK_FALSE otherwise.

  • maxAnisotropy is the anisotropy value clamp used by the sampler when anisotropyEnable is VK_TRUE. If anisotropyEnable is VK_FALSE, maxAnisotropy is ignored.

  • compareEnable is VK_TRUE to enable comparison against a reference value during lookups, or VK_FALSE otherwise.

    • Note: Some implementations will default to shader state if this member does not match.

  • compareOp is a VkCompareOp value specifying the comparison operator to apply to fetched data before filtering as described in the Depth Compare Operation section.

  • minLod is used to clamp the minimum of the computed LOD value.

  • maxLod is used to clamp the maximum of the computed LOD value. To avoid clamping the maximum value, set maxLod to the constant VK_LOD_CLAMP_NONE.

  • borderColor is a VkBorderColor value specifying the predefined border color to use.

  • unnormalizedCoordinates controls whether to use unnormalized or normalized texel coordinates to address texels of the image. When set to VK_TRUE, the range of the image coordinates used to lookup the texel is in the range of zero to the image size in each dimension. When set to VK_FALSE the range of image coordinates is zero to one.

    When unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, images the sampler is used with in the shader have the following requirements:

    • The viewType must be either VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D.

    • The image view must have a single layer and a single mip level.

    When unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, image built-in functions in the shader that use the sampler have the following requirements:

    • The functions must not use projection.

    • The functions must not use offsets.

Mapping of OpenGL to Vulkan filter modes

magFilter values of VK_FILTER_NEAREST and VK_FILTER_LINEAR directly correspond to GL_NEAREST and GL_LINEAR magnification filters. minFilter and mipmapMode combine to correspond to the similarly named OpenGL minification filter of GL_minFilter_MIPMAP_mipmapMode (e.g. minFilter of VK_FILTER_LINEAR and mipmapMode of VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST correspond to GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST).

There are no Vulkan filter modes that directly correspond to OpenGL minification filters of GL_LINEAR or GL_NEAREST, but they can be emulated using VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST, minLod = 0, and maxLod = 0.25, and using minFilter = VK_FILTER_LINEAR or minFilter = VK_FILTER_NEAREST, respectively.

Note that using a maxLod of zero would cause magnification to always be performed, and the magFilter to always be used. This is valid, just not an exact match for OpenGL behavior. Clamping the maximum LOD to 0.25 allows the λ value to be non-zero and minification to be performed, while still always rounding down to the base level. If the minFilter and magFilter are equal, then using a maxLod of zero also works.

The maximum number of sampler objects which can be simultaneously created on a device is implementation-dependent and specified by the maxSamplerAllocationCount member of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure.

Note

For historical reasons, if maxSamplerAllocationCount is exceeded, some implementations may return VK_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OBJECTS. Exceeding this limit will result in undefined behavior, and an application should not rely on the use of the returned error code in order to identify when the limit is reached.

Since VkSampler is a non-dispatchable handle type, implementations may return the same handle for sampler state vectors that are identical. In such cases, all such objects would only count once against the maxSamplerAllocationCount limit.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-mipLodBias-01069
    The absolute value of mipLodBias must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxSamplerLodBias

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-maxLod-01973
    maxLod must be greater than or equal to minLod

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-anisotropyEnable-01070
    If the samplerAnisotropy feature is not enabled, anisotropyEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-anisotropyEnable-01071
    If anisotropyEnable is VK_TRUE, maxAnisotropy must be between 1.0 and VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxSamplerAnisotropy, inclusive

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-unnormalizedCoordinates-01072
    If unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, minFilter and magFilter must be equal

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-unnormalizedCoordinates-01073
    If unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, mipmapMode must be VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-unnormalizedCoordinates-01074
    If unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, minLod and maxLod must be zero

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-unnormalizedCoordinates-01075
    If unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, addressModeU and addressModeV must each be either VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_EDGE or VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_BORDER

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-unnormalizedCoordinates-01076
    If unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, anisotropyEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-unnormalizedCoordinates-01077
    If unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE, compareEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-addressModeU-01078
    If any of addressModeU, addressModeV or addressModeW are VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_BORDER, borderColor must be a valid VkBorderColor value

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-addressModeU-01079
    If samplerMirrorClampToEdge is not enabled, and if the VK_KHR_sampler_mirror_clamp_to_edge extension is not enabled, addressModeU, addressModeV and addressModeW must not be VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRROR_CLAMP_TO_EDGE

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-compareEnable-01080
    If compareEnable is VK_TRUE, compareOp must be a valid VkCompareOp value

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_SAMPLER_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-magFilter-parameter
    magFilter must be a valid VkFilter value

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-minFilter-parameter
    minFilter must be a valid VkFilter value

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-mipmapMode-parameter
    mipmapMode must be a valid VkSamplerMipmapMode value

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-addressModeU-parameter
    addressModeU must be a valid VkSamplerAddressMode value

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-addressModeV-parameter
    addressModeV must be a valid VkSamplerAddressMode value

  • VUID-VkSamplerCreateInfo-addressModeW-parameter
    addressModeW must be a valid VkSamplerAddressMode value

VK_LOD_CLAMP_NONE is a special constant value used for VkSamplerCreateInfo::maxLod to indicate that maximum LOD clamping should not be performed.

#define VK_LOD_CLAMP_NONE                 1000.0F

Bits which can be set in VkSamplerCreateInfo::flags, specifying additional parameters of a sampler, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSamplerCreateFlagBits {
} VkSamplerCreateFlagBits;
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkSamplerCreateFlags;

VkSamplerCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSamplerCreateFlagBits.

Possible values of the VkSamplerCreateInfo::magFilter and minFilter parameters, specifying filters used for texture lookups, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFilter {
    VK_FILTER_NEAREST = 0,
    VK_FILTER_LINEAR = 1,
} VkFilter;
  • VK_FILTER_NEAREST specifies nearest filtering.

  • VK_FILTER_LINEAR specifies linear filtering.

These filters are described in detail in Texel Filtering.

Possible values of the VkSamplerCreateInfo::mipmapMode, specifying the mipmap mode used for texture lookups, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSamplerMipmapMode {
    VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST = 0,
    VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR = 1,
} VkSamplerMipmapMode;
  • VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST specifies nearest filtering.

  • VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR specifies linear filtering.

These modes are described in detail in Texel Filtering.

Possible values of the VkSamplerCreateInfo::addressMode* parameters, specifying the behavior of sampling with coordinates outside the range [0,1] for the respective u, v, or w coordinate as defined in the Wrapping Operation section, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSamplerAddressMode {
    VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_REPEAT = 0,
    VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRRORED_REPEAT = 1,
    VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_EDGE = 2,
    VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_BORDER = 3,
} VkSamplerAddressMode;
  • VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_REPEAT specifies that the repeat wrap mode will be used.

  • VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRRORED_REPEAT specifies that the mirrored repeat wrap mode will be used.

  • VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_EDGE specifies that the clamp to edge wrap mode will be used.

  • VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_BORDER specifies that the clamp to border wrap mode will be used.

Comparison operators compare a reference and a test value, and return a true (“passed”) or false (“failed”) value depending on the comparison operator chosen. The supported operators are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkCompareOp {
    VK_COMPARE_OP_NEVER = 0,
    VK_COMPARE_OP_LESS = 1,
    VK_COMPARE_OP_EQUAL = 2,
    VK_COMPARE_OP_LESS_OR_EQUAL = 3,
    VK_COMPARE_OP_GREATER = 4,
    VK_COMPARE_OP_NOT_EQUAL = 5,
    VK_COMPARE_OP_GREATER_OR_EQUAL = 6,
    VK_COMPARE_OP_ALWAYS = 7,
} VkCompareOp;
  • VK_COMPARE_OP_NEVER specifies that the comparison always evaluates false.

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_LESS specifies that the comparison evaluates reference < test.

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_EQUAL specifies that the comparison evaluates reference = test.

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_LESS_OR_EQUAL specifies that the comparison evaluates referencetest.

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_GREATER specifies that the comparison evaluates reference > test.

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_NOT_EQUAL specifies that the comparison evaluates referencetest.

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_GREATER_OR_EQUAL specifies that the comparison evaluates referencetest.

  • VK_COMPARE_OP_ALWAYS specifies that the comparison always evaluates true.

Comparison operators are used for:

Each such use describes how the reference and test values for that comparison are determined.

Possible values of VkSamplerCreateInfo::borderColor, specifying the border color used for texture lookups, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkBorderColor {
    VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_TRANSPARENT_BLACK = 0,
    VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_TRANSPARENT_BLACK = 1,
    VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_OPAQUE_BLACK = 2,
    VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_BLACK = 3,
    VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_OPAQUE_WHITE = 4,
    VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_WHITE = 5,
} VkBorderColor;
  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_TRANSPARENT_BLACK specifies a transparent, floating-point format, black color.

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_TRANSPARENT_BLACK specifies a transparent, integer format, black color.

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_OPAQUE_BLACK specifies an opaque, floating-point format, black color.

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_BLACK specifies an opaque, integer format, black color.

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_OPAQUE_WHITE specifies an opaque, floating-point format, white color.

  • VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_WHITE specifies an opaque, integer format, white color.

These colors are described in detail in Texel Replacement.

To destroy a sampler, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroySampler(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkSampler                                   sampler,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the sampler.

  • sampler is the sampler to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroySampler-sampler-01082
    All submitted commands that refer to sampler must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkDestroySampler-sampler-01083
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when sampler was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroySampler-sampler-01084
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when sampler was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroySampler-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroySampler-sampler-parameter
    If sampler is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, sampler must be a valid VkSampler handle

  • VUID-vkDestroySampler-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroySampler-sampler-parent
    If sampler is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to sampler must be externally synchronized

14. Resource Descriptors

A descriptor is an opaque data structure representing a shader resource such as a buffer, buffer view, image view, sampler, or combined image sampler. Descriptors are organized into descriptor sets, which are bound during command recording for use in subsequent drawing commands. The arrangement of content in each descriptor set is determined by a descriptor set layout, which determines what descriptors can be stored within it. The sequence of descriptor set layouts that can be used by a pipeline is specified in a pipeline layout. Each pipeline object can use up to maxBoundDescriptorSets (see Limits) descriptor sets.

Shaders access resources via variables decorated with a descriptor set and binding number that link them to a descriptor in a descriptor set. The shader interface mapping to bound descriptor sets is described in the Shader Resource Interface section.

14.1. Descriptor Types

There are a number of different types of descriptor supported by Vulkan, corresponding to different resources or usage. The following sections describe the API definitions of each descriptor type. The mapping of each type to SPIR-V is listed in the Shader Resource and Descriptor Type Correspondence and Shader Resource and Storage Class Correspondence tables in the Shader Interfaces chapter.

14.1.1. Storage Image

A storage image (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE) is a descriptor type associated with an image resource via an image view that load, store, and atomic operations can be performed on.

Storage image loads are supported in all shader stages for image views whose format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT.

Stores to storage images are supported in compute shaders for image views whose format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT.

Atomic operations on storage images are supported in compute shaders for image views whose format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT.

When the fragmentStoresAndAtomics feature is enabled, stores and atomic operations are also supported for storage images in fragment shaders with the same set of image formats as supported in compute shaders. When the vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics feature is enabled, stores and atomic operations are also supported in vertex, tessellation, and geometry shaders with the same set of image formats as supported in compute shaders.

The image subresources for a storage image must be in the VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL layout in order to access its data in a shader.

14.1.2. Sampler

A sampler descriptor (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER) is a descriptor type associated with a sampler object, used to control the behavior of sampling operations performed on a sampled image.

14.1.3. Sampled Image

A sampled image (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE) is a descriptor type associated with an image resource via an image view that sampling operations can be performed on.

Shaders combine a sampled image variable and a sampler variable to perform sampling operations.

Sampled images are supported in all shader stages for image views whose format features contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT.

An image subresources for a sampled image must be in one of the following layouts:

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

14.1.4. Combined Image Sampler

A combined image sampler (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER) is a single descriptor type associated with both a sampler and an image resource, combining both a sampler and sampled image descriptor into a single descriptor.

The sampler and image in this type of descriptor can be used freely with any other samplers and images.

An image subresources for a combined image sampler must be in one of the following layouts:

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

Note

On some implementations, it may be more efficient to sample from an image using a combination of sampler and sampled image that are stored together in the descriptor set in a combined descriptor.

14.1.5. Uniform Texel Buffer

A uniform texel buffer (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER) is a descriptor type associated with a buffer resource via a buffer view that image sampling operations can be performed on.

Uniform texel buffers define a tightly-packed 1-dimensional linear array of texels, with texels going through format conversion when read in a shader in the same way as they are for an image.

Load operations from uniform texel buffers are supported in all shader stages for buffer view formats which report format features support for VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

14.1.6. Storage Texel Buffer

A storage texel buffer (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER) is a descriptor type associated with a buffer resource via a buffer view that image load, store, and atomic operations can be performed on.

Storage texel buffers define a tightly-packed 1-dimensional linear array of texels, with texels going through format conversion when read in a shader in the same way as they are for an image. Unlike uniform texel buffers, these buffers can also be written to in the same way as for storage images.

Storage texel buffer loads are supported in all shader stages for texel buffer view formats which report format features support for VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

Stores to storage texel buffers are supported in compute shaders for texel buffer formats which report format features support for VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

Atomic operations on storage texel buffers are supported in compute shaders for texel buffer formats which report format features support for VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

When the fragmentStoresAndAtomics feature is enabled, stores and atomic operations are also supported for storage texel buffers in fragment shaders with the same set of texel buffer formats as supported in compute shaders. When the vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics feature is enabled, stores and atomic operations are also supported in vertex, tessellation, and geometry shaders with the same set of texel buffer formats as supported in compute shaders.

14.1.7. Storage Buffer

A storage buffer (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER) is a descriptor type associated with a buffer resource directly, described in a shader as a structure with various members that load, store, and atomic operations can be performed on.

Note

Atomic operations can only be performed on members of certain types as defined in the SPIR-V environment appendix.

14.1.8. Uniform Buffer

A uniform buffer (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER) is a descriptor type associated with a buffer resource directly, described in a shader as a structure with various members that load operations can be performed on.

14.1.9. Dynamic Uniform Buffer

A dynamic uniform buffer (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC) is almost identical to a uniform buffer, and differs only in how the offset into the buffer is specified. The base offset calculated by the VkDescriptorBufferInfo when initially updating the descriptor set is added to a dynamic offset when binding the descriptor set.

14.1.10. Dynamic Storage Buffer

A dynamic storage buffer (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC) is almost identical to a storage buffer, and differs only in how the offset into the buffer is specified. The base offset calculated by the VkDescriptorBufferInfo when initially updating the descriptor set is added to a dynamic offset when binding the descriptor set.

14.1.11. Input Attachment

An input attachment (VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT) is a descriptor type associated with an image resource via an image view that can be used for framebuffer local load operations in fragment shaders.

All image formats that are supported for color attachments (VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT ) or depth/stencil attachments (VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT) for a given image tiling mode are also supported for input attachments.

An image view used as an input attachment must be in one of the following layouts:

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_SHADER_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL

  • VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

14.2. Descriptor Sets

Descriptors are grouped together into descriptor set objects. A descriptor set object is an opaque object containing storage for a set of descriptors, where the types and number of descriptors is defined by a descriptor set layout. The layout object may be used to define the association of each descriptor binding with memory or other implementation resources. The layout is used both for determining the resources that need to be associated with the descriptor set, and determining the interface between shader stages and shader resources.

14.2.1. Descriptor Set Layout

A descriptor set layout object is defined by an array of zero or more descriptor bindings. Each individual descriptor binding is specified by a descriptor type, a count (array size) of the number of descriptors in the binding, a set of shader stages that can access the binding, and (if using immutable samplers) an array of sampler descriptors.

Descriptor set layout objects are represented by VkDescriptorSetLayout handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkDescriptorSetLayout)

To create descriptor set layout objects, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo*      pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkDescriptorSetLayout*                      pSetLayout);
  • device is the logical device that creates the descriptor set layout.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo structure specifying the state of the descriptor set layout object.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pSetLayout is a pointer to a VkDescriptorSetLayout handle in which the resulting descriptor set layout object is returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout-pSetLayout-parameter
    pSetLayout must be a valid pointer to a VkDescriptorSetLayout handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

Information about the descriptor set layout is passed in a VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                        sType;
    const void*                            pNext;
    VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateFlags       flags;
    uint32_t                               bindingCount;
    const VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding*    pBindings;
} VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask specifying options for descriptor set layout creation.

  • bindingCount is the number of elements in pBindings.

  • pBindings is a pointer to an array of VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structures.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-binding-00279
    The VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding::binding members of the elements of the pBindings array must each have different values

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo-pBindings-parameter
    If bindingCount is not 0, pBindings must be a valid pointer to an array of bindingCount valid VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structures

Bits which can be set in VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo::flags, specifying options for descriptor set layout, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateFlagBits {
} VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateFlagBits;
Note

All bits for this type are defined by extensions, and none of those extensions are enabled in this build of the specification.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateFlags;

VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateFlagBits.

The VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding {
    uint32_t              binding;
    VkDescriptorType      descriptorType;
    uint32_t              descriptorCount;
    VkShaderStageFlags    stageFlags;
    const VkSampler*      pImmutableSamplers;
} VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding;
  • binding is the binding number of this entry and corresponds to a resource of the same binding number in the shader stages.

  • descriptorType is a VkDescriptorType specifying which type of resource descriptors are used for this binding.

  • descriptorCount is the number of descriptors contained in the binding, accessed in a shader as an array. If descriptorCount is zero this binding entry is reserved and the resource must not be accessed from any stage via this binding within any pipeline using the set layout.

  • stageFlags member is a bitmask of VkShaderStageFlagBits specifying which pipeline shader stages can access a resource for this binding. VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL is a shorthand specifying that all defined shader stages, including any additional stages defined by extensions, can access the resource.

    If a shader stage is not included in stageFlags, then a resource must not be accessed from that stage via this binding within any pipeline using the set layout. Other than input attachments which are limited to the fragment shader, there are no limitations on what combinations of stages can use a descriptor binding, and in particular a binding can be used by both graphics stages and the compute stage.

  • pImmutableSamplers affects initialization of samplers. If descriptorType specifies a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER type descriptor, then pImmutableSamplers can be used to initialize a set of immutable samplers. Immutable samplers are permanently bound into the set layout and must not be changed; updating a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER descriptor with immutable samplers is not allowed and updates to a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER descriptor with immutable samplers does not modify the samplers (the image views are updated, but the sampler updates are ignored). If pImmutableSamplers is not NULL, then it is a pointer to an array of sampler handles that will be copied into the set layout and used for the corresponding binding. Only the sampler handles are copied; the sampler objects must not be destroyed before the final use of the set layout and any descriptor pools and sets created using it. If pImmutableSamplers is NULL, then the sampler slots are dynamic and sampler handles must be bound into descriptor sets using this layout. If descriptorType is not one of these descriptor types, then pImmutableSamplers is ignored.

The above layout definition allows the descriptor bindings to be specified sparsely such that not all binding numbers between 0 and the maximum binding number need to be specified in the pBindings array. Bindings that are not specified have a descriptorCount and stageFlags of zero, and the value of descriptorType is undefined. However, all binding numbers between 0 and the maximum binding number in the VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo::pBindings array may consume memory in the descriptor set layout even if not all descriptor bindings are used, though it should not consume additional memory from the descriptor pool.

Note

The maximum binding number specified should be as compact as possible to avoid wasted memory.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding-descriptorType-00282
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, and descriptorCount is not 0 and pImmutableSamplers is not NULL, pImmutableSamplers must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorCount valid VkSampler handles

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding-descriptorCount-09465
    If descriptorCount is not 0, stageFlags must be VK_SHADER_STAGE_ALL or a valid combination of other VkShaderStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding-descriptorType-01510
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT and descriptorCount is not 0, then stageFlags must be 0 or VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding-descriptorType-parameter
    descriptorType must be a valid VkDescriptorType value

The following examples show a shader snippet using two descriptor sets, and application code that creates corresponding descriptor set layouts.

GLSL example
//
// binding to a single sampled image descriptor in set 0
//
layout (set=0, binding=0) uniform texture2D mySampledImage;

//
// binding to an array of sampled image descriptors in set 0
//
layout (set=0, binding=1) uniform texture2D myArrayOfSampledImages[12];

//
// binding to a single uniform buffer descriptor in set 1
//
layout (set=1, binding=0) uniform myUniformBuffer
{
    vec4 myElement[32];
};
SPIR-V example
               ...
          %1 = OpExtInstImport "GLSL.std.450"
               ...
               OpName %9 "mySampledImage"
               OpName %14 "myArrayOfSampledImages"
               OpName %18 "myUniformBuffer"
               OpMemberName %18 0 "myElement"
               OpName %20 ""
               OpDecorate %9 DescriptorSet 0
               OpDecorate %9 Binding 0
               OpDecorate %14 DescriptorSet 0
               OpDecorate %14 Binding 1
               OpDecorate %17 ArrayStride 16
               OpMemberDecorate %18 0 Offset 0
               OpDecorate %18 Block
               OpDecorate %20 DescriptorSet 1
               OpDecorate %20 Binding 0
          %2 = OpTypeVoid
          %3 = OpTypeFunction %2
          %6 = OpTypeFloat 32
          %7 = OpTypeImage %6 2D 0 0 0 1 Unknown
          %8 = OpTypePointer UniformConstant %7
          %9 = OpVariable %8 UniformConstant
         %10 = OpTypeInt 32 0
         %11 = OpConstant %10 12
         %12 = OpTypeArray %7 %11
         %13 = OpTypePointer UniformConstant %12
         %14 = OpVariable %13 UniformConstant
         %15 = OpTypeVector %6 4
         %16 = OpConstant %10 32
         %17 = OpTypeArray %15 %16
         %18 = OpTypeStruct %17
         %19 = OpTypePointer Uniform %18
         %20 = OpVariable %19 Uniform
               ...
API example
VkResult myResult;

const VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding myDescriptorSetLayoutBinding[] =
{
    // binding to a single image descriptor
    {
        .binding = 0,
        .descriptorType = VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE,
        .descriptorCount = 1,
        .stageFlags = VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT,
        .pImmutableSamplers = NULL
    },

    // binding to an array of image descriptors
    {
        .binding = 1,
        .descriptorType = VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE,
        .descriptorCount = 12,
        .stageFlags = VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT,
        .pImmutableSamplers = NULL
    },

    // binding to a single uniform buffer descriptor
    {
        .binding = 0,
        .descriptorType = VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER,
        .descriptorCount = 1,
        .stageFlags = VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT,
        .pImmutableSamplers = NULL
    }
};

const VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo myDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo[] =
{
    // Information for first descriptor set with two descriptor bindings
    {
        .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO,
        .pNext = NULL,
        .flags = 0,
        .bindingCount = 2,
        .pBindings = &myDescriptorSetLayoutBinding[0]
    },

    // Information for second descriptor set with one descriptor binding
    {
        .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO,
        .pNext = NULL,
        .flags = 0,
        .bindingCount = 1,
        .pBindings = &myDescriptorSetLayoutBinding[2]
    }
};

VkDescriptorSetLayout myDescriptorSetLayout[2];

//
// Create first descriptor set layout
//
myResult = vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout(
    myDevice,
    &myDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo[0],
    NULL,
    &myDescriptorSetLayout[0]);

//
// Create second descriptor set layout
//
myResult = vkCreateDescriptorSetLayout(
    myDevice,
    &myDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo[1],
    NULL,
    &myDescriptorSetLayout[1]);

To destroy a descriptor set layout, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyDescriptorSetLayout(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDescriptorSetLayout                       descriptorSetLayout,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the descriptor set layout.

  • descriptorSetLayout is the descriptor set layout to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorSetLayout-descriptorSetLayout-00284
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when descriptorSetLayout was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorSetLayout-descriptorSetLayout-00285
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when descriptorSetLayout was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorSetLayout-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorSetLayout-descriptorSetLayout-parameter
    If descriptorSetLayout is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, descriptorSetLayout must be a valid VkDescriptorSetLayout handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorSetLayout-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorSetLayout-descriptorSetLayout-parent
    If descriptorSetLayout is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to descriptorSetLayout must be externally synchronized

14.2.2. Pipeline Layouts

Access to descriptor sets from a pipeline is accomplished through a pipeline layout. Zero or more descriptor set layouts and zero or more push constant ranges are combined to form a pipeline layout object describing the complete set of resources that can be accessed by a pipeline. The pipeline layout represents a sequence of descriptor sets with each having a specific layout. This sequence of layouts is used to determine the interface between shader stages and shader resources. Each pipeline is created using a pipeline layout.

Pipeline layout objects are represented by VkPipelineLayout handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkPipelineLayout)

To create a pipeline layout, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreatePipelineLayout(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo*           pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkPipelineLayout*                           pPipelineLayout);
  • device is the logical device that creates the pipeline layout.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo structure specifying the state of the pipeline layout object.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pPipelineLayout is a pointer to a VkPipelineLayout handle in which the resulting pipeline layout object is returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineLayout-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineLayout-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineLayout-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreatePipelineLayout-pPipelineLayout-parameter
    pPipelineLayout must be a valid pointer to a VkPipelineLayout handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                 sType;
    const void*                     pNext;
    VkPipelineLayoutCreateFlags     flags;
    uint32_t                        setLayoutCount;
    const VkDescriptorSetLayout*    pSetLayouts;
    uint32_t                        pushConstantRangeCount;
    const VkPushConstantRange*      pPushConstantRanges;
} VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkPipelineLayoutCreateFlagBits specifying options for pipeline layout creation.

  • setLayoutCount is the number of descriptor sets included in the pipeline layout.

  • pSetLayouts is a pointer to an array of VkDescriptorSetLayout objects.

  • pushConstantRangeCount is the number of push constant ranges included in the pipeline layout.

  • pPushConstantRanges is a pointer to an array of VkPushConstantRange structures defining a set of push constant ranges for use in a single pipeline layout. In addition to descriptor set layouts, a pipeline layout also describes how many push constants can be accessed by each stage of the pipeline.

    Note

    Push constants represent a high speed path to modify constant data in pipelines that is expected to outperform memory-backed resource updates.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-setLayoutCount-00286
    setLayoutCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxBoundDescriptorSets

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03016
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03017
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03018
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-06939
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER, accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03020
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03021
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT accessible to any given shader stage across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03028
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetSamplers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03029
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03030
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffersDynamic

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03031
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffers

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03032
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffersDynamic

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03033
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetSampledImages

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03034
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetStorageImages

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-descriptorType-03035
    The total number of descriptors in descriptor set layouts with a descriptorType of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT accessible across all shader stages and across all elements of pSetLayouts must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDescriptorSetInputAttachments

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-pPushConstantRanges-00292
    Any two elements of pPushConstantRanges must not include the same stage in stageFlags

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-graphicsPipelineLibrary-06753
    Elements of pSetLayouts must be valid VkDescriptorSetLayout objects

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-pSetLayouts-parameter
    If setLayoutCount is not 0, pSetLayouts must be a valid pointer to an array of setLayoutCount valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE VkDescriptorSetLayout handles

  • VUID-VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo-pPushConstantRanges-parameter
    If pushConstantRangeCount is not 0, pPushConstantRanges must be a valid pointer to an array of pushConstantRangeCount valid VkPushConstantRange structures

typedef enum VkPipelineLayoutCreateFlagBits {
} VkPipelineLayoutCreateFlagBits;

All values for this enum are defined by extensions.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineLayoutCreateFlags;

VkPipelineLayoutCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of VkPipelineLayoutCreateFlagBits.

The VkPushConstantRange structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPushConstantRange {
    VkShaderStageFlags    stageFlags;
    uint32_t              offset;
    uint32_t              size;
} VkPushConstantRange;
  • stageFlags is a set of stage flags describing the shader stages that will access a range of push constants. If a particular stage is not included in the range, then accessing members of that range of push constants from the corresponding shader stage will return undefined values.

  • offset and size are the start offset and size, respectively, consumed by the range. Both offset and size are in units of bytes and must be a multiple of 4. The layout of the push constant variables is specified in the shader.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPushConstantRange-offset-00294
    offset must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPushConstantsSize

  • VUID-VkPushConstantRange-offset-00295
    offset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-VkPushConstantRange-size-00296
    size must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkPushConstantRange-size-00297
    size must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-VkPushConstantRange-size-00298
    size must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPushConstantsSize minus offset

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkPushConstantRange-stageFlags-parameter
    stageFlags must be a valid combination of VkShaderStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkPushConstantRange-stageFlags-requiredbitmask
    stageFlags must not be 0

Once created, pipeline layouts are used as part of pipeline creation (see Pipelines), as part of binding descriptor sets (see Descriptor Set Binding), and as part of setting push constants (see Push Constant Updates). Pipeline creation accepts a pipeline layout as input, and the layout may be used to map (set, binding, arrayElement) tuples to implementation resources or memory locations within a descriptor set. The assignment of implementation resources depends only on the bindings defined in the descriptor sets that comprise the pipeline layout, and not on any shader source.

All resource variables statically used in all shaders in a pipeline must be declared with a (set, binding, arrayElement) that exists in the corresponding descriptor set layout and is of an appropriate descriptor type and includes the set of shader stages it is used by in stageFlags. The pipeline layout can include entries that are not used by a particular pipeline. The pipeline layout allows the application to provide a consistent set of bindings across multiple pipeline compiles, which enables those pipelines to be compiled in a way that the implementation may cheaply switch pipelines without reprogramming the bindings.

Similarly, the push constant block declared in each shader (if present) must only place variables at offsets that are each included in a push constant range with stageFlags including the bit corresponding to the shader stage that uses it. The pipeline layout can include ranges or portions of ranges that are not used by a particular pipeline.

There is a limit on the total number of resources of each type that can be included in bindings in all descriptor set layouts in a pipeline layout as shown in Pipeline Layout Resource Limits. The “Total Resources Available” column gives the limit on the number of each type of resource that can be included in bindings in all descriptor sets in the pipeline layout. Some resource types count against multiple limits. Additionally, there are limits on the total number of each type of resource that can be used in any pipeline stage as described in Shader Resource Limits.

Table 9. Pipeline Layout Resource Limits
Total Resources Available Resource Types

maxDescriptorSetSamplers

sampler

combined image sampler

maxDescriptorSetSampledImages

sampled image

combined image sampler

uniform texel buffer

maxDescriptorSetStorageImages

storage image

storage texel buffer

maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffers

uniform buffer

uniform buffer dynamic

maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffersDynamic

uniform buffer dynamic

maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffers

storage buffer

storage buffer dynamic

maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffersDynamic

storage buffer dynamic

maxDescriptorSetInputAttachments

input attachment

To destroy a pipeline layout, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyPipelineLayout(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkPipelineLayout                            pipelineLayout,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the pipeline layout.

  • pipelineLayout is the pipeline layout to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineLayout-pipelineLayout-00299
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when pipelineLayout was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineLayout-pipelineLayout-00300
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when pipelineLayout was created, pAllocator must be NULL

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineLayout-pipelineLayout-02004
    pipelineLayout must not have been passed to any vkCmd* command for any command buffers that are still in the recording state when vkDestroyPipelineLayout is called

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineLayout-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineLayout-pipelineLayout-parameter
    If pipelineLayout is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, pipelineLayout must be a valid VkPipelineLayout handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineLayout-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyPipelineLayout-pipelineLayout-parent
    If pipelineLayout is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to pipelineLayout must be externally synchronized

Pipeline Layout Compatibility

Two pipeline layouts are defined to be “compatible for push constants” if they were created with identical push constant ranges. Two pipeline layouts are defined to be “compatible for set N” if they were created with identically defined descriptor set layouts for sets zero through N, and if they were created with identical push constant ranges.

When binding a descriptor set (see Descriptor Set Binding) to set number N, a previously bound descriptor set bound with lower index M than N is disturbed if the pipeline layouts for set M and N are not compatible for set M. Otherwise, the bound descriptor set in M is not disturbed.

If, additionally, the previously bound descriptor set for set N was bound using a pipeline layout not compatible for set N, then all bindings in sets numbered greater than N are disturbed.

When binding a pipeline, the pipeline can correctly access any previously bound descriptor set N if it was bound with compatible pipeline layout for set N, and it was not disturbed.

Layout compatibility means that descriptor sets can be bound to a command buffer for use by any pipeline created with a compatible pipeline layout, and without having bound a particular pipeline first. It also means that descriptor sets can remain valid across a pipeline change, and the same resources will be accessible to the newly bound pipeline.

When a descriptor set is disturbed by binding descriptor sets, the disturbed set is considered to contain undefined descriptors bound with the same pipeline layout as the disturbing descriptor set.

Implementor’s Note

A consequence of layout compatibility is that when the implementation compiles a pipeline layout and maps pipeline resources to implementation resources, the mechanism for set N should only be a function of sets [0..N].

Note

Place the least frequently changing descriptor sets near the start of the pipeline layout, and place the descriptor sets representing the most frequently changing resources near the end. When pipelines are switched, only the descriptor set bindings that have been invalidated will need to be updated and the remainder of the descriptor set bindings will remain in place.

The maximum number of descriptor sets that can be bound to a pipeline layout is queried from physical device properties (see maxBoundDescriptorSets in Limits).

API example
const VkDescriptorSetLayout layouts[] = { layout1, layout2 };

const VkPushConstantRange ranges[] =
{
    {
        .stageFlags = VK_SHADER_STAGE_VERTEX_BIT,
        .offset = 0,
        .size = 4
    },
    {
        .stageFlags = VK_SHADER_STAGE_FRAGMENT_BIT,
        .offset = 4,
        .size = 4
    },
};

const VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo createInfo =
{
    .sType = VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_LAYOUT_CREATE_INFO,
    .pNext = NULL,
    .flags = 0,
    .setLayoutCount = 2,
    .pSetLayouts = layouts,
    .pushConstantRangeCount = 2,
    .pPushConstantRanges = ranges
};

VkPipelineLayout myPipelineLayout;
myResult = vkCreatePipelineLayout(
    myDevice,
    &createInfo,
    NULL,
    &myPipelineLayout);

14.2.3. Allocation of Descriptor Sets

A descriptor pool maintains a pool of descriptors, from which descriptor sets are allocated. Descriptor pools are externally synchronized, meaning that the application must not allocate and/or free descriptor sets from the same pool in multiple threads simultaneously.

Descriptor pools are represented by VkDescriptorPool handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkDescriptorPool)

To create a descriptor pool object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateDescriptorPool(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo*           pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkDescriptorPool*                           pDescriptorPool);
  • device is the logical device that creates the descriptor pool.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo structure specifying the state of the descriptor pool object.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pDescriptorPool is a pointer to a VkDescriptorPool handle in which the resulting descriptor pool object is returned.

The created descriptor pool is returned in pDescriptorPool.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorPool-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorPool-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorPool-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateDescriptorPool-pDescriptorPool-parameter
    pDescriptorPool must be a valid pointer to a VkDescriptorPool handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

Additional information about the pool is passed in a VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                sType;
    const void*                    pNext;
    VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                       maxSets;
    uint32_t                       poolSizeCount;
    const VkDescriptorPoolSize*    pPoolSizes;
} VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlagBits specifying certain supported operations on the pool.

  • maxSets is the maximum number of descriptor sets that can be allocated from the pool.

  • poolSizeCount is the number of elements in pPoolSizes.

  • pPoolSizes is a pointer to an array of VkDescriptorPoolSize structures, each containing a descriptor type and number of descriptors of that type to be allocated in the pool.

If multiple VkDescriptorPoolSize structures containing the same descriptor type appear in the pPoolSizes array then the pool will be created with enough storage for the total number of descriptors of each type.

Fragmentation of a descriptor pool is possible and may lead to descriptor set allocation failures. A failure due to fragmentation is defined as failing a descriptor set allocation despite the sum of all outstanding descriptor set allocations from the pool plus the requested allocation requiring no more than the total number of descriptors requested at pool creation. Implementations provide certain guarantees of when fragmentation must not cause allocation failure, as described below.

If a descriptor pool has not had any descriptor sets freed since it was created or most recently reset then fragmentation must not cause an allocation failure (note that this is always the case for a pool created without the VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_FREE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_BIT bit set). Additionally, if all sets allocated from the pool since it was created or most recently reset use the same number of descriptors (of each type) and the requested allocation also uses that same number of descriptors (of each type), then fragmentation must not cause an allocation failure.

If an allocation failure occurs due to fragmentation, an application can create an additional descriptor pool to perform further descriptor set allocations.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo-descriptorPoolOverallocation-09227
    maxSets must be greater than 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo-pPoolSizes-parameter
    If poolSizeCount is not 0, pPoolSizes must be a valid pointer to an array of poolSizeCount valid VkDescriptorPoolSize structures

Bits which can be set in VkDescriptorPoolCreateInfo::flags, enabling operations on a descriptor pool, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlagBits {
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_FREE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlagBits;
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlags;

VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkDescriptorPoolCreateFlagBits.

The VkDescriptorPoolSize structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDescriptorPoolSize {
    VkDescriptorType    type;
    uint32_t            descriptorCount;
} VkDescriptorPoolSize;
  • type is the type of descriptor.

  • descriptorCount is the number of descriptors of that type to allocate.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkDescriptorPoolSize-descriptorCount-00302
    descriptorCount must be greater than 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkDescriptorPoolSize-type-parameter
    type must be a valid VkDescriptorType value

To destroy a descriptor pool, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyDescriptorPool(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDescriptorPool                            descriptorPool,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the descriptor pool.

  • descriptorPool is the descriptor pool to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

When a pool is destroyed, all descriptor sets allocated from the pool are implicitly freed and become invalid. Descriptor sets allocated from a given pool do not need to be freed before destroying that descriptor pool.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorPool-descriptorPool-00303
    All submitted commands that refer to descriptorPool (via any allocated descriptor sets) must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorPool-descriptorPool-00304
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when descriptorPool was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorPool-descriptorPool-00305
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when descriptorPool was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorPool-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorPool-descriptorPool-parameter
    If descriptorPool is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, descriptorPool must be a valid VkDescriptorPool handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorPool-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyDescriptorPool-descriptorPool-parent
    If descriptorPool is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to descriptorPool must be externally synchronized

Descriptor sets are allocated from descriptor pool objects, and are represented by VkDescriptorSet handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkDescriptorSet)

To allocate descriptor sets from a descriptor pool, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkAllocateDescriptorSets(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo*          pAllocateInfo,
    VkDescriptorSet*                            pDescriptorSets);
  • device is the logical device that owns the descriptor pool.

  • pAllocateInfo is a pointer to a VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo structure describing parameters of the allocation.

  • pDescriptorSets is a pointer to an array of VkDescriptorSet handles in which the resulting descriptor set objects are returned.

The allocated descriptor sets are returned in pDescriptorSets.

When a descriptor set is allocated, the initial state is largely uninitialized and all descriptors are undefined, with the exception that samplers with a non-null pImmutableSamplers are initialized on allocation. Descriptors also become undefined if the underlying resource or view object is destroyed. Descriptor sets containing undefined descriptors can still be bound and used, subject to the following conditions:

  • Descriptors that are statically used must have been populated before the descriptor set is consumed.

  • Entries that are not used by a pipeline can have undefined descriptors.

If an allocation fails due to fragmentation, an indeterminate error is returned with an unspecified error code. Any returned error other than VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTED_POOL does not imply its usual meaning: applications should assume that the allocation failed due to fragmentation, and create a new descriptor pool.

Note

Applications should check for a negative return value when allocating new descriptor sets, assume that any error effectively means VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTED_POOL, and try to create a new descriptor pool. If VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTED_POOL is the actual return value, it adds certainty to that decision.

The reason for this is that VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTED_POOL was only added in a later version of the 1.0 specification, and so drivers may return other errors if they were written against earlier versions. To ensure full compatibility with earlier patch versions, these other errors are allowed.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkAllocateDescriptorSets-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkAllocateDescriptorSets-pAllocateInfo-parameter
    pAllocateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkAllocateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-parameter
    pDescriptorSets must be a valid pointer to an array of pAllocateInfo->descriptorSetCount VkDescriptorSet handles

  • VUID-vkAllocateDescriptorSets-pAllocateInfo::descriptorSetCount-arraylength
    pAllocateInfo->descriptorSetCount must be greater than 0

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to pAllocateInfo->descriptorPool must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_FRAGMENTED_POOL

The VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo {
    VkStructureType                 sType;
    const void*                     pNext;
    VkDescriptorPool                descriptorPool;
    uint32_t                        descriptorSetCount;
    const VkDescriptorSetLayout*    pSetLayouts;
} VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • descriptorPool is the pool which the sets will be allocated from.

  • descriptorSetCount determines the number of descriptor sets to be allocated from the pool.

  • pSetLayouts is a pointer to an array of descriptor set layouts, with each member specifying how the corresponding descriptor set is allocated.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-apiVersion-07895
    descriptorSetCount must not be greater than the number of sets that are currently available for allocation in descriptorPool

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-apiVersion-07896
    descriptorPool must have enough free descriptor capacity remaining to allocate the descriptor sets of the specified layouts

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_ALLOCATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-descriptorPool-parameter
    descriptorPool must be a valid VkDescriptorPool handle

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-pSetLayouts-parameter
    pSetLayouts must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorSetCount valid VkDescriptorSetLayout handles

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-descriptorSetCount-arraylength
    descriptorSetCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkDescriptorSetAllocateInfo-commonparent
    Both of descriptorPool, and the elements of pSetLayouts must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

To free allocated descriptor sets, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkFreeDescriptorSets(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDescriptorPool                            descriptorPool,
    uint32_t                                    descriptorSetCount,
    const VkDescriptorSet*                      pDescriptorSets);
  • device is the logical device that owns the descriptor pool.

  • descriptorPool is the descriptor pool from which the descriptor sets were allocated.

  • descriptorSetCount is the number of elements in the pDescriptorSets array.

  • pDescriptorSets is a pointer to an array of handles to VkDescriptorSet objects.

After calling vkFreeDescriptorSets, all descriptor sets in pDescriptorSets are invalid.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-00309
    All submitted commands that refer to any element of pDescriptorSets must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-00310
    pDescriptorSets must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorSetCount VkDescriptorSet handles, each element of which must either be a valid handle or VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-descriptorPool-00312
    descriptorPool must have been created with the VK_DESCRIPTOR_POOL_CREATE_FREE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_BIT flag

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-descriptorPool-parameter
    descriptorPool must be a valid VkDescriptorPool handle

  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-descriptorSetCount-arraylength
    descriptorSetCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-descriptorPool-parent
    descriptorPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

  • VUID-vkFreeDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-parent
    Each element of pDescriptorSets that is a valid handle must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from descriptorPool

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to descriptorPool must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to each member of pDescriptorSets must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

None

To return all descriptor sets allocated from a given pool to the pool, rather than freeing individual descriptor sets, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkResetDescriptorPool(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkDescriptorPool                            descriptorPool,
    VkDescriptorPoolResetFlags                  flags);
  • device is the logical device that owns the descriptor pool.

  • descriptorPool is the descriptor pool to be reset.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

Resetting a descriptor pool recycles all of the resources from all of the descriptor sets allocated from the descriptor pool back to the descriptor pool, and the descriptor sets are implicitly freed.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkResetDescriptorPool-descriptorPool-00313
    All uses of descriptorPool (via any allocated descriptor sets) must have completed execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkResetDescriptorPool-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkResetDescriptorPool-descriptorPool-parameter
    descriptorPool must be a valid VkDescriptorPool handle

  • VUID-vkResetDescriptorPool-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-vkResetDescriptorPool-descriptorPool-parent
    descriptorPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to descriptorPool must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to any VkDescriptorSet objects allocated from descriptorPool must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure

None

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkDescriptorPoolResetFlags;

VkDescriptorPoolResetFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

14.2.4. Descriptor Set Updates

Once allocated, descriptor sets can be updated with a combination of write and copy operations. To update descriptor sets, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkUpdateDescriptorSets(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    uint32_t                                    descriptorWriteCount,
    const VkWriteDescriptorSet*                 pDescriptorWrites,
    uint32_t                                    descriptorCopyCount,
    const VkCopyDescriptorSet*                  pDescriptorCopies);
  • device is the logical device that updates the descriptor sets.

  • descriptorWriteCount is the number of elements in the pDescriptorWrites array.

  • pDescriptorWrites is a pointer to an array of VkWriteDescriptorSet structures describing the descriptor sets to write to.

  • descriptorCopyCount is the number of elements in the pDescriptorCopies array.

  • pDescriptorCopies is a pointer to an array of VkCopyDescriptorSet structures describing the descriptor sets to copy between.

The operations described by pDescriptorWrites are performed first, followed by the operations described by pDescriptorCopies. Within each array, the operations are performed in the order they appear in the array.

Each element in the pDescriptorWrites array describes an operation updating the descriptor set using descriptors for resources specified in the structure.

Each element in the pDescriptorCopies array is a VkCopyDescriptorSet structure describing an operation copying descriptors between sets.

If the dstSet member of any element of pDescriptorWrites or pDescriptorCopies is bound, accessed, or modified by any command that was recorded to a command buffer which is currently in the recording or executable state, that command buffer becomes invalid.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorWrites-06236
    For each element i where pDescriptorWrites[i].descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER, elements of the pTexelBufferView member of pDescriptorWrites[i] must have been created on device

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorWrites-06237
    For each element i where pDescriptorWrites[i].descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, the buffer member of any element of the pBufferInfo member of pDescriptorWrites[i] must have been created on device

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorWrites-06238
    For each element i where pDescriptorWrites[i].descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, and dstSet was not allocated with a layout that included immutable samplers for dstBinding with descriptorType, the sampler member of any element of the pImageInfo member of pDescriptorWrites[i] must have been created on device

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorWrites-06239
    For each element i where pDescriptorWrites[i].descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER the imageView member of any element of pDescriptorWrites[i] must have been created on device

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorWrites-06493
    For each element i where pDescriptorWrites[i].descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, pDescriptorWrites[i].pImageInfo must be a valid pointer to an array of pDescriptorWrites[i].descriptorCount valid VkDescriptorImageInfo structures

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-None-03047
    The dstSet member of each element of pDescriptorWrites or pDescriptorCopies must not be used by any command that was recorded to a command buffer which is in the pending state

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorWrites-06993
    Host access to pDescriptorWrites[i].dstSet and pDescriptorCopies[i].dstSet must be externally synchronized

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorWrites-parameter
    If descriptorWriteCount is not 0, pDescriptorWrites must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorWriteCount valid VkWriteDescriptorSet structures

  • VUID-vkUpdateDescriptorSets-pDescriptorCopies-parameter
    If descriptorCopyCount is not 0, pDescriptorCopies must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorCopyCount valid VkCopyDescriptorSet structures

The VkWriteDescriptorSet structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkWriteDescriptorSet {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    const void*                      pNext;
    VkDescriptorSet                  dstSet;
    uint32_t                         dstBinding;
    uint32_t                         dstArrayElement;
    uint32_t                         descriptorCount;
    VkDescriptorType                 descriptorType;
    const VkDescriptorImageInfo*     pImageInfo;
    const VkDescriptorBufferInfo*    pBufferInfo;
    const VkBufferView*              pTexelBufferView;
} VkWriteDescriptorSet;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • dstSet is the destination descriptor set to update.

  • dstBinding is the descriptor binding within that set.

  • dstArrayElement is the starting element in that array.

  • descriptorCount is the number of descriptors to update. descriptorCount is one of

    • the number of elements in pImageInfo

    • the number of elements in pBufferInfo

    • the number of elements in pTexelBufferView

  • descriptorType is a VkDescriptorType specifying the type of each descriptor in pImageInfo, pBufferInfo, or pTexelBufferView, as described below. It must be the same type as the descriptorType specified in VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding for dstSet at dstBinding. The type of the descriptor also controls which array the descriptors are taken from.

  • pImageInfo is a pointer to an array of VkDescriptorImageInfo structures or is ignored, as described below.

  • pBufferInfo is a pointer to an array of VkDescriptorBufferInfo structures or is ignored, as described below.

  • pTexelBufferView is a pointer to an array of VkBufferView handles as described in the Buffer Views section or is ignored, as described below.

Only one of pImageInfo, pBufferInfo, or pTexelBufferView members is used according to the descriptor type specified in the descriptorType member of the containing VkWriteDescriptorSet structure, as specified below.

If the dstBinding has fewer than descriptorCount array elements remaining starting from dstArrayElement, then the remainder will be used to update the subsequent binding - dstBinding+1 starting at array element zero. If a binding has a descriptorCount of zero, it is skipped. This behavior applies recursively, with the update affecting consecutive bindings as needed to update all descriptorCount descriptors. Consecutive bindings must have identical VkDescriptorType, VkShaderStageFlags, and immutable samplers references.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-dstBinding-00315
    dstBinding must be less than or equal to the maximum value of binding of all VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structures specified when dstSet’s descriptor set layout was created

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-dstBinding-00316
    dstBinding must be a binding with a non-zero descriptorCount

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorCount-00317
    All consecutive bindings updated via a single VkWriteDescriptorSet structure, except those with a descriptorCount of zero, must have identical descriptorType and stageFlags

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorCount-00318
    All consecutive bindings updated via a single VkWriteDescriptorSet structure, except those with a descriptorCount of zero, must all either use immutable samplers or must all not use immutable samplers

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00319
    descriptorType must match the type of dstBinding within dstSet

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-dstSet-00320
    dstSet must be a valid VkDescriptorSet handle

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-dstArrayElement-00321
    The sum of dstArrayElement and descriptorCount must be less than or equal to the number of array elements in the descriptor set binding specified by dstBinding, and all applicable consecutive bindings, as described by consecutive binding updates

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-02994
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER, each element of pTexelBufferView must be either a valid VkBufferView handle or VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-02995
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER and the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, each element of pTexelBufferView must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00324
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, pBufferInfo must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorCount valid VkDescriptorBufferInfo structures

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00325
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, and dstSet was not allocated with a layout that included immutable samplers for dstBinding with descriptorType, the sampler member of each element of pImageInfo must be a valid VkSampler object

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-02996
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo must be either a valid VkImageView handle or VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-02997
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, and the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-07683
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00327
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, the offset member of each element of pBufferInfo must be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minUniformBufferOffsetAlignment

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00328
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, the offset member of each element of pBufferInfo must be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minStorageBufferOffsetAlignment

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00329
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, and the buffer member of any element of pBufferInfo is the handle of a non-sparse buffer, then that buffer must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00330
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, the buffer member of each element of pBufferInfo must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_BIT set

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00331
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, the buffer member of each element of pBufferInfo must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_BUFFER_BIT set

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00332
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, the range member of each element of pBufferInfo, or the effective range if range is VK_WHOLE_SIZE, must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxUniformBufferRange

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00333
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, the range member of each element of pBufferInfo, or the effective range if range is VK_WHOLE_SIZE, must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxStorageBufferRange

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-08765
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER, the pTexelBufferView buffer view usage must include VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-08766
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER, the pTexelBufferView buffer view usage must include VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00336
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo must have been created with the identity swizzle

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00337
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT set

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-04149
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE the imageLayout member of each element of pImageInfo must be a member of the list given in Sampled Image

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-04150
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER the imageLayout member of each element of pImageInfo must be a member of the list given in Combined Image Sampler

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-04151
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT the imageLayout member of each element of pImageInfo must be a member of the list given in Input Attachment

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-04152
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE the imageLayout member of each element of pImageInfo must be a member of the list given in Storage Image

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00338
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT set

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-00339
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, the imageView member of each element of pImageInfo must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT set

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-02752
    If descriptorType is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, then dstSet must not have been allocated with a layout that included immutable samplers for dstBinding

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_WRITE_DESCRIPTOR_SET

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorType-parameter
    descriptorType must be a valid VkDescriptorType value

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-descriptorCount-arraylength
    descriptorCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkWriteDescriptorSet-commonparent
    Both of dstSet, and the elements of pTexelBufferView that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

The type of descriptors in a descriptor set is specified by VkWriteDescriptorSet::descriptorType, which must be one of the values:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkDescriptorType {
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER = 0,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER = 1,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE = 2,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE = 3,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER = 4,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER = 5,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER = 6,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER = 7,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC = 8,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC = 9,
    VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT = 10,
} VkDescriptorType;

When a descriptor set is updated via elements of VkWriteDescriptorSet, members of pImageInfo, pBufferInfo and pTexelBufferView are only accessed by the implementation when they correspond to descriptor type being defined - otherwise they are ignored. The members accessed are as follows for each descriptor type:

  • For VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, only the sampler member of each element of VkWriteDescriptorSet::pImageInfo is accessed.

  • For VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT, only the imageView and imageLayout members of each element of VkWriteDescriptorSet::pImageInfo are accessed.

  • For VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, all members of each element of VkWriteDescriptorSet::pImageInfo are accessed.

  • For VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, all members of each element of VkWriteDescriptorSet::pBufferInfo are accessed.

  • For VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER, each element of VkWriteDescriptorSet::pTexelBufferView is accessed.

The VkDescriptorBufferInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDescriptorBufferInfo {
    VkBuffer        buffer;
    VkDeviceSize    offset;
    VkDeviceSize    range;
} VkDescriptorBufferInfo;
  • buffer is the buffer resource.

  • offset is the offset in bytes from the start of buffer. Access to buffer memory via this descriptor uses addressing that is relative to this starting offset.

  • range is the size in bytes that is used for this descriptor update, or VK_WHOLE_SIZE to use the range from offset to the end of the buffer.

    Note

    When setting range to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, the effective range must not be larger than the maximum range for the descriptor type (maxUniformBufferRange or maxStorageBufferRange). This means that VK_WHOLE_SIZE is not typically useful in the common case where uniform buffer descriptors are suballocated from a buffer that is much larger than maxUniformBufferRange.

For VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC descriptor types, offset is the base offset from which the dynamic offset is applied and range is the static size used for all dynamic offsets.

When range is VK_WHOLE_SIZE the effective range is calculated at vkUpdateDescriptorSets is by taking the size of buffer minus the offset.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkDescriptorBufferInfo-offset-00340
    offset must be less than the size of buffer

  • VUID-VkDescriptorBufferInfo-range-00341
    If range is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, range must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkDescriptorBufferInfo-range-00342
    If range is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, range must be less than or equal to the size of buffer minus offset

  • VUID-VkDescriptorBufferInfo-buffer-02998
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, buffer must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkDescriptorBufferInfo-buffer-parameter
    If buffer is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

The VkDescriptorImageInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDescriptorImageInfo {
    VkSampler        sampler;
    VkImageView      imageView;
    VkImageLayout    imageLayout;
} VkDescriptorImageInfo;
  • sampler is a sampler handle, and is used in descriptor updates for types VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER if the binding being updated does not use immutable samplers.

  • imageView is an image view handle, and is used in descriptor updates for types VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT.

  • imageLayout is the layout that the image subresources accessible from imageView will be in at the time this descriptor is accessed. imageLayout is used in descriptor updates for types VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, and VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT.

Members of VkDescriptorImageInfo that are not used in an update (as described above) are ignored.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkDescriptorImageInfo-imageView-01976
    If imageView is created from a depth/stencil image, the aspectMask used to create the imageView must include either VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT but not both

  • VUID-VkDescriptorImageInfo-imageLayout-09425
    If imageLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL, then the aspectMask used to create imageView must not include either VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorImageInfo-imageLayout-09426
    If imageLayout is VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_DEPTH_STENCIL_READ_ONLY_OPTIMAL, then the aspectMask used to create imageView must not include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-VkDescriptorImageInfo-imageLayout-00344
    imageLayout must match the actual VkImageLayout of each subresource accessible from imageView at the time this descriptor is accessed as defined by the image layout matching rules

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkDescriptorImageInfo-commonparent
    Both of imageView, and sampler that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

The VkCopyDescriptorSet structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkCopyDescriptorSet {
    VkStructureType    sType;
    const void*        pNext;
    VkDescriptorSet    srcSet;
    uint32_t           srcBinding;
    uint32_t           srcArrayElement;
    VkDescriptorSet    dstSet;
    uint32_t           dstBinding;
    uint32_t           dstArrayElement;
    uint32_t           descriptorCount;
} VkCopyDescriptorSet;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • srcSet, srcBinding, and srcArrayElement are the source set, binding, and array element, respectively.

  • dstSet, dstBinding, and dstArrayElement are the destination set, binding, and array element, respectively.

  • descriptorCount is the number of descriptors to copy from the source to destination. If descriptorCount is greater than the number of remaining array elements in the source or destination binding, those affect consecutive bindings in a manner similar to VkWriteDescriptorSet above.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-srcBinding-00345
    srcBinding must be a valid binding within srcSet

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-srcArrayElement-00346
    The sum of srcArrayElement and descriptorCount must be less than or equal to the number of array elements in the descriptor set binding specified by srcBinding, and all applicable consecutive bindings, as described by consecutive binding updates

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-dstBinding-00347
    dstBinding must be a valid binding within dstSet

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-dstArrayElement-00348
    The sum of dstArrayElement and descriptorCount must be less than or equal to the number of array elements in the descriptor set binding specified by dstBinding, and all applicable consecutive bindings, as described by consecutive binding updates

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-dstBinding-02632
    The type of dstBinding within dstSet must be equal to the type of srcBinding within srcSet

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-srcSet-00349
    If srcSet is equal to dstSet, then the source and destination ranges of descriptors must not overlap, where the ranges may include array elements from consecutive bindings as described by consecutive binding updates

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-dstBinding-02753
    If the descriptor type of the descriptor set binding specified by dstBinding is VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, then dstSet must not have been allocated with a layout that included immutable samplers for dstBinding

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_COPY_DESCRIPTOR_SET

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-srcSet-parameter
    srcSet must be a valid VkDescriptorSet handle

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-dstSet-parameter
    dstSet must be a valid VkDescriptorSet handle

  • VUID-VkCopyDescriptorSet-commonparent
    Both of dstSet, and srcSet must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

14.2.5. Descriptor Set Binding

To bind one or more descriptor sets to a command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdBindDescriptorSets(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkPipelineBindPoint                         pipelineBindPoint,
    VkPipelineLayout                            layout,
    uint32_t                                    firstSet,
    uint32_t                                    descriptorSetCount,
    const VkDescriptorSet*                      pDescriptorSets,
    uint32_t                                    dynamicOffsetCount,
    const uint32_t*                             pDynamicOffsets);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer that the descriptor sets will be bound to.

  • pipelineBindPoint is a VkPipelineBindPoint indicating the type of the pipeline that will use the descriptors. There is a separate set of bind points for each pipeline type, so binding one does not disturb the others.

  • layout is a VkPipelineLayout object used to program the bindings.

  • firstSet is the set number of the first descriptor set to be bound.

  • descriptorSetCount is the number of elements in the pDescriptorSets array.

  • pDescriptorSets is a pointer to an array of handles to VkDescriptorSet objects describing the descriptor sets to bind to.

  • dynamicOffsetCount is the number of dynamic offsets in the pDynamicOffsets array.

  • pDynamicOffsets is a pointer to an array of uint32_t values specifying dynamic offsets.

vkCmdBindDescriptorSets binds descriptor sets pDescriptorSets[0..descriptorSetCount-1] to set numbers [firstSet..firstSet+descriptorSetCount-1] for subsequent bound pipeline commands set by pipelineBindPoint. Any bindings that were previously applied via these sets are no longer valid.

Once bound, a descriptor set affects rendering of subsequent commands that interact with the given pipeline type in the command buffer until either a different set is bound to the same set number, or the set is disturbed as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility.

A compatible descriptor set must be bound for all set numbers that any shaders in a pipeline access, at the time that a drawing or dispatching command is recorded to execute using that pipeline. However, if none of the shaders in a pipeline statically use any bindings with a particular set number, then no descriptor set need be bound for that set number, even if the pipeline layout includes a non-trivial descriptor set layout for that set number.

When consuming a descriptor, a descriptor is considered valid if the descriptor is not undefined as described by descriptor set allocation. A descriptor that was disturbed by Pipeline Layout Compatibility, or was never bound by vkCmdBindDescriptorSets is not considered valid. If a pipeline accesses a descriptor either statically or dynamically depending on the VkDescriptorBindingFlagBits, the consuming descriptor type in the pipeline must match the VkDescriptorType in VkDescriptorSetLayoutCreateInfo for the descriptor to be considered valid.

Note

Further validation may be carried out beyond validation for descriptor types, e.g. Texel Input Validation.

If any of the sets being bound include dynamic uniform or storage buffers, then pDynamicOffsets includes one element for each array element in each dynamic descriptor type binding in each set. Values are taken from pDynamicOffsets in an order such that all entries for set N come before set N+1; within a set, entries are ordered by the binding numbers in the descriptor set layouts; and within a binding array, elements are in order. dynamicOffsetCount must equal the total number of dynamic descriptors in the sets being bound.

The effective offset used for dynamic uniform and storage buffer bindings is the sum of the relative offset taken from pDynamicOffsets, and the base address of the buffer plus base offset in the descriptor set. The range of the dynamic uniform and storage buffer bindings is the buffer range as specified in the descriptor set.

Each of the pDescriptorSets must be compatible with the pipeline layout specified by layout. The layout used to program the bindings must also be compatible with the pipeline used in subsequent bound pipeline commands with that pipeline type, as defined in the Pipeline Layout Compatibility section.

The descriptor set contents bound by a call to vkCmdBindDescriptorSets may be consumed at the following times:

  • during host execution of the command, or during shader execution of the resulting draws and dispatches, or any time in between.

Thus, the contents of a descriptor set binding must not be altered (overwritten by an update command, or freed) between the first point in time that it may be consumed, and when the command completes executing on the queue.

The contents of pDynamicOffsets are consumed immediately during execution of vkCmdBindDescriptorSets. Once all pending uses have completed, it is legal to update and reuse a descriptor set.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-00358
    Each element of pDescriptorSets must have been allocated with a VkDescriptorSetLayout that matches (is the same as, or identically defined as) the VkDescriptorSetLayout at set n in layout, where n is the sum of firstSet and the index into pDescriptorSets

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-dynamicOffsetCount-00359
    dynamicOffsetCount must be equal to the total number of dynamic descriptors in pDescriptorSets

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-firstSet-00360
    The sum of firstSet and descriptorSetCount must be less than or equal to VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo::setLayoutCount provided when layout was created

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDynamicOffsets-01971
    Each element of pDynamicOffsets which corresponds to a descriptor binding with type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC must be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minUniformBufferOffsetAlignment

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDynamicOffsets-01972
    Each element of pDynamicOffsets which corresponds to a descriptor binding with type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC must be a multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::minStorageBufferOffsetAlignment

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-01979
    For each dynamic uniform or storage buffer binding in pDescriptorSets, the sum of the effective offset and the range of the binding must be less than or equal to the size of the buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-06715
    For each dynamic uniform or storage buffer binding in pDescriptorSets, if the range was set with VK_WHOLE_SIZE then pDynamicOffsets which corresponds to the descriptor binding must be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-06563
    Each element of pDescriptorSets must be a valid VkDescriptorSet

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pipelineBindPoint-00361
    pipelineBindPoint must be supported by the commandBuffer’s parent VkCommandPool’s queue family

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pipelineBindPoint-parameter
    pipelineBindPoint must be a valid VkPipelineBindPoint value

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-layout-parameter
    layout must be a valid VkPipelineLayout handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDescriptorSets-parameter
    pDescriptorSets must be a valid pointer to an array of descriptorSetCount valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE VkDescriptorSet handles

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-pDynamicOffsets-parameter
    If dynamicOffsetCount is not 0, pDynamicOffsets must be a valid pointer to an array of dynamicOffsetCount uint32_t values

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-descriptorSetCount-arraylength
    descriptorSetCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdBindDescriptorSets-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, layout, and the elements of pDescriptorSets that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics
Compute

State

14.2.6. Push Constant Updates

As described above in section Pipeline Layouts, the pipeline layout defines shader push constants which are updated via Vulkan commands rather than via writes to memory or copy commands.

Note

Push constants represent a high speed path to modify constant data in pipelines that is expected to outperform memory-backed resource updates.

To update push constants, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdPushConstants(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkPipelineLayout                            layout,
    VkShaderStageFlags                          stageFlags,
    uint32_t                                    offset,
    uint32_t                                    size,
    const void*                                 pValues);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer in which the push constant update will be recorded.

  • layout is the pipeline layout used to program the push constant updates.

  • stageFlags is a bitmask of VkShaderStageFlagBits specifying the shader stages that will use the push constants in the updated range.

  • offset is the start offset of the push constant range to update, in units of bytes.

  • size is the size of the push constant range to update, in units of bytes.

  • pValues is a pointer to an array of size bytes containing the new push constant values.

When a command buffer begins recording, all push constant values are undefined.

Push constant values can be updated incrementally, causing shader stages in stageFlags to read the new data from pValues for push constants modified by this command, while still reading the previous data for push constants not modified by this command. When a bound pipeline command is issued, the bound pipeline’s layout must be compatible with the layouts used to set the values of all push constants in the pipeline layout’s push constant ranges, as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility. Binding a pipeline with a layout that is not compatible with the push constant layout does not disturb the push constant values.

Note

As stageFlags needs to include all flags the relevant push constant ranges were created with, any flags that are not supported by the queue family that the VkCommandPool used to allocate commandBuffer was created on are ignored.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-offset-01795
    For each byte in the range specified by offset and size and for each shader stage in stageFlags, there must be a push constant range in layout that includes that byte and that stage

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-offset-01796
    For each byte in the range specified by offset and size and for each push constant range that overlaps that byte, stageFlags must include all stages in that push constant range’s VkPushConstantRange::stageFlags

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-offset-00368
    offset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-size-00369
    size must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-offset-00370
    offset must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPushConstantsSize

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-size-00371
    size must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxPushConstantsSize minus offset

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-layout-parameter
    layout must be a valid VkPipelineLayout handle

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-stageFlags-parameter
    stageFlags must be a valid combination of VkShaderStageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-stageFlags-requiredbitmask
    stageFlags must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-pValues-parameter
    pValues must be a valid pointer to an array of size bytes

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-size-arraylength
    size must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdPushConstants-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and layout must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics
Compute

State

15. Shader Interfaces

When a pipeline is created, the set of shaders specified in the corresponding VkPipelineCreateInfo structure are implicitly linked at a number of different interfaces.

This chapter describes valid uses for a set of SPIR-V decorations. Any other use of one of these decorations is invalid, with the exception that, when using SPIR-V versions 1.4 and earlier: Block, BufferBlock, Offset, ArrayStride, and MatrixStride can also decorate types and type members used by variables in the Private and Function storage classes.

Note

In this chapter, there are references to SPIR-V terms such as the MeshNV execution model. These terms will appear even in a build of the specification which does not support any extensions. This is as intended, since these terms appear in the unified SPIR-V specification without such qualifiers.

15.1. Shader Input and Output Interfaces

When multiple stages are present in a pipeline, the outputs of one stage form an interface with the inputs of the next stage. When such an interface involves a shader, shader outputs are matched against the inputs of the next stage, and shader inputs are matched against the outputs of the previous stage.

All the variables forming the shader input and output interfaces are listed as operands to the OpEntryPoint instruction and are declared with the Input or Output storage classes, respectively, in the SPIR-V module. These generally form the interfaces between consecutive shader stages, regardless of any non-shader stages between the consecutive shader stages.

There are two classes of variables that can be matched between shader stages, built-in variables and user-defined variables. Each class has a different set of matching criteria.

Output variables of a shader stage have undefined values until the shader writes to them or uses the Initializer operand when declaring the variable.

15.1.1. Built-in Interface Block

Shader built-in variables meeting the following requirements define the built-in interface block. They must

  • be explicitly declared (there are no implicit built-ins),

  • be identified with a BuiltIn decoration,

  • form object types as described in the Built-in Variables section, and

  • be declared in a block whose top-level members are the built-ins.

There must be no more than one built-in interface block per shader per interface .

Built-ins must not have any Location or Component decorations.

15.1.2. User-defined Variable Interface

The non-built-in variables listed by OpEntryPoint with the Input or Output storage class form the user-defined variable interface. These must have numeric type or, recursively, composite types of such types. These variables must be identified with a Location decoration and can also be identified with a Component decoration.

15.1.3. Interface Matching

An output variable, block, or structure member in a given shader stage has an interface match with an input variable, block, or structure member in a subsequent shader stage if they both adhere to the following conditions:

  • They have equivalent decorations, other than:

    • one is not decorated with Component and the other is declared with a Component of 0

    • Interpolation decorations

    • RelaxedPrecision if one is an input variable and the other an output variable

  • Their types match as follows:

    • if the input is declared in a tessellation control or geometry shader as an OpTypeArray with an Element Type equivalent to the OpType* declaration of the output, and neither is a structure member; or

    • if in any other case they are declared with an equivalent OpType* declaration.

  • If both are structures and every member has an interface match.

Note

The word “structure” above refers to both variables that have an OpTypeStruct type and interface blocks (which are also declared as OpTypeStruct).

All input variables and blocks must have an interface match in the preceding shader stage, except for built-in variables in fragment shaders. Shaders can declare and write to output variables that are not declared or read by the subsequent stage.

The value of an input variable is undefined if the preceding stage does not write to a matching output variable, as described above.

15.1.4. Location Assignment

This section describes Location assignments for user-defined variables and how many Location slots are consumed by a given user-variable type. As mentioned above, some inputs and outputs have an additional level of arrayness relative to other shader inputs and outputs. This outer array level is removed from the type before considering how many Location slots the type consumes.

The Location value specifies an interface slot comprised of a 32-bit four-component vector conveyed between stages. The Component specifies word components within these vector Location slots. Only types with widths of 32 or 64 are supported in shader interfaces.

Inputs and outputs of the following types consume a single interface Location:

  • 32-bit scalar and vector types, and

  • 64-bit scalar and 2-component vector types.

64-bit three- and four-component vectors consume two consecutive Location slots.

If a declared input or output is an array of size n and each element takes m Location slots, it will be assigned m × n consecutive Location slots starting with the specified Location.

If the declared input or output is an n × m 32- or 64-bit matrix, it will be assigned multiple Location slots starting with the specified Location. The number of Location slots assigned for each matrix will be the same as for an n-element array of m-component vectors.

An OpVariable with a structure type that is not a block must be decorated with a Location.

When an OpVariable with a structure type (either block or non-block) is decorated with a Location, the members in the structure type must not be decorated with a Location. The OpVariable’s members are assigned consecutive Location slots in declaration order, starting from the first member, which is assigned the Location decoration from the OpVariable.

When a block-type OpVariable is declared without a Location decoration, each member in its structure type must be decorated with a Location. Types nested deeper than the top-level members must not have Location decorations.

The Location slots consumed by block and structure members are determined by applying the rules above in a depth-first traversal of the instantiated members as though the structure or block member were declared as an input or output variable of the same type.

Any two inputs listed as operands on the same OpEntryPoint must not be assigned the same Location slot and Component word, either explicitly or implicitly. Any two outputs listed as operands on the same OpEntryPoint must not be assigned the same Location slot and Component word, either explicitly or implicitly.

The number of input and output Location slots available for a shader input or output interface is limited, and dependent on the shader stage as described in Shader Input and Output Locations. All variables in both the built-in interface block and the user-defined variable interface count against these limits. Each effective Location must have a value less than the number of Location slots available for the given interface, as specified in the “Locations Available” column in Shader Input and Output Locations.

Table 10. Shader Input and Output Locations
Shader Interface Locations Available

vertex input

maxVertexInputAttributes

vertex output

maxVertexOutputComponents / 4

tessellation control input

maxTessellationControlPerVertexInputComponents / 4

tessellation control output

maxTessellationControlPerVertexOutputComponents / 4

tessellation evaluation input

maxTessellationEvaluationInputComponents / 4

tessellation evaluation output

maxTessellationEvaluationOutputComponents / 4

geometry input

maxGeometryInputComponents / 4

geometry output

maxGeometryOutputComponents / 4

fragment input

maxFragmentInputComponents / 4

fragment output

maxFragmentOutputAttachments

15.1.5. Component Assignment

The Component decoration allows the Location to be more finely specified for scalars and vectors, down to the individual Component word within a Location slot that are consumed. The Component word within a Location are 0, 1, 2, and 3. A variable or block member starting at Component N will consume Component words N, N+1, N+2, …​ up through its size. For single precision types, it is invalid if this sequence of Component words gets larger than 3. A scalar 64-bit type will consume two of these Component words in sequence, and a two-component 64-bit vector type will consume all four Component words available within a Location. A three- or four-component 64-bit vector type must not specify a non-zero Component decoration. A three-component 64-bit vector type will consume all four Component words of the first Location and Component 0 and 1 of the second Location. This leaves Component 2 and 3 available for other component-qualified declarations.

A scalar or two-component 64-bit data type must not specify a Component decoration of 1 or 3. A Component decoration must not be specified for any type that is not a scalar or vector.

A four-component 64-bit data type will consume all four Component words of the first Location and all four Component words of the second Location.

15.2. Vertex Input Interface

When the vertex stage is present in a pipeline, the vertex shader input variables form an interface with the vertex input attributes. The vertex shader input variables are matched by the Location and Component decorations to the vertex input attributes specified in the pVertexInputState member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure.

The vertex shader input variables listed by OpEntryPoint with the Input storage class form the vertex input interface. These variables must be identified with a Location decoration and can also be identified with a Component decoration.

For the purposes of interface matching: variables declared without a Component decoration are considered to have a Component decoration of zero. The number of available vertex input Location slots is given by the maxVertexInputAttributes member of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure.

All vertex shader inputs declared as above must have a corresponding attribute and binding in the pipeline.

15.3. Fragment Output Interface

When the fragment stage is present in a pipeline, the fragment shader outputs form an interface with the output attachments defined by a render pass instance. The fragment shader output variables are matched by the Location and Component decorations to specified color attachments.

The fragment shader output variables listed by OpEntryPoint with the Output storage class form the fragment output interface. These variables must be identified with a Location decoration. They can also be identified with a Component decoration and/or an Index decoration. For the purposes of interface matching: variables declared without a Component decoration are considered to have a Component decoration of zero, and variables declared without an Index decoration are considered to have an Index decoration of zero.

A fragment shader output variable identified with a Location decoration of i is associated with the color attachment indicated by VkSubpassDescription::pColorAttachments[i]. Values are written to those attachments after passing through the blending unit as described in Blending, if enabled. Locations are consumed as described in Location Assignment. The number of available fragment output Location slots is given by the maxFragmentOutputAttachments member of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure.

When an active fragment shader invocation finishes, the values of all fragment shader outputs are copied out and used as blend inputs or color attachments writes. If the invocation does not set a value for them, the input values to those blending or color attachment writes are undefined.

Components of the output variables are assigned as described in Component Assignment. Output Component words identified as 0, 1, 2, and 3 will be directed to the R, G, B, and A inputs to the blending unit, respectively, or to the output attachment if blending is disabled. If two variables are placed within the same Location, they must have the same underlying type (floating-point or integer). Component words which do not correspond to any fragment shader output will also result in undefined values for blending or color attachment writes.

Fragment outputs identified with an Index of zero are directed to the first input of the blending unit associated with the corresponding Location. Outputs identified with an Index of one are directed to the second input of the corresponding blending unit.

There must be no output variable which has the same Location, Component, and Index as any other, either explicitly declared or implied.

Output values written by a fragment shader must be declared with either OpTypeFloat or OpTypeInt, and a Width of 32. Composites of these types are also permitted. If the color attachment has a signed or unsigned normalized fixed-point format, color values are assumed to be floating-point and are converted to fixed-point as described in Conversion From Floating-Point to Normalized Fixed-Point; If the color attachment has an integer format, color values are assumed to be integers and converted to the bit-depth of the target. Any value that cannot be represented in the attachment’s format is undefined. For any other attachment format no conversion is performed. If the type of the values written by the fragment shader do not match the format of the corresponding color attachment, the resulting values are undefined for those components.

15.4. Fragment Input Attachment Interface

When a fragment stage is present in a pipeline, the fragment shader subpass inputs form an interface with the input attachments of the current subpass. The fragment shader subpass input variables are matched by InputAttachmentIndex decorations to the input attachments specified in the pInputAttachments array of the VkSubpassDescription structure describing the subpass that the fragment shader is executed in.

The fragment shader subpass input variables with the UniformConstant storage class and a decoration of InputAttachmentIndex that are statically used by OpEntryPoint form the fragment input attachment interface. These variables must be declared with a type of OpTypeImage, a Dim operand of SubpassData, an Arrayed operand of 0, and a Sampled operand of 2. The MS operand of the OpTypeImage must be 0 if the samples field of the corresponding VkAttachmentDescription is VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT and 1 otherwise.

A subpass input variable identified with an InputAttachmentIndex decoration of i reads from the input attachment indicated by pInputAttachments[i] member of VkSubpassDescription. If the subpass input variable is declared as an array of size N, it consumes N consecutive input attachments, starting with the index specified. There must not be more than one input variable with the same InputAttachmentIndex whether explicitly declared or implied by an array declaration per image aspect. A multi-aspect image (e.g. a depth/stencil format) can use the same input variable. The number of available input attachment indices is given by the maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments member of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure.

Variables identified with the InputAttachmentIndex must only be used by a fragment stage. The numeric format of the subpass input must match the format of the corresponding input attachment, or the values of subpass loads from these variables are undefined. If the framebuffer attachment contains both depth and stencil aspects, the numeric format of the subpass input determines if depth or stencil aspect is accessed by the shader.

See Input Attachment for more details.

15.4.1. Fragment Input Attachment Compatibility

An input attachment that is statically accessed by a fragment shader must be backed by a descriptor that is equivalent to the VkImageView in the VkFramebuffer, except for subresourceRange.aspectMask. The aspectMask must be equal to the aspect accessed by the shader.

15.5. Shader Resource Interface

When a shader stage accesses buffer or image resources, as described in the Resource Descriptors section, the shader resource variables must be matched with the pipeline layout that is provided at pipeline creation time.

The set of shader variables that form the shader resource interface for a stage are the variables statically used by that stage’s OpEntryPoint with a storage class of Uniform, UniformConstant, or PushConstant. For the fragment shader, this includes the fragment input attachment interface.

The shader resource interface consists of two sub-interfaces: the push constant interface and the descriptor set interface.

15.5.1. Push Constant Interface

The shader variables defined with a storage class of PushConstant that are statically used by the shader entry points for the pipeline define the push constant interface. They must be:

  • typed as OpTypeStruct,

  • identified with a Block decoration, and

  • laid out explicitly using the Offset, ArrayStride, and MatrixStride decorations as specified in Offset and Stride Assignment.

There must be no more than one push constant block statically used per shader entry point.

Each statically used member of a push constant block must be placed at an Offset such that the entire member is entirely contained within the VkPushConstantRange for each OpEntryPoint that uses it, and the stageFlags for that range must specify the appropriate VkShaderStageFlagBits for that stage. The Offset decoration for any member of a push constant block must not cause the space required for that member to extend outside the range [0, maxPushConstantsSize).

Any member of a push constant block that is declared as an array must only be accessed with dynamically uniform indices.

15.5.2. Descriptor Set Interface

The descriptor set interface is comprised of the shader variables with the storage class of Uniform or UniformConstant (including the variables in the fragment input attachment interface) that are statically used by the shader entry points for the pipeline.

These variables must have DescriptorSet and Binding decorations specified, which are assigned and matched with the VkDescriptorSetLayout objects in the pipeline layout as described in DescriptorSet and Binding Assignment.

The Image Format of an OpTypeImage declaration must not be Unknown, for variables which are used for OpImageRead, OpImageSparseRead, or OpImageWrite operations, except under the following conditions:

  • For OpImageWrite, if the image format is listed in the storage without format list and if the shaderStorageImageWriteWithoutFormat feature is enabled and the shader module declares the StorageImageWriteWithoutFormat capability.

  • For OpImageRead or OpImageSparseRead, if the image format is listed in the storage without format list and if the shaderStorageImageReadWithoutFormat feature is enabled and the shader module declares the StorageImageReadWithoutFormat capability.

  • For OpImageRead, if Dim is SubpassData (indicating a read from an input attachment).

The Image Format of an OpTypeImage declaration must not be Unknown, for variables which are used for OpAtomic* operations.

Variables identified with the Uniform storage class are used to access transparent buffer backed resources. Such variables must be:

  • typed as OpTypeStruct, or an array of this type,

  • identified with a Block or BufferBlock decoration, and

  • laid out explicitly using the Offset, ArrayStride, and MatrixStride decorations as specified in Offset and Stride Assignment.

The Offset decoration for any variable in a Block must not cause the space required for that variable to extend outside the range [0, maxUniformBufferRange). The Offset decoration for any variable in a BufferBlock must not cause the space required for that variable to extend outside the range [0, maxStorageBufferRange).

Variables identified with a storage class of UniformConstant and a decoration of InputAttachmentIndex must be declared as described in Fragment Input Attachment Interface.

SPIR-V variables decorated with a descriptor set and binding that identify a combined image sampler descriptor can have a type of OpTypeImage, OpTypeSampler (Sampled=1), or OpTypeSampledImage.

Arrays of any of these types can be indexed with constant integral expressions. The following features must be enabled and capabilities must be declared in order to index such arrays with dynamically uniform or non-uniform indices:

  • Storage images (except storage texel buffers and input attachments):

    • Dynamically uniform: shaderStorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing and StorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing

  • Sampled images (except uniform texel buffers), samplers and combined image samplers:

    • Dynamically uniform: shaderSampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing and SampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing

  • Uniform buffers:

    • Dynamically uniform: shaderUniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing and UniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing

  • Storage buffers:

    • Dynamically uniform: shaderStorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing and StorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing

If an instruction loads from or stores to a resource (including atomics and image instructions) and the resource descriptor being accessed is loaded from an array element with a non-constant index, then the corresponding dynamic indexing feature must be enabled and the capability must be declared.

Table 11. Shader Resource and Descriptor Type Correspondence
Resource type Descriptor Type

sampler

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER

sampled image

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER

storage image

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE

combined image sampler

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER

uniform texel buffer

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER

storage texel buffer

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER

uniform buffer

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC

storage buffer

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC

input attachment

VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT

Table 12. Shader Resource and Storage Class Correspondence
Resource type Storage Class Type1 Decoration(s)2

sampler

UniformConstant

OpTypeSampler

sampled image

UniformConstant

OpTypeImage (Sampled=1)

storage image

UniformConstant

OpTypeImage (Sampled=2)

combined image sampler

UniformConstant

OpTypeSampledImage
OpTypeImage (Sampled=1)
OpTypeSampler

uniform texel buffer

UniformConstant

OpTypeImage (Dim=Buffer, Sampled=1)

storage texel buffer

UniformConstant

OpTypeImage (Dim=Buffer, Sampled=2)

uniform buffer

Uniform

OpTypeStruct

Block, Offset, (ArrayStride), (MatrixStride)

storage buffer

Uniform

OpTypeStruct

BufferBlock, Offset, (ArrayStride), (MatrixStride)

input attachment

UniformConstant

OpTypeImage (Dim=SubpassData, Sampled=2)

InputAttachmentIndex

1

Where OpTypeImage is referenced, the Dim values Buffer and Subpassdata are only accepted where they are specifically referenced. They do not correspond to resource types where a generic OpTypeImage is specified.

2

In addition to DescriptorSet and Binding.

15.5.3. DescriptorSet and Binding Assignment

A variable decorated with a DescriptorSet decoration of s and a Binding decoration of b indicates that this variable is associated with the VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding that has a binding equal to b in pSetLayouts[s] that was specified in VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo.

DescriptorSet decoration values must be between zero and maxBoundDescriptorSets minus one, inclusive. Binding decoration values can be any 32-bit unsigned integer value, as described in Descriptor Set Layout. Each descriptor set has its own binding name space.

If the Binding decoration is used with an array, the entire array is assigned that binding value. The array must be a single-dimensional array and size of the array must be no larger than the number of descriptors in the binding. The array must not be runtime-sized. The index of each element of the array is referred to as the arrayElement. For the purposes of interface matching and descriptor set operations, if a resource variable is not an array, it is treated as if it has an arrayElement of zero.

There is a limit on the number of resources of each type that can be accessed by a pipeline stage as shown in Shader Resource Limits. The “Resources Per Stage” column gives the limit on the number each type of resource that can be statically used for an entry point in any given stage in a pipeline. The “Resource Types” column lists which resource types are counted against the limit. Some resource types count against multiple limits.

The pipeline layout may include descriptor sets and bindings which are not referenced by any variables statically used by the entry points for the shader stages in the binding’s stageFlags.

However, if a variable assigned to a given DescriptorSet and Binding is statically used by the entry point for a shader stage, the pipeline layout must contain a descriptor set layout binding in that descriptor set layout and for that binding number, and that binding’s stageFlags must include the appropriate VkShaderStageFlagBits for that stage. The variable must be of a valid resource type determined by its SPIR-V type and storage class, as defined in Shader Resource and Storage Class Correspondence. The descriptor set layout binding must be of a corresponding descriptor type, as defined in Shader Resource and Descriptor Type Correspondence.

Note

There are no limits on the number of shader variables that can have overlapping set and binding values in a shader; but which resources are statically used has an impact. If any shader variable identifying a resource is statically used in a shader, then the underlying descriptor bound at the declared set and binding must support the declared type in the shader when the shader executes.

If multiple shader variables are declared with the same set and binding values, and with the same underlying descriptor type, they can all be statically used within the same shader. However, accesses are not automatically synchronized, and Aliased decorations should be used to avoid data hazards (see section 2.18.2 Aliasing in the SPIR-V specification).

If multiple shader variables with the same set and binding values are declared in a single shader, but with different declared types, where any of those are not supported by the relevant bound descriptor, that shader can only be executed if the variables with the unsupported type are not statically used.

A noteworthy example of using multiple statically-used shader variables sharing the same descriptor set and binding values is a descriptor of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER that has multiple corresponding shader variables in the UniformConstant storage class, where some could be OpTypeImage (Sampled=1), some could be OpTypeSampler, and some could be OpTypeSampledImage.

Table 13. Shader Resource Limits
Resources per Stage Resource Types

maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers

sampler

combined image sampler

maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages

sampled image

combined image sampler

uniform texel buffer

maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages

storage image

storage texel buffer

maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers

uniform buffer

uniform buffer dynamic

maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers

storage buffer

storage buffer dynamic

maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments

input attachment1

1

Input attachments can only be used in the fragment shader stage

15.5.4. Offset and Stride Assignment

Certain objects must be explicitly laid out using the Offset, ArrayStride, and MatrixStride, as described in SPIR-V explicit layout validation rules. All such layouts also must conform to the following requirements.

Note

The numeric order of Offset decorations does not need to follow member declaration order.

Alignment Requirements

There are different alignment requirements depending on the specific resources and on the features enabled on the device.

Matrix types are defined in terms of arrays as follows:

  • A column-major matrix with C columns and R rows is equivalent to a C element array of vectors with R components.

  • A row-major matrix with C columns and R rows is equivalent to an R element array of vectors with C components.

The scalar alignment of the type of an OpTypeStruct member is defined recursively as follows:

  • A scalar of size N has a scalar alignment of N.

  • A vector type has a scalar alignment equal to that of its component type.

  • An array type has a scalar alignment equal to that of its element type.

  • A structure has a scalar alignment equal to the largest scalar alignment of any of its members.

  • A matrix type inherits scalar alignment from the equivalent array declaration.

The base alignment of the type of an OpTypeStruct member is defined recursively as follows:

  • A scalar has a base alignment equal to its scalar alignment.

  • A two-component vector has a base alignment equal to twice its scalar alignment.

  • A three- or four-component vector has a base alignment equal to four times its scalar alignment.

  • An array has a base alignment equal to the base alignment of its element type.

  • A structure has a base alignment equal to the largest base alignment of any of its members. An empty structure has a base alignment equal to the size of the smallest scalar type permitted by the capabilities declared in the SPIR-V module. (e.g., for a 1 byte aligned empty struct in the StorageBuffer storage class, StorageBuffer8BitAccess or UniformAndStorageBuffer8BitAccess must be declared in the SPIR-V module.)

  • A matrix type inherits base alignment from the equivalent array declaration.

The extended alignment of the type of an OpTypeStruct member is similarly defined as follows:

  • A scalar or vector type has an extended alignment equal to its base alignment.

  • An array or structure type has an extended alignment equal to the largest extended alignment of any of its members, rounded up to a multiple of 16.

  • A matrix type inherits extended alignment from the equivalent array declaration.

Standard Buffer Layout

Every member of an OpTypeStruct that is required to be explicitly laid out must be aligned according to the first matching rule as follows. If the struct is contained in pointer types of multiple storage classes, it must satisfy the requirements for every storage class used to reference it.

  1. Any member of an OpTypeStruct with a storage class of Uniform and a decoration of Block must be aligned according to its extended alignment.

  2. Every other member must be aligned according to its base alignment.

The memory layout must obey the following rules:

  • The Offset decoration of any member must be a multiple of its alignment.

  • Any ArrayStride or MatrixStride decoration must be a multiple of the alignment of the array or matrix as defined above.

  • The Offset decoration of a member must not place it between the end of a structure, an array or a matrix and the next multiple of the alignment of that structure, array or matrix.

Note

The std430 layout in GLSL satisfies these rules for types using the base alignment. The std140 layout satisfies the rules for types using the extended alignment.

15.6. Built-In Variables

Built-in variables are accessed in shaders by declaring a variable decorated with a BuiltIn SPIR-V decoration. The meaning of each BuiltIn decoration is as follows. In the remainder of this section, the name of a built-in is used interchangeably with a term equivalent to a variable decorated with that particular built-in. Built-ins that represent integer values can be declared as either signed or unsigned 32-bit integers.

As mentioned above, some inputs and outputs have an additional level of arrayness relative to other shader inputs and outputs. This level of arrayness is not included in the type descriptions below, but must be included when declaring the built-in.

ClipDistance

Decorating a variable with the ClipDistance built-in decoration will make that variable contain the mechanism for controlling user clipping. ClipDistance is an array such that the ith element of the array specifies the clip distance for plane i. A clip distance of 0 means the vertex is on the plane, a positive distance means the vertex is inside the clip half-space, and a negative distance means the vertex is outside the clip half-space.

Note

The array variable decorated with ClipDistance is explicitly sized by the shader.

Note

In the last pre-rasterization shader stage, these values will be linearly interpolated across the primitive and the portion of the primitive with interpolated distances less than 0 will be considered outside the clip volume. If ClipDistance is then used by a fragment shader, ClipDistance contains these linearly interpolated values.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-ClipDistance-ClipDistance-04187
    The ClipDistance decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, Fragment, TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model

  • VUID-ClipDistance-ClipDistance-04188
    The variable decorated with ClipDistance within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, or Vertex Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-ClipDistance-ClipDistance-04189
    The variable decorated with ClipDistance within the Fragment Execution Model must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-ClipDistance-ClipDistance-04190
    The variable decorated with ClipDistance within the TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model must not be declared in a Storage Class other than Input or Output

  • VUID-ClipDistance-ClipDistance-04191
    The variable decorated with ClipDistance must be declared as an array of 32-bit floating-point values

CullDistance

Decorating a variable with the CullDistance built-in decoration will make that variable contain the mechanism for controlling user culling. If any member of this array is assigned a negative value for all vertices belonging to a primitive, then the primitive is discarded before rasterization.

Note

In fragment shaders, the values of the CullDistance array are linearly interpolated across each primitive.

Note

If CullDistance decorates an input variable, that variable will contain the corresponding value from the CullDistance decorated output variable from the previous shader stage.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-CullDistance-CullDistance-04196
    The CullDistance decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, Fragment, TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model

  • VUID-CullDistance-CullDistance-04197
    The variable decorated with CullDistance within the MeshEXT, MeshNV or Vertex Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-CullDistance-CullDistance-04198
    The variable decorated with CullDistance within the Fragment Execution Model must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-CullDistance-CullDistance-04199
    The variable decorated with CullDistance within the TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model must not be declared using a Storage Class other than Input or Output

  • VUID-CullDistance-CullDistance-04200
    The variable decorated with CullDistance must be declared as an array of 32-bit floating-point values

FragCoord

Decorating a variable with the FragCoord built-in decoration will make that variable contain the framebuffer coordinate of the fragment being processed. The (x,y) coordinate (0,0) is the upper left corner of the upper left pixel in the framebuffer.

When Sample Shading is enabled, the x and y components of FragCoord reflect the location of one of the samples corresponding to the shader invocation.

Otherwise, the x and y components of FragCoord reflect the location of the center of the fragment.

The z component of FragCoord is the interpolated depth value of the primitive.

The w component is the interpolated .

The Centroid interpolation decoration is ignored, but allowed, on FragCoord.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-FragCoord-FragCoord-04210
    The FragCoord decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-FragCoord-FragCoord-04211
    The variable decorated with FragCoord must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-FragCoord-FragCoord-04212
    The variable decorated with FragCoord must be declared as a four-component vector of 32-bit floating-point values

FragDepth

To have a shader supply a fragment-depth value, the shader must declare the DepthReplacing execution mode. Such a shader’s fragment-depth value will come from the variable decorated with the FragDepth built-in decoration.

This value will be used for any subsequent depth testing performed by the implementation or writes to the depth attachment. See fragment shader depth replacement for details.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-FragDepth-FragDepth-04213
    The FragDepth decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-FragDepth-FragDepth-04214
    The variable decorated with FragDepth must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-FragDepth-FragDepth-04215
    The variable decorated with FragDepth must be declared as a scalar 32-bit floating-point value

  • VUID-FragDepth-FragDepth-04216
    If the shader dynamically writes to the variable decorated with FragDepth, the DepthReplacing Execution Mode must be declared

FrontFacing

Decorating a variable with the FrontFacing built-in decoration will make that variable contain whether the fragment is front or back facing. This variable is non-zero if the current fragment is considered to be part of a front-facing polygon primitive or of a non-polygon primitive and is zero if the fragment is considered to be part of a back-facing polygon primitive.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-FrontFacing-FrontFacing-04229
    The FrontFacing decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-FrontFacing-FrontFacing-04230
    The variable decorated with FrontFacing must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-FrontFacing-FrontFacing-04231
    The variable decorated with FrontFacing must be declared as a boolean value

GlobalInvocationId

Decorating a variable with the GlobalInvocationId built-in decoration will make that variable contain the location of the current invocation within the global workgroup. Each component is equal to the index of the local workgroup multiplied by the size of the local workgroup plus LocalInvocationId.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-GlobalInvocationId-GlobalInvocationId-04236
    The GlobalInvocationId decoration must be used only within the GLCompute, MeshEXT, TaskEXT, MeshNV, or TaskNV Execution Model

  • VUID-GlobalInvocationId-GlobalInvocationId-04237
    The variable decorated with GlobalInvocationId must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-GlobalInvocationId-GlobalInvocationId-04238
    The variable decorated with GlobalInvocationId must be declared as a three-component vector of 32-bit integer values

HelperInvocation

Decorating a variable with the HelperInvocation built-in decoration will make that variable contain whether the current invocation is a helper invocation. This variable is non-zero if the current fragment being shaded is a helper invocation and zero otherwise. A helper invocation is an invocation of the shader that is produced to satisfy internal requirements such as the generation of derivatives.

Note

It is very likely that a helper invocation will have a value of SampleMask fragment shader input value that is zero.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-HelperInvocation-HelperInvocation-04239
    The HelperInvocation decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-HelperInvocation-HelperInvocation-04240
    The variable decorated with HelperInvocation must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-HelperInvocation-HelperInvocation-04241
    The variable decorated with HelperInvocation must be declared as a boolean value

InvocationId

Decorating a variable with the InvocationId built-in decoration will make that variable contain the index of the current shader invocation in a geometry shader, or the index of the output patch vertex in a tessellation control shader.

In a geometry shader, the index of the current shader invocation ranges from zero to the number of instances declared in the shader minus one. If the instance count of the geometry shader is one or is not specified, then InvocationId will be zero.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-InvocationId-InvocationId-04257
    The InvocationId decoration must be used only within the TessellationControl or Geometry Execution Model

  • VUID-InvocationId-InvocationId-04258
    The variable decorated with InvocationId must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-InvocationId-InvocationId-04259
    The variable decorated with InvocationId must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

InstanceIndex

Decorating a variable in a vertex shader with the InstanceIndex built-in decoration will make that variable contain the index of the instance that is being processed by the current vertex shader invocation. InstanceIndex begins at the firstInstance parameter to vkCmdDraw or vkCmdDrawIndexed or at the firstInstance member of a structure consumed by vkCmdDrawIndirect or vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-InstanceIndex-InstanceIndex-04263
    The InstanceIndex decoration must be used only within the Vertex Execution Model

  • VUID-InstanceIndex-InstanceIndex-04264
    The variable decorated with InstanceIndex must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-InstanceIndex-InstanceIndex-04265
    The variable decorated with InstanceIndex must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

Layer

Decorating a variable with the Layer built-in decoration will make that variable contain the select layer of a multi-layer framebuffer attachment.

In a geometry shader, any variable decorated with Layer can be written with the framebuffer layer index to which the primitive produced by that shader will be directed.

If the last active pre-rasterization shader stage shader entry point’s interface does not include a variable decorated with Layer, then the first layer is used. If a pre-rasterization shader stage shader entry point’s interface includes a variable decorated with Layer, it must write the same value to Layer for all output vertices of a given primitive. If the Layer value is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the number of layers in the framebuffer, then primitives may still be rasterized, fragment shaders may be executed, and the framebuffer values for all layers are undefined.

In a fragment shader, a variable decorated with Layer contains the layer index of the primitive that the fragment invocation belongs to.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-Layer-Layer-04272
    The Layer decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, TessellationEvaluation, Geometry, or Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-Layer-Layer-04274
    The variable decorated with Layer within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-Layer-Layer-04275
    The variable decorated with Layer within the Fragment Execution Model must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-Layer-Layer-04276
    The variable decorated with Layer must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

  • VUID-Layer-Layer-07039
    The variable decorated with Layer within the MeshEXT Execution Model must also be decorated with the PerPrimitiveEXT decoration

LocalInvocationId

Decorating a variable with the LocalInvocationId built-in decoration will make that variable contain the location of the current compute shader invocation within the local workgroup. Each component ranges from zero through to the size of the workgroup in that dimension minus one.

Note

If the size of the workgroup in a particular dimension is one, then the LocalInvocationId in that dimension will be zero. If the workgroup is effectively two-dimensional, then LocalInvocationId.z will be zero. If the workgroup is effectively one-dimensional, then both LocalInvocationId.y and LocalInvocationId.z will be zero.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-LocalInvocationId-LocalInvocationId-04281
    The LocalInvocationId decoration must be used only within the GLCompute, MeshEXT, TaskEXT, MeshNV, or TaskNV Execution Model

  • VUID-LocalInvocationId-LocalInvocationId-04282
    The variable decorated with LocalInvocationId must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-LocalInvocationId-LocalInvocationId-04283
    The variable decorated with LocalInvocationId must be declared as a three-component vector of 32-bit integer values

LocalInvocationIndex

Decorating a variable with the LocalInvocationIndex built-in decoration will make that variable contain a one-dimensional representation of LocalInvocationId. This is computed as:

LocalInvocationIndex =
    LocalInvocationId.z * WorkgroupSize.x * WorkgroupSize.y +
    LocalInvocationId.y * WorkgroupSize.x +
    LocalInvocationId.x;
Valid Usage
  • VUID-LocalInvocationIndex-LocalInvocationIndex-04284
    The LocalInvocationIndex decoration must be used only within the GLCompute, MeshEXT, TaskEXT, MeshNV, or TaskNV Execution Model

  • VUID-LocalInvocationIndex-LocalInvocationIndex-04285
    The variable decorated with LocalInvocationIndex must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-LocalInvocationIndex-LocalInvocationIndex-04286
    The variable decorated with LocalInvocationIndex must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

NumWorkgroups

Decorating a variable with the NumWorkgroups built-in decoration will make that variable contain the number of local workgroups that are part of the dispatch that the invocation belongs to. Each component is equal to the values of the workgroup count parameters passed into the dispatching commands.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-NumWorkgroups-NumWorkgroups-04296
    The NumWorkgroups decoration must be used only within the GLCompute, MeshEXT, or TaskEXT Execution Model

  • VUID-NumWorkgroups-NumWorkgroups-04297
    The variable decorated with NumWorkgroups must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-NumWorkgroups-NumWorkgroups-04298
    The variable decorated with NumWorkgroups must be declared as a three-component vector of 32-bit integer values

PatchVertices

Decorating a variable with the PatchVertices built-in decoration will make that variable contain the number of vertices in the input patch being processed by the shader. In a Tessellation Control Shader, this is the same as the name:patchControlPoints member of VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo. In a Tessellation Evaluation Shader, PatchVertices is equal to the tessellation control output patch size. When the same shader is used in different pipelines where the patch sizes are configured differently, the value of the PatchVertices variable will also differ.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-PatchVertices-PatchVertices-04308
    The PatchVertices decoration must be used only within the TessellationControl or TessellationEvaluation Execution Model

  • VUID-PatchVertices-PatchVertices-04309
    The variable decorated with PatchVertices must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-PatchVertices-PatchVertices-04310
    The variable decorated with PatchVertices must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

PointCoord

Decorating a variable with the PointCoord built-in decoration will make that variable contain the coordinate of the current fragment within the point being rasterized, normalized to the size of the point with origin in the upper left corner of the point, as described in Basic Point Rasterization. If the primitive the fragment shader invocation belongs to is not a point, then the variable decorated with PointCoord contains an undefined value.

Note

Depending on how the point is rasterized, PointCoord may never reach (0,0) or (1,1).

Valid Usage
  • VUID-PointCoord-PointCoord-04311
    The PointCoord decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-PointCoord-PointCoord-04312
    The variable decorated with PointCoord must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-PointCoord-PointCoord-04313
    The variable decorated with PointCoord must be declared as a two-component vector of 32-bit floating-point values

PointSize

Decorating a variable with the PointSize built-in decoration will make that variable contain the size of point primitives . The value written to the variable decorated with PointSize by the last pre-rasterization shader stage in the pipeline is used as the framebuffer-space size of points produced by rasterization.

Note

When PointSize decorates a variable in the Input Storage Class, it contains the data written to the output variable decorated with PointSize from the previous shader stage.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-PointSize-PointSize-04314
    The PointSize decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model

  • VUID-PointSize-PointSize-04315
    The variable decorated with PointSize within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, or Vertex Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-PointSize-PointSize-04316
    The variable decorated with PointSize within the TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model must not be declared using a Storage Class other than Input or Output

  • VUID-PointSize-PointSize-04317
    The variable decorated with PointSize must be declared as a scalar 32-bit floating-point value

Position

Decorating a variable with the Position built-in decoration will make that variable contain the position of the current vertex. In the last pre-rasterization shader stage, the value of the variable decorated with Position is used in subsequent primitive assembly, clipping, and rasterization operations.

Note

When Position decorates a variable in the Input Storage Class, it contains the data written to the output variable decorated with Position from the previous shader stage.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-Position-Position-04318
    The Position decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model

  • VUID-Position-Position-04319
    The variable decorated with Position within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, or Vertex Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-Position-Position-04320
    The variable decorated with Position within the TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model must not be declared using a Storage Class other than Input or Output

  • VUID-Position-Position-04321
    The variable decorated with Position must be declared as a four-component vector of 32-bit floating-point values

PrimitiveId

Decorating a variable with the PrimitiveId built-in decoration will make that variable contain the index of the current primitive.

The index of the first primitive generated by a drawing command is zero, and the index is incremented after every individual point, line, or triangle primitive is processed.

For triangles drawn as points or line segments (see Polygon Mode), the primitive index is incremented only once, even if multiple points or lines are eventually drawn.

Variables decorated with PrimitiveId are reset to zero between each instance drawn.

Restarting a primitive topology using primitive restart has no effect on the value of variables decorated with PrimitiveId.

In tessellation control and tessellation evaluation shaders, it will contain the index of the patch within the current set of rendering primitives that corresponds to the shader invocation.

In a geometry shader, it will contain the number of primitives presented as input to the shader since the current set of rendering primitives was started.

In a fragment shader, it will contain the primitive index written by the geometry shader if a geometry shader is present, or with the value that would have been presented as input to the geometry shader had it been present.

Note

When the PrimitiveId decoration is applied to an output variable in the geometry shader, the resulting value is seen through the PrimitiveId decorated input variable in the fragment shader.

The fragment shader using PrimitiveId will need to declare either the Geometry or Tessellation capability to satisfy the requirement SPIR-V has to use PrimitiveId.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-04330
    The PrimitiveId decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, IntersectionKHR, AnyHitKHR, ClosestHitKHR, TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, Geometry, or Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-Fragment-04331
    If pipeline contains both the Fragment and Geometry Execution Model and a variable decorated with PrimitiveId is read from Fragment shader, then the Geometry shader must write to the output variables decorated with PrimitiveId in all execution paths

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-Fragment-04332
    If pipeline contains both the Fragment and MeshEXT or MeshNV Execution Model and a variable decorated with PrimitiveId is read from Fragment shader, then the MeshEXT or MeshNV shader must write to the output variables decorated with PrimitiveId in all execution paths

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-Fragment-04333
    If Fragment Execution Model contains a variable decorated with PrimitiveId, then either the MeshShadingEXT, MeshShadingNV, Geometry or Tessellation capability must also be declared

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-04334
    The variable decorated with PrimitiveId within the TessellationControl, TessellationEvaluation, Fragment, IntersectionKHR, AnyHitKHR, or ClosestHitKHR Execution Model must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-04335
    The variable decorated with PrimitiveId within the Geometry Execution Model must be declared using the Input or Output Storage Class

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-04336
    The variable decorated with PrimitiveId within the MeshEXT or MeshNV Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-04337
    The variable decorated with PrimitiveId must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

  • VUID-PrimitiveId-PrimitiveId-07040
    The variable decorated with PrimitiveId within the MeshEXT Execution Model must also be decorated with the PerPrimitiveEXT decoration

SampleId

Decorating a variable with the SampleId built-in decoration will make that variable contain the coverage index for the current fragment shader invocation. SampleId ranges from zero to the number of samples in the framebuffer minus one. If a fragment shader entry point’s interface includes an input variable decorated with SampleId, Sample Shading is considered enabled with a minSampleShading value of 1.0.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-SampleId-SampleId-04354
    The SampleId decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-SampleId-SampleId-04355
    The variable decorated with SampleId must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-SampleId-SampleId-04356
    The variable decorated with SampleId must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

SampleMask

Decorating a variable with the SampleMask built-in decoration will make any variable contain the sample mask for the current fragment shader invocation.

A variable in the Input storage class decorated with SampleMask will contain a bitmask of the set of samples covered by the primitive generating the fragment during rasterization. It has a sample bit set if and only if the sample is considered covered for this fragment shader invocation. SampleMask[] is an array of integers. Bits are mapped to samples in a manner where bit B of mask M (SampleMask[M]) corresponds to sample 32 × M + B.

A variable in the Output storage class decorated with SampleMask is an array of integers forming a bit array in a manner similar to an input variable decorated with SampleMask, but where each bit represents coverage as computed by the shader. This computed SampleMask is combined with the generated coverage mask in the multisample coverage operation.

Variables decorated with SampleMask must be either an unsized array, or explicitly sized to be no larger than the implementation-dependent maximum sample-mask (as an array of 32-bit elements), determined by the maximum number of samples.

If a fragment shader entry point’s interface includes an output variable decorated with SampleMask, the sample mask will be undefined for any array elements of any fragment shader invocations that fail to assign a value. If a fragment shader entry point’s interface does not include an output variable decorated with SampleMask, the sample mask has no effect on the processing of a fragment.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-SampleMask-SampleMask-04357
    The SampleMask decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-SampleMask-SampleMask-04358
    The variable decorated with SampleMask must be declared using the Input or Output Storage Class

  • VUID-SampleMask-SampleMask-04359
    The variable decorated with SampleMask must be declared as an array of 32-bit integer values

SamplePosition

Decorating a variable with the SamplePosition built-in decoration will make that variable contain the sub-pixel position of the sample being shaded. The top left of the pixel is considered to be at coordinate (0,0) and the bottom right of the pixel is considered to be at coordinate (1,1).

If a fragment shader entry point’s interface includes an input variable decorated with SamplePosition, Sample Shading is considered enabled with a minSampleShading value of 1.0.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-SamplePosition-SamplePosition-04360
    The SamplePosition decoration must be used only within the Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-SamplePosition-SamplePosition-04361
    The variable decorated with SamplePosition must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-SamplePosition-SamplePosition-04362
    The variable decorated with SamplePosition must be declared as a two-component vector of 32-bit floating-point values

TessCoord

Decorating a variable with the TessCoord built-in decoration will make that variable contain the three-dimensional (u,v,w) barycentric coordinate of the tessellated vertex within the patch. u, v, and w are in the range [0,1] and vary linearly across the primitive being subdivided. For the tessellation modes of Quads or IsoLines, the third component is always zero.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-TessCoord-TessCoord-04387
    The TessCoord decoration must be used only within the TessellationEvaluation Execution Model

  • VUID-TessCoord-TessCoord-04388
    The variable decorated with TessCoord must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-TessCoord-TessCoord-04389
    The variable decorated with TessCoord must be declared as a three-component vector of 32-bit floating-point values

TessLevelOuter

Decorating a variable with the TessLevelOuter built-in decoration will make that variable contain the outer tessellation levels for the current patch.

In tessellation control shaders, the variable decorated with TessLevelOuter can be written to, controlling the tessellation factors for the resulting patch. These values are used by the tessellator to control primitive tessellation and can be read by tessellation evaluation shaders.

In tessellation evaluation shaders, the variable decorated with TessLevelOuter can read the values written by the tessellation control shader.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-TessLevelOuter-TessLevelOuter-04390
    The TessLevelOuter decoration must be used only within the TessellationControl or TessellationEvaluation Execution Model

  • VUID-TessLevelOuter-TessLevelOuter-04391
    The variable decorated with TessLevelOuter within the TessellationControl Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-TessLevelOuter-TessLevelOuter-04392
    The variable decorated with TessLevelOuter within the TessellationEvaluation Execution Model must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-TessLevelOuter-TessLevelOuter-04393
    The variable decorated with TessLevelOuter must be declared as an array of size four, containing 32-bit floating-point values

TessLevelInner

Decorating a variable with the TessLevelInner built-in decoration will make that variable contain the inner tessellation levels for the current patch.

In tessellation control shaders, the variable decorated with TessLevelInner can be written to, controlling the tessellation factors for the resulting patch. These values are used by the tessellator to control primitive tessellation and can be read by tessellation evaluation shaders.

In tessellation evaluation shaders, the variable decorated with TessLevelInner can read the values written by the tessellation control shader.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-TessLevelInner-TessLevelInner-04394
    The TessLevelInner decoration must be used only within the TessellationControl or TessellationEvaluation Execution Model

  • VUID-TessLevelInner-TessLevelInner-04395
    The variable decorated with TessLevelInner within the TessellationControl Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-TessLevelInner-TessLevelInner-04396
    The variable decorated with TessLevelInner within the TessellationEvaluation Execution Model must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-TessLevelInner-TessLevelInner-04397
    The variable decorated with TessLevelInner must be declared as an array of size two, containing 32-bit floating-point values

VertexIndex

Decorating a variable with the VertexIndex built-in decoration will make that variable contain the index of the vertex that is being processed by the current vertex shader invocation. For non-indexed draws, this variable begins at the firstVertex parameter to vkCmdDraw or the firstVertex member of a structure consumed by vkCmdDrawIndirect and increments by one for each vertex in the draw. For indexed draws, its value is the content of the index buffer for the vertex plus the vertexOffset parameter to vkCmdDrawIndexed or the vertexOffset member of the structure consumed by vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect.

Note

VertexIndex starts at the same starting value for each instance.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VertexIndex-VertexIndex-04398
    The VertexIndex decoration must be used only within the Vertex Execution Model

  • VUID-VertexIndex-VertexIndex-04399
    The variable decorated with VertexIndex must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-VertexIndex-VertexIndex-04400
    The variable decorated with VertexIndex must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

ViewportIndex

Decorating a variable with the ViewportIndex built-in decoration will make that variable contain the index of the viewport.

In a geometry shader, the variable decorated with ViewportIndex can be written to with the viewport index to which the primitive produced by that shader will be directed.

The selected viewport index is used to select the viewport transform and scissor rectangle.

If the last active pre-rasterization shader stage shader entry point’s interface does not include a variable decorated with ViewportIndex then the first viewport is used. If a pre-rasterization shader stage shader entry point’s interface includes a variable decorated with ViewportIndex, it must write the same value to ViewportIndex for all output vertices of a given primitive.

In a fragment shader, the variable decorated with ViewportIndex contains the viewport index of the primitive that the fragment invocation belongs to.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-ViewportIndex-ViewportIndex-04404
    The ViewportIndex decoration must be used only within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, TessellationEvaluation, Geometry, or Fragment Execution Model

  • VUID-ViewportIndex-ViewportIndex-04406
    The variable decorated with ViewportIndex within the MeshEXT, MeshNV, Vertex, TessellationEvaluation, or Geometry Execution Model must be declared using the Output Storage Class

  • VUID-ViewportIndex-ViewportIndex-04407
    The variable decorated with ViewportIndex within the Fragment Execution Model must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-ViewportIndex-ViewportIndex-04408
    The variable decorated with ViewportIndex must be declared as a scalar 32-bit integer value

  • VUID-ViewportIndex-ViewportIndex-07060
    The variable decorated with ViewportIndex within the MeshEXT Execution Model must also be decorated with the PerPrimitiveEXT decoration

WorkgroupId

Decorating a variable with the WorkgroupId built-in decoration will make that variable contain the global workgroup that the current invocation is a member of. Each component ranges from a base value to a base + count value, based on the parameters passed into the dispatching commands.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-WorkgroupId-WorkgroupId-04422
    The WorkgroupId decoration must be used only within the GLCompute, MeshEXT, TaskEXT, MeshNV, or TaskNV Execution Model

  • VUID-WorkgroupId-WorkgroupId-04423
    The variable decorated with WorkgroupId must be declared using the Input Storage Class

  • VUID-WorkgroupId-WorkgroupId-04424
    The variable decorated with WorkgroupId must be declared as a three-component vector of 32-bit integer values

WorkgroupSize

Decorating an object with the WorkgroupSize built-in decoration will make that object contain the dimensions of a local workgroup. If an object is decorated with the WorkgroupSize decoration, this takes precedence over any LocalSize execution mode.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-WorkgroupSize-WorkgroupSize-04425
    The WorkgroupSize decoration must be used only within the GLCompute, MeshEXT, TaskEXT, MeshNV, or TaskNV Execution Model

  • VUID-WorkgroupSize-WorkgroupSize-04426
    The variable decorated with WorkgroupSize must be a specialization constant or a constant

  • VUID-WorkgroupSize-WorkgroupSize-04427
    The variable decorated with WorkgroupSize must be declared as a three-component vector of 32-bit integer values

16. Image Operations

16.1. Image Operations Overview

Vulkan Image Operations are operations performed by those SPIR-V Image Instructions which take an OpTypeImage (representing a VkImageView) or OpTypeSampledImage (representing a (VkImageView, VkSampler) pair). Read, write, and atomic operations also take texel coordinates as operands, and return a value based on a neighborhood of texture elements (texels) within the image. Query operations return properties of the bound image or of the lookup itself. The “Depth” operand of OpTypeImage is ignored.

Note

Texel is a term which is a combination of the words texture and element. Early interactive computer graphics supported texture operations on textures, a small subset of the image operations on images described here. The discrete samples remain essentially equivalent, however, so we retain the historical term texel to refer to them.

Image Operations include the functionality of the following SPIR-V Image Instructions:

  • OpImageSample* and OpImageSparseSample* read one or more neighboring texels of the image, and filter the texel values based on the state of the sampler.

    • Instructions with ImplicitLod in the name determine the LOD used in the sampling operation based on the coordinates used in neighboring fragments.

    • Instructions with ExplicitLod in the name determine the LOD used in the sampling operation based on additional coordinates.

    • Instructions with Proj in the name apply homogeneous projection to the coordinates.

  • OpImageFetch and OpImageSparseFetch return a single texel of the image. No sampler is used.

  • OpImage*Gather and OpImageSparse*Gather read neighboring texels and return a single component of each.

  • OpImageRead (and OpImageSparseRead) and OpImageWrite read and write, respectively, a texel in the image. No sampler is used.

  • OpImage*Dref* instructions apply depth comparison on the texel values.

  • OpImageSparse* instructions additionally return a sparse residency code.

  • OpImageQuerySize, OpImageQuerySizeLod, OpImageQueryLevels, and OpImageQuerySamples return properties of the image descriptor that would be accessed. The image itself is not accessed.

  • OpImageQueryLod returns the LOD parameters that would be used in a sample operation. The actual operation is not performed.

16.1.1. Texel Coordinate Systems

Images are addressed by texel coordinates. There are three texel coordinate systems:

  • normalized texel coordinates [0.0, 1.0]

  • unnormalized texel coordinates [0.0, width / height / depth)

  • integer texel coordinates [0, width / height / depth)

SPIR-V OpImageFetch, OpImageSparseFetch, OpImageRead, OpImageSparseRead, and OpImageWrite instructions use integer texel coordinates.

Other image instructions can use either normalized or unnormalized texel coordinates (selected by the unnormalizedCoordinates state of the sampler used in the instruction), but there are limitations on what operations, image state, and sampler state is supported. Normalized coordinates are logically converted to unnormalized as part of image operations, and certain steps are only performed on normalized coordinates. The array layer coordinate is always treated as unnormalized even when other coordinates are normalized.

Normalized texel coordinates are referred to as (s,t,r,q,a), with the coordinates having the following meanings:

  • s: Coordinate in the first dimension of an image.

  • t: Coordinate in the second dimension of an image.

  • r: Coordinate in the third dimension of an image.

    • (s,t,r) are interpreted as a direction vector for Cube images.

  • q: Fourth coordinate, for homogeneous (projective) coordinates.

  • a: Coordinate for array layer.

The coordinates are extracted from the SPIR-V operand based on the dimensionality of the image variable and type of instruction. For Proj instructions, the components are in order (s, [t,] [r,] q), with t and r being conditionally present based on the Dim of the image. For non-Proj instructions, the coordinates are (s [,t] [,r] [,a]), with t and r being conditionally present based on the Dim of the image and a being conditionally present based on the Arrayed property of the image. Projective image instructions are not supported on Arrayed images.

Unnormalized texel coordinates are referred to as (u,v,w,a), with the coordinates having the following meanings:

  • u: Coordinate in the first dimension of an image.

  • v: Coordinate in the second dimension of an image.

  • w: Coordinate in the third dimension of an image.

  • a: Coordinate for array layer.

Only the u and v coordinates are directly extracted from the SPIR-V operand, because only 1D and 2D (non-Arrayed) dimensionalities support unnormalized coordinates. The components are in order (u [,v]), with v being conditionally present when the dimensionality is 2D. When normalized coordinates are converted to unnormalized coordinates, all four coordinates are used.

Integer texel coordinates are referred to as (i,j,k,l,n), with the coordinates having the following meanings:

  • i: Coordinate in the first dimension of an image.

  • j: Coordinate in the second dimension of an image.

  • k: Coordinate in the third dimension of an image.

  • l: Coordinate for array layer.

  • n: Index of the sample within the texel.

They are extracted from the SPIR-V operand in order (i [,j] [,k] [,l] [,n]), with j and k conditionally present based on the Dim of the image, and l conditionally present based on the Arrayed property of the image. n is conditionally present and is taken from the Sample image operand.

For all coordinate types, unused coordinates are assigned a value of zero.

image/svg+xml 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 i 0.0 8.0 u 0.0 1.0 s 3 2 1 0 j 4.0 0.0 v 1.0 0.0 t i0j1 i1j1 i0j0 i1j0  (u-0.5,v-0.5) (u,v) i0j1' i1j1' i0j0' i1j0'
Figure 3. Texel Coordinate Systems, Linear Filtering

The Texel Coordinate Systems - For the example shown of an 8×4 texel two dimensional image.

  • Normalized texel coordinates:

    • The s coordinate goes from 0.0 to 1.0.

    • The t coordinate goes from 0.0 to 1.0.

  • Unnormalized texel coordinates:

    • The u coordinate within the range 0.0 to 8.0 is within the image, otherwise it is outside the image.

    • The v coordinate within the range 0.0 to 4.0 is within the image, otherwise it is outside the image.

  • Integer texel coordinates:

    • The i coordinate within the range 0 to 7 addresses texels within the image, otherwise it is outside the image.

    • The j coordinate within the range 0 to 3 addresses texels within the image, otherwise it is outside the image.

  • Also shown for linear filtering:

    • Given the unnormalized coordinates (u,v), the four texels selected are i0j0, i1j0, i0j1, and i1j1.

    • The fractions α and β.

    • Given the offset Δi and Δj, the four texels selected by the offset are i0j'0, i1j'0, i0j'1, and i1j'1.

image/svg+xml 3 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 j i 0.0 8.0 u 0.0 1.0 s 4.0 0.0 v 1.0 0.0 t ij ij' (u,v)
Figure 4. Texel Coordinate Systems, Nearest Filtering

The Texel Coordinate Systems - For the example shown of an 8×4 texel two dimensional image.

  • Texel coordinates as above. Also shown for nearest filtering:

    • Given the unnormalized coordinates (u,v), the texel selected is ij.

    • Given the offset Δi and Δj, the texel selected by the offset is ij'.

16.2. Conversion Formulas

16.2.1. RGB to Shared Exponent Conversion

An RGB color (red, green, blue) is transformed to a shared exponent color (redshared, greenshared, blueshared, expshared) as follows:

First, the components (red, green, blue) are clamped to (redclamped, greenclamped, blueclamped) as:

redclamped = max(0, min(sharedexpmax, red))

greenclamped = max(0, min(sharedexpmax, green))

blueclamped = max(0, min(sharedexpmax, blue))

where:

Note

NaN, if supported, is handled as in
IEEE 754-2008 minNum() and maxNum(). This results in any NaN being mapped to zero.

The largest clamped component, maxclamped is determined:

maxclamped = max(redclamped, greenclamped, blueclamped)

A preliminary shared exponent exp' is computed:

The shared exponent expshared is computed:

Finally, three integer values in the range 0 to 2N are computed:

16.2.2. Shared Exponent to RGB

A shared exponent color (redshared, greenshared, blueshared, expshared) is transformed to an RGB color (red, green, blue) as follows:

where:

N = 9 (number of mantissa bits per component)

B = 15 (exponent bias)

16.3. Texel Input Operations

Texel input instructions are SPIR-V image instructions that read from an image. Texel input operations are a set of steps that are performed on state, coordinates, and texel values while processing a texel input instruction, and which are common to some or all texel input instructions. They include the following steps, which are performed in the listed order:

For texel input instructions involving multiple texels (for sampling or gathering), these steps are applied for each texel that is used in the instruction. Depending on the type of image instruction, other steps are conditionally performed between these steps or involving multiple coordinate or texel values.

16.3.1. Texel Input Validation Operations

Texel input validation operations inspect instruction/image/sampler state or coordinates, and in certain circumstances cause the texel value to be replaced or become undefined. There are a series of validations that the texel undergoes.

Instruction/Sampler/Image View Validation

There are a number of cases where a SPIR-V instruction can mismatch with the sampler, the image view, or both, and a number of further cases where the sampler can mismatch with the image view. In such cases the value of the texel returned is undefined.

These cases include:

  • The sampler borderColor is an integer type and the image view format is not one of the VkFormat integer types or a stencil component of a depth/stencil format.

  • The sampler borderColor is a float type and the image view format is not one of the VkFormat float types or a depth component of a depth/stencil format.

  • The sampler borderColor is one of the opaque black colors (VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_OPAQUE_BLACK or VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_BLACK) and the image view VkComponentSwizzle for any of the VkComponentMapping components is not the identity swizzle.

  • The VkImageLayout of any subresource in the image view does not match the VkDescriptorImageInfo::imageLayout used to write the image descriptor.

  • The SPIR-V Image Format is not compatible with the image view’s format.

  • The sampler unnormalizedCoordinates is VK_TRUE and any of the limitations of unnormalized coordinates are violated.

  • The SPIR-V instruction is one of the OpImage*Dref* instructions and the sampler compareEnable is VK_FALSE

  • The SPIR-V instruction is not one of the OpImage*Dref* instructions and the sampler compareEnable is VK_TRUE

  • The SPIR-V instruction is one of the OpImage*Dref* instructions and the image view format is not one of the depth/stencil formats with a depth component, or the image view aspect is not VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT.

  • The SPIR-V instruction’s image variable’s properties are not compatible with the image view:

    • Rules for viewType:

      • VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D must have Dim = 1D, Arrayed = 0, MS = 0.

      • VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D must have Dim = 2D, Arrayed = 0.

      • VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D must have Dim = 3D, Arrayed = 0, MS = 0.

      • VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE must have Dim = Cube, Arrayed = 0, MS = 0.

      • VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D_ARRAY must have Dim = 1D, Arrayed = 1, MS = 0.

      • VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY must have Dim = 2D, Arrayed = 1.

      • VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY must have Dim = Cube, Arrayed = 1, MS = 0.

    • If the image was created with VkImageCreateInfo::samples equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT, the instruction must have MS = 0.

    • If the image was created with VkImageCreateInfo::samples not equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT, the instruction must have MS = 1.

    • If the Sampled Type of the OpTypeImage does not match the SPIR-V Type.

    • If the signedness of any read or sample operation does not match the signedness of the image’s format.

If the underlying VkImage format has an X component in its format description, undefined values are read from those bits.

Note

If the VkImage format and VkImageView format are the same, these bits will be unused by format conversion and this will have no effect. However, if the VkImageView format is different, then some bits of the result may be undefined. For example, when a VK_FORMAT_R10X6_UNORM_PACK16 VkImage is sampled via a VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM VkImageView, the low 6 bits of the value before format conversion are undefined and format conversion may return a range of different values.

Note

Some implementations will return undefined values in the case where a sampler uses a VkSamplerAddressMode of VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRRORED_REPEAT, the sampler is used with operands Offset, ConstOffset, or ConstOffsets, and the value of the offset is larger than or equal to the corresponding width, height, or depth of any accessed image level.

This behavior was not tested prior to Vulkan conformance test suite version 1.3.8.0. Affected implementations will have a conformance test waiver for this issue.

Integer Texel Coordinate Validation

Integer texel coordinates are validated against the size of the image level, and the number of layers and number of samples in the image. For SPIR-V instructions that use integer texel coordinates, this is performed directly on the integer coordinates. For instructions that use normalized or unnormalized texel coordinates, this is performed on the coordinates that result after conversion to integer texel coordinates.

If the integer texel coordinates do not satisfy all of the conditions

0 ≤ i < ws

0 ≤ j < hs

0 ≤ k < ds

0 ≤ l < layers

0 ≤ n < samples

where:

ws = width of the image level

hs = height of the image level

ds = depth of the image level

layers = number of layers in the image

samples = number of samples per texel in the image

then the texel fails integer texel coordinate validation.

There are four cases to consider:

  1. Valid Texel Coordinates

    • If the texel coordinates pass validation (that is, the coordinates lie within the image),

    then the texel value comes from the value in image memory.

  2. Border Texel

    • If the texel coordinates fail validation, and

    • If the read is the result of an image sample instruction or image gather instruction, and

    • If the image is not a cube image,

    then the texel is a border texel and texel replacement is performed.

  3. Invalid Texel

    • If the texel coordinates fail validation, and

    • If the read is the result of an image fetch instruction, image read instruction, or atomic instruction,

    then the texel is an invalid texel and texel replacement is performed.

  4. Cube Map Edge or Corner

    Otherwise the texel coordinates lie beyond the edges or corners of the selected cube map face, and Cube map edge handling is performed.

Cube Map Edge Handling

If the texel coordinates lie beyond the edges or corners of the selected cube map face (as described in the prior section), the following steps are performed. Note that this does not occur when using VK_FILTER_NEAREST filtering within a mip level, since VK_FILTER_NEAREST is treated as using VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_EDGE.

  • Cube Map Edge Texel

    • If the texel lies beyond the selected cube map face in either only i or only j, then the coordinates (i,j) and the array layer l are transformed to select the adjacent texel from the appropriate neighboring face.

  • Cube Map Corner Texel

    • If the texel lies beyond the selected cube map face in both i and j, then there is no unique neighboring face from which to read that texel. The texel should be replaced by the average of the three values of the adjacent texels in each incident face. However, implementations may replace the cube map corner texel by other methods. The methods are subject to the constraint that if the three available texels have the same value, the resulting filtered texel must have that value.

Sparse Validation

If the texel reads from an unbound region of a sparse image, the texel is a sparse unbound texel, and processing continues with texel replacement.

16.3.2. Format Conversion

Texels undergo a format conversion from the VkFormat of the image view to a vector of either floating point or signed or unsigned integer components, with the number of components based on the number of components present in the format.

  • Color formats have one, two, three, or four components, according to the format.

  • Depth/stencil formats are one component. The depth or stencil component is selected by the aspectMask of the image view.

Each component is converted based on its type and size (as defined in the Format Definition section for each VkFormat), using the appropriate equations in 16-Bit Floating-Point Numbers, Unsigned 11-Bit Floating-Point Numbers, Unsigned 10-Bit Floating-Point Numbers, Fixed-Point Data Conversion, and Shared Exponent to RGB. Signed integer components smaller than 32 bits are sign-extended.

If the image view format is sRGB, the color components are first converted as if they are UNORM, and then sRGB to linear conversion is applied to the R, G, and B components as described in the “sRGB EOTF” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification. The A component, if present, is unchanged.

If the image view format is block-compressed, then the texel value is first decoded, then converted based on the type and number of components defined by the compressed format.

16.3.3. Texel Replacement

A texel is replaced if it is one (and only one) of:

  • a border texel,

  • an invalid texel, or

  • a sparse unbound texel.

Border texels are replaced with a value based on the image format and the borderColor of the sampler. The border color is:

Table 14. Border Color B
Sampler borderColor Corresponding Border Color

VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_TRANSPARENT_BLACK

[Br, Bg, Bb, Ba] = [0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0]

VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_OPAQUE_BLACK

[Br, Bg, Bb, Ba] = [0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0]

VK_BORDER_COLOR_FLOAT_OPAQUE_WHITE

[Br, Bg, Bb, Ba] = [1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0]

VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_TRANSPARENT_BLACK

[Br, Bg, Bb, Ba] = [0, 0, 0, 0]

VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_BLACK

[Br, Bg, Bb, Ba] = [0, 0, 0, 1]

VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_WHITE

[Br, Bg, Bb, Ba] = [1, 1, 1, 1]

Note

The names VK_BORDER_COLOR_*_TRANSPARENT_BLACK, VK_BORDER_COLOR_*_OPAQUE_BLACK, and VK_BORDER_COLOR_*_OPAQUE_WHITE are meant to describe which components are zeros and ones in the vocabulary of compositing, and are not meant to imply that the numerical value of VK_BORDER_COLOR_INT_OPAQUE_WHITE is a saturating value for integers.

This is substituted for the texel value by replacing the number of components in the image format

Table 15. Border Texel Components After Replacement
Texel Aspect or Format Component Assignment

Depth aspect

D = Br

Stencil aspect

S = Br

One component color format

Colorr = Br

Two component color format

[Colorr,Colorg] = [Br,Bg]

Three component color format

[Colorr,Colorg,Colorb] = [Br,Bg,Bb]

Four component color format

[Colorr,Colorg,Colorb,Colora] = [Br,Bg,Bb,Ba]

The value returned by a read of an invalid texel is undefined, unless that read operation is from a buffer resource and the robustBufferAccess feature is enabled. In that case, an invalid texel is replaced as described by the robustBufferAccess feature.

If the VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties::residencyNonResidentStrict property is VK_TRUE, a sparse unbound texel is replaced with 0 or 0.0 values for integer and floating-point components of the image format, respectively.

If residencyNonResidentStrict is VK_FALSE, the value of the sparse unbound texel is undefined.

16.3.4. Depth Compare Operation

If the image view has a depth/stencil format, the depth component is selected by the aspectMask, and the operation is an OpImage*Dref* instruction, a depth comparison is performed. The result is 1.0 if the comparison evaluates to true, and 0.0 otherwise. This value replaces the depth component D.

The compare operation is selected by the VkCompareOp value set by VkSamplerCreateInfo::compareOp. The reference value from the SPIR-V operand Dref and the texel depth value Dtex are used as the reference and test values, respectively, in that operation.

If the image being sampled has an unsigned normalized fixed-point format, then Dref is clamped to [0,1] before the compare operation.

16.3.5. Conversion to RGBA

The texel is expanded from one, two, or three components to four components based on the image base color:

Table 16. Texel Color After Conversion To RGBA
Texel Aspect or Format RGBA Color

Depth aspect

[Colorr,Colorg,Colorb, Colora] = [D,0,0,one]

Stencil aspect

[Colorr,Colorg,Colorb, Colora] = [S,0,0,one]

One component color format

[Colorr,Colorg,Colorb, Colora] = [Colorr,0,0,one]

Two component color format

[Colorr,Colorg,Colorb, Colora] = [Colorr,Colorg,0,one]

Three component color format

[Colorr,Colorg,Colorb, Colora] = [Colorr,Colorg,Colorb,one]

Four component color format

[Colorr,Colorg,Colorb, Colora] = [Colorr,Colorg,Colorb,Colora]

where one = 1.0f for floating-point formats and depth aspects, and one = 1 for integer formats and stencil aspects.

16.3.6. Component Swizzle

All texel input instructions apply a swizzle based on the VkComponentSwizzle enums in the components member of the VkImageViewCreateInfo structure for the image being read.

The swizzle can rearrange the components of the texel, or substitute zero or one for any components. It is defined as follows for each color component:

where:

If the border color is one of the VK_BORDER_COLOR_*_OPAQUE_BLACK enums and the VkComponentSwizzle is not the identity swizzle for all components, the value of the texel after swizzle is undefined.

If the image view has a depth/stencil format and the VkComponentSwizzle is VK_COMPONENT_SWIZZLE_ONE, the value of the texel after swizzle is undefined.

16.3.7. Sparse Residency

OpImageSparse* instructions return a structure which includes a residency code indicating whether any texels accessed by the instruction are sparse unbound texels. This code can be interpreted by the OpImageSparseTexelsResident instruction which converts the residency code to a boolean value.

16.4. Texel Output Operations

Texel output instructions are SPIR-V image instructions that write to an image. Texel output operations are a set of steps that are performed on state, coordinates, and texel values while processing a texel output instruction, and which are common to some or all texel output instructions. They include the following steps, which are performed in the listed order:

16.4.1. Texel Output Validation Operations

Texel output validation operations inspect instruction/image state or coordinates, and in certain circumstances cause the write to have no effect. There are a series of validations that the texel undergoes.

Texel Format Validation

If the image format of the OpTypeImage is not compatible with the VkImageView’s format, the write causes the contents of the image’s memory to become undefined.

Texel Type Validation

If the Sampled Type of the OpTypeImage does not match the SPIR-V Type, the write causes the value of the texel to become undefined. For integer types, if the signedness of the access does not match the signedness of the accessed resource, the write causes the value of the texel to become undefined.

16.4.2. Integer Texel Coordinate Validation

The integer texel coordinates are validated according to the same rules as for texel input coordinate validation.

If the texel fails integer texel coordinate validation, then the write has no effect.

16.4.3. Sparse Texel Operation

If the texel attempts to write to an unbound region of a sparse image, the texel is a sparse unbound texel. In such a case, if the VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties::residencyNonResidentStrict property is VK_TRUE, the sparse unbound texel write has no effect. If residencyNonResidentStrict is VK_FALSE, the write may have a side effect that becomes visible to other accesses to unbound texels in any resource, but will not be visible to any device memory allocated by the application.

16.4.4. Texel Output Format Conversion

If the image format is sRGB, a linear to sRGB conversion is applied to the R, G, and B components as described in the “sRGB EOTF” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification. The A component, if present, is unchanged.

Texels then undergo a format conversion from the floating point, signed, or unsigned integer type of the texel data to the VkFormat of the image view. If the number of components in the texel data is larger than the number of components in the format, additional components are discarded.

Each component is converted based on its type and size (as defined in the Format Definition section for each VkFormat). Floating-point outputs are converted as described in Floating-Point Format Conversions and Fixed-Point Data Conversion. Integer outputs are converted such that their value is preserved. The converted value of any integer that cannot be represented in the target format is undefined.

If the VkImageView format has an X component in its format description, undefined values are written to those bits.

If the underlying VkImage format has an X component in its format description, undefined values are also written to those bits, even if result format conversion produces a valid value for those bits because the VkImageView format is different.

16.5. Normalized Texel Coordinate Operations

If the image sampler instruction provides normalized texel coordinates, some of the following operations are performed.

16.5.1. Projection Operation

For Proj image operations, the normalized texel coordinates (s,t,r,q,a) and (if present) the Dref coordinate are transformed as follows:

16.5.2. Derivative Image Operations

Derivatives are used for LOD selection. These derivatives are either implicit (in an ImplicitLod image instruction in a fragment shader) or explicit (provided explicitly by shader to the image instruction in any shader).

For implicit derivatives image instructions, the derivatives of texel coordinates are calculated in the same manner as derivative operations. That is:

Partial derivatives not defined above for certain image dimensionalities are set to zero.

For explicit LOD image instructions, if the optional SPIR-V operand Grad is provided, then the operand values are used for the derivatives. The number of components present in each derivative for a given image dimensionality matches the number of partial derivatives computed above.

If the optional SPIR-V operand Lod is provided, then derivatives are set to zero, the cube map derivative transformation is skipped, and the scale factor operation is skipped. Instead, the floating point scalar coordinate is directly assigned to λbase as described in LOD Operation.

16.5.3. Cube Map Face Selection and Transformations

For cube map image instructions, the (s,t,r) coordinates are treated as a direction vector (rx,ry,rz). The direction vector is used to select a cube map face. The direction vector is transformed to a per-face texel coordinate system (sface,tface), The direction vector is also used to transform the derivatives to per-face derivatives.

16.5.4. Cube Map Face Selection

The direction vector selects one of the cube map’s faces based on the largest magnitude coordinate direction (the major axis direction). Since two or more coordinates can have identical magnitude, the implementation must have rules to disambiguate this situation.

The rules should have as the first rule that rz wins over ry and rx, and the second rule that ry wins over rx. An implementation may choose other rules, but the rules must be deterministic and depend only on (rx,ry,rz).

The layer number (corresponding to a cube map face), the coordinate selections for sc, tc, rc, and the selection of derivatives, are determined by the major axis direction as specified in the following two tables.

Table 17. Cube map face and coordinate selection
Major Axis Direction Layer Number Cube Map Face sc tc rc

+rx

0

Positive X

-rz

-ry

rx

-rx

1

Negative X

+rz

-ry

rx

+ry

2

Positive Y

+rx

+rz

ry

-ry

3

Negative Y

+rx

-rz

ry

+rz

4

Positive Z

+rx

-ry

rz

-rz

5

Negative Z

-rx

-ry

rz

Table 18. Cube map derivative selection
Major Axis Direction ∂sc / ∂x ∂sc / ∂y ∂tc / ∂x ∂tc / ∂y ∂rc / ∂x ∂rc / ∂y

+rx

-∂rz / ∂x

-∂rz / ∂y

-∂ry / ∂x

-∂ry / ∂y

+∂rx / ∂x

+∂rx / ∂y

-rx

+∂rz / ∂x

+∂rz / ∂y

-∂ry / ∂x

-∂ry / ∂y

-∂rx / ∂x

-∂rx / ∂y

+ry

+∂rx / ∂x

+∂rx / ∂y

+∂rz / ∂x

+∂rz / ∂y

+∂ry / ∂x

+∂ry / ∂y

-ry

+∂rx / ∂x

+∂rx / ∂y

-∂rz / ∂x

-∂rz / ∂y

-∂ry / ∂x

-∂ry / ∂y

+rz

+∂rx / ∂x

+∂rx / ∂y

-∂ry / ∂x

-∂ry / ∂y

+∂rz / ∂x

+∂rz / ∂y

-rz

-∂rx / ∂x

-∂rx / ∂y

-∂ry / ∂x

-∂ry / ∂y

-∂rz / ∂x

-∂rz / ∂y

16.5.5. Cube Map Coordinate Transformation

16.5.6. Cube Map Derivative Transformation

16.5.7. Scale Factor Operation, LOD Operation and Image Level(s) Selection

LOD selection can be either explicit (provided explicitly by the image instruction) or implicit (determined from a scale factor calculated from the derivatives). The LOD must be computed with mipmapPrecisionBits of accuracy.

Scale Factor Operation

The magnitude of the derivatives are calculated by:

mux = |∂s/∂x| × wbase

mvx = |∂t/∂x| × hbase

mwx = |∂r/∂x| × dbase

muy = |∂s/∂y| × wbase

mvy = |∂t/∂y| × hbase

mwy = |∂r/∂y| × dbase

where:

∂t/∂x = ∂t/∂y = 0 (for 1D images)

∂r/∂x = ∂r/∂y = 0 (for 1D, 2D or Cube images)

and:

wbase = image.w

hbase = image.h

dbase = image.d

(for the baseMipLevel, from the image descriptor).

A point sampled in screen space has an elliptical footprint in texture space. The minimum and maximum scale factors min, ρmax) should be the minor and major axes of this ellipse.

The scale factors ρx and ρy, calculated from the magnitude of the derivatives in x and y, are used to compute the minimum and maximum scale factors.

ρx and ρy may be approximated with functions fx and fy, subject to the following constraints:

The minimum and maximum scale factors minmax) are determined by:

ρmax = max(ρx, ρy)

ρmin = min(ρx, ρy)

The ratio of anisotropy is determined by:

η = min(ρmaxmin, maxAniso)

where:

sampler.maxAniso = maxAnisotropy (from sampler descriptor)

limits.maxAniso = maxSamplerAnisotropy (from physical device limits)

maxAniso = min(sampler.maxAniso, limits.maxAniso)

If ρmax = ρmin = 0, then all the partial derivatives are zero, the fragment’s footprint in texel space is a point, and η should be treated as 1. If ρmax ≠ 0 and ρmin = 0 then all partial derivatives along one axis are zero, the fragment’s footprint in texel space is a line segment, and η should be treated as maxAniso. However, anytime the footprint is small in texel space the implementation may use a smaller value of η, even when ρmin is zero or close to zero. If either VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::samplerAnisotropy or VkSamplerCreateInfo::anisotropyEnable are VK_FALSE, maxAniso is set to 1.

If η = 1, sampling is isotropic. If η > 1, sampling is anisotropic.

The sampling rate (N) is derived as:

N = ⌈η⌉

An implementation may round N up to the nearest supported sampling rate. An implementation may use the value of N as an approximation of η.

LOD Operation

The LOD parameter λ is computed as follows:

where:

and maxSamplerLodBias is the value of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits feature maxSamplerLodBias.

Image Level(s) Selection

The image level(s) d, dhi, and dlo which texels are read from are determined by an image-level parameter dl, which is computed based on the LOD parameter, as follows:

where:

and:

baseMipLevel and levelCount are taken from the subresourceRange of the image view.

If the sampler’s mipmapMode is VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST, then the level selected is d = dl.

If the sampler’s mipmapMode is VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, two neighboring levels are selected:

δ is the fractional value, quantized to the number of mipmap precision bits, used for linear filtering between levels.

16.5.8. (s,t,r,q,a) to (u,v,w,a) Transformation

The normalized texel coordinates are scaled by the image level dimensions and the array layer is selected.

This transformation is performed once for each level used in filtering (either d, or dhi and dlo).

where:

widthscale = widthlevel

heightscale = heightlevel

depthscale = depthlevel

and where i, Δj, Δk) are taken from the image instruction if it includes a ConstOffset or Offset operand, otherwise they are taken to be zero.

Operations then proceed to Unnormalized Texel Coordinate Operations.

16.6. Unnormalized Texel Coordinate Operations

16.6.1. (u,v,w,a) to (i,j,k,l,n) Transformation and Array Layer Selection

The unnormalized texel coordinates are transformed to integer texel coordinates relative to the selected mipmap level.

The layer index l is computed as:

l = clamp(RNE(a), 0, layerCount - 1) + baseArrayLayer

where layerCount is the number of layers in the image subresource range of the image view, baseArrayLayer is the first layer from the subresource range, and where:

The sample index n is assigned the value 0.

Nearest filtering (VK_FILTER_NEAREST) computes the integer texel coordinates that the unnormalized coordinates lie within:

where:

shift = 0.0

Linear filtering (VK_FILTER_LINEAR) computes a set of neighboring coordinates which bound the unnormalized coordinates. The integer texel coordinates are combinations of i0 or i1, j0 or j1, k0 or k1, as well as weights α, β, and γ.

where:

shift = 0.5

and where:

where the number of fraction bits retained is specified by VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::subTexelPrecisionBits.

16.7. Integer Texel Coordinate Operations

The OpImageFetch and OpImageFetchSparse SPIR-V instructions may supply a LOD from which texels are to be fetched using the optional SPIR-V operand Lod. Other integer-coordinate operations must not. If the Lod is provided then it must be an integer.

The image level selected is:

If d does not lie in the range [baseMipLevel, baseMipLevel + levelCount) then any values fetched are undefined, and any writes (if supported) are discarded.

16.8. Image Sample Operations

16.8.1. Wrapping Operation

Cube images ignore the wrap modes specified in the sampler. Instead, if VK_FILTER_NEAREST is used within a mip level then VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_EDGE is used, and if VK_FILTER_LINEAR is used within a mip level then sampling at the edges is performed as described earlier in the Cube map edge handling section.

The first integer texel coordinate i is transformed based on the addressModeU parameter of the sampler.

where:

j (for 2D and Cube image) and k (for 3D image) are similarly transformed based on the addressModeV and addressModeW parameters of the sampler, respectively.

16.8.2. Texel Gathering

SPIR-V instructions with Gather in the name return a vector derived from 4 texels in the base level of the image view. The rules for the VK_FILTER_LINEAR minification filter are applied to identify the four selected texels. Each texel is then converted to an RGBA value according to conversion to RGBA and then swizzled. A four-component vector is then assembled by taking the component indicated by the Component value in the instruction from the swizzled color value of the four texels. If the operation does not use the ConstOffsets image operand then the four texels form the 2 × 2 rectangle used for texture filtering:

If the operation does use the ConstOffsets image operand then the offsets allow a custom filter to be defined:

where:

16.8.3. Texel Filtering

Texel filtering is first performed for each level (either d or dhi and dlo).

If λ is less than or equal to zero, the texture is said to be magnified, and the filter mode within a mip level is selected by the magFilter in the sampler. If λ is greater than zero, the texture is said to be minified, and the filter mode within a mip level is selected by the minFilter in the sampler.

Texel Nearest Filtering

Within a mip level, VK_FILTER_NEAREST filtering selects a single value using the (i, j, k) texel coordinates, with all texels taken from layer l.

Texel Linear Filtering

Within a mip level, VK_FILTER_LINEAR filtering combines 8 (for 3D), 4 (for 2D or Cube), or 2 (for 1D) texel values, together with their linear weights. The linear weights are derived from the fractions computed earlier:

The values of multiple texels, together with their weights, are combined using a weighted average to produce a filtered value:

Texel Mipmap Filtering

VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST filtering returns the value of a single mipmap level,

τ = τ[d].

VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR filtering combines the values of multiple mipmap levels (τ[hi] and τ[lo]), together with their linear weights.

The linear weights are derived from the fraction computed earlier:

The values of multiple mipmap levels together with their linear weights, are combined using a weighted average to produce a final filtered value:

Texel Anisotropic Filtering

Anisotropic filtering is enabled by the anisotropyEnable in the sampler. When enabled, the image filtering scheme accounts for a degree of anisotropy.

The particular scheme for anisotropic texture filtering is implementation-dependent. Implementations should consider the magFilter, minFilter and mipmapMode of the sampler to control the specifics of the anisotropic filtering scheme used. In addition, implementations should consider minLod and maxLod of the sampler.

Note

For historical reasons, vendor implementations of anisotropic filtering interpret these sampler parameters in different ways, particularly in corner cases such as magFilter, minFilter of NEAREST or maxAnisotropy equal to 1.0. Applications should not expect consistent behavior in such cases, and should use anisotropic filtering only with parameters which are expected to give a quality improvement relative to LINEAR filtering.

The following describes one particular approach to implementing anisotropic filtering for the 2D Image case; implementations may choose other methods:

Given a magFilter, minFilter of VK_FILTER_LINEAR and a mipmapMode of VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST:

Instead of a single isotropic sample, N isotropic samples are sampled within the image footprint of the image level d to approximate an anisotropic filter. The sum τ2Daniso is defined using the single isotropic τ2D(u,v) at level d.

16.9. Image Operation Steps

Each step described in this chapter is performed by a subset of the image instructions:

  • Texel Input Validation Operations, Format Conversion, Texel Replacement, Conversion to RGBA, and Component Swizzle: Performed by all instructions except OpImageWrite.

  • Depth Comparison: Performed by OpImage*Dref instructions.

  • All Texel output operations: Performed by OpImageWrite.

  • Projection: Performed by all OpImage*Proj instructions.

  • Derivative Image Operations, Cube Map Operations, Scale Factor Operation, LOD Operation and Image Level(s) Selection, and Texel Anisotropic Filtering: Performed by all OpImageSample* and OpImageSparseSample* instructions.

  • (s,t,r,q,a) to (u,v,w,a) Transformation, Wrapping, and (u,v,w,a) to (i,j,k,l,n) Transformation And Array Layer Selection: Performed by all OpImageSample, OpImageSparseSample, and OpImage*Gather instructions.

  • Texel Gathering: Performed by OpImage*Gather instructions.

  • Texel Filtering: Performed by all OpImageSample* and OpImageSparseSample* instructions.

  • Sparse Residency: Performed by all OpImageSparse* instructions.

16.10. Image Query Instructions

16.10.1. Image Property Queries

OpImageQuerySize, OpImageQuerySizeLod, OpImageQueryLevels, and OpImageQuerySamples query properties of the image descriptor that would be accessed by a shader image operation.

OpImageQuerySizeLod returns the size of the image level identified by the Level of Detail operand. If that level does not exist in the image, then the value returned is undefined.

16.10.2. Lod Query

OpImageQueryLod returns the Lod parameters that would be used in an image operation with the given image and coordinates. The steps described in this chapter are performed as if for OpImageSampleImplicitLod, up to Scale Factor Operation, LOD Operation and Image Level(s) Selection. The return value is the vector (λ', dl). These values may be subject to implementation-specific maxima and minima for very large, out-of-range values.

17. Queries

Queries provide a mechanism to return information about the processing of a sequence of Vulkan commands. Query operations are asynchronous, and as such, their results are not returned immediately. Instead, their results, and their availability status are stored in a Query Pool. The state of these queries can be read back on the host, or copied to a buffer object on the device.

The supported query types are Occlusion Queries, Pipeline Statistics Queries, and Timestamp Queries.

17.1. Query Pools

Queries are managed using query pool objects. Each query pool is a collection of a specific number of queries of a particular type.

Query pools are represented by VkQueryPool handles:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(VkQueryPool)

To create a query pool, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkCreateQueryPool(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    const VkQueryPoolCreateInfo*                pCreateInfo,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator,
    VkQueryPool*                                pQueryPool);
  • device is the logical device that creates the query pool.

  • pCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkQueryPoolCreateInfo structure containing the number and type of queries to be managed by the pool.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

  • pQueryPool is a pointer to a VkQueryPool handle in which the resulting query pool object is returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCreateQueryPool-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkCreateQueryPool-pCreateInfo-parameter
    pCreateInfo must be a valid pointer to a valid VkQueryPoolCreateInfo structure

  • VUID-vkCreateQueryPool-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkCreateQueryPool-pQueryPool-parameter
    pQueryPool must be a valid pointer to a VkQueryPool handle

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkQueryPoolCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkQueryPoolCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                  sType;
    const void*                      pNext;
    VkQueryPoolCreateFlags           flags;
    VkQueryType                      queryType;
    uint32_t                         queryCount;
    VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlags    pipelineStatistics;
} VkQueryPoolCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • queryType is a VkQueryType value specifying the type of queries managed by the pool.

  • queryCount is the number of queries managed by the pool.

  • pipelineStatistics is a bitmask of VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits specifying which counters will be returned in queries on the new pool, as described below in Pipeline Statistics Queries.

pipelineStatistics is ignored if queryType is not VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryType-00791
    If the pipelineStatisticsQuery feature is not enabled, queryType must not be VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryType-00792
    If queryType is VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS, pipelineStatistics must be a valid combination of VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryType-09534
    If queryType is VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS, pipelineStatistics must not be zero

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryCount-02763
    queryCount must be greater than 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_QUERY_POOL_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkQueryPoolCreateInfo-queryType-parameter
    queryType must be a valid VkQueryType value

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkQueryPoolCreateFlags;

VkQueryPoolCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

To destroy a query pool, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkDestroyQueryPool(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    const VkAllocationCallbacks*                pAllocator);
  • device is the logical device that destroys the query pool.

  • queryPool is the query pool to destroy.

  • pAllocator controls host memory allocation as described in the Memory Allocation chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkDestroyQueryPool-queryPool-00793
    All submitted commands that refer to queryPool must have completed execution

  • VUID-vkDestroyQueryPool-queryPool-00794
    If VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when queryPool was created, a compatible set of callbacks must be provided here

  • VUID-vkDestroyQueryPool-queryPool-00795
    If no VkAllocationCallbacks were provided when queryPool was created, pAllocator must be NULL

Note

Applications can verify that queryPool can be destroyed by checking that vkGetQueryPoolResults() without the VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT flag returns VK_SUCCESS for all queries that are used in command buffers submitted for execution.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkDestroyQueryPool-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyQueryPool-queryPool-parameter
    If queryPool is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkDestroyQueryPool-pAllocator-parameter
    If pAllocator is not NULL, pAllocator must be a valid pointer to a valid VkAllocationCallbacks structure

  • VUID-vkDestroyQueryPool-queryPool-parent
    If queryPool is a valid handle, it must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to queryPool must be externally synchronized

Possible values of VkQueryPoolCreateInfo::queryType, specifying the type of queries managed by the pool, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkQueryType {
    VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION = 0,
    VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS = 1,
    VK_QUERY_TYPE_TIMESTAMP = 2,
} VkQueryType;

17.2. Query Operation

The operation of queries is controlled by the commands vkCmdBeginQuery, vkCmdEndQuery, vkCmdResetQueryPool, vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults, and vkCmdWriteTimestamp.

In order for a VkCommandBuffer to record query management commands, the queue family for which its VkCommandPool was created must support the appropriate type of operations (graphics, compute) suitable for the query type of a given query pool.

Each query in a query pool has a status that is either unavailable or available, and also has state to store the numerical results of a query operation of the type requested when the query pool was created. Resetting a query via vkCmdResetQueryPool sets the status to unavailable and makes the numerical results undefined. A query is made available by the operation of vkCmdEndQuery, or vkCmdWriteTimestamp. Both the availability status and numerical results can be retrieved by calling either vkGetQueryPoolResults or vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults.

After query pool creation, each query is in an uninitialized state and must be reset before it is used. Queries must also be reset between uses.

To reset a range of queries in a query pool on a queue, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdResetQueryPool(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    uint32_t                                    firstQuery,
    uint32_t                                    queryCount);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which this command will be recorded.

  • queryPool is the handle of the query pool managing the queries being reset.

  • firstQuery is the initial query index to reset.

  • queryCount is the number of queries to reset.

When executed on a queue, this command sets the status of query indices [firstQuery, firstQuery + queryCount - 1] to unavailable.

This command defines an execution dependency between other query commands that reference the same query.

The first synchronization scope includes all commands which reference the queries in queryPool indicated by firstQuery and queryCount that occur earlier in submission order.

The second synchronization scope includes all commands which reference the queries in queryPool indicated by firstQuery and queryCount that occur later in submission order.

The operation of this command happens after the first scope and happens before the second scope.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-firstQuery-09436
    firstQuery must be less than the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-firstQuery-09437
    The sum of firstQuery and queryCount must be less than or equal to the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-None-02841
    All queries used by the command must not be active

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-queryPool-parameter
    queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdResetQueryPool-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and queryPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Graphics
Compute

Action

Once queries are reset and ready for use, query commands can be issued to a command buffer. Occlusion queries and pipeline statistics queries count events - drawn samples and pipeline stage invocations, respectively - resulting from commands that are recorded between a vkCmdBeginQuery command and a vkCmdEndQuery command within a specified command buffer, effectively scoping a set of drawing and/or dispatching commands. Timestamp queries write timestamps to a query pool.

A query must begin and end in the same command buffer, although if it is a primary command buffer, and the inheritedQueries feature is enabled, it can execute secondary command buffers during the query operation. For a secondary command buffer to be executed while a query is active, it must set the occlusionQueryEnable, queryFlags, and/or pipelineStatistics members of VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo to conservative values, as described in the Command Buffer Recording section. A query must either begin and end inside the same subpass of a render pass instance, or must both begin and end outside of a render pass instance (i.e. contain entire render pass instances).

To begin a query, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdBeginQuery(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    uint32_t                                    query,
    VkQueryControlFlags                         flags);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which this command will be recorded.

  • queryPool is the query pool that will manage the results of the query.

  • query is the query index within the query pool that will contain the results.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkQueryControlFlagBits specifying constraints on the types of queries that can be performed.

If the queryType of the pool is VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION and flags contains VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT, an implementation must return a result that matches the actual number of samples passed. This is described in more detail in Occlusion Queries.

After beginning a query, that query is considered active within the command buffer it was called in until that same query is ended. Queries active in a primary command buffer when secondary command buffers are executed are considered active for those secondary command buffers.

This command defines an execution dependency between other query commands that reference the same query.

The first synchronization scope includes all commands which reference the queries in queryPool indicated by query that occur earlier in submission order.

The second synchronization scope includes all commands which reference the queries in queryPool indicated by query that occur later in submission order.

The operation of this command happens after the first scope and happens before the second scope.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-None-00807
    All queries used by the command must be unavailable

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryType-02804
    The queryType used to create queryPool must not be VK_QUERY_TYPE_TIMESTAMP

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryType-00800
    If the occlusionQueryPrecise feature is not enabled, or the queryType used to create queryPool was not VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION, flags must not contain VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-query-00802
    query must be less than the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryType-00803
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION, the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryType-00804
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS and any of the pipelineStatistics indicate graphics operations, the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryType-00805
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS and any of the pipelineStatistics indicate compute operations, the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryPool-01922
    queryPool must have been created with a queryType that differs from that of any queries that are active within commandBuffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-queryPool-parameter
    queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkQueryControlFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBeginQuery-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and queryPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics
Compute

Action
State

Bits which can be set in vkCmdBeginQuery::flags, specifying constraints on the types of queries that can be performed, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkQueryControlFlagBits {
    VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkQueryControlFlagBits;
// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkQueryControlFlags;

VkQueryControlFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkQueryControlFlagBits.

To end a query after the set of desired drawing or dispatching commands is executed, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdEndQuery(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    uint32_t                                    query);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which this command will be recorded.

  • queryPool is the query pool that is managing the results of the query.

  • query is the query index within the query pool where the result is stored.

The command completes the query in queryPool identified by query, and marks it as available.

This command defines an execution dependency between other query commands that reference the same query.

The first synchronization scope includes all commands which reference the queries in queryPool indicated by query that occur earlier in submission order.

The second synchronization scope includes only the operation of this command.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-None-01923
    All queries used by the command must be active

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-query-00810
    query must be less than the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-None-07007
    If called within a subpass of a render pass instance, the corresponding vkCmdBeginQuery* command must have been called previously within the same subpass

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-queryPool-parameter
    queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdEndQuery-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and queryPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics
Compute

Action
State

An application can retrieve results either by requesting they be written into application-provided memory, or by requesting they be copied into a VkBuffer. In either case, the layout in memory is defined as follows:

  • The first query’s result is written starting at the first byte requested by the command, and each subsequent query’s result begins stride bytes later.

  • Occlusion queries, pipeline statistics queries, and timestamp queries store results in a tightly packed array of unsigned integers, either 32- or 64-bits as requested by the command, storing the numerical results and, if requested, the availability status.

  • If VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT is used, the final element of each query’s result is an integer indicating whether the query’s result is available, with any non-zero value indicating that it is available.

  • Occlusion queries write one integer value - the number of samples passed. Pipeline statistics queries write one integer value for each bit that is enabled in the pipelineStatistics when the pool is created, and the statistics values are written in bit order starting from the least significant bit. Timestamp queries write one integer value.

  • If more than one query is retrieved and stride is not at least as large as the size of the array of values corresponding to a single query, the values written to memory are undefined.

To retrieve status and results for a set of queries, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkGetQueryPoolResults(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    uint32_t                                    firstQuery,
    uint32_t                                    queryCount,
    size_t                                      dataSize,
    void*                                       pData,
    VkDeviceSize                                stride,
    VkQueryResultFlags                          flags);
  • device is the logical device that owns the query pool.

  • queryPool is the query pool managing the queries containing the desired results.

  • firstQuery is the initial query index.

  • queryCount is the number of queries to read.

  • dataSize is the size in bytes of the buffer pointed to by pData.

  • pData is a pointer to a user-allocated buffer where the results will be written

  • stride is the stride in bytes between results for individual queries within pData.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkQueryResultFlagBits specifying how and when results are returned.

Any results written for a query are written according to a layout dependent on the query type.

If no bits are set in flags, and all requested queries are in the available state, results are written as an array of 32-bit unsigned integer values. Behavior when not all queries are available is described below.

If VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT is set, results for all queries in queryPool identified by firstQuery and queryCount are copied to pData, along with an extra availability value written directly after the results of each query and interpreted as an unsigned integer. A value of zero indicates that the results are not yet available, otherwise the query is complete and results are available. The size of the availability values is 64 bits if VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT is set in flags. Otherwise, it is 32 bits.

Note

If VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT is set, the layout of data in the buffer is a (result,availability) pair for each query returned, and stride is the stride between each pair.

Results for any available query written by this command are final and represent the final result of the query. If VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT is set, then for any query that is unavailable, an intermediate result between zero and the final result value is written for that query. Otherwise, any result written by this command is undefined.

If VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT is set, results and, if returned, availability values for all queries are written as an array of 64-bit values. Otherwise, results and availability values are written as an array of 32-bit values. If an unsigned integer query’s value overflows the result type, the value may either wrap or saturate.

If VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT is set, this command defines an execution dependency with any earlier commands that writes one of the identified queries. The first synchronization scope includes all instances of vkCmdEndQuery, and vkCmdWriteTimestamp that reference any query in queryPool indicated by firstQuery and queryCount. The second synchronization scope includes the host operations of this command.

If VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT is not set, vkGetQueryPoolResults may return VK_NOT_READY if there are queries in the unavailable state.

Note

Applications must take care to ensure that use of the VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT bit has the desired effect.

For example, if a query has been used previously and a command buffer records the commands vkCmdResetQueryPool, vkCmdBeginQuery, and vkCmdEndQuery for that query, then the query will remain in the available state until the vkCmdResetQueryPool command executes on a queue. Applications can use fences or events to ensure that a query has already been reset before checking for its results or availability status. Otherwise, a stale value could be returned from a previous use of the query.

The above also applies when VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT is used in combination with VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT. In this case, the returned availability status may reflect the result of a previous use of the query unless the vkCmdResetQueryPool command has been executed since the last use of the query.

Note

Applications can double-buffer query pool usage, with a pool per frame, and reset queries at the end of the frame in which they are read.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-firstQuery-09436
    firstQuery must be less than the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-firstQuery-09437
    The sum of firstQuery and queryCount must be less than or equal to the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-queryCount-09438
    If queryCount is greater than 1, stride must not be zero

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-queryType-09439
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_TIMESTAMP, flags must not contain VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-None-09401
    All queries used by the command must not be uninitialized

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-flags-02828
    If VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT is not set in flags then pData and stride must be multiples of 4

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-flags-00815
    If VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT is set in flags then pData and stride must be multiples of 8

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-stride-08993
    If VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT is set, stride must be large enough to contain the unsigned integer representing availability in addition to the query result

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-dataSize-00817
    dataSize must be large enough to contain the result of each query, as described here

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-queryPool-parameter
    queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-pData-parameter
    pData must be a valid pointer to an array of dataSize bytes

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkQueryResultFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-dataSize-arraylength
    dataSize must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkGetQueryPoolResults-queryPool-parent
    queryPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

  • VK_NOT_READY

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

Bits which can be set in vkGetQueryPoolResults::flags and vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults::flags, specifying how and when results are returned, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkQueryResultFlagBits {
    VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT = 0x00000008,
} VkQueryResultFlagBits;
  • VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT specifies the results will be written as an array of 64-bit unsigned integer values. If this bit is not set, the results will be written as an array of 32-bit unsigned integer values.

  • VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT specifies that Vulkan will wait for each query’s status to become available before retrieving its results.

  • VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT specifies that the availability status accompanies the results.

  • VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT specifies that returning partial results is acceptable.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkQueryResultFlags;

VkQueryResultFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkQueryResultFlagBits.

To copy query statuses and numerical results directly to buffer memory, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    uint32_t                                    firstQuery,
    uint32_t                                    queryCount,
    VkBuffer                                    dstBuffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                dstOffset,
    VkDeviceSize                                stride,
    VkQueryResultFlags                          flags);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which this command will be recorded.

  • queryPool is the query pool managing the queries containing the desired results.

  • firstQuery is the initial query index.

  • queryCount is the number of queries. firstQuery and queryCount together define a range of queries.

  • dstBuffer is a VkBuffer object that will receive the results of the copy command.

  • dstOffset is an offset into dstBuffer.

  • stride is the stride in bytes between results for individual queries within dstBuffer. The required size of the backing memory for dstBuffer is determined as described above for vkGetQueryPoolResults.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkQueryResultFlagBits specifying how and when results are returned.

Any results written for a query are written according to a layout dependent on the query type.

Results for any query in queryPool identified by firstQuery and queryCount that is available are copied to dstBuffer.

If VK_QUERY_RESULT_WITH_AVAILABILITY_BIT is set, results for all queries in queryPool identified by firstQuery and queryCount are copied to dstBuffer, along with an extra availability value written directly after the results of each query and interpreted as an unsigned integer. A value of zero indicates that the results are not yet available, otherwise the query is complete and results are available.

Results for any available query written by this command are final and represent the final result of the query. If VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT is set, then for any query that is unavailable, an intermediate result between zero and the final result value is written for that query. Otherwise, any result written by this command is undefined.

If VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT is set, results and availability values for all queries are written as an array of 64-bit values. Otherwise, results and availability values are written as an array of 32-bit values. If an unsigned integer query’s value overflows the result type, the value may either wrap or saturate.

This command defines an execution dependency between other query commands that reference the same query.

The first synchronization scope includes all commands which reference the queries in queryPool indicated by query that occur earlier in submission order. If flags does not include VK_QUERY_RESULT_WAIT_BIT, vkCmdEndQuery, and vkCmdWriteTimestamp are excluded from this scope.

The second synchronization scope includes all commands which reference the queries in queryPool indicated by query that occur later in submission order.

The operation of this command happens after the first scope and happens before the second scope.

vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults is considered to be a transfer operation, and its writes to buffer memory must be synchronized using VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TRANSFER_BIT and VK_ACCESS_TRANSFER_WRITE_BIT before using the results.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-firstQuery-09436
    firstQuery must be less than the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-firstQuery-09437
    The sum of firstQuery and queryCount must be less than or equal to the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-queryCount-09438
    If queryCount is greater than 1, stride must not be zero

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-queryType-09439
    If the queryType used to create queryPool was VK_QUERY_TYPE_TIMESTAMP, flags must not contain VK_QUERY_RESULT_PARTIAL_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-None-09402
    All queries used by the command must not be uninitialized when the command is executed

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-dstOffset-00819
    dstOffset must be less than the size of dstBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-flags-00822
    If VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT is not set in flags then dstOffset and stride must be multiples of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-flags-00823
    If VK_QUERY_RESULT_64_BIT is set in flags then dstOffset and stride must be multiples of 8

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-dstBuffer-00824
    dstBuffer must have enough storage, from dstOffset, to contain the result of each query, as described here

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-dstBuffer-00825
    dstBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-dstBuffer-00826
    If dstBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-None-07429
    All queries used by the command must not be active

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-None-08752
    All queries used by the command must have been made available by prior executed commands

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-queryPool-parameter
    queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-dstBuffer-parameter
    dstBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkQueryResultFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, dstBuffer, and queryPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Graphics
Compute

Action

Rendering operations such as clears, MSAA resolves, attachment load/store operations, and blits may count towards the results of queries. This behavior is implementation-dependent and may vary depending on the path used within an implementation. For example, some implementations have several types of clears, some of which may include vertices and some not.

17.3. Occlusion Queries

Occlusion queries track the number of samples that pass the per-fragment tests for a set of drawing commands. As such, occlusion queries are only available on queue families supporting graphics operations. The application can then use these results to inform future rendering decisions. An occlusion query is begun and ended by calling vkCmdBeginQuery and vkCmdEndQuery, respectively. When an occlusion query begins, the count of passing samples always starts at zero. For each drawing command, the count is incremented as described in Sample Counting. If flags does not contain VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT an implementation may generate any non-zero result value for the query if the count of passing samples is non-zero.

Note

Not setting VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT mode may be more efficient on some implementations, and should be used where it is sufficient to know a boolean result on whether any samples passed the per-fragment tests. In this case, some implementations may only return zero or one, indifferent to the actual number of samples passing the per-fragment tests.

Setting VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT does not guarantee that different implementations return the same number of samples in an occlusion query. Some implementations may kill fragments in the pre-rasterization shader stage, and these killed fragments do not contribute to the final result of the query. It is possible that some implementations generate a zero result value for the query, while others generate a non-zero value.

When an occlusion query finishes, the result for that query is marked as available. The application can then either copy the result to a buffer (via vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults) or request it be put into host memory (via vkGetQueryPoolResults).

Note

If occluding geometry is not drawn first, samples can pass the depth test, but still not be visible in a final image.

17.4. Pipeline Statistics Queries

Pipeline statistics queries allow the application to sample a specified set of VkPipeline counters. These counters are accumulated by Vulkan for a set of either drawing or dispatching commands while a pipeline statistics query is active. As such, pipeline statistics queries are available on queue families supporting either graphics or compute operations. The availability of pipeline statistics queries is indicated by the pipelineStatisticsQuery member of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures object (see vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures and vkCreateDevice for detecting and requesting this query type on a VkDevice).

A pipeline statistics query is begun and ended by calling vkCmdBeginQuery and vkCmdEndQuery, respectively. When a pipeline statistics query begins, all statistics counters are set to zero. While the query is active, the pipeline type determines which set of statistics are available, but these must be configured on the query pool when it is created. If a statistic counter is issued on a command buffer that does not support the corresponding operation, or the counter corresponds to a shading stage which is missing from any of the pipelines used while the query is active, the value of that counter is undefined after the query has been made available. At least one statistic counter relevant to the operations supported on the recording command buffer must be enabled.

Bits which can be set in VkQueryPoolCreateInfo::pipelineStatistics for query pools and in VkCommandBufferInheritanceInfo::pipelineStatistics for secondary command buffers, individually enabling pipeline statistics counters, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits {
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_INPUT_ASSEMBLY_VERTICES_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_INPUT_ASSEMBLY_PRIMITIVES_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_VERTEX_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_GEOMETRY_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_GEOMETRY_SHADER_PRIMITIVES_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_CLIPPING_INVOCATIONS_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_CLIPPING_PRIMITIVES_BIT = 0x00000040,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_FRAGMENT_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT = 0x00000080,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_PATCHES_BIT = 0x00000100,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT = 0x00000200,
    VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_COMPUTE_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT = 0x00000400,
} VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits;
  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_INPUT_ASSEMBLY_VERTICES_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of vertices processed by the input assembly stage. Vertices corresponding to incomplete primitives may contribute to the count.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_INPUT_ASSEMBLY_PRIMITIVES_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of primitives processed by the input assembly stage. If primitive restart is enabled, restarting the primitive topology has no effect on the count. Incomplete primitives may be counted.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_VERTEX_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of vertex shader invocations. This counter’s value is incremented each time a vertex shader is invoked.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_GEOMETRY_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of geometry shader invocations. This counter’s value is incremented each time a geometry shader is invoked. In the case of instanced geometry shaders, the geometry shader invocations count is incremented for each separate instanced invocation.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_GEOMETRY_SHADER_PRIMITIVES_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of primitives generated by geometry shader invocations. The counter’s value is incremented each time the geometry shader emits a primitive. Restarting primitive topology using the SPIR-V instructions OpEndPrimitive or OpEndStreamPrimitive has no effect on the geometry shader output primitives count.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_CLIPPING_INVOCATIONS_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of primitives processed by the Primitive Clipping stage of the pipeline. The counter’s value is incremented each time a primitive reaches the primitive clipping stage.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_CLIPPING_PRIMITIVES_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of primitives output by the Primitive Clipping stage of the pipeline. The counter’s value is incremented each time a primitive passes the primitive clipping stage. The actual number of primitives output by the primitive clipping stage for a particular input primitive is implementation-dependent but must satisfy the following conditions:

    • If at least one vertex of the input primitive lies inside the clipping volume, the counter is incremented by one or more.

    • Otherwise, the counter is incremented by zero or more.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_FRAGMENT_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of fragment shader invocations. The counter’s value is incremented each time the fragment shader is invoked.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_PATCHES_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of patches processed by the tessellation control shader. The counter’s value is incremented once for each patch for which a tessellation control shader is invoked.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of invocations of the tessellation evaluation shader. The counter’s value is incremented each time the tessellation evaluation shader is invoked.

  • VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_COMPUTE_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT specifies that queries managed by the pool will count the number of compute shader invocations. The counter’s value is incremented every time the compute shader is invoked. Implementations may skip the execution of certain compute shader invocations or execute additional compute shader invocations for implementation-dependent reasons as long as the results of rendering otherwise remain unchanged.

These values are intended to measure relative statistics on one implementation. Various device architectures will count these values differently. Any or all counters may be affected by the issues described in Query Operation.

Note

For example, tile-based rendering devices may need to replay the scene multiple times, affecting some of the counts.

If a pipeline has rasterizerDiscardEnable enabled, implementations may discard primitives after the final pre-rasterization shader stage. As a result, if rasterizerDiscardEnable is enabled, the clipping input and output primitives counters may not be incremented.

When a pipeline statistics query finishes, the result for that query is marked as available. The application can copy the result to a buffer (via vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults), or request it be put into host memory (via vkGetQueryPoolResults).

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlags;

VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits.

17.5. Timestamp Queries

Timestamps provide applications with a mechanism for timing the execution of commands. A timestamp is an integer value generated by the VkPhysicalDevice. Unlike other queries, timestamps do not operate over a range, and so do not use vkCmdBeginQuery or vkCmdEndQuery. The mechanism is built around a set of commands that allow the application to tell the VkPhysicalDevice to write timestamp values to a query pool and then either read timestamp values on the host (using vkGetQueryPoolResults) or copy timestamp values to a VkBuffer (using vkCmdCopyQueryPoolResults). The application can then compute differences between timestamps to determine execution time.

The number of valid bits in a timestamp value is determined by the VkQueueFamilyProperties::timestampValidBits property of the queue on which the timestamp is written. Timestamps are supported on any queue which reports a non-zero value for timestampValidBits via vkGetPhysicalDeviceQueueFamilyProperties. If the timestampComputeAndGraphics limit is VK_TRUE, timestamps are supported by every queue family that supports either graphics or compute operations (see VkQueueFamilyProperties).

The number of nanoseconds it takes for a timestamp value to be incremented by 1 can be obtained from VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::timestampPeriod after a call to vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties.

To request a timestamp and write the value to memory, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdWriteTimestamp(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkPipelineStageFlagBits                     pipelineStage,
    VkQueryPool                                 queryPool,
    uint32_t                                    query);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • pipelineStage is a VkPipelineStageFlagBits value, specifying a stage of the pipeline.

  • queryPool is the query pool that will manage the timestamp.

  • query is the query within the query pool that will contain the timestamp.

When vkCmdWriteTimestamp is submitted to a queue, it defines an execution dependency on commands that were submitted before it, and writes a timestamp to a query pool.

The first synchronization scope includes all commands that occur earlier in submission order. The synchronization scope is limited to operations on the pipeline stage specified by pipelineStage.

The second synchronization scope includes only the timestamp write operation.

Note

Implementations may write the timestamp at any stage that is logically later than stage.

Any timestamp write that happens-after another timestamp write in the same submission must not have a lower value unless its value overflows the maximum supported integer bit width of the query. If an overflow occurs, the timestamp value must wrap back to zero.

Note

Comparisons between timestamps should be done between timestamps where they are guaranteed to not decrease. For example, subtracting an older timestamp from a newer one to determine the execution time of a sequence of commands is only a reliable measurement if the two timestamp writes were performed in the same submission.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-pipelineStage-04074
    pipelineStage must be a valid stage for the queue family that was used to create the command pool that commandBuffer was allocated from

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-pipelineStage-04075
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, pipelineStage must not be VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-pipelineStage-04076
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, pipelineStage must not be VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT or VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-pipelineStage-06490
    pipelineStage must not be VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_NONE

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-queryPool-01416
    queryPool must have been created with a queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_TIMESTAMP

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-timestampValidBits-00829
    The command pool’s queue family must support a non-zero timestampValidBits

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-query-04904
    query must be less than the number of queries in queryPool

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-None-00830
    All queries used by the command must be unavailable

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-pipelineStage-parameter
    pipelineStage must be a valid VkPipelineStageFlagBits value

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-queryPool-parameter
    queryPool must be a valid VkQueryPool handle

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support transfer, graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdWriteTimestamp-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and queryPool must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Transfer
Graphics
Compute

Action

18. Clear Commands

18.1. Clearing Images Outside a Render Pass Instance

Color and depth/stencil images can be cleared outside a render pass instance using vkCmdClearColorImage or vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage, respectively. These commands are only allowed outside of a render pass instance.

To clear one or more subranges of a color image, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdClearColorImage(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkImage                                     image,
    VkImageLayout                               imageLayout,
    const VkClearColorValue*                    pColor,
    uint32_t                                    rangeCount,
    const VkImageSubresourceRange*              pRanges);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • image is the image to be cleared.

  • imageLayout specifies the current layout of the image subresource ranges to be cleared, and must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL.

  • pColor is a pointer to a VkClearColorValue structure containing the values that the image subresource ranges will be cleared to (see Clear Values below).

  • rangeCount is the number of image subresource range structures in pRanges.

  • pRanges is a pointer to an array of VkImageSubresourceRange structures describing a range of mipmap levels, array layers, and aspects to be cleared, as described in Image Views.

Each specified range in pRanges is cleared to the value specified by pColor.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-image-00002
    image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-image-00003
    If image is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-imageLayout-00004
    imageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresource ranges of image specified in pRanges at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-imageLayout-01394
    imageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-aspectMask-02498
    The VkImageSubresourceRange::aspectMask members of the elements of the pRanges array must each only include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-baseMipLevel-01470
    The VkImageSubresourceRange::baseMipLevel members of the elements of the pRanges array must each be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-pRanges-01692
    For each VkImageSubresourceRange element of pRanges, if the levelCount member is not VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, then baseMipLevel + levelCount must be less than or equal to the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-baseArrayLayer-01472
    The VkImageSubresourceRange::baseArrayLayer members of the elements of the pRanges array must each be less than the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-pRanges-01693
    For each VkImageSubresourceRange element of pRanges, if the layerCount member is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, then baseArrayLayer + layerCount must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-image-00007
    image must not have a compressed or depth/stencil format

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-pColor-04961
    pColor must be a valid pointer to a VkClearColorValue union

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-imageLayout-parameter
    imageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-pRanges-parameter
    pRanges must be a valid pointer to an array of rangeCount valid VkImageSubresourceRange structures

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-rangeCount-arraylength
    rangeCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdClearColorImage-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and image must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Graphics
Compute

Action

To clear one or more subranges of a depth/stencil image, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkImage                                     image,
    VkImageLayout                               imageLayout,
    const VkClearDepthStencilValue*             pDepthStencil,
    uint32_t                                    rangeCount,
    const VkImageSubresourceRange*              pRanges);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • image is the image to be cleared.

  • imageLayout specifies the current layout of the image subresource ranges to be cleared, and must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL.

  • pDepthStencil is a pointer to a VkClearDepthStencilValue structure containing the values that the depth and stencil image subresource ranges will be cleared to (see Clear Values below).

  • rangeCount is the number of image subresource range structures in pRanges.

  • pRanges is a pointer to an array of VkImageSubresourceRange structures describing a range of mipmap levels, array layers, and aspects to be cleared, as described in Image Views.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-pRanges-02659
    If the aspect member of any element of pRanges includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT must have been included in the VkImageCreateInfo::usage used to create image

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-pRanges-02660
    If the aspect member of any element of pRanges includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT, VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT must have been included in the VkImageCreateInfo::usage used to create image

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-image-00010
    If image is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-imageLayout-00011
    imageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresource ranges of image specified in pRanges at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-imageLayout-00012
    imageLayout must be either of VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-aspectMask-02824
    The VkImageSubresourceRange::aspectMask member of each element of the pRanges array must not include bits other than VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-image-02825
    If the image’s format does not have a stencil component, then the VkImageSubresourceRange::aspectMask member of each element of the pRanges array must not include the VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT bit

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-image-02826
    If the image’s format does not have a depth component, then the VkImageSubresourceRange::aspectMask member of each element of the pRanges array must not include the VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT bit

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-baseMipLevel-01474
    The VkImageSubresourceRange::baseMipLevel members of the elements of the pRanges array must each be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-pRanges-01694
    For each VkImageSubresourceRange element of pRanges, if the levelCount member is not VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS, then baseMipLevel + levelCount must be less than or equal to the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-baseArrayLayer-01476
    The VkImageSubresourceRange::baseArrayLayer members of the elements of the pRanges array must each be less than the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-pRanges-01695
    For each VkImageSubresourceRange element of pRanges, if the layerCount member is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, then baseArrayLayer + layerCount must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-image-00014
    image must have a depth/stencil format

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-imageLayout-parameter
    imageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-pDepthStencil-parameter
    pDepthStencil must be a valid pointer to a valid VkClearDepthStencilValue structure

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-pRanges-parameter
    pRanges must be a valid pointer to an array of rangeCount valid VkImageSubresourceRange structures

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-rangeCount-arraylength
    rangeCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdClearDepthStencilImage-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and image must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Graphics

Action

Clears outside render pass instances are treated as transfer operations for the purposes of memory barriers.

18.2. Clearing Images Inside a Render Pass Instance

To clear one or more regions of color and depth/stencil attachments inside a render pass instance, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdClearAttachments(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    attachmentCount,
    const VkClearAttachment*                    pAttachments,
    uint32_t                                    rectCount,
    const VkClearRect*                          pRects);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • attachmentCount is the number of entries in the pAttachments array.

  • pAttachments is a pointer to an array of VkClearAttachment structures defining the attachments to clear and the clear values to use.

  • rectCount is the number of entries in the pRects array.

  • pRects is a pointer to an array of VkClearRect structures defining regions within each selected attachment to clear.

Unlike other clear commands, vkCmdClearAttachments is not a transfer command. It performs its operations in rasterization order. For color attachments, the operations are executed as color attachment writes, by the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_OUTPUT_BIT stage. For depth/stencil attachments, the operations are executed as depth writes and stencil writes by the VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_EARLY_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT and VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_LATE_FRAGMENT_TESTS_BIT stages.

vkCmdClearAttachments is not affected by the bound pipeline state.

Note

It is generally preferable to clear attachments by using the VK_ATTACHMENT_LOAD_OP_CLEAR load operation at the start of rendering, as it is more efficient on some implementations.

If any attachment’s aspectMask to be cleared is not backed by an image view, the clear has no effect on that aspect.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-aspectMask-07884
    If the aspectMask member of any element of pAttachments contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT, the current subpass instance’s depth-stencil attachment must be either VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED or the attachment format must contain a depth component

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-aspectMask-07885
    If the aspectMask member of any element of pAttachments contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT, the current subpass instance’s depth-stencil attachment must be either VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED or the attachment format must contain a stencil component

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-aspectMask-07271
    If the aspectMask member of any element of pAttachments contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT, the colorAttachment must be a valid color attachment index in the current render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-rect-02682
    The rect member of each element of pRects must have an extent.width greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-rect-02683
    The rect member of each element of pRects must have an extent.height greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-pRects-00016
    The rectangular region specified by each element of pRects must be contained within the render area of the current render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-pRects-06937
    The layers specified by each element of pRects must be contained within every attachment that pAttachments refers to, i.e. for each element of pRects, VkClearRect::baseArrayLayer + VkClearRect::layerCount must be less than or equal to the number of layers rendered to in the current render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-layerCount-01934
    The layerCount member of each element of pRects must not be 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-pAttachments-parameter
    pAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentCount valid VkClearAttachment structures

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-pRects-parameter
    pRects must be a valid pointer to an array of rectCount VkClearRect structures

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-attachmentCount-arraylength
    attachmentCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdClearAttachments-rectCount-arraylength
    rectCount must be greater than 0

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Inside

Graphics

Action

The VkClearRect structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkClearRect {
    VkRect2D    rect;
    uint32_t    baseArrayLayer;
    uint32_t    layerCount;
} VkClearRect;
  • rect is the two-dimensional region to be cleared.

  • baseArrayLayer is the first layer to be cleared.

  • layerCount is the number of layers to clear.

The layers [baseArrayLayer, baseArrayLayer + layerCount) counting from the base layer of the attachment image view are cleared.

The VkClearAttachment structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkClearAttachment {
    VkImageAspectFlags    aspectMask;
    uint32_t              colorAttachment;
    VkClearValue          clearValue;
} VkClearAttachment;
  • aspectMask is a mask selecting the color, depth and/or stencil aspects of the attachment to be cleared.

  • colorAttachment is only meaningful if VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT is set in aspectMask, in which case it is an index into the currently bound color attachments.

  • clearValue is the color or depth/stencil value to clear the attachment to, as described in Clear Values below.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkClearAttachment-aspectMask-00019
    If aspectMask includes VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT, it must not include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-VkClearAttachment-aspectMask-00020
    aspectMask must not include VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_METADATA_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkClearAttachment-aspectMask-parameter
    aspectMask must be a valid combination of VkImageAspectFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkClearAttachment-aspectMask-requiredbitmask
    aspectMask must not be 0

18.3. Clear Values

The VkClearColorValue structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef union VkClearColorValue {
    float       float32[4];
    int32_t     int32[4];
    uint32_t    uint32[4];
} VkClearColorValue;
  • float32 are the color clear values when the format of the image or attachment is one of the numeric formats with a numeric type that is floating-point. Floating point values are automatically converted to the format of the image, with the clear value being treated as linear if the image is sRGB.

  • int32 are the color clear values when the format of the image or attachment has a numeric type that is signed integer (SINT). Signed integer values are converted to the format of the image by casting to the smaller type (with negative 32-bit values mapping to negative values in the smaller type). If the integer clear value is not representable in the target type (e.g. would overflow in conversion to that type), the clear value is undefined.

  • uint32 are the color clear values when the format of the image or attachment has a numeric type that is unsigned integer (UINT). Unsigned integer values are converted to the format of the image by casting to the integer type with fewer bits.

The four array elements of the clear color map to R, G, B, and A components of image formats, in order.

If the image has more than one sample, the same value is written to all samples for any pixels being cleared.

The VkClearDepthStencilValue structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkClearDepthStencilValue {
    float       depth;
    uint32_t    stencil;
} VkClearDepthStencilValue;
  • depth is the clear value for the depth aspect of the depth/stencil attachment. It is a floating-point value which is automatically converted to the attachment’s format.

  • stencil is the clear value for the stencil aspect of the depth/stencil attachment. It is a 32-bit integer value which is converted to the attachment’s format by taking the appropriate number of LSBs.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkClearDepthStencilValue-depth-00022
    depth must be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive

The VkClearValue union is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef union VkClearValue {
    VkClearColorValue           color;
    VkClearDepthStencilValue    depthStencil;
} VkClearValue;
  • color specifies the color image clear values to use when clearing a color image or attachment.

  • depthStencil specifies the depth and stencil clear values to use when clearing a depth/stencil image or attachment.

This union is used where part of the API requires either color or depth/stencil clear values, depending on the attachment, and defines the initial clear values in the VkRenderPassBeginInfo structure.

18.4. Filling Buffers

To clear buffer data, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdFillBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    dstBuffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                dstOffset,
    VkDeviceSize                                size,
    uint32_t                                    data);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • dstBuffer is the buffer to be filled.

  • dstOffset is the byte offset into the buffer at which to start filling, and must be a multiple of 4.

  • size is the number of bytes to fill, and must be either a multiple of 4, or VK_WHOLE_SIZE to fill the range from offset to the end of the buffer. If VK_WHOLE_SIZE is used and the remaining size of the buffer is not a multiple of 4, then the nearest smaller multiple is used.

  • data is the 4-byte word written repeatedly to the buffer to fill size bytes of data. The data word is written to memory according to the host endianness.

vkCmdFillBuffer is treated as a “transfer” operation for the purposes of synchronization barriers. The VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT must be specified in usage of VkBufferCreateInfo in order for the buffer to be compatible with vkCmdFillBuffer.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-dstOffset-00024
    dstOffset must be less than the size of dstBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-dstOffset-00025
    dstOffset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-size-00026
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-size-00027
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be less than or equal to the size of dstBuffer minus dstOffset

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-size-00028
    If size is not equal to VK_WHOLE_SIZE, size must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-dstBuffer-00029
    dstBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-apiVersion-07894
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-dstBuffer-00031
    If dstBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-dstBuffer-parameter
    dstBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdFillBuffer-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and dstBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Graphics
Compute

Action

18.5. Updating Buffers

To update buffer data inline in a command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdUpdateBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    dstBuffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                dstOffset,
    VkDeviceSize                                dataSize,
    const void*                                 pData);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • dstBuffer is a handle to the buffer to be updated.

  • dstOffset is the byte offset into the buffer to start updating, and must be a multiple of 4.

  • dataSize is the number of bytes to update, and must be a multiple of 4.

  • pData is a pointer to the source data for the buffer update, and must be at least dataSize bytes in size.

dataSize must be less than or equal to 65536 bytes. For larger updates, applications can use buffer to buffer copies.

Note

Buffer updates performed with vkCmdUpdateBuffer first copy the data into command buffer memory when the command is recorded (which requires additional storage and may incur an additional allocation), and then copy the data from the command buffer into dstBuffer when the command is executed on a device.

The additional cost of this functionality compared to buffer to buffer copies means it is only recommended for very small amounts of data, and is why it is limited to only 65536 bytes.

Applications can work around this by issuing multiple vkCmdUpdateBuffer commands to different ranges of the same buffer, but it is strongly recommended that they should not.

The source data is copied from the user pointer to the command buffer when the command is called.

vkCmdUpdateBuffer is only allowed outside of a render pass. This command is treated as a “transfer” operation for the purposes of synchronization barriers. The VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT must be specified in usage of VkBufferCreateInfo in order for the buffer to be compatible with vkCmdUpdateBuffer.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dstOffset-00032
    dstOffset must be less than the size of dstBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dataSize-00033
    dataSize must be less than or equal to the size of dstBuffer minus dstOffset

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dstBuffer-00034
    dstBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dstBuffer-00035
    If dstBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dstOffset-00036
    dstOffset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dataSize-00037
    dataSize must be less than or equal to 65536

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dataSize-00038
    dataSize must be a multiple of 4

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dstBuffer-parameter
    dstBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-pData-parameter
    pData must be a valid pointer to an array of dataSize bytes

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support transfer, graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-dataSize-arraylength
    dataSize must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdUpdateBuffer-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and dstBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Transfer
Graphics
Compute

Action

Note

The pData parameter was of type uint32_t* instead of void* prior to version 1.0.19 of the Specification and VK_HEADER_VERSION 19 of the Vulkan Header Files. This was a historical anomaly, as the source data may be of other types.

19. Copy Commands

An application can copy buffer and image data using several methods described in this chapter, depending on the type of data transfer.

All copy commands are treated as “transfer” operations for the purposes of synchronization barriers.

All copy commands that have a source format with an X component in its format description read undefined values from those bits.

All copy commands that have a destination format with an X component in its format description write undefined values to those bits.

19.1. Copying Data Between Buffers

To copy data between buffer objects, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdCopyBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    srcBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    dstBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    regionCount,
    const VkBufferCopy*                         pRegions);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • srcBuffer is the source buffer.

  • dstBuffer is the destination buffer.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to copy.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkBufferCopy structures specifying the regions to copy.

Each source region specified by pRegions is copied from the source buffer to the destination region of the destination buffer. If any of the specified regions in srcBuffer overlaps in memory with any of the specified regions in dstBuffer, values read from those overlapping regions are undefined.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-srcOffset-00113
    The srcOffset member of each element of pRegions must be less than the size of srcBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-dstOffset-00114
    The dstOffset member of each element of pRegions must be less than the size of dstBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-size-00115
    The size member of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the size of srcBuffer minus srcOffset

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-size-00116
    The size member of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the size of dstBuffer minus dstOffset

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-pRegions-00117
    The union of the source regions, and the union of the destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-srcBuffer-00118
    srcBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-srcBuffer-00119
    If srcBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-dstBuffer-00120
    dstBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-dstBuffer-00121
    If dstBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-srcBuffer-parameter
    srcBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-dstBuffer-parameter
    dstBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkBufferCopy structures

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support transfer, graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBuffer-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, dstBuffer, and srcBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Transfer
Graphics
Compute

Action

The VkBufferCopy structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBufferCopy {
    VkDeviceSize    srcOffset;
    VkDeviceSize    dstOffset;
    VkDeviceSize    size;
} VkBufferCopy;
  • srcOffset is the starting offset in bytes from the start of srcBuffer.

  • dstOffset is the starting offset in bytes from the start of dstBuffer.

  • size is the number of bytes to copy.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkBufferCopy-size-01988
    The size must be greater than 0

19.2. Copying Data Between Images

To copy data between image objects, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdCopyImage(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkImage                                     srcImage,
    VkImageLayout                               srcImageLayout,
    VkImage                                     dstImage,
    VkImageLayout                               dstImageLayout,
    uint32_t                                    regionCount,
    const VkImageCopy*                          pRegions);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • srcImage is the source image.

  • srcImageLayout is the current layout of the source image subresource.

  • dstImage is the destination image.

  • dstImageLayout is the current layout of the destination image subresource.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to copy.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkImageCopy structures specifying the regions to copy.

Each source region specified by pRegions is copied from the source image to the destination region of the destination image. If any of the specified regions in srcImage overlaps in memory with any of the specified regions in dstImage, values read from those overlapping regions are undefined.

If the format of the destination image has a different block extent than the source image (e.g. one is a compressed format), the offset and extent for each of the regions specified is scaled according to the block extents of each format to match in size. Copy regions for each image must be aligned to a multiple of the texel block extent in each dimension, except at the edges of the image, where region extents must match the edge of the image.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-00124
    The union of all source regions, and the union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImageLayout-00128
    srcImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of srcImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImageLayout-01917
    srcImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-09460
    If srcImage and dstImage are the same, and any elements of pRegions contains the srcSubresource and dstSubresource with matching mipLevel and overlapping array layers, then the srcImageLayout and dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImageLayout-00133
    dstImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of dstImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImageLayout-01395
    dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01548
    The VkFormat of each of srcImage and dstImage must be size-compatible

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-09247
    If the VkFormat of each of srcImage and dstImage is a compressed image format, the formats must have the same texel block extent

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-00136
    The sample count of srcImage and dstImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcOffset-01783
    The srcOffset and extent members of each element of pRegions must respect the image transfer granularity requirements of commandBuffer’s command pool’s queue family, as described in VkQueueFamilyProperties

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstOffset-01784
    The dstOffset and extent members of each element of pRegions must respect the image transfer granularity requirements of commandBuffer’s command pool’s queue family, as described in VkQueueFamilyProperties

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-apiVersion-07932
    If either srcImage or dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer and dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer must both be 0, and srcSubresource.layerCount and dstSubresource.layerCount must both be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-04443
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and srcSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-04444
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and dstSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-aspectMask-00142
    For each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-aspectMask-00143
    For each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcOffset-00144
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.x and (extent.width + srcOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcOffset-00145
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y and (extent.height + srcOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-00146
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y must be 0 and extent.height must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcOffset-00147
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z and (extent.depth + srcOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01785
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z must be 0 and extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-01786
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z must be 0 and extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01787
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z must be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-01788
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z must be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-apiVersion-07933
    If srcImage and dstImage must have the same VkImageType

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-apiVersion-08969
    If srcImage or dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstOffset-00150
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.x and (extent.width + dstOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstOffset-00151
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y and (extent.height + dstOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-00152
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y must be 0 and extent.height must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstOffset-00153
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z and (extent.depth + dstOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-07278
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.x must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-07279
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-07280
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-07281
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.x must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-07282
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-07283
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01728
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of srcOffset.x and extent.width does not equal the width of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.width must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01729
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of srcOffset.y and extent.height does not equal the height of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.height must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-01730
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of srcOffset.z and extent.depth does not equal the depth of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.depth must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-01732
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of dstOffset.x and extent.width does not equal the width of the subresource specified by dstSubresource, extent.width must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-01733
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of dstOffset.y and extent.height does not equal the height of the subresource specified by dstSubresource, extent.height must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-01734
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of dstOffset.z and extent.depth does not equal the depth of the subresource specified by dstSubresource, extent.depth must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-aspect-06662
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT must have been included in the VkImageCreateInfo::usage used to create srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-aspect-06663
    VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT must have been included in the VkImageCreateInfo::usage used to create dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-07966
    If srcImage is non-sparse then the image must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcSubresource-07967
    The srcSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcSubresource-07968
    srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer + srcSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-07966
    If dstImage is non-sparse then the image must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstSubresource-07967
    The dstSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstSubresource-07968
    dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer + dstSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImage-parameter
    srcImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-srcImageLayout-parameter
    srcImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImage-parameter
    dstImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-dstImageLayout-parameter
    dstImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkImageCopy structures

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support transfer, graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImage-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, dstImage, and srcImage must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Transfer
Graphics
Compute

Action

The VkImageCopy structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageCopy {
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    srcSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  srcOffset;
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    dstSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  dstOffset;
    VkExtent3D                  extent;
} VkImageCopy;
  • srcSubresource and dstSubresource are VkImageSubresourceLayers structures specifying the image subresources of the images used for the source and destination image data, respectively.

  • srcOffset and dstOffset select the initial x, y, and z offsets in texels of the sub-regions of the source and destination image data.

  • extent is the size in texels of the image to copy in width, height and depth.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkImageCopy-apiVersion-07940
    The aspectMask member of srcSubresource and dstSubresource must match

  • VUID-VkImageCopy-apiVersion-07941
    The layerCount member of srcSubresource and dstSubresource must match

  • VUID-VkImageCopy-extent-06668
    extent.width must not be 0

  • VUID-VkImageCopy-extent-06669
    extent.height must not be 0

  • VUID-VkImageCopy-extent-06670
    extent.depth must not be 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

The VkImageSubresourceLayers structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageSubresourceLayers {
    VkImageAspectFlags    aspectMask;
    uint32_t              mipLevel;
    uint32_t              baseArrayLayer;
    uint32_t              layerCount;
} VkImageSubresourceLayers;
  • aspectMask is a combination of VkImageAspectFlagBits, selecting the color, depth and/or stencil aspects to be copied.

  • mipLevel is the mipmap level to copy

  • baseArrayLayer and layerCount are the starting layer and number of layers to copy.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceLayers-aspectMask-00167
    If aspectMask contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT, it must not contain either of VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceLayers-aspectMask-00168
    aspectMask must not contain VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_METADATA_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceLayers-layerCount-09243
    layerCount must not be VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceLayers-layerCount-01700
    If layerCount is not VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS, it must be greater than 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceLayers-aspectMask-parameter
    aspectMask must be a valid combination of VkImageAspectFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkImageSubresourceLayers-aspectMask-requiredbitmask
    aspectMask must not be 0

19.3. Copying Data Between Buffers and Images

Data can be copied between buffers and images, enabling applications to load and store data between images and user defined offsets in buffer memory.

When copying between a buffer and an image, whole texel blocks are always copied; each texel block in the specified extent in the image to be copied will be written to a region in the buffer, specified according to the position of the texel block, and the texel block extent and size of the format being copied.

For a set of coordinates (x,y,z,layer), where:

x is in the range [imageOffset.x / blockWidth, ⌈(imageOffset.x + imageExtent.width) / blockWidth⌉),

y is in the range [imageOffset.y / blockHeight, ⌈(imageOffset.y + imageExtent.height) / blockHeight⌉),

z is in the range [imageOffset.z / blockDepth, ⌈(imageOffset.z + imageExtent.depth) / blockDepth⌉),

layer is in the range [imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer, imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer + imageSubresource.layerCount),

and where blockWidth, blockHeight, and blockDepth are the dimensions of the texel block extent of the image’s format.

For each (x,y,z,layer) coordinate, texels in the image layer selected by layer are accessed in the following ranges:

[x × blockWidth, max( (x × blockWidth) + blockWidth, imageWidth) )

[y × blockHeight, max( (y × blockHeight) + blockHeight, imageHeight) )

[z × blockDepth, max( (z × blockDepth) + blockDepth, imageDepth) )

where imageWidth, imageHeight, and imageDepth are the dimensions of the image subresource.

For each (x,y,z,layer) coordinate, bytes in the buffer are accessed at offsets in the range [texelOffset, texelOffset + blockSize), where:

texelOffset = bufferOffset + (x × blockSize) + (y × rowExtent) + (z × sliceExtent) + (layer × layerExtent)

blockSize is the size of the block in bytes for the format

rowExtent = max(bufferRowLength, ⌈imageExtent.width / blockWidth⌉ × blockSize)

sliceExtent = max(bufferImageHeight, imageExtent.height × rowExtent)

layerExtent = imageExtent.depth × sliceExtent

When copying between a buffer and the depth or stencil aspect of an image, data in the buffer is assumed to be laid out as separate planes rather than interleaved. Addressing calculations are thus performed for a different format than the base image, according to the aspect, as described in the following table:

Table 19. Depth/Stencil Aspect Copy Table
Base Format Depth Aspect Format Stencil Aspect Format

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM

-

VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

-

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT

-

VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT

-

VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D24_UNORM_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT

Each texel block is copied from one resource to the other according to the above addressing equations.

To copy data from a buffer object to an image object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdCopyBufferToImage(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    srcBuffer,
    VkImage                                     dstImage,
    VkImageLayout                               dstImageLayout,
    uint32_t                                    regionCount,
    const VkBufferImageCopy*                    pRegions);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • srcBuffer is the source buffer.

  • dstImage is the destination image.

  • dstImageLayout is the layout of the destination image subresources for the copy.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to copy.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkBufferImageCopy structures specifying the regions to copy.

Each source region specified by pRegions is copied from the source buffer to the destination region of the destination image according to the addressing calculations for each resource. If any of the specified regions in srcBuffer overlaps in memory with any of the specified regions in dstImage, values read from those overlapping regions are undefined. If any region accesses a depth aspect in dstImage values copied from srcBuffer outside of the range [0,1] will be written as undefined values to the destination image.

Copy regions for the image must be aligned to a multiple of the texel block extent in each dimension, except at the edges of the image, where region extents must match the edge of the image.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07966
    If dstImage is non-sparse then the image must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageSubresource-07967
    The imageSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageSubresource-07968
    imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer + imageSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageSubresource-07970
    The image region specified by each element of pRegions must be contained within the specified imageSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageSubresource-07971
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.x and (imageExtent.width + imageOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified imageSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageSubresource-07972
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y and (imageExtent.height + imageOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified imageSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07973
    dstImage must have a sample count equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commandBuffer-07737
    If the queue family used to create the VkCommandPool which commandBuffer was allocated from does not support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, the bufferOffset member of any element of pRegions must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageOffset-07738
    The imageOffset and imageExtent members of each element of pRegions must respect the image transfer granularity requirements of commandBuffer’s command pool’s queue family, as described in VkQueueFamilyProperties

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commandBuffer-07739
    If the queue family used to create the VkCommandPool which commandBuffer was allocated from does not support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT, for each element of pRegions, the aspectMask member of imageSubresource must not be VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT or VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-pRegions-00171
    srcBuffer must be large enough to contain all buffer locations that are accessed according to Buffer and Image Addressing, for each element of pRegions

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-pRegions-00173
    The union of all source regions, and the union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-srcBuffer-00174
    srcBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-srcBuffer-00176
    If srcBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-00177
    dstImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImageLayout-00180
    dstImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of dstImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImageLayout-01396
    dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-pRegions-07931
    For each element of pRegions whose imageSubresource contains a depth aspect, the data in srcBuffer must be in the range [0,1]

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07979
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y must be 0 and imageExtent.height must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageOffset-09104
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z and (imageExtent.depth + imageOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified imageSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07980
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z must be 0 and imageExtent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07274
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.x must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07275
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07276
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-00207
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.x and extent.width does not equal the width of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.width must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-00208
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.y and extent.height does not equal the height of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.height must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-00209
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.z and extent.depth does not equal the depth of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.depth must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-imageSubresource-09105
    For each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07983
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, for each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and imageSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-bufferRowLength-09106
    For each element of pRegions, bufferRowLength must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-bufferImageHeight-09107
    For each element of pRegions, bufferImageHeight must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-bufferRowLength-09108
    For each element of pRegions, bufferRowLength divided by the texel block extent width and then multiplied by the texel block size of dstImage must be less than or equal to 231-1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07975
    If dstImage does not have either a depth/stencil format then for each element of pRegions, bufferOffset must be a multiple of the texel block size

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-07978
    If dstImage has a depth/stencil format, the bufferOffset member of any element of pRegions must be a multiple of 4

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-srcBuffer-parameter
    srcBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImage-parameter
    dstImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-dstImageLayout-parameter
    dstImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkBufferImageCopy structures

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support transfer, graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyBufferToImage-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, dstImage, and srcBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Transfer
Graphics
Compute

Action

To copy data from an image object to a buffer object, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkImage                                     srcImage,
    VkImageLayout                               srcImageLayout,
    VkBuffer                                    dstBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    regionCount,
    const VkBufferImageCopy*                    pRegions);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • srcImage is the source image.

  • srcImageLayout is the layout of the source image subresources for the copy.

  • dstBuffer is the destination buffer.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to copy.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkBufferImageCopy structures specifying the regions to copy.

Each source region specified by pRegions is copied from the source image to the destination region of the destination buffer according to the addressing calculations for each resource. If any of the specified regions in srcImage overlaps in memory with any of the specified regions in dstBuffer, values read from those overlapping regions are undefined.

Copy regions for the image must be aligned to a multiple of the texel block extent in each dimension, except at the edges of the image, where region extents must match the edge of the image.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07966
    If srcImage is non-sparse then the image must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageSubresource-07967
    The imageSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageSubresource-07968
    imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer + imageSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageSubresource-07970
    The image region specified by each element of pRegions must be contained within the specified imageSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageSubresource-07971
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.x and (imageExtent.width + imageOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified imageSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageSubresource-07972
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y and (imageExtent.height + imageOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified imageSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07973
    srcImage must have a sample count equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-commandBuffer-07746
    If the queue family used to create the VkCommandPool which commandBuffer was allocated from does not support VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT, the bufferOffset member of any element of pRegions must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageOffset-07747
    The imageOffset and imageExtent members of each element of pRegions must respect the image transfer granularity requirements of commandBuffer’s command pool’s queue family, as described in VkQueueFamilyProperties

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-pRegions-00183
    dstBuffer must be large enough to contain all buffer locations that are accessed according to Buffer and Image Addressing, for each element of pRegions

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-pRegions-00184
    The union of all source regions, and the union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-00186
    srcImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-dstBuffer-00191
    dstBuffer must have been created with VK_BUFFER_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-dstBuffer-00192
    If dstBuffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImageLayout-00189
    srcImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of srcImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImageLayout-01397
    srcImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL, or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07979
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y must be 0 and imageExtent.height must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageOffset-09104
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z and (imageExtent.depth + imageOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified imageSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07980
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z must be 0 and imageExtent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07274
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.x must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07275
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.y must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07276
    For each element of pRegions, imageOffset.z must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-00207
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.x and extent.width does not equal the width of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.width must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-00208
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.y and extent.height does not equal the height of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.height must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-00209
    For each element of pRegions, if the sum of imageOffset.z and extent.depth does not equal the depth of the subresource specified by srcSubresource, extent.depth must be a multiple of the texel block extent depth of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-imageSubresource-09105
    For each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07983
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, for each element of pRegions, imageSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and imageSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-bufferRowLength-09106
    For each element of pRegions, bufferRowLength must be a multiple of the texel block extent width of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-bufferImageHeight-09107
    For each element of pRegions, bufferImageHeight must be a multiple of the texel block extent height of the VkFormat of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-bufferRowLength-09108
    For each element of pRegions, bufferRowLength divided by the texel block extent width and then multiplied by the texel block size of srcImage must be less than or equal to 231-1

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07975
    If srcImage does not have either a depth/stencil format then for each element of pRegions, bufferOffset must be a multiple of the texel block size

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-07978
    If srcImage has a depth/stencil format, the bufferOffset member of any element of pRegions must be a multiple of 4

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImage-parameter
    srcImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-srcImageLayout-parameter
    srcImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-dstBuffer-parameter
    dstBuffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkBufferImageCopy structures

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support transfer, graphics, or compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, dstBuffer, and srcImage must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Transfer
Graphics
Compute

Action

For both vkCmdCopyBufferToImage and vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer, each element of pRegions is a structure defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBufferImageCopy {
    VkDeviceSize                bufferOffset;
    uint32_t                    bufferRowLength;
    uint32_t                    bufferImageHeight;
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    imageSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  imageOffset;
    VkExtent3D                  imageExtent;
} VkBufferImageCopy;
  • bufferOffset is the offset in bytes from the start of the buffer object where the image data is copied from or to.

  • bufferRowLength and bufferImageHeight specify in texels a subregion of a larger two- or three-dimensional image in buffer memory, and control the addressing calculations. If either of these values is zero, that aspect of the buffer memory is considered to be tightly packed according to the imageExtent.

  • imageSubresource is a VkImageSubresourceLayers used to specify the specific image subresources of the image used for the source or destination image data.

  • imageOffset selects the initial x, y, z offsets in texels of the sub-region of the source or destination image data.

  • imageExtent is the size in texels of the image to copy in width, height and depth.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy-bufferRowLength-09101
    bufferRowLength must be 0, or greater than or equal to the width member of imageExtent

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy-bufferImageHeight-09102
    bufferImageHeight must be 0, or greater than or equal to the height member of imageExtent

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy-aspectMask-09103
    The aspectMask member of imageSubresource must only have a single bit set

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy-imageExtent-06659
    imageExtent.width must not be 0

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy-imageExtent-06660
    imageExtent.height must not be 0

  • VUID-VkBufferImageCopy-imageExtent-06661
    imageExtent.depth must not be 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)

19.4. Image Copies With Scaling

To copy regions of a source image into a destination image, potentially performing format conversion, arbitrary scaling, and filtering, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdBlitImage(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkImage                                     srcImage,
    VkImageLayout                               srcImageLayout,
    VkImage                                     dstImage,
    VkImageLayout                               dstImageLayout,
    uint32_t                                    regionCount,
    const VkImageBlit*                          pRegions,
    VkFilter                                    filter);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • srcImage is the source image.

  • srcImageLayout is the layout of the source image subresources for the blit.

  • dstImage is the destination image.

  • dstImageLayout is the layout of the destination image subresources for the blit.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to blit.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkImageBlit structures specifying the regions to blit.

  • filter is a VkFilter specifying the filter to apply if the blits require scaling.

vkCmdBlitImage must not be used for multisampled source or destination images. Use vkCmdResolveImage for this purpose.

As the sizes of the source and destination extents can differ in any dimension, texels in the source extent are scaled and filtered to the destination extent. Scaling occurs via the following operations:

  • For each destination texel, the integer coordinate of that texel is converted to an unnormalized texture coordinate, using the effective inverse of the equations described in unnormalized to integer conversion:

    ubase = i + ½

    vbase = j + ½

    wbase = k + ½

  • These base coordinates are then offset by the first destination offset:

    uoffset = ubase - xdst0

    voffset = vbase - ydst0

    woffset = wbase - zdst0

    aoffset = a - baseArrayCountdst

  • The scale is determined from the source and destination regions, and applied to the offset coordinates:

    scaleu = (xsrc1 - xsrc0) / (xdst1 - xdst0)

    scalev = (ysrc1 - ysrc0) / (ydst1 - ydst0)

    scalew = (zsrc1 - zsrc0) / (zdst1 - zdst0)

    uscaled = uoffset × scaleu

    vscaled = voffset × scalev

    wscaled = woffset × scalew

  • Finally the source offset is added to the scaled coordinates, to determine the final unnormalized coordinates used to sample from srcImage:

    u = uscaled + xsrc0

    v = vscaled + ysrc0

    w = wscaled + zsrc0

    q = mipLevel

    a = aoffset + baseArrayCountsrc

These coordinates are used to sample from the source image, as described in Image Operations chapter, with the filter mode equal to that of filter, a mipmap mode of VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_NEAREST and an address mode of VK_SAMPLER_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP_TO_EDGE. Implementations must clamp at the edge of the source image, and may additionally clamp to the edge of the source region.

Note

Due to allowable rounding errors in the generation of the source texture coordinates, it is not always possible to guarantee exactly which source texels will be sampled for a given blit. As rounding errors are implementation-dependent, the exact results of a blitting operation are also implementation-dependent.

Blits are done layer by layer starting with the baseArrayLayer member of srcSubresource for the source and dstSubresource for the destination. layerCount layers are blitted to the destination image.

When blitting 3D textures, slices in the destination region bounded by dstOffsets[0].z and dstOffsets[1].z are sampled from slices in the source region bounded by srcOffsets[0].z and srcOffsets[1].z. If the filter parameter is VK_FILTER_LINEAR then the value sampled from the source image is taken by doing linear filtering using the interpolated z coordinate represented by w in the previous equations. If the filter parameter is VK_FILTER_NEAREST then the value sampled from the source image is taken from the single nearest slice, with an implementation-dependent arithmetic rounding mode.

The following filtering and conversion rules apply:

  • Integer formats can only be converted to other integer formats with the same signedness.

  • No format conversion is supported between depth/stencil images. The formats must match.

  • Format conversions on unorm, snorm, scaled and packed float formats of the copied aspect of the image are performed by first converting the pixels to float values.

  • For sRGB source formats, nonlinear RGB values are converted to linear representation prior to filtering.

  • After filtering, the float values are first clamped and then cast to the destination image format. In case of sRGB destination format, linear RGB values are converted to nonlinear representation before writing the pixel to the image.

Signed and unsigned integers are converted by first clamping to the representable range of the destination format, then casting the value.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-pRegions-00215
    The source region specified by each element of pRegions must be a region that is contained within srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-pRegions-00216
    The destination region specified by each element of pRegions must be a region that is contained within dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-pRegions-00217
    The union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory with any texel that may be sampled during the blit operation

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-01999
    The format features of srcImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00219
    srcImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00220
    If srcImage is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImageLayout-00221
    srcImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of srcImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImageLayout-00222
    srcImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-09459
    If srcImage and dstImage are the same, and an elements of pRegions contains the srcSubresource and dstSubresource with matching mipLevel and overlapping array layers, then the srcImageLayout and dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-02000
    The format features of dstImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-00224
    dstImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-00225
    If dstImage is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImageLayout-00226
    dstImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of dstImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImageLayout-00227
    dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00229
    If either of srcImage or dstImage was created with a signed integer VkFormat, the other must also have been created with a signed integer VkFormat

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00230
    If either of srcImage or dstImage was created with an unsigned integer VkFormat, the other must also have been created with an unsigned integer VkFormat

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00231
    If either of srcImage or dstImage was created with a depth/stencil format, the other must have exactly the same format

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00232
    If srcImage was created with a depth/stencil format, filter must be VK_FILTER_NEAREST

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00233
    srcImage must have been created with a samples value of VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-00234
    dstImage must have been created with a samples value of VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-filter-02001
    If filter is VK_FILTER_LINEAR, then the format features of srcImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcSubresource-01705
    The srcSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstSubresource-01706
    The dstSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcSubresource-01707
    srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer + srcSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstSubresource-01708
    dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer + dstSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00240
    If either srcImage or dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer and dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer must each be 0, and srcSubresource.layerCount and dstSubresource.layerCount must each be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-aspectMask-00241
    For each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-aspectMask-00242
    For each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.aspectMask must specify aspects present in dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcOffset-00243
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].x and srcOffsets[1].x must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcOffset-00244
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].y and srcOffsets[1].y must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00245
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].y must be 0 and srcOffsets[1].y must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcOffset-00246
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].z and srcOffsets[1].z must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-00247
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffsets[0].z must be 0 and srcOffsets[1].z must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstOffset-00248
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].x and dstOffsets[1].x must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstOffset-00249
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].y and dstOffsets[1].y must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-00250
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].y must be 0 and dstOffsets[1].y must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstOffset-00251
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].z and dstOffsets[1].z must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-00252
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffsets[0].z must be 0 and dstOffsets[1].z must be 1

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImage-parameter
    srcImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-srcImageLayout-parameter
    srcImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImage-parameter
    dstImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-dstImageLayout-parameter
    dstImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkImageBlit structures

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-filter-parameter
    filter must be a valid VkFilter value

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdBlitImage-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, dstImage, and srcImage must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Graphics

Action

The VkImageBlit structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageBlit {
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    srcSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  srcOffsets[2];
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    dstSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  dstOffsets[2];
} VkImageBlit;
  • srcSubresource is the subresource to blit from.

  • srcOffsets is a pointer to an array of two VkOffset3D structures specifying the bounds of the source region within srcSubresource.

  • dstSubresource is the subresource to blit into.

  • dstOffsets is a pointer to an array of two VkOffset3D structures specifying the bounds of the destination region within dstSubresource.

For each element of the pRegions array, a blit operation is performed for the specified source and destination regions.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkImageBlit-aspectMask-00238
    The aspectMask member of srcSubresource and dstSubresource must match

  • VUID-VkImageBlit-layerCount-08800
    The layerCount members of srcSubresource or dstSubresource must match

Valid Usage (Implicit)

19.5. Resolving Multisample Images

To resolve a multisample color image to a non-multisample color image, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdResolveImage(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkImage                                     srcImage,
    VkImageLayout                               srcImageLayout,
    VkImage                                     dstImage,
    VkImageLayout                               dstImageLayout,
    uint32_t                                    regionCount,
    const VkImageResolve*                       pRegions);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • srcImage is the source image.

  • srcImageLayout is the layout of the source image subresources for the resolve.

  • dstImage is the destination image.

  • dstImageLayout is the layout of the destination image subresources for the resolve.

  • regionCount is the number of regions to resolve.

  • pRegions is a pointer to an array of VkImageResolve structures specifying the regions to resolve.

During the resolve the samples corresponding to each pixel location in the source are converted to a single sample before being written to the destination. If the source formats are floating-point or normalized types, the sample values for each pixel are resolved in an implementation-dependent manner. If the source formats are integer types, a single sample’s value is selected for each pixel.

srcOffset and dstOffset select the initial x, y, and z offsets in texels of the sub-regions of the source and destination image data. extent is the size in texels of the source image to resolve in width, height and depth. Each element of pRegions must be a region that is contained within its corresponding image.

Resolves are done layer by layer starting with baseArrayLayer member of srcSubresource for the source and dstSubresource for the destination. layerCount layers are resolved to the destination image.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-pRegions-00255
    The union of all source regions, and the union of all destination regions, specified by the elements of pRegions, must not overlap in memory

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-00256
    If srcImage is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-00257
    srcImage must have a sample count equal to any valid sample count value other than VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-00258
    If dstImage is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-00259
    dstImage must have a sample count equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImageLayout-00260
    srcImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of srcImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImageLayout-01400
    srcImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_SRC_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImageLayout-00262
    dstImageLayout must specify the layout of the image subresources of dstImage specified in pRegions at the time this command is executed on a VkDevice

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImageLayout-01401
    dstImageLayout must be VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_TRANSFER_DST_OPTIMAL or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-02003
    The format features of dstImage must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-01386
    srcImage and dstImage must have been created with the same image format

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcSubresource-01709
    The srcSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstSubresource-01710
    The dstSubresource.mipLevel member of each element of pRegions must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcSubresource-01711
    srcSubresource.baseArrayLayer + srcSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when srcImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstSubresource-01712
    dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer + dstSubresource.layerCount of each element of pRegions must be less than or equal to the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when dstImage was created

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-04446
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, srcSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-04447
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, then for each element of pRegions, dstSubresource.baseArrayLayer must be 0 and dstSubresource.layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcOffset-00269
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.x and (extent.width + srcOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcOffset-00270
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y and (extent.height + srcOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-00271
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.y must be 0 and extent.height must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcOffset-00272
    For each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z and (extent.depth + srcOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified srcSubresource of srcImage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-00273
    If srcImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, srcOffset.z must be 0 and extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstOffset-00274
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.x and (extent.width + dstOffset.x) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the width of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstOffset-00275
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y and (extent.height + dstOffset.y) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the height of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-00276
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.y must be 0 and extent.height must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstOffset-00277
    For each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z and (extent.depth + dstOffset.z) must both be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the depth of the specified dstSubresource of dstImage

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-00278
    If dstImage is of type VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, then for each element of pRegions, dstOffset.z must be 0 and extent.depth must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-06762
    srcImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT usage flag

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-06764
    dstImage must have been created with VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT usage flag

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImage-parameter
    srcImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-srcImageLayout-parameter
    srcImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImage-parameter
    dstImage must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-dstImageLayout-parameter
    dstImageLayout must be a valid VkImageLayout value

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-pRegions-parameter
    pRegions must be a valid pointer to an array of regionCount valid VkImageResolve structures

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-regionCount-arraylength
    regionCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdResolveImage-commonparent
    Each of commandBuffer, dstImage, and srcImage must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Graphics

Action

The VkImageResolve structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageResolve {
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    srcSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  srcOffset;
    VkImageSubresourceLayers    dstSubresource;
    VkOffset3D                  dstOffset;
    VkExtent3D                  extent;
} VkImageResolve;
  • srcSubresource and dstSubresource are VkImageSubresourceLayers structures specifying the image subresources of the images used for the source and destination image data, respectively. Resolve of depth/stencil images is not supported.

  • srcOffset and dstOffset select the initial x, y, and z offsets in texels of the sub-regions of the source and destination image data.

  • extent is the size in texels of the source image to resolve in width, height and depth.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkImageResolve-aspectMask-00266
    The aspectMask member of srcSubresource and dstSubresource must only contain VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_COLOR_BIT

  • VUID-VkImageResolve-layerCount-08803
    The layerCount member of srcSubresource and dstSubresource must match

Valid Usage (Implicit)

20. Drawing Commands

Drawing commands (commands with Draw in the name) provoke work in a graphics pipeline. Drawing commands are recorded into a command buffer and when executed by a queue, will produce work which executes according to the bound graphics pipeline. A graphics pipeline must be bound to a command buffer before any drawing commands are recorded in that command buffer.

Each draw is made up of zero or more vertices and zero or more instances, which are processed by the device and result in the assembly of primitives. Primitives are assembled according to the pInputAssemblyState member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure, which is of type VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                            sType;
    const void*                                pNext;
    VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateFlags    flags;
    VkPrimitiveTopology                        topology;
    VkBool32                                   primitiveRestartEnable;
} VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • topology is a VkPrimitiveTopology defining the primitive topology, as described below.

  • primitiveRestartEnable controls whether a special vertex index value is treated as restarting the assembly of primitives. This enable only applies to indexed draws (vkCmdDrawIndexed, and vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect), and the special index value is either 0xFFFFFFFF when the indexType parameter of vkCmdBindIndexBuffer is equal to VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT32, or 0xFFFF when indexType is equal to VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT16. Primitive restart is not allowed for “list” topologies.

Restarting the assembly of primitives discards the most recent index values if those elements formed an incomplete primitive, and restarts the primitive assembly using the subsequent indices, but only assembling the immediately following element through the end of the originally specified elements. The primitive restart index value comparison is performed before adding the vertexOffset value to the index value.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-topology-06252
    If topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, primitiveRestartEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-topology-06253
    If topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, primitiveRestartEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-topology-00429
    If the geometryShader feature is not enabled, topology must not be any of VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY

  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-topology-00430
    If the tessellationShader feature is not enabled, topology must not be VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_INPUT_ASSEMBLY_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo-topology-parameter
    topology must be a valid VkPrimitiveTopology value

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

20.1. Primitive Topologies

Primitive topology determines how consecutive vertices are organized into primitives, and determines the type of primitive that is used at the beginning of the graphics pipeline. The effective topology for later stages of the pipeline is altered by tessellation or geometry shading (if either is in use) and depends on the execution modes of those shaders.

The primitive topologies defined by VkPrimitiveTopology are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPrimitiveTopology {
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST = 0,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST = 1,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP = 2,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST = 3,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP = 4,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_FAN = 5,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY = 6,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY = 7,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY = 8,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY = 9,
    VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST = 10,
} VkPrimitiveTopology;

Each primitive topology, and its construction from a list of vertices, is described in detail below with a supporting diagram, according to the following key:

image/svg+xml

Vertex

A point in 3-dimensional space. Positions chosen within the diagrams are arbitrary and for illustration only.

image/svg+xml 5

Vertex Number

Sequence position of a vertex within the provided vertex data.

image/svg+xml

Provoking Vertex

Provoking vertex within the main primitive. The tail is angled towards the relevant primitive. Used in flat shading.

image/svg+xml

Primitive Edge

An edge connecting the points of a main primitive.

image/svg+xml

Adjacency Edge

Points connected by these lines do not contribute to a main primitive, and are only accessible in a geometry shader.

image/svg+xml

Winding Order

The relative order in which vertices are defined within a primitive, used in the facing determination. This ordering has no specific start or end point.

The diagrams are supported with mathematical definitions where the vertices (v) and primitives (p) are numbered starting from 0; v0 is the first vertex in the provided data and p0 is the first primitive in the set of primitives defined by the vertices and topology.

20.1.1. Point Lists

When the topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST, each consecutive vertex defines a single point primitive, according to the equation:

pi = {vi}

As there is only one vertex, that vertex is the provoking vertex. The number of primitives generated is equal to vertexCount.

image/svg+xml 0 4 2 1 3

20.1.2. Line Lists

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST, each consecutive pair of vertices defines a single line primitive, according to the equation:

pi = {v2i, v2i+1}

The number of primitives generated is equal to vertexCount/2⌋.

The provoking vertex for pi is v2i.

image/svg+xml 0 2 1 3

20.1.3. Line Strips

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP, one line primitive is defined by each vertex and the following vertex, according to the equation:

pi = {vi, vi+1}

The number of primitives generated is equal to max(0,vertexCount-1).

The provoking vertex for pi is vi.

image/svg+xml 0 2 1 3

20.1.4. Triangle Lists

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST, each consecutive set of three vertices defines a single triangle primitive, according to the equation:

pi = {v3i, v3i+1, v3i+2}

The number of primitives generated is equal to vertexCount/3⌋.

The provoking vertex for pi is v3i.

image/svg+xml 2 1 0 3 5 4

20.1.5. Triangle Strips

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP, one triangle primitive is defined by each vertex and the two vertices that follow it, according to the equation:

pi = {vi, vi+(1+i%2), vi+(2-i%2)}

The number of primitives generated is equal to max(0,vertexCount-2).

The provoking vertex for pi is vi.

image/svg+xml 0 4 2 1 3
Note

The ordering of the vertices in each successive triangle is reversed, so that the winding order is consistent throughout the strip.

20.1.6. Triangle Fans

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_FAN, triangle primitives are defined around a shared common vertex, according to the equation:

pi = {vi+1, vi+2, v0}

The number of primitives generated is equal to max(0,vertexCount-2).

The provoking vertex for pi is vi+1.

image/svg+xml 0 4 2 1 3

20.1.7. Line Lists With Adjacency

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, each consecutive set of four vertices defines a single line primitive with adjacency, according to the equation:

pi = {v4i, v4i+1, v4i+2,v4i+3}

A line primitive is described by the second and third vertices of the total primitive, with the remaining two vertices only accessible in a geometry shader.

The number of primitives generated is equal to vertexCount/4⌋.

The provoking vertex for pi is v4i+1.

image/svg+xml 0 2 1 3 4 6 5 7

20.1.8. Line Strips With Adjacency

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY, one line primitive with adjacency is defined by each vertex and the following vertex, according to the equation:

pi = {vi, vi+1, vi+2, vi+3}

A line primitive is described by the second and third vertices of the total primitive, with the remaining two vertices only accessible in a geometry shader.

The number of primitives generated is equal to max(0,vertexCount-3).

The provoking vertex for pi is vi+1.

image/svg+xml 0 2 1 3 4 5

20.1.9. Triangle Lists With Adjacency

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY, each consecutive set of six vertices defines a single triangle primitive with adjacency, according to the equations:

pi = {v6i, v6i+1, v6i+2, v6i+3, v6i+4, v6i+5}

A triangle primitive is described by the first, third, and fifth vertices of the total primitive, with the remaining three vertices only accessible in a geometry shader.

The number of primitives generated is equal to vertexCount/6⌋.

The provoking vertex for pi is v6i.

image/svg+xml 0 4 2 1 5 3 6 8 10 11 7 9

20.1.10. Triangle Strips With Adjacency

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY, one triangle primitive with adjacency is defined by each vertex and the following 5 vertices.

The number of primitives generated, n, is equal to ⌊max(0, vertexCount - 4)/2⌋.

If n=1, the primitive is defined as:

p = {v0, v1, v2, v5, v4, v3}

If n>1, the total primitive consists of different vertices according to where it is in the strip:

pi = {v2i, v2i+1, v2i+2, v2i+6, v2i+4, v2i+3} when i=0

pi = {v2i, v2i+3, v2i+4, v2i+6, v2i+2, v2i-2} when i>0, i<n-1, and i%2=1

pi = {v2i, v2i-2, v2i+2, v2i+6, v2i+4, v2i+3} when i>0, i<n-1, and i%2=0

pi = {v2i, v2i+3, v2i+4, v2i+5, v2i+2, v2i-2} when i=n-1 and i%2=1

pi = {v2i, v2i-2, v2i+2, v2i+5, v2i+4, v2i+3} when i=n-1 and i%2=0

A triangle primitive is described by the first, third, and fifth vertices of the total primitive in all cases, with the remaining three vertices only accessible in a geometry shader.

Note

The ordering of the vertices in each successive triangle is altered so that the winding order is consistent throughout the strip.

The provoking vertex for pi is always v2i.

image/svg+xml 0 4 2 1 5 3 2 6 5 7 7 8 9 7 8 10 9 11 0 4 1 3 2 6 5 0 4 1 3 2 6 5 0 4 1 3

20.1.11. Patch Lists

When the primitive topology is VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_PATCH_LIST, each consecutive set of m vertices defines a single patch primitive, according to the equation:

pi = {vmi, vmi+1, …​, vmi+(m-2), vmi+(m-1)}

where m is equal to VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo::patchControlPoints.

Patch lists are never passed to vertex post-processing, and as such no provoking vertex is defined for patch primitives. The number of primitives generated is equal to vertexCount/m⌋.

The vertices comprising a patch have no implied geometry, and are used as inputs to tessellation shaders and the fixed-function tessellator to generate new point, line, or triangle primitives.

20.2. Primitive Order

Primitives generated by drawing commands progress through the stages of the graphics pipeline in primitive order. Primitive order is initially determined in the following way:

  1. Submission order determines the initial ordering

  2. For indirect drawing commands, the order in which accessed instances of the VkDrawIndirectCommand are stored in buffer, from lower indirect buffer addresses to higher addresses.

  3. If a drawing command includes multiple instances, the order in which instances are executed, from lower numbered instances to higher.

  4. The order in which primitives are specified by a drawing command:

    • For non-indexed draws, from vertices with a lower numbered vertexIndex to a higher numbered vertexIndex.

    • For indexed draws, vertices sourced from a lower index buffer addresses to higher addresses.

Within this order implementations further sort primitives:

  1. If tessellation shading is active, by an implementation-dependent order of new primitives generated by tessellation.

  2. If geometry shading is active, by the order new primitives are generated by geometry shading.

  3. If the polygon mode is not VK_POLYGON_MODE_FILL, by an implementation-dependent ordering of the new primitives generated within the original primitive.

Primitive order is later used to define rasterization order, which determines the order in which fragments output results to a framebuffer.

20.3. Programmable Primitive Shading

Once primitives are assembled, they proceed to the vertex shading stage of the pipeline. If the draw includes multiple instances, then the set of primitives is sent to the vertex shading stage multiple times, once for each instance.

It is implementation-dependent whether vertex shading occurs on vertices that are discarded as part of incomplete primitives, but if it does occur then it operates as if they were vertices in complete primitives and such invocations can have side effects.

Vertex shading receives two per-vertex inputs from the primitive assembly stage - the vertexIndex and the instanceIndex. How these values are generated is defined below, with each command.

Drawing commands fall roughly into two categories:

  • Non-indexed drawing commands present a sequential vertexIndex to the vertex shader. The sequential index is generated automatically by the device (see Fixed-Function Vertex Processing for details on both specifying the vertex attributes indexed by vertexIndex, as well as binding vertex buffers containing those attributes to a command buffer). These commands are:

  • Indexed drawing commands read index values from an index buffer and use this to compute the vertexIndex value for the vertex shader. These commands are:

To bind an index buffer to a command buffer, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdBindIndexBuffer(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                offset,
    VkIndexType                                 indexType);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • buffer is the buffer being bound.

  • offset is the starting offset in bytes within buffer used in index buffer address calculations.

  • indexType is a VkIndexType value specifying the size of the indices.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-offset-08782
    offset must be less than the size of buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-offset-08783
    The sum of offset and the base address of the range of VkDeviceMemory object that is backing buffer, must be a multiple of the size of the type indicated by indexType

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-buffer-08784
    buffer must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDEX_BUFFER_BIT flag

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-buffer-08785
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-None-09493
    buffer must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-buffer-parameter
    If buffer is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-indexType-parameter
    indexType must be a valid VkIndexType value

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBindIndexBuffer-commonparent
    Both of buffer, and commandBuffer that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics

State

Possible values of vkCmdBindIndexBuffer::indexType, specifying the size of indices, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkIndexType {
    VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT16 = 0,
    VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT32 = 1,
} VkIndexType;
  • VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT16 specifies that indices are 16-bit unsigned integer values.

  • VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT32 specifies that indices are 32-bit unsigned integer values.

The parameters for each drawing command are specified directly in the command or read from buffer memory, depending on the command. Drawing commands that source their parameters from buffer memory are known as indirect drawing commands.

All drawing commands interact with the robustBufferAccess feature.

To record a non-indexed draw, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdDraw(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    vertexCount,
    uint32_t                                    instanceCount,
    uint32_t                                    firstVertex,
    uint32_t                                    firstInstance);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • vertexCount is the number of vertices to draw.

  • instanceCount is the number of instances to draw.

  • firstVertex is the index of the first vertex to draw.

  • firstInstance is the instance ID of the first instance to draw.

When the command is executed, primitives are assembled using the current primitive topology and vertexCount consecutive vertex indices with the first vertexIndex value equal to firstVertex. The primitives are drawn instanceCount times with instanceIndex starting with firstInstance and increasing sequentially for each instance. The assembled primitives execute the bound graphics pipeline.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-unnormalizedCoordinates-09636
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state not specified as dynamic in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08609
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used to sample from any VkImage with a VkImageView of the type VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D_ARRAY, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08610
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-08611
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Instruction/Sampler/Image View Validation

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-format-07753
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the image view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, the image subresource identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-renderPass-02684
    The current render pass must be compatible with the renderPass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-subpass-02685
    The subpass index of the current render pass must be equal to the subpass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07748
    If any shader statically accesses an input attachment, a valid descriptor must be bound to the pipeline via a descriptor set

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-OpTypeImage-07468
    If any shader executed by this pipeline accesses an OpTypeImage variable with a Dim operand of SubpassData, it must be decorated with an InputAttachmentIndex that corresponds to a valid input attachment in the current subpass

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07469
    Input attachment views accessed in a subpass must be created with the same VkFormat as the corresponding subpass definition, and be created with a VkImageView that is compatible with the attachment referenced by the subpass' pInputAttachments[InputAttachmentIndex] in the currently bound VkFramebuffer as specified by Fragment Input Attachment Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-06537
    Memory backing image subresources used as attachments in the current render pass must not be written in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-09000
    If a color attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass, it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-09001
    If a depth attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass, it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-09002
    If a stencil attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass, it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-06539
    If any previously recorded command in the current subpass accessed an image subresource used as an attachment in this subpass in any way other than as an attachment, this command must not write to that image subresource as an attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-06886
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the depth aspect, depth writes must be disabled

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-06887
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the stencil aspect, both front and back writeMask are not zero, and stencil test is enabled, all stencil ops must be VK_STENCIL_OP_KEEP

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07831
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetViewport must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07832
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetScissor must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07833
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetLineWidth must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07834
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetDepthBias must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07835
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_BLEND_CONSTANTS dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetBlendConstants must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07836
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS dynamic state enabled, and if the current depthBoundsTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBounds must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07837
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_COMPARE_MASK dynamic state enabled, and if the current stencilTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07838
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_WRITE_MASK dynamic state enabled, and if the current stencilTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-07839
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_REFERENCE dynamic state enabled, and if the current stencilTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilReference must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-blendEnable-04727
    If rasterization is not disabled in the bound graphics pipeline, then for each color attachment in the subpass, if the corresponding image view’s format features do not contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT, then the blendEnable member of the corresponding element of the pAttachments member of pColorBlendState must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-multisampledRenderToSingleSampled-07284
    If rasterization is not disabled in the bound graphics pipeline,

    then rasterizationSamples for the currently bound graphics pipeline must be the same as the current subpass color and/or depth/stencil attachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments-09239
    If blending is enabled for any attachment where either the source or destination blend factors for that attachment use the secondary color input, the maximum value of Location for any output attachment statically used in the Fragment Execution Model executed by this command must be less than maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-04007
    All vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must have either valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE buffers bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-04008
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, all vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-None-02721
    If robustBufferAccess is not enabled, then for a given vertex buffer binding, any attribute data fetched must be entirely contained within the corresponding vertex buffer binding, as described in Vertex Input Description

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdDraw-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Inside

Graphics

Action

To record an indexed draw, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdDrawIndexed(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    indexCount,
    uint32_t                                    instanceCount,
    uint32_t                                    firstIndex,
    int32_t                                     vertexOffset,
    uint32_t                                    firstInstance);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • indexCount is the number of vertices to draw.

  • instanceCount is the number of instances to draw.

  • firstIndex is the base index within the index buffer.

  • vertexOffset is the value added to the vertex index before indexing into the vertex buffer.

  • firstInstance is the instance ID of the first instance to draw.

When the command is executed, primitives are assembled using the current primitive topology and indexCount vertices whose indices are retrieved from the index buffer. The index buffer is treated as an array of tightly packed unsigned integers of size defined by the vkCmdBindIndexBuffer::indexType parameter with which the buffer was bound.

The first vertex index is at an offset of firstIndex × indexSize + offset within the bound index buffer, where offset is the offset specified by vkCmdBindIndexBuffer and indexSize is the byte size of the type specified by indexType. Subsequent index values are retrieved from consecutive locations in the index buffer. Indices are first compared to the primitive restart value, then zero extended to 32 bits (if the indexType is VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT16) and have vertexOffset added to them, before being supplied as the vertexIndex value.

The primitives are drawn instanceCount times with instanceIndex starting with firstInstance and increasing sequentially for each instance. The assembled primitives execute the bound graphics pipeline.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-unnormalizedCoordinates-09636
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state not specified as dynamic in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08609
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used to sample from any VkImage with a VkImageView of the type VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D_ARRAY, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08610
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-08611
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Instruction/Sampler/Image View Validation

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-format-07753
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the image view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, the image subresource identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-renderPass-02684
    The current render pass must be compatible with the renderPass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-subpass-02685
    The subpass index of the current render pass must be equal to the subpass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07748
    If any shader statically accesses an input attachment, a valid descriptor must be bound to the pipeline via a descriptor set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-OpTypeImage-07468
    If any shader executed by this pipeline accesses an OpTypeImage variable with a Dim operand of SubpassData, it must be decorated with an InputAttachmentIndex that corresponds to a valid input attachment in the current subpass

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07469
    Input attachment views accessed in a subpass must be created with the same VkFormat as the corresponding subpass definition, and be created with a VkImageView that is compatible with the attachment referenced by the subpass' pInputAttachments[InputAttachmentIndex] in the currently bound VkFramebuffer as specified by Fragment Input Attachment Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-06537
    Memory backing image subresources used as attachments in the current render pass must not be written in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-09000
    If a color attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass, it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-09001
    If a depth attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass, it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-09002
    If a stencil attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass, it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-06539
    If any previously recorded command in the current subpass accessed an image subresource used as an attachment in this subpass in any way other than as an attachment, this command must not write to that image subresource as an attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-06886
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the depth aspect, depth writes must be disabled

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-06887
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the stencil aspect, both front and back writeMask are not zero, and stencil test is enabled, all stencil ops must be VK_STENCIL_OP_KEEP

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07831
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetViewport must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07832
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetScissor must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07833
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetLineWidth must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07834
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetDepthBias must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07835
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_BLEND_CONSTANTS dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetBlendConstants must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07836
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS dynamic state enabled, and if the current depthBoundsTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBounds must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07837
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_COMPARE_MASK dynamic state enabled, and if the current stencilTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07838
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_WRITE_MASK dynamic state enabled, and if the current stencilTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07839
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_REFERENCE dynamic state enabled, and if the current stencilTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilReference must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-blendEnable-04727
    If rasterization is not disabled in the bound graphics pipeline, then for each color attachment in the subpass, if the corresponding image view’s format features do not contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT, then the blendEnable member of the corresponding element of the pAttachments member of pColorBlendState must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-multisampledRenderToSingleSampled-07284
    If rasterization is not disabled in the bound graphics pipeline,

    then rasterizationSamples for the currently bound graphics pipeline must be the same as the current subpass color and/or depth/stencil attachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments-09239
    If blending is enabled for any attachment where either the source or destination blend factors for that attachment use the secondary color input, the maximum value of Location for any output attachment statically used in the Fragment Execution Model executed by this command must be less than maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-04007
    All vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must have either valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE buffers bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-04008
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, all vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-02721
    If robustBufferAccess is not enabled, then for a given vertex buffer binding, any attribute data fetched must be entirely contained within the corresponding vertex buffer binding, as described in Vertex Input Description

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-None-07312
    A valid index buffer must be bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-robustBufferAccess2-07825
    If robustBufferAccess2 is not enabled, (indexSize × (firstIndex + indexCount) + offset) must be less than or equal to the size of the bound index buffer, with indexSize being based on the type specified by indexType, where the index buffer, indexType, and offset are specified via vkCmdBindIndexBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-robustBufferAccess2-08798
    If robustBufferAccess2 is not enabled, (indexSize × (firstIndex + indexCount) + offset) must be less than or equal to the size of the bound index buffer, with indexSize being based on the type specified by indexType, where the index buffer, indexType, and offset are specified via vkCmdBindIndexBuffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexed-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Inside

Graphics

Action

To record a non-indexed indirect drawing command, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdDrawIndirect(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                offset,
    uint32_t                                    drawCount,
    uint32_t                                    stride);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • buffer is the buffer containing draw parameters.

  • offset is the byte offset into buffer where parameters begin.

  • drawCount is the number of draws to execute, and can be zero.

  • stride is the byte stride between successive sets of draw parameters.

vkCmdDrawIndirect behaves similarly to vkCmdDraw except that the parameters are read by the device from a buffer during execution. drawCount draws are executed by the command, with parameters taken from buffer starting at offset and increasing by stride bytes for each successive draw. The parameters of each draw are encoded in an array of VkDrawIndirectCommand structures. If drawCount is less than or equal to one, stride is ignored.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-unnormalizedCoordinates-09636
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state not specified as dynamic in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08609
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used to sample from any VkImage with a VkImageView of the type VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D_ARRAY, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08610
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-08611
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Instruction/Sampler/Image View Validation

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-format-07753
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the image view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, the image subresource identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-renderPass-02684
    The current render pass must be compatible with the renderPass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-subpass-02685
    The subpass index of the current render pass must be equal to the subpass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07748
    If any shader statically accesses an input attachment, a valid descriptor must be bound to the pipeline via a descriptor set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-OpTypeImage-07468
    If any shader executed by this pipeline accesses an OpTypeImage variable with a Dim operand of SubpassData, it must be decorated with an InputAttachmentIndex that corresponds to a valid input attachment in the current subpass

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07469
    Input attachment views accessed in a subpass must be created with the same VkFormat as the corresponding subpass definition, and be created with a VkImageView that is compatible with the attachment referenced by the subpass' pInputAttachments[InputAttachmentIndex] in the currently bound VkFramebuffer as specified by Fragment Input Attachment Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-06537
    Memory backing image subresources used as attachments in the current render pass must not be written in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-09000
    If a color attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass, it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-09001
    If a depth attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass, it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-09002
    If a stencil attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass, it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-06539
    If any previously recorded command in the current subpass accessed an image subresource used as an attachment in this subpass in any way other than as an attachment, this command must not write to that image subresource as an attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-06886
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the depth aspect, depth writes must be disabled

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-06887
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the stencil aspect, both front and back writeMask are not zero, and stencil test is enabled, all stencil ops must be VK_STENCIL_OP_KEEP

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07831
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetViewport must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07832
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetScissor must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07833
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetLineWidth must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07834
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetDepthBias must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07835
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_BLEND_CONSTANTS dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetBlendConstants must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07836
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS dynamic state enabled, and if the current depthBoundsTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBounds must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07837
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_COMPARE_MASK dynamic state enabled, and if the current stencilTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07838
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_WRITE_MASK dynamic state enabled, and if the current stencilTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-07839
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_REFERENCE dynamic state enabled, and if the current stencilTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilReference must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-blendEnable-04727
    If rasterization is not disabled in the bound graphics pipeline, then for each color attachment in the subpass, if the corresponding image view’s format features do not contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT, then the blendEnable member of the corresponding element of the pAttachments member of pColorBlendState must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-multisampledRenderToSingleSampled-07284
    If rasterization is not disabled in the bound graphics pipeline,

    then rasterizationSamples for the currently bound graphics pipeline must be the same as the current subpass color and/or depth/stencil attachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments-09239
    If blending is enabled for any attachment where either the source or destination blend factors for that attachment use the secondary color input, the maximum value of Location for any output attachment statically used in the Fragment Execution Model executed by this command must be less than maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-04007
    All vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must have either valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE buffers bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-04008
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, all vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-None-02721
    If robustBufferAccess is not enabled, then for a given vertex buffer binding, any attribute data fetched must be entirely contained within the corresponding vertex buffer binding, as described in Vertex Input Description

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-buffer-02708
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-buffer-02709
    buffer must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BIT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-offset-02710
    offset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-drawCount-02718
    If the multiDrawIndirect feature is not enabled, drawCount must be 0 or 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-drawCount-02719
    drawCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDrawIndirectCount

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-drawCount-00476
    If drawCount is greater than 1, stride must be a multiple of 4 and must be greater than or equal to sizeof(VkDrawIndirectCommand)

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-drawCount-00487
    If drawCount is equal to 1, (offset + sizeof(VkDrawIndirectCommand)) must be less than or equal to the size of buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-drawCount-00488
    If drawCount is greater than 1, (stride × (drawCount - 1) + offset + sizeof(VkDrawIndirectCommand)) must be less than or equal to the size of buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndirect-commonparent
    Both of buffer, and commandBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Inside

Graphics

Action

The VkDrawIndirectCommand structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDrawIndirectCommand {
    uint32_t    vertexCount;
    uint32_t    instanceCount;
    uint32_t    firstVertex;
    uint32_t    firstInstance;
} VkDrawIndirectCommand;
  • vertexCount is the number of vertices to draw.

  • instanceCount is the number of instances to draw.

  • firstVertex is the index of the first vertex to draw.

  • firstInstance is the instance ID of the first instance to draw.

The members of VkDrawIndirectCommand have the same meaning as the similarly named parameters of vkCmdDraw.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkDrawIndirectCommand-None-00500
    For a given vertex buffer binding, any attribute data fetched must be entirely contained within the corresponding vertex buffer binding, as described in Vertex Input Description

  • VUID-VkDrawIndirectCommand-firstInstance-00501
    If the drawIndirectFirstInstance feature is not enabled, firstInstance must be 0

To record an indexed indirect drawing command, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                offset,
    uint32_t                                    drawCount,
    uint32_t                                    stride);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • buffer is the buffer containing draw parameters.

  • offset is the byte offset into buffer where parameters begin.

  • drawCount is the number of draws to execute, and can be zero.

  • stride is the byte stride between successive sets of draw parameters.

vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect behaves similarly to vkCmdDrawIndexed except that the parameters are read by the device from a buffer during execution. drawCount draws are executed by the command, with parameters taken from buffer starting at offset and increasing by stride bytes for each successive draw. The parameters of each draw are encoded in an array of VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand structures. If drawCount is less than or equal to one, stride is ignored.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-unnormalizedCoordinates-09636
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state not specified as dynamic in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08609
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used to sample from any VkImage with a VkImageView of the type VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D_ARRAY, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08610
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-08611
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Instruction/Sampler/Image View Validation

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-format-07753
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the image view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, the image subresource identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-renderPass-02684
    The current render pass must be compatible with the renderPass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-subpass-02685
    The subpass index of the current render pass must be equal to the subpass member of the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo structure specified when creating the VkPipeline bound to VK_PIPELINE_BIND_POINT_GRAPHICS

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07748
    If any shader statically accesses an input attachment, a valid descriptor must be bound to the pipeline via a descriptor set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-OpTypeImage-07468
    If any shader executed by this pipeline accesses an OpTypeImage variable with a Dim operand of SubpassData, it must be decorated with an InputAttachmentIndex that corresponds to a valid input attachment in the current subpass

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07469
    Input attachment views accessed in a subpass must be created with the same VkFormat as the corresponding subpass definition, and be created with a VkImageView that is compatible with the attachment referenced by the subpass' pInputAttachments[InputAttachmentIndex] in the currently bound VkFramebuffer as specified by Fragment Input Attachment Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-06537
    Memory backing image subresources used as attachments in the current render pass must not be written in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-09000
    If a color attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass, it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-09001
    If a depth attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass, it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-09002
    If a stencil attachment is written by any prior command in this subpass or by the load, store, or resolve operations for this subpass, it must not be accessed in any way other than as an attachment by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-06539
    If any previously recorded command in the current subpass accessed an image subresource used as an attachment in this subpass in any way other than as an attachment, this command must not write to that image subresource as an attachment

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-06886
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the depth aspect, depth writes must be disabled

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-06887
    If the current render pass instance uses a depth/stencil attachment with a read-only layout for the stencil aspect, both front and back writeMask are not zero, and stencil test is enabled, all stencil ops must be VK_STENCIL_OP_KEEP

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07831
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetViewport must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07832
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetScissor must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07833
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetLineWidth must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07834
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetDepthBias must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07835
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_BLEND_CONSTANTS dynamic state enabled then vkCmdSetBlendConstants must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07836
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS dynamic state enabled, and if the current depthBoundsTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetDepthBounds must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07837
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_COMPARE_MASK dynamic state enabled, and if the current stencilTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07838
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_WRITE_MASK dynamic state enabled, and if the current stencilTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07839
    If the bound graphics pipeline state was created with the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_REFERENCE dynamic state enabled, and if the current stencilTestEnable state is VK_TRUE, then vkCmdSetStencilReference must have been called in the current command buffer prior to this drawing command

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-blendEnable-04727
    If rasterization is not disabled in the bound graphics pipeline, then for each color attachment in the subpass, if the corresponding image view’s format features do not contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT, then the blendEnable member of the corresponding element of the pAttachments member of pColorBlendState must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-multisampledRenderToSingleSampled-07284
    If rasterization is not disabled in the bound graphics pipeline,

    then rasterizationSamples for the currently bound graphics pipeline must be the same as the current subpass color and/or depth/stencil attachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments-09239
    If blending is enabled for any attachment where either the source or destination blend factors for that attachment use the secondary color input, the maximum value of Location for any output attachment statically used in the Fragment Execution Model executed by this command must be less than maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-04007
    All vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must have either valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE buffers bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-04008
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, all vertex input bindings accessed via vertex input variables declared in the vertex shader entry point’s interface must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-02721
    If robustBufferAccess is not enabled, then for a given vertex buffer binding, any attribute data fetched must be entirely contained within the corresponding vertex buffer binding, as described in Vertex Input Description

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-buffer-02708
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-buffer-02709
    buffer must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BIT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-offset-02710
    offset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-drawCount-02718
    If the multiDrawIndirect feature is not enabled, drawCount must be 0 or 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-drawCount-02719
    drawCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxDrawIndirectCount

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-None-07312
    A valid index buffer must be bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-robustBufferAccess2-07825
    If robustBufferAccess2 is not enabled, (indexSize × (firstIndex + indexCount) + offset) must be less than or equal to the size of the bound index buffer, with indexSize being based on the type specified by indexType, where the index buffer, indexType, and offset are specified via vkCmdBindIndexBuffer

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-drawCount-00528
    If drawCount is greater than 1, stride must be a multiple of 4 and must be greater than or equal to sizeof(VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand)

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-drawCount-00539
    If drawCount is equal to 1, (offset + sizeof(VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand)) must be less than or equal to the size of buffer

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-drawCount-00540
    If drawCount is greater than 1, (stride × (drawCount - 1) + offset + sizeof(VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand)) must be less than or equal to the size of buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-renderpass
    This command must only be called inside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect-commonparent
    Both of buffer, and commandBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Inside

Graphics

Action

The VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand {
    uint32_t    indexCount;
    uint32_t    instanceCount;
    uint32_t    firstIndex;
    int32_t     vertexOffset;
    uint32_t    firstInstance;
} VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand;
  • indexCount is the number of vertices to draw.

  • instanceCount is the number of instances to draw.

  • firstIndex is the base index within the index buffer.

  • vertexOffset is the value added to the vertex index before indexing into the vertex buffer.

  • firstInstance is the instance ID of the first instance to draw.

The members of VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand have the same meaning as the similarly named parameters of vkCmdDrawIndexed.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand-robustBufferAccess2-08798
    If robustBufferAccess2 is not enabled, (indexSize × (firstIndex + indexCount) + offset) must be less than or equal to the size of the bound index buffer, with indexSize being based on the type specified by indexType, where the index buffer, indexType, and offset are specified via vkCmdBindIndexBuffer

  • VUID-VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand-None-00552
    For a given vertex buffer binding, any attribute data fetched must be entirely contained within the corresponding vertex buffer binding, as described in Vertex Input Description

  • VUID-VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand-firstInstance-00554
    If the drawIndirectFirstInstance feature is not enabled, firstInstance must be 0

21. Fixed-Function Vertex Processing

Vertex fetching is controlled via configurable state, as a logically distinct graphics pipeline stage.

21.1. Vertex Attributes

Vertex shaders can define input variables, which receive vertex attribute data transferred from one or more VkBuffer(s) by drawing commands. Vertex shader input variables are bound to buffers via an indirect binding where the vertex shader associates a vertex input attribute number with each variable, vertex input attributes are associated to vertex input bindings on a per-pipeline basis, and vertex input bindings are associated with specific buffers on a per-draw basis via the vkCmdBindVertexBuffers command. Vertex input attribute and vertex input binding descriptions also contain format information controlling how data is extracted from buffer memory and converted to the format expected by the vertex shader.

There are VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputAttributes number of vertex input attributes and VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings number of vertex input bindings (each referred to by zero-based indices), where there are at least as many vertex input attributes as there are vertex input bindings. Applications can store multiple vertex input attributes interleaved in a single buffer, and use a single vertex input binding to access those attributes.

In GLSL, vertex shaders associate input variables with a vertex input attribute number using the location layout qualifier. The Component layout qualifier associates components of a vertex shader input variable with components of a vertex input attribute.

GLSL example
// Assign location M to variableName
layout (location=M, component=2) in vec2 variableName;

// Assign locations [N,N+L) to the array elements of variableNameArray
layout (location=N) in vec4 variableNameArray[L];

In SPIR-V, vertex shaders associate input variables with a vertex input attribute number using the Location decoration. The Component decoration associates components of a vertex shader input variable with components of a vertex input attribute. The Location and Component decorations are specified via the OpDecorate instruction.

SPIR-V example
               ...
          %1 = OpExtInstImport "GLSL.std.450"
               ...
               OpName %9 "variableName"
               OpName %15 "variableNameArray"
               OpDecorate %18 BuiltIn VertexIndex
               OpDecorate %19 BuiltIn InstanceIndex
               OpDecorate %9 Location M
               OpDecorate %9 Component 2
               OpDecorate %15 Location N
               ...
          %2 = OpTypeVoid
          %3 = OpTypeFunction %2
          %6 = OpTypeFloat 32
          %7 = OpTypeVector %6 2
          %8 = OpTypePointer Input %7
          %9 = OpVariable %8 Input
         %10 = OpTypeVector %6 4
         %11 = OpTypeInt 32 0
         %12 = OpConstant %11 L
         %13 = OpTypeArray %10 %12
         %14 = OpTypePointer Input %13
         %15 = OpVariable %14 Input
               ...

21.1.1. Attribute Location and Component Assignment

The Location decoration specifies which vertex input attribute is used to read and interpret the data that a variable will consume.

When a vertex shader input variable declared using a 16- or 32-bit scalar or vector data type is assigned a Location, its value(s) are taken from the components of the input attribute specified with the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::location. The components used depend on the type of variable and the Component decoration specified in the variable declaration, as identified in Input attribute components accessed by 16-bit and 32-bit input variables. Any 16-bit or 32-bit scalar or vector input will consume a single Location. For 16-bit and 32-bit data types, missing components are filled in with default values as described below.

Table 20. Input attribute components accessed by 16-bit and 32-bit input variables
16-bit or 32-bit data type Component decoration Components consumed

scalar

0 or unspecified

(x, o, o, o)

scalar

1

(o, y, o, o)

scalar

2

(o, o, z, o)

scalar

3

(o, o, o, w)

two-component vector

0 or unspecified

(x, y, o, o)

two-component vector

1

(o, y, z, o)

two-component vector

2

(o, o, z, w)

three-component vector

0 or unspecified

(x, y, z, o)

three-component vector

1

(o, y, z, w)

four-component vector

0 or unspecified

(x, y, z, w)

Components indicated by “o” are available for use by other input variables which are sourced from the same attribute, and if used, are either filled with the corresponding component from the input format (if present), or the default value.

When a vertex shader input variable declared using a 32-bit floating point matrix type is assigned a Location i, its values are taken from consecutive input attributes starting with the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::location. Such matrices are treated as an array of column vectors with values taken from the input attributes identified in Input attributes accessed by 32-bit input matrix variables. The VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format must be specified with a VkFormat that corresponds to the appropriate type of column vector. The Component decoration must not be used with matrix types.

Table 21. Input attributes accessed by 32-bit input matrix variables
Data type Column vector type Locations consumed Components consumed

mat2

two-component vector

i, i+1

(x, y, o, o), (x, y, o, o)

mat2x3

three-component vector

i, i+1

(x, y, z, o), (x, y, z, o)

mat2x4

four-component vector

i, i+1

(x, y, z, w), (x, y, z, w)

mat3x2

two-component vector

i, i+1, i+2

(x, y, o, o), (x, y, o, o), (x, y, o, o)

mat3

three-component vector

i, i+1, i+2

(x, y, z, o), (x, y, z, o), (x, y, z, o)

mat3x4

four-component vector

i, i+1, i+2

(x, y, z, w), (x, y, z, w), (x, y, z, w)

mat4x2

two-component vector

i, i+1, i+2, i+3

(x, y, o, o), (x, y, o, o), (x, y, o, o), (x, y, o, o)

mat4x3

three-component vector

i, i+1, i+2, i+3

(x, y, z, o), (x, y, z, o), (x, y, z, o), (x, y, z, o)

mat4

four-component vector

i, i+1, i+2, i+3

(x, y, z, w), (x, y, z, w), (x, y, z, w), (x, y, z, w)

Components indicated by “o” are available for use by other input variables which are sourced from the same attribute, and if used, are either filled with the corresponding component from the input (if present), or the default value.

When a vertex shader input variable declared using a scalar or vector 64-bit data type is assigned a Location i, its values are taken from consecutive input attributes starting with the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::location. The Location slots and Component words used depend on the type of variable and the Component decoration specified in the variable declaration, as identified in Input attribute locations and components accessed by 64-bit input variables. For 64-bit data types, no default attribute values are provided. Input variables must not use more components than provided by the attribute.

Table 22. Input attribute locations and components accessed by 64-bit input variables
Input format Locations consumed 64-bit data type Location decoration Component decoration 32-bit components consumed

R64

i

scalar

i

0 or unspecified

(x, y, -, -)

R64G64

i

scalar

i

0 or unspecified

(x, y, o, o)

scalar

i

2

(o, o, z, w)

two-component vector

i

0 or unspecified

(x, y, z, w)

R64G64B64

i, i+1

scalar

i

0 or unspecified

(x, y, o, o), (o, o, -, -)

scalar

i

2

(o, o, z, w), (o, o, -, -)

scalar

i+1

0 or unspecified

(o, o, o, o), (x, y, -, -)

two-component vector

i

0 or unspecified

(x, y, z, w), (o, o, -, -)

three-component vector

i

unspecified

(x, y, z, w), (x, y, -, -)

R64G64B64A64

i, i+1

scalar

i

0 or unspecified

(x, y, o, o), (o, o, o, o)

scalar

i

2

(o, o, z, w), (o, o, o, o)

scalar

i+1

0 or unspecified

(o, o, o, o), (x, y, o, o)

scalar

i+1

2

(o, o, o, o), (o, o, z, w)

two-component vector

i

0 or unspecified

(x, y, z, w), (o, o, o, o)

two-component vector

i+1

0 or unspecified

(o, o, o, o), (x, y, z, w)

three-component vector

i

unspecified

(x, y, z, w), (x, y, o, o)

four-component vector

i

unspecified

(x, y, z, w), (x, y, z, w)

Components indicated by “o” are available for use by other input variables which are sourced from the same attribute. Components indicated by “-” are not available for input variables as there are no default values provided for 64-bit data types, and there is no data provided by the input format.

When a vertex shader input variable declared using a 64-bit floating-point matrix type is assigned a Location i, its values are taken from consecutive input attribute locations. Such matrices are treated as an array of column vectors with values taken from the input attributes as shown in Input attribute locations and components accessed by 64-bit input variables. Each column vector starts at the Location immediately following the last Location of the previous column vector. The number of attributes and components assigned to each matrix is determined by the matrix dimensions and ranges from two to eight locations.

When a vertex shader input variable declared using an array type is assigned a location, its values are taken from consecutive input attributes starting with the corresponding VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::location. The number of attributes and components assigned to each element are determined according to the data type of the array elements and Component decoration (if any) specified in the declaration of the array, as described above. Each element of the array, in order, is assigned to consecutive locations, but all at the same specified component within each location.

Only input variables declared with the data types and component decorations as specified above are supported. Two variables are allowed to share the same Location slot only if their Component words do not overlap. If multiple variables share the same Location slot, they must all have the same SPIR-V floating-point component type or all have the same width scalar type components.

21.2. Vertex Input Description

Applications specify vertex input attribute and vertex input binding descriptions as part of graphics pipeline creation by setting the VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo::pVertexInputState pointer to a VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo structure.

The VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                             sType;
    const void*                                 pNext;
    VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateFlags       flags;
    uint32_t                                    vertexBindingDescriptionCount;
    const VkVertexInputBindingDescription*      pVertexBindingDescriptions;
    uint32_t                                    vertexAttributeDescriptionCount;
    const VkVertexInputAttributeDescription*    pVertexAttributeDescriptions;
} VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • vertexBindingDescriptionCount is the number of vertex binding descriptions provided in pVertexBindingDescriptions.

  • pVertexBindingDescriptions is a pointer to an array of VkVertexInputBindingDescription structures.

  • vertexAttributeDescriptionCount is the number of vertex attribute descriptions provided in pVertexAttributeDescriptions.

  • pVertexAttributeDescriptions is a pointer to an array of VkVertexInputAttributeDescription structures.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-vertexBindingDescriptionCount-00613
    vertexBindingDescriptionCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-vertexAttributeDescriptionCount-00614
    vertexAttributeDescriptionCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputAttributes

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-binding-00615
    For every binding specified by each element of pVertexAttributeDescriptions, a VkVertexInputBindingDescription must exist in pVertexBindingDescriptions with the same value of binding

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-pVertexBindingDescriptions-00616
    All elements of pVertexBindingDescriptions must describe distinct binding numbers

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-pVertexAttributeDescriptions-00617
    All elements of pVertexAttributeDescriptions must describe distinct attribute locations

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_VERTEX_INPUT_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-pVertexBindingDescriptions-parameter
    If vertexBindingDescriptionCount is not 0, pVertexBindingDescriptions must be a valid pointer to an array of vertexBindingDescriptionCount valid VkVertexInputBindingDescription structures

  • VUID-VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo-pVertexAttributeDescriptions-parameter
    If vertexAttributeDescriptionCount is not 0, pVertexAttributeDescriptions must be a valid pointer to an array of vertexAttributeDescriptionCount valid VkVertexInputAttributeDescription structures

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

Each vertex input binding is specified by the VkVertexInputBindingDescription structure, defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkVertexInputBindingDescription {
    uint32_t             binding;
    uint32_t             stride;
    VkVertexInputRate    inputRate;
} VkVertexInputBindingDescription;
  • binding is the binding number that this structure describes.

  • stride is the byte stride between consecutive elements within the buffer.

  • inputRate is a VkVertexInputRate value specifying whether vertex attribute addressing is a function of the vertex index or of the instance index.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkVertexInputBindingDescription-binding-00618
    binding must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-VkVertexInputBindingDescription-stride-00619
    stride must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindingStride

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkVertexInputBindingDescription-inputRate-parameter
    inputRate must be a valid VkVertexInputRate value

Possible values of VkVertexInputBindingDescription::inputRate, specifying the rate at which vertex attributes are pulled from buffers, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkVertexInputRate {
    VK_VERTEX_INPUT_RATE_VERTEX = 0,
    VK_VERTEX_INPUT_RATE_INSTANCE = 1,
} VkVertexInputRate;
  • VK_VERTEX_INPUT_RATE_VERTEX specifies that vertex attribute addressing is a function of the vertex index.

  • VK_VERTEX_INPUT_RATE_INSTANCE specifies that vertex attribute addressing is a function of the instance index.

Each vertex input attribute is specified by the VkVertexInputAttributeDescription structure, defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkVertexInputAttributeDescription {
    uint32_t    location;
    uint32_t    binding;
    VkFormat    format;
    uint32_t    offset;
} VkVertexInputAttributeDescription;
  • location is the shader input location number for this attribute.

  • binding is the binding number which this attribute takes its data from.

  • format is the size and type of the vertex attribute data.

  • offset is a byte offset of this attribute relative to the start of an element in the vertex input binding.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription-location-00620
    location must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputAttributes

  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription-binding-00621
    binding must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription-offset-00622
    offset must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputAttributeOffset

  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription-format-00623
    The format features of format must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkVertexInputAttributeDescription-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

To bind vertex buffers to a command buffer for use in subsequent drawing commands, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdBindVertexBuffers(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    firstBinding,
    uint32_t                                    bindingCount,
    const VkBuffer*                             pBuffers,
    const VkDeviceSize*                         pOffsets);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command is recorded.

  • firstBinding is the index of the first vertex input binding whose state is updated by the command.

  • bindingCount is the number of vertex input bindings whose state is updated by the command.

  • pBuffers is a pointer to an array of buffer handles.

  • pOffsets is a pointer to an array of buffer offsets.

The values taken from elements i of pBuffers and pOffsets replace the current state for the vertex input binding firstBinding + i, for i in [0, bindingCount). The vertex input binding is updated to start at the offset indicated by pOffsets[i] from the start of the buffer pBuffers[i]. All vertex input attributes that use each of these bindings will use these updated addresses in their address calculations for subsequent drawing commands.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-firstBinding-00624
    firstBinding must be less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-firstBinding-00625
    The sum of firstBinding and bindingCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxVertexInputBindings

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-pOffsets-00626
    All elements of pOffsets must be less than the size of the corresponding element in pBuffers

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-pBuffers-00627
    All elements of pBuffers must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT flag

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-pBuffers-00628
    Each element of pBuffers that is non-sparse must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-pBuffers-04001
    If the nullDescriptor feature is not enabled, all elements of pBuffers must not be VK_NULL_HANDLE

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-pBuffers-parameter
    pBuffers must be a valid pointer to an array of bindingCount valid or VK_NULL_HANDLE VkBuffer handles

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-pOffsets-parameter
    pOffsets must be a valid pointer to an array of bindingCount VkDeviceSize values

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-bindingCount-arraylength
    bindingCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-vkCmdBindVertexBuffers-commonparent
    Both of commandBuffer, and the elements of pBuffers that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics

State

21.3. Vertex Input Address Calculation

The address of each attribute for each vertexIndex and instanceIndex is calculated as follows:

  • Let attribDesc be the member of VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo::pVertexAttributeDescriptions with VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::location equal to the vertex input attribute number.

  • Let bindingDesc be the member of VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo::pVertexBindingDescriptions with VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::binding equal to attribDesc.binding.

  • Let vertexIndex be the index of the vertex within the draw (a value between firstVertex and firstVertex+vertexCount for vkCmdDraw, or a value taken from the index buffer plus vertexOffset for vkCmdDrawIndexed), and let instanceIndex be the instance number of the draw (a value between firstInstance and firstInstance+instanceCount).

  • Let offset be an array of offsets into the currently bound vertex buffers specified during vkCmdBindVertexBuffers with pOffsets.

  • Let stride be the member of VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo::pVertexBindingDescriptions->stride unless there is dynamic state causing the value to be ignored. In this case the value is set from the last value from one of the following

bufferBindingAddress = buffer[binding].baseAddress + offset[binding];

if (bindingDesc.inputRate == VK_VERTEX_INPUT_RATE_VERTEX)
    effectiveVertexOffset = vertexIndex * stride;
else
    effectiveVertexOffset = instanceIndex * stride;

attribAddress = bufferBindingAddress + effectiveVertexOffset + attribDesc.offset;

21.3.1. Vertex Input Extraction

For each attribute, raw data is extracted starting at attribAddress and is converted from the VkVertexInputAttributeDescription’s format to either floating-point, unsigned integer, or signed integer based on the numeric type of format. The numeric type of format must match the numeric type of the input variable in the shader. The input variable in the shader must be declared as a 64-bit data type if and only if format is a 64-bit data type. If format is a packed format, attribAddress must be a multiple of the size in bytes of the whole attribute data type as described in Packed Formats. Otherwise, attribAddress must be a multiple of the size in bytes of the component type indicated by format (see Formats). For attributes that are not 64-bit data types, each component is converted to the format of the input variable based on its type and size (as defined in the Format Definition section for each VkFormat), using the appropriate equations in 16-Bit Floating-Point Numbers, Unsigned 11-Bit Floating-Point Numbers, Unsigned 10-Bit Floating-Point Numbers, Fixed-Point Data Conversion, and Shared Exponent to RGB. Signed integer components smaller than 32 bits are sign-extended. Attributes that are not 64-bit data types are expanded to four components in the same way as described in conversion to RGBA. The number of components in the vertex shader input variable need not exactly match the number of components in the format. If the vertex shader has fewer components, the extra components are discarded.

22. Tessellation

Tessellation involves three pipeline stages. First, a tessellation control shader transforms control points of a patch and can produce per-patch data. Second, a fixed-function tessellator generates multiple primitives corresponding to a tessellation of the patch in (u,v) or (u,v,w) parameter space. Third, a tessellation evaluation shader transforms the vertices of the tessellated patch, for example to compute their positions and attributes as part of the tessellated surface. The tessellator is enabled when the pipeline contains both a tessellation control shader and a tessellation evaluation shader.

22.1. Tessellator

If a pipeline includes both tessellation shaders (control and evaluation), the tessellator consumes each input patch (after vertex shading) and produces a new set of independent primitives (points, lines, or triangles). These primitives are logically produced by subdividing a geometric primitive (rectangle or triangle) according to the per-patch outer and inner tessellation levels written by the tessellation control shader. These levels are specified using the built-in variables TessLevelOuter and TessLevelInner, respectively. This subdivision is performed in an implementation-dependent manner. If no tessellation shaders are present in the pipeline, the tessellator is disabled and incoming primitives are passed through without modification.

The type of subdivision performed by the tessellator is specified by an OpExecutionMode instruction using one of the Triangles, Quads, or IsoLines execution modes. This instruction may be specified in either the tessellation evaluation or tessellation control shader. Other tessellation-related execution modes can also be specified in either the tessellation control or tessellation evaluation shaders.

Any tessellation-related modes specified in both the tessellation control and tessellation evaluation shaders must be the same.

Tessellation execution modes include:

  • Triangles, Quads, and IsoLines. These control the type of subdivision and topology of the output primitives. One mode must be set in at least one of the tessellation shader stages.

  • VertexOrderCw and VertexOrderCcw. These control the orientation of triangles generated by the tessellator. One mode must be set in at least one of the tessellation shader stages.

  • PointMode. Controls generation of points rather than triangles or lines. This functionality defaults to disabled, and is enabled if either shader stage includes the execution mode.

  • SpacingEqual, SpacingFractionalEven, and SpacingFractionalOdd. Controls the spacing of segments on the edges of tessellated primitives. One mode must be set in at least one of the tessellation shader stages.

  • OutputVertices. Controls the size of the output patch of the tessellation control shader. One value must be set in at least one of the tessellation shader stages.

For triangles, the tessellator subdivides a triangle primitive into smaller triangles. For quads, the tessellator subdivides a rectangle primitive into smaller triangles. For isolines, the tessellator subdivides a rectangle primitive into a collection of line segments arranged in strips stretching across the rectangle in the u dimension (i.e. the coordinates in TessCoord are of the form (0,x) through (1,x) for all tessellation evaluation shader invocations that share a line).

Each vertex produced by the tessellator has an associated (u,v,w) or (u,v) position in a normalized parameter space, with parameter values in the range [0,1], as illustrated in figure Domain parameterization for tessellation primitive modes (upper-left origin). The domain space has an upper-left origin.

image/svg+xml (no edge) (0,1) (1,1) (0,0) (1,0) (0,1,0) (1,0,0) (0,0,1) (0,1) (1,1) (0,0) (1,0) OL0 OL1 OL0 OL3 OL1 OL2 IL0 IL1 OL0 OL2 OL1 IL0 Quads Triangles Isolines
Figure 5. Domain parameterization for tessellation primitive modes (upper-left origin)
Caption

In the domain parameterization diagrams, the coordinates illustrate the value of TessCoord at the corners of the domain. The labels on the edges indicate the inner (IL0 and IL1) and outer (OL0 through OL3) tessellation level values used to control the number of subdivisions along each edge of the domain.

For triangles, the vertex’s position is a barycentric coordinate (u,v,w), where u + v + w = 1.0, and indicates the relative influence of the three vertices of the triangle on the position of the vertex. For quads and isolines, the position is a (u,v) coordinate indicating the relative horizontal and vertical position of the vertex relative to the subdivided rectangle. The subdivision process is explained in more detail in subsequent sections.

22.2. Tessellator Patch Discard

A patch is discarded by the tessellator if any relevant outer tessellation level is less than or equal to zero.

Patches will also be discarded if any relevant outer tessellation level corresponds to a floating-point NaN (not a number) in implementations supporting NaN.

No new primitives are generated and the tessellation evaluation shader is not executed for patches that are discarded. For Quads, all four outer levels are relevant. For Triangles and IsoLines, only the first three or two outer levels, respectively, are relevant. Negative inner levels will not cause a patch to be discarded; they will be clamped as described below.

22.3. Tessellator Spacing

Each of the tessellation levels is used to determine the number and spacing of segments used to subdivide a corresponding edge. The method used to derive the number and spacing of segments is specified by an OpExecutionMode in the tessellation control or tessellation evaluation shader using one of the identifiers SpacingEqual, SpacingFractionalEven, or SpacingFractionalOdd.

If SpacingEqual is used, the floating-point tessellation level is first clamped to [1, maxLevel], where maxLevel is the implementation-dependent maximum tessellation level (VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxTessellationGenerationLevel). The result is rounded up to the nearest integer n, and the corresponding edge is divided into n segments of equal length in (u,v) space.

If SpacingFractionalEven is used, the tessellation level is first clamped to [2, maxLevel] and then rounded up to the nearest even integer n. If SpacingFractionalOdd is used, the tessellation level is clamped to [1, maxLevel - 1] and then rounded up to the nearest odd integer n. If n is one, the edge will not be subdivided. Otherwise, the corresponding edge will be divided into n - 2 segments of equal length, and two additional segments of equal length that are typically shorter than the other segments. The length of the two additional segments relative to the others will decrease monotonically with n - f, where f is the clamped floating-point tessellation level. When n - f is zero, the additional segments will have equal length to the other segments. As n - f approaches 2.0, the relative length of the additional segments approaches zero. The two additional segments must be placed symmetrically on opposite sides of the subdivided edge. The relative location of these two segments is implementation-dependent, but must be identical for any pair of subdivided edges with identical values of f.

When tessellating triangles or quads using point mode with fractional odd spacing, the tessellator may produce interior vertices that are positioned on the edge of the patch if an inner tessellation level is less than or equal to one. Such vertices are considered distinct from vertices produced by subdividing the outer edge of the patch, even if there are pairs of vertices with identical coordinates.

22.4. Tessellation Primitive Ordering

Few guarantees are provided for the relative ordering of primitives produced by tessellation, as they pertain to primitive order.

  • The output primitives generated from each input primitive are passed to subsequent pipeline stages in an implementation-dependent order.

  • All output primitives generated from a given input primitive are passed to subsequent pipeline stages before any output primitives generated from subsequent input primitives.

22.5. Tessellator Vertex Winding Order

When the tessellator produces triangles (in the Triangles or Quads modes), the orientation of all triangles is specified with an OpExecutionMode of VertexOrderCw or VertexOrderCcw in the tessellation control or tessellation evaluation shaders. If the order is VertexOrderCw, the vertices of all generated triangles will have clockwise ordering in (u,v) or (u,v,w) space. If the order is VertexOrderCcw, the vertices will have counter-clockwise ordering in that space.

If the tessellation domain has an upper-left origin, the vertices of a triangle have counter-clockwise ordering if

a = u0 v1 - u1 v0 + u1 v2 - u2 v1 + u2 v0 - u0 v2

is negative, and clockwise ordering if a is positive. ui and vi are the u and v coordinates in normalized parameter space of the ith vertex of the triangle.

Note

The value a is proportional (with a positive factor) to the signed area of the triangle.

In Triangles mode, even though the vertex coordinates have a w value, it does not participate directly in the computation of a, being an affine combination of u and v.

22.6. Triangle Tessellation

If the tessellation primitive mode is Triangles, an equilateral triangle is subdivided into a collection of triangles covering the area of the original triangle. First, the original triangle is subdivided into a collection of concentric equilateral triangles. The edges of each of these triangles are subdivided, and the area between each triangle pair is filled by triangles produced by joining the vertices on the subdivided edges. The number of concentric triangles and the number of subdivisions along each triangle except the outermost is derived from the first inner tessellation level. The edges of the outermost triangle are subdivided independently, using the first, second, and third outer tessellation levels to control the number of subdivisions of the u = 0 (left), v = 0 (bottom), and w = 0 (right) edges, respectively. The second inner tessellation level and the fourth outer tessellation level have no effect in this mode.

If the first inner tessellation level and all three outer tessellation levels are exactly one after clamping and rounding, only a single triangle with (u,v,w) coordinates of (0,0,1), (1,0,0), and (0,1,0) is generated. If the inner tessellation level is one and any of the outer tessellation levels is greater than one, the inner tessellation level is treated as though it were originally specified as 1 + ε and will result in a two- or three-segment subdivision depending on the tessellation spacing. When used with fractional odd spacing, the three-segment subdivision may produce inner vertices positioned on the edge of the triangle.

If any tessellation level is greater than one, tessellation begins by producing a set of concentric inner triangles and subdividing their edges. First, the three outer edges are temporarily subdivided using the clamped and rounded first inner tessellation level and the specified tessellation spacing, generating n segments. For the outermost inner triangle, the inner triangle is degenerate — a single point at the center of the triangle — if n is two. Otherwise, for each corner of the outer triangle, an inner triangle corner is produced at the intersection of two lines extended perpendicular to the corner’s two adjacent edges running through the vertex of the subdivided outer edge nearest that corner. If n is three, the edges of the inner triangle are not subdivided and it is the final triangle in the set of concentric triangles. Otherwise, each edge of the inner triangle is divided into n - 2 segments, with the n - 1 vertices of this subdivision produced by intersecting the inner edge with lines perpendicular to the edge running through the n - 1 innermost vertices of the subdivision of the outer edge. Once the outermost inner triangle is subdivided, the previous subdivision process repeats itself, using the generated triangle as an outer triangle. This subdivision process is illustrated in Inner Triangle Tessellation.

image/svg+xml (0,1,0) (a) (b) (1,0,0) (0,0,1) (0,1,0) (1,0,0) (0,0,1)
Figure 6. Inner Triangle Tessellation
Caption

In the Inner Triangle Tessellation diagram, inner tessellation levels of (a) four and (b) five are shown (not to scale). Solid black circles depict vertices along the edges of the concentric triangles. The edges of inner triangles are subdivided by intersecting the edge with segments perpendicular to the edge passing through each inner vertex of the subdivided outer edge. Dotted lines depict edges connecting corresponding vertices on the inner and outer triangle edges.

Once all the concentric triangles are produced and their edges are subdivided, the area between each pair of adjacent inner triangles is filled completely with a set of non-overlapping triangles. In this subdivision, two of the three vertices of each triangle are taken from adjacent vertices on a subdivided edge of one triangle; the third is one of the vertices on the corresponding edge of the other triangle. If the innermost triangle is degenerate (i.e., a point), the triangle containing it is subdivided into six triangles by connecting each of the six vertices on that triangle with the center point. If the innermost triangle is not degenerate, that triangle is added to the set of generated triangles as-is.

After the area corresponding to any inner triangles is filled, the tessellator generates triangles to cover the area between the outermost triangle and the outermost inner triangle. To do this, the temporary subdivision of the outer triangle edge above is discarded. Instead, the u = 0, v = 0, and w = 0 edges are subdivided according to the first, second, and third outer tessellation levels, respectively, and the tessellation spacing. The original subdivision of the first inner triangle is retained. The area between the outer and first inner triangles is completely filled by non-overlapping triangles as described above. If the first (and only) inner triangle is degenerate, a set of triangles is produced by connecting each vertex on the outer triangle edges with the center point.

After all triangles are generated, each vertex in the subdivided triangle is assigned a barycentric (u,v,w) coordinate based on its location relative to the three vertices of the outer triangle.

The algorithm used to subdivide the triangular domain in (u,v,w) space into individual triangles is implementation-dependent. However, the set of triangles produced will completely cover the domain, and no portion of the domain will be covered by multiple triangles.

Output triangles are generated with a topology similar to triangle lists, except that the order in which each triangle is generated, and the order in which the vertices are generated for each triangle, are implementation-dependent. However, the order of vertices in each triangle is consistent across the domain as described in Tessellator Vertex Winding Order.

22.7. Quad Tessellation

If the tessellation primitive mode is Quads, a rectangle is subdivided into a collection of triangles covering the area of the original rectangle. First, the original rectangle is subdivided into a regular mesh of rectangles, where the number of rectangles along the u = 0 and u = 1 (vertical) and v = 0 and v = 1 (horizontal) edges are derived from the first and second inner tessellation levels, respectively. All rectangles, except those adjacent to one of the outer rectangle edges, are decomposed into triangle pairs. The outermost rectangle edges are subdivided independently, using the first, second, third, and fourth outer tessellation levels to control the number of subdivisions of the u = 0 (left), v = 0 (bottom), u = 1 (right), and v = 1 (top) edges, respectively. The area between the inner rectangles of the mesh and the outer rectangle edges are filled by triangles produced by joining the vertices on the subdivided outer edges to the vertices on the edge of the inner rectangle mesh.

If both clamped inner tessellation levels and all four clamped outer tessellation levels are exactly one, only a single triangle pair covering the outer rectangle is generated. Otherwise, if either clamped inner tessellation level is one, that tessellation level is treated as though it was originally specified as 1 + ε and will result in a two- or three-segment subdivision depending on the tessellation spacing. When used with fractional odd spacing, the three-segment subdivision may produce inner vertices positioned on the edge of the rectangle.

If any tessellation level is greater than one, tessellation begins by subdividing the u = 0 and u = 1 edges of the outer rectangle into m segments using the clamped and rounded first inner tessellation level and the tessellation spacing. The v = 0 and v = 1 edges are subdivided into n segments using the second inner tessellation level. Each vertex on the u = 0 and v = 0 edges are joined with the corresponding vertex on the u = 1 and v = 1 edges to produce a set of vertical and horizontal lines that divide the rectangle into a grid of smaller rectangles. The primitive generator emits a pair of non-overlapping triangles covering each such rectangle not adjacent to an edge of the outer rectangle. The boundary of the region covered by these triangles forms an inner rectangle, the edges of which are subdivided by the grid vertices that lie on the edge. If either m or n is two, the inner rectangle is degenerate, and one or both of the rectangle’s edges consist of a single point. This subdivision is illustrated in Figure Inner Quad Tessellation.

image/svg+xml (0,1) (1,1) (0,0) (1,0) (0,1) (1,1) (0,0) (1,0) (a) (b)
Figure 7. Inner Quad Tessellation
Caption

In the Inner Quad Tessellation diagram, inner quad tessellation levels of (a) (4,2) and (b) (7,4) are shown. The regions highlighted in red in figure (b) depict the 10 inner rectangles, each of which will be subdivided into two triangles. Solid black circles depict vertices on the boundary of the outer and inner rectangles, where the inner rectangle of figure (a) is degenerate (a single line segment). Dotted lines depict the horizontal and vertical edges connecting corresponding vertices on the inner and outer rectangle edges.

After the area corresponding to the inner rectangle is filled, the tessellator must produce triangles to cover the area between the inner and outer rectangles. To do this, the subdivision of the outer rectangle edge above is discarded. Instead, the u = 0, v = 0, u = 1, and v = 1 edges are subdivided according to the first, second, third, and fourth outer tessellation levels, respectively, and the tessellation spacing. The original subdivision of the inner rectangle is retained. The area between the outer and inner rectangles is completely filled by non-overlapping triangles. Two of the three vertices of each triangle are adjacent vertices on a subdivided edge of one rectangle; the third is one of the vertices on the corresponding edge of the other rectangle. If either edge of the innermost rectangle is degenerate, the area near the corresponding outer edges is filled by connecting each vertex on the outer edge with the single vertex making up the inner edge.

The algorithm used to subdivide the rectangular domain in (u,v) space into individual triangles is implementation-dependent. However, the set of triangles produced will completely cover the domain, and no portion of the domain will be covered by multiple triangles.

Output triangles are generated with a topology similar to triangle lists, except that the order in which each triangle is generated, and the order in which the vertices are generated for each triangle, are implementation-dependent. However, the order of vertices in each triangle is consistent across the domain as described in Tessellator Vertex Winding Order.

22.8. Isoline Tessellation

If the tessellation primitive mode is IsoLines, a set of independent horizontal line segments is drawn. The segments are arranged into connected strips called isolines, where the vertices of each isoline have a constant v coordinate and u coordinates covering the full range [0,1]. The number of isolines generated is derived from the first outer tessellation level; the number of segments in each isoline is derived from the second outer tessellation level. Both inner tessellation levels and the third and fourth outer tessellation levels have no effect in this mode.

As with quad tessellation above, isoline tessellation begins with a rectangle. The u = 0 and u = 1 edges of the rectangle are subdivided according to the first outer tessellation level. For the purposes of this subdivision, the tessellation spacing mode is ignored and treated as equal_spacing. An isoline is drawn connecting each vertex on the u = 0 rectangle edge to the corresponding vertex on the u = 1 rectangle edge, except that no line is drawn between (0,1) and (1,1). If the number of isolines on the subdivided u = 0 and u = 1 edges is n, this process will result in n equally spaced lines with constant v coordinates of 0, .

Each of the n isolines is then subdivided according to the second outer tessellation level and the tessellation spacing, resulting in m line segments. Each segment of each line is emitted by the tessellator. These line segments are generated with a topology similar to line lists, except that the order in which each line is generated, and the order in which the vertices are generated for each line segment, are implementation-dependent.

22.9. Tessellation Point Mode

For all primitive modes, the tessellator is capable of generating points instead of lines or triangles. If the tessellation control or tessellation evaluation shader specifies the OpExecutionMode PointMode, the primitive generator will generate one point for each distinct vertex produced by tessellation, rather than emitting triangles or lines. Otherwise, the tessellator will produce a collection of line segments or triangles according to the primitive mode. These points are generated with a topology similar to point lists, except the order in which the points are generated for each input primitive is undefined.

22.10. Tessellation Pipeline State

The pTessellationState member of VkGraphicsPipelineCreateInfo is a pointer to a VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo structure.

The VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                           sType;
    const void*                               pNext;
    VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                                  patchControlPoints;
} VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • patchControlPoints is the number of control points per patch.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo-patchControlPoints-01214
    patchControlPoints must be greater than zero and less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxTessellationPatchSize

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_TESSELLATION_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

23. Geometry Shading

The geometry shader operates on a group of vertices and their associated data assembled from a single input primitive, and emits zero or more output primitives and the group of vertices and their associated data required for each output primitive. Geometry shading is enabled when a geometry shader is included in the pipeline.

23.1. Geometry Shader Input Primitives

Each geometry shader invocation has access to all vertices in the primitive (and their associated data), which are presented to the shader as an array of inputs.

The input primitive type expected by the geometry shader is specified with an OpExecutionMode instruction in the geometry shader, and must match the incoming primitive type specified by either the pipeline’s primitive topology if tessellation is inactive, or the tessellation mode if tessellation is active, as follows:

  • An input primitive type of InputPoints must only be used with a pipeline topology of VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_POINT_LIST, or with a tessellation shader specifying PointMode. The input arrays always contain one element, as described by the point list topology or tessellation in point mode.

  • An input primitive type of InputLines must only be used with a pipeline topology of VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP, or with a tessellation shader specifying IsoLines that does not specify PointMode. The input arrays always contain two elements, as described by the line list topology or line strip topology, or by isoline tessellation.

  • An input primitive type of InputLinesAdjacency must only be used when tessellation is inactive, with a pipeline topology of VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_LINE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY. The input arrays always contain four elements, as described by the line list with adjacency topology or line strip with adjacency topology.

  • An input primitive type of Triangles must only be used with a pipeline topology of VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST, VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP, or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_FAN; or with a tessellation shader specifying Quads or Triangles that does not specify PointMode. The input arrays always contain three elements, as described by the triangle list topology, triangle strip topology, or triangle fan topology, or by triangle or quad tessellation. Vertices may be in a different absolute order than specified by the topology, but must adhere to the specified winding order.

  • An input primitive type of InputTrianglesAdjacency must only be used when tessellation is inactive, with a pipeline topology of VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_LIST_WITH_ADJACENCY or VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP_WITH_ADJACENCY. The input arrays always contain six elements, as described by the triangle list with adjacency topology or triangle strip with adjacency topology. Vertices may be in a different absolute order than specified by the topology, but must adhere to the specified winding order, and the vertices making up the main primitive must still occur at the first, third, and fifth index.

23.2. Geometry Shader Output Primitives

A geometry shader generates primitives in one of three output modes: points, line strips, or triangle strips. The primitive mode is specified in the shader using an OpExecutionMode instruction with the OutputPoints, OutputLineStrip or OutputTriangleStrip modes, respectively. Each geometry shader must include exactly one output primitive mode.

The vertices output by the geometry shader are assembled into points, lines, or triangles based on the output primitive type and the resulting primitives are then further processed as described in Rasterization. If the number of vertices emitted by the geometry shader is not sufficient to produce a single primitive, vertices corresponding to incomplete primitives are not processed by subsequent pipeline stages. The number of vertices output by the geometry shader is limited to a maximum count specified in the shader.

The maximum output vertex count is specified in the shader using an OpExecutionMode instruction with the mode set to OutputVertices and the maximum number of vertices that will be produced by the geometry shader specified as a literal. Each geometry shader must specify a maximum output vertex count.

23.3. Multiple Invocations of Geometry Shaders

Geometry shaders can be invoked more than one time for each input primitive. This is known as geometry shader instancing and is requested by including an OpExecutionMode instruction with mode specified as Invocations and the number of invocations specified as an integer literal.

In this mode, the geometry shader will execute at least n times for each input primitive, where n is the number of invocations specified in the OpExecutionMode instruction. The instance number is available to each invocation as a built-in input using InvocationId.

23.4. Geometry Shader Primitive Ordering

Limited guarantees are provided for the relative ordering of primitives produced by a geometry shader, as they pertain to primitive order.

  • For instanced geometry shaders, the output primitives generated from each input primitive are passed to subsequent pipeline stages using the invocation number to order the primitives, from least to greatest.

  • All output primitives generated from a given input primitive are passed to subsequent pipeline stages before any output primitives generated from subsequent input primitives.

24. Fixed-Function Vertex Post-Processing

After pre-rasterization shader stages, the following fixed-function operations are applied to vertices of the resulting primitives:

Next, rasterization is performed on primitives as described in chapter Rasterization.

24.1. Flat Shading

Flat shading a vertex output attribute means to assign all vertices of the primitive the same value for that output. The output values assigned are those of the provoking vertex of the primitive. Flat shading is applied to those vertex attributes that match fragment input attributes which are decorated as Flat.

If neither geometry nor tessellation shading is active, the provoking vertex is determined by the primitive topology defined by VkPipelineInputAssemblyStateCreateInfo:topology used to execute the drawing command.

If geometry shading is active, the provoking vertex is determined by the primitive topology defined by the OutputPoints, OutputLineStrip, or OutputTriangleStrip execution mode.

If tessellation shading is active but geometry shading is not, the provoking vertex may be any of the vertices in each primitive.

24.2. Primitive Clipping

Primitives are culled against the cull volume and then clipped to the clip volume. In clip coordinates, the view volume is defined by:

where zm is equal to zero.

This view volume can be further restricted by as many as VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxClipDistances client-defined half-spaces.

The cull volume is the intersection of up to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxCullDistances client-defined half-spaces (if no client-defined cull half-spaces are enabled, culling against the cull volume is skipped).

A shader must write a single cull distance for each enabled cull half-space to elements of the CullDistance array. If the cull distance for any enabled cull half-space is negative for all of the vertices of the primitive under consideration, the primitive is discarded. Otherwise the primitive is clipped against the clip volume as defined below.

The clip volume is the intersection of up to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxClipDistances client-defined half-spaces with the view volume (if no client-defined clip half-spaces are enabled, the clip volume is the view volume).

A shader must write a single clip distance for each enabled clip half-space to elements of the ClipDistance array. Clip half-space i is then given by the set of points satisfying the inequality

ci(P) ≥ 0

where ci(P) is the clip distance i at point P. For point primitives, ci(P) is simply the clip distance for the vertex in question. For line and triangle primitives, per-vertex clip distances are interpolated using a weighted mean, with weights derived according to the algorithms described in sections Basic Line Segment Rasterization and Basic Polygon Rasterization, using the perspective interpolation equations.

The number of client-defined clip and cull half-spaces that are enabled is determined by the explicit size of the built-in arrays ClipDistance and CullDistance, respectively, declared as an output in the interface of the entry point of the final shader stage before clipping.

Depth clamping is enabled or disabled via the depthClampEnable enable of the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure. Depth clipping is disabled when depthClampEnable is VK_TRUE.

When depth clipping is disabled, the plane equation

zm ≤ zc ≤ wc

(see the clip volume definition above) is ignored by view volume clipping (effectively, there is no near or far plane clipping).

If the primitive under consideration is a point or line segment, then clipping passes it unchanged if its vertices lie entirely within the clip volume.

If a point’s vertex lies outside of the clip volume, the entire primitive may be discarded.

If either of a line segment’s vertices lie outside of the clip volume, the line segment may be clipped, with new vertex coordinates computed for each vertex that lies outside the clip volume. A clipped line segment endpoint lies on both the original line segment and the boundary of the clip volume.

This clipping produces a value, 0 ≤ t ≤ 1, for each clipped vertex. If the coordinates of a clipped vertex are P and the unclipped line segment’s vertex coordinates are P1 and P2, then t satisfies the following equation

P = t P1 + (1-t) P2.

t is used to clip vertex output attributes as described in Clipping Shader Outputs.

If the primitive is a polygon, it passes unchanged if every one of its edges lies entirely inside the clip volume, and is either clipped or discarded otherwise. If the edges of the polygon intersect the boundary of the clip volume, the intersecting edges are reconnected by new edges that lie along the boundary of the clip volume - in some cases requiring the introduction of new vertices into a polygon.

If a polygon intersects an edge of the clip volume’s boundary, the clipped polygon must include a point on this boundary edge.

Primitives rendered with user-defined half-spaces must satisfy a complementarity criterion. Suppose a series of primitives is drawn where each vertex i has a single specified clip distance di (or a number of similarly specified clip distances, if multiple half-spaces are enabled). Next, suppose that the same series of primitives are drawn again with each such clip distance replaced by -di (and the graphics pipeline is otherwise the same). In this case, primitives must not be missing any pixels, and pixels must not be drawn twice in regions where those primitives are cut by the clip planes.

24.3. Clipping Shader Outputs

Next, vertex output attributes are clipped. The output values associated with a vertex that lies within the clip volume are unaffected by clipping. If a primitive is clipped, however, the output values assigned to vertices produced by clipping are clipped.

Let the output values assigned to the two vertices P1 and P2 of an unclipped edge be c1 and c2. The value of t (see Primitive Clipping) for a clipped point P is used to obtain the output value associated with P as

c = t c1 + (1-t) c2.

(Multiplying an output value by a scalar means multiplying each of x, y, z, and w by the scalar.)

Since this computation is performed in clip space before division by wc, clipped output values are perspective-correct.

Polygon clipping creates a clipped vertex along an edge of the clip volume’s boundary. This situation is handled by noting that polygon clipping proceeds by clipping against one half-space at a time. Output value clipping is done in the same way, so that clipped points always occur at the intersection of polygon edges (possibly already clipped) with the clip volume’s boundary.

For vertex output attributes whose matching fragment input attributes are decorated with NoPerspective, the value of t used to obtain the output value associated with P will be adjusted to produce results that vary linearly in framebuffer space.

Output attributes of integer or unsigned integer type must always be flat shaded. Flat shaded attributes are constant over the primitive being rasterized (see Basic Line Segment Rasterization and Basic Polygon Rasterization), and no interpolation is performed. The output value c is taken from either c1 or c2, since flat shading has already occurred and the two values are identical.

24.4. Coordinate Transformations

Clip coordinates for a vertex result from shader execution, which yields a vertex coordinate Position.

Perspective division on clip coordinates yields normalized device coordinates, followed by a viewport transformation (see Controlling the Viewport) to convert these coordinates into framebuffer coordinates.

If a vertex in clip coordinates has a position given by

then the vertex’s normalized device coordinates are

24.5. Controlling the Viewport

The viewport transformation is determined by the selected viewport’s width and height in pixels, px and py, respectively, and its center (ox, oy) (also in pixels), as well as its depth range min and max determining a depth range scale value pz and a depth range bias value oz (defined below). The vertex’s framebuffer coordinates (xf, yf, zf) are given by

xf = (px / 2) xd + ox

yf = (py / 2) yd + oy

zf = pz × zd + oz

Multiple viewports are available, numbered zero up to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewports minus one. The number of viewports used by a pipeline is controlled by the viewportCount member of the VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo structure used in pipeline creation.

xf and yf have limited precision, where the number of fractional bits retained is specified by VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::subPixelPrecisionBits.

The VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                       sType;
    const void*                           pNext;
    VkPipelineViewportStateCreateFlags    flags;
    uint32_t                              viewportCount;
    const VkViewport*                     pViewports;
    uint32_t                              scissorCount;
    const VkRect2D*                       pScissors;
} VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • viewportCount is the number of viewports used by the pipeline.

  • pViewports is a pointer to an array of VkViewport structures, defining the viewport transforms. If the viewport state is dynamic, this member is ignored.

  • scissorCount is the number of scissors and must match the number of viewports.

  • pScissors is a pointer to an array of VkRect2D structures defining the rectangular bounds of the scissor for the corresponding viewport. If the scissor state is dynamic, this member is ignored.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-viewportCount-01216
    If the multiViewport feature is not enabled, viewportCount must not be greater than 1

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-scissorCount-01217
    If the multiViewport feature is not enabled, scissorCount must not be greater than 1

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-viewportCount-01218
    viewportCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewports

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-scissorCount-01219
    scissorCount must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewports

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-x-02821
    The x and y members of offset member of any element of pScissors must be greater than or equal to 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-offset-02822
    Evaluation of (offset.x + extent.width) must not cause a signed integer addition overflow for any element of pScissors

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-offset-02823
    Evaluation of (offset.y + extent.height) must not cause a signed integer addition overflow for any element of pScissors

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-scissorCount-04134
    If scissorCount and viewportCount are both not dynamic, then scissorCount and viewportCount must be identical

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-viewportCount-04135
    viewportCount must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-scissorCount-04136
    scissorCount must be greater than 0

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_VIEWPORT_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineViewportStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineViewportStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

If a geometry shader is active and has an output variable decorated with ViewportIndex, the viewport transformation uses the viewport corresponding to the value assigned to ViewportIndex taken from an implementation-dependent vertex of each primitive. If ViewportIndex is outside the range zero to viewportCount minus one for a primitive, or if the geometry shader did not assign a value to ViewportIndex for all vertices of a primitive due to flow control, the values resulting from the viewport transformation of the vertices of such primitives are undefined. If no geometry shader is active, or if the geometry shader does not have an output decorated with ViewportIndex, the viewport numbered zero is used by the viewport transformation.

A single vertex can be used in more than one individual primitive, in primitives such as VK_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TRIANGLE_STRIP. In this case, the viewport transformation is applied separately for each primitive.

To dynamically set the viewport transformation parameters, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetViewport(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    firstViewport,
    uint32_t                                    viewportCount,
    const VkViewport*                           pViewports);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • firstViewport is the index of the first viewport whose parameters are updated by the command.

  • viewportCount is the number of viewports whose parameters are updated by the command.

  • pViewports is a pointer to an array of VkViewport structures specifying viewport parameters.

This command sets the viewport transformation parameters state for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_VIEWPORT set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo::pViewports values used to create the currently active pipeline.

The viewport parameters taken from element i of pViewports replace the current state for the viewport index firstViewport + i, for i in [0, viewportCount).

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-firstViewport-01223
    The sum of firstViewport and viewportCount must be between 1 and VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewports, inclusive

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-firstViewport-01224
    If the multiViewport feature is not enabled, firstViewport must be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-viewportCount-01225
    If the multiViewport feature is not enabled, viewportCount must be 1

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-pViewports-parameter
    pViewports must be a valid pointer to an array of viewportCount valid VkViewport structures

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdSetViewport-viewportCount-arraylength
    viewportCount must be greater than 0

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics

State

Both VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo and vkCmdSetViewport use VkViewport to set the viewport transformation parameters.

The VkViewport structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkViewport {
    float    x;
    float    y;
    float    width;
    float    height;
    float    minDepth;
    float    maxDepth;
} VkViewport;
  • x and y are the viewport’s upper left corner (x,y).

  • width and height are the viewport’s width and height, respectively.

  • minDepth and maxDepth are the depth range for the viewport.

Note

Despite their names, minDepth can be less than, equal to, or greater than maxDepth.

The framebuffer depth coordinate zf may be represented using either a fixed-point or floating-point representation. However, a floating-point representation must be used if the depth/stencil attachment has a floating-point depth component. If an m-bit fixed-point representation is used, we assume that it represents each value , where k ∈ { 0, 1, …​, 2m-1 }, as k (e.g. 1.0 is represented in binary as a string of all ones).

The viewport parameters shown in the above equations are found from these values as

ox = x + width / 2

oy = y + height / 2

oz = minDepth

px = width

py = height

pz = maxDepth - minDepth

The width and height of the implementation-dependent maximum viewport dimensions must be greater than or equal to the width and height of the largest image which can be created and attached to a framebuffer.

The floating-point viewport bounds are represented with an implementation-dependent precision.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkViewport-width-01770
    width must be greater than 0.0

  • VUID-VkViewport-width-01771
    width must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewportDimensions[0]

  • VUID-VkViewport-apiVersion-07917
    If the VK_KHR_maintenance1 extension is not enabled, the VK_AMD_negative_viewport_height extension is not enabled, and VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::apiVersion is less than Vulkan 1.1, height must be greater than 0.0

  • VUID-VkViewport-height-01773
    The absolute value of height must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewportDimensions[1]

  • VUID-VkViewport-x-01774
    x must be greater than or equal to viewportBoundsRange[0]

  • VUID-VkViewport-x-01232
    (x + width) must be less than or equal to viewportBoundsRange[1]

  • VUID-VkViewport-y-01775
    y must be greater than or equal to viewportBoundsRange[0]

  • VUID-VkViewport-y-01233
    (y + height) must be less than or equal to viewportBoundsRange[1]

  • VUID-VkViewport-minDepth-01234
    minDepth must be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive

  • VUID-VkViewport-maxDepth-01235
    maxDepth must be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive

25. Rasterization

Rasterization is the process by which a primitive is converted to a two-dimensional image. Each discrete location of this image contains associated data such as depth, color, or other attributes.

Rasterizing a primitive begins by determining which squares of an integer grid in framebuffer coordinates are occupied by the primitive, and assigning one or more depth values to each such square. This process is described below for points, lines, and polygons.

A grid square, including its (x,y) framebuffer coordinates, z (depth), and associated data added by fragment shaders, is called a fragment. A fragment is located by its upper left corner, which lies on integer grid coordinates.

Rasterization operations also refer to a fragment’s sample locations, which are offset by fractional values from its upper left corner. The rasterization rules for points, lines, and triangles involve testing whether each sample location is inside the primitive. Fragments need not actually be square, and rasterization rules are not affected by the aspect ratio of fragments. Display of non-square grids, however, will cause rasterized points and line segments to appear fatter in one direction than the other.

We assume that fragments are square, since it simplifies antialiasing and texturing. After rasterization, fragments are processed by fragment operations.

Several factors affect rasterization, including the members of VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo and VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo.

The VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                            sType;
    const void*                                pNext;
    VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateFlags    flags;
    VkBool32                                   depthClampEnable;
    VkBool32                                   rasterizerDiscardEnable;
    VkPolygonMode                              polygonMode;
    VkCullModeFlags                            cullMode;
    VkFrontFace                                frontFace;
    VkBool32                                   depthBiasEnable;
    float                                      depthBiasConstantFactor;
    float                                      depthBiasClamp;
    float                                      depthBiasSlopeFactor;
    float                                      lineWidth;
} VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • depthClampEnable controls whether to clamp the fragment’s depth values as described in Depth Test. Enabling depth clamp will also disable clipping primitives to the z planes of the frustum as described in Primitive Clipping.

  • rasterizerDiscardEnable controls whether primitives are discarded immediately before the rasterization stage.

  • polygonMode is the triangle rendering mode. See VkPolygonMode.

  • cullMode is the triangle facing direction used for primitive culling. See VkCullModeFlagBits.

  • frontFace is a VkFrontFace value specifying the front-facing triangle orientation to be used for culling.

  • depthBiasEnable controls whether to bias fragment depth values.

  • depthBiasConstantFactor is a scalar factor controlling the constant depth value added to each fragment.

  • depthBiasClamp is the maximum (or minimum) depth bias of a fragment.

  • depthBiasSlopeFactor is a scalar factor applied to a fragment’s slope in depth bias calculations.

  • lineWidth is the width of rasterized line segments.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-depthClampEnable-00782
    If the depthClamp feature is not enabled, depthClampEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-polygonMode-01507
    If the fillModeNonSolid feature is not enabled, polygonMode must be VK_POLYGON_MODE_FILL

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_RASTERIZATION_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-polygonMode-parameter
    polygonMode must be a valid VkPolygonMode value

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-cullMode-parameter
    cullMode must be a valid combination of VkCullModeFlagBits values

  • VUID-VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo-frontFace-parameter
    frontFace must be a valid VkFrontFace value

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

The VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                          sType;
    const void*                              pNext;
    VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateFlags    flags;
    VkSampleCountFlagBits                    rasterizationSamples;
    VkBool32                                 sampleShadingEnable;
    float                                    minSampleShading;
    const VkSampleMask*                      pSampleMask;
    VkBool32                                 alphaToCoverageEnable;
    VkBool32                                 alphaToOneEnable;
} VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • rasterizationSamples is a VkSampleCountFlagBits value specifying the number of samples used in rasterization.

  • sampleShadingEnable can be used to enable Sample Shading.

  • minSampleShading specifies a minimum fraction of sample shading if sampleShadingEnable is set to VK_TRUE.

  • pSampleMask is a pointer to an array of VkSampleMask values used in the sample mask test.

  • alphaToCoverageEnable controls whether a temporary coverage value is generated based on the alpha component of the fragment’s first color output as specified in the Multisample Coverage section.

  • alphaToOneEnable controls whether the alpha component of the fragment’s first color output is replaced with one as described in Multisample Coverage.

Each bit in the sample mask is associated with a unique sample index as defined for the coverage mask. Each bit b for mask word w in the sample mask corresponds to sample index i, where i = 32 × w + b. pSampleMask has a length equal to rasterizationSamples / 32 ⌉ words.

If pSampleMask is NULL, it is treated as if the mask has all bits set to 1.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-sampleShadingEnable-00784
    If the sampleRateShading feature is not enabled, sampleShadingEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-alphaToOneEnable-00785
    If the alphaToOne feature is not enabled, alphaToOneEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-minSampleShading-00786
    minSampleShading must be in the range [0,1]

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_MULTISAMPLE_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-rasterizationSamples-parameter
    rasterizationSamples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value

  • VUID-VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo-pSampleMask-parameter
    If pSampleMask is not NULL, pSampleMask must be a valid pointer to an array of VkSampleMask values

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

The elements of the sample mask array are of type VkSampleMask, each representing 32 bits of coverage information:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef uint32_t VkSampleMask;

Rasterization only generates fragments which cover one or more pixels inside the framebuffer. Pixels outside the framebuffer are never considered covered in the fragment. Fragments which would be produced by application of any of the primitive rasterization rules described below but which lie outside the framebuffer are not produced, nor are they processed by any later stage of the pipeline, including any of the fragment operations.

Surviving fragments are processed by fragment shaders. Fragment shaders determine associated data for fragments, and can also modify or replace their assigned depth values.

25.1. Discarding Primitives Before Rasterization

Primitives are discarded before rasterization if the rasterizerDiscardEnable member of VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo is enabled. When enabled, primitives are discarded after they are processed by the last active shader stage in the pipeline before rasterization.

25.2. Rasterization Order

Within a subpass of a render pass instance, for a given (x,y,layer,sample) sample location, the following operations are guaranteed to execute in rasterization order, for each separate primitive that includes that sample location:

  1. Fragment operations, in the order defined

  2. Blending, logic operations, and color writes

Execution of these operations for each primitive in a subpass occurs in primitive order.

25.3. Multisampling

Multisampling is a mechanism to antialias all Vulkan primitives: points, lines, and polygons. The technique is to sample all primitives multiple times at each pixel. Each sample in each framebuffer attachment has storage for a color, depth, and/or stencil value, such that per-fragment operations apply to each sample independently. The color sample values can be later resolved to a single color (see Resolving Multisample Images and the Render Pass chapter for more details on how to resolve multisample images to non-multisample images).

Vulkan defines rasterization rules for single-sample modes in a way that is equivalent to a multisample mode with a single sample in the center of each fragment.

Each fragment includes a coverage mask with a single bit for each sample in the fragment, and a number of depth values and associated data for each sample.

It is understood that each pixel has rasterizationSamples locations associated with it. These locations are exact positions, rather than regions or areas, and each is referred to as a sample point. The sample points associated with a pixel must be located inside or on the boundary of the unit square that is considered to bound the pixel. Furthermore, the relative locations of sample points may be identical for each pixel in the framebuffer, or they may differ.

If the current pipeline includes a fragment shader with one or more variables in its interface decorated with Sample and Input, the data associated with those variables will be assigned independently for each sample. The values for each sample must be evaluated at the location of the sample. The data associated with any other variables not decorated with Sample and Input need not be evaluated independently for each sample.

A coverage mask is generated for each fragment, based on which samples within that fragment are determined to be within the area of the primitive that generated the fragment.

Single pixel fragments have one set of samples. Each set of samples has a number of samples determined by VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::rasterizationSamples. Each sample in a set is assigned a unique sample index i in the range [0, rasterizationSamples).

Each sample in a fragment is also assigned a unique coverage index j in the range [0, n × rasterizationSamples), where n is the number of sets in the fragment. If the fragment contains a single set of samples, the coverage index is always equal to the sample index.

The coverage mask includes B bits packed into W words, defined as:

B = n × rasterizationSamples

W = ⌈B/32⌉

Bit b in coverage mask word w is 1 if the sample with coverage index j = 32×w + b is covered, and 0 otherwise.

If the standardSampleLocations member of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits is VK_TRUE, then the sample counts VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT, VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT, VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT, VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_8_BIT, and VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_16_BIT have sample locations as listed in the following table, with the ith entry in the table corresponding to sample index i. VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_32_BIT and VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_64_BIT do not have standard sample locations. Locations are defined relative to an origin in the upper left corner of the fragment.

Table 23. Standard sample locations
Sample count Sample Locations

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

(0.5,0.5)

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT 0

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT

(0.75,0.75)
(0.25,0.25)

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT 0 1

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT

(0.375, 0.125)
(0.875, 0.375)
(0.125, 0.625)
(0.625, 0.875)

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT 0 1 2 3

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_8_BIT

(0.5625, 0.3125)
(0.4375, 0.6875)
(0.8125, 0.5625)
(0.3125, 0.1875)
(0.1875, 0.8125)
(0.0625, 0.4375)
(0.6875, 0.9375)
(0.9375, 0.0625)

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_8_BIT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_16_BIT

(0.5625, 0.5625)
(0.4375, 0.3125)
(0.3125, 0.625)
(0.75, 0.4375)
(0.1875, 0.375)
(0.625, 0.8125)
(0.8125, 0.6875)
(0.6875, 0.1875)
(0.375, 0.875)
(0.5, 0.0625)
(0.25, 0.125)
(0.125, 0.75)
(0.0, 0.5)
(0.9375, 0.25)
(0.875, 0.9375)
(0.0625, 0.0)

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_16_BIT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

25.4. Sample Shading

Sample shading can be used to specify a minimum number of unique samples to process for each fragment. If sample shading is enabled, an implementation must invoke the fragment shader at least max(⌈ VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::minSampleShading × VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::rasterizationSamples ⌉, 1) times per fragment. If VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::sampleShadingEnable is set to VK_TRUE, sample shading is enabled.

If a fragment shader entry point statically uses an input variable decorated with a BuiltIn of SampleId or SamplePosition, sample shading is enabled and a value of 1.0 is used instead of minSampleShading. If a fragment shader entry point statically uses an input variable decorated with Sample, sample shading may be enabled and a value of 1.0 will be used instead of minSampleShading if it is.

Note

If a shader decorates an input variable with Sample and that value meaningfully impacts the output of a shader, sample shading will be enabled to ensure that the input is in fact interpolated per-sample. This is inherent to the specification and not spelled out here - if an application simply declares such a variable it is implementation-defined whether sample shading is enabled or not. It is possible to see the effects of this by using atomics in the shader or using a pipeline statistics query to query the number of fragment invocations, even if the shader itself does not use any per-sample variables.

If there are fewer fragment invocations than covered samples, implementations may include those samples in fragment shader invocations in any manner as long as covered samples are all shaded at least once, and each invocation that is not a helper invocation covers at least one sample.

25.5. Points

A point is drawn by generating a set of fragments in the shape of a square centered around the vertex of the point. Each vertex has an associated point size controlling the width/height of that square. The point size is taken from the (potentially clipped) shader built-in PointSize written by:

  • the geometry shader, if active;

  • the tessellation evaluation shader, if active and no geometry shader is active;

  • the vertex shader, otherwise

and clamped to the implementation-dependent point size range [pointSizeRange[0],pointSizeRange[1]]. The value written to PointSize must be greater than zero.

Not all point sizes need be supported, but the size 1.0 must be supported. The range of supported sizes and the size of evenly-spaced gradations within that range are implementation-dependent. The range and gradations are obtained from the pointSizeRange and pointSizeGranularity members of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits. If, for instance, the size range is from 0.1 to 2.0 and the gradation size is 0.1, then the sizes 0.1, 0.2, …​, 1.9, 2.0 are supported. Additional point sizes may also be supported. There is no requirement that these sizes be equally spaced. If an unsupported size is requested, the nearest supported size is used instead.

25.5.1. Basic Point Rasterization

Point rasterization produces a fragment for each fragment area group of framebuffer pixels with one or more sample points that intersect a region centered at the point’s (xf,yf). This region is a square with side equal to the current point size. Coverage bits that correspond to sample points that intersect the region are 1, other coverage bits are 0. All fragments produced in rasterizing a point are assigned the same associated data, which are those of the vertex corresponding to the point. However, the fragment shader built-in PointCoord contains point sprite texture coordinates. The s and t point sprite texture coordinates vary from zero to one across the point horizontally left-to-right and vertically top-to-bottom, respectively. The following formulas are used to evaluate s and t:

where size is the point’s size; (xp,yp) is the location at which the point sprite coordinates are evaluated - this may be the framebuffer coordinates of the fragment center, or the location of a sample; and (xf,yf) is the exact, unrounded framebuffer coordinate of the vertex for the point.

25.6. Line Segments

To dynamically set the line width, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetLineWidth(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    float                                       lineWidth);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • lineWidth is the width of rasterized line segments.

This command sets the line width for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::lineWidth value used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdSetLineWidth-lineWidth-00788
    If the wideLines feature is not enabled, lineWidth must be 1.0

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdSetLineWidth-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetLineWidth-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetLineWidth-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics

State

Not all line widths need be supported for line segment rasterization, but width 1.0 antialiased segments must be provided. The range and gradations are obtained from the lineWidthRange and lineWidthGranularity members of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits. If, for instance, the size range is from 0.1 to 2.0 and the gradation size is 0.1, then the sizes 0.1, 0.2, …​, 1.9, 2.0 are supported. Additional line widths may also be supported. There is no requirement that these widths be equally spaced. If an unsupported width is requested, the nearest supported width is used instead.

25.6.1. Basic Line Segment Rasterization

Rasterized line segments produce fragments which intersect a rectangle centered on the line segment. Two of the edges are parallel to the specified line segment; each is at a distance of one-half the current width from that segment in directions perpendicular to the direction of the line. The other two edges pass through the line endpoints and are perpendicular to the direction of the specified line segment. Coverage bits that correspond to sample points that intersect the rectangle are 1, other coverage bits are 0.

Next we specify how the data associated with each rasterized fragment are obtained. Let pr = (xd, yd) be the framebuffer coordinates at which associated data are evaluated. This may be the center of a fragment or the location of a sample within the fragment. When rasterizationSamples is VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT, the fragment center must be used. Let pa = (xa, ya) and pb = (xb,yb) be initial and final endpoints of the line segment, respectively. Set

(Note that t = 0 at pa and t = 1 at pb. Also note that this calculation projects the vector from pa to pr onto the line, and thus computes the normalized distance of the fragment along the line.)

If strictLines is VK_TRUE, line segments are rasterized using perspective or linear interpolation.

Perspective interpolation for a line segment interpolates two values in a manner that is correct when taking the perspective of the viewport into consideration, by way of the line segment’s clip coordinates. An interpolated value f can be determined by

where fa and fb are the data associated with the starting and ending endpoints of the segment, respectively; wa and wb are the clip w coordinates of the starting and ending endpoints of the segment, respectively.

Linear interpolation for a line segment directly interpolates two values, and an interpolated value f can be determined by

f = (1 - t) fa + t fb

where fa and fb are the data associated with the starting and ending endpoints of the segment, respectively.

The clip coordinate w for a sample is determined using perspective interpolation. The depth value z for a sample is determined using linear interpolation. Interpolation of fragment shader input values are determined by Interpolation decorations.

The above description documents the preferred method of line rasterization, and must be used when the implementation advertises the strictLines limit in VkPhysicalDeviceLimits as VK_TRUE.

When strictLines is VK_FALSE, the edges of the lines are generated as a parallelogram surrounding the original line. The major axis is chosen by noting the axis in which there is the greatest distance between the line start and end points. If the difference is equal in both directions then the X axis is chosen as the major axis. Edges 2 and 3 are aligned to the minor axis and are centered on the endpoints of the line as in Non strict lines, and each is lineWidth long. Edges 0 and 1 are parallel to the line and connect the endpoints of edges 2 and 3. Coverage bits that correspond to sample points that intersect the parallelogram are 1, other coverage bits are 0.

Samples that fall exactly on the edge of the parallelogram follow the polygon rasterization rules.

Interpolation occurs as if the parallelogram was decomposed into two triangles where each pair of vertices at each end of the line has identical attributes.

image/svg+xml Edge 0 Edge 1 Edge 3 Edge 2 OriginalLine (Xb,Yb,Zb) (Xa,Ya,Za) LineWidth
Figure 8. Non strict lines

Only when strictLines is VK_FALSE implementations may deviate from the non-strict line algorithm described above in the following ways:

25.6.2. Bresenham Line Segment Rasterization

Non-strict lines may also follow these rasterization rules for non-antialiased lines.

Line segment rasterization begins by characterizing the segment as either x-major or y-major. x-major line segments have slope in the closed interval [-1,1]; all other line segments are y-major (slope is determined by the segment’s endpoints). We specify rasterization only for x-major segments except in cases where the modifications for y-major segments are not self-evident.

Ideally, Vulkan uses a diamond-exit rule to determine those fragments that are produced by rasterizing a line segment. For each fragment f with center at framebuffer coordinates xf and yf, define a diamond-shaped region that is the intersection of four half planes:

Essentially, a line segment starting at pa and ending at pb produces those fragments f for which the segment intersects Rf, except if pb is contained in Rf.

image/svg+xml
Figure 9. Visualization of Bresenham’s algorithm

To avoid difficulties when an endpoint lies on a boundary of Rf we (in principle) perturb the supplied endpoints by a tiny amount. Let pa and pb have framebuffer coordinates (xa, ya) and (xb, yb), respectively. Obtain the perturbed endpoints pa' given by (xa, ya) - (ε, ε2) and pb' given by (xb, yb) - (ε, ε2). Rasterizing the line segment starting at pa and ending at pb produces those fragments f for which the segment starting at pa' and ending on pb' intersects Rf, except if pb' is contained in Rf. ε is chosen to be so small that rasterizing the line segment produces the same fragments when δ is substituted for ε for any 0 < δ ≤ ε.

When pa and pb lie on fragment centers, this characterization of fragments reduces to Bresenham’s algorithm with one modification: lines produced in this description are “half-open”, meaning that the final fragment (corresponding to pb) is not drawn. This means that when rasterizing a series of connected line segments, shared endpoints will be produced only once rather than twice (as would occur with Bresenham’s algorithm).

Implementations may use other line segment rasterization algorithms, subject to the following rules:

  • The coordinates of a fragment produced by the algorithm must not deviate by more than one unit in either x or y framebuffer coordinates from a corresponding fragment produced by the diamond-exit rule.

  • The total number of fragments produced by the algorithm must not differ from that produced by the diamond-exit rule by more than one.

  • For an x-major line, two fragments that lie in the same framebuffer-coordinate column must not be produced (for a y-major line, two fragments that lie in the same framebuffer-coordinate row must not be produced).

  • If two line segments share a common endpoint, and both segments are either x-major (both left-to-right or both right-to-left) or y-major (both bottom-to-top or both top-to-bottom), then rasterizing both segments must not produce duplicate fragments. Fragments also must not be omitted so as to interrupt continuity of the connected segments.

The actual width w of Bresenham lines is determined by rounding the line width to the nearest integer, clamping it to the implementation-dependent lineWidthRange (with both values rounded to the nearest integer), then clamping it to be no less than 1.

Bresenham line segments of width other than one are rasterized by offsetting them in the minor direction (for an x-major line, the minor direction is y, and for a y-major line, the minor direction is x) and producing a row or column of fragments in the minor direction. If the line segment has endpoints given by (x0, y0) and (x1, y1) in framebuffer coordinates, the segment with endpoints and is rasterized, but instead of a single fragment, a column of fragments of height w (a row of fragments of length w for a y-major segment) is produced at each x (y for y-major) location. The lowest fragment of this column is the fragment that would be produced by rasterizing the segment of width 1 with the modified coordinates.

The preferred method of attribute interpolation for a wide line is to generate the same attribute values for all fragments in the row or column described above, as if the adjusted line was used for interpolation and those values replicated to the other fragments, except for FragCoord which is interpolated as usual. Implementations may instead interpolate each fragment according to the formula in Basic Line Segment Rasterization, using the original line segment endpoints.

When Bresenham lines are being rasterized, sample locations may all be treated as being at the pixel center (this may affect attribute and depth interpolation).

Note

The sample locations described above are not used for determining coverage, they are only used for things like attribute interpolation. The rasterization rules that determine coverage are defined in terms of whether the line intersects pixels, as opposed to the point sampling rules used for other primitive types. So these rules are independent of the sample locations. One consequence of this is that Bresenham lines cover the same pixels regardless of the number of rasterization samples, and cover all samples in those pixels (unless masked out or killed).

25.7. Polygons

A polygon results from the decomposition of a triangle strip, triangle fan or a series of independent triangles. Like points and line segments, polygon rasterization is controlled by several variables in the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure.

25.7.1. Basic Polygon Rasterization

The first step of polygon rasterization is to determine whether the triangle is back-facing or front-facing. This determination is made based on the sign of the (clipped or unclipped) polygon’s area computed in framebuffer coordinates. One way to compute this area is:

where and are the x and y framebuffer coordinates of the ith vertex of the n-vertex polygon (vertices are numbered starting at zero for the purposes of this computation) and i ⊕ 1 is (i + 1) mod n.

The interpretation of the sign of a is determined by the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::frontFace property of the currently active pipeline. Possible values are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFrontFace {
    VK_FRONT_FACE_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE = 0,
    VK_FRONT_FACE_CLOCKWISE = 1,
} VkFrontFace;
  • VK_FRONT_FACE_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE specifies that a triangle with positive area is considered front-facing.

  • VK_FRONT_FACE_CLOCKWISE specifies that a triangle with negative area is considered front-facing.

Any triangle which is not front-facing is back-facing, including zero-area triangles.

Once the orientation of triangles is determined, they are culled according to the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::cullMode property of the currently active pipeline. Possible values are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkCullModeFlagBits {
    VK_CULL_MODE_NONE = 0,
    VK_CULL_MODE_FRONT_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_CULL_MODE_BACK_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_CULL_MODE_FRONT_AND_BACK = 0x00000003,
} VkCullModeFlagBits;
  • VK_CULL_MODE_NONE specifies that no triangles are discarded

  • VK_CULL_MODE_FRONT_BIT specifies that front-facing triangles are discarded

  • VK_CULL_MODE_BACK_BIT specifies that back-facing triangles are discarded

  • VK_CULL_MODE_FRONT_AND_BACK specifies that all triangles are discarded.

Following culling, fragments are produced for any triangles which have not been discarded.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkCullModeFlags;

VkCullModeFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkCullModeFlagBits.

The rule for determining which fragments are produced by polygon rasterization is called point sampling. The two-dimensional projection obtained by taking the x and y framebuffer coordinates of the polygon’s vertices is formed. Fragments are produced for any fragment area groups of pixels for which any sample points lie inside of this polygon. Coverage bits that correspond to sample points that satisfy the point sampling criteria are 1, other coverage bits are 0. Special treatment is given to a sample whose sample location lies on a polygon edge. In such a case, if two polygons lie on either side of a common edge (with identical endpoints) on which a sample point lies, then exactly one of the polygons must result in a covered sample for that fragment during rasterization. As for the data associated with each fragment produced by rasterizing a polygon, we begin by specifying how these values are produced for fragments in a triangle.

Barycentric coordinates are a set of three numbers, a, b, and c, each in the range [0,1], with a + b + c = 1. These coordinates uniquely specify any point p within the triangle or on the triangle’s boundary as

p = a pa + b pb + c pc

where pa, pb, and pc are the vertices of the triangle. a, b, and c are determined by:

where A(lmn) denotes the area in framebuffer coordinates of the triangle with vertices l, m, and n.

Denote an associated datum at pa, pb, or pc as fa, fb, or fc, respectively.

Perspective interpolation for a triangle interpolates three values in a manner that is correct when taking the perspective of the viewport into consideration, by way of the triangle’s clip coordinates. An interpolated value f can be determined by

where wa, wb, and wc are the clip w coordinates of pa, pb, and pc, respectively. a, b, and c are the barycentric coordinates of the location at which the data are produced.

Linear interpolation for a triangle directly interpolates three values, and an interpolated value f can be determined by

f = a fa + b fb + c fc

where fa, fb, and fc are the data associated with pa, pb, and pc, respectively.

The clip coordinate w for a sample is determined using perspective interpolation. The depth value z for a sample is determined using linear interpolation. Interpolation of fragment shader input values are determined by Interpolation decorations.

For a polygon with more than three edges, such as are produced by clipping a triangle, a convex combination of the values of the datum at the polygon’s vertices must be used to obtain the value assigned to each fragment produced by the rasterization algorithm. That is, it must be the case that at every fragment

where n is the number of vertices in the polygon and fi is the value of f at vertex i. For each i, 0 ≤ ai ≤ 1 and . The values of ai may differ from fragment to fragment, but at vertex i, ai = 1 and aj = 0 for j ≠ i.

Note

One algorithm that achieves the required behavior is to triangulate a polygon (without adding any vertices) and then treat each triangle individually as already discussed. A scan-line rasterizer that linearly interpolates data along each edge and then linearly interpolates data across each horizontal span from edge to edge also satisfies the restrictions (in this case the numerator and denominator of perspective interpolation are iterated independently, and a division is performed for each fragment).

25.7.2. Polygon Mode

Possible values of the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::polygonMode property of the currently active pipeline, specifying the method of rasterization for polygons, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkPolygonMode {
    VK_POLYGON_MODE_FILL = 0,
    VK_POLYGON_MODE_LINE = 1,
    VK_POLYGON_MODE_POINT = 2,
} VkPolygonMode;
  • VK_POLYGON_MODE_POINT specifies that polygon vertices are drawn as points.

  • VK_POLYGON_MODE_LINE specifies that polygon edges are drawn as line segments.

  • VK_POLYGON_MODE_FILL specifies that polygons are rendered using the polygon rasterization rules in this section.

These modes affect only the final rasterization of polygons: in particular, a polygon’s vertices are shaded and the polygon is clipped and possibly culled before these modes are applied.

The point size of the final rasterization of polygons when polygon mode is VK_POLYGON_MODE_POINT is implementation-dependent, and the point size may either be PointSize or 1.0.

25.7.3. Depth Bias

The depth values of all fragments generated by the rasterization of a polygon can be biased (offset) by a single depth bias value that is computed for that polygon.

Depth Bias Enable

The depth bias computation is enabled by the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::depthBiasEnable value used to create the currently active pipeline. If the depth bias enable is VK_FALSE, no bias is applied and the fragment’s depth values are unchanged.

Depth Bias Computation

The depth bias depends on three parameters:

  • depthBiasSlopeFactor scales the maximum depth slope m of the polygon

  • depthBiasConstantFactor scales the parameter r of the depth attachment

  • the scaled terms are summed to produce a value which is then clamped to a minimum or maximum value specified by depthBiasClamp

depthBiasSlopeFactor, depthBiasConstantFactor, and depthBiasClamp can each be positive, negative, or zero. These parameters are set as described for vkCmdSetDepthBias below.

The maximum depth slope m of a triangle is

where (xf, yf, zf) is a point on the triangle. m may be approximated as

r is the minimum resolvable difference that depends on the depth attachment representation. It is the smallest difference in framebuffer coordinate z values that is guaranteed to remain distinct throughout polygon rasterization and in the depth attachment. All pairs of fragments generated by the rasterization of two polygons with otherwise identical vertices, but zf values that differ by r, will have distinct depth values.

For fixed-point depth attachment representations, r is constant throughout the range of the entire depth attachment.

Its value is implementation-dependent but must be at most

r = 2 × 2-n

where n is the number of bits used for the depth aspect.

For floating-point depth attachment, there is no single minimum resolvable difference. In this case, the minimum resolvable difference for a given polygon is dependent on the maximum exponent, e, in the range of z values spanned by the primitive. If n is the number of bits in the floating-point mantissa, the minimum resolvable difference, r, for the given primitive is defined as

r = 2e-n

If no depth attachment is present, r is undefined.

The bias value o for a polygon is

m is computed as described above. If the depth attachment uses a fixed-point representation, m is a function of depth values in the range [0,1], and o is applied to depth values in the same range.

Depth bias is applied to triangle topology primitives received by the rasterizer regardless of polygon mode. Depth bias may also be applied to line and point topology primitives received by the rasterizer.

To dynamically set the depth bias parameters, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetDepthBias(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    float                                       depthBiasConstantFactor,
    float                                       depthBiasClamp,
    float                                       depthBiasSlopeFactor);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • depthBiasConstantFactor is a scalar factor controlling the constant depth value added to each fragment.

  • depthBiasClamp is the maximum (or minimum) depth bias of a fragment.

  • depthBiasSlopeFactor is a scalar factor applied to a fragment’s slope in depth bias calculations.

This command sets the depth bias parameters for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the corresponding VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::depthBiasConstantFactor, depthBiasClamp, and depthBiasSlopeFactor values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBias-depthBiasClamp-00790
    If the depthBiasClamp feature is not enabled, depthBiasClamp must be 0.0

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBias-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBias-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBias-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics

State

26. Fragment Operations

Fragments produced by rasterization go through a number of operations to determine whether or how values produced by fragment shading are written to the framebuffer.

The following fragment operations adhere to rasterization order, and are typically performed in this order:

The coverage mask generated by rasterization describes the initial coverage of each sample covered by the fragment. Fragment operations will update the coverage mask to add or subtract coverage where appropriate. If a fragment operation results in all bits of the coverage mask being 0, the fragment is discarded, and no further operations are performed. Fragments can also be programmatically discarded in a fragment shader by executing one of

  • OpKill.

When one of the fragment operations in this chapter is described as “replacing” a fragment shader output, that output is replaced unconditionally, even if no fragment shader previously wrote to that output.

If there is a fragment shader and it declares the EarlyFragmentTests execution mode, fragment shading and multisample coverage operations should instead be performed after sample counting, and sample mask test may instead be performed after sample counting.

For a pipeline with the following properties:

  • a fragment shader is specified

  • the fragment shader does not write to storage resources;

  • the fragment shader specifies the DepthReplacing execution mode; and

  • either

    • the fragment shader specifies the DepthUnchanged execution mode;

    • the fragment shader specifies the DepthLess execution mode and the pipeline uses a VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthCompareOp of VK_COMPARE_OP_GREATER or VK_COMPARE_OP_GREATER_OR_EQUAL; or

    • the fragment shader specifies the DepthGreater execution mode and the pipeline uses a VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthCompareOp of VK_COMPARE_OP_LESS or VK_COMPARE_OP_LESS_OR_EQUAL

the implementation may perform depth bounds test before fragment shading and perform an additional depth test immediately after that using the interpolated depth value generated by rasterization.

Once all fragment operations have completed, fragment shader outputs for covered color attachment samples pass through framebuffer operations.

26.1. Scissor Test

The scissor test compares the framebuffer coordinates (xf,yf) of each sample covered by a fragment against a scissor rectangle at the index equal to the fragment’s ViewportIndex.

Each scissor rectangle is defined by a VkRect2D. These values are either set by the VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo structure during pipeline creation, or dynamically by the vkCmdSetScissor command.

A given sample is considered inside a scissor rectangle if xf is in the range [VkRect2D::offset.x, VkRect2D::offset.x + VkRect2D::extent.x), and yf is in the range [VkRect2D::offset.y, VkRect2D::offset.y + VkRect2D::extent.y). Samples with coordinates outside the scissor rectangle at the corresponding ViewportIndex will have their coverage set to 0.

To dynamically set the scissor rectangles, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetScissor(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    firstScissor,
    uint32_t                                    scissorCount,
    const VkRect2D*                             pScissors);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • firstScissor is the index of the first scissor whose state is updated by the command.

  • scissorCount is the number of scissors whose rectangles are updated by the command.

  • pScissors is a pointer to an array of VkRect2D structures defining scissor rectangles.

The scissor rectangles taken from element i of pScissors replace the current state for the scissor index firstScissor + i, for i in [0, scissorCount).

This command sets the scissor rectangles for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo::pScissors values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-firstScissor-00592
    The sum of firstScissor and scissorCount must be between 1 and VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxViewports, inclusive

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-firstScissor-00593
    If the multiViewport feature is not enabled, firstScissor must be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-scissorCount-00594
    If the multiViewport feature is not enabled, scissorCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-x-00595
    The x and y members of offset member of any element of pScissors must be greater than or equal to 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-offset-00596
    Evaluation of (offset.x + extent.width) must not cause a signed integer addition overflow for any element of pScissors

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-offset-00597
    Evaluation of (offset.y + extent.height) must not cause a signed integer addition overflow for any element of pScissors

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-pScissors-parameter
    pScissors must be a valid pointer to an array of scissorCount VkRect2D structures

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

  • VUID-vkCmdSetScissor-scissorCount-arraylength
    scissorCount must be greater than 0

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics

State

26.2. Sample Mask Test

The sample mask test compares the coverage mask for a fragment with the sample mask defined by VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::pSampleMask.

Each bit of the coverage mask is associated with a sample index as described in the rasterization chapter. If the bit in VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::pSampleMask which is associated with that same sample index is set to 0, the coverage mask bit is set to 0.

26.3. Fragment Shading

Fragment shaders are invoked for each fragment, or as helper invocations.

Most operations in the fragment shader are not performed in rasterization order, with exceptions called out in the following sections.

For fragment shaders invoked by fragments, the following rules apply:

  • A fragment shader must not be executed if a fragment operation that executes before fragment shading discards the fragment.

  • A fragment shader may not be executed if:

    • An implementation determines that another fragment shader, invoked by a subsequent primitive in primitive order, overwrites all results computed by the shader (including writes to storage resources).

    • Any other fragment operation discards the fragment, and the shader does not write to any storage resources.

    • If a fragment shader statically computes the same values for different framebuffer locations, and does not write to any storage resources, multiple fragments may be shaded by one fragment shader invocation. This may affect VK_QUERY_PIPELINE_STATISTIC_FRAGMENT_SHADER_INVOCATIONS_BIT results, but must otherwise not be visible behavior to applications.

  • Otherwise, at least one fragment shader must be executed.

    • If sample shading is enabled and multiple invocations per fragment are required, additional invocations must be executed as specified.

    • Each covered sample must be included in at least one fragment shader invocation.

If no fragment shader is included in the pipeline, no fragment shader is executed, and undefined values may be written to all color attachment outputs during this fragment operation.

Note

Multiple fragment shader invocations may be executed for the same fragment for any number of implementation-dependent reasons. When there is more than one fragment shader invocation per fragment, the association of samples to invocations is implementation-dependent. Stores and atomics performed by these additional invocations have the normal effect.

26.3.1. Sample Mask

Reading from the SampleMask built-in in the Input storage class will return the coverage mask for the current fragment as calculated by fragment operations that executed prior to fragment shading.

If sample shading is enabled, fragment shaders will only see values of 1 for samples being shaded - other bits will be 0.

Each bit of the coverage mask is associated with a sample index as described in the rasterization chapter. If the bit in SampleMask which is associated with that same sample index is set to 0, that coverage mask bit is set to 0.

Values written to the SampleMask built-in in the Output storage class will be used by the multisample coverage operation, with the same encoding as the input built-in.

26.3.2. Depth Replacement

Writing to the FragDepth built-in will replace the fragment’s calculated depth values for each sample in the input SampleMask. Depth testing performed after the fragment shader for this fragment will use this new value as zf.

26.4. Multisample Coverage

If a fragment shader is active and its entry point’s interface includes a built-in output variable decorated with SampleMask, the coverage mask is ANDed with the bits of the SampleMask built-in to generate a new coverage mask. If sample shading is enabled, bits written to SampleMask corresponding to samples that are not being shaded by the fragment shader invocation are ignored. If no fragment shader is active, or if the active fragment shader does not include SampleMask in its interface, the coverage mask is not modified.

Next, the fragment alpha value and coverage mask are modified based on the alphaToCoverageEnable and alphaToOneEnable members of the VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure.

All alpha values in this section refer only to the alpha component of the fragment shader output that has a Location and Index decoration of zero (see the Fragment Output Interface section). If that shader output has an integer or unsigned integer type, then these operations are skipped.

If alphaToCoverageEnable is enabled, a temporary coverage mask is generated where each bit is determined by the fragment’s alpha value, which is ANDed with the fragment coverage mask.

No specific algorithm is specified for converting the alpha value to a temporary coverage mask. It is intended that the number of 1’s in this value be proportional to the alpha value (clamped to [0,1]), with all 1’s corresponding to a value of 1.0 and all 0’s corresponding to 0.0. The algorithm may be different at different framebuffer coordinates.

Note

Using different algorithms at different framebuffer coordinates may help to avoid artifacts caused by regular coverage sample locations.

Finally, if alphaToOneEnable is enabled, each alpha value is replaced by the maximum representable alpha value for fixed-point color attachments, or by 1.0 for floating-point attachments. Otherwise, the alpha values are not changed.

26.5. Depth and Stencil Operations

Pipeline state controlling the depth bounds tests, stencil test, and depth test is specified through the members of the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure.

The VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                           sType;
    const void*                               pNext;
    VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateFlags    flags;
    VkBool32                                  depthTestEnable;
    VkBool32                                  depthWriteEnable;
    VkCompareOp                               depthCompareOp;
    VkBool32                                  depthBoundsTestEnable;
    VkBool32                                  stencilTestEnable;
    VkStencilOpState                          front;
    VkStencilOpState                          back;
    float                                     minDepthBounds;
    float                                     maxDepthBounds;
} VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • depthTestEnable controls whether depth testing is enabled.

  • depthWriteEnable controls whether depth writes are enabled when depthTestEnable is VK_TRUE. Depth writes are always disabled when depthTestEnable is VK_FALSE.

  • depthCompareOp is a VkCompareOp value specifying the comparison operator to use in the Depth Comparison step of the depth test.

  • depthBoundsTestEnable controls whether depth bounds testing is enabled.

  • stencilTestEnable controls whether stencil testing is enabled.

  • front and back are VkStencilOpState values controlling the corresponding parameters of the stencil test.

  • minDepthBounds is the minimum depth bound used in the depth bounds test.

  • maxDepthBounds is the maximum depth bound used in the depth bounds test.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo-depthBoundsTestEnable-00598
    If the depthBounds feature is not enabled, depthBoundsTestEnable must be VK_FALSE

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_DEPTH_STENCIL_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo-depthCompareOp-parameter
    depthCompareOp must be a valid VkCompareOp value

  • VUID-VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo-front-parameter
    front must be a valid VkStencilOpState structure

  • VUID-VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo-back-parameter
    back must be a valid VkStencilOpState structure

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

26.6. Depth Bounds Test

The depth bounds test compares the depth value za in the depth/stencil attachment at each sample’s framebuffer coordinates (xf,yf) and sample index i against a set of depth bounds.

The depth bounds are determined by two floating point values defining a minimum (minDepthBounds) and maximum (maxDepthBounds) depth value. These values are either set by the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure during pipeline creation, or dynamically by vkCmdSetDepthBounds.

A given sample is considered within the depth bounds if za is in the range [minDepthBounds,maxDepthBounds]. Samples with depth attachment values outside of the depth bounds will have their coverage set to 0.

If the depth bounds test is disabled, or if there is no depth attachment, the coverage mask is unmodified by this operation.

To dynamically set the depth bounds range, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetDepthBounds(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    float                                       minDepthBounds,
    float                                       maxDepthBounds);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • minDepthBounds is the minimum depth bound.

  • maxDepthBounds is the maximum depth bound.

This command sets the depth bounds range for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BOUNDS set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::minDepthBounds and VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::maxDepthBounds values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBounds-minDepthBounds-00600
    minDepthBounds must be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBounds-maxDepthBounds-00601
    maxDepthBounds must be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBounds-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBounds-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetDepthBounds-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics

State

26.7. Stencil Test

The stencil test compares the stencil attachment value sa in the depth/stencil attachment at each sample’s framebuffer coordinates (xf,yf) and sample index i against a stencil reference value.

If the stencil test is not enabled, as specified by VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::stencilTestEnable, or if there is no stencil attachment, the coverage mask is unmodified by this operation.

The stencil test is controlled by one of two sets of stencil-related state, the front stencil state and the back stencil state. Stencil tests and writes use the back stencil state when processing fragments generated by back-facing polygons, and the front stencil state when processing fragments generated by front-facing polygons or any other primitives.

The comparison operation performed is determined by the VkCompareOp value set by VkStencilOpState::compareOp during pipeline creation.

The compare mask sc and stencil reference value sr of the front or the back stencil state set determine arguments of the comparison operation. sc is set by the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure during pipeline creation, or by the vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask command. sr is set by VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo or by vkCmdSetStencilReference.

sr and sa are each independently combined with sc using a bitwise AND operation to create masked reference and attachment values s'r and s'a. s'r and s'a are used as the reference and test values, respectively, in the operation specified by the VkCompareOp.

If the comparison evaluates to false, the coverage for the sample is set to 0.

A new stencil value sg is generated according to a stencil operation defined by VkStencilOp parameters set by VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo. If the stencil test fails, failOp defines the stencil operation used. If the stencil test passes however, the stencil op used is based on the depth test - if it passes, VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::passOp is used, otherwise VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthFailOp is used.

The stencil attachment value sa is then updated with the generated stencil value sg according to the write mask sw defined by writeMask in VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::front and VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::back as:

sa = (sa & ¬sw) | (sg & sw)

The VkStencilOpState structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkStencilOpState {
    VkStencilOp    failOp;
    VkStencilOp    passOp;
    VkStencilOp    depthFailOp;
    VkCompareOp    compareOp;
    uint32_t       compareMask;
    uint32_t       writeMask;
    uint32_t       reference;
} VkStencilOpState;
  • failOp is a VkStencilOp value specifying the action performed on samples that fail the stencil test.

  • passOp is a VkStencilOp value specifying the action performed on samples that pass both the depth and stencil tests.

  • depthFailOp is a VkStencilOp value specifying the action performed on samples that pass the stencil test and fail the depth test.

  • compareOp is a VkCompareOp value specifying the comparison operator used in the stencil test.

  • compareMask selects the bits of the unsigned integer stencil values participating in the stencil test.

  • writeMask selects the bits of the unsigned integer stencil values updated by the stencil test in the stencil framebuffer attachment.

  • reference is an integer stencil reference value that is used in the unsigned stencil comparison.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkStencilOpState-failOp-parameter
    failOp must be a valid VkStencilOp value

  • VUID-VkStencilOpState-passOp-parameter
    passOp must be a valid VkStencilOp value

  • VUID-VkStencilOpState-depthFailOp-parameter
    depthFailOp must be a valid VkStencilOp value

  • VUID-VkStencilOpState-compareOp-parameter
    compareOp must be a valid VkCompareOp value

To dynamically set the stencil compare mask, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkStencilFaceFlags                          faceMask,
    uint32_t                                    compareMask);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • faceMask is a bitmask of VkStencilFaceFlagBits specifying the set of stencil state for which to update the compare mask.

  • compareMask is the new value to use as the stencil compare mask.

This command sets the stencil compare mask for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_COMPARE_MASK set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkStencilOpState::compareMask value used to create the currently active pipeline, for both front and back faces.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask-faceMask-parameter
    faceMask must be a valid combination of VkStencilFaceFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask-faceMask-requiredbitmask
    faceMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics

State

VkStencilFaceFlagBits values are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkStencilFaceFlagBits {
    VK_STENCIL_FACE_FRONT_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_STENCIL_FACE_BACK_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_STENCIL_FACE_FRONT_AND_BACK = 0x00000003,
    VK_STENCIL_FRONT_AND_BACK = VK_STENCIL_FACE_FRONT_AND_BACK,
} VkStencilFaceFlagBits;
  • VK_STENCIL_FACE_FRONT_BIT specifies that only the front set of stencil state is updated.

  • VK_STENCIL_FACE_BACK_BIT specifies that only the back set of stencil state is updated.

  • VK_STENCIL_FACE_FRONT_AND_BACK is the combination of VK_STENCIL_FACE_FRONT_BIT and VK_STENCIL_FACE_BACK_BIT, and specifies that both sets of stencil state are updated.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkStencilFaceFlags;

VkStencilFaceFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkStencilFaceFlagBits.

To dynamically set the stencil write mask, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkStencilFaceFlags                          faceMask,
    uint32_t                                    writeMask);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • faceMask is a bitmask of VkStencilFaceFlagBits specifying the set of stencil state for which to update the write mask, as described above for vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask.

  • writeMask is the new value to use as the stencil write mask.

This command sets the stencil write mask for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_WRITE_MASK set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the writeMask value used to create the currently active pipeline, for both VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::front and VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::back faces.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask-faceMask-parameter
    faceMask must be a valid combination of VkStencilFaceFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask-faceMask-requiredbitmask
    faceMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilWriteMask-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics

State

To dynamically set the stencil reference value, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetStencilReference(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkStencilFaceFlags                          faceMask,
    uint32_t                                    reference);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • faceMask is a bitmask of VkStencilFaceFlagBits specifying the set of stencil state for which to update the reference value, as described above for vkCmdSetStencilCompareMask.

  • reference is the new value to use as the stencil reference value.

This command sets the stencil reference value for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_STENCIL_REFERENCE set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::reference value used to create the currently active pipeline, for both front and back faces.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilReference-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilReference-faceMask-parameter
    faceMask must be a valid combination of VkStencilFaceFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilReference-faceMask-requiredbitmask
    faceMask must not be 0

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilReference-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetStencilReference-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics

State

Possible values of the failOp, passOp, and depthFailOp members of VkStencilOpState, specifying what happens to the stored stencil value if this or certain subsequent tests fail or pass, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkStencilOp {
    VK_STENCIL_OP_KEEP = 0,
    VK_STENCIL_OP_ZERO = 1,
    VK_STENCIL_OP_REPLACE = 2,
    VK_STENCIL_OP_INCREMENT_AND_CLAMP = 3,
    VK_STENCIL_OP_DECREMENT_AND_CLAMP = 4,
    VK_STENCIL_OP_INVERT = 5,
    VK_STENCIL_OP_INCREMENT_AND_WRAP = 6,
    VK_STENCIL_OP_DECREMENT_AND_WRAP = 7,
} VkStencilOp;
  • VK_STENCIL_OP_KEEP keeps the current value.

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_ZERO sets the value to 0.

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_REPLACE sets the value to reference.

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_INCREMENT_AND_CLAMP increments the current value and clamps to the maximum representable unsigned value.

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_DECREMENT_AND_CLAMP decrements the current value and clamps to 0.

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_INVERT bitwise-inverts the current value.

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_INCREMENT_AND_WRAP increments the current value and wraps to 0 when the maximum value would have been exceeded.

  • VK_STENCIL_OP_DECREMENT_AND_WRAP decrements the current value and wraps to the maximum possible value when the value would go below 0.

For purposes of increment and decrement, the stencil bits are considered as an unsigned integer.

26.8. Depth Test

The depth test compares the depth value za in the depth/stencil attachment at each sample’s framebuffer coordinates (xf,yf) and sample index i against the sample’s depth value zf. If there is no depth attachment then the depth test is skipped.

The depth test occurs in three stages, as detailed in the following sections.

26.8.1. Depth Clamping and Range Adjustment

If VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo::depthClampEnable is enabled, zf is clamped to [zmin, zmax], where zmin = min(n,f), zmax = max(n,f)], and n and f are the minDepth and maxDepth depth range values of the viewport used by this fragment, respectively.

Following depth clamping:

  • If zf is not in the range [zmin, zmax], then zf is undefined following this step.

26.8.2. Depth Comparison

If the depth test is not enabled, as specified by VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthTestEnable, then this step is skipped.

The comparison operation performed is determined by the VkCompareOp value set by VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthCompareOp during pipeline creation. zf and za are used as the reference and test values, respectively, in the operation specified by the VkCompareOp.

If the comparison evaluates to false, the coverage for the sample is set to 0.

26.8.3. Depth Attachment Writes

If depth writes are enabled, as specified by VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo::depthWriteEnable, and the comparison evaluated to true, the depth attachment value za is set to the sample’s depth value zf. If there is no depth attachment, no value is written.

26.9. Sample Counting

Occlusion queries use query pool entries to track the number of samples that pass all the per-fragment tests. The mechanism of collecting an occlusion query value is described in Occlusion Queries.

The occlusion query sample counter increments by one for each sample with a coverage value of 1 in each fragment that survives all the per-fragment tests, including scissor, sample mask, alpha to coverage, stencil, and depth tests.

26.10. Coverage Reduction

Coverage reduction takes the coverage information for a fragment and converts that to a boolean coverage value for each color sample in each pixel covered by the fragment.

26.10.1. Pixel Coverage

Coverage for each pixel is first extracted from the total fragment coverage mask. This consists of rasterizationSamples unique coverage samples for each pixel in the fragment area, each with a unique sample index. If the fragment only contains a single pixel, coverage for the pixel is equivalent to the fragment coverage.

26.10.2. Color Sample Coverage

Once pixel coverage is determined, coverage for each individual color sample corresponding to that pixel is determined.

The number of rasterizationSamples is identical to the number of samples in the color attachments. A color sample is covered if the pixel coverage sample with the same sample index i is covered.

27. The Framebuffer

27.1. Blending

Blending combines the incoming source fragment’s R, G, B, and A values with the destination R, G, B, and A values of each sample stored in the framebuffer at the fragment’s (xf,yf) location. Blending is performed for each color sample covered by the fragment, rather than just once for each fragment.

Source and destination values are combined according to the blend operation, quadruplets of source and destination weighting factors determined by the blend factors, and a blend constant, to obtain a new set of R, G, B, and A values, as described below.

Blending is computed and applied separately to each color attachment used by the subpass, with separate controls for each attachment.

Prior to performing the blend operation, signed and unsigned normalized fixed-point color components undergo an implied conversion to floating-point as specified by Conversion from Normalized Fixed-Point to Floating-Point. Blending computations are treated as if carried out in floating-point, and basic blend operations are performed with a precision and dynamic range no lower than that used to represent destination components.

Note

Blending is only defined for floating-point, UNORM, SNORM, and sRGB formats. Within those formats, the implementation may only support blending on some subset of them. Which formats support blending is indicated by VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT.

The pipeline blend state is included in the VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo structure during graphics pipeline creation:

The VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo {
    VkStructureType                               sType;
    const void*                                   pNext;
    VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateFlags          flags;
    VkBool32                                      logicOpEnable;
    VkLogicOp                                     logicOp;
    uint32_t                                      attachmentCount;
    const VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState*    pAttachments;
    float                                         blendConstants[4];
} VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • flags is reserved for future use.

  • logicOpEnable controls whether to apply Logical Operations.

  • logicOp selects which logical operation to apply.

  • attachmentCount is the number of VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState elements in pAttachments.

  • pAttachments is a pointer to an array of VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState structures defining blend state for each color attachment.

  • blendConstants is a pointer to an array of four values used as the R, G, B, and A components of the blend constant that are used in blending, depending on the blend factor.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-pAttachments-00605
    If the independentBlend feature is not enabled, all elements of pAttachments must be identical

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-logicOpEnable-00606
    If the logicOp feature is not enabled, logicOpEnable must be VK_FALSE

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-logicOpEnable-00607
    If logicOpEnable is VK_TRUE, logicOp must be a valid VkLogicOp value

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-pAttachments-07353
    If attachmentCount is not 0 pAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentCount valid VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState structures

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_COLOR_BLEND_STATE_CREATE_INFO

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-flags-zerobitmask
    flags must be 0

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo-pAttachments-parameter
    If attachmentCount is not 0, and pAttachments is not NULL, pAttachments must be a valid pointer to an array of attachmentCount valid VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState structures

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateFlags;

VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask, but is currently reserved for future use.

The VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState {
    VkBool32                 blendEnable;
    VkBlendFactor            srcColorBlendFactor;
    VkBlendFactor            dstColorBlendFactor;
    VkBlendOp                colorBlendOp;
    VkBlendFactor            srcAlphaBlendFactor;
    VkBlendFactor            dstAlphaBlendFactor;
    VkBlendOp                alphaBlendOp;
    VkColorComponentFlags    colorWriteMask;
} VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState;
  • blendEnable controls whether blending is enabled for the corresponding color attachment. If blending is not enabled, the source fragment’s color for that attachment is passed through unmodified.

  • srcColorBlendFactor selects which blend factor is used to determine the source factors (Sr,Sg,Sb).

  • dstColorBlendFactor selects which blend factor is used to determine the destination factors (Dr,Dg,Db).

  • colorBlendOp selects which blend operation is used to calculate the RGB values to write to the color attachment.

  • srcAlphaBlendFactor selects which blend factor is used to determine the source factor Sa.

  • dstAlphaBlendFactor selects which blend factor is used to determine the destination factor Da.

  • alphaBlendOp selects which blend operation is used to calculate the alpha values to write to the color attachment.

  • colorWriteMask is a bitmask of VkColorComponentFlagBits specifying which of the R, G, B, and/or A components are enabled for writing, as described for the Color Write Mask.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-srcColorBlendFactor-00608
    If the dualSrcBlend feature is not enabled, srcColorBlendFactor must not be VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA, or VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-dstColorBlendFactor-00609
    If the dualSrcBlend feature is not enabled, dstColorBlendFactor must not be VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA, or VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-srcAlphaBlendFactor-00610
    If the dualSrcBlend feature is not enabled, srcAlphaBlendFactor must not be VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA, or VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-dstAlphaBlendFactor-00611
    If the dualSrcBlend feature is not enabled, dstAlphaBlendFactor must not be VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA, or VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-srcColorBlendFactor-parameter
    srcColorBlendFactor must be a valid VkBlendFactor value

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-dstColorBlendFactor-parameter
    dstColorBlendFactor must be a valid VkBlendFactor value

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-colorBlendOp-parameter
    colorBlendOp must be a valid VkBlendOp value

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-srcAlphaBlendFactor-parameter
    srcAlphaBlendFactor must be a valid VkBlendFactor value

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-dstAlphaBlendFactor-parameter
    dstAlphaBlendFactor must be a valid VkBlendFactor value

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-alphaBlendOp-parameter
    alphaBlendOp must be a valid VkBlendOp value

  • VUID-VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState-colorWriteMask-parameter
    colorWriteMask must be a valid combination of VkColorComponentFlagBits values

27.1.1. Blend Factors

The source and destination color and alpha blending factors are selected from the enum:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkBlendFactor {
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ZERO = 0,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE = 1,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC_COLOR = 2,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR = 3,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_DST_COLOR = 4,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR = 5,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC_ALPHA = 6,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA = 7,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_DST_ALPHA = 8,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA = 9,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_COLOR = 10,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR = 11,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_ALPHA = 12,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA = 13,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC_ALPHA_SATURATE = 14,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR = 15,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR = 16,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA = 17,
    VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA = 18,
} VkBlendFactor;

The semantics of the enum values are described in the table below:

Table 24. Blend Factors
VkBlendFactor RGB Blend Factors (Sr,Sg,Sb) or (Dr,Dg,Db) Alpha Blend Factor (Sa or Da)

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ZERO

(0,0,0)

0

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE

(1,1,1)

1

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC_COLOR

(Rs0,Gs0,Bs0)

As0

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR

(1-Rs0,1-Gs0,1-Bs0)

1-As0

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_DST_COLOR

(Rd,Gd,Bd)

Ad

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR

(1-Rd,1-Gd,1-Bd)

1-Ad

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC_ALPHA

(As0,As0,As0)

As0

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA

(1-As0,1-As0,1-As0)

1-As0

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_DST_ALPHA

(Ad,Ad,Ad)

Ad

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA

(1-Ad,1-Ad,1-Ad)

1-Ad

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_COLOR

(Rc,Gc,Bc)

Ac

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR

(1-Rc,1-Gc,1-Bc)

1-Ac

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_CONSTANT_ALPHA

(Ac,Ac,Ac)

Ac

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA

(1-Ac,1-Ac,1-Ac)

1-Ac

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC_ALPHA_SATURATE

(f,f,f); f = min(As0,1-Ad)

1

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR

(Rs1,Gs1,Bs1)

As1

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR

(1-Rs1,1-Gs1,1-Bs1)

1-As1

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA

(As1,As1,As1)

As1

VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA

(1-As1,1-As1,1-As1)

1-As1

In this table, the following conventions are used:

  • Rs0,Gs0,Bs0 and As0 represent the first source color R, G, B, and A components, respectively, for the fragment output location corresponding to the color attachment being blended.

  • Rs1,Gs1,Bs1 and As1 represent the second source color R, G, B, and A components, respectively, used in dual source blending modes, for the fragment output location corresponding to the color attachment being blended.

  • Rd,Gd,Bd and Ad represent the R, G, B, and A components of the destination color. That is, the color currently in the corresponding color attachment for this fragment/sample.

  • Rc,Gc,Bc and Ac represent the blend constant R, G, B, and A components, respectively.

To dynamically set and change the blend constants, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdSetBlendConstants(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    const float                                 blendConstants[4]);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • blendConstants is a pointer to an array of four values specifying the Rc, Gc, Bc, and Ac components of the blend constant color used in blending, depending on the blend factor.

This command sets blend constants for subsequent drawing commands when the graphics pipeline is created with VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_BLEND_CONSTANTS set in VkPipelineDynamicStateCreateInfo::pDynamicStates. Otherwise, this state is specified by the VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo::blendConstants values used to create the currently active pipeline.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdSetBlendConstants-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdSetBlendConstants-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdSetBlendConstants-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support graphics operations

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Both

Graphics

State

27.1.2. Dual-Source Blending

Blend factors that use the secondary color input (Rs1,Gs1,Bs1,As1) (VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA, and VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA) may consume implementation resources that could otherwise be used for rendering to multiple color attachments. Therefore, the number of color attachments that can be used in a framebuffer may be lower when using dual-source blending.

Dual-source blending is only supported if the dualSrcBlend feature is enabled.

The maximum number of color attachments that can be used in a subpass when using dual-source blending functions is implementation-dependent and is reported as the maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments member of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits.

Color outputs can be bound to the first and second inputs of the blender using the Index decoration, as described in Fragment Output Interface. If the second color input to the blender is not written in the shader, or if no output is bound to the second input of a blender, the value of the second input is undefined.

27.1.3. Blend Operations

Once the source and destination blend factors have been selected, they along with the source and destination components are passed to the blending operations. RGB and alpha components can use different operations. Possible values of VkBlendOp, specifying the operations, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkBlendOp {
    VK_BLEND_OP_ADD = 0,
    VK_BLEND_OP_SUBTRACT = 1,
    VK_BLEND_OP_REVERSE_SUBTRACT = 2,
    VK_BLEND_OP_MIN = 3,
    VK_BLEND_OP_MAX = 4,
} VkBlendOp;

The semantics of the basic blend operations are described in the table below:

Table 25. Basic Blend Operations
VkBlendOp RGB Components Alpha Component

VK_BLEND_OP_ADD

R = Rs0 × Sr + Rd × Dr
G = Gs0 × Sg + Gd × Dg
B = Bs0 × Sb + Bd × Db

A = As0 × Sa + Ad × Da

VK_BLEND_OP_SUBTRACT

R = Rs0 × Sr - Rd × Dr
G = Gs0 × Sg - Gd × Dg
B = Bs0 × Sb - Bd × Db

A = As0 × Sa - Ad × Da

VK_BLEND_OP_REVERSE_SUBTRACT

R = Rd × Dr - Rs0 × Sr
G = Gd × Dg - Gs0 × Sg
B = Bd × Db - Bs0 × Sb

A = Ad × Da - As0 × Sa

VK_BLEND_OP_MIN

R = min(Rs0,Rd)
G = min(Gs0,Gd)
B = min(Bs0,Bd)

A = min(As0,Ad)

VK_BLEND_OP_MAX

R = max(Rs0,Rd)
G = max(Gs0,Gd)
B = max(Bs0,Bd)

A = max(As0,Ad)

In this table, the following conventions are used:

  • Rs0, Gs0, Bs0 and As0 represent the first source color R, G, B, and A components, respectively.

  • Rd, Gd, Bd and Ad represent the R, G, B, and A components of the destination color. That is, the color currently in the corresponding color attachment for this fragment/sample.

  • Sr, Sg, Sb and Sa represent the source blend factor R, G, B, and A components, respectively.

  • Dr, Dg, Db and Da represent the destination blend factor R, G, B, and A components, respectively.

The blending operation produces a new set of values R, G, B and A, which are written to the framebuffer attachment. If blending is not enabled for this attachment, then R, G, B and A are assigned Rs0, Gs0, Bs0 and As0, respectively.

If the color attachment is fixed-point, the components of the source and destination values and blend factors are each clamped to [0,1] or [-1,1] respectively for an unsigned normalized or signed normalized color attachment prior to evaluating the blend operations. If the color attachment is floating-point, no clamping occurs.

If the numeric format of a framebuffer attachment uses sRGB encoding, the R, G, and B destination color values (after conversion from fixed-point to floating-point) are considered to be encoded for the sRGB color space and hence are linearized prior to their use in blending. Each R, G, and B component is converted from nonlinear to linear as described in the “sRGB EOTF” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification. If the format is not sRGB, no linearization is performed.

If the numeric format of a framebuffer attachment uses sRGB encoding, then the final R, G and B values are converted into the nonlinear sRGB representation before being written to the framebuffer attachment as described in the “sRGB EOTF -1” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

If the numeric format of a framebuffer color attachment is not sRGB encoded then the resulting cs values for R, G and B are unmodified. The value of A is never sRGB encoded. That is, the alpha component is always stored in memory as linear.

If the framebuffer color attachment is VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED, no writes are performed through that attachment. Writes are not performed to framebuffer color attachments greater than or equal to the VkSubpassDescription::colorAttachmentCount value.

27.2. Logical Operations

The application can enable a logical operation between the fragment’s color values and the existing value in the framebuffer attachment. This logical operation is applied prior to updating the framebuffer attachment. Logical operations are applied only for signed and unsigned integer and normalized integer framebuffers. Logical operations are not applied to floating-point or sRGB format color attachments.

Logical operations are controlled by the logicOpEnable and logicOp members of VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo. If logicOpEnable is VK_TRUE, then a logical operation selected by logicOp is applied between each color attachment and the fragment’s corresponding output value, and blending of all attachments is treated as if it were disabled. Any attachments using color formats for which logical operations are not supported simply pass through the color values unmodified. The logical operation is applied independently for each of the red, green, blue, and alpha components. The logicOp is selected from the following operations:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkLogicOp {
    VK_LOGIC_OP_CLEAR = 0,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_AND = 1,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_AND_REVERSE = 2,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_COPY = 3,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_AND_INVERTED = 4,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_NO_OP = 5,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_XOR = 6,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_OR = 7,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_NOR = 8,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_EQUIVALENT = 9,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_INVERT = 10,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_OR_REVERSE = 11,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_COPY_INVERTED = 12,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_OR_INVERTED = 13,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_NAND = 14,
    VK_LOGIC_OP_SET = 15,
} VkLogicOp;

The logical operations supported by Vulkan are summarized in the following table in which

  • ¬ is bitwise invert,

  • is bitwise and,

  • is bitwise or,

  • is bitwise exclusive or,

  • s is the fragment’s Rs0, Gs0, Bs0 or As0 component value for the fragment output corresponding to the color attachment being updated, and

  • d is the color attachment’s R, G, B or A component value:

Table 26. Logical Operations
Mode Operation

VK_LOGIC_OP_CLEAR

0

VK_LOGIC_OP_AND

s ∧ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_AND_REVERSE

s ∧ ¬ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_COPY

s

VK_LOGIC_OP_AND_INVERTED

¬ s ∧ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_NO_OP

d

VK_LOGIC_OP_XOR

s ⊕ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_OR

s ∨ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_NOR

¬ (s ∨ d)

VK_LOGIC_OP_EQUIVALENT

¬ (s ⊕ d)

VK_LOGIC_OP_INVERT

¬ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_OR_REVERSE

s ∨ ¬ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_COPY_INVERTED

¬ s

VK_LOGIC_OP_OR_INVERTED

¬ s ∨ d

VK_LOGIC_OP_NAND

¬ (s ∧ d)

VK_LOGIC_OP_SET

all 1s

The result of the logical operation is then written to the color attachment as controlled by the component write mask, described in Blend Operations.

27.3. Color Write Mask

Bits which can be set in VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState::colorWriteMask, determining whether the final color values R, G, B and A are written to the framebuffer attachment, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkColorComponentFlagBits {
    VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_R_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_G_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_B_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_A_BIT = 0x00000008,
} VkColorComponentFlagBits;
  • VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_R_BIT specifies that the R value is written to the color attachment for the appropriate sample. Otherwise, the value in memory is unmodified.

  • VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_G_BIT specifies that the G value is written to the color attachment for the appropriate sample. Otherwise, the value in memory is unmodified.

  • VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_B_BIT specifies that the B value is written to the color attachment for the appropriate sample. Otherwise, the value in memory is unmodified.

  • VK_COLOR_COMPONENT_A_BIT specifies that the A value is written to the color attachment for the appropriate sample. Otherwise, the value in memory is unmodified.

The color write mask operation is applied regardless of whether blending is enabled.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkColorComponentFlags;

VkColorComponentFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkColorComponentFlagBits.

28. Dispatching Commands

Dispatching commands (commands with Dispatch in the name) provoke work in a compute pipeline. Dispatching commands are recorded into a command buffer and when executed by a queue, will produce work which executes according to the bound compute pipeline. A compute pipeline must be bound to a command buffer before any dispatching commands are recorded in that command buffer.

To record a dispatch, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdDispatch(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    uint32_t                                    groupCountX,
    uint32_t                                    groupCountY,
    uint32_t                                    groupCountZ);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • groupCountX is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the X dimension.

  • groupCountY is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the Y dimension.

  • groupCountZ is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the Z dimension.

When the command is executed, a global workgroup consisting of groupCountX × groupCountY × groupCountZ local workgroups is assembled.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-unnormalizedCoordinates-09636
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state not specified as dynamic in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08609
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used to sample from any VkImage with a VkImageView of the type VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D_ARRAY, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08610
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-08611
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Instruction/Sampler/Image View Validation

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-format-07753
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the image view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, the image subresource identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-groupCountX-00386
    groupCountX must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[0]

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-groupCountY-00387
    groupCountY must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[1]

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-groupCountZ-00388
    groupCountZ must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[2]

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatch-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Compute

Action

To record an indirect dispatching command, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkCmdDispatchIndirect(
    VkCommandBuffer                             commandBuffer,
    VkBuffer                                    buffer,
    VkDeviceSize                                offset);
  • commandBuffer is the command buffer into which the command will be recorded.

  • buffer is the buffer containing dispatch parameters.

  • offset is the byte offset into buffer where parameters begin.

vkCmdDispatchIndirect behaves similarly to vkCmdDispatch except that the parameters are read by the device from a buffer during execution. The parameters of the dispatch are encoded in a VkDispatchIndirectCommand structure taken from buffer starting at offset.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-magFilter-04553
    If a VkSampler created with magFilter or minFilter equal to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-mipmapMode-04770
    If a VkSampler created with mipmapMode equal to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR, and compareEnable equal to VK_FALSE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-unnormalizedCoordinates-09635
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s levelCount and layerCount must be 1

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-unnormalizedCoordinates-09636
    If a VkSampler created with unnormalizedCoordinates equal to VK_TRUE is used to sample a VkImageView as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must be VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-aspectMask-06478
    If a VkImageView is sampled with depth comparison, the image view must have been created with an aspectMask that contains VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-02691
    If a VkImageView is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the image view’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-07888
    If a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor is accessed using atomic operations as a result of this command, then the storage texel buffer’s format features must contain VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08600
    For each set n that is statically used by a bound shader, a descriptor set must have been bound to n at the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for set n, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08601
    For each push constant that is statically used by a bound shader, a push constant value must have been set for the same pipeline bind point, with a VkPipelineLayout that is compatible for push constants, with the VkPipelineLayout used to create the current VkPipeline , as described in Pipeline Layout Compatibility

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08114
    Descriptors in each bound descriptor set, specified via vkCmdBindDescriptorSets, must be valid as described by descriptor validity if they are statically used by a bound shader

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08606
    A valid pipeline must be bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08608
    There must not have been any calls to dynamic state setting commands for any state not specified as dynamic in the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command, since that pipeline was bound

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08609
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used to sample from any VkImage with a VkImageView of the type VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_3D, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_1D_ARRAY, VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_2D_ARRAY or VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08610
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions with ImplicitLod, Dref or Proj in their name, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-08611
    If the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a VkSampler object that uses unnormalized coordinates, that sampler must not be used with any of the SPIR-V OpImageSample* or OpImageSparseSample* instructions that includes a LOD bias or any offset values, in any shader stage

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-uniformBuffers-06935
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a uniform buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-storageBuffers-06936
    If any stage of the VkPipeline object bound to the pipeline bind point used by this command accesses a storage buffer, and the robustBufferAccess feature is not enabled, that stage must not access values outside of the range of the buffer as specified in the descriptor set bound to the same pipeline bind point

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-viewType-07752
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the image view’s viewType must match the Dim operand of the OpTypeImage as described in Instruction/Sampler/Image View Validation

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-format-07753
    If a VkImageView is accessed as a result of this command, then the numeric type of the image view’s format and the Sampled Type operand of the OpTypeImage must match

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-OpImageWrite-08795
    If a VkImageView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the image view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-OpImageWrite-04469
    If a VkBufferView is accessed using OpImageWrite as a result of this command, then the Type of the Texel operand of that instruction must have at least as many components as the buffer view’s format

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-07288
    Any shader invocation executed by this command must terminate

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-None-09600
    If a descriptor with type equal to any of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT is accessed as a result of this command, the image subresource identified by that descriptor must be in the image layout identified when the descriptor was written

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-buffer-02708
    If buffer is non-sparse then it must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-buffer-02709
    buffer must have been created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BIT bit set

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-offset-02710
    offset must be a multiple of 4

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-offset-00407
    The sum of offset and the size of VkDispatchIndirectCommand must be less than or equal to the size of buffer

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-commandBuffer-parameter
    commandBuffer must be a valid VkCommandBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-commandBuffer-recording
    commandBuffer must be in the recording state

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-commandBuffer-cmdpool
    The VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must support compute operations

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-renderpass
    This command must only be called outside of a render pass instance

  • VUID-vkCmdDispatchIndirect-commonparent
    Both of buffer, and commandBuffer must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to commandBuffer must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to the VkCommandPool that commandBuffer was allocated from must be externally synchronized

Command Properties
Command Buffer Levels Render Pass Scope Supported Queue Types Command Type

Primary
Secondary

Outside

Compute

Action

The VkDispatchIndirectCommand structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkDispatchIndirectCommand {
    uint32_t    x;
    uint32_t    y;
    uint32_t    z;
} VkDispatchIndirectCommand;
  • x is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the X dimension.

  • y is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the Y dimension.

  • z is the number of local workgroups to dispatch in the Z dimension.

The members of VkDispatchIndirectCommand have the same meaning as the corresponding parameters of vkCmdDispatch.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkDispatchIndirectCommand-x-00417
    x must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[0]

  • VUID-VkDispatchIndirectCommand-y-00418
    y must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[1]

  • VUID-VkDispatchIndirectCommand-z-00419
    z must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupCount[2]

29. Sparse Resources

As documented in Resource Memory Association, VkBuffer and VkImage resources in Vulkan must be bound completely and contiguously to a single VkDeviceMemory object. This binding must be done before the resource is used, and the binding is immutable for the lifetime of the resource.

Sparse resources relax these restrictions and provide these additional features:

  • Sparse resources can be bound non-contiguously to one or more VkDeviceMemory allocations.

  • Sparse resources can be re-bound to different memory allocations over the lifetime of the resource.

  • Sparse resources can have descriptors generated and used orthogonally with memory binding commands.

29.1. Sparse Resource Features

Sparse resources have several features that must be enabled explicitly at resource creation time. The features are enabled by including bits in the flags parameter of VkImageCreateInfo or VkBufferCreateInfo. Each feature also has one or more corresponding feature enables specified in VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures.

  • The sparseBinding feature is the base, and provides the following capabilities:

    • Resources can be bound at some defined (sparse block) granularity.

    • The entire resource must be bound to memory before use regardless of regions actually accessed.

    • No specific mapping of image region to memory offset is defined, i.e. the location that each texel corresponds to in memory is implementation-dependent.

    • Sparse buffers have a well-defined mapping of buffer range to memory range, where an offset into a range of the buffer that is bound to a single contiguous range of memory corresponds to an identical offset within that range of memory.

    • Requested via the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT and VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT bits.

    • A sparse image created using VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT (but not VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT) supports all formats that non-sparse usage supports, and supports both VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL and VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR tiling.

  • Sparse Residency builds on (and requires) the sparseBinding feature. It includes the following capabilities:

    • Resources do not have to be completely bound to memory before use on the device.

    • Images have a prescribed sparse image block layout, allowing specific rectangular regions of the image to be bound to specific offsets in memory allocations.

    • Consistency of access to unbound regions of the resource is defined by the absence or presence of VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties::residencyNonResidentStrict. If this property is present, accesses to unbound regions of the resource are well defined and behave as if the data bound is populated with all zeros; writes are discarded. When this property is absent, accesses are considered safe, but reads will return undefined values.

    • Requested via the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT and VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT bits.

    • Sparse residency support is advertised on a finer grain via the following features:

      • The sparseResidencyBuffer feature provides support for creating VkBuffer objects with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

      • The sparseResidencyImage2D feature provides support for creating 2D single-sampled VkImage objects with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

      • The sparseResidencyImage3D feature provides support for creating 3D VkImage objects with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

      • The sparseResidency2Samples feature provides support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 2 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

      • The sparseResidency4Samples feature provides support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 4 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

      • The sparseResidency8Samples feature provides support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 8 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

      • The sparseResidency16Samples feature provides support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 16 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

      Implementations supporting sparseResidencyImage2D are only required to support sparse 2D, single-sampled images. Support for sparse 3D and MSAA images is optional and can be enabled via sparseResidencyImage3D, sparseResidency2Samples, sparseResidency4Samples, sparseResidency8Samples, and sparseResidency16Samples.

    • A sparse image created using VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT supports all non-compressed color formats with power-of-two element size that non-sparse usage supports. Additional formats may also be supported and can be queried via vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties. VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR tiling is not supported.

  • The sparseResidencyAliased feature provides the following capability that can be enabled per resource:

    Allows physical memory ranges to be shared between multiple locations in the same sparse resource or between multiple sparse resources, with each binding of a memory location observing a consistent interpretation of the memory contents.

    See Sparse Memory Aliasing for more information.

29.2. Sparse Buffers and Fully-Resident Images

Both VkBuffer and VkImage objects created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT or VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT bits can be thought of as a linear region of address space. In the VkImage case if VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT is not used, this linear region is entirely opaque, meaning that there is no application-visible mapping between texel location and memory offset.

Unless VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT or VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT are also used, the entire resource must be bound to one or more VkDeviceMemory objects before use.

29.2.1. Sparse Buffer and Fully-Resident Image Block Size

The sparse block size in bytes for sparse buffers and fully-resident images is reported as VkMemoryRequirements::alignment. alignment represents both the memory alignment requirement and the binding granularity (in bytes) for sparse resources.

29.3. Sparse Partially-Resident Buffers

VkBuffer objects created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT bit allow the buffer to be made only partially resident. Partially resident VkBuffer objects are allocated and bound identically to VkBuffer objects using only the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT feature. The only difference is the ability for some regions of the buffer to be unbound during device use.

29.4. Sparse Partially-Resident Images

VkImage objects created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT bit allow specific rectangular regions of the image called sparse image blocks to be bound to specific ranges of memory. This allows the application to manage residency at either image subresource or sparse image block granularity. Each image subresource (outside of the mip tail) starts on a sparse block boundary and has dimensions that are integer multiples of the corresponding dimensions of the sparse image block.

Note

Applications can use these types of images to control LOD based on total memory consumption. If memory pressure becomes an issue the application can unbind and disable specific mipmap levels of images without having to recreate resources or modify texel data of unaffected levels.

The application can also use this functionality to access subregions of the image in a “megatexture” fashion. The application can create a large image and only populate the region of the image that is currently being used in the scene.

29.4.1. Accessing Unbound Regions

The following member of VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties affects how data in unbound regions of sparse resources are handled by the implementation:

  • residencyNonResidentStrict

If this property is not present, reads of unbound regions of the image will return undefined values. Both reads and writes are still considered safe and will not affect other resources or populated regions of the image.

If this property is present, all reads of unbound regions of the image will behave as if the region was bound to memory populated with all zeros; writes will be discarded.

Image operations performed on unbound memory may still alter some component values in the natural way for those accesses, e.g. substituting a value of one for alpha in formats that do not have an alpha component.

Example: Reading the alpha component of an unbacked VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM image will return a value of 1.0f.

See Physical Device Enumeration for instructions for retrieving physical device properties.

Implementor’s Note

For implementations that cannot natively handle access to unbound regions of a resource, the implementation may allocate and bind memory to the unbound regions. Reads and writes to unbound regions will access the implementation-managed memory instead.

Given that the values resulting from reads of unbound regions are undefined in this scenario, implementations may use the same physical memory for all unbound regions of multiple resources within the same process.

29.4.2. Mip Tail Regions

Sparse images created using VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT (without also using VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT) have no specific mapping of image region or image subresource to memory offset defined, so the entire image can be thought of as a linear opaque address region. However, images created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT do have a prescribed sparse image block layout, and hence each image subresource must start on a sparse block boundary. Within each array layer, the set of mip levels that have a smaller size than the sparse block size in bytes are grouped together into a mip tail region.

If the VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_ALIGNED_MIP_SIZE_BIT flag is present in the flags member of VkSparseImageFormatProperties, for the image’s format, then any mip level which has dimensions that are not integer multiples of the corresponding dimensions of the sparse image block, and all subsequent mip levels, are also included in the mip tail region.

The following member of VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties may affect how the implementation places mip levels in the mip tail region:

  • residencyAlignedMipSize

Each mip tail region is bound to memory as an opaque region (i.e. must be bound using a VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo structure) and may be of a size greater than or equal to the sparse block size in bytes. This size is guaranteed to be an integer multiple of the sparse block size in bytes.

An implementation may choose to allow each array-layer’s mip tail region to be bound to memory independently or require that all array-layer’s mip tail regions be treated as one. This is dictated by VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_SINGLE_MIPTAIL_BIT in VkSparseImageMemoryRequirements::flags.

The following diagrams depict how VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_ALIGNED_MIP_SIZE_BIT and VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_SINGLE_MIPTAIL_BIT alter memory usage and requirements.

image/svg+xml Array Layer 0 Array Layer 1 Array Layer 2 MipLevel 0 MipLevel 1 MipLevel 3 MipLevel 2 Mip Tail Legend Image Pixel Data Sparse Memory Block Mip Tail Data
Figure 10. Sparse Image

In the absence of VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_ALIGNED_MIP_SIZE_BIT and VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_SINGLE_MIPTAIL_BIT, each array layer contains a mip tail region containing texel data for all mip levels smaller than the sparse image block in any dimension.

Mip levels that are as large or larger than a sparse image block in all dimensions can be bound individually. Right-edges and bottom-edges of each level are allowed to have partially used sparse blocks. Any bound partially-used-sparse-blocks must still have their full sparse block size in bytes allocated in memory.

image/svg+xml Array Layer 0 Array Layer 1 Array Layer 2 MipLevel 0 MipLevel 1 MipLevel 3 MipLevel 2 Mip Tail Legend Image Pixel Data Sparse Memory Block Mip Tail Data
Figure 11. Sparse Image with Single Mip Tail

When VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_SINGLE_MIPTAIL_BIT is present all array layers will share a single mip tail region.

image/svg+xml Array Layer 0 Array Layer 1 Array Layer 2 MipLevel 0 MipLevel 1 Mip Tail Legend Image Pixel Data Sparse Memory Block Mip Tail Data
Figure 12. Sparse Image with Aligned Mip Size
Note

The mip tail regions are presented here in 2D arrays simply for figure size reasons. Each mip tail is logically a single array of sparse blocks with an implementation-dependent mapping of texels or compressed texel blocks to sparse blocks.

When VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_ALIGNED_MIP_SIZE_BIT is present the first mip level that would contain partially used sparse blocks begins the mip tail region. This level and all subsequent levels are placed in the mip tail. Only the first N mip levels whose dimensions are an exact multiple of the sparse image block dimensions can be bound and unbound on a sparse block basis.

image/svg+xml Array Layer 0 Array Layer 1 Array Layer 2 MipLevel 0 MipLevel 1 Mip Tail Legend Image Pixel Data Sparse Memory Block Mip Tail Data
Figure 13. Sparse Image with Aligned Mip Size and Single Mip Tail
Note

The mip tail region is presented here in a 2D array simply for figure size reasons. It is logically a single array of sparse blocks with an implementation-dependent mapping of texels or compressed texel blocks to sparse blocks.

When both VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_ALIGNED_MIP_SIZE_BIT and VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_SINGLE_MIPTAIL_BIT are present the constraints from each of these flags are in effect.

29.4.3. Standard Sparse Image Block Shapes

Standard sparse image block shapes define a standard set of dimensions for sparse image blocks that depend on the format of the image. Layout of texels or compressed texel blocks within a sparse image block is implementation-dependent. All currently defined standard sparse image block shapes are 64 KB in size.

For block-compressed formats (e.g. VK_FORMAT_BC5_UNORM_BLOCK), the texel size is the size of the compressed texel block (e.g. 128-bit for BC5) thus the dimensions of the standard sparse image block shapes apply in terms of compressed texel blocks.

Note

For block-compressed formats, the dimensions of a sparse image block in terms of texels can be calculated by multiplying the sparse image block dimensions by the compressed texel block dimensions.

Table 27. Standard Sparse Image Block Shapes (Single Sample)
TEXEL SIZE (bits) Block Shape (2D) Block Shape (3D)

8-Bit

256 × 256 × 1

64 × 32 × 32

16-Bit

256 × 128 × 1

32 × 32 × 32

32-Bit

128 × 128 × 1

32 × 32 × 16

64-Bit

128 × 64 × 1

32 × 16 × 16

128-Bit

64 × 64 × 1

16 × 16 × 16

Table 28. Standard Sparse Image Block Shapes (MSAA)
TEXEL SIZE (bits) Block Shape (2X) Block Shape (4X) Block Shape (8X) Block Shape (16X)

8-Bit

128 × 256 × 1

128 × 128 × 1

64 × 128 × 1

64 × 64 × 1

16-Bit

128 × 128 × 1

128 × 64 × 1

64 × 64 × 1

64 × 32 × 1

32-Bit

64 × 128 × 1

64 × 64 × 1

32 × 64 × 1

32 × 32 × 1

64-Bit

64 × 64 × 1

64 × 32 × 1

32 × 32 × 1

32 × 16 × 1

128-Bit

32 × 64 × 1

32 × 32 × 1

16 × 32 × 1

16 × 16 × 1

Implementations that support the standard sparse image block shape for all formats listed in the Standard Sparse Image Block Shapes (Single Sample) and Standard Sparse Image Block Shapes (MSAA) tables may advertise the following VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties:

  • residencyStandard2DBlockShape

  • residencyStandard2DMultisampleBlockShape

  • residencyStandard3DBlockShape

Reporting each of these features does not imply that all possible image types are supported as sparse. Instead, this indicates that no supported sparse image of the corresponding type will use custom sparse image block dimensions for any formats that have a corresponding standard sparse image block shape.

29.4.4. Custom Sparse Image Block Shapes

An implementation that does not support a standard image block shape for a particular sparse partially-resident image may choose to support a custom sparse image block shape for it instead. The dimensions of such a custom sparse image block shape are reported in VkSparseImageFormatProperties::imageGranularity. As with standard sparse image block shapes, the size in bytes of the custom sparse image block shape will be reported in VkMemoryRequirements::alignment.

Custom sparse image block dimensions are reported through vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties and vkGetImageSparseMemoryRequirements.

An implementation must not support both the standard sparse image block shape and a custom sparse image block shape for the same image. The standard sparse image block shape must be used if it is supported.

29.4.5. Multiple Aspects

Partially resident images are allowed to report separate sparse properties for different aspects of the image. One example is for depth/stencil images where the implementation separates the depth and stencil data into separate planes. Another reason for multiple aspects is to allow the application to manage memory allocation for implementation-private metadata associated with the image. See the figure below:

image/svg+xml Depth Stencil MipLevel 0 MipLevel 1 MipLevel 3 MipLevel 2 Mip Tail Mip Tail Metadata Legend Image Pixel Data Sparse Memory Block Mip Tail Data
Figure 14. Multiple Aspect Sparse Image
Note

The mip tail regions are presented here in 2D arrays simply for figure size reasons. Each mip tail is logically a single array of sparse blocks with an implementation-dependent mapping of texels or compressed texel blocks to sparse blocks.

In the figure above the depth, stencil, and metadata aspects all have unique sparse properties. The per-texel stencil data is ¼ the size of the depth data, hence the stencil sparse blocks include 4 × the number of texels. The sparse block size in bytes for all of the aspects is identical and defined by VkMemoryRequirements::alignment.

Metadata

The metadata aspect of an image has the following constraints:

  • All metadata is reported in the mip tail region of the metadata aspect.

  • All metadata must be bound prior to device use of the sparse image.

29.5. Sparse Memory Aliasing

By default sparse resources have the same aliasing rules as non-sparse resources. See Memory Aliasing for more information.

VkDevice objects that have the sparseResidencyAliased feature enabled are able to use the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT flags for resource creation. These flags allow resources to access physical memory bound into multiple locations within one or more sparse resources in a data consistent fashion. This means that reading physical memory from multiple aliased locations will return the same value.

Care must be taken when performing a write operation to aliased physical memory. Memory dependencies must be used to separate writes to one alias from reads or writes to another alias. Writes to aliased memory that are not properly guarded against accesses to different aliases will have undefined results for all accesses to the aliased memory.

Applications that wish to make use of data consistent sparse memory aliasing must abide by the following guidelines:

  • All sparse resources that are bound to aliased physical memory must be created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT / VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT flag.

  • All resources that access aliased physical memory must interpret the memory in the same way. This implies the following:

    • Buffers and images cannot alias the same physical memory in a data consistent fashion. The physical memory ranges must be used exclusively by buffers or used exclusively by images for data consistency to be guaranteed.

    • Memory in sparse image mip tail regions cannot access aliased memory in a data consistent fashion.

    • Sparse images that alias the same physical memory must have compatible formats and be using the same sparse image block shape in order to access aliased memory in a data consistent fashion.

Failure to follow any of the above guidelines will require the application to abide by the normal, non-sparse resource aliasing rules. In this case memory cannot be accessed in a data consistent fashion.

Note

Enabling sparse resource memory aliasing can be a way to lower physical memory use, but it may reduce performance on some implementations. An application developer can test on their target HW and balance the memory / performance trade-offs measured.

29.6. Sparse Resource Implementation Guidelines (Informative)

This section is Informative. It is included to aid in implementors’ understanding of sparse resources.

Device Virtual Address

The basic sparseBinding feature allows the resource to reserve its own device virtual address range at resource creation time rather than relying on a bind operation to set this. Without any other creation flags, no other constraints are relaxed compared to normal resources. All pages must be bound to physical memory before the device accesses the resource.

The sparseResidency features allow sparse resources to be used even when not all pages are bound to memory. Implementations that support access to unbound pages without causing a fault may support residencyNonResidentStrict.

Not faulting on access to unbound pages is not enough to support residencyNonResidentStrict. An implementation must also guarantee that reads after writes to unbound regions of the resource always return data for the read as if the memory contains zeros. Depending on any caching hierarchy of the implementation this may not always be possible.

Any implementation that does not fault, but does not guarantee correct read values must not support residencyNonResidentStrict.

Any implementation that cannot access unbound pages without causing a fault will require the implementation to bind the entire device virtual address range to physical memory. Any pages that the application does not bind to memory may be bound to one (or more) "`placeholder" physical page(s) allocated by the implementation. Given the following properties:

  • A process must not access memory from another process

  • Reads return undefined values

It is sufficient for each host process to allocate these placeholder pages and use them for all resources in that process. Implementations may allocate more often (per instance, per device, or per resource).

Binding Memory

The byte size reported in VkMemoryRequirements::size must be greater than or equal to the amount of physical memory required to fully populate the resource. Some implementations require “holes” in the device virtual address range that are never accessed. These holes may be included in the size reported for the resource.

Including or not including the device virtual address holes in the resource size will alter how the implementation provides support for VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo. This operation must be supported for all sparse images, even ones created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

  • If the holes are included in the size, this bind function becomes very easy. In most cases the resourceOffset is simply a device virtual address offset and the implementation can easily determine what device virtual address to bind. The cost is that the application may allocate more physical memory for the resource than it needs.

  • If the holes are not included in the size, the application can allocate less physical memory than otherwise for the resource. However, in this case the implementation must account for the holes when mapping resourceOffset to the actual device virtual address intended to be mapped.

Note

If the application always uses VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo to bind memory for the non-tail mip levels, any holes that are present in the resource size may never be bound.

Since VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo uses texel locations to determine which device virtual addresses to bind, it is impossible to bind device virtual address holes with this operation.

Binding Metadata Memory

All metadata for sparse images have their own sparse properties and are embedded in the mip tail region for said properties. See the Multiaspect section for details.

Given that metadata is in a mip tail region, and the mip tail region must be reported as contiguous (either globally or per-array-layer), some implementations will have to resort to complicated offset → device virtual address mapping for handling VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo.

To make this easier on the implementation, the VK_SPARSE_MEMORY_BIND_METADATA_BIT explicitly specifies when metadata is bound with VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo. When this flag is not present, the resourceOffset may be treated as a strict device virtual address offset.

When VK_SPARSE_MEMORY_BIND_METADATA_BIT is present, the resourceOffset must have been derived explicitly from the imageMipTailOffset in the sparse resource properties returned for the metadata aspect. By manipulating the value returned for imageMipTailOffset, the resourceOffset does not have to correlate directly to a device virtual address offset, and may instead be whatever value makes it easiest for the implementation to derive the correct device virtual address.

29.7. Sparse Resource API

The APIs related to sparse resources are grouped into the following categories:

29.7.1. Physical Device Features

Some sparse-resource related features are reported and enabled in VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures. These features must be supported and enabled on the VkDevice object before applications can use them. See Physical Device Features for information on how to get and set enabled device features, and for more detailed explanations of these features.

Sparse Physical Device Features
  • sparseBinding: Support for creating VkBuffer and VkImage objects with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT flags, respectively.

  • sparseResidencyBuffer: Support for creating VkBuffer objects with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag.

  • sparseResidencyImage2D: Support for creating 2D single-sampled VkImage objects with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

  • sparseResidencyImage3D: Support for creating 3D VkImage objects with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

  • sparseResidency2Samples: Support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 2 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

  • sparseResidency4Samples: Support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 4 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

  • sparseResidency8Samples: Support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 8 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

  • sparseResidency16Samples: Support for creating 2D VkImage objects with 16 samples and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT.

  • sparseResidencyAliased: Support for creating VkBuffer and VkImage objects with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT flags, respectively.

29.7.2. Physical Device Sparse Properties

Some features of the implementation are not possible to disable, and are reported to allow applications to alter their sparse resource usage accordingly. These read-only capabilities are reported in the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::sparseProperties member, which is a VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties structure.

The VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties {
    VkBool32    residencyStandard2DBlockShape;
    VkBool32    residencyStandard2DMultisampleBlockShape;
    VkBool32    residencyStandard3DBlockShape;
    VkBool32    residencyAlignedMipSize;
    VkBool32    residencyNonResidentStrict;
} VkPhysicalDeviceSparseProperties;
  • residencyStandard2DBlockShape is VK_TRUE if the physical device will access all single-sample 2D sparse resources using the standard sparse image block shapes (based on image format), as described in the Standard Sparse Image Block Shapes (Single Sample) table. If this property is not supported the value returned in the imageGranularity member of the VkSparseImageFormatProperties structure for single-sample 2D images is not required to match the standard sparse image block dimensions listed in the table.

  • residencyStandard2DMultisampleBlockShape is VK_TRUE if the physical device will access all multisample 2D sparse resources using the standard sparse image block shapes (based on image format), as described in the Standard Sparse Image Block Shapes (MSAA) table. If this property is not supported, the value returned in the imageGranularity member of the VkSparseImageFormatProperties structure for multisample 2D images is not required to match the standard sparse image block dimensions listed in the table.

  • residencyStandard3DBlockShape is VK_TRUE if the physical device will access all 3D sparse resources using the standard sparse image block shapes (based on image format), as described in the Standard Sparse Image Block Shapes (Single Sample) table. If this property is not supported, the value returned in the imageGranularity member of the VkSparseImageFormatProperties structure for 3D images is not required to match the standard sparse image block dimensions listed in the table.

  • residencyAlignedMipSize is VK_TRUE if images with mip level dimensions that are not integer multiples of the corresponding dimensions of the sparse image block may be placed in the mip tail. If this property is not reported, only mip levels with dimensions smaller than the imageGranularity member of the VkSparseImageFormatProperties structure will be placed in the mip tail. If this property is reported the implementation is allowed to return VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_ALIGNED_MIP_SIZE_BIT in the flags member of VkSparseImageFormatProperties, indicating that mip level dimensions that are not integer multiples of the corresponding dimensions of the sparse image block will be placed in the mip tail.

  • residencyNonResidentStrict specifies whether the physical device can consistently access non-resident regions of a resource. If this property is VK_TRUE, access to non-resident regions of resources will be guaranteed to return values as if the resource was populated with 0; writes to non-resident regions will be discarded.

29.7.3. Sparse Image Format Properties

Given that certain aspects of sparse image support, including the sparse image block dimensions, may be implementation-dependent, vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties can be used to query for sparse image format properties prior to resource creation. This command is used to check whether a given set of sparse image parameters is supported and what the sparse image block shape will be.

Sparse Image Format Properties API

The VkSparseImageFormatProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSparseImageFormatProperties {
    VkImageAspectFlags          aspectMask;
    VkExtent3D                  imageGranularity;
    VkSparseImageFormatFlags    flags;
} VkSparseImageFormatProperties;
  • aspectMask is a bitmask VkImageAspectFlagBits specifying which aspects of the image the properties apply to.

  • imageGranularity is the width, height, and depth of the sparse image block in texels or compressed texel blocks.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkSparseImageFormatFlagBits specifying additional information about the sparse resource.

Bits which may be set in VkSparseImageFormatProperties::flags, specifying additional information about the sparse resource, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSparseImageFormatFlagBits {
    VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_SINGLE_MIPTAIL_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_ALIGNED_MIP_SIZE_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_NONSTANDARD_BLOCK_SIZE_BIT = 0x00000004,
} VkSparseImageFormatFlagBits;
  • VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_SINGLE_MIPTAIL_BIT specifies that the image uses a single mip tail region for all array layers.

  • VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_ALIGNED_MIP_SIZE_BIT specifies that the first mip level whose dimensions are not integer multiples of the corresponding dimensions of the sparse image block begins the mip tail region.

  • VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_NONSTANDARD_BLOCK_SIZE_BIT specifies that the image uses non-standard sparse image block dimensions, and the imageGranularity values do not match the standard sparse image block dimensions for the given format.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkSparseImageFormatFlags;

VkSparseImageFormatFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSparseImageFormatFlagBits.

vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties returns an array of VkSparseImageFormatProperties. Each element describes properties for one set of image aspects that are bound simultaneously for a VkImage created with the provided image creation parameters. This is usually one element for each aspect in the image, but for interleaved depth/stencil images there is only one element describing the combined aspects.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkFormat                                    format,
    VkImageType                                 type,
    VkSampleCountFlagBits                       samples,
    VkImageUsageFlags                           usage,
    VkImageTiling                               tiling,
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkSparseImageFormatProperties*              pProperties);
  • physicalDevice is the physical device from which to query the sparse image format properties.

  • format is the image format.

  • type is the dimensionality of the image.

  • samples is a VkSampleCountFlagBits value specifying the number of samples per texel.

  • usage is a bitmask describing the intended usage of the image.

  • tiling is the tiling arrangement of the texel blocks in memory.

  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of sparse format properties available or queried, as described below.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkSparseImageFormatProperties structures.

If pProperties is NULL, then the number of sparse format properties available is returned in pPropertyCount. Otherwise, pPropertyCount must point to a variable set by the user to the number of elements in the pProperties array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pProperties. If pPropertyCount is less than the number of sparse format properties available, at most pPropertyCount structures will be written.

If VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT is not supported for the given arguments, pPropertyCount will be set to zero upon return, and no data will be written to pProperties.

Multiple aspects are returned for depth/stencil images that are implemented as separate planes by the implementation. The depth and stencil data planes each have unique VkSparseImageFormatProperties data.

Depth/stencil images with depth and stencil data interleaved into a single plane will return a single VkSparseImageFormatProperties structure with the aspectMask set to VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_DEPTH_BIT | VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_STENCIL_BIT.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties-samples-01094
    samples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value that is set in VkImageFormatProperties::sampleCounts returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties with format, type, tiling, and usage equal to those in this command

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties-type-parameter
    type must be a valid VkImageType value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties-samples-parameter
    samples must be a valid VkSampleCountFlagBits value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties-usage-parameter
    usage must be a valid combination of VkImageUsageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties-usage-requiredbitmask
    usage must not be 0

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties-tiling-parameter
    tiling must be a valid VkImageTiling value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceSparseImageFormatProperties-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkSparseImageFormatProperties structures

29.7.4. Sparse Resource Creation

Sparse resources require that one or more sparse feature flags be specified (as part of the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure described previously in the Physical Device Features section) when calling vkCreateDevice. When the appropriate device features are enabled, the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_* and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_* flags can be used. See vkCreateBuffer and vkCreateImage for details of the resource creation APIs.

Note

Specifying VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT or VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT requires specifying VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT or VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT, respectively, as well. This means that resources must be created with the appropriate *_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT to be used with the sparse binding command (vkQueueBindSparse).

29.7.5. Sparse Resource Memory Requirements

Sparse resources have specific memory requirements related to binding sparse memory. These memory requirements are reported differently for VkBuffer objects and VkImage objects.

Buffer and Fully-Resident Images

Buffers (both fully and partially resident) and fully-resident images can be bound to memory using only the data from VkMemoryRequirements. For all sparse resources the VkMemoryRequirements::alignment member specifies both the binding granularity in bytes and the required alignment of VkDeviceMemory.

Partially Resident Images

Partially resident images have a different method for binding memory. As with buffers and fully resident images, the VkMemoryRequirements::alignment field specifies the binding granularity in bytes for the image.

Requesting sparse memory requirements for VkImage objects using vkGetImageSparseMemoryRequirements will return an array of one or more VkSparseImageMemoryRequirements structures. Each structure describes the sparse memory requirements for a group of aspects of the image.

The sparse image must have been created using the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag to retrieve valid sparse image memory requirements.

Sparse Image Memory Requirements

The VkSparseImageMemoryRequirements structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSparseImageMemoryRequirements {
    VkSparseImageFormatProperties    formatProperties;
    uint32_t                         imageMipTailFirstLod;
    VkDeviceSize                     imageMipTailSize;
    VkDeviceSize                     imageMipTailOffset;
    VkDeviceSize                     imageMipTailStride;
} VkSparseImageMemoryRequirements;
  • formatProperties is a VkSparseImageFormatProperties structure specifying properties of the image format.

  • imageMipTailFirstLod is the first mip level at which image subresources are included in the mip tail region.

  • imageMipTailSize is the memory size (in bytes) of the mip tail region. If formatProperties.flags contains VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_SINGLE_MIPTAIL_BIT, this is the size of the whole mip tail, otherwise this is the size of the mip tail of a single array layer. This value is guaranteed to be a multiple of the sparse block size in bytes.

  • imageMipTailOffset is the opaque memory offset used with VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo to bind the mip tail region(s).

  • imageMipTailStride is the offset stride between each array-layer’s mip tail, if formatProperties.flags does not contain VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_SINGLE_MIPTAIL_BIT (otherwise the value is undefined).

To query sparse memory requirements for an image, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetImageSparseMemoryRequirements(
    VkDevice                                    device,
    VkImage                                     image,
    uint32_t*                                   pSparseMemoryRequirementCount,
    VkSparseImageMemoryRequirements*            pSparseMemoryRequirements);
  • device is the logical device that owns the image.

  • image is the VkImage object to get the memory requirements for.

  • pSparseMemoryRequirementCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of sparse memory requirements available or queried, as described below.

  • pSparseMemoryRequirements is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkSparseImageMemoryRequirements structures.

If pSparseMemoryRequirements is NULL, then the number of sparse memory requirements available is returned in pSparseMemoryRequirementCount. Otherwise, pSparseMemoryRequirementCount must point to a variable set by the user to the number of elements in the pSparseMemoryRequirements array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pSparseMemoryRequirements. If pSparseMemoryRequirementCount is less than the number of sparse memory requirements available, at most pSparseMemoryRequirementCount structures will be written.

If the image was not created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT then pSparseMemoryRequirementCount will be set to zero and pSparseMemoryRequirements will not be written to.

Note

It is legal for an implementation to report a larger value in VkMemoryRequirements::size than would be obtained by adding together memory sizes for all VkSparseImageMemoryRequirements returned by vkGetImageSparseMemoryRequirements. This may occur when the implementation requires unused padding in the address range describing the resource.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetImageSparseMemoryRequirements-device-parameter
    device must be a valid VkDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetImageSparseMemoryRequirements-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-vkGetImageSparseMemoryRequirements-pSparseMemoryRequirementCount-parameter
    pSparseMemoryRequirementCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkGetImageSparseMemoryRequirements-pSparseMemoryRequirements-parameter
    If the value referenced by pSparseMemoryRequirementCount is not 0, and pSparseMemoryRequirements is not NULL, pSparseMemoryRequirements must be a valid pointer to an array of pSparseMemoryRequirementCount VkSparseImageMemoryRequirements structures

  • VUID-vkGetImageSparseMemoryRequirements-image-parent
    image must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from device

29.7.6. Binding Resource Memory

Non-sparse resources are backed by a single physical allocation prior to device use (via vkBindImageMemory or vkBindBufferMemory), and their backing must not be changed. On the other hand, sparse resources can be bound to memory non-contiguously and these bindings can be altered during the lifetime of the resource.

Note

It is important to note that freeing a VkDeviceMemory object with vkFreeMemory will not cause resources (or resource regions) bound to the memory object to become unbound. Applications must not access resources bound to memory that has been freed.

Sparse memory bindings execute on a queue that includes the VK_QUEUE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT bit. Applications must use synchronization primitives to guarantee that other queues do not access ranges of memory concurrently with a binding change. Applications can access other ranges of the same resource while a bind operation is executing.

Note

Implementations must provide a guarantee that simultaneously binding sparse blocks while another queue accesses those same sparse blocks via a sparse resource must not access memory owned by another process or otherwise corrupt the system.

While some implementations may include VK_QUEUE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT support in queue families that also include graphics and compute support, other implementations may only expose a VK_QUEUE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT-only queue family. In either case, applications must use synchronization primitives to explicitly request any ordering dependencies between sparse memory binding operations and other graphics/compute/transfer operations, as sparse binding operations are not automatically ordered against command buffer execution, even within a single queue.

When binding memory explicitly for the VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_METADATA_BIT the application must use the VK_SPARSE_MEMORY_BIND_METADATA_BIT in the VkSparseMemoryBind::flags field when binding memory. Binding memory for metadata is done the same way as binding memory for the mip tail, with the addition of the VK_SPARSE_MEMORY_BIND_METADATA_BIT flag.

Binding the mip tail for any aspect must only be performed using VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo. If formatProperties.flags contains VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_SINGLE_MIPTAIL_BIT, then it can be bound with a single VkSparseMemoryBind structure, with resourceOffset = imageMipTailOffset and size = imageMipTailSize.

If formatProperties.flags does not contain VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_SINGLE_MIPTAIL_BIT then the offset for the mip tail in each array layer is given as:

arrayMipTailOffset = imageMipTailOffset + arrayLayer * imageMipTailStride;

and the mip tail can be bound with layerCount VkSparseMemoryBind structures, each using size = imageMipTailSize and resourceOffset = arrayMipTailOffset as defined above.

Sparse memory binding is handled by the following APIs and related data structures.

Sparse Memory Binding Functions

The VkSparseMemoryBind structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSparseMemoryBind {
    VkDeviceSize               resourceOffset;
    VkDeviceSize               size;
    VkDeviceMemory             memory;
    VkDeviceSize               memoryOffset;
    VkSparseMemoryBindFlags    flags;
} VkSparseMemoryBind;
  • resourceOffset is the offset into the resource.

  • size is the size of the memory region to be bound.

  • memory is the VkDeviceMemory object that the range of the resource is bound to. If memory is VK_NULL_HANDLE, the range is unbound.

  • memoryOffset is the offset into the VkDeviceMemory object to bind the resource range to. If memory is VK_NULL_HANDLE, this value is ignored.

  • flags is a bitmask of VkSparseMemoryBindFlagBits specifying usage of the binding operation.

The binding range [resourceOffset, resourceOffset + size) has different constraints based on flags. If flags contains VK_SPARSE_MEMORY_BIND_METADATA_BIT, the binding range must be within the mip tail region of the metadata aspect. This metadata region is defined by:

metadataRegion = [base, base + imageMipTailSize)

base = imageMipTailOffset + imageMipTailStride × n

and imageMipTailOffset, imageMipTailSize, and imageMipTailStride values are from the VkSparseImageMemoryRequirements corresponding to the metadata aspect of the image, and n is a valid array layer index for the image,

imageMipTailStride is considered to be zero for aspects where VkSparseImageMemoryRequirements::formatProperties.flags contains VK_SPARSE_IMAGE_FORMAT_SINGLE_MIPTAIL_BIT.

If flags does not contain VK_SPARSE_MEMORY_BIND_METADATA_BIT, the binding range must be within the range [0,VkMemoryRequirements::size).

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkSparseMemoryBind-memory-01096
    If memory is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, memory and memoryOffset must match the memory requirements of the resource, as described in section Resource Memory Association

  • VUID-VkSparseMemoryBind-resourceOffset-09491
    If the resource being bound is a VkBuffer, resourceOffset, memoryOffset and size must be an integer multiple of the alignment of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetBufferMemoryRequirements with the buffer resource

  • VUID-VkSparseMemoryBind-resourceOffset-09492
    If the resource being bound is a VkImage, resourceOffset and memoryOffset must be an integer multiple of the alignment of the VkMemoryRequirements structure returned from a call to vkGetImageMemoryRequirements with the image resource

  • VUID-VkSparseMemoryBind-memory-01097
    If memory is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, memory must not have been created with a memory type that reports VK_MEMORY_PROPERTY_LAZILY_ALLOCATED_BIT bit set

  • VUID-VkSparseMemoryBind-size-01098
    size must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkSparseMemoryBind-resourceOffset-01099
    resourceOffset must be less than the size of the resource

  • VUID-VkSparseMemoryBind-size-01100
    size must be less than or equal to the size of the resource minus resourceOffset

  • VUID-VkSparseMemoryBind-memoryOffset-01101
    memoryOffset must be less than the size of memory

  • VUID-VkSparseMemoryBind-size-01102
    size must be less than or equal to the size of memory minus memoryOffset

Valid Usage (Implicit)

Bits which can be set in VkSparseMemoryBind::flags, specifying usage of a sparse memory binding operation, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSparseMemoryBindFlagBits {
    VK_SPARSE_MEMORY_BIND_METADATA_BIT = 0x00000001,
} VkSparseMemoryBindFlagBits;
  • VK_SPARSE_MEMORY_BIND_METADATA_BIT specifies that the memory being bound is only for the metadata aspect.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkSparseMemoryBindFlags;

VkSparseMemoryBindFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSparseMemoryBindFlagBits.

Memory is bound to VkBuffer objects created with the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT flag using the following structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSparseBufferMemoryBindInfo {
    VkBuffer                     buffer;
    uint32_t                     bindCount;
    const VkSparseMemoryBind*    pBinds;
} VkSparseBufferMemoryBindInfo;
Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkSparseBufferMemoryBindInfo-buffer-parameter
    buffer must be a valid VkBuffer handle

  • VUID-VkSparseBufferMemoryBindInfo-pBinds-parameter
    pBinds must be a valid pointer to an array of bindCount valid VkSparseMemoryBind structures

  • VUID-VkSparseBufferMemoryBindInfo-bindCount-arraylength
    bindCount must be greater than 0

Memory is bound to opaque regions of VkImage objects created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT flag using the following structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo {
    VkImage                      image;
    uint32_t                     bindCount;
    const VkSparseMemoryBind*    pBinds;
} VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo;
Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo-pBinds-01103
    If the flags member of any element of pBinds contains VK_SPARSE_MEMORY_BIND_METADATA_BIT, the binding range defined must be within the mip tail region of the metadata aspect of image

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo-pBinds-parameter
    pBinds must be a valid pointer to an array of bindCount valid VkSparseMemoryBind structures

  • VUID-VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo-bindCount-arraylength
    bindCount must be greater than 0

Note

This operation is normally used to bind memory to fully-resident sparse images or for mip tail regions of partially resident images. However, it can also be used to bind memory for the entire binding range of partially resident images.

In case flags does not contain VK_SPARSE_MEMORY_BIND_METADATA_BIT, the resourceOffset is in the range [0, VkMemoryRequirements::size), This range includes data from all aspects of the image, including metadata. For most implementations this will probably mean that the resourceOffset is a simple device address offset within the resource. It is possible for an application to bind a range of memory that includes both resource data and metadata. However, the application would not know what part of the image the memory is used for, or if any range is being used for metadata.

When flags contains VK_SPARSE_MEMORY_BIND_METADATA_BIT, the binding range specified must be within the mip tail region of the metadata aspect. In this case the resourceOffset is not required to be a simple device address offset within the resource. However, it is defined to be within [imageMipTailOffset, imageMipTailOffset + imageMipTailSize) for the metadata aspect. See VkSparseMemoryBind for the full constraints on binding region with this flag present.

Memory can be bound to sparse image blocks of VkImage objects created with the VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT flag using the following structure:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo {
    VkImage                           image;
    uint32_t                          bindCount;
    const VkSparseImageMemoryBind*    pBinds;
} VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo;
Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo-subresource-01722
    The subresource.mipLevel member of each element of pBinds must be less than the mipLevels specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo-subresource-01723
    The subresource.arrayLayer member of each element of pBinds must be less than the arrayLayers specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo-subresource-01106
    The subresource.aspectMask member of each element of pBinds must be valid for the format specified in VkImageCreateInfo when image was created

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo-image-02901
    image must have been created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo-image-parameter
    image must be a valid VkImage handle

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo-pBinds-parameter
    pBinds must be a valid pointer to an array of bindCount valid VkSparseImageMemoryBind structures

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo-bindCount-arraylength
    bindCount must be greater than 0

The VkSparseImageMemoryBind structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkSparseImageMemoryBind {
    VkImageSubresource         subresource;
    VkOffset3D                 offset;
    VkExtent3D                 extent;
    VkDeviceMemory             memory;
    VkDeviceSize               memoryOffset;
    VkSparseMemoryBindFlags    flags;
} VkSparseImageMemoryBind;
  • subresource is the image aspect and region of interest in the image.

  • offset are the coordinates of the first texel within the image subresource to bind.

  • extent is the size in texels of the region within the image subresource to bind. The extent must be a multiple of the sparse image block dimensions, except when binding sparse image blocks along the edge of an image subresource it can instead be such that any coordinate of offset + extent equals the corresponding dimensions of the image subresource.

  • memory is the VkDeviceMemory object that the sparse image blocks of the image are bound to. If memory is VK_NULL_HANDLE, the sparse image blocks are unbound.

  • memoryOffset is an offset into VkDeviceMemory object. If memory is VK_NULL_HANDLE, this value is ignored.

  • flags are sparse memory binding flags.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBind-memory-01104
    If the sparseResidencyAliased feature is not enabled, and if any other resources are bound to ranges of memory, the range of memory being bound must not overlap with those bound ranges

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBind-memory-01105
    memory and memoryOffset must match the memory requirements of the calling command’s image, as described in section Resource Memory Association

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBind-offset-01107
    offset.x must be a multiple of the sparse image block width (VkSparseImageFormatProperties::imageGranularity.width) of the image

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBind-extent-09388
    extent.width must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBind-extent-01108
    extent.width must either be a multiple of the sparse image block width of the image, or else (extent.width + offset.x) must equal the width of the image subresource

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBind-offset-01109
    offset.y must be a multiple of the sparse image block height (VkSparseImageFormatProperties::imageGranularity.height) of the image

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBind-extent-09389
    extent.height must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBind-extent-01110
    extent.height must either be a multiple of the sparse image block height of the image, or else (extent.height + offset.y) must equal the height of the image subresource

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBind-offset-01111
    offset.z must be a multiple of the sparse image block depth (VkSparseImageFormatProperties::imageGranularity.depth) of the image

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBind-extent-09390
    extent.depth must be greater than 0

  • VUID-VkSparseImageMemoryBind-extent-01112
    extent.depth must either be a multiple of the sparse image block depth of the image, or else (extent.depth + offset.z) must equal the depth of the image subresource

Valid Usage (Implicit)

To submit sparse binding operations to a queue, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkQueueBindSparse(
    VkQueue                                     queue,
    uint32_t                                    bindInfoCount,
    const VkBindSparseInfo*                     pBindInfo,
    VkFence                                     fence);
  • queue is the queue that the sparse binding operations will be submitted to.

  • bindInfoCount is the number of elements in the pBindInfo array.

  • pBindInfo is a pointer to an array of VkBindSparseInfo structures, each specifying a sparse binding submission batch.

  • fence is an optional handle to a fence to be signaled. If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, it defines a fence signal operation.

vkQueueBindSparse is a queue submission command, with each batch defined by an element of pBindInfo as a VkBindSparseInfo structure. Batches begin execution in the order they appear in pBindInfo, but may complete out of order.

Within a batch, a given range of a resource must not be bound more than once. Across batches, if a range is to be bound to one allocation and offset and then to another allocation and offset, then the application must guarantee (usually using semaphores) that the binding operations are executed in the correct order, as well as to order binding operations against the execution of command buffer submissions.

As no operation to vkQueueBindSparse causes any pipeline stage to access memory, synchronization primitives used in this command effectively only define execution dependencies.

Additional information about fence and semaphore operation is described in the synchronization chapter.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-vkQueueBindSparse-fence-01113
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must be unsignaled

  • VUID-vkQueueBindSparse-fence-01114
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must not be associated with any other queue command that has not yet completed execution on that queue

  • VUID-vkQueueBindSparse-pSignalSemaphores-01115
    Each element of the pSignalSemaphores member of each element of pBindInfo must be unsignaled when the semaphore signal operation it defines is executed on the device

  • VUID-vkQueueBindSparse-pWaitSemaphores-01116
    When a semaphore wait operation referring to a binary semaphore defined by any element of the pWaitSemaphores member of any element of pBindInfo executes on queue, there must be no other queues waiting on the same semaphore

  • VUID-vkQueueBindSparse-pWaitSemaphores-03245
    All elements of the pWaitSemaphores member of all elements of pBindInfo referring to a semaphore must reference a semaphore signal operation that has been submitted for execution and any semaphore signal operations on which it depends must have also been submitted for execution

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkQueueBindSparse-queue-parameter
    queue must be a valid VkQueue handle

  • VUID-vkQueueBindSparse-pBindInfo-parameter
    If bindInfoCount is not 0, pBindInfo must be a valid pointer to an array of bindInfoCount valid VkBindSparseInfo structures

  • VUID-vkQueueBindSparse-fence-parameter
    If fence is not VK_NULL_HANDLE, fence must be a valid VkFence handle

  • VUID-vkQueueBindSparse-queuetype
    The queue must support sparse binding operations

  • VUID-vkQueueBindSparse-commonparent
    Both of fence, and queue that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

Host Synchronization
  • Host access to queue must be externally synchronized

  • Host access to fence must be externally synchronized

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_DEVICE_LOST

The VkBindSparseInfo structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkBindSparseInfo {
    VkStructureType                             sType;
    const void*                                 pNext;
    uint32_t                                    waitSemaphoreCount;
    const VkSemaphore*                          pWaitSemaphores;
    uint32_t                                    bufferBindCount;
    const VkSparseBufferMemoryBindInfo*         pBufferBinds;
    uint32_t                                    imageOpaqueBindCount;
    const VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo*    pImageOpaqueBinds;
    uint32_t                                    imageBindCount;
    const VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo*          pImageBinds;
    uint32_t                                    signalSemaphoreCount;
    const VkSemaphore*                          pSignalSemaphores;
} VkBindSparseInfo;
  • sType is a VkStructureType value identifying this structure.

  • pNext is NULL or a pointer to a structure extending this structure.

  • waitSemaphoreCount is the number of semaphores upon which to wait before executing the sparse binding operations for the batch.

  • pWaitSemaphores is a pointer to an array of semaphores upon which to wait on before the sparse binding operations for this batch begin execution. If semaphores to wait on are provided, they define a semaphore wait operation.

  • bufferBindCount is the number of sparse buffer bindings to perform in the batch.

  • pBufferBinds is a pointer to an array of VkSparseBufferMemoryBindInfo structures.

  • imageOpaqueBindCount is the number of opaque sparse image bindings to perform.

  • pImageOpaqueBinds is a pointer to an array of VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo structures, indicating opaque sparse image bindings to perform.

  • imageBindCount is the number of sparse image bindings to perform.

  • pImageBinds is a pointer to an array of VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo structures, indicating sparse image bindings to perform.

  • signalSemaphoreCount is the number of semaphores to be signaled once the sparse binding operations specified by the structure have completed execution.

  • pSignalSemaphores is a pointer to an array of semaphores which will be signaled when the sparse binding operations for this batch have completed execution. If semaphores to be signaled are provided, they define a semaphore signal operation.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-VkBindSparseInfo-sType-sType
    sType must be VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_BIND_SPARSE_INFO

  • VUID-VkBindSparseInfo-pNext-pNext
    pNext must be NULL

  • VUID-VkBindSparseInfo-pWaitSemaphores-parameter
    If waitSemaphoreCount is not 0, pWaitSemaphores must be a valid pointer to an array of waitSemaphoreCount valid VkSemaphore handles

  • VUID-VkBindSparseInfo-pBufferBinds-parameter
    If bufferBindCount is not 0, pBufferBinds must be a valid pointer to an array of bufferBindCount valid VkSparseBufferMemoryBindInfo structures

  • VUID-VkBindSparseInfo-pImageOpaqueBinds-parameter
    If imageOpaqueBindCount is not 0, pImageOpaqueBinds must be a valid pointer to an array of imageOpaqueBindCount valid VkSparseImageOpaqueMemoryBindInfo structures

  • VUID-VkBindSparseInfo-pImageBinds-parameter
    If imageBindCount is not 0, pImageBinds must be a valid pointer to an array of imageBindCount valid VkSparseImageMemoryBindInfo structures

  • VUID-VkBindSparseInfo-pSignalSemaphores-parameter
    If signalSemaphoreCount is not 0, pSignalSemaphores must be a valid pointer to an array of signalSemaphoreCount valid VkSemaphore handles

  • VUID-VkBindSparseInfo-commonparent
    Both of the elements of pSignalSemaphores, and the elements of pWaitSemaphores that are valid handles of non-ignored parameters must have been created, allocated, or retrieved from the same VkDevice

30. Extending Vulkan

New functionality may be added to Vulkan via either new extensions or new versions of the core, or new versions of an extension in some cases.

This chapter describes how Vulkan is versioned, how compatibility is affected between different versions, and compatibility rules that are followed by the Vulkan Working Group.

30.1. Instance and Device Functionality

Commands that enumerate instance properties, or that accept a VkInstance object as a parameter, are considered instance-level functionality.

Commands that dispatch from a VkDevice object or a child object of a VkDevice, or take any of them as a parameter, are considered device-level functionality. Types defined by a device extension are also considered device-level functionality.

Commands that dispatch from VkPhysicalDevice, or accept a VkPhysicalDevice object as a parameter, are considered either instance-level or device-level functionality depending if the functionality is specified by an instance extension or device extension respectively.

30.2. Core Versions

The Vulkan Specification is regularly updated with bug fixes and clarifications. Occasionally new functionality is added to the core and at some point it is expected that there will be a desire to perform a large, breaking change to the API. In order to indicate to developers how and when these changes are made to the specification, and to provide a way to identify each set of changes, the Vulkan API maintains a version number.

30.2.1. Version Numbers

The Vulkan version number comprises four parts indicating the variant, major, minor and patch version of the Vulkan API Specification.

The variant indicates the variant of the Vulkan API supported by the implementation. This is always 0 for the Vulkan API.

Note

A non-zero variant indicates the API is a variant of the Vulkan API and applications will typically need to be modified to run against it. The variant field was a later addition to the version number, added in version 1.2.175 of the Specification. As Vulkan uses variant 0, this change is fully backwards compatible with the previous version number format for Vulkan implementations. New version number macros have been added for this change and the old macros deprecated. For existing applications using the older format and macros, an implementation with non-zero variant will decode as a very high Vulkan version. The high version number should be detectable by applications performing suitable version checking.

The major version indicates a significant change in the API, which will encompass a wholly new version of the specification.

The minor version indicates the incorporation of new functionality into the core specification.

The patch version indicates bug fixes, clarifications, and language improvements have been incorporated into the specification.

Compatibility guarantees made about versions of the API sharing any of the same version numbers are documented in Core Versions

The version number is used in several places in the API. In each such use, the version numbers are packed into a 32-bit integer as follows:

  • The variant is a 3-bit integer packed into bits 31-29.

  • The major version is a 7-bit integer packed into bits 28-22.

  • The minor version number is a 10-bit integer packed into bits 21-12.

  • The patch version number is a 12-bit integer packed into bits 11-0.

VK_API_VERSION_VARIANT extracts the API variant number from a packed version number:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
#define VK_API_VERSION_VARIANT(version) ((uint32_t)(version) >> 29U)

VK_API_VERSION_MAJOR extracts the API major version number from a packed version number:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
#define VK_API_VERSION_MAJOR(version) (((uint32_t)(version) >> 22U) & 0x7FU)

VK_VERSION_MAJOR extracts the API major version number from a packed version number:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
// DEPRECATED: This define is deprecated. VK_API_VERSION_MAJOR should be used instead.
#define VK_VERSION_MAJOR(version) ((uint32_t)(version) >> 22U)

VK_API_VERSION_MINOR extracts the API minor version number from a packed version number:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
#define VK_API_VERSION_MINOR(version) (((uint32_t)(version) >> 12U) & 0x3FFU)

VK_VERSION_MINOR extracts the API minor version number from a packed version number:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
// DEPRECATED: This define is deprecated. VK_API_VERSION_MINOR should be used instead.
#define VK_VERSION_MINOR(version) (((uint32_t)(version) >> 12U) & 0x3FFU)

VK_API_VERSION_PATCH extracts the API patch version number from a packed version number:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
#define VK_API_VERSION_PATCH(version) ((uint32_t)(version) & 0xFFFU)

VK_VERSION_PATCH extracts the API patch version number from a packed version number:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
// DEPRECATED: This define is deprecated. VK_API_VERSION_PATCH should be used instead.
#define VK_VERSION_PATCH(version) ((uint32_t)(version) & 0xFFFU)

VK_MAKE_API_VERSION constructs an API version number.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
#define VK_MAKE_API_VERSION(variant, major, minor, patch) \
    ((((uint32_t)(variant)) << 29U) | (((uint32_t)(major)) << 22U) | (((uint32_t)(minor)) << 12U) | ((uint32_t)(patch)))
  • variant is the variant number.

  • major is the major version number.

  • minor is the minor version number.

  • patch is the patch version number.

VK_MAKE_VERSION constructs an API version number.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
// DEPRECATED: This define is deprecated. VK_MAKE_API_VERSION should be used instead.
#define VK_MAKE_VERSION(major, minor, patch) \
    ((((uint32_t)(major)) << 22U) | (((uint32_t)(minor)) << 12U) | ((uint32_t)(patch)))
  • major is the major version number.

  • minor is the minor version number.

  • patch is the patch version number.

VK_API_VERSION_1_0 returns the API version number for Vulkan 1.0.0.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
// Vulkan 1.0 version number
#define VK_API_VERSION_1_0 VK_MAKE_API_VERSION(0, 1, 0, 0)// Patch version should always be set to 0

30.2.2. Querying Version Support

Note

In Vulkan 1.0, there is no mechanism to detect the separate versions of instance-level and device-level functionality supported. However, the vkEnumerateInstanceVersion command was added in Vulkan 1.1 to determine the supported version of instance-level functionality - querying for this function via vkGetInstanceProcAddr will return NULL on implementations that only support Vulkan 1.0 functionality. For more information on this, please refer to the Vulkan 1.1 specification.

The version of device-level functionality can be queried by calling vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties and is returned in VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::apiVersion, encoded as described in Version Numbers.

30.3. Layers

When a layer is enabled, it inserts itself into the call chain for Vulkan commands the layer is interested in. Layers can be used for a variety of tasks that extend the base behavior of Vulkan beyond what is required by the specification - such as call logging, tracing, validation, or providing additional extensions.

Note

For example, an implementation is not expected to check that the value of enums used by the application fall within allowed ranges. Instead, a validation layer would do those checks and flag issues. This avoids a performance penalty during production use of the application because those layers would not be enabled in production.

Note

Vulkan layers may wrap object handles (i.e. return a different handle value to the application than that generated by the implementation). This is generally discouraged, as it increases the probability of incompatibilities with new extensions. The validation layers wrap handles in order to track the proper use and destruction of each object. See the “Architecture of the Vulkan Loader Interfaces” document for additional information.

To query the available layers, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkEnumerateInstanceLayerProperties(
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkLayerProperties*                          pProperties);
  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of layer properties available or queried, as described below.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkLayerProperties structures.

If pProperties is NULL, then the number of layer properties available is returned in pPropertyCount. Otherwise, pPropertyCount must point to a variable set by the user to the number of elements in the pProperties array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pProperties. If pPropertyCount is less than the number of layer properties available, at most pPropertyCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available properties were returned.

The list of available layers may change at any time due to actions outside of the Vulkan implementation, so two calls to vkEnumerateInstanceLayerProperties with the same parameters may return different results, or retrieve different pPropertyCount values or pProperties contents. Once an instance has been created, the layers enabled for that instance will continue to be enabled and valid for the lifetime of that instance, even if some of them become unavailable for future instances.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkEnumerateInstanceLayerProperties-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkEnumerateInstanceLayerProperties-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkLayerProperties structures

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The VkLayerProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkLayerProperties {
    char        layerName[VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE];
    uint32_t    specVersion;
    uint32_t    implementationVersion;
    char        description[VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE];
} VkLayerProperties;
  • layerName is an array of VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE char containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string which is the name of the layer. Use this name in the ppEnabledLayerNames array passed in the VkInstanceCreateInfo structure to enable this layer for an instance.

  • specVersion is the Vulkan version the layer was written to, encoded as described in Version Numbers.

  • implementationVersion is the version of this layer. It is an integer, increasing with backward compatible changes.

  • description is an array of VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE char containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string which provides additional details that can be used by the application to identify the layer.

VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE is the length in char values of an array containing a layer or extension name string, as returned in VkLayerProperties::layerName, VkExtensionProperties::extensionName, and other queries.

#define VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE        256U

VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE is the length in char values of an array containing a string with additional descriptive information about a query, as returned in VkLayerProperties::description and other queries.

#define VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE           256U

To enable a layer, the name of the layer should be added to the ppEnabledLayerNames member of VkInstanceCreateInfo when creating a VkInstance.

Loader implementations may provide mechanisms outside the Vulkan API for enabling specific layers. Layers enabled through such a mechanism are implicitly enabled, while layers enabled by including the layer name in the ppEnabledLayerNames member of VkInstanceCreateInfo are explicitly enabled. Implicitly enabled layers are loaded before explicitly enabled layers, such that implicitly enabled layers are closer to the application, and explicitly enabled layers are closer to the driver. Except where otherwise specified, implicitly enabled and explicitly enabled layers differ only in the way they are enabled, and the order in which they are loaded. Explicitly enabling a layer that is implicitly enabled results in this layer being loaded as an implicitly enabled layer; it has no additional effect.

30.3.1. Device Layer Deprecation

Previous versions of this specification distinguished between instance and device layers. Instance layers were only able to intercept commands that operate on VkInstance and VkPhysicalDevice, except they were not able to intercept vkCreateDevice. Device layers were enabled for individual devices when they were created, and could only intercept commands operating on that device or its child objects.

Device-only layers are now deprecated, and this specification no longer distinguishes between instance and device layers. Layers are enabled during instance creation, and are able to intercept all commands operating on that instance or any of its child objects. At the time of deprecation there were no known device-only layers and no compelling reason to create one.

In order to maintain compatibility with implementations released prior to device-layer deprecation, applications should still enumerate and enable device layers. The behavior of vkEnumerateDeviceLayerProperties and valid usage of the ppEnabledLayerNames member of VkDeviceCreateInfo maximizes compatibility with applications written to work with the previous requirements.

To enumerate device layers, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkEnumerateDeviceLayerProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkLayerProperties*                          pProperties);
  • physicalDevice is the physical device that will be queried.

  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of layer properties available or queried.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkLayerProperties structures.

If pProperties is NULL, then the number of layer properties available is returned in pPropertyCount. Otherwise, pPropertyCount must point to a variable set by the user to the number of elements in the pProperties array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pProperties. If pPropertyCount is less than the number of layer properties available, at most pPropertyCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available properties were returned.

The list of layers enumerated by vkEnumerateDeviceLayerProperties must be exactly the sequence of layers enabled for the instance. The members of VkLayerProperties for each enumerated layer must be the same as the properties when the layer was enumerated by vkEnumerateInstanceLayerProperties.

Note

Due to platform details on Android, vkEnumerateDeviceLayerProperties may be called with physicalDevice equal to NULL during layer discovery. This behavior will only be observed by layer implementations, and not the underlying Vulkan driver.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkEnumerateDeviceLayerProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkEnumerateDeviceLayerProperties-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkEnumerateDeviceLayerProperties-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkLayerProperties structures

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

The ppEnabledLayerNames and enabledLayerCount members of VkDeviceCreateInfo are deprecated and their values must be ignored by implementations. However, for compatibility, only an empty list of layers or a list that exactly matches the sequence enabled at instance creation time are valid, and validation layers should issue diagnostics for other cases.

Regardless of the enabled layer list provided in VkDeviceCreateInfo, the sequence of layers active for a device will be exactly the sequence of layers enabled when the parent instance was created.

30.4. Extensions

Extensions may define new Vulkan commands, structures, and enumerants. For compilation purposes, the interfaces defined by registered extensions, including new structures and enumerants as well as function pointer types for new commands, are defined in the Khronos-supplied vulkan_core.h together with the core API. However, commands defined by extensions may not be available for static linking - in which case function pointers to these commands should be queried at runtime as described in Command Function Pointers. Extensions may be provided by layers as well as by a Vulkan implementation.

Because extensions may extend or change the behavior of the Vulkan API, extension authors should add support for their extensions to the Khronos validation layers. This is especially important for new commands whose parameters have been wrapped by the validation layers. See the “Architecture of the Vulkan Loader Interfaces” document for additional information.

Note

To enable an instance extension, the name of the extension can be added to the ppEnabledExtensionNames member of VkInstanceCreateInfo when creating a VkInstance.

To enable a device extension, the name of the extension can be added to the ppEnabledExtensionNames member of VkDeviceCreateInfo when creating a VkDevice.

Enabling an extension (with no further use of that extension) does not change the behavior of functionality exposed by the core Vulkan API or any other extension, other than making valid the use of the commands, enums and structures defined by that extension.

Valid Usage sections for individual commands and structures do not currently contain which extensions have to be enabled in order to make their use valid, although they might do so in the future. It is defined only in the Valid Usage for Extensions section.

30.4.1. Instance Extensions

Instance extensions add new instance-level functionality to the API, outside of the core specification.

To query the available instance extensions, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties(
    const char*                                 pLayerName,
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkExtensionProperties*                      pProperties);
  • pLayerName is either NULL or a pointer to a null-terminated UTF-8 string naming the layer to retrieve extensions from.

  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of extension properties available or queried, as described below.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkExtensionProperties structures.

When pLayerName parameter is NULL, only extensions provided by the Vulkan implementation or by implicitly enabled layers are returned. When pLayerName is the name of a layer, the instance extensions provided by that layer are returned.

If pProperties is NULL, then the number of extensions properties available is returned in pPropertyCount. Otherwise, pPropertyCount must point to a variable set by the user to the number of elements in the pProperties array, and on return the variable is overwritten with the number of structures actually written to pProperties. If pPropertyCount is less than the number of extension properties available, at most pPropertyCount structures will be written, and VK_INCOMPLETE will be returned instead of VK_SUCCESS, to indicate that not all the available properties were returned.

Because the list of available layers may change externally between calls to vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties, two calls may retrieve different results if a pLayerName is available in one call but not in another. The extensions supported by a layer may also change between two calls, e.g. if the layer implementation is replaced by a different version between those calls.

Implementations must not advertise any pair of extensions that cannot be enabled together due to behavioral differences, or any extension that cannot be enabled against the advertised version.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties-pLayerName-parameter
    If pLayerName is not NULL, pLayerName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • VUID-vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkExtensionProperties structures

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT

30.4.2. Device Extensions

Device extensions add new device-level functionality to the API, outside of the core specification.

To query the extensions available to a given physical device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    const char*                                 pLayerName,
    uint32_t*                                   pPropertyCount,
    VkExtensionProperties*                      pProperties);
  • physicalDevice is the physical device that will be queried.

  • pLayerName is either NULL or a pointer to a null-terminated UTF-8 string naming the layer to retrieve extensions from.

  • pPropertyCount is a pointer to an integer related to the number of extension properties available or queried, and is treated in the same fashion as the vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties::pPropertyCount parameter.

  • pProperties is either NULL or a pointer to an array of VkExtensionProperties structures.

When pLayerName parameter is NULL, only extensions provided by the Vulkan implementation or by implicitly enabled layers are returned. When pLayerName is the name of a layer, the device extensions provided by that layer are returned.

Implementations must not advertise any pair of extensions that cannot be enabled together due to behavioral differences, or any extension that cannot be enabled against the advertised version.

Note

Due to platform details on Android, vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties may be called with physicalDevice equal to NULL during layer discovery. This behavior will only be observed by layer implementations, and not the underlying Vulkan driver.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties-pLayerName-parameter
    If pLayerName is not NULL, pLayerName must be a null-terminated UTF-8 string

  • VUID-vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties-pPropertyCount-parameter
    pPropertyCount must be a valid pointer to a uint32_t value

  • VUID-vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties-pProperties-parameter
    If the value referenced by pPropertyCount is not 0, and pProperties is not NULL, pProperties must be a valid pointer to an array of pPropertyCount VkExtensionProperties structures

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

  • VK_INCOMPLETE

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_LAYER_NOT_PRESENT

The VkExtensionProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkExtensionProperties {
    char        extensionName[VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE];
    uint32_t    specVersion;
} VkExtensionProperties;
  • extensionName is an array of VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE char containing a null-terminated UTF-8 string which is the name of the extension.

  • specVersion is the version of this extension. It is an integer, incremented with backward compatible changes.

Accessing Device-Level Functionality From a VkPhysicalDevice

Some device extensions also add support for physical-device-level functionality. Physical-device-level functionality can be used, if the required extension is supported as advertised by vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties for a given VkPhysicalDevice.

Accessing Device-Level Functionality From a VkDevice

For commands that are dispatched from a VkDevice, or from a child object of a VkDevice, device extensions must be enabled in vkCreateDevice.

30.5. Extension Dependencies

Some extensions are dependent on other extensions, or on specific core API versions, to function. To enable extensions with dependencies, any required extensions must also be enabled through the same API mechanisms when creating an instance with vkCreateInstance or a device with vkCreateDevice. Each extension which has such dependencies documents them in the appendix summarizing that extension.

If an extension is supported (as queried by vkEnumerateInstanceExtensionProperties or vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties), then required extensions of that extension must also be supported for the same instance or physical device.

Any device extension that has an instance extension dependency that is not enabled by vkCreateInstance is considered to be unsupported, hence it must not be returned by vkEnumerateDeviceExtensionProperties for any VkPhysicalDevice child of the instance. Instance extensions do not have dependencies on device extensions.

If a required extension has been promoted to another extension or to a core API version, then as a general rule, the dependency is also satisfied by the promoted extension or core version. This will be true so long as any features required by the original extension are also required or enabled by the promoted extension or core version. However, in some cases an extension is promoted while making some of its features optional in the promoted extension or core version. In this case, the dependency may not be satisfied. The only way to be certain is to look at the descriptions of the original dependency and the promoted version in the Layers & Extensions and Core Revisions appendices.

Note

There is metadata in vk.xml describing some aspects of promotion, especially requires, promotedto and deprecatedby attributes of <extension> tags. However, the metadata does not yet fully describe this scenario. In the future, we may extend the XML schema to describe the full set of extensions and versions satisfying a dependency. As discussed in more detail for Promotion below, when an extension is promoted it does not mean that a mechanical substitution of an extension API by the corresponding promoted API will work in exactly the same fashion; be supported at runtime; or even exist.

30.6. Compatibility Guarantees (Informative)

This section is marked as informal as there is no binding responsibility on implementations of the Vulkan API - these guarantees are however a contract between the Vulkan Working Group and developers using this Specification.

30.6.1. Core Versions

Each of the major, minor, and patch versions of the Vulkan specification provide different compatibility guarantees.

Patch Versions

A difference in the patch version indicates that a set of bug fixes or clarifications have been made to the Specification. Informative enums returned by Vulkan commands that will not affect the runtime behavior of a valid application may be added in a patch version (e.g. VkVendorId).

The specification’s patch version is strictly increasing for a given major version of the specification; any change to a specification as described above will result in the patch version being increased by 1. Patch versions are applied to all minor versions, even if a given minor version is not affected by the provoking change.

Specifications with different patch versions but the same major and minor version are fully compatible with each other - such that a valid application written against one will work with an implementation of another.

Note

If a patch version includes a bug fix or clarification that could have a significant impact on developer expectations, these will be highlighted in the change log. Generally the Vulkan Working Group tries to avoid these kinds of changes, instead fixing them in either an extension or core version.

Minor Versions

Changes in the minor version of the specification indicate that new functionality has been added to the core specification. This will usually include new interfaces in the header, and may also include behavior changes and bug fixes. Core functionality may be deprecated in a minor version, but will not be obsoleted or removed.

The specification’s minor version is strictly increasing for a given major version of the specification; any change to a specification as described above will result in the minor version being increased by 1. Changes that can be accommodated in a patch version will not increase the minor version.

Specifications with a lower minor version are backwards compatible with an implementation of a specification with a higher minor version for core functionality and extensions issued with the KHR vendor tag. Vendor and multi-vendor extensions are not guaranteed to remain functional across minor versions, though in general they are with few exceptions - see Obsoletion for more information.

Major Versions

A difference in the major version of specifications indicates a large set of changes which will likely include interface changes, behavioral changes, removal of deprecated functionality, and the modification, addition, or replacement of other functionality.

The specification’s major version is monotonically increasing; any change to the specification as described above will result in the major version being increased. Changes that can be accommodated in a patch or minor version will not increase the major version.

The Vulkan Working Group intends to only issue a new major version of the Specification in order to realize significant improvements to the Vulkan API that will necessarily require breaking compatibility.

A new major version will likely include a wholly new version of the specification to be issued - which could include an overhaul of the versioning semantics for the minor and patch versions. The patch and minor versions of a specification are therefore not meaningful across major versions. If a major version of the specification includes similar versioning semantics, it is expected that the patch and the minor version will be reset to 0 for that major version.

30.6.2. Extensions

A KHR extension must be able to be enabled alongside any other KHR extension, and for any minor or patch version of the core Specification beyond the minimum version it requires. A multi-vendor extension should be able to be enabled alongside any KHR extension or other multi-vendor extension, and for any minor or patch version of the core Specification beyond the minimum version it requires. A vendor extension should be able to be enabled alongside any KHR extension, multi-vendor extension, or other vendor extension from the same vendor, and for any minor or patch version of the core Specification beyond the minimum version it requires. A vendor extension may be able to be enabled alongside vendor extensions from another vendor.

The one other exception to this is if a vendor or multi-vendor extension is made obsolete by either a core version or another extension, which will be highlighted in the extension appendix.

Promotion

Extensions, or features of an extension, may be promoted to a new core version of the API, or a newer extension which an equal or greater number of implementors are in favor of.

When extension functionality is promoted, minor changes may be introduced, limited to the following:

  • Naming

  • Non-intrusive parameter changes

  • Feature advertisement/enablement

  • Combining structure parameters into larger structures

  • Author ID suffixes changed or removed

Note

If extension functionality is promoted, there is no guarantee of direct compatibility, however it should require little effort to port code from the original feature to the promoted one.

The Vulkan Working Group endeavors to ensure that larger changes are marked as either deprecated or obsoleted as appropriate, and can do so retroactively if necessary.

Extensions that are promoted are listed as being promoted in their extension appendices, with reference to where they were promoted to.

When an extension is promoted, any backwards compatibility aliases which exist in the extension will not be promoted.

Note

As a hypothetical example, if the VK_KHR_surface extension were promoted to part of a future core version, the VK_COLOR_SPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR token defined by that extension would be promoted to VK_COLOR_SPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR. However, the VK_COLORSPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR token aliases VK_COLOR_SPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR. The VK_COLORSPACE_SRGB_NONLINEAR_KHR would not be promoted, because it is a backwards compatibility alias that exists only due to a naming mistake when the extension was initially published.

Deprecation

Extensions may be marked as deprecated when the intended use cases either become irrelevant or can be solved in other ways. Generally, a new feature will become available to solve the use case in another extension or core version of the API, but it is not guaranteed.

Note

Features that are intended to replace deprecated functionality have no guarantees of compatibility, and applications may require drastic modification in order to make use of the new features.

Extensions that are deprecated are listed as being deprecated in their extension appendices, with an explanation of the deprecation and any features that are relevant.

Obsoletion

Occasionally, an extension will be marked as obsolete if a new version of the core API or a new extension is fundamentally incompatible with it. An obsoleted extension must not be used with the extension or core version that obsoleted it.

Extensions that are obsoleted are listed as being obsoleted in their extension appendices, with reference to what they were obsoleted by.

Aliases

When an extension is promoted or deprecated by a newer feature, some or all of its functionality may be replicated into the newer feature. Rather than duplication of all the documentation and definitions, the specification instead identifies the identical commands and types as aliases of one another. Each alias is mentioned together with the definition it aliases, with the older aliases marked as “equivalents”. Each alias of the same command has identical behavior, and each alias of the same type has identical meaning - they can be used interchangeably in an application with no compatibility issues.

Note

For promoted types, the aliased extension type is semantically identical to the new core type. The C99 headers simply typedef the older aliases to the promoted types.

For promoted command aliases, however, there are two separate entry point definitions, due to the fact that the C99 ABI has no way to alias command definitions without resorting to macros. Calling via either entry point definition will produce identical behavior within the bounds of the specification, and should still invoke the same entry point in the implementation. Debug tools may use separate entry points with different debug behavior; to write the appropriate command name to an output log, for instance.

Special Use Extensions

Some extensions exist only to support a specific purpose or specific class of application. These are referred to as “special use extensions”. Use of these extensions in applications not meeting the special use criteria is not recommended.

Special use cases are restricted, and only those defined below are used to describe extensions:

Table 29. Extension Special Use Cases
Special Use XML Tag Full Description

CAD support

cadsupport

Extension is intended to support specialized functionality used by CAD/CAM applications.

D3D support

d3demulation

Extension is intended to support D3D emulation layers, and applications ported from D3D, by adding functionality specific to D3D.

Developer tools

devtools

Extension is intended to support developer tools such as capture-replay libraries.

Debugging tools

debugging

Extension is intended for use by applications when debugging.

OpenGL / ES support

glemulation

Extension is intended to support OpenGL and/or OpenGL ES emulation layers, and applications ported from those APIs, by adding functionality specific to those APIs.

Special use extensions are identified in the metadata for each such extension in the Layers & Extensions appendix, using the name in the “Special Use” column above.

Special use extensions are also identified in vk.xml with the short name in “XML Tag” column above, as described in the “API Extensions (extension tag)” section of the registry schema documentation.

31. Features

Features describe functionality which is not supported on all implementations. Features are properties of the physical device. Features are optional, and must be explicitly enabled before use. Support for features is reported and enabled on a per-feature basis.

For convenience, new core versions of Vulkan may introduce new unified feature structures for features promoted from extensions. At the same time, the extension’s original feature structure (if any) is also promoted to the core API, and is an alias of the extension’s structure. This results in multiple names for the same feature: in the original extension’s feature structure and the promoted structure alias, in the unified feature structure. When a feature was implicitly supported and enabled in the extension, but an explicit name was added during promotion, then the extension itself acts as an alias for the feature as listed in the table below.

All aliases of the same feature in the core API must be reported consistently: either all must be reported as supported, or none of them. When a promoted extension is available, any corresponding feature aliases must be supported.

Table 30. Extension Feature Aliases
Extension Feature(s)

To query supported features, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures*                   pFeatures);
  • physicalDevice is the physical device from which to query the supported features.

  • pFeatures is a pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure in which the physical device features are returned. For each feature, a value of VK_TRUE specifies that the feature is supported on this physical device, and VK_FALSE specifies that the feature is not supported.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures-pFeatures-parameter
    pFeatures must be a valid pointer to a VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure

Fine-grained features used by a logical device must be enabled at VkDevice creation time. If a feature is enabled that the physical device does not support, VkDevice creation will fail and return VK_ERROR_FEATURE_NOT_PRESENT.

The fine-grained features are enabled by passing a pointer to the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure via the pEnabledFeatures member of the VkDeviceCreateInfo structure that is passed into the vkCreateDevice call. If a member of pEnabledFeatures is set to VK_TRUE or VK_FALSE, then the device will be created with the indicated feature enabled or disabled, respectively.

If an application wishes to enable all features supported by a device, it can simply pass in the VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure that was previously returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceFeatures. To disable an individual feature, the application can set the desired member to VK_FALSE in the same structure. Setting pEnabledFeatures to NULL is equivalent to setting all members of the structure to VK_FALSE.

Note

Some features, such as robustBufferAccess, may incur a runtime performance cost. Application writers should carefully consider the implications of enabling all supported features.

The VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures {
    VkBool32    robustBufferAccess;
    VkBool32    fullDrawIndexUint32;
    VkBool32    imageCubeArray;
    VkBool32    independentBlend;
    VkBool32    geometryShader;
    VkBool32    tessellationShader;
    VkBool32    sampleRateShading;
    VkBool32    dualSrcBlend;
    VkBool32    logicOp;
    VkBool32    multiDrawIndirect;
    VkBool32    drawIndirectFirstInstance;
    VkBool32    depthClamp;
    VkBool32    depthBiasClamp;
    VkBool32    fillModeNonSolid;
    VkBool32    depthBounds;
    VkBool32    wideLines;
    VkBool32    largePoints;
    VkBool32    alphaToOne;
    VkBool32    multiViewport;
    VkBool32    samplerAnisotropy;
    VkBool32    textureCompressionETC2;
    VkBool32    textureCompressionASTC_LDR;
    VkBool32    textureCompressionBC;
    VkBool32    occlusionQueryPrecise;
    VkBool32    pipelineStatisticsQuery;
    VkBool32    vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics;
    VkBool32    fragmentStoresAndAtomics;
    VkBool32    shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize;
    VkBool32    shaderImageGatherExtended;
    VkBool32    shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats;
    VkBool32    shaderStorageImageMultisample;
    VkBool32    shaderStorageImageReadWithoutFormat;
    VkBool32    shaderStorageImageWriteWithoutFormat;
    VkBool32    shaderUniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing;
    VkBool32    shaderSampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing;
    VkBool32    shaderStorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing;
    VkBool32    shaderStorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing;
    VkBool32    shaderClipDistance;
    VkBool32    shaderCullDistance;
    VkBool32    shaderFloat64;
    VkBool32    shaderInt64;
    VkBool32    shaderInt16;
    VkBool32    shaderResourceResidency;
    VkBool32    shaderResourceMinLod;
    VkBool32    sparseBinding;
    VkBool32    sparseResidencyBuffer;
    VkBool32    sparseResidencyImage2D;
    VkBool32    sparseResidencyImage3D;
    VkBool32    sparseResidency2Samples;
    VkBool32    sparseResidency4Samples;
    VkBool32    sparseResidency8Samples;
    VkBool32    sparseResidency16Samples;
    VkBool32    sparseResidencyAliased;
    VkBool32    variableMultisampleRate;
    VkBool32    inheritedQueries;
} VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures;

This structure describes the following features:

  • robustBufferAccess specifies that accesses to buffers are bounds-checked against the range of the buffer descriptor (as determined by VkDescriptorBufferInfo::range, VkBufferViewCreateInfo::range, or the size of the buffer). Out of bounds accesses must not cause application termination, and the effects of shader loads, stores, and atomics must conform to an implementation-dependent behavior as described below.

    • A buffer access is considered to be out of bounds if any of the following are true:

      • The pointer was formed by OpImageTexelPointer and the coordinate is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of whole elements in the bound range.

      • The pointer was not formed by OpImageTexelPointer and the object pointed to is not wholly contained within the bound range.

        Note

        If a SPIR-V OpLoad instruction loads a structure and the tail end of the structure is out of bounds, then all members of the structure are considered out of bounds even if the members at the end are not statically used.

      • If any buffer access is determined to be out of bounds, then any other access of the same type (load, store, or atomic) to the same buffer that accesses an address less than 16 bytes away from the out of bounds address may also be considered out of bounds.

      • If the access is a load that reads from the same memory locations as a prior store in the same shader invocation, with no other intervening accesses to the same memory locations in that shader invocation, then the result of the load may be the value stored by the store instruction, even if the access is out of bounds. If the load is Volatile, then an out of bounds load must return the appropriate out of bounds value.

    • Out-of-bounds buffer loads will return any of the following values:

      • Values from anywhere within the memory range(s) bound to the buffer (possibly including bytes of memory past the end of the buffer, up to the end of the bound range).

      • Zero values, or (0,0,0,x) vectors for vector reads where x is a valid value represented in the type of the vector components and may be any of:

        • 0, 1, or the maximum representable positive integer value, for signed or unsigned integer components

        • 0.0 or 1.0, for floating-point components

    • Out-of-bounds writes may modify values within the memory range(s) bound to the buffer, but must not modify any other memory.

    • Out-of-bounds atomics may modify values within the memory range(s) bound to the buffer, but must not modify any other memory, and return an undefined value.

    • Vertex input attributes are considered out of bounds if the offset of the attribute in the bound vertex buffer range plus the size of the attribute is greater than either:

      • vertexBufferRangeSize, if bindingStride == 0; or

      • (vertexBufferRangeSize - (vertexBufferRangeSize % bindingStride))

      where vertexBufferRangeSize is the byte size of the memory range bound to the vertex buffer binding and bindingStride is the byte stride of the corresponding vertex input binding. Further, if any vertex input attribute using a specific vertex input binding is out of bounds, then all vertex input attributes using that vertex input binding for that vertex shader invocation are considered out of bounds.

      • If a vertex input attribute is out of bounds, it will be assigned one of the following values:

        • Values from anywhere within the memory range(s) bound to the buffer, converted according to the format of the attribute.

        • Zero values, format converted according to the format of the attribute.

        • Zero values, or (0,0,0,x) vectors, as described above.

    • If robustBufferAccess is not enabled, applications must not perform out of bounds accesses .

  • fullDrawIndexUint32 specifies the full 32-bit range of indices is supported for indexed draw calls when using a VkIndexType of VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT32. maxDrawIndexedIndexValue is the maximum index value that may be used (aside from the primitive restart index, which is always 232-1 when the VkIndexType is VK_INDEX_TYPE_UINT32). If this feature is supported, maxDrawIndexedIndexValue must be 232-1; otherwise it must be no smaller than 224-1. See maxDrawIndexedIndexValue.

  • imageCubeArray specifies whether image views with a VkImageViewType of VK_IMAGE_VIEW_TYPE_CUBE_ARRAY can be created, and that the corresponding SampledCubeArray and ImageCubeArray SPIR-V capabilities can be used in shader code.

  • independentBlend specifies whether the VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState settings are controlled independently per-attachment. If this feature is not enabled, the VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState settings for all color attachments must be identical. Otherwise, a different VkPipelineColorBlendAttachmentState can be provided for each bound color attachment.

  • geometryShader specifies whether geometry shaders are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the VK_SHADER_STAGE_GEOMETRY_BIT and VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT enum values must not be used. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the Geometry capability.

  • tessellationShader specifies whether tessellation control and evaluation shaders are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_BIT, VK_SHADER_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT, VK_PIPELINE_STAGE_TESSELLATION_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT, and VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE_PIPELINE_TESSELLATION_STATE_CREATE_INFO enum values must not be used. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the Tessellation capability.

  • sampleRateShading specifies whether Sample Shading and multisample interpolation are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the sampleShadingEnable member of the VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure must be set to VK_FALSE and the minSampleShading member is ignored. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the SampleRateShading capability.

  • dualSrcBlend specifies whether blend operations which take two sources are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR, VK_BLEND_FACTOR_SRC1_ALPHA, and VK_BLEND_FACTOR_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA enum values must not be used as source or destination blending factors. See Dual-Source Blending.

  • logicOp specifies whether logic operations are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the logicOpEnable member of the VkPipelineColorBlendStateCreateInfo structure must be set to VK_FALSE, and the logicOp member is ignored.

  • multiDrawIndirect specifies whether multiple draw indirect is supported. If this feature is not enabled, the drawCount parameter to the vkCmdDrawIndirect and vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect commands must be 0 or 1. The maxDrawIndirectCount member of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure must also be 1 if this feature is not supported. See maxDrawIndirectCount.

  • drawIndirectFirstInstance specifies whether indirect drawing calls support the firstInstance parameter. If this feature is not enabled, the firstInstance member of all VkDrawIndirectCommand and VkDrawIndexedIndirectCommand structures that are provided to the vkCmdDrawIndirect and vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect commands must be 0.

  • depthClamp specifies whether depth clamping is supported. If this feature is not enabled, the depthClampEnable member of the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure must be set to VK_FALSE. Otherwise, setting depthClampEnable to VK_TRUE will enable depth clamping.

  • depthBiasClamp specifies whether depth bias clamping is supported. If this feature is not enabled, the depthBiasClamp member of the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure must be set to 0.0 unless the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_DEPTH_BIAS dynamic state is enabled, and the depthBiasClamp parameter to vkCmdSetDepthBias must be set to 0.0.

  • fillModeNonSolid specifies whether point and wireframe fill modes are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the VK_POLYGON_MODE_POINT and VK_POLYGON_MODE_LINE enum values must not be used.

  • depthBounds specifies whether depth bounds tests are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the depthBoundsTestEnable member of the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure must be set to VK_FALSE. When depthBoundsTestEnable is set to VK_FALSE, the minDepthBounds and maxDepthBounds members of the VkPipelineDepthStencilStateCreateInfo structure are ignored.

  • wideLines specifies whether lines with width other than 1.0 are supported. If this feature is not enabled, the lineWidth member of the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo structure must be set to 1.0 unless the VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_LINE_WIDTH dynamic state is enabled, and the lineWidth parameter to vkCmdSetLineWidth must be set to 1.0. When this feature is supported, the range and granularity of supported line widths are indicated by the lineWidthRange and lineWidthGranularity members of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure, respectively.

  • largePoints specifies whether points with size greater than 1.0 are supported. If this feature is not enabled, only a point size of 1.0 written by a shader is supported. The range and granularity of supported point sizes are indicated by the pointSizeRange and pointSizeGranularity members of the VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure, respectively.

  • alphaToOne specifies whether the implementation is able to replace the alpha value of the fragment shader color output in the Multisample Coverage fragment operation. If this feature is not enabled, then the alphaToOneEnable member of the VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo structure must be set to VK_FALSE. Otherwise setting alphaToOneEnable to VK_TRUE will enable alpha-to-one behavior.

  • multiViewport specifies whether more than one viewport is supported. If this feature is not enabled:

    • The viewportCount and scissorCount members of the VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo structure must be set to 1.

    • The firstViewport and viewportCount parameters to the vkCmdSetViewport command must be set to 0 and 1, respectively.

    • The firstScissor and scissorCount parameters to the vkCmdSetScissor command must be set to 0 and 1, respectively.

  • samplerAnisotropy specifies whether anisotropic filtering is supported. If this feature is not enabled, the anisotropyEnable member of the VkSamplerCreateInfo structure must be VK_FALSE.

  • textureCompressionETC2 specifies whether all of the ETC2 and EAC compressed texture formats are supported. If this feature is enabled, then the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT features must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for the following formats:

    • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_SNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_SNORM_BLOCK

    To query for additional properties, or if the feature is not enabled, vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties and vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties can be used to check for supported properties of individual formats as normal.

  • textureCompressionASTC_LDR specifies whether all of the ASTC LDR compressed texture formats are supported. If this feature is enabled, then the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT features must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for the following formats:

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SRGB_BLOCK

    To query for additional properties, or if the feature is not enabled, vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties and vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties can be used to check for supported properties of individual formats as normal.

  • textureCompressionBC specifies whether all of the BC compressed texture formats are supported. If this feature is enabled, then the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT features must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for the following formats:

    • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC2_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC2_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC3_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC3_SRGB_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC4_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC4_SNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC5_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC5_SNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC6H_SFLOAT_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC7_UNORM_BLOCK

    • VK_FORMAT_BC7_SRGB_BLOCK

    To query for additional properties, or if the feature is not enabled, vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties and vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties can be used to check for supported properties of individual formats as normal.

  • occlusionQueryPrecise specifies whether occlusion queries returning actual sample counts are supported. Occlusion queries are created in a VkQueryPool by specifying the queryType of VK_QUERY_TYPE_OCCLUSION in the VkQueryPoolCreateInfo structure which is passed to vkCreateQueryPool. If this feature is enabled, queries of this type can enable VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT in the flags parameter to vkCmdBeginQuery. If this feature is not supported, the implementation supports only boolean occlusion queries. When any samples are passed, boolean queries will return a non-zero result value, otherwise a result value of zero is returned. When this feature is enabled and VK_QUERY_CONTROL_PRECISE_BIT is set, occlusion queries will report the actual number of samples passed.

  • pipelineStatisticsQuery specifies whether the pipeline statistics queries are supported. If this feature is not enabled, queries of type VK_QUERY_TYPE_PIPELINE_STATISTICS cannot be created, and none of the VkQueryPipelineStatisticFlagBits bits can be set in the pipelineStatistics member of the VkQueryPoolCreateInfo structure.

  • vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics specifies whether storage buffers and images support stores and atomic operations in the vertex, tessellation, and geometry shader stages. If this feature is not enabled, all storage image, storage texel buffer, and storage buffer variables used by these stages in shader modules must be decorated with the NonWritable decoration (or the readonly memory qualifier in GLSL).

  • fragmentStoresAndAtomics specifies whether storage buffers and images support stores and atomic operations in the fragment shader stage. If this feature is not enabled, all storage image, storage texel buffer, and storage buffer variables used by the fragment stage in shader modules must be decorated with the NonWritable decoration (or the readonly memory qualifier in GLSL).

  • shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize specifies whether the PointSize built-in decoration is available in the tessellation control, tessellation evaluation, and geometry shader stages. If this feature is not enabled, members decorated with the PointSize built-in decoration must not be read from or written to and all points written from a tessellation or geometry shader will have a size of 1.0. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the TessellationPointSize capability for tessellation control and evaluation shaders, or if the shader modules can declare the GeometryPointSize capability for geometry shaders. An implementation supporting this feature must also support one or both of the tessellationShader or geometryShader features.

  • shaderImageGatherExtended specifies whether the extended set of image gather instructions are available in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, the OpImage*Gather instructions do not support the Offset and ConstOffsets operands. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the ImageGatherExtended capability.

  • shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats specifies whether all the “storage image extended formats” below are supported; if this feature is supported, then the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for the following formats:

    • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SFLOAT

    • VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT

    • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM

    • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SINT

    • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SINT

    • VK_FORMAT_R16_SINT

    • VK_FORMAT_R8_SINT

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UINT

    • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UINT

    • VK_FORMAT_R16_UINT

    • VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT

    Note

    shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats feature only adds a guarantee of format support, which is specified for the whole physical device. Therefore enabling or disabling the feature via vkCreateDevice has no practical effect.

    To query for additional properties, or if the feature is not supported, vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties and vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties can be used to check for supported properties of individual formats, as usual rules allow.

    VK_FORMAT_R32G32_UINT, VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SINT, and VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT from StorageImageExtendedFormats SPIR-V capability, are already covered by core Vulkan mandatory format support.

  • shaderStorageImageMultisample specifies whether multisampled storage images are supported. If this feature is not enabled, images that are created with a usage that includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT must be created with samples equal to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the StorageImageMultisample and ImageMSArray capabilities.

  • shaderStorageImageReadWithoutFormat specifies whether storage images and storage texel buffers require a format qualifier to be specified when reading.

  • shaderStorageImageWriteWithoutFormat specifies whether storage images and storage texel buffers require a format qualifier to be specified when writing.

  • shaderUniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing specifies whether arrays of uniform buffers can be indexed by dynamically uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC must be indexed only by constant integral expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the UniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing capability.

  • shaderSampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing specifies whether arrays of samplers or sampled images can be indexed by dynamically uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE must be indexed only by constant integral expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the SampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing capability.

  • shaderStorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing specifies whether arrays of storage buffers can be indexed by dynamically uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC must be indexed only by constant integral expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the StorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing capability.

  • shaderStorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing specifies whether arrays of storage images can be indexed by dynamically uniform integer expressions in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, resources with a descriptor type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE must be indexed only by constant integral expressions when aggregated into arrays in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the StorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing capability.

  • shaderClipDistance specifies whether clip distances are supported in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, any members decorated with the ClipDistance built-in decoration must not be read from or written to in shader modules. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the ClipDistance capability.

  • shaderCullDistance specifies whether cull distances are supported in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, any members decorated with the CullDistance built-in decoration must not be read from or written to in shader modules. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the CullDistance capability.

  • shaderFloat64 specifies whether 64-bit floats (doubles) are supported in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, 64-bit floating-point types must not be used in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the Float64 capability. Declaring and using 64-bit floats is enabled for all storage classes that SPIR-V allows with the Float64 capability.

  • shaderInt64 specifies whether 64-bit integers (signed and unsigned) are supported in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, 64-bit integer types must not be used in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the Int64 capability. Declaring and using 64-bit integers is enabled for all storage classes that SPIR-V allows with the Int64 capability.

  • shaderInt16 specifies whether 16-bit integers (signed and unsigned) are supported in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, 16-bit integer types must not be used in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the Int16 capability. However, this only enables a subset of the storage classes that SPIR-V allows for the Int16 SPIR-V capability: Declaring and using 16-bit integers in the Private, Workgroup, and Function storage classes is enabled, while declaring them in the interface storage classes (e.g., UniformConstant, Uniform, StorageBuffer, Input, Output, and PushConstant) is not enabled.

  • shaderResourceResidency specifies whether image operations that return resource residency information are supported in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, the OpImageSparse* instructions must not be used in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the SparseResidency capability. The feature requires at least one of the sparseResidency* features to be supported.

  • shaderResourceMinLod specifies whether image operations specifying the minimum resource LOD are supported in shader code. If this feature is not enabled, the MinLod image operand must not be used in shader code. This also specifies whether shader modules can declare the MinLod capability.

  • sparseBinding specifies whether resource memory can be managed at opaque sparse block level instead of at the object level. If this feature is not enabled, resource memory must be bound only on a per-object basis using the vkBindBufferMemory and vkBindImageMemory commands. In this case, buffers and images must not be created with VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_BINDING_BIT set in the flags member of the VkBufferCreateInfo and VkImageCreateInfo structures, respectively. Otherwise resource memory can be managed as described in Sparse Resource Features.

  • sparseResidencyBuffer specifies whether the device can access partially resident buffers. If this feature is not enabled, buffers must not be created with VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set in the flags member of the VkBufferCreateInfo structure.

  • sparseResidencyImage2D specifies whether the device can access partially resident 2D images with 1 sample per pixel. If this feature is not enabled, images with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and samples set to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT must not be created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set in the flags member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure.

  • sparseResidencyImage3D specifies whether the device can access partially resident 3D images. If this feature is not enabled, images with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D must not be created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set in the flags member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure.

  • sparseResidency2Samples specifies whether the physical device can access partially resident 2D images with 2 samples per pixel. If this feature is not enabled, images with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and samples set to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT must not be created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set in the flags member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure.

  • sparseResidency4Samples specifies whether the physical device can access partially resident 2D images with 4 samples per pixel. If this feature is not enabled, images with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and samples set to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT must not be created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set in the flags member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure.

  • sparseResidency8Samples specifies whether the physical device can access partially resident 2D images with 8 samples per pixel. If this feature is not enabled, images with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and samples set to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_8_BIT must not be created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set in the flags member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure.

  • sparseResidency16Samples specifies whether the physical device can access partially resident 2D images with 16 samples per pixel. If this feature is not enabled, images with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and samples set to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_16_BIT must not be created with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_RESIDENCY_BIT set in the flags member of the VkImageCreateInfo structure.

  • sparseResidencyAliased specifies whether the physical device can correctly access data aliased into multiple locations. If this feature is not enabled, the VK_BUFFER_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT and VK_IMAGE_CREATE_SPARSE_ALIASED_BIT enum values must not be used in flags members of the VkBufferCreateInfo and VkImageCreateInfo structures, respectively.

  • variableMultisampleRate specifies whether all pipelines that will be bound to a command buffer during a subpass which uses no attachments must have the same value for VkPipelineMultisampleStateCreateInfo::rasterizationSamples. If set to VK_TRUE, the implementation supports variable multisample rates in a subpass which uses no attachments. If set to VK_FALSE, then all pipelines bound in such a subpass must have the same multisample rate. This has no effect in situations where a subpass uses any attachments.

  • inheritedQueries specifies whether a secondary command buffer may be executed while a query is active.

nullDescriptor support requires the VK_EXT_robustness2 extension.

31.1. Feature Requirements

All Vulkan graphics implementations must support the following features:

All other features defined in the Specification are optional.

32. Limits

Limits are implementation-dependent minimums, maximums, and other device characteristics that an application may need to be aware of.

The VkPhysicalDeviceLimits structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkPhysicalDeviceLimits {
    uint32_t              maxImageDimension1D;
    uint32_t              maxImageDimension2D;
    uint32_t              maxImageDimension3D;
    uint32_t              maxImageDimensionCube;
    uint32_t              maxImageArrayLayers;
    uint32_t              maxTexelBufferElements;
    uint32_t              maxUniformBufferRange;
    uint32_t              maxStorageBufferRange;
    uint32_t              maxPushConstantsSize;
    uint32_t              maxMemoryAllocationCount;
    uint32_t              maxSamplerAllocationCount;
    VkDeviceSize          bufferImageGranularity;
    VkDeviceSize          sparseAddressSpaceSize;
    uint32_t              maxBoundDescriptorSets;
    uint32_t              maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers;
    uint32_t              maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers;
    uint32_t              maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers;
    uint32_t              maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages;
    uint32_t              maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages;
    uint32_t              maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments;
    uint32_t              maxPerStageResources;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetSamplers;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffers;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffersDynamic;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffers;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffersDynamic;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetSampledImages;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetStorageImages;
    uint32_t              maxDescriptorSetInputAttachments;
    uint32_t              maxVertexInputAttributes;
    uint32_t              maxVertexInputBindings;
    uint32_t              maxVertexInputAttributeOffset;
    uint32_t              maxVertexInputBindingStride;
    uint32_t              maxVertexOutputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationGenerationLevel;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationPatchSize;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationControlPerVertexInputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationControlPerVertexOutputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationControlPerPatchOutputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationControlTotalOutputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationEvaluationInputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxTessellationEvaluationOutputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxGeometryShaderInvocations;
    uint32_t              maxGeometryInputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxGeometryOutputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxGeometryOutputVertices;
    uint32_t              maxGeometryTotalOutputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxFragmentInputComponents;
    uint32_t              maxFragmentOutputAttachments;
    uint32_t              maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments;
    uint32_t              maxFragmentCombinedOutputResources;
    uint32_t              maxComputeSharedMemorySize;
    uint32_t              maxComputeWorkGroupCount[3];
    uint32_t              maxComputeWorkGroupInvocations;
    uint32_t              maxComputeWorkGroupSize[3];
    uint32_t              subPixelPrecisionBits;
    uint32_t              subTexelPrecisionBits;
    uint32_t              mipmapPrecisionBits;
    uint32_t              maxDrawIndexedIndexValue;
    uint32_t              maxDrawIndirectCount;
    float                 maxSamplerLodBias;
    float                 maxSamplerAnisotropy;
    uint32_t              maxViewports;
    uint32_t              maxViewportDimensions[2];
    float                 viewportBoundsRange[2];
    uint32_t              viewportSubPixelBits;
    size_t                minMemoryMapAlignment;
    VkDeviceSize          minTexelBufferOffsetAlignment;
    VkDeviceSize          minUniformBufferOffsetAlignment;
    VkDeviceSize          minStorageBufferOffsetAlignment;
    int32_t               minTexelOffset;
    uint32_t              maxTexelOffset;
    int32_t               minTexelGatherOffset;
    uint32_t              maxTexelGatherOffset;
    float                 minInterpolationOffset;
    float                 maxInterpolationOffset;
    uint32_t              subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits;
    uint32_t              maxFramebufferWidth;
    uint32_t              maxFramebufferHeight;
    uint32_t              maxFramebufferLayers;
    VkSampleCountFlags    framebufferColorSampleCounts;
    VkSampleCountFlags    framebufferDepthSampleCounts;
    VkSampleCountFlags    framebufferStencilSampleCounts;
    VkSampleCountFlags    framebufferNoAttachmentsSampleCounts;
    uint32_t              maxColorAttachments;
    VkSampleCountFlags    sampledImageColorSampleCounts;
    VkSampleCountFlags    sampledImageIntegerSampleCounts;
    VkSampleCountFlags    sampledImageDepthSampleCounts;
    VkSampleCountFlags    sampledImageStencilSampleCounts;
    VkSampleCountFlags    storageImageSampleCounts;
    uint32_t              maxSampleMaskWords;
    VkBool32              timestampComputeAndGraphics;
    float                 timestampPeriod;
    uint32_t              maxClipDistances;
    uint32_t              maxCullDistances;
    uint32_t              maxCombinedClipAndCullDistances;
    uint32_t              discreteQueuePriorities;
    float                 pointSizeRange[2];
    float                 lineWidthRange[2];
    float                 pointSizeGranularity;
    float                 lineWidthGranularity;
    VkBool32              strictLines;
    VkBool32              standardSampleLocations;
    VkDeviceSize          optimalBufferCopyOffsetAlignment;
    VkDeviceSize          optimalBufferCopyRowPitchAlignment;
    VkDeviceSize          nonCoherentAtomSize;
} VkPhysicalDeviceLimits;

The VkPhysicalDeviceLimits are properties of the physical device. These are available in the limits member of the VkPhysicalDeviceProperties structure which is returned from vkGetPhysicalDeviceProperties.

  • maxImageDimension1D is the largest dimension (width) that is guaranteed to be supported for all images created with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D. Some combinations of image parameters (format, usage, etc.) may allow support for larger dimensions, which can be queried using vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties.

  • maxImageDimension2D is the largest dimension (width or height) that is guaranteed to be supported for all images created with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and without VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT set in flags. Some combinations of image parameters (format, usage, etc.) may allow support for larger dimensions, which can be queried using vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties.

  • maxImageDimension3D is the largest dimension (width, height, or depth) that is guaranteed to be supported for all images created with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D. Some combinations of image parameters (format, usage, etc.) may allow support for larger dimensions, which can be queried using vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties.

  • maxImageDimensionCube is the largest dimension (width or height) that is guaranteed to be supported for all images created with an imageType of VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and with VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT set in flags. Some combinations of image parameters (format, usage, etc.) may allow support for larger dimensions, which can be queried using vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties.

  • maxImageArrayLayers is the maximum number of layers (arrayLayers) for an image.

  • maxTexelBufferElements is the maximum number of addressable texels for a buffer view created on a buffer which was created with the VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT or VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT set in the usage member of the VkBufferCreateInfo structure.

  • maxUniformBufferRange is the maximum value that can be specified in the range member of a VkDescriptorBufferInfo structure passed to vkUpdateDescriptorSets for descriptors of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC.

  • maxStorageBufferRange is the maximum value that can be specified in the range member of a VkDescriptorBufferInfo structure passed to vkUpdateDescriptorSets for descriptors of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC.

  • maxPushConstantsSize is the maximum size, in bytes, of the pool of push constant memory. For each of the push constant ranges indicated by the pPushConstantRanges member of the VkPipelineLayoutCreateInfo structure, (offset + size) must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • maxMemoryAllocationCount is the maximum number of device memory allocations, as created by vkAllocateMemory, which can simultaneously exist.

  • maxSamplerAllocationCount is the maximum number of sampler objects, as created by vkCreateSampler, which can simultaneously exist on a device.

  • bufferImageGranularity is the granularity, in bytes, at which buffer or linear image resources, and optimal image resources can be bound to adjacent offsets in the same VkDeviceMemory object without aliasing. See Buffer-Image Granularity for more details.

  • sparseAddressSpaceSize is the total amount of address space available, in bytes, for sparse memory resources. This is an upper bound on the sum of the sizes of all sparse resources, regardless of whether any memory is bound to them.

  • maxBoundDescriptorSets is the maximum number of descriptor sets that can be simultaneously used by a pipeline. All DescriptorSet decorations in shader modules must have a value less than maxBoundDescriptorSets. See Descriptor Sets.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers is the maximum number of samplers that can be accessible to a single shader stage in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER count against this limit. A descriptor is accessible to a shader stage when the stageFlags member of the VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure has the bit for that shader stage set. See Sampler and Combined Image Sampler.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers is the maximum number of uniform buffers that can be accessible to a single shader stage in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC count against this limit. A descriptor is accessible to a shader stage when the stageFlags member of the VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure has the bit for that shader stage set. See Uniform Buffer and Dynamic Uniform Buffer.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers is the maximum number of storage buffers that can be accessible to a single shader stage in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC count against this limit. A descriptor is accessible to a pipeline shader stage when the stageFlags member of the VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure has the bit for that shader stage set. See Storage Buffer and Dynamic Storage Buffer.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages is the maximum number of sampled images that can be accessible to a single shader stage in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER count against this limit. A descriptor is accessible to a pipeline shader stage when the stageFlags member of the VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure has the bit for that shader stage set. See Combined Image Sampler, Sampled Image, and Uniform Texel Buffer.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages is the maximum number of storage images that can be accessible to a single shader stage in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER count against this limit. A descriptor is accessible to a pipeline shader stage when the stageFlags member of the VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure has the bit for that shader stage set. See Storage Image, and Storage Texel Buffer.

  • maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments is the maximum number of input attachments that can be accessible to a single shader stage in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT count against this limit. A descriptor is accessible to a pipeline shader stage when the stageFlags member of the VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure has the bit for that shader stage set. These are only supported for the fragment stage. See Input Attachment.

  • maxPerStageResources is the maximum number of resources that can be accessible to a single shader stage in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT count against this limit. For the fragment shader stage the framebuffer color attachments also count against this limit.

  • maxDescriptorSetSamplers is the maximum number of samplers that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER count against this limit. See Sampler and Combined Image Sampler.

  • maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffers is the maximum number of uniform buffers that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC count against this limit. See Uniform Buffer and Dynamic Uniform Buffer.

  • maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffersDynamic is the maximum number of dynamic uniform buffers that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC count against this limit. See Dynamic Uniform Buffer.

  • maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffers is the maximum number of storage buffers that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC count against this limit. See Storage Buffer and Dynamic Storage Buffer.

  • maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffersDynamic is the maximum number of dynamic storage buffers that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC count against this limit. See Dynamic Storage Buffer.

  • maxDescriptorSetSampledImages is the maximum number of sampled images that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_COMBINED_IMAGE_SAMPLER, VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SAMPLED_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER count against this limit. See Combined Image Sampler, Sampled Image, and Uniform Texel Buffer.

  • maxDescriptorSetStorageImages is the maximum number of storage images that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_IMAGE, or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER count against this limit. See Storage Image, and Storage Texel Buffer.

  • maxDescriptorSetInputAttachments is the maximum number of input attachments that can be included in a pipeline layout. Descriptors with a type of VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT count against this limit. See Input Attachment.

  • maxVertexInputAttributes is the maximum number of vertex input attributes that can be specified for a graphics pipeline. These are described in the array of VkVertexInputAttributeDescription structures that are provided at graphics pipeline creation time via the pVertexAttributeDescriptions member of the VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo structure. See Vertex Attributes and Vertex Input Description.

  • maxVertexInputBindings is the maximum number of vertex buffers that can be specified for providing vertex attributes to a graphics pipeline. These are described in the array of VkVertexInputBindingDescription structures that are provided at graphics pipeline creation time via the pVertexBindingDescriptions member of the VkPipelineVertexInputStateCreateInfo structure. The binding member of VkVertexInputBindingDescription must be less than this limit. See Vertex Input Description.

  • maxVertexInputAttributeOffset is the maximum vertex input attribute offset that can be added to the vertex input binding stride. The offset member of the VkVertexInputAttributeDescription structure must be less than or equal to this limit. See Vertex Input Description.

  • maxVertexInputBindingStride is the maximum vertex input binding stride that can be specified in a vertex input binding. The stride member of the VkVertexInputBindingDescription structure must be less than or equal to this limit. See Vertex Input Description.

  • maxVertexOutputComponents is the maximum number of components of output variables which can be output by a vertex shader. See Vertex Shaders.

  • maxTessellationGenerationLevel is the maximum tessellation generation level supported by the fixed-function tessellation primitive generator. See Tessellation.

  • maxTessellationPatchSize is the maximum patch size, in vertices, of patches that can be processed by the tessellation control shader and tessellation primitive generator. The patchControlPoints member of the VkPipelineTessellationStateCreateInfo structure specified at pipeline creation time and the value provided in the OutputVertices execution mode of shader modules must be less than or equal to this limit. See Tessellation.

  • maxTessellationControlPerVertexInputComponents is the maximum number of components of input variables which can be provided as per-vertex inputs to the tessellation control shader stage.

  • maxTessellationControlPerVertexOutputComponents is the maximum number of components of per-vertex output variables which can be output from the tessellation control shader stage.

  • maxTessellationControlPerPatchOutputComponents is the maximum number of components of per-patch output variables which can be output from the tessellation control shader stage.

  • maxTessellationControlTotalOutputComponents is the maximum total number of components of per-vertex and per-patch output variables which can be output from the tessellation control shader stage.

  • maxTessellationEvaluationInputComponents is the maximum number of components of input variables which can be provided as per-vertex inputs to the tessellation evaluation shader stage.

  • maxTessellationEvaluationOutputComponents is the maximum number of components of per-vertex output variables which can be output from the tessellation evaluation shader stage.

  • maxGeometryShaderInvocations is the maximum invocation count supported for instanced geometry shaders. The value provided in the Invocations execution mode of shader modules must be less than or equal to this limit. See Geometry Shading.

  • maxGeometryInputComponents is the maximum number of components of input variables which can be provided as inputs to the geometry shader stage.

  • maxGeometryOutputComponents is the maximum number of components of output variables which can be output from the geometry shader stage.

  • maxGeometryOutputVertices is the maximum number of vertices which can be emitted by any geometry shader.

  • maxGeometryTotalOutputComponents is the maximum total number of components of output variables, across all emitted vertices, which can be output from the geometry shader stage.

  • maxFragmentInputComponents is the maximum number of components of input variables which can be provided as inputs to the fragment shader stage.

  • maxFragmentOutputAttachments is the maximum number of output attachments which can be written to by the fragment shader stage.

  • maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments is the maximum number of output attachments which can be written to by the fragment shader stage when blending is enabled and one of the dual source blend modes is in use. See Dual-Source Blending and dualSrcBlend.

  • maxFragmentCombinedOutputResources is the total number of storage buffers, storage images, and output Location decorated color attachments (described in Fragment Output Interface) which can be used in the fragment shader stage.

  • maxComputeSharedMemorySize is the maximum total storage size, in bytes, available for variables declared with the Workgroup storage class in shader modules (or with the shared storage qualifier in GLSL) in the compute shader stage.

  • maxComputeWorkGroupCount[3] is the maximum number of local workgroups that can be dispatched by a single dispatching command. These three values represent the maximum number of local workgroups for the X, Y, and Z dimensions, respectively. The workgroup count parameters to the dispatching commands must be less than or equal to the corresponding limit. See Dispatching Commands.

  • maxComputeWorkGroupInvocations is the maximum total number of compute shader invocations in a single local workgroup. The product of the X, Y, and Z sizes, as specified by the LocalSize execution mode in shader modules or by the object decorated by the WorkgroupSize decoration, must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • maxComputeWorkGroupSize[3] is the maximum size of a local compute workgroup, per dimension. These three values represent the maximum local workgroup size in the X, Y, and Z dimensions, respectively. The x, y, and z sizes, as specified by the LocalSize execution mode or by the object decorated by the WorkgroupSize decoration in shader modules, must be less than or equal to the corresponding limit.

  • subPixelPrecisionBits is the number of bits of subpixel precision in framebuffer coordinates xf and yf. See Rasterization.

  • subTexelPrecisionBits is the number of bits of precision in the division along an axis of an image used for minification and magnification filters. 2subTexelPrecisionBits is the actual number of divisions along each axis of the image represented. Sub-texel values calculated during image sampling will snap to these locations when generating the filtered results.

  • mipmapPrecisionBits is the number of bits of division that the LOD calculation for mipmap fetching get snapped to when determining the contribution from each mip level to the mip filtered results. 2mipmapPrecisionBits is the actual number of divisions.

  • maxDrawIndexedIndexValue is the maximum index value that can be used for indexed draw calls when using 32-bit indices. This excludes the primitive restart index value of 0xFFFFFFFF. See fullDrawIndexUint32.

  • maxDrawIndirectCount is the maximum draw count that is supported for indirect drawing calls. See multiDrawIndirect.

  • maxSamplerLodBias is the maximum absolute sampler LOD bias. The sum of the mipLodBias member of the VkSamplerCreateInfo structure and the Bias operand of image sampling operations in shader modules (or 0 if no Bias operand is provided to an image sampling operation) are clamped to the range [-maxSamplerLodBias,+maxSamplerLodBias]. See [samplers-mipLodBias].

  • maxSamplerAnisotropy is the maximum degree of sampler anisotropy. The maximum degree of anisotropic filtering used for an image sampling operation is the minimum of the maxAnisotropy member of the VkSamplerCreateInfo structure and this limit. See [samplers-maxAnisotropy].

  • maxViewports is the maximum number of active viewports. The viewportCount member of the VkPipelineViewportStateCreateInfo structure that is provided at pipeline creation must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • maxViewportDimensions[2] are the maximum viewport dimensions in the X (width) and Y (height) dimensions, respectively. The maximum viewport dimensions must be greater than or equal to the largest image which can be created and used as a framebuffer attachment. See Controlling the Viewport.

  • viewportBoundsRange[2] is the [minimum, maximum] range that the corners of a viewport must be contained in. This range must be at least [-2 × size, 2 × size - 1], where size = max(maxViewportDimensions[0], maxViewportDimensions[1]). See Controlling the Viewport.

    Note

    The intent of the viewportBoundsRange limit is to allow a maximum sized viewport to be arbitrarily shifted relative to the output target as long as at least some portion intersects. This would give a bounds limit of [-size + 1, 2 × size - 1] which would allow all possible non-empty-set intersections of the output target and the viewport. Since these numbers are typically powers of two, picking the signed number range using the smallest possible number of bits ends up with the specified range.

  • viewportSubPixelBits is the number of bits of subpixel precision for viewport bounds. The subpixel precision that floating-point viewport bounds are interpreted at is given by this limit.

  • minMemoryMapAlignment is the minimum required alignment, in bytes, of host visible memory allocations within the host address space. When mapping a memory allocation with vkMapMemory, subtracting offset bytes from the returned pointer will always produce an integer multiple of this limit. See Host Access to Device Memory Objects. The value must be a power of two.

  • minTexelBufferOffsetAlignment is the minimum required alignment, in bytes, for the offset member of the VkBufferViewCreateInfo structure for texel buffers. The value must be a power of two. VkBufferViewCreateInfo::offset must be a multiple of this value.

  • minUniformBufferOffsetAlignment is the minimum required alignment, in bytes, for the offset member of the VkDescriptorBufferInfo structure for uniform buffers. When a descriptor of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_BUFFER_DYNAMIC is updated, the offset must be an integer multiple of this limit. Similarly, dynamic offsets for uniform buffers must be multiples of this limit. The value must be a power of two.

  • minStorageBufferOffsetAlignment is the minimum required alignment, in bytes, for the offset member of the VkDescriptorBufferInfo structure for storage buffers. When a descriptor of type VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER or VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_BUFFER_DYNAMIC is updated, the offset must be an integer multiple of this limit. Similarly, dynamic offsets for storage buffers must be multiples of this limit. The value must be a power of two.

  • minTexelOffset is the minimum offset value for the ConstOffset image operand of any of the OpImageSample* or OpImageFetch* image instructions.

  • maxTexelOffset is the maximum offset value for the ConstOffset image operand of any of the OpImageSample* or OpImageFetch* image instructions.

  • minTexelGatherOffset is the minimum offset value for the Offset, ConstOffset, or ConstOffsets image operands of any of the OpImage*Gather image instructions.

  • maxTexelGatherOffset is the maximum offset value for the Offset, ConstOffset, or ConstOffsets image operands of any of the OpImage*Gather image instructions.

  • minInterpolationOffset is the base minimum (inclusive) negative offset value for the Offset operand of the InterpolateAtOffset extended instruction.

  • maxInterpolationOffset is the base maximum (inclusive) positive offset value for the Offset operand of the InterpolateAtOffset extended instruction.

  • subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits is the number of fractional bits that the x and y offsets to the InterpolateAtOffset extended instruction may be rounded to as fixed-point values.

  • maxFramebufferWidth is the maximum width for a framebuffer. The width member of the VkFramebufferCreateInfo structure must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • maxFramebufferHeight is the maximum height for a framebuffer. The height member of the VkFramebufferCreateInfo structure must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • maxFramebufferLayers is the maximum layer count for a layered framebuffer. The layers member of the VkFramebufferCreateInfo structure must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • framebufferColorSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the color sample counts that are supported for all framebuffer color attachments with floating- or fixed-point formats. There is no limit specifying the color sample counts that are supported for all color attachments with integer formats.

  • framebufferDepthSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the supported depth sample counts for all framebuffer depth/stencil attachments, when the format includes a depth component.

  • framebufferStencilSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the supported stencil sample counts for all framebuffer depth/stencil attachments, when the format includes a stencil component.

  • framebufferNoAttachmentsSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the supported sample counts for a subpass which uses no attachments.

  • maxColorAttachments is the maximum number of color attachments that can be used by a subpass in a render pass. The colorAttachmentCount member of the VkSubpassDescription structure must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • sampledImageColorSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the sample counts supported for all 2D images created with VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, usage containing VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, and a non-integer color format.

  • sampledImageIntegerSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the sample counts supported for all 2D images created with VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, usage containing VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, and an integer color format.

  • sampledImageDepthSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the sample counts supported for all 2D images created with VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, usage containing VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, and a depth format.

  • sampledImageStencilSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the sample counts supported for all 2D images created with VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, usage containing VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, and a stencil format.

  • storageImageSampleCounts is a bitmask1 of VkSampleCountFlagBits indicating the sample counts supported for all 2D images created with VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL, and usage containing VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT.

  • maxSampleMaskWords is the maximum number of array elements of a variable decorated with the SampleMask built-in decoration.

  • timestampComputeAndGraphics specifies support for timestamps on all graphics and compute queues. If this limit is set to VK_TRUE, all queues that advertise the VK_QUEUE_GRAPHICS_BIT or VK_QUEUE_COMPUTE_BIT in the VkQueueFamilyProperties::queueFlags support VkQueueFamilyProperties::timestampValidBits of at least 36. See Timestamp Queries.

  • timestampPeriod is the number of nanoseconds required for a timestamp query to be incremented by 1. See Timestamp Queries.

  • maxClipDistances is the maximum number of clip distances that can be used in a single shader stage. The size of any array declared with the ClipDistance built-in decoration in a shader module must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • maxCullDistances is the maximum number of cull distances that can be used in a single shader stage. The size of any array declared with the CullDistance built-in decoration in a shader module must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • maxCombinedClipAndCullDistances is the maximum combined number of clip and cull distances that can be used in a single shader stage. The sum of the sizes of all arrays declared with the ClipDistance and CullDistance built-in decoration used by a single shader stage in a shader module must be less than or equal to this limit.

  • discreteQueuePriorities is the number of discrete priorities that can be assigned to a queue based on the value of each member of VkDeviceQueueCreateInfo::pQueuePriorities. This must be at least 2, and levels must be spread evenly over the range, with at least one level at 1.0, and another at 0.0. See Queue Priority.

  • pointSizeRange[2] is the range [minimum,maximum] of supported sizes for points. Values written to variables decorated with the PointSize built-in decoration are clamped to this range.

  • lineWidthRange[2] is the range [minimum,maximum] of supported widths for lines. Values specified by the lineWidth member of the VkPipelineRasterizationStateCreateInfo or the lineWidth parameter to vkCmdSetLineWidth are clamped to this range.

  • pointSizeGranularity is the granularity of supported point sizes. Not all point sizes in the range defined by pointSizeRange are supported. This limit specifies the granularity (or increment) between successive supported point sizes.

  • lineWidthGranularity is the granularity of supported line widths. Not all line widths in the range defined by lineWidthRange are supported. This limit specifies the granularity (or increment) between successive supported line widths.

  • strictLines specifies whether lines are rasterized according to the preferred method of rasterization. If set to VK_FALSE, lines may be rasterized under a relaxed set of rules. If set to VK_TRUE, lines are rasterized as per the strict definition. See Basic Line Segment Rasterization.

  • standardSampleLocations specifies whether rasterization uses the standard sample locations as documented in Multisampling. If set to VK_TRUE, the implementation uses the documented sample locations. If set to VK_FALSE, the implementation may use different sample locations.

  • optimalBufferCopyOffsetAlignment is the optimal buffer offset alignment in bytes for vkCmdCopyBufferToImage and vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer. The per texel alignment requirements are enforced, but applications should use the optimal alignment for optimal performance and power use. The value must be a power of two.

  • optimalBufferCopyRowPitchAlignment is the optimal buffer row pitch alignment in bytes for vkCmdCopyBufferToImage and vkCmdCopyImageToBuffer. Row pitch is the number of bytes between texels with the same X coordinate in adjacent rows (Y coordinates differ by one). The per texel alignment requirements are enforced, but applications should use the optimal alignment for optimal performance and power use. The value must be a power of two.

  • nonCoherentAtomSize is the size and alignment in bytes that bounds concurrent access to host-mapped device memory. The value must be a power of two.

    1

    For all bitmasks of VkSampleCountFlagBits, the sample count limits defined above represent the minimum supported sample counts for each image type. Individual images may support additional sample counts, which are queried using vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties as described in Supported Sample Counts.

Bits which may be set in the sample count limits returned by VkPhysicalDeviceLimits, as well as in other queries and structures representing image sample counts, are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkSampleCountFlagBits {
    VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_8_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_16_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_32_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_64_BIT = 0x00000040,
} VkSampleCountFlagBits;
  • VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT specifies an image with one sample per pixel.

  • VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_2_BIT specifies an image with 2 samples per pixel.

  • VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT specifies an image with 4 samples per pixel.

  • VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_8_BIT specifies an image with 8 samples per pixel.

  • VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_16_BIT specifies an image with 16 samples per pixel.

  • VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_32_BIT specifies an image with 32 samples per pixel.

  • VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_64_BIT specifies an image with 64 samples per pixel.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkSampleCountFlags;

VkSampleCountFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkSampleCountFlagBits.

32.1. Limit Requirements

The following table specifies the required minimum/maximum for all Vulkan graphics implementations. Where a limit corresponds to a fine-grained device feature which is optional, the feature name is listed with two required limits, one when the feature is supported and one when it is not supported. If an implementation supports a feature, the limits reported are the same whether or not the feature is enabled.

Table 31. Required Limit Types
Type Limit Feature

uint32_t

maxImageDimension1D

-

uint32_t

maxImageDimension2D

-

uint32_t

maxImageDimension3D

-

uint32_t

maxImageDimensionCube

-

uint32_t

maxImageArrayLayers

-

uint32_t

maxTexelBufferElements

-

uint32_t

maxUniformBufferRange

-

uint32_t

maxStorageBufferRange

-

uint32_t

maxPushConstantsSize

-

uint32_t

maxMemoryAllocationCount

-

uint32_t

maxSamplerAllocationCount

-

VkDeviceSize

bufferImageGranularity

-

VkDeviceSize

sparseAddressSpaceSize

sparseBinding

uint32_t

maxBoundDescriptorSets

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments

-

uint32_t

maxPerStageResources

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetSamplers

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffers

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffersDynamic

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffers

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffersDynamic

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetSampledImages

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetStorageImages

-

uint32_t

maxDescriptorSetInputAttachments

-

uint32_t

maxVertexInputAttributes

-

uint32_t

maxVertexInputBindings

-

uint32_t

maxVertexInputAttributeOffset

-

uint32_t

maxVertexInputBindingStride

-

uint32_t

maxVertexOutputComponents

-

uint32_t

maxTessellationGenerationLevel

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxTessellationPatchSize

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxTessellationControlPerVertexInputComponents

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxTessellationControlPerVertexOutputComponents

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxTessellationControlPerPatchOutputComponents

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxTessellationControlTotalOutputComponents

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxTessellationEvaluationInputComponents

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxTessellationEvaluationOutputComponents

tessellationShader

uint32_t

maxGeometryShaderInvocations

geometryShader

uint32_t

maxGeometryInputComponents

geometryShader

uint32_t

maxGeometryOutputComponents

geometryShader

uint32_t

maxGeometryOutputVertices

geometryShader

uint32_t

maxGeometryTotalOutputComponents

geometryShader

uint32_t

maxFragmentInputComponents

-

uint32_t

maxFragmentOutputAttachments

-

uint32_t

maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments

dualSrcBlend

uint32_t

maxFragmentCombinedOutputResources

-

uint32_t

maxComputeSharedMemorySize

-

3 × uint32_t

maxComputeWorkGroupCount

-

uint32_t

maxComputeWorkGroupInvocations

-

3 × uint32_t

maxComputeWorkGroupSize

-

uint32_t

subPixelPrecisionBits

-

uint32_t

subTexelPrecisionBits

-

uint32_t

mipmapPrecisionBits

-

uint32_t

maxDrawIndexedIndexValue

fullDrawIndexUint32

uint32_t

maxDrawIndirectCount

multiDrawIndirect

float

maxSamplerLodBias

-

float

maxSamplerAnisotropy

samplerAnisotropy

uint32_t

maxViewports

multiViewport

2 × uint32_t

maxViewportDimensions

-

2 × float

viewportBoundsRange

-

uint32_t

viewportSubPixelBits

-

size_t

minMemoryMapAlignment

-

VkDeviceSize

minTexelBufferOffsetAlignment

-

VkDeviceSize

minUniformBufferOffsetAlignment

-

VkDeviceSize

minStorageBufferOffsetAlignment

-

int32_t

minTexelOffset

-

uint32_t

maxTexelOffset

-

int32_t

minTexelGatherOffset

shaderImageGatherExtended

uint32_t

maxTexelGatherOffset

shaderImageGatherExtended

float

minInterpolationOffset

sampleRateShading

float

maxInterpolationOffset

sampleRateShading

uint32_t

subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits

sampleRateShading

uint32_t

maxFramebufferWidth

-

uint32_t

maxFramebufferHeight

-

uint32_t

maxFramebufferLayers

-

VkSampleCountFlags

framebufferColorSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

framebufferDepthSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

framebufferStencilSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

framebufferNoAttachmentsSampleCounts

-

uint32_t

maxColorAttachments

-

VkSampleCountFlags

sampledImageColorSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

sampledImageIntegerSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

sampledImageDepthSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

sampledImageStencilSampleCounts

-

VkSampleCountFlags

storageImageSampleCounts

shaderStorageImageMultisample

uint32_t

maxSampleMaskWords

-

VkBool32

timestampComputeAndGraphics

-

float

timestampPeriod

-

uint32_t

maxClipDistances

shaderClipDistance

uint32_t

maxCullDistances

shaderCullDistance

uint32_t

maxCombinedClipAndCullDistances

shaderCullDistance

uint32_t

discreteQueuePriorities

-

2 × float

pointSizeRange

largePoints

2 × float

lineWidthRange

wideLines

float

pointSizeGranularity

largePoints

float

lineWidthGranularity

wideLines

VkBool32

strictLines

-

VkBool32

standardSampleLocations

-

VkDeviceSize

optimalBufferCopyOffsetAlignment

-

VkDeviceSize

optimalBufferCopyRowPitchAlignment

-

VkDeviceSize

nonCoherentAtomSize

-

Table 32. Required Limits
Limit Unsupported Limit Supported Limit Limit Type1

maxImageDimension1D

-

4096

min

maxImageDimension2D

-

4096

min

maxImageDimension3D

-

256

min

maxImageDimensionCube

-

4096

min

maxImageArrayLayers

-

256

min

maxTexelBufferElements

-

65536

min

maxUniformBufferRange

-

16384

min

maxStorageBufferRange

-

227

min

maxPushConstantsSize

-

128

min

maxMemoryAllocationCount

-

4096

min

maxSamplerAllocationCount

-

4000

min

bufferImageGranularity

-

131072

max

sparseAddressSpaceSize

0

231

min

maxBoundDescriptorSets

-

4

min

maxPerStageDescriptorSamplers

-

16

min

maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers

-

12

min

maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers

-

4

min

maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages

-

16

min

maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages

-

4

min

maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments

-

4

min

maxPerStageResources

-

128 2

min

maxDescriptorSetSamplers

-

96 8

min, n × PerStage

maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffers

-

72 8

min, n × PerStage

maxDescriptorSetUniformBuffersDynamic

-

8

min

maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffers

-

24 8

min, n × PerStage

maxDescriptorSetStorageBuffersDynamic

-

4

min

maxDescriptorSetSampledImages

-

96 8

min, n × PerStage

maxDescriptorSetStorageImages

-

24 8

min, n × PerStage

maxDescriptorSetInputAttachments

-

4

min

maxVertexInputAttributes

-

16

min

maxVertexInputBindings

-

16

min

maxVertexInputAttributeOffset

-

2047

min

maxVertexInputBindingStride

-

2048

min

maxVertexOutputComponents

-

64

min

maxTessellationGenerationLevel

0

64

min

maxTessellationPatchSize

0

32

min

maxTessellationControlPerVertexInputComponents

0

64

min

maxTessellationControlPerVertexOutputComponents

0

64

min

maxTessellationControlPerPatchOutputComponents

0

120

min

maxTessellationControlTotalOutputComponents

0

2048

min

maxTessellationEvaluationInputComponents

0

64

min

maxTessellationEvaluationOutputComponents

0

64

min

maxGeometryShaderInvocations

0

32

min

maxGeometryInputComponents

0

64

min

maxGeometryOutputComponents

0

64

min

maxGeometryOutputVertices

0

256

min

maxGeometryTotalOutputComponents

0

1024

min

maxFragmentInputComponents

-

64

min

maxFragmentOutputAttachments

-

4

min

maxFragmentDualSrcAttachments

0

1

min

maxFragmentCombinedOutputResources

-

4

min

maxComputeSharedMemorySize

-

16384

min

maxComputeWorkGroupCount

-

(65535,65535,65535)

min

maxComputeWorkGroupInvocations

-

128

min

maxComputeWorkGroupSize

-

(128,128,64)

min

subPixelPrecisionBits

-

4

min

subTexelPrecisionBits

-

4

min

mipmapPrecisionBits

-

4

min

maxDrawIndexedIndexValue

224-1

232-1

min

maxDrawIndirectCount

1

216-1

min

maxSamplerLodBias

-

2

min

maxSamplerAnisotropy

1

16

min

maxViewports

1

16

min

maxViewportDimensions

-

(4096,4096) 3

min

viewportBoundsRange

-

(-8192,8191) 4

(max,min)

viewportSubPixelBits

-

0

min

minMemoryMapAlignment

-

64

min

minTexelBufferOffsetAlignment

-

256

max

minUniformBufferOffsetAlignment

-

256

max

minStorageBufferOffsetAlignment

-

256

max

minTexelOffset

-

-8

max

maxTexelOffset

-

7

min

minTexelGatherOffset

0

-8

max

maxTexelGatherOffset

0

7

min

minInterpolationOffset

0.0

-0.5 5

max

maxInterpolationOffset

0.0

0.5 - (1 ULP) 5

min

subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits

0

4 5

min

maxFramebufferWidth

-

4096

min

maxFramebufferHeight

-

4096

min

maxFramebufferLayers

-

256

min

framebufferColorSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

framebufferDepthSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

framebufferStencilSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

framebufferNoAttachmentsSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

maxColorAttachments

-

4

min

sampledImageColorSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

sampledImageIntegerSampleCounts

-

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

min

sampledImageDepthSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

sampledImageStencilSampleCounts

-

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

storageImageSampleCounts

VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

(VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT | VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_4_BIT)

min

maxSampleMaskWords

-

1

min

timestampComputeAndGraphics

-

-

implementation-dependent

timestampPeriod

-

-

duration

maxClipDistances

0

8

min

maxCullDistances

0

8

min

maxCombinedClipAndCullDistances

0

8

min

discreteQueuePriorities

-

2

min

pointSizeRange

(1.0,1.0)

(1.0,64.0 - ULP)6

(max,min)

lineWidthRange

(1.0,1.0)

(1.0,8.0 - ULP)7

(max,min)

pointSizeGranularity

0.0

1.0 6

max, fixed point increment

lineWidthGranularity

0.0

1.0 7

max, fixed point increment

strictLines

-

-

implementation-dependent

standardSampleLocations

-

-

implementation-dependent

optimalBufferCopyOffsetAlignment

-

-

recommendation

optimalBufferCopyRowPitchAlignment

-

-

recommendation

nonCoherentAtomSize

-

256

max

1

The Limit Type column specifies the limit is either the minimum limit all implementations must support, the maximum limit all implementations must support, or the exact value all implementations must support. For bitmasks a minimum limit is the least bits all implementations must set, but they may have additional bits set beyond this minimum.

2

The maxPerStageResources must be at least the smallest of the following:

  • the sum of the maxPerStageDescriptorUniformBuffers, maxPerStageDescriptorStorageBuffers, maxPerStageDescriptorSampledImages, maxPerStageDescriptorStorageImages, maxPerStageDescriptorInputAttachments, maxColorAttachments limits, or

  • 128.

It may not be possible to reach this limit in every stage.

3

See maxViewportDimensions for the required relationship to other limits.

4

See viewportBoundsRange for the required relationship to other limits.

5

The values minInterpolationOffset and maxInterpolationOffset describe the closed interval of supported interpolation offsets: [minInterpolationOffset, maxInterpolationOffset]. The ULP is determined by subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits. If subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits is 4, this provides increments of (1/24) = 0.0625, and thus the range of supported interpolation offsets would be [-0.5, 0.4375].

6

The point size ULP is determined by pointSizeGranularity. If the pointSizeGranularity is 0.125, the range of supported point sizes must be at least [1.0, 63.875].

7

The line width ULP is determined by lineWidthGranularity. If the lineWidthGranularity is 0.0625, the range of supported line widths must be at least [1.0, 7.9375].

8

The minimum maxDescriptorSet* limit is n times the corresponding specification minimum maxPerStageDescriptor* limit, where n is the number of shader stages supported by the VkPhysicalDevice. If all shader stages are supported, n = 6 (vertex, tessellation control, tessellation evaluation, geometry, fragment, compute).

33. Formats

Supported buffer and image formats may vary across implementations. A minimum set of format features are guaranteed, but others must be explicitly queried before use to ensure they are supported by the implementation.

The features for the set of formats (VkFormat) supported by the implementation are queried individually using the vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties command.

33.1. Format Definition

The following image formats can be passed to, and may be returned from Vulkan commands. The memory required to store each format is discussed with that format, and also summarized in the Representation and Texel Block Size section and the Compatible formats table.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFormat {
    VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED = 0,
    VK_FORMAT_R4G4_UNORM_PACK8 = 1,
    VK_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16 = 2,
    VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16 = 3,
    VK_FORMAT_R5G6B5_UNORM_PACK16 = 4,
    VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16 = 5,
    VK_FORMAT_R5G5B5A1_UNORM_PACK16 = 6,
    VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16 = 7,
    VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16 = 8,
    VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM = 9,
    VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM = 10,
    VK_FORMAT_R8_USCALED = 11,
    VK_FORMAT_R8_SSCALED = 12,
    VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT = 13,
    VK_FORMAT_R8_SINT = 14,
    VK_FORMAT_R8_SRGB = 15,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM = 16,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM = 17,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8_USCALED = 18,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SSCALED = 19,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UINT = 20,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SINT = 21,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SRGB = 22,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UNORM = 23,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SNORM = 24,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_USCALED = 25,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SSCALED = 26,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UINT = 27,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SINT = 28,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SRGB = 29,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UNORM = 30,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SNORM = 31,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_USCALED = 32,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SSCALED = 33,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UINT = 34,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SINT = 35,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SRGB = 36,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM = 37,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SNORM = 38,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_USCALED = 39,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SSCALED = 40,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UINT = 41,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SINT = 42,
    VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SRGB = 43,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UNORM = 44,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SNORM = 45,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_USCALED = 46,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SSCALED = 47,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UINT = 48,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SINT = 49,
    VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SRGB = 50,
    VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UNORM_PACK32 = 51,
    VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SNORM_PACK32 = 52,
    VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_USCALED_PACK32 = 53,
    VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SSCALED_PACK32 = 54,
    VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UINT_PACK32 = 55,
    VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SINT_PACK32 = 56,
    VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SRGB_PACK32 = 57,
    VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UNORM_PACK32 = 58,
    VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SNORM_PACK32 = 59,
    VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_USCALED_PACK32 = 60,
    VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SSCALED_PACK32 = 61,
    VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UINT_PACK32 = 62,
    VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SINT_PACK32 = 63,
    VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32 = 64,
    VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SNORM_PACK32 = 65,
    VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_USCALED_PACK32 = 66,
    VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SSCALED_PACK32 = 67,
    VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32 = 68,
    VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SINT_PACK32 = 69,
    VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM = 70,
    VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM = 71,
    VK_FORMAT_R16_USCALED = 72,
    VK_FORMAT_R16_SSCALED = 73,
    VK_FORMAT_R16_UINT = 74,
    VK_FORMAT_R16_SINT = 75,
    VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT = 76,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM = 77,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SNORM = 78,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16_USCALED = 79,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SSCALED = 80,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UINT = 81,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SINT = 82,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SFLOAT = 83,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UNORM = 84,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SNORM = 85,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_USCALED = 86,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SSCALED = 87,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UINT = 88,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SINT = 89,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SFLOAT = 90,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UNORM = 91,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SNORM = 92,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_USCALED = 93,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SSCALED = 94,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UINT = 95,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SINT = 96,
    VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT = 97,
    VK_FORMAT_R32_UINT = 98,
    VK_FORMAT_R32_SINT = 99,
    VK_FORMAT_R32_SFLOAT = 100,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32_UINT = 101,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SINT = 102,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT = 103,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_UINT = 104,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SINT = 105,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SFLOAT = 106,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_UINT = 107,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SINT = 108,
    VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SFLOAT = 109,
    VK_FORMAT_R64_UINT = 110,
    VK_FORMAT_R64_SINT = 111,
    VK_FORMAT_R64_SFLOAT = 112,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64_UINT = 113,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SINT = 114,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SFLOAT = 115,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_UINT = 116,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SINT = 117,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SFLOAT = 118,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_UINT = 119,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SINT = 120,
    VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SFLOAT = 121,
    VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32 = 122,
    VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32 = 123,
    VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM = 124,
    VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32 = 125,
    VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT = 126,
    VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT = 127,
    VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM_S8_UINT = 128,
    VK_FORMAT_D24_UNORM_S8_UINT = 129,
    VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT_S8_UINT = 130,
    VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_UNORM_BLOCK = 131,
    VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_SRGB_BLOCK = 132,
    VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_UNORM_BLOCK = 133,
    VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_SRGB_BLOCK = 134,
    VK_FORMAT_BC2_UNORM_BLOCK = 135,
    VK_FORMAT_BC2_SRGB_BLOCK = 136,
    VK_FORMAT_BC3_UNORM_BLOCK = 137,
    VK_FORMAT_BC3_SRGB_BLOCK = 138,
    VK_FORMAT_BC4_UNORM_BLOCK = 139,
    VK_FORMAT_BC4_SNORM_BLOCK = 140,
    VK_FORMAT_BC5_UNORM_BLOCK = 141,
    VK_FORMAT_BC5_SNORM_BLOCK = 142,
    VK_FORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT_BLOCK = 143,
    VK_FORMAT_BC6H_SFLOAT_BLOCK = 144,
    VK_FORMAT_BC7_UNORM_BLOCK = 145,
    VK_FORMAT_BC7_SRGB_BLOCK = 146,
    VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_UNORM_BLOCK = 147,
    VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_SRGB_BLOCK = 148,
    VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_UNORM_BLOCK = 149,
    VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_SRGB_BLOCK = 150,
    VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_BLOCK = 151,
    VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_SRGB_BLOCK = 152,
    VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_UNORM_BLOCK = 153,
    VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_SNORM_BLOCK = 154,
    VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_UNORM_BLOCK = 155,
    VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_SNORM_BLOCK = 156,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_UNORM_BLOCK = 157,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SRGB_BLOCK = 158,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_UNORM_BLOCK = 159,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SRGB_BLOCK = 160,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_UNORM_BLOCK = 161,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SRGB_BLOCK = 162,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_UNORM_BLOCK = 163,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SRGB_BLOCK = 164,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_UNORM_BLOCK = 165,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SRGB_BLOCK = 166,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_UNORM_BLOCK = 167,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SRGB_BLOCK = 168,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_UNORM_BLOCK = 169,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SRGB_BLOCK = 170,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_UNORM_BLOCK = 171,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SRGB_BLOCK = 172,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_UNORM_BLOCK = 173,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SRGB_BLOCK = 174,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_UNORM_BLOCK = 175,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SRGB_BLOCK = 176,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_UNORM_BLOCK = 177,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SRGB_BLOCK = 178,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_UNORM_BLOCK = 179,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SRGB_BLOCK = 180,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_UNORM_BLOCK = 181,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SRGB_BLOCK = 182,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_UNORM_BLOCK = 183,
    VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SRGB_BLOCK = 184,
} VkFormat;
  • VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED specifies that the format is not specified.

  • VK_FORMAT_R4G4_UNORM_PACK8 specifies a two-component, 8-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 4-bit R component in bits 4..7, and a 4-bit G component in bits 0..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a four-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 4-bit R component in bits 12..15, a 4-bit G component in bits 8..11, a 4-bit B component in bits 4..7, and a 4-bit A component in bits 0..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a four-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 4-bit B component in bits 12..15, a 4-bit G component in bits 8..11, a 4-bit R component in bits 4..7, and a 4-bit A component in bits 0..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R5G6B5_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a three-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 5-bit R component in bits 11..15, a 6-bit G component in bits 5..10, and a 5-bit B component in bits 0..4.

  • VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a three-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 5-bit B component in bits 11..15, a 6-bit G component in bits 5..10, and a 5-bit R component in bits 0..4.

  • VK_FORMAT_R5G5B5A1_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a four-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 5-bit R component in bits 11..15, a 5-bit G component in bits 6..10, a 5-bit B component in bits 1..5, and a 1-bit A component in bit 0.

  • VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a four-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 5-bit B component in bits 11..15, a 5-bit G component in bits 6..10, a 5-bit R component in bits 1..5, and a 1-bit A component in bit 0.

  • VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16 specifies a four-component, 16-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 1-bit A component in bit 15, a 5-bit R component in bits 10..14, a 5-bit G component in bits 5..9, and a 5-bit B component in bits 0..4.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM specifies a one-component, 8-bit unsigned normalized format that has a single 8-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM specifies a one-component, 8-bit signed normalized format that has a single 8-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_USCALED specifies a one-component, 8-bit unsigned scaled integer format that has a single 8-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SSCALED specifies a one-component, 8-bit signed scaled integer format that has a single 8-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT specifies a one-component, 8-bit unsigned integer format that has a single 8-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SINT specifies a one-component, 8-bit signed integer format that has a single 8-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SRGB specifies a one-component, 8-bit unsigned normalized format that has a single 8-bit R component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM specifies a two-component, 16-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, and an 8-bit G component in byte 1.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM specifies a two-component, 16-bit signed normalized format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, and an 8-bit G component in byte 1.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_USCALED specifies a two-component, 16-bit unsigned scaled integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, and an 8-bit G component in byte 1.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SSCALED specifies a two-component, 16-bit signed scaled integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, and an 8-bit G component in byte 1.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UINT specifies a two-component, 16-bit unsigned integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, and an 8-bit G component in byte 1.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SINT specifies a two-component, 16-bit signed integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, and an 8-bit G component in byte 1.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SRGB specifies a two-component, 16-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit R component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 0, and an 8-bit G component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 1.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UNORM specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit B component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SNORM specifies a three-component, 24-bit signed normalized format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit B component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_USCALED specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned scaled format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit B component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SSCALED specifies a three-component, 24-bit signed scaled format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit B component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UINT specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit B component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SINT specifies a three-component, 24-bit signed integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit B component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SRGB specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit R component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 0, an 8-bit G component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 1, and an 8-bit B component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UNORM specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit R component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SNORM specifies a three-component, 24-bit signed normalized format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit R component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_USCALED specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned scaled format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit R component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SSCALED specifies a three-component, 24-bit signed scaled format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit R component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UINT specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned integer format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit R component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SINT specifies a three-component, 24-bit signed integer format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, and an 8-bit R component in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SRGB specifies a three-component, 24-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit B component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 0, an 8-bit G component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 1, and an 8-bit R component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 2.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit B component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SNORM specifies a four-component, 32-bit signed normalized format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit B component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_USCALED specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned scaled format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit B component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SSCALED specifies a four-component, 32-bit signed scaled format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit B component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UINT specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit B component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SINT specifies a four-component, 32-bit signed integer format that has an 8-bit R component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit B component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SRGB specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit R component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 0, an 8-bit G component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 1, an 8-bit B component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UNORM specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit R component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SNORM specifies a four-component, 32-bit signed normalized format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit R component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_USCALED specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned scaled format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit R component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SSCALED specifies a four-component, 32-bit signed scaled format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit R component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UINT specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned integer format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit R component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SINT specifies a four-component, 32-bit signed integer format that has an 8-bit B component in byte 0, an 8-bit G component in byte 1, an 8-bit R component in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SRGB specifies a four-component, 32-bit unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit B component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 0, an 8-bit G component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 1, an 8-bit R component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in byte 2, and an 8-bit A component in byte 3.

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UNORM_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit A component in bits 24..31, an 8-bit B component in bits 16..23, an 8-bit G component in bits 8..15, and an 8-bit R component in bits 0..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SNORM_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed normalized format that has an 8-bit A component in bits 24..31, an 8-bit B component in bits 16..23, an 8-bit G component in bits 8..15, and an 8-bit R component in bits 0..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_USCALED_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned scaled integer format that has an 8-bit A component in bits 24..31, an 8-bit B component in bits 16..23, an 8-bit G component in bits 8..15, and an 8-bit R component in bits 0..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SSCALED_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed scaled integer format that has an 8-bit A component in bits 24..31, an 8-bit B component in bits 16..23, an 8-bit G component in bits 8..15, and an 8-bit R component in bits 0..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UINT_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned integer format that has an 8-bit A component in bits 24..31, an 8-bit B component in bits 16..23, an 8-bit G component in bits 8..15, and an 8-bit R component in bits 0..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SINT_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed integer format that has an 8-bit A component in bits 24..31, an 8-bit B component in bits 16..23, an 8-bit G component in bits 8..15, and an 8-bit R component in bits 0..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SRGB_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has an 8-bit A component in bits 24..31, an 8-bit B component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in bits 16..23, an 8-bit G component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in bits 8..15, and an 8-bit R component stored with sRGB nonlinear encoding in bits 0..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UNORM_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit R component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit B component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SNORM_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed normalized format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit R component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit B component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_USCALED_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned scaled integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit R component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit B component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SSCALED_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed scaled integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit R component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit B component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UINT_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit R component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit B component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SINT_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit R component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit B component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned normalized format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit B component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit R component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SNORM_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed normalized format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit B component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit R component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_USCALED_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned scaled integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit B component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit R component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SSCALED_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed scaled integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit B component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit R component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed unsigned integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit B component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit R component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SINT_PACK32 specifies a four-component, 32-bit packed signed integer format that has a 2-bit A component in bits 30..31, a 10-bit B component in bits 20..29, a 10-bit G component in bits 10..19, and a 10-bit R component in bits 0..9.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM specifies a one-component, 16-bit unsigned normalized format that has a single 16-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM specifies a one-component, 16-bit signed normalized format that has a single 16-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_USCALED specifies a one-component, 16-bit unsigned scaled integer format that has a single 16-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SSCALED specifies a one-component, 16-bit signed scaled integer format that has a single 16-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_UINT specifies a one-component, 16-bit unsigned integer format that has a single 16-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SINT specifies a one-component, 16-bit signed integer format that has a single 16-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT specifies a one-component, 16-bit signed floating-point format that has a single 16-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM specifies a two-component, 32-bit unsigned normalized format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SNORM specifies a two-component, 32-bit signed normalized format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_USCALED specifies a two-component, 32-bit unsigned scaled integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SSCALED specifies a two-component, 32-bit signed scaled integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UINT specifies a two-component, 32-bit unsigned integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SINT specifies a two-component, 32-bit signed integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SFLOAT specifies a two-component, 32-bit signed floating-point format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, and a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UNORM specifies a three-component, 48-bit unsigned normalized format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, and a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SNORM specifies a three-component, 48-bit signed normalized format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, and a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_USCALED specifies a three-component, 48-bit unsigned scaled integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, and a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SSCALED specifies a three-component, 48-bit signed scaled integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, and a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UINT specifies a three-component, 48-bit unsigned integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, and a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SINT specifies a three-component, 48-bit signed integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, and a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SFLOAT specifies a three-component, 48-bit signed floating-point format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, and a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UNORM specifies a four-component, 64-bit unsigned normalized format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit A component in bytes 6..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SNORM specifies a four-component, 64-bit signed normalized format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit A component in bytes 6..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_USCALED specifies a four-component, 64-bit unsigned scaled integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit A component in bytes 6..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SSCALED specifies a four-component, 64-bit signed scaled integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit A component in bytes 6..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UINT specifies a four-component, 64-bit unsigned integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit A component in bytes 6..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SINT specifies a four-component, 64-bit signed integer format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit A component in bytes 6..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT specifies a four-component, 64-bit signed floating-point format that has a 16-bit R component in bytes 0..1, a 16-bit G component in bytes 2..3, a 16-bit B component in bytes 4..5, and a 16-bit A component in bytes 6..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32_UINT specifies a one-component, 32-bit unsigned integer format that has a single 32-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32_SINT specifies a one-component, 32-bit signed integer format that has a single 32-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32_SFLOAT specifies a one-component, 32-bit signed floating-point format that has a single 32-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32_UINT specifies a two-component, 64-bit unsigned integer format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, and a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SINT specifies a two-component, 64-bit signed integer format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, and a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT specifies a two-component, 64-bit signed floating-point format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, and a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_UINT specifies a three-component, 96-bit unsigned integer format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7, and a 32-bit B component in bytes 8..11.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SINT specifies a three-component, 96-bit signed integer format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7, and a 32-bit B component in bytes 8..11.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SFLOAT specifies a three-component, 96-bit signed floating-point format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7, and a 32-bit B component in bytes 8..11.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_UINT specifies a four-component, 128-bit unsigned integer format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7, a 32-bit B component in bytes 8..11, and a 32-bit A component in bytes 12..15.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SINT specifies a four-component, 128-bit signed integer format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7, a 32-bit B component in bytes 8..11, and a 32-bit A component in bytes 12..15.

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SFLOAT specifies a four-component, 128-bit signed floating-point format that has a 32-bit R component in bytes 0..3, a 32-bit G component in bytes 4..7, a 32-bit B component in bytes 8..11, and a 32-bit A component in bytes 12..15.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64_UINT specifies a one-component, 64-bit unsigned integer format that has a single 64-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64_SINT specifies a one-component, 64-bit signed integer format that has a single 64-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64_SFLOAT specifies a one-component, 64-bit signed floating-point format that has a single 64-bit R component.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64_UINT specifies a two-component, 128-bit unsigned integer format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, and a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SINT specifies a two-component, 128-bit signed integer format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, and a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SFLOAT specifies a two-component, 128-bit signed floating-point format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, and a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_UINT specifies a three-component, 192-bit unsigned integer format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15, and a 64-bit B component in bytes 16..23.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SINT specifies a three-component, 192-bit signed integer format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15, and a 64-bit B component in bytes 16..23.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SFLOAT specifies a three-component, 192-bit signed floating-point format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15, and a 64-bit B component in bytes 16..23.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_UINT specifies a four-component, 256-bit unsigned integer format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15, a 64-bit B component in bytes 16..23, and a 64-bit A component in bytes 24..31.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SINT specifies a four-component, 256-bit signed integer format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15, a 64-bit B component in bytes 16..23, and a 64-bit A component in bytes 24..31.

  • VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SFLOAT specifies a four-component, 256-bit signed floating-point format that has a 64-bit R component in bytes 0..7, a 64-bit G component in bytes 8..15, a 64-bit B component in bytes 16..23, and a 64-bit A component in bytes 24..31.

  • VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32 specifies a three-component, 32-bit packed unsigned floating-point format that has a 10-bit B component in bits 22..31, an 11-bit G component in bits 11..21, an 11-bit R component in bits 0..10. See Unsigned 10-Bit Floating-Point Numbers and Unsigned 11-Bit Floating-Point Numbers.

  • VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32 specifies a three-component, 32-bit packed unsigned floating-point format that has a 5-bit shared exponent in bits 27..31, a 9-bit B component mantissa in bits 18..26, a 9-bit G component mantissa in bits 9..17, and a 9-bit R component mantissa in bits 0..8.

  • VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM specifies a one-component, 16-bit unsigned normalized format that has a single 16-bit depth component.

  • VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32 specifies a two-component, 32-bit format that has 24 unsigned normalized bits in the depth component and, optionally, 8 bits that are unused.

  • VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT specifies a one-component, 32-bit signed floating-point format that has 32 bits in the depth component.

  • VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT specifies a one-component, 8-bit unsigned integer format that has 8 bits in the stencil component.

  • VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM_S8_UINT specifies a two-component, 24-bit format that has 16 unsigned normalized bits in the depth component and 8 unsigned integer bits in the stencil component.

  • VK_FORMAT_D24_UNORM_S8_UINT specifies a two-component, 32-bit packed format that has 8 unsigned integer bits in the stencil component, and 24 unsigned normalized bits in the depth component.

  • VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT_S8_UINT specifies a two-component format that has 32 signed float bits in the depth component and 8 unsigned integer bits in the stencil component. There are optionally 24 bits that are unused.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a three-component, block-compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data. This format has no alpha and is considered opaque.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a three-component, block-compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding. This format has no alpha and is considered opaque.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data, and provides 1 bit of alpha.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding, and provides 1 bit of alpha.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC2_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with the first 64 bits encoding alpha values followed by 64 bits encoding RGB values.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC2_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with the first 64 bits encoding alpha values followed by 64 bits encoding RGB values with sRGB nonlinear encoding.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC3_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with the first 64 bits encoding alpha values followed by 64 bits encoding RGB values.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC3_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with the first 64 bits encoding alpha values followed by 64 bits encoding RGB values with sRGB nonlinear encoding.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC4_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a one-component, block-compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized red texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC4_SNORM_BLOCK specifies a one-component, block-compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of signed normalized red texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC5_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a two-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RG texel data with the first 64 bits encoding red values followed by 64 bits encoding green values.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC5_SNORM_BLOCK specifies a two-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of signed normalized RG texel data with the first 64 bits encoding red values followed by 64 bits encoding green values.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a three-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned floating-point RGB texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC6H_SFLOAT_BLOCK specifies a three-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of signed floating-point RGB texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC7_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_BC7_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, block-compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a three-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data. This format has no alpha and is considered opaque.

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a three-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding. This format has no alpha and is considered opaque.

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data, and provides 1 bit of alpha.

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGB texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding, and provides 1 bit of alpha.

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with the first 64 bits encoding alpha values followed by 64 bits encoding RGB values.

  • VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with the first 64 bits encoding alpha values followed by 64 bits encoding RGB values with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied.

  • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a one-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized red texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_SNORM_BLOCK specifies a one-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 64-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of signed normalized red texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a two-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RG texel data with the first 64 bits encoding red values followed by 64 bits encoding green values.

  • VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_SNORM_BLOCK specifies a two-component, ETC2 compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of signed normalized RG texel data with the first 64 bits encoding red values followed by 64 bits encoding green values.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 4×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 5×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 5×4 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 5×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 5×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 6×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 6×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 6×6 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 6×6 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes an 8×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes an 8×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes an 8×6 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes an 8×6 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes an 8×8 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes an 8×8 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×5 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×6 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×6 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×8 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×8 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×10 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 10×10 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 12×10 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 12×10 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_UNORM_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 12×12 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data.

  • VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SRGB_BLOCK specifies a four-component, ASTC compressed format where each 128-bit compressed texel block encodes a 12×12 rectangle of unsigned normalized RGBA texel data with sRGB nonlinear encoding applied to the RGB components.

33.1.1. Multi-planar Format Image Aspect

When using VkImageAspectFlagBits to select a plane of a multi-planar format, the following are the valid options:

  • Two planes

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT

  • Three planes

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_0_BIT

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_1_BIT

    • VK_IMAGE_ASPECT_PLANE_2_BIT

33.1.2. Packed Formats

For the purposes of address alignment when accessing buffer memory containing vertex attribute or texel data, the following formats are considered packed - components of the texels or attributes are stored in bitfields packed into one or more 8-, 16-, or 32-bit fundamental data type.

  • Packed into 8-bit data types:

    • VK_FORMAT_R4G4_UNORM_PACK8

  • Packed into 16-bit data types:

    • VK_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R5G6B5_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_R5G5B5A1_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16

    • VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16

  • Packed into 32-bit data types:

    • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UNORM_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SNORM_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_USCALED_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SSCALED_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UINT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SINT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SRGB_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UNORM_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SNORM_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_USCALED_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SSCALED_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UINT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SINT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SNORM_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_USCALED_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SSCALED_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SINT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32

    • VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

33.1.3. Identification of Formats

A “format” is represented by a single enum value. The name of a format is usually built up by using the following pattern:

    VK_FORMAT_{component-format|compression-scheme}_{numeric-format}

The component-format indicates either the size of the R, G, B, and A components (if they are present) in the case of a color format, or the size of the depth (D) and stencil (S) components (if they are present) in the case of a depth/stencil format (see below). An X indicates a component that is unused, but may be present for padding.

Table 33. Interpretation of Numeric Format
Numeric format Type-Declaration instructions Numeric type Description

UNORM

OpTypeFloat

floating-point

The components are unsigned normalized values in the range [0,1]

SNORM

OpTypeFloat

floating-point

The components are signed normalized values in the range [-1,1]

USCALED

OpTypeFloat

floating-point

The components are unsigned integer values that get converted to floating-point in the range [0,2n-1]

SSCALED

OpTypeFloat

floating-point

The components are signed integer values that get converted to floating-point in the range [-2n-1,2n-1-1]

UINT

OpTypeInt

unsigned integer

The components are unsigned integer values in the range [0,2n-1]

SINT

OpTypeInt

signed integer

The components are signed integer values in the range [-2n-1,2n-1-1]

UFLOAT

OpTypeFloat

floating-point

The components are unsigned floating-point numbers (used by packed, shared exponent, and some compressed formats)

SFLOAT

OpTypeFloat

floating-point

The components are signed floating-point numbers

SRGB

OpTypeFloat

floating-point

The R, G, and B components are unsigned normalized values that represent values using sRGB nonlinear encoding, while the A component (if one exists) is a regular unsigned normalized value

n is the number of bits in the component.

The suffix _PACKnn indicates that the format is packed into an underlying type with nn bits.

The suffix _BLOCK indicates that the format is a block-compressed format, with the representation of multiple pixels encoded interdependently within a region.

Table 34. Interpretation of Compression Scheme
Compression scheme Description

BC

Block Compression. See Block-Compressed Image Formats.

ETC2

Ericsson Texture Compression. See ETC Compressed Image Formats.

EAC

ETC2 Alpha Compression. See ETC Compressed Image Formats.

ASTC

Adaptive Scalable Texture Compression (LDR Profile). See ASTC Compressed Image Formats.

33.1.4. Representation and Texel Block Size

Color formats must be represented in memory in exactly the form indicated by the format’s name. This means that promoting one format to another with more bits per component and/or additional components must not occur for color formats. Depth/stencil formats have more relaxed requirements as discussed below.

Each format has a texel block size, the number of bytes used to store one texel block (a single addressable element of an uncompressed image, or a single compressed block of a compressed image). The texel block size for each format is shown in the Compatible formats table.

The representation of non-packed formats is that the first component specified in the name of the format is in the lowest memory addresses and the last component specified is in the highest memory addresses. See Byte mappings for non-packed/compressed color formats. The in-memory ordering of bytes within a component is determined by the host endianness.

Table 35. Byte mappings for non-packed/compressed color formats
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ← Byte

R

VK_FORMAT_R8_*

R

G

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_*

R

G

B

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_*

B

G

R

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_*

R

G

B

A

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_*

B

G

R

A

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_*

R

VK_FORMAT_R16_*

R

G

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_*

R

G

B

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_*

R

G

B

A

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_*

R

VK_FORMAT_R32_*

R

G

VK_FORMAT_R32G32_*

R

G

B

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_*

R

G

B

A

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_*

R

VK_FORMAT_R64_*

R

G

VK_FORMAT_R64G64_*

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_* as VK_FORMAT_R64G64_* but with B in bytes 16-23

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_* as VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_* but with A in bytes 24-31

Packed formats store multiple components within one underlying type. The bit representation is that the first component specified in the name of the format is in the most-significant bits and the last component specified is in the least-significant bits of the underlying type. The in-memory ordering of bytes comprising the underlying type is determined by the host endianness.

Table 36. Bit mappings for packed 8-bit formats
Bit

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_R4G4_UNORM_PACK8

R

G

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

Table 37. Bit mappings for packed 16-bit formats
Bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16

R

G

B

A

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16

B

G

R

A

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_R5G6B5_UNORM_PACK16

R

G

B

4

3

2

1

0

5

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16

B

G

R

4

3

2

1

0

5

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_R5G5B5A1_UNORM_PACK16

R

G

B

A

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

0

VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16

B

G

R

A

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

0

VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16

A

R

G

B

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

4

3

2

1

0

Table 38. Bit mappings for packed 32-bit formats
Bit

31

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_*_PACK32

A

B

G

R

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_*_PACK32

A

R

G

B

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_*_PACK32

A

B

G

R

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32

B

G

R

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32

E

B

G

R

4

3

2

1

0

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

X

D

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

33.1.5. Depth/Stencil Formats

Depth/stencil formats are considered opaque and need not be stored in the exact number of bits per texel or component ordering indicated by the format enum. However, implementations must not substitute a different depth or stencil precision than is described in the format (e.g. D16 must not be implemented as D24 or D32).

33.1.6. Format Compatibility Classes

Uncompressed color formats are compatible with each other if they occupy the same number of bits per texel block . Compressed color formats are compatible with each other if the only difference between them is the numeric format of the uncompressed pixels. Each depth/stencil format is only compatible with itself. In the following table, all the formats in the same row are compatible. Each format has a defined texel block extent specifying how many texels each texel block represents in each dimension.

Table 39. Compatible Formats
Class, Texel Block Size, Texel Block Extent, # Texels/Block Formats

8-bit
Block size 1 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R4G4_UNORM_PACK8,
VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8_SRGB

16-bit
Block size 2 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_R5G6B5_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_R5G5B5A1_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SRGB,
VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT

24-bit
Block size 3 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SRGB,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SRGB

32-bit
Block size 4 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SRGB,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SRGB,
VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UNORM_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SNORM_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_USCALED_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SSCALED_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UINT_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SINT_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SRGB_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UNORM_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SNORM_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_USCALED_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SSCALED_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UINT_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SINT_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SNORM_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_USCALED_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SSCALED_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SINT_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SFLOAT,
VK_FORMAT_R32_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32_SFLOAT,
VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32,
VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32

48-bit
Block size 6 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SFLOAT

64-bit
Block size 8 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SNORM,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_USCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SSCALED,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT,
VK_FORMAT_R32G32_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT,
VK_FORMAT_R64_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64_SFLOAT

96-bit
Block size 12 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SFLOAT

128-bit
Block size 16 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SFLOAT,
VK_FORMAT_R64G64_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SFLOAT

192-bit
Block size 24 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SFLOAT

256-bit
Block size 32 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_UINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SINT,
VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SFLOAT

D16
Block size 2 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM

D24
Block size 4 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

D32
Block size 4 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT

S8
Block size 1 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT

D16S8
Block size 3 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM_S8_UINT

D24S8
Block size 4 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_D24_UNORM_S8_UINT

D32S8
Block size 5 byte
1x1x1 block extent
1 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT_S8_UINT

BC1_RGB
Block size 8 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_SRGB_BLOCK

BC1_RGBA
Block size 8 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_SRGB_BLOCK

BC2
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC2_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC2_SRGB_BLOCK

BC3
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC3_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC3_SRGB_BLOCK

BC4
Block size 8 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC4_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC4_SNORM_BLOCK

BC5
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC5_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC5_SNORM_BLOCK

BC6H
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC6H_SFLOAT_BLOCK

BC7
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_BC7_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_BC7_SRGB_BLOCK

ETC2_RGB
Block size 8 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_SRGB_BLOCK

ETC2_RGBA
Block size 8 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_SRGB_BLOCK

ETC2_EAC_RGBA
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_SRGB_BLOCK

EAC_R
Block size 8 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_SNORM_BLOCK

EAC_RG
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_SNORM_BLOCK

ASTC_4x4
Block size 16 byte
4x4x1 block extent
16 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_5x4
Block size 16 byte
5x4x1 block extent
20 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_5x5
Block size 16 byte
5x5x1 block extent
25 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_6x5
Block size 16 byte
6x5x1 block extent
30 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_6x6
Block size 16 byte
6x6x1 block extent
36 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_8x5
Block size 16 byte
8x5x1 block extent
40 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_8x6
Block size 16 byte
8x6x1 block extent
48 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_8x8
Block size 16 byte
8x8x1 block extent
64 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_10x5
Block size 16 byte
10x5x1 block extent
50 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_10x6
Block size 16 byte
10x6x1 block extent
60 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_10x8
Block size 16 byte
10x8x1 block extent
80 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_10x10
Block size 16 byte
10x10x1 block extent
100 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_12x10
Block size 16 byte
12x10x1 block extent
120 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SRGB_BLOCK

ASTC_12x12
Block size 16 byte
12x12x1 block extent
144 texel/block

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_UNORM_BLOCK,
VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SRGB_BLOCK

Size Compatibility

Color formats with the same texel block size are considered size-compatible. If two size-compatible formats have different block extents (i.e. for compressed formats), then an image with size A × B × C in one format with a block extent of a × b × c can be represented as an image with size X × Y × Z in the other format with block extent x × y × z at the ratio between the block extents for each format, where

⌈A/a⌉ = ⌈X/x⌉

⌈B/b⌉ = ⌈Y/y⌉

⌈C/c⌉ = ⌈Z/z⌉

Note

For example, a 7x3 image in the VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_UNORM_BLOCK format can be represented as a 1x1 VK_FORMAT_R64G64_UINT image.

Copy operations are able to copy between size-compatible formats in different resources to enable manipulation of data in different formats. The extent used in these copy operations always matches the source image, and is resized to the expectations of the block extents noted above for the destination image.

33.2. Format Properties

To query supported format features which are properties of the physical device, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
void vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkFormat                                    format,
    VkFormatProperties*                         pFormatProperties);
  • physicalDevice is the physical device from which to query the format properties.

  • format is the format whose properties are queried.

  • pFormatProperties is a pointer to a VkFormatProperties structure in which physical device properties for format are returned.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties-pFormatProperties-parameter
    pFormatProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkFormatProperties structure

The VkFormatProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkFormatProperties {
    VkFormatFeatureFlags    linearTilingFeatures;
    VkFormatFeatureFlags    optimalTilingFeatures;
    VkFormatFeatureFlags    bufferFeatures;
} VkFormatProperties;
  • linearTilingFeatures is a bitmask of VkFormatFeatureFlagBits specifying features supported by images created with a tiling parameter of VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR.

  • optimalTilingFeatures is a bitmask of VkFormatFeatureFlagBits specifying features supported by images created with a tiling parameter of VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL.

  • bufferFeatures is a bitmask of VkFormatFeatureFlagBits specifying features supported by buffers.

Note

If no format feature flags are supported, then the only possible use would be image transfers - which alone are not useful. As such, if no format feature flags are supported, the format itself is not supported, and images of that format cannot be created.

If format is a block-compressed format, then bufferFeatures must not support any features for the format.

Bits which can be set in the VkFormatProperties features linearTilingFeatures, optimalTilingFeatures, and bufferFeatures are:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkFormatFeatureFlagBits {
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT = 0x00000001,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT = 0x00000002,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT = 0x00000004,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000008,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000010,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT = 0x00000020,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT = 0x00000040,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT = 0x00000080,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT = 0x00000100,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT = 0x00000200,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT = 0x00000400,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT = 0x00000800,
    VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT = 0x00001000,
} VkFormatFeatureFlagBits;

These values may be set in linearTilingFeatures and optimalTilingFeatures, specifying that the features are supported by images or image views created with the queried vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties::format:

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT specifies that an image view can be sampled from.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT specifies that an image view can be used as a storage image.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT specifies that an image view can be used as storage image that supports atomic operations.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT specifies that an image view can be used as a framebuffer color attachment and as an input attachment.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT specifies that an image view can be used as a framebuffer color attachment that supports blending.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT specifies that an image view can be used as a framebuffer depth/stencil attachment and as an input attachment.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT specifies that an image can be used as srcImage for the vkCmdBlitImage command.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT specifies that an image can be used as dstImage for the vkCmdBlitImage command.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT specifies that if VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT is also set, an image view can be used with a sampler that has either of magFilter or minFilter set to VK_FILTER_LINEAR, or mipmapMode set to VK_SAMPLER_MIPMAP_MODE_LINEAR. If VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT is also set, an image can be used as the srcImage to vkCmdBlitImage with a filter of VK_FILTER_LINEAR. This bit must only be exposed for formats that also support the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT or VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT.

    If the format being queried is a depth/stencil format, this bit only specifies that the depth aspect (not the stencil aspect) of an image of this format supports linear filtering, and that linear filtering of the depth aspect is supported whether depth compare is enabled in the sampler or not. Where depth comparison is supported it may be linear filtered whether this bit is present or not, but where this bit is not present the filtered value may be computed in an implementation-dependent manner which differs from the normal rules of linear filtering. The resulting value must be in the range [0,1] and should be proportional to, or a weighted average of, the number of comparison passes or failures.

The following bits may be set in bufferFeatures, specifying that the features are supported by buffers or buffer views created with the queried vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties::format:

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the format can be used to create a buffer view that can be bound to a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the format can be used to create a buffer view that can be bound to a VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER descriptor.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT specifies that atomic operations are supported on VK_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER with this format.

  • VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT specifies that the format can be used as a vertex attribute format (VkVertexInputAttributeDescription::format).

Note

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT are only intended to be advertised for single-component formats, since SPIR-V atomic operations require a scalar type.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef VkFlags VkFormatFeatureFlags;

VkFormatFeatureFlags is a bitmask type for setting a mask of zero or more VkFormatFeatureFlagBits.

33.2.1. Potential Format Features

Some valid usage conditions depend on the format features supported by a VkImage whose VkImageTiling is unknown. In such cases the exact VkFormatFeatureFlagBits supported by the VkImage cannot be determined, so the valid usage conditions are expressed in terms of the potential format features of the VkImage format.

The potential format features of a VkFormat are defined as follows:

33.3. Required Format Support

Implementations must support at least the following set of features on the listed formats. For images, these features must be supported for every VkImageType (including arrayed and cube variants) unless otherwise noted. These features are supported on existing formats without needing to advertise an extension or needing to explicitly enable them. Support for additional functionality beyond the requirements listed here is queried using the vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties command.

Note

Unless otherwise excluded below, the required formats are supported for all VkImageCreateFlags values as long as those flag values are otherwise allowed.

The following tables show which feature bits must be supported for each format.

Table 40. Key for format feature tables

This feature must be supported on the named format

This feature must be supported on at least some of the named formats, with more information in the table where the symbol appears

This feature must be supported with some caveats or preconditions, with more information in the table where the symbol appears

§

This feature must be supported with some caveats or preconditions, with more information in the table where the symbol appears

Table 41. Feature bits in optimalTilingFeatures

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

Table 42. Feature bits in bufferFeatures

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

Table 43. Mandatory format support: sub-byte components

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

Format

VK_FORMAT_UNDEFINED

VK_FORMAT_R4G4_UNORM_PACK8

VK_FORMAT_R4G4B4A4_UNORM_PACK16

VK_FORMAT_B4G4R4A4_UNORM_PACK16

VK_FORMAT_R5G6B5_UNORM_PACK16

VK_FORMAT_B5G6R5_UNORM_PACK16

VK_FORMAT_R5G5B5A1_UNORM_PACK16

VK_FORMAT_B5G5R5A1_UNORM_PACK16

VK_FORMAT_A1R5G5B5_UNORM_PACK16

Table 44. Mandatory format support: 1-3 byte-sized components

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

Format

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM

VK_FORMAT_R8_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R8_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R8_SRGB

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SRGB

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SNORM

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8_SRGB

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SNORM

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SINT

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8_SRGB

Format features marked with ‡ must be supported for optimalTilingFeatures if the VkPhysicalDevice supports the shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats feature.

Table 45. Mandatory format support: 4 byte-sized components

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

Format

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SNORM

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SRGB

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SNORM

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SINT

VK_FORMAT_B8G8R8A8_SRGB

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UNORM_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SNORM_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_USCALED_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SSCALED_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_UINT_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SINT_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A8B8G8R8_SRGB_PACK32

Table 46. Mandatory format support: 10- and 12-bit components

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

Format

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UNORM_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SNORM_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_USCALED_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SSCALED_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_UINT_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2R10G10B10_SINT_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SNORM_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_USCALED_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SSCALED_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_SINT_PACK32

Format features marked with ‡ must be supported for optimalTilingFeatures if the VkPhysicalDevice supports the shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats feature.

Table 47. Mandatory format support: 16-bit components

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

Format

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM

VK_FORMAT_R16_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R16_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SNORM

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SFLOAT

§

§

§

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SNORM

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SNORM

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_USCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SSCALED

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT

§

§

Format features marked with ‡ must be supported for optimalTilingFeatures if the VkPhysicalDevice supports the shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats feature.

Table 48. Mandatory format support: 32-bit components

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

Format

VK_FORMAT_R32_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R32_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R32_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_R32G32_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SFLOAT

Table 49. Mandatory format support: 64-bit/uneven components

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

Format

VK_FORMAT_R64_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R64_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R64_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_UINT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SINT

VK_FORMAT_R64G64B64A64_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_E5B9G9R9_UFLOAT_PACK32

Format features marked with ‡ must be supported for optimalTilingFeatures if the VkPhysicalDevice supports the shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats feature.

Table 50. Mandatory format support: depth/stencil with VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

Format

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM

VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT

VK_FORMAT_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D16_UNORM_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D24_UNORM_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT_S8_UINT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT feature must be supported for at least one of VK_FORMAT_X8_D24_UNORM_PACK32 and VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT, and must be supported for at least one of VK_FORMAT_D24_UNORM_S8_UINT and VK_FORMAT_D32_SFLOAT_S8_UINT.

bufferFeatures must not support any features for these formats

Table 51. Mandatory format support: BC compressed formats with VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

Format

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC2_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC2_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC3_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC3_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC4_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC4_SNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC5_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC5_SNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC6H_SFLOAT_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC7_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_BC7_SRGB_BLOCK

The VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT features must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for all the formats in at least one of: this table, Mandatory format support: ETC2 and EAC compressed formats with VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D, or Mandatory format support: ASTC LDR compressed formats with VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D.

Table 52. Mandatory format support: ETC2 and EAC compressed formats with VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

Format

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_SNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_SNORM_BLOCK

The VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT features must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for all the formats in at least one of: this table, Mandatory format support: BC compressed formats with VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, or Mandatory format support: ASTC LDR compressed formats with VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D.

Table 53. Mandatory format support: ASTC LDR compressed formats with VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BLEND_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_DST_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_ATOMIC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

Format

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SRGB_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_UNORM_BLOCK

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SRGB_BLOCK

The VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT, VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_BLIT_SRC_BIT and VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_FILTER_LINEAR_BIT features must be supported in optimalTilingFeatures for all the formats in at least one of: this table, Mandatory format support: BC compressed formats with VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D and VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D, or Mandatory format support: ETC2 and EAC compressed formats with VkImageType VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D.

33.3.1. Formats Without Shader Storage Format

The device-level features for using a storage image or a storage texel buffer with an image format of Unknown, shaderStorageImageReadWithoutFormat and shaderStorageImageWriteWithoutFormat, only apply to the following formats:

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_SINT

  • VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32

  • VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R16_UINT

  • VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT

Note

This list of formats is the union of required storage formats from Required Format Support section and formats listed in shaderStorageImageExtendedFormats.

33.3.2. Format Feature Dependent Usage Flags

Certain resource usage flags depend on support for the corresponding format feature flag for the format in question. The following tables list the VkBufferUsageFlagBits and VkImageUsageFlagBits that have such dependencies, and the format feature flags they depend on. Additional restrictions, including, but not limited to, further required format feature flags specific to the particular use of the resource may apply, as described in the respective sections of this specification.

Table 54. Format feature dependent buffer usage flags
Buffer usage flag Required format feature flag

VK_BUFFER_USAGE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_UNIFORM_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_BUFFER_USAGE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_TEXEL_BUFFER_BIT

VK_BUFFER_USAGE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_VERTEX_BUFFER_BIT

Table 55. Format feature dependent image usage flags
Image usage flag Required format feature flag

VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_SAMPLED_IMAGE_BIT

VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_STORAGE_IMAGE_BIT

VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_IMAGE_USAGE_INPUT_ATTACHMENT_BIT

VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT or VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT

34. Additional Capabilities

This chapter describes additional capabilities beyond the minimum capabilities described in the Limits and Formats chapters, including:

34.1. Additional Image Capabilities

Additional image capabilities, such as larger dimensions or additional sample counts for certain image types, or additional capabilities for linear tiling format images, are described in this section.

To query additional capabilities specific to image types, call:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
VkResult vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties(
    VkPhysicalDevice                            physicalDevice,
    VkFormat                                    format,
    VkImageType                                 type,
    VkImageTiling                               tiling,
    VkImageUsageFlags                           usage,
    VkImageCreateFlags                          flags,
    VkImageFormatProperties*                    pImageFormatProperties);

The format, type, tiling, usage, and flags parameters correspond to parameters that would be consumed by vkCreateImage (as members of VkImageCreateInfo).

If format is not a supported image format, or if the combination of format, type, tiling, usage, and flags is not supported for images, then vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties returns VK_ERROR_FORMAT_NOT_SUPPORTED.

The limitations on an image format that are reported by vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties have the following property: if usage1 and usage2 of type VkImageUsageFlags are such that the bits set in usage1 are a subset of the bits set in usage2, and flags1 and flags2 of type VkImageCreateFlags are such that the bits set in flags1 are a subset of the bits set in flags2, then the limitations for usage1 and flags1 must be no more strict than the limitations for usage2 and flags2, for all values of format, type, and tiling.

Valid Usage (Implicit)
  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-physicalDevice-parameter
    physicalDevice must be a valid VkPhysicalDevice handle

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-format-parameter
    format must be a valid VkFormat value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-type-parameter
    type must be a valid VkImageType value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-tiling-parameter
    tiling must be a valid VkImageTiling value

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-usage-parameter
    usage must be a valid combination of VkImageUsageFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-usage-requiredbitmask
    usage must not be 0

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-flags-parameter
    flags must be a valid combination of VkImageCreateFlagBits values

  • VUID-vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties-pImageFormatProperties-parameter
    pImageFormatProperties must be a valid pointer to a VkImageFormatProperties structure

Return Codes
Success
  • VK_SUCCESS

Failure
  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY

  • VK_ERROR_FORMAT_NOT_SUPPORTED

The VkImageFormatProperties structure is defined as:

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef struct VkImageFormatProperties {
    VkExtent3D            maxExtent;
    uint32_t              maxMipLevels;
    uint32_t              maxArrayLayers;
    VkSampleCountFlags    sampleCounts;
    VkDeviceSize          maxResourceSize;
} VkImageFormatProperties;
  • maxExtent are the maximum image dimensions. See the Allowed Extent Values section below for how these values are constrained by type.

  • maxMipLevels is the maximum number of mipmap levels. maxMipLevels must be equal to the number of levels in the complete mipmap chain based on the maxExtent.width, maxExtent.height, and maxExtent.depth, except when one of the following conditions is true, in which case it may instead be 1:

    • vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties::tiling was VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR

  • maxArrayLayers is the maximum number of array layers. maxArrayLayers must be no less than VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxImageArrayLayers, except when one of the following conditions is true, in which case it may instead be 1:

    • tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR

    • tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL and type is VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D

  • sampleCounts is a bitmask of VkSampleCountFlagBits specifying all the supported sample counts for this image as described below.

  • maxResourceSize is an upper bound on the total image size in bytes, inclusive of all image subresources. Implementations may have an address space limit on total size of a resource, which is advertised by this property. maxResourceSize must be at least 231.

Note

There is no mechanism to query the size of an image before creating it, to compare that size against maxResourceSize. If an application attempts to create an image that exceeds this limit, the creation will fail and vkCreateImage will return VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DEVICE_MEMORY. While the advertised limit must be at least 231, it may not be possible to create an image that approaches that size, particularly for VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D.

If the combination of parameters to vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties is not supported by the implementation for use in vkCreateImage, then all members of VkImageFormatProperties will be filled with zero.

Note

Filling VkImageFormatProperties with zero for unsupported formats is an exception to the usual rule that output structures have undefined contents on error. This exception was unintentional, but is preserved for backwards compatibility.

34.1.1. Supported Sample Counts

vkGetPhysicalDeviceImageFormatProperties returns a bitmask of VkSampleCountFlagBits in sampleCounts specifying the supported sample counts for the image parameters.

sampleCounts will be set to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT if at least one of the following conditions is true:

  • tiling is VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR

  • type is not VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D

  • flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT

  • Neither the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT flag nor the VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT flag in VkFormatProperties::optimalTilingFeatures returned by vkGetPhysicalDeviceFormatProperties is set

Otherwise, the bits set in sampleCounts will be the sample counts supported for the specified values of usage and format. For each bit set in usage, the supported sample counts relate to the limits in VkPhysicalDeviceLimits as follows:

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT and format is a floating- or fixed-point color format, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::framebufferColorSampleCounts

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, and format includes a depth component, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::framebufferDepthSampleCounts

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_BIT, and format includes a stencil component, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::framebufferStencilSampleCounts

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, and format includes a color component, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::sampledImageColorSampleCounts

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, and format includes a depth component, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::sampledImageDepthSampleCounts

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT, and format is an integer format, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::sampledImageIntegerSampleCounts

  • If usage includes VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT, a superset of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::storageImageSampleCounts

If multiple bits are set in usage, sampleCounts will be the intersection of the per-usage values described above.

If none of the bits described above are set in usage, then there is no corresponding limit in VkPhysicalDeviceLimits. In this case, sampleCounts must include at least VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT.

34.1.2. Allowed Extent Values Based on Image Type

Implementations may support extent values larger than the required minimum/maximum values for certain types of images. VkImageFormatProperties::maxExtent for each type is subject to the constraints below.

Note

Implementations must support images with dimensions up to the required minimum/maximum values for all types of images. It follows that the query for additional capabilities must return extent values that are at least as large as the required values.

For VK_IMAGE_TYPE_1D:

For VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D when flags does not contain VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT:

For VK_IMAGE_TYPE_2D when flags contains VK_IMAGE_CREATE_CUBE_COMPATIBLE_BIT:

For VK_IMAGE_TYPE_3D:

35. Debugging

To aid developers in tracking down errors in the application’s use of Vulkan, particularly in combination with an external debugger or profiler, debugging extensions may be available.

The VkObjectType enumeration defines values, each of which corresponds to a specific Vulkan handle type. These values can be used to associate debug information with a particular type of object through one or more extensions.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
typedef enum VkObjectType {
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_UNKNOWN = 0,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_INSTANCE = 1,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE = 2,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DEVICE = 3,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_QUEUE = 4,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SEMAPHORE = 5,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER = 6,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_FENCE = 7,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DEVICE_MEMORY = 8,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_BUFFER = 9,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_IMAGE = 10,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_EVENT = 11,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_QUERY_POOL = 12,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_BUFFER_VIEW = 13,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW = 14,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SHADER_MODULE = 15,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PIPELINE_CACHE = 16,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PIPELINE_LAYOUT = 17,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_RENDER_PASS = 18,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PIPELINE = 19,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT = 20,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SAMPLER = 21,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_POOL = 22,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET = 23,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_FRAMEBUFFER = 24,
    VK_OBJECT_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL = 25,
} VkObjectType;
Table 56. VkObjectType and Vulkan Handle Relationship
VkObjectType Vulkan Handle Type

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_UNKNOWN

Unknown/Undefined Handle

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_INSTANCE

VkInstance

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PHYSICAL_DEVICE

VkPhysicalDevice

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DEVICE

VkDevice

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_QUEUE

VkQueue

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SEMAPHORE

VkSemaphore

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_COMMAND_BUFFER

VkCommandBuffer

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_FENCE

VkFence

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DEVICE_MEMORY

VkDeviceMemory

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_BUFFER

VkBuffer

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_IMAGE

VkImage

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_EVENT

VkEvent

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_QUERY_POOL

VkQueryPool

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_BUFFER_VIEW

VkBufferView

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_IMAGE_VIEW

VkImageView

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SHADER_MODULE

VkShaderModule

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PIPELINE_CACHE

VkPipelineCache

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PIPELINE_LAYOUT

VkPipelineLayout

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_RENDER_PASS

VkRenderPass

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_PIPELINE

VkPipeline

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET_LAYOUT

VkDescriptorSetLayout

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_SAMPLER

VkSampler

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_POOL

VkDescriptorPool

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_DESCRIPTOR_SET

VkDescriptorSet

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_FRAMEBUFFER

VkFramebuffer

VK_OBJECT_TYPE_COMMAND_POOL

VkCommandPool

If this Specification was generated with any such extensions included, they will be described in the remainder of this chapter.

Appendix A: Vulkan Environment for SPIR-V

Shaders for Vulkan are defined by the Khronos SPIR-V Specification as well as the Khronos SPIR-V Extended Instructions for GLSL Specification. This appendix defines additional SPIR-V requirements applying to Vulkan shaders.

Versions and Formats

A Vulkan 1.0 implementation must support the 1.0 version of SPIR-V and the 1.0 version of the SPIR-V Extended Instructions for GLSL.

A SPIR-V module passed into vkCreateShaderModule is interpreted as a series of 32-bit words in host endianness, with literal strings packed as described in section 2.2 of the SPIR-V Specification. The first few words of the SPIR-V module must be a magic number and a SPIR-V version number, as described in section 2.3 of the SPIR-V Specification.

Capabilities

The table below lists the set of SPIR-V capabilities that may be supported in Vulkan implementations. The application must not use any of these capabilities in SPIR-V passed to vkCreateShaderModule unless one of the following conditions is met for the VkDevice specified in the device parameter of vkCreateShaderModule:

  • The corresponding field in the table is blank.

  • Any corresponding Vulkan feature is enabled.

  • Any corresponding Vulkan extension is enabled.

  • Any corresponding Vulkan property is supported.

  • The corresponding core version is supported (as returned by VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::apiVersion).

Table 57. List of SPIR-V Capabilities and corresponding Vulkan features, extensions, or core version
SPIR-V OpCapability
                Vulkan feature, extension, or core version

Matrix
                VK_VERSION_1_0

Shader
                VK_VERSION_1_0

InputAttachment
                VK_VERSION_1_0

Sampled1D
                VK_VERSION_1_0

Image1D
                VK_VERSION_1_0

SampledBuffer
                VK_VERSION_1_0

ImageBuffer
                VK_VERSION_1_0

ImageQuery
                VK_VERSION_1_0

DerivativeControl
                VK_VERSION_1_0

Geometry
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::geometryShader

Tessellation
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::tessellationShader

Float64
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderFloat64

Int64
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderInt64

Int16
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderInt16

TessellationPointSize
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize

GeometryPointSize
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderTessellationAndGeometryPointSize

ImageGatherExtended
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderImageGatherExtended

StorageImageMultisample
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderStorageImageMultisample

UniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderUniformBufferArrayDynamicIndexing

SampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderSampledImageArrayDynamicIndexing

StorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderStorageBufferArrayDynamicIndexing

StorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderStorageImageArrayDynamicIndexing

ClipDistance
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderClipDistance

CullDistance
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderCullDistance

ImageCubeArray
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::imageCubeArray

SampleRateShading
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::sampleRateShading

SparseResidency
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderResourceResidency

MinLod
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderResourceMinLod

SampledCubeArray
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::imageCubeArray

ImageMSArray
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderStorageImageMultisample

StorageImageExtendedFormats
                VK_VERSION_1_0

InterpolationFunction
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::sampleRateShading

StorageImageReadWithoutFormat
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderStorageImageReadWithoutFormat

StorageImageWriteWithoutFormat
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::shaderStorageImageWriteWithoutFormat

MultiViewport
                VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures::multiViewport

The application must not pass a SPIR-V module containing any of the following to vkCreateShaderModule:

  • any OpCapability not listed above,

  • an unsupported capability, or

  • a capability which corresponds to a Vulkan feature or extension which has not been enabled.

SPIR-V Extensions

The following table lists SPIR-V extensions that implementations may support. The application must not pass a SPIR-V module to vkCreateShaderModule that uses the following SPIR-V extensions unless one of the following conditions is met for the VkDevice specified in the device parameter of vkCreateShaderModule:

  • Any corresponding Vulkan extension is enabled.

  • The corresponding core version is supported (as returned by VkPhysicalDeviceProperties::apiVersion).

Table 58. List of SPIR-V Extensions and corresponding Vulkan extensions or core version
SPIR-V OpExtension
                Vulkan extension or core version

Validation Rules Within a Module

A SPIR-V module passed to vkCreateShaderModule must conform to the following rules:

Standalone SPIR-V Validation

The following rules can be validated with only the SPIR-V module itself. They do not depend on knowledge of the implementation and its capabilities or knowledge of runtime information, such as enabled features.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04633
    Every entry point must have no return value and accept no arguments

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04634
    The static function-call graph for an entry point must not contain cycles; that is, static recursion is not allowed

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04635
    The Logical or PhysicalStorageBuffer64 addressing model must be selected

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04636
    Scope for execution must be limited to Workgroup or Subgroup

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04637
    If the Scope for execution is Workgroup, then it must only be used in the task, mesh, tessellation control, or compute Execution Model

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04638
    Scope for memory must be limited to Device, QueueFamily, Workgroup, ShaderCallKHR, Subgroup, or Invocation

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-ExecutionModel-07320
    If the Execution Model is TessellationControl, and the MemoryModel is GLSL450, the Scope for memory must not be Workgroup

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-07321
    If the Scope for memory is Workgroup, then it must only be used in the task, mesh, tessellation control, or compute Execution Model

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04640
    If the Scope for memory is ShaderCallKHR, then it must only be used in ray generation, intersection, closest hit, any-hit, miss, and callable Execution Model

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04641
    If the Scope for memory is Invocation, then memory semantics must be None

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04642
    Scope for group operations must be limited to Subgroup

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-SubgroupVoteKHR-07951
    If none of the SubgroupVoteKHR, GroupNonUniform, or SubgroupBallotKHR capabilities are declared, Scope for memory must not be Subgroup

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04643
    Storage Class must be limited to UniformConstant, Input, Uniform, Output, Workgroup, Private, Function, PushConstant, Image, StorageBuffer, RayPayloadKHR, IncomingRayPayloadKHR, HitAttributeKHR, CallableDataKHR, IncomingCallableDataKHR, ShaderRecordBufferKHR, PhysicalStorageBuffer, or TileImageEXT

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04644
    If the Storage Class is Output, then it must not be used in the GlCompute, RayGenerationKHR, IntersectionKHR, AnyHitKHR, ClosestHitKHR, MissKHR, or CallableKHR Execution Model

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04645
    If the Storage Class is Workgroup, then it must only be used in the task, mesh, or compute Execution Model

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-08720
    If the Storage Class is TileImageEXT, then it must only be used in the fragment execution model

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpAtomicStore-04730
    OpAtomicStore must not use Acquire, AcquireRelease, or SequentiallyConsistent memory semantics

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpAtomicLoad-04731
    OpAtomicLoad must not use Release, AcquireRelease, or SequentiallyConsistent memory semantics

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpMemoryBarrier-04732
    OpMemoryBarrier must use one of Acquire, Release, AcquireRelease, or SequentiallyConsistent memory semantics

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpMemoryBarrier-04733
    OpMemoryBarrier must include at least one Storage Class

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpControlBarrier-04650
    If the semantics for OpControlBarrier includes one of Acquire, Release, AcquireRelease, or SequentiallyConsistent memory semantics, then it must include at least one Storage Class

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpVariable-04651
    Any OpVariable with an Initializer operand must have Output, Private, Function, or Workgroup as its Storage Class operand

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpVariable-04734
    Any OpVariable with an Initializer operand and Workgroup as its Storage Class operand must use OpConstantNull as the initializer

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpReadClockKHR-04652
    Scope for OpReadClockKHR must be limited to Subgroup or Device

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OriginLowerLeft-04653
    The OriginLowerLeft Execution Mode must not be used; fragment entry points must declare OriginUpperLeft

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PixelCenterInteger-04654
    The PixelCenterInteger Execution Mode must not be used (pixels are always centered at half-integer coordinates)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-UniformConstant-04655
    Any variable in the UniformConstant Storage Class must be typed as either OpTypeImage, OpTypeSampler, OpTypeSampledImage, OpTypeAccelerationStructureKHR, or an array of one of these types

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Uniform-06807
    Any variable in the Uniform or StorageBuffer Storage Class must be typed as OpTypeStruct or an array of this type

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PushConstant-06808
    Any variable in the PushConstant Storage Class must be typed as OpTypeStruct

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeImage-04656
    OpTypeImage must declare a scalar 32-bit float, 64-bit integer, or 32-bit integer type for the “Sampled Type” (RelaxedPrecision can be applied to a sampling instruction and to the variable holding the result of a sampling instruction)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeImage-04657
    OpTypeImage must have a “Sampled” operand of 1 (sampled image) or 2 (storage image)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeSampledImage-06671
    OpTypeSampledImage must have a OpTypeImage with a “Sampled” operand of 1 (sampled image)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Image-04965
    The SPIR-V Type of the Image Format operand of an OpTypeImage must match the Sampled Type, as defined in Image Format and Type Matching

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpImageTexelPointer-04658
    If an OpImageTexelPointer is used in an atomic operation, the image type of the image parameter to OpImageTexelPointer must have an image format of R64i, R64ui, R32f, R32i, or R32ui

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpImageQuerySizeLod-04659
    OpImageQuerySizeLod, OpImageQueryLod, and OpImageQueryLevels must only consume an “Image” operand whose type has its “Sampled” operand set to 1

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeImage-09638
    An OpTypeImage must not have a “Dim” operand of Rect

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeImage-06214
    An OpTypeImage with a “Dim” operand of SubpassData must have an “Arrayed” operand of 0 (non-arrayed) and a “Sampled” operand of 2 (storage image)

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-SubpassData-04660
    The (u,v) coordinates used for a SubpassData must be the <id> of a constant vector (0,0).

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeImage-06924
    Objects of types OpTypeImage, OpTypeSampler, OpTypeSampledImage, OpTypeAccelerationStructureKHR, and arrays of these types must not be stored to or modified

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Uniform-06925
    Any variable in the Uniform Storage Class decorated as Block must not be stored to or modified

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04663
    Image operand Offset must only be used with OpImage*Gather instructions

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04865
    Any image instruction which uses an Offset, ConstOffset, or ConstOffsets image operand, must only consume a “Sampled Image” operand whose type has its “Sampled” operand set to 1

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpImageGather-04664
    The “Component” operand of OpImageGather, and OpImageSparseGather must be the <id> of a constant instruction

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpImage-04777
    OpImage*Dref* instructions must not consume an image whose Dim is 3D

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04667
    Structure types must not contain opaque types

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-BuiltIn-04668
    Any BuiltIn decoration not listed in Built-In Variables must not be used

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Location-06672
    The Location or Component decorations must only be used with the Input, Output, RayPayloadKHR, IncomingRayPayloadKHR, HitAttributeKHR, HitObjectAttributeNV, CallableDataKHR, IncomingCallableDataKHR, or ShaderRecordBufferKHR storage classes

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Location-04915
    The Location or Component decorations must not be used with BuiltIn

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Location-04916
    The Location decorations must be used on user-defined variables

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Location-04917
    If a user-defined variable is not a pointer to a Block decorated OpTypeStruct, then the OpVariable must have a Location decoration

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Location-04918
    If a user-defined variable has a Location decoration, and the variable is a pointer to a OpTypeStruct, then the members of that structure must not have Location decorations

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Location-04919
    If a user-defined variable does not have a Location decoration, and the variable is a pointer to a Block decorated OpTypeStruct, then each member of the struct must have a Location decoration

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Component-04920
    The Component decoration value must not be greater than 3

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Component-04921
    If the Component decoration is used on an OpVariable that has a OpTypeVector type with a Component Type with a Width that is less than or equal to 32, the sum of its Component Count and the Component decoration value must be less than or equal to 4

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Component-04922
    If the Component decoration is used on an OpVariable that has a OpTypeVector type with a Component Type with a Width that is equal to 64, the sum of two times its Component Count and the Component decoration value must be less than or equal to 4

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Component-04923
    The Component decorations value must not be 1 or 3 for scalar or two-component 64-bit data types

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Component-04924
    The Component decorations must not be used with any type that is not a scalar or vector, or an array of such a type

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Component-07703
    The Component decorations must not be used for a 64-bit vector type with more than two components

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Input-09557
    The pointers of any Input or Output Interface user-defined variables must not contain any PhysicalStorageBuffer Storage Class pointers

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-GLSLShared-04669
    The GLSLShared and GLSLPacked decorations must not be used

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Flat-04670
    The Flat, NoPerspective, Sample, and Centroid decorations must only be used on variables with the Output or Input Storage Class

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Flat-06201
    The Flat, NoPerspective, Sample, and Centroid decorations must not be used on variables with the Output storage class in a fragment shader

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Flat-06202
    The Flat, NoPerspective, Sample, and Centroid decorations must not be used on variables with the Input storage class in a vertex shader

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PerVertexKHR-06777
    The PerVertexKHR decoration must only be used on variables with the Input Storage Class in a fragment shader

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Flat-04744
    Any variable with integer or double-precision floating-point type and with Input Storage Class in a fragment shader, must be decorated Flat

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-ViewportRelativeNV-04672
    The ViewportRelativeNV decoration must only be used on a variable decorated with Layer in the vertex, tessellation evaluation, or geometry shader stages

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-ViewportRelativeNV-04673
    The ViewportRelativeNV decoration must not be used unless a variable decorated with one of ViewportIndex or ViewportMaskNV is also statically used by the same OpEntryPoint

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-ViewportMaskNV-04674
    The ViewportMaskNV and ViewportIndex decorations must not both be statically used by one or more OpEntryPoint’s that form the pre-rasterization shader stages of a graphics pipeline

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-FPRoundingMode-04675
    Rounding modes other than round-to-nearest-even and round-towards-zero must not be used for the FPRoundingMode decoration

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Invariant-04677
    Variables decorated with Invariant and variables with structure types that have any members decorated with Invariant must be in the Output or Input Storage Class, Invariant used on an Input Storage Class variable or structure member has no effect

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-VulkanMemoryModel-04678
    If the VulkanMemoryModel capability is not declared, the Volatile decoration must be used on any variable declaration that includes one of the SMIDNV, WarpIDNV, SubgroupSize, SubgroupLocalInvocationId, SubgroupEqMask, SubgroupGeMask, SubgroupGtMask, SubgroupLeMask, or SubgroupLtMask BuiltIn decorations when used in the ray generation, closest hit, miss, intersection, or callable shaders, or with the RayTmaxKHR Builtin decoration when used in an intersection shader

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-VulkanMemoryModel-04679
    If the VulkanMemoryModel capability is declared, the OpLoad instruction must use the Volatile memory semantics when it accesses into any variable that includes one of the SMIDNV, WarpIDNV, SubgroupSize, SubgroupLocalInvocationId, SubgroupEqMask, SubgroupGeMask, SubgroupGtMask, SubgroupLeMask, or SubgroupLtMask BuiltIn decorations when used in the ray generation, closest hit, miss, intersection, or callable shaders, or with the RayTmaxKHR Builtin decoration when used in an intersection shader

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeRuntimeArray-04680
    OpTypeRuntimeArray must only be used for:

    • the last member of a Block-decorated OpTypeStruct in StorageBuffer or PhysicalStorageBuffer storage Storage Class

    • BufferBlock-decorated OpTypeStruct in the Uniform storage Storage Class

    • the outermost dimension of an arrayed variable in the StorageBuffer, Uniform, or UniformConstant storage Storage Class

    • variables in the NodePayloadAMDX storage Storage Class when the CoalescingAMDX Execution Mode is specified

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Function-04681
    A type T that is an array sized with a specialization constant must neither be, nor be contained in, the type T2 of a variable V, unless either: a) T is equal to T2, b) V is declared in the Function, or Private Storage Class, c) V is a non-Block variable in the Workgroup Storage Class, or d) V is an interface variable with an additional level of arrayness, as described in interface matching, and T is the member type of the array type T2

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpControlBarrier-04682
    If OpControlBarrier is used in ray generation, intersection, any-hit, closest hit, miss, fragment, vertex, tessellation evaluation, or geometry shaders, the execution Scope must be Subgroup

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-LocalSize-06426
    For each compute shader entry point, either a LocalSize or LocalSizeId Execution Mode, or an object decorated with the WorkgroupSize decoration must be specified

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-DerivativeGroupQuadsNV-04684
    For compute shaders using the DerivativeGroupQuadsNV execution mode, the first two dimensions of the local workgroup size must be a multiple of two

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-DerivativeGroupLinearNV-04778
    For compute shaders using the DerivativeGroupLinearNV execution mode, the product of the dimensions of the local workgroup size must be a multiple of four

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpGroupNonUniformBallotBitCount-04685
    If OpGroupNonUniformBallotBitCount is used, the group operation must be limited to Reduce, InclusiveScan, or ExclusiveScan

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04686
    The Pointer operand of all atomic instructions must have a Storage Class limited to Uniform, Workgroup, Image, StorageBuffer, PhysicalStorageBuffer, or TaskPayloadWorkgroupEXT

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04687
    Output variables or block members decorated with Offset that have a 64-bit type, or a composite type containing a 64-bit type, must specify an Offset value aligned to a 8 byte boundary

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04689
    The size of any output block containing any member decorated with Offset that is a 64-bit type must be a multiple of 8

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04690
    The first member of an output block specifying a Offset decoration must specify a Offset value that is aligned to an 8 byte boundary if that block contains any member decorated with Offset and is a 64-bit type

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04691
    Output variables or block members decorated with Offset that have a 32-bit type, or a composite type contains a 32-bit type, must specify an Offset value aligned to a 4 byte boundary

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04692
    Output variables, blocks or block members decorated with Offset must only contain base types that have components that are either 32-bit or 64-bit in size

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Offset-04716
    Only variables or block members in the output interface decorated with Offset can be captured for transform feedback, and those variables or block members must also be decorated with XfbBuffer and XfbStride, or inherit XfbBuffer and XfbStride decorations from a block containing them

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-XfbBuffer-04693
    All variables or block members in the output interface of the entry point being compiled decorated with a specific XfbBuffer value must all be decorated with identical XfbStride values

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Stream-04694
    If any variables or block members in the output interface of the entry point being compiled are decorated with Stream, then all variables belonging to the same XfbBuffer must specify the same Stream value

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-XfbBuffer-04696
    For any two variables or block members in the output interface of the entry point being compiled with the same XfbBuffer value, the ranges determined by the Offset decoration and the size of the type must not overlap

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-XfbBuffer-04697
    All block members in the output interface of the entry point being compiled that are in the same block and have a declared or inherited XfbBuffer decoration must specify the same XfbBuffer value

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-RayPayloadKHR-04698
    RayPayloadKHR Storage Class must only be used in ray generation, closest hit or miss shaders

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-IncomingRayPayloadKHR-04699
    IncomingRayPayloadKHR Storage Class must only be used in closest hit, any-hit, or miss shaders

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-IncomingRayPayloadKHR-04700
    There must be at most one variable with the IncomingRayPayloadKHR Storage Class in the input interface of an entry point

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-HitAttributeKHR-04701
    HitAttributeKHR Storage Class must only be used in intersection, any-hit, or closest hit shaders

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-HitAttributeKHR-04702
    There must be at most one variable with the HitAttributeKHR Storage Class in the input interface of an entry point

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-HitAttributeKHR-04703
    A variable with HitAttributeKHR Storage Class must only be written to in an intersection shader

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-CallableDataKHR-04704
    CallableDataKHR Storage Class must only be used in ray generation, closest hit, miss, and callable shaders

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-IncomingCallableDataKHR-04705
    IncomingCallableDataKHR Storage Class must only be used in callable shaders

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-IncomingCallableDataKHR-04706
    There must be at most one variable with the IncomingCallableDataKHR Storage Class in the input interface of an entry point

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-ShaderRecordBufferKHR-07119
    ShaderRecordBufferKHR Storage Class must only be used in ray generation, intersection, any-hit, closest hit, callable, or miss shaders

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Base-07650
    The Base operand of OpPtrAccessChain must have a storage class of Workgroup, StorageBuffer, or PhysicalStorageBuffer

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Base-07651
    If the Base operand of OpPtrAccessChain has a Workgroup Storage Class, then the VariablePointers capability must be declared

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Base-07652
    If the Base operand of OpPtrAccessChain has a StorageBuffer Storage Class, then the VariablePointers or VariablePointersStorageBuffer capability must be declared

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PhysicalStorageBuffer64-04708
    If the PhysicalStorageBuffer64 addressing model is enabled, all instructions that support memory access operands and that use a physical pointer must include the Aligned operand

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PhysicalStorageBuffer64-04709
    If the PhysicalStorageBuffer64 addressing model is enabled, any access chain instruction that accesses into a RowMajor matrix must only be used as the Pointer operand to OpLoad or OpStore

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PhysicalStorageBuffer64-04710
    If the PhysicalStorageBuffer64 addressing model is enabled, OpConvertUToPtr and OpConvertPtrToU must use an integer type whose Width is 64

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpTypeForwardPointer-04711
    OpTypeForwardPointer must have a Storage Class of PhysicalStorageBuffer

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-04745
    All block members in a variable with a Storage Class of PushConstant declared as an array must only be accessed by dynamically uniform indices

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpVariable-06673
    There must not be more than one OpVariable in the PushConstant Storage Class listed in the Interface for each OpEntryPoint

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpEntryPoint-06674
    Each OpEntryPoint must not statically use more than one OpVariable in the PushConstant Storage Class

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpEntryPoint-08721
    Each OpEntryPoint must not have more than one Input variable assigned the same Component word inside a Location slot, either explicitly or implicitly

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-OpEntryPoint-08722
    Each OpEntryPoint must not have more than one Output variable assigned the same Component word inside a Location slot, either explicitly or implicitly

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Result-04780
    The Result Type operand of any OpImageRead or OpImageSparseRead instruction must be a vector of four components

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Base-04781
    The Base operand of any OpBitCount, OpBitReverse, OpBitFieldInsert, OpBitFieldSExtract, or OpBitFieldUExtract instruction must be a 32-bit integer scalar or a vector of 32-bit integers

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-PushConstant-06675
    Any variable in the PushConstant or StorageBuffer storage class must be decorated as Block

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Uniform-06676
    Any variable in the Uniform Storage Class must be decorated as Block or BufferBlock

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-UniformConstant-06677
    Any variable in the UniformConstant, StorageBuffer, or Uniform Storage Class must be decorated with DescriptorSet and Binding

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-InputAttachmentIndex-06678
    Variables decorated with InputAttachmentIndex must be in the UniformConstant Storage Class

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-DescriptorSet-06491
    If a variable is decorated by DescriptorSet or Binding, the Storage Class must correspond to an entry in Shader Resource and Storage Class Correspondence

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Input-06778
    Variables with a Storage Class of Input in a fragment shader stage that are decorated with PerVertexKHR must be declared as arrays

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07102
    The module must not contain both an entry point that uses the TaskEXT or MeshEXT Execution Model and an entry point that uses the TaskNV or MeshNV Execution Model

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07106
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model OpSetMeshOutputsEXT must be called before any outputs are written

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07107
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model all variables declared as output must not be read from

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07108
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model for OpSetMeshOutputsEXT instructions, the “Vertex Count” and “Primitive Count” operands must not depend on ViewIndex

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07109
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model variables decorated with PrimitivePointIndicesEXT, PrimitiveLineIndicesEXT, or PrimitiveTriangleIndicesEXT declared as an array must not be accessed by indices that depend on ViewIndex

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07110
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model any values stored in variables decorated with PrimitivePointIndicesEXT, PrimitiveLineIndicesEXT, or PrimitiveTriangleIndicesEXT must not depend on ViewIndex

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07111
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model variables in workgroup or private Storage Class declared as or containing a composite type must not be accessed by indices that depend on ViewIndex

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07330
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model the OutputVertices Execution Mode must be greater than 0

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-MeshEXT-07331
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT Execution Model the OutputPrimitivesEXT Execution Mode must be greater than 0

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Input-07290
    Variables with a Storage Class of Input or Output and a type of OpTypeBool must be decorated with the BuiltIn decoration

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-TileImageEXT-08723
    The tile image variable declarations must obey the constraints on the TileImageEXT Storage Class and the Location decoration described in Fragment Tile Image Interface

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-None-08724
    The TileImageEXT Storage Class must only be used for declaring tile image variables

  • VUID-StandaloneSpirv-Pointer-08973
    The Storage Class of the Pointer operand to OpCooperativeMatrixLoadKHR or OpCooperativeMatrixStoreKHR must be limited to Workgroup, StorageBuffer, or PhysicalStorageBuffer

Runtime SPIR-V Validation

The following rules must be validated at runtime. These rules depend on knowledge of the implementation and its capabilities and knowledge of runtime information, such as enabled features.

Valid Usage
  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpTypeImage-06269
    If shaderStorageImageWriteWithoutFormat is not enabled, any variable created with a “Type” of OpTypeImage that has a “Sampled” operand of 2 and an “Image Format” operand of Unknown must be decorated with NonWritable

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpTypeImage-06270
    If shaderStorageImageReadWithoutFormat is not enabled, any variable created with a “Type” of OpTypeImage that has a “Sampled” operand of 2 and an “Image Format” operand of Unknown must be decorated with NonReadable

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-09558
    Any variable created with a “Type” of OpTypeImage that has a “Dim” operand of SubpassData must be decorated with InputAttachmentIndex

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpImageWrite-07112
    OpImageWrite to any Image whose Image Format is not Unknown must have the Texel operand contain at least as many components as the corresponding VkFormat as given in the SPIR-V Image Format compatibility table

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Location-06272
    The sum of Location and the number of locations the variable it decorates consumes must be less than or equal to the value for the matching Execution Model defined in Shader Input and Output Locations

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Location-06428
    The maximum number of storage buffers, storage images, and output Location decorated color attachments written to in the Fragment Execution Model must be less than or equal to maxFragmentCombinedOutputResources

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-DescriptorSet-06323
    DescriptorSet and Binding decorations must obey the constraints on Storage Class, type, and descriptor type described in DescriptorSet and Binding Assignment

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-NonWritable-06340
    If fragmentStoresAndAtomics is not enabled, then all storage image, storage texel buffer, and storage buffer variables in the fragment stage must be decorated with the NonWritable decoration

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-NonWritable-06341
    If vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics is not enabled, then all storage image, storage texel buffer, and storage buffer variables in the vertex, tessellation, and geometry stages must be decorated with the NonWritable decoration

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-None-06342
    If subgroupQuadOperationsInAllStages is VK_FALSE, then quad subgroup operations must not be used except for in fragment and compute stages

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Offset-06344
    The first element of the Offset operand of InterpolateAtOffset must be greater than or equal to:
    fragwidth × minInterpolationOffset
    where fragwidth is the width of the current fragment in pixels

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Offset-06345
    The first element of the Offset operand of InterpolateAtOffset must be less than or equal to
    fragwidth × (maxInterpolationOffset + ULP ) - ULP
    where fragwidth is the width of the current fragment in pixels and ULP = 1 / 2^subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits^

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Offset-06346
    The second element of the Offset operand of InterpolateAtOffset must be greater than or equal to
    fragheight × minInterpolationOffset
    where fragheight is the height of the current fragment in pixels

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Offset-06347
    The second element of the Offset operand of InterpolateAtOffset must be less than or equal to
    fragheight × (maxInterpolationOffset + ULP ) - ULP
    where fragheight is the height of the current fragment in pixels and ULP = 1 / 2^subPixelInterpolationOffsetBits^

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-x-06429
    In compute shaders using the GLCompute Execution Model the x size in LocalSize or LocalSizeId must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupSize[0]

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-y-06430
    In compute shaders using the GLCompute Execution Model the y size in LocalSize or LocalSizeId must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupSize[1]

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-z-06431
    In compute shaders using the GLCompute Execution Model the z size in LocalSize or LocalSizeId must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupSize[2]

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-x-06432
    In compute shaders using the GLCompute Execution Model the product of x size, y size, and z size in LocalSize or LocalSizeId must be less than or equal to VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::maxComputeWorkGroupInvocations

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-LocalSizeId-06433
    The Execution Mode LocalSizeId must not be used

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpTypeVector-06816
    Any OpTypeVector output interface variables must not have a higher Component Count than a matching OpTypeVector input interface variable

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpEntryPoint-08743
    Any user-defined variables shared between the OpEntryPoint of two shader stages, and declared with Input as its Storage Class for the subsequent shader stage, must have all Location slots and Component words declared in the preceding shader stage’s OpEntryPoint with Output as the Storage Class

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpEntryPoint-07754
    Any user-defined variables between the OpEntryPoint of two shader stages must have the same type and width for each Component

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpVariable-08746
    Any OpVariable, Block-decorated OpTypeStruct, or Block-decorated OpTypeStruct members shared between the OpEntryPoint of two shader stages must have matching decorations as defined in interface matching

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-Workgroup-06530
    The sum of size in bytes for variables and padding in the Workgroup Storage Class in the GLCompute Execution Model must be less than or equal to maxComputeSharedMemorySize

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpVariable-06373
    Any OpVariable with Workgroup as its Storage Class must not have an Initializer operand

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpImage-06376
    If an OpImage*Gather operation has an image operand of Offset, ConstOffset, or ConstOffsets the offset value must be greater than or equal to minTexelGatherOffset

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpImage-06377
    If an OpImage*Gather operation has an image operand of Offset, ConstOffset, or ConstOffsets the offset value must be less than or equal to maxTexelGatherOffset

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpImageSample-06435
    If an OpImageSample* or OpImageFetch* operation has an image operand of ConstOffset then the offset value must be greater than or equal to minTexelOffset

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpImageSample-06436
    If an OpImageSample* or OpImageFetch* operation has an image operand of ConstOffset then the offset value must be less than or equal to maxTexelOffset

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-samples-08725
    If an OpTypeImage has an MS operand 0, its bound image must have been created with VkImageCreateInfo::samples as VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-samples-08726
    If an OpTypeImage has an MS operand 1, its bound image must not have been created with VkImageCreateInfo::samples as VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-OpEntryPoint-08727
    Each OpEntryPoint must not have more than one variable decorated with InputAttachmentIndex per image aspect of the attachment image bound to it, either explicitly or implicitly as described by input attachment interface

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-MeshEXT-09218
    In mesh shaders using the MeshEXT or MeshNV Execution Model and the OutputPoints Execution Mode, if the number of output points is greater than 0, a PointSize decorated variable must be written to for each output point

  • VUID-RuntimeSpirv-protectedNoFault-09645
    If protectedNoFault is not supported, the Storage Class of the PhysicalStorageBuffer must not be used if the buffer being accessed is protected

Precision and Operation of SPIR-V Instructions

The following rules apply to half, single, and double-precision floating point instructions:

  • Positive and negative infinities and positive and negative zeros are generated as dictated by IEEE 754, but subject to the precisions allowed in the following table.

  • Dividing a non-zero by a zero results in the appropriately signed IEEE 754 infinity.

  • Signaling NaNs are not required to be generated and exceptions are never raised. Signaling NaN may be converted to quiet NaNs values by any floating point instruction.

  • By default, the implementation may perform optimizations on half, single, or double-precision floating-point instructions that ignore sign of a zero, or assume that arguments and results are not NaNs or infinities.

  • The following instructions must not flush denormalized values: OpConstant, OpConstantComposite, OpSpecConstant, OpSpecConstantComposite, OpLoad, OpStore, OpBitcast, OpPhi, OpSelect, OpFunctionCall, OpReturnValue, OpVectorExtractDynamic, OpVectorInsertDynamic, OpVectorShuffle, OpCompositeConstruct, OpCompositeExtract, OpCompositeInsert, OpCopyMemory, OpCopyObject.

  • Any denormalized value input into a shader or potentially generated by any instruction in a shader (except those listed above) may be flushed to 0.

  • The rounding mode cannot be set, and results will be correctly rounded, as described below.

  • NaNs may not be generated. Instructions that operate on a NaN may not result in a NaN.

The precision of double-precision instructions is at least that of single precision.

The precision of individual operations is defined in Precision of Individual Operations. Subject to the constraints below, however, implementations may reorder or combine operations, resulting in expressions exhibiting different precisions than might be expected from the constituent operations.

Evaluation of Expressions

Implementations may rearrange floating-point operations using any of the mathematical properties governing the expressions in precise arithmetic, even where the floating- point operations do not share these properties. This includes, but is not limited to, associativity and distributivity, and may involve a different number of rounding steps than would occur if the operations were not rearranged. In shaders that use the SignedZeroInfNanPreserve Execution Mode the values must be preserved if they are generated after any rearrangement but the Execution Mode does not change which rearrangements are valid. This rearrangement can be prevented for particular operations by using the NoContraction decoration.

Precision of Individual Operations

The precision of individual operations is defined either in terms of rounding (correctly rounded), as an error bound in ULP, or as inherited from a formula as follows:

Correctly Rounded

Operations described as “correctly rounded” will return the infinitely precise result, x, rounded so as to be representable in floating-point. The rounding mode used is not defined but must obey the following rules. If x is exactly representable then x will be returned. Otherwise, either the floating-point value closest to and no less than x or the value closest to and no greater than x will be returned.

ULP

Where an error bound of n ULP (units in the last place) is given, for an operation with infinitely precise result x the value returned must be in the range [x - n × ulp(x), x + n × ulp(x)]. The function ulp(x) is defined as follows:

If there exist non-equal, finite floating-point numbers a and b such that a ≤ x ≤ b then ulp(x) is the minimum possible distance between such numbers, . If such numbers do not exist then ulp(x) is defined to be the difference between the two non-equal, finite floating-point numbers nearest to x.

Where the range of allowed return values includes any value of magnitude larger than that of the largest representable finite floating-point number, operations may, additionally, return either an infinity of the appropriate sign or the finite number with the largest magnitude of the appropriate sign. If the infinitely precise result of the operation is not mathematically defined then the value returned is undefined.

Inherited From …​

Where an operation’s precision is described as being inherited from a formula, the result returned must be at least as accurate as the result of computing an approximation to x using a formula equivalent to the given formula applied to the supplied inputs. Specifically, the formula given may be transformed using the mathematical associativity, commutativity and distributivity of the operators involved to yield an equivalent formula. The SPIR-V precision rules, when applied to each such formula and the given input values, define a range of permitted values. If NaN is one of the permitted values then the operation may return any result, otherwise let the largest permitted value in any of the ranges be Fmax and the smallest be Fmin. The operation must return a value in the range [x - E, x + E] where .

For single precision (32 bit) instructions, precisions are required to be at least as follows, unless decorated with RelaxedPrecision:

Table 59. Precision of core SPIR-V Instructions
Instruction Precision

OpFAdd

Correctly rounded.

OpFSub

Correctly rounded.

OpFMul, OpVectorTimesScalar, OpMatrixTimesScalar

Correctly rounded.

OpFOrdEqual, OpFUnordEqual

Correct result.

OpFOrdLessThan, OpFUnordLessThan

Correct result.

OpFOrdGreaterThan, OpFUnordGreaterThan

Correct result.

OpFOrdLessThanEqual, OpFUnordLessThanEqual

Correct result.

OpFOrdGreaterThanEqual, OpFUnordGreaterThanEqual

Correct result.

OpFDiv(x,y)

2.5 ULP for |y| in the range [2-126, 2126].

conversions between types

Correctly rounded.

Table 60. Precision of GLSL.std.450 Instructions
Instruction Precision

fma()

Inherited from OpFMul followed by OpFAdd.

exp(x), exp2(x)

3 + 2 × |x| ULP.

log(), log2()

3 ULP outside the range [0.5, 2.0]. Absolute error < 2-21 inside the range [0.5, 2.0].

pow(x, y)

Inherited from exp2(y × log2(x)).

sqrt()

Inherited from 1.0 / inversesqrt().

inversesqrt()

2 ULP.

GLSL.std.450 extended instructions specifically defined in terms of the above instructions inherit the above errors. GLSL.std.450 extended instructions not listed above and not defined in terms of the above have undefined precision.

For the OpSRem and OpSMod instructions, if either operand is negative the result is undefined.

Note

While the OpSRem and OpSMod instructions are supported by the Vulkan environment, they require non-negative values and thus do not enable additional functionality beyond what OpUMod provides.

Signedness of SPIR-V Image Accesses

SPIR-V associates a signedness with all integer image accesses. This is required in certain parts of the SPIR-V and the Vulkan image access pipeline to ensure defined results. The signedness is determined from a combination of the access instruction’s Image Operands and the underlying image’s Sampled Type as follows:

  1. If the instruction’s Image Operands contains the SignExtend operand then the access is signed.

  2. If the instruction’s Image Operands contains the ZeroExtend operand then the access is unsigned.

  3. Otherwise, the image accesses signedness matches that of the Sampled Type of the OpTypeImage being accessed.

Image Format and Type Matching

When specifying the Image Format of an OpTypeImage, the converted bit width and type, as shown in the table below, must match the Sampled Type. The signedness must match the signedness of any access to the image.

Note

Formatted accesses are always converted from a shader readable type to the resource’s format or vice versa via Format Conversion for reads and Texel Output Format Conversion for writes. As such, the bit width and format below do not necessarily match 1:1 with what might be expected for some formats.

For a given Image Format, the Sampled Type must be the type described in the Type column of the below table, with its Literal Width set to that in the Bit Width column. Every access that is made to the image must have a signedness equal to that in the Signedness column (where applicable).

Image Format Type-Declaration instructions Bit Width Signedness

Unknown

Any

Any

Any

Rgba32f

OpTypeFloat

32

N/A

Rg32f

R32f

Rgba16f

Rg16f

R16f

Rgba16

Rg16

R16

Rgba16Snorm

Rg16Snorm

R16Snorm

Rgb10A2

R11fG11fB10f

Rgba8

Rg8

R8

Rgba8Snorm

Rg8Snorm

R8Snorm

Rgba32i

OpTypeInt

32

1

Rg32i

R32i

Rgba16i

Rg16i

R16i

Rgba8i

Rg8i

R8i

Rgba32ui

0

Rg32ui

R32ui

Rgba16ui

Rg16ui

R16ui

Rgb10a2ui

Rgba8ui

Rg8ui

R8ui

R64i

OpTypeInt

64

1

R64ui

0

The SPIR-V Type is defined by an instruction in SPIR-V, declared with the Type-Declaration Instruction, Bit Width, and Signedness from above.

Compatibility Between SPIR-V Image Formats and Vulkan Formats

SPIR-V Image Format values are compatible with VkFormat values as defined below:

Table 61. SPIR-V and Vulkan Image Format Compatibility
SPIR-V Image Format Compatible Vulkan Format

Unknown

Any

R8

VK_FORMAT_R8_UNORM

R8Snorm

VK_FORMAT_R8_SNORM

R8ui

VK_FORMAT_R8_UINT

R8i

VK_FORMAT_R8_SINT

Rg8

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UNORM

Rg8Snorm

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SNORM

Rg8ui

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_UINT

Rg8i

VK_FORMAT_R8G8_SINT

Rgba8

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM

Rgba8Snorm

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SNORM

Rgba8ui

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UINT

Rgba8i

VK_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_SINT

Rgb10A2

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UNORM_PACK32

Rgb10a2ui

VK_FORMAT_A2B10G10R10_UINT_PACK32

R16

VK_FORMAT_R16_UNORM

R16Snorm

VK_FORMAT_R16_SNORM

R16ui

VK_FORMAT_R16_UINT

R16i

VK_FORMAT_R16_SINT

R16f

VK_FORMAT_R16_SFLOAT

Rg16

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UNORM

Rg16Snorm

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SNORM

Rg16ui

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_UINT

Rg16i

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SINT

Rg16f

VK_FORMAT_R16G16_SFLOAT

Rgba16

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UNORM

Rgba16Snorm

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SNORM

Rgba16ui

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_UINT

Rgba16i

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SINT

Rgba16f

VK_FORMAT_R16G16B16A16_SFLOAT

R32ui

VK_FORMAT_R32_UINT

R32i

VK_FORMAT_R32_SINT

R32f

VK_FORMAT_R32_SFLOAT

Rg32ui

VK_FORMAT_R32G32_UINT

Rg32i

VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SINT

Rg32f

VK_FORMAT_R32G32_SFLOAT

Rgba32ui

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_UINT

Rgba32i

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SINT

Rgba32f

VK_FORMAT_R32G32B32A32_SFLOAT

R64ui

VK_FORMAT_R64_UINT

R64i

VK_FORMAT_R64_SINT

R11fG11fB10f

VK_FORMAT_B10G11R11_UFLOAT_PACK32

Appendix B: Compressed Image Formats

The compressed texture formats used by Vulkan are described in the specifically identified sections of the Khronos Data Format Specification, version 1.3.

Unless otherwise described, the quantities encoded in these compressed formats are treated as normalized, unsigned values.

Those formats listed as sRGB-encoded have in-memory representations of R, G and B components which are nonlinearly-encoded as R', G', and B'; any alpha component is unchanged. As part of filtering, the nonlinear R', G', and B' values are converted to linear R, G, and B components; any alpha component is unchanged. The conversion between linear and nonlinear encoding is performed as described in the “KHR_DF_TRANSFER_SRGB” section of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

Block-Compressed Image Formats

BC1, BC2 and BC3 formats are described in “S3TC Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter of the Khronos Data Format Specification. BC4 and BC5 are described in the “RGTC Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter. BC6H and BC7 are described in the “BPTC Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter.

Table 62. Mapping of Vulkan BC formats to descriptions
VkFormat Khronos Data Format Specification description

Formats described in the “S3TC Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_UNORM_BLOCK

BC1 with no alpha

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGB_SRGB_BLOCK

BC1 with no alpha, sRGB-encoded

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_UNORM_BLOCK

BC1 with alpha

VK_FORMAT_BC1_RGBA_SRGB_BLOCK

BC1 with alpha, sRGB-encoded

VK_FORMAT_BC2_UNORM_BLOCK

BC2

VK_FORMAT_BC2_SRGB_BLOCK

BC2, sRGB-encoded

VK_FORMAT_BC3_UNORM_BLOCK

BC3

VK_FORMAT_BC3_SRGB_BLOCK

BC3, sRGB-encoded

Formats described in the “RGTC Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter

VK_FORMAT_BC4_UNORM_BLOCK

BC4 unsigned

VK_FORMAT_BC4_SNORM_BLOCK

BC4 signed

VK_FORMAT_BC5_UNORM_BLOCK

BC5 unsigned

VK_FORMAT_BC5_SNORM_BLOCK

BC5 signed

Formats described in the “BPTC Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter

VK_FORMAT_BC6H_UFLOAT_BLOCK

BC6H (unsigned version)

VK_FORMAT_BC6H_SFLOAT_BLOCK

BC6H (signed version)

VK_FORMAT_BC7_UNORM_BLOCK

BC7

VK_FORMAT_BC7_SRGB_BLOCK

BC7, sRGB-encoded

ETC Compressed Image Formats

The following formats are described in the “ETC2 Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

Table 63. Mapping of Vulkan ETC formats to descriptions
VkFormat Khronos Data Format Specification description

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_UNORM_BLOCK

RGB ETC2

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8_SRGB_BLOCK

RGB ETC2 with sRGB encoding

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_UNORM_BLOCK

RGB ETC2 with punch-through alpha

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A1_SRGB_BLOCK

RGB ETC2 with punch-through alpha and sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_UNORM_BLOCK

RGBA ETC2

VK_FORMAT_ETC2_R8G8B8A8_SRGB_BLOCK

RGBA ETC2 with sRGB encoding

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_UNORM_BLOCK

Unsigned R11 EAC

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11_SNORM_BLOCK

Signed R11 EAC

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_UNORM_BLOCK

Unsigned RG11 EAC

VK_FORMAT_EAC_R11G11_SNORM_BLOCK

Signed RG11 EAC

ASTC Compressed Image Formats

ASTC formats are described in the “ASTC Compressed Texture Image Formats” chapter of the Khronos Data Format Specification.

Table 64. Mapping of Vulkan ASTC formats to descriptions
VkFormat Compressed texel block dimensions Requested mode

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_UNORM_BLOCK

4 × 4

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_4x4_SRGB_BLOCK

4 × 4

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_UNORM_BLOCK

5 × 4

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x4_SRGB_BLOCK

5 × 4

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_UNORM_BLOCK

5 × 5

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_5x5_SRGB_BLOCK

5 × 5

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_UNORM_BLOCK

6 × 5

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x5_SRGB_BLOCK

6 × 5

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_UNORM_BLOCK

6 × 6

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_6x6_SRGB_BLOCK

6 × 6

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_UNORM_BLOCK

8 × 5

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x5_SRGB_BLOCK

8 × 5

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_UNORM_BLOCK

8 × 6

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x6_SRGB_BLOCK

8 × 6

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_UNORM_BLOCK

8 × 8

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_8x8_SRGB_BLOCK

8 × 8

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_UNORM_BLOCK

10 × 5

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x5_SRGB_BLOCK

10 × 5

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_UNORM_BLOCK

10 × 6

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x6_SRGB_BLOCK

10 × 6

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_UNORM_BLOCK

10 × 8

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x8_SRGB_BLOCK

10 × 8

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_UNORM_BLOCK

10 × 10

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_10x10_SRGB_BLOCK

10 × 10

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_UNORM_BLOCK

12 × 10

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x10_SRGB_BLOCK

12 × 10

sRGB

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_UNORM_BLOCK

12 × 12

Linear LDR

VK_FORMAT_ASTC_12x12_SRGB_BLOCK

12 × 12

sRGB

ASTC textures containing any HDR blocks should not be passed into the API using an sRGB or UNORM texture format.

Note

An HDR block in a texture passed using a LDR UNORM format will return the appropriate ASTC error color if the implementation supports only the ASTC LDR profile, but may result in either the error color or a decompressed HDR color if the implementation supports HDR decoding.

The ASTC decode mode is decode_float16.

Note that an implementation may use HDR mode when linear LDR mode is requested.

Appendix C: Core Revisions (Informative)

New minor versions of the Vulkan API are defined periodically by the Khronos Vulkan Working Group. These consist of some amount of additional functionality added to the core API, potentially including both new functionality and functionality promoted from extensions.

Version 1.0

Vulkan Version 1.0 was the initial release of the Vulkan API.

New Commands

New Structures

New Enums

New Headers

  • vk_platform

New Enum Constants

  • VK_ATTACHMENT_UNUSED

  • VK_FALSE

  • VK_LOD_CLAMP_NONE

  • VK_MAX_DESCRIPTION_SIZE

  • VK_MAX_EXTENSION_NAME_SIZE

  • VK_MAX_MEMORY_HEAPS

  • VK_MAX_MEMORY_TYPES

  • VK_MAX_PHYSICAL_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE

  • VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED

  • VK_REMAINING_ARRAY_LAYERS

  • VK_REMAINING_MIP_LEVELS

  • VK_SUBPASS_EXTERNAL

  • VK_TRUE

  • VK_UUID_SIZE

  • VK_WHOLE_SIZE

Appendix D: Layers & Extensions (Informative)

Extensions to the Vulkan API can be defined by authors, groups of authors, and the Khronos Vulkan Working Group. In order not to compromise the readability of the Vulkan Specification, the core Specification does not incorporate most extensions. The online Registry of extensions is available at URL

and allows generating versions of the Specification incorporating different extensions.

Authors creating extensions and layers must follow the mandatory procedures described in the Vulkan Documentation and Extensions document when creating extensions and layers.

The remainder of this appendix documents a set of extensions chosen when this document was built. Versions of the Specification published in the Registry include:

  • Core API + mandatory extensions required of all Vulkan implementations.

  • Core API + all registered and published Khronos (KHR) extensions.

  • Core API + all registered and published extensions.

Extensions are grouped as Khronos KHR, multivendor EXT, and then alphabetically by author ID. Within each group, extensions are listed in alphabetical order by their name.

Extension Dependencies

Extensions which have dependencies on specific core versions or on other extensions will list such dependencies.

For core versions, the specified version must be supported at runtime. All extensions implicitly require support for Vulkan 1.0.

For a device extension, use of any device-level functionality defined by that extension requires that any extensions that extension depends on be enabled.

For any extension, use of any instance-level functionality defined by that extension requires only that any extensions that extension depends on be supported at runtime.

Extension Interactions

Some extensions define APIs which are only supported when other extensions or core versions are supported at runtime. Such interactions are noted as “API Interactions”.

List of Extensions

Appendix E: API Boilerplate

This appendix defines Vulkan API features that are infrastructure required for a complete functional description of Vulkan, but do not logically belong elsewhere in the Specification.

Vulkan Header Files

Vulkan is defined as an API in the C99 language. Khronos provides a corresponding set of header files for applications using the API, which may be used in either C or C++ code. The interface descriptions in the specification are the same as the interfaces defined in these header files, and both are derived from the vk.xml XML API Registry, which is the canonical machine-readable description of the Vulkan API. The Registry, scripts used for processing it into various forms, and documentation of the registry schema are available as described at https://registry.khronos.org/vulkan/#apiregistry .

Language bindings for other languages can be defined using the information in the Specification and the Registry. Khronos does not provide any such bindings, but third-party developers have created some additional bindings.

Vulkan Combined API Header vulkan.h (Informative)

Applications normally will include the header vulkan.h. In turn, vulkan.h always includes the following headers:

In addition, specific preprocessor macros defined at the time vulkan.h is included cause header files for the corresponding window system-specific and provisional interfaces to be included, as described below.

Vulkan Platform-Specific Header vk_platform.h (Informative)

Platform-specific macros and interfaces are defined in vk_platform.h. These macros are used to control platform-dependent behavior, and their exact definitions are under the control of specific platforms and Vulkan implementations.

Platform-Specific Calling Conventions

On many platforms the following macros are empty strings, causing platform- and compiler-specific default calling conventions to be used.

VKAPI_ATTR is a macro placed before the return type in Vulkan API function declarations. This macro controls calling conventions for C++11 and GCC/Clang-style compilers.

VKAPI_CALL is a macro placed after the return type in Vulkan API function declarations. This macro controls calling conventions for MSVC-style compilers.

VKAPI_PTR is a macro placed between the '(' and '*' in Vulkan API function pointer declarations. This macro also controls calling conventions, and typically has the same definition as VKAPI_ATTR or VKAPI_CALL, depending on the compiler.

With these macros, a Vulkan function declaration takes the form of:

VKAPI_ATTR <return_type> VKAPI_CALL <command_name>(<command_parameters>);

Additionally, a Vulkan function pointer type declaration takes the form of:

typedef <return_type> (VKAPI_PTR *PFN_<command_name>)(<command_parameters>);
Platform-Specific Header Control

If the VK_NO_STDINT_H macro is defined by the application at compile time, extended integer types used by the Vulkan API, such as uint8_t, must also be defined by the application. Otherwise, the Vulkan headers will not compile. If VK_NO_STDINT_H is not defined, the system <stdint.h> is used to define these types. There is a fallback path when Microsoft Visual Studio version 2008 and earlier versions are detected at compile time.

If the VK_NO_STDDEF_H macro is defined by the application at compile time, size_t, must also be defined by the application. Otherwise, the Vulkan headers will not compile. If VK_NO_STDDEF_H is not defined, the system <stddef.h> is used to define this type.

Vulkan Core API Header vulkan_core.h

Applications that do not make use of window system-specific extensions may simply include vulkan_core.h instead of vulkan.h, although there is usually no reason to do so. In addition to the Vulkan API, vulkan_core.h also defines a small number of C preprocessor macros that are described below.

Vulkan Header File Version Number

VK_HEADER_VERSION is the version number of the vulkan_core.h header. This value is kept synchronized with the patch version of the released Specification.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
// Version of this file
#define VK_HEADER_VERSION 283

VK_HEADER_VERSION_COMPLETE is the complete version number of the vulkan_core.h header, comprising the major, minor, and patch versions. The major/minor values are kept synchronized with the complete version of the released Specification. This value is intended for use by automated tools to identify exactly which version of the header was used during their generation.

Applications should not use this value as their VkApplicationInfo::apiVersion. Instead applications should explicitly select a specific fixed major/minor API version using, for example, one of the VK_API_VERSION_*_* values.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
// Complete version of this file
#define VK_HEADER_VERSION_COMPLETE VK_MAKE_API_VERSION(0, 1, 3, VK_HEADER_VERSION)

VK_API_VERSION is now commented out of vulkan_core.h and cannot be used.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0
// DEPRECATED: This define has been removed. Specific version defines (e.g. VK_API_VERSION_1_0), or the VK_MAKE_VERSION macro, should be used instead.
//#define VK_API_VERSION VK_MAKE_API_VERSION(0, 1, 0, 0) // Patch version should always be set to 0
Vulkan Handle Macros

VK_DEFINE_HANDLE defines a dispatchable handle type.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0

#define VK_DEFINE_HANDLE(object) typedef struct object##_T* object;
  • object is the name of the resulting C type.

The only dispatchable handle types are those related to device and instance management, such as VkDevice.

VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE defines a non-dispatchable handle type.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0

#ifndef VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE
    #if (VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES==1)
        #define VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(object) typedef struct object##_T *object;
    #else
        #define VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE(object) typedef uint64_t object;
    #endif
#endif
  • object is the name of the resulting C type.

Most Vulkan handle types, such as VkBuffer, are non-dispatchable.

Note

The vulkan_core.h header allows the VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE and VK_NULL_HANDLE definitions to be overridden by the application. If VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE is already defined when vulkan_core.h is compiled, the default definitions for VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE and VK_NULL_HANDLE are skipped. This allows the application to define a binary-compatible custom handle which may provide more type-safety or other features needed by the application. Applications must not define handles in a way that is not binary compatible - where binary compatibility is platform dependent.

VK_NULL_HANDLE is a reserved value representing a non-valid object handle. It may be passed to and returned from Vulkan commands only when specifically allowed.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0

#ifndef VK_DEFINE_NON_DISPATCHABLE_HANDLE
    #if (VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES==1)
        #if (defined(__cplusplus) && (__cplusplus >= 201103L)) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && (_MSVC_LANG >= 201103L))
            #define VK_NULL_HANDLE nullptr
        #else
            #define VK_NULL_HANDLE ((void*)0)
        #endif
    #else
        #define VK_NULL_HANDLE 0ULL
    #endif
#endif
#ifndef VK_NULL_HANDLE
    #define VK_NULL_HANDLE 0
#endif

VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES defines whether the default non-dispatchable handles are declared using either a 64-bit pointer type or a 64-bit unsigned integer type.

VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES is set to '1' to use a 64-bit pointer type or any other value to use a 64-bit unsigned integer type.

// Provided by VK_VERSION_1_0

#ifndef VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES
    #if defined(__LP64__) || defined(_WIN64) || (defined(__x86_64__) && !defined(__ILP32__) ) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(__ia64) || defined (_M_IA64) || defined(__aarch64__) || defined(__powerpc64__) || (defined(__riscv) && __riscv_xlen == 64)
        #define VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES 1
    #else
        #define VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES 0
    #endif
#endif
Note

The vulkan_core.h header allows the VK_USE_64_BIT_PTR_DEFINES definition to be overridden by the application. This allows the application to select either a 64-bit pointer type or a 64-bit unsigned integer type for non-dispatchable handles in the case where the predefined preprocessor check does not identify the desired configuration.

Note

This macro was introduced starting with the Vulkan 1.2.174 headers, and its availability can be checked at compile time by requiring VK_HEADER_VERSION >= 174.

It is not available if you are using older headers, such as may be shipped with an older Vulkan SDK. Developers requiring this functionality may wish to include a copy of the current Vulkan headers with their project in this case.

Window System-Specific Header Control (Informative)

To use a Vulkan extension supporting a platform-specific window system, header files for that window system must be included at compile time, or platform-specific types must be forward-declared. The Vulkan header files are unable to determine whether or not an external header is available at compile time, so platform-specific extensions are provided in separate headers from the core API and platform-independent extensions, allowing applications to decide which ones they need to be defined and how the external headers are included.

Extensions dependent on particular sets of platform headers, or that forward-declare platform-specific types, are declared in a header named for that platform. Before including these platform-specific Vulkan headers, applications must include both vulkan_core.h and any external native headers the platform extensions depend on.

As a convenience for applications that do not need the flexibility of separate platform-specific Vulkan headers, vulkan.h includes vulkan_core.h, and then conditionally includes platform-specific Vulkan headers and the external headers they depend on. Applications control which platform-specific headers are included by #defining macros before including vulkan.h.

The correspondence between platform-specific extensions, external headers they require, the platform-specific header which declares them, and the preprocessor macros which enable inclusion by vulkan.h are shown in the following table.

Table 65. Window System Extensions and Headers
Extension Name Window System Name Platform-specific Header Required External Headers Controlling vulkan.h Macro

VK_KHR_android_surface

Android

vulkan_android.h

None

VK_USE_PLATFORM_ANDROID_KHR

VK_KHR_wayland_surface

Wayland

vulkan_wayland.h

<wayland-client.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_WAYLAND_KHR

VK_KHR_win32_surface, VK_KHR_external_memory_win32, VK_KHR_win32_keyed_mutex, VK_KHR_external_semaphore_win32, VK_KHR_external_fence_win32, VK_NV_external_memory_win32, VK_NV_win32_keyed_mutex

Microsoft Windows

vulkan_win32.h

<windows.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR

VK_KHR_xcb_surface

X11 Xcb

vulkan_xcb.h

<xcb/xcb.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_XCB_KHR

VK_KHR_xlib_surface

X11 Xlib

vulkan_xlib.h

<X11/Xlib.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_XLIB_KHR

VK_EXT_directfb_surface

DirectFB

vulkan_directfb.h

<directfb/directfb.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_DIRECTFB_EXT

VK_EXT_acquire_xlib_display

X11 XRAndR

vulkan_xlib_xrandr.h

<X11/Xlib.h>, <X11/extensions/Xrandr.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_XLIB_XRANDR_EXT

VK_GGP_stream_descriptor_surface, VK_GGP_frame_token

Google Games Platform

vulkan_ggp.h

<ggp_c/vulkan_types.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_GGP

VK_MVK_ios_surface

iOS

vulkan_ios.h

None

VK_USE_PLATFORM_IOS_MVK

VK_MVK_macos_surface

macOS

vulkan_macos.h

None

VK_USE_PLATFORM_MACOS_MVK

VK_NN_vi_surface

VI

vulkan_vi.h

None

VK_USE_PLATFORM_VI_NN

VK_FUCHSIA_imagepipe_surface

Fuchsia

vulkan_fuchsia.h

<zircon/types.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_FUCHSIA

VK_EXT_metal_surface

Metal on CoreAnimation

vulkan_metal.h

None

VK_USE_PLATFORM_METAL_EXT

VK_QNX_screen_surface

QNX Screen

vulkan_screen.h

<screen/screen.h>

VK_USE_PLATFORM_SCREEN_QNX

Note

This section describes the purpose of the headers independently of the specific underlying functionality of the window system extensions themselves. Each extension name will only link to a description of that extension when viewing a specification built with that extension included.

Provisional Extension Header Control (Informative)

Provisional extensions should not be used in production applications. The functionality defined by such extensions may change in ways that break backwards compatibility between revisions, and before final release of a non-provisional version of that extension.

Provisional extensions are defined in a separate provisional header, vulkan_beta.h, allowing applications to decide whether or not to include them. The mechanism is similar to window system-specific headers: before including vulkan_beta.h, applications must include vulkan_core.h.

Note

Sometimes a provisional extension will include a subset of its interfaces in vulkan_core.h. This may occur if the provisional extension is promoted from an existing vendor or EXT extension and some of the existing interfaces are defined as aliases of the provisional extension interfaces. All other interfaces of that provisional extension which are not aliased will be included in vulkan_beta.h.

As a convenience for applications, vulkan.h conditionally includes vulkan_beta.h. Applications can control inclusion of vulkan_beta.h by #defining the macro VK_ENABLE_BETA_EXTENSIONS before including vulkan.h.

Note

Starting in version 1.2.171 of the Specification, all provisional enumerants are protected by the macro VK_ENABLE_BETA_EXTENSIONS. Applications needing to use provisional extensions must always define this macro, even if they are explicitly including vulkan_beta.h. This is a minor change to behavior, affecting only provisional extensions.

Note

This section describes the purpose of the provisional header independently of the specific provisional extensions which are contained in that header at any given time. The extension appendices for provisional extensions note their provisional status, and link back to this section for more information. Provisional extensions are intended to provide early access for bleeding-edge developers, with the understanding that extension interfaces may change in response to developer feedback. Provisional extensions are very likely to eventually be updated and released as non-provisional extensions, but there is no guarantee this will happen, or how long it will take if it does happen.

Video Std Headers

Performing video coding operations usually involves the application having to provide various parameters, data structures, or other syntax elements specific to the particular video compression standard used, and the associated semantics are covered by the specification of those.

The interface descriptions of these are available in the header files derived from the video.xml XML file, which is the canonical machine-readable description of data structures and enumerations that are associated with the externally-provided video compression standards.

Table 66. Video Std Headers
Video Std Header Name Description Header File Related Extensions

vulkan_video_codecs_common

Codec-independent common definitions

<vk_video/vulkan_video_codecs_common.h>

-

vulkan_video_codec_h264std

ITU-T H.264 common definitions

<vk_video/vulkan_video_codec_h264std.h>

VK_KHR_video_decode_h264, VK_KHR_video_encode_h264

vulkan_video_codec_h264std_decode

ITU-T H.264 decode-specific definitions

<vk_video/vulkan_video_codec_h264std_decode.h>

VK_KHR_video_decode_h264

vulkan_video_codec_h264std_encode

ITU-T H.264 encode-specific definitions

<vk_video/vulkan_video_codec_h264std_encode.h>

VK_KHR_video_encode_h264

vulkan_video_codec_h265std

ITU-T H.265 common definitions

<vk_video/vulkan_video_codec_h265std.h>

VK_KHR_video_decode_h265, VK_KHR_video_encode_h265

vulkan_video_codec_h265std_decode

ITU-T H.265 decode-specific definitions

<vk_video/vulkan_video_codec_h265std_decode.h>

VK_KHR_video_decode_h265

vulkan_video_codec_h265std_encode

ITU-T H.265 encode-specific definitions

<vk_video/vulkan_video_codec_h265std_encode.h>

VK_KHR_video_encode_h265

vulkan_video_codec_av1std

AV1 common definitions

<vk_video/vulkan_video_codec_av1std.h>

VK_KHR_video_decode_av1

vulkan_video_codec_av1std_decode

AV1 decode-specific definitions

<vk_video/vulkan_video_codec_av1std_decode.h>

VK_KHR_video_decode_av1

Appendix F: Invariance

The Vulkan specification is not pixel exact. It therefore does not guarantee an exact match between images produced by different Vulkan implementations. However, the specification does specify exact matches, in some cases, for images produced by the same implementation. The purpose of this appendix is to identify and provide justification for those cases that require exact matches.

Repeatability

The obvious and most fundamental case is repeated issuance of a series of Vulkan commands. For any given Vulkan and framebuffer state vector, and for any Vulkan command, the resulting Vulkan and framebuffer state must be identical whenever the command is executed on that initial Vulkan and framebuffer state. This repeatability requirement does not apply when using shaders containing side effects (image and buffer variable stores and atomic operations), because these memory operations are not guaranteed to be processed in a defined order.

One purpose of repeatability is avoidance of visual artifacts when a double-buffered scene is redrawn. If rendering is not repeatable, swapping between two buffers rendered with the same command sequence may result in visible changes in the image. Such false motion is distracting to the viewer. Another reason for repeatability is testability.

Repeatability, while important, is a weak requirement. Given only repeatability as a requirement, two scenes rendered with one (small) polygon changed in position might differ at every pixel. Such a difference, while within the law of repeatability, is certainly not within its spirit. Additional invariance rules are desirable to ensure useful operation.

Multi-pass Algorithms

Invariance is necessary for a whole set of useful multi-pass algorithms. Such algorithms render multiple times, each time with a different Vulkan mode vector, to eventually produce a result in the framebuffer. Examples of these algorithms include:

  • “Erasing” a primitive from the framebuffer by redrawing it, either in a different color or using the XOR logical operation.

  • Using stencil operations to compute capping planes.

Invariance Rules

For a given Vulkan device:

Rule 1 For any given Vulkan and framebuffer state vector, and for any given Vulkan command, the resulting Vulkan and framebuffer state must be identical each time the command is executed on that initial Vulkan and framebuffer state.

Rule 2 Changes to the following state values have no side effects (the use of any other state value is not affected by the change):

Required:

  • Color and depth/stencil attachment contents

  • Scissor parameters (other than enable)

  • Write masks (color, depth, stencil)

  • Clear values (color, depth, stencil)

Strongly suggested:

  • Stencil parameters (other than enable)

  • Depth test parameters (other than enable)

  • Blend parameters (other than enable)

  • Logical operation parameters (other than enable)

Corollary 1 Fragment generation is invariant with respect to the state values listed in Rule 2.

Rule 3 The arithmetic of each per-fragment operation is invariant except with respect to parameters that directly control it.

Corollary 2 Images rendered into different color attachments of the same framebuffer, either simultaneously or separately using the same command sequence, are pixel identical.

Rule 4 Identical pipelines will produce the same result when run multiple times with the same input. The wording “Identical pipelines” means VkPipeline objects that have been created with identical SPIR-V binaries and identical state, which are then used by commands executed using the same Vulkan state vector. Invariance is relaxed for shaders with side effects, such as performing stores or atomics.

Rule 5 All fragment shaders that either conditionally or unconditionally assign FragCoord.z to FragDepth are depth-invariant with respect to each other, for those fragments where the assignment to FragDepth actually is done.

If a sequence of Vulkan commands specifies primitives to be rendered with shaders containing side effects (image and buffer variable stores and atomic operations), invariance rules are relaxed. In particular, rule 1, corollary 2, and rule 4 do not apply in the presence of shader side effects.

The following weaker versions of rules 1 and 4 apply to Vulkan commands involving shader side effects:

Rule 6 For any given Vulkan and framebuffer state vector, and for any given Vulkan command, the contents of any framebuffer state not directly or indirectly affected by results of shader image or buffer variable stores or atomic operations must be identical each time the command is executed on that initial Vulkan and framebuffer state.

Rule 7 Identical pipelines will produce the same result when run multiple times with the same input as long as:

  • shader invocations do not use image atomic operations;

  • no framebuffer memory is written to more than once by image stores, unless all such stores write the same value; and

  • no shader invocation, or other operation performed to process the sequence of commands, reads memory written to by an image store.

Note

The OpenGL specification has the following invariance rule: Consider a primitive p' obtained by translating a primitive p through an offset (x, y) in window coordinates, where x and y are integers. As long as neither p' nor p is clipped, it must be the case that each fragment f' produced from p' is identical to a corresponding fragment f from p except that the center of f' is offset by (x, y) from the center of f.

This rule does not apply to Vulkan and is an intentional difference from OpenGL.

When any sequence of Vulkan commands triggers shader invocations that perform image stores or atomic operations, and subsequent Vulkan commands read the memory written by those shader invocations, these operations must be explicitly synchronized.

Tessellation Invariance

When using a pipeline containing tessellation evaluation shaders, the fixed-function tessellation primitive generator consumes the input patch specified by an application and emits a new set of primitives. The following invariance rules are intended to provide repeatability guarantees. Additionally, they are intended to allow an application with a carefully crafted tessellation evaluation shader to ensure that the sets of triangles generated for two adjacent patches have identical vertices along shared patch edges, avoiding “cracks” caused by minor differences in the positions of vertices along shared edges.

Rule 1 When processing two patches with identical outer and inner tessellation levels, the tessellation primitive generator will emit an identical set of point, line, or triangle primitives as long as the pipeline used to process the patch primitives has tessellation evaluation shaders specifying the same tessellation mode, spacing, vertex order, and point mode decorations. Two sets of primitives are considered identical if and only if they contain the same number and type of primitives and the generated tessellation coordinates for the vertex numbered m of the primitive numbered n are identical for all values of m and n.

Rule 2 The set of vertices generated along the outer edge of the subdivided primitive in triangle and quad tessellation, and the tessellation coordinates of each, depend only on the corresponding outer tessellation level and the spacing decorations in the tessellation shaders of the pipeline.

Rule 3 The set of vertices generated when subdividing any outer primitive edge is always symmetric. For triangle tessellation, if the subdivision generates a vertex with tessellation coordinates of the form (0, x, 1-x), (x, 0, 1-x), or (x, 1-x, 0), it will also generate a vertex with coordinates of exactly (0, 1-x, x), (1-x, 0, x), or (1-x, x, 0), respectively. For quad tessellation, if the subdivision generates a vertex with coordinates of (x, 0) or (0, x), it will also generate a vertex with coordinates of exactly (1-x, 0) or (0, 1-x), respectively. For isoline tessellation, if it generates vertices at (0, x) and (1, x) where x is not zero, it will also generate vertices at exactly (0, 1-x) and (1, 1-x), respectively.

Rule 4 The set of vertices generated when subdividing outer edges in triangular and quad tessellation must be independent of the specific edge subdivided, given identical outer tessellation levels and spacing. For example, if vertices at (x, 1 - x, 0) and (1-x, x, 0) are generated when subdividing the w = 0 edge in triangular tessellation, vertices must be generated at (x, 0, 1-x) and (1-x, 0, x) when subdividing an otherwise identical v = 0 edge. For quad tessellation, if vertices at (x, 0) and (1-x, 0) are generated when subdividing the v = 0 edge, vertices must be generated at (0, x) and (0, 1-x) when subdividing an otherwise identical u = 0 edge.

Rule 5 When processing two patches that are identical in all respects enumerated in rule 1 except for vertex order, the set of triangles generated for triangle and quad tessellation must be identical except for vertex and triangle order. For each triangle n1 produced by processing the first patch, there must be a triangle n2 produced when processing the second patch each of whose vertices has the same tessellation coordinates as one of the vertices in n1.

Rule 6 When processing two patches that are identical in all respects enumerated in rule 1 other than matching outer tessellation levels and/or vertex order, the set of interior triangles generated for triangle and quad tessellation must be identical in all respects except for vertex and triangle order. For each interior triangle n1 produced by processing the first patch, there must be a triangle n2 produced when processing the second patch each of whose vertices has the same tessellation coordinates as one of the vertices in n1. A triangle produced by the tessellator is considered an interior triangle if none of its vertices lie on an outer edge of the subdivided primitive.

Rule 7 For quad and triangle tessellation, the set of triangles connecting an inner and outer edge depends only on the inner and outer tessellation levels corresponding to that edge and the spacing decorations.

Rule 8 The value of all defined components of TessCoord will be in the range [0, 1]. Additionally, for any defined component x of TessCoord, the results of computing 1.0-x in a tessellation evaluation shader will be exact. If any floating-point values in the range [0, 1] fail to satisfy this property, such values must not be used as tessellation coordinate components.

Appendix G: Lexicon

This appendix defines terms, abbreviations, and API prefixes used in the Specification.

Glossary

The terms defined in this section are used consistently throughout the Specification and may be used with or without capitalization.

Accessible (Descriptor Binding)

A descriptor binding is accessible to a shader stage if that stage is included in the stageFlags of the descriptor binding. Descriptors using that binding can only be used by stages in which they are accessible.

Acquire Operation (Resource)

An operation that acquires ownership of an image subresource or buffer range.

Adjacent Vertex

A vertex in an adjacency primitive topology that is not part of a given primitive, but is accessible in geometry shaders.

Alias (API type/command)

An identical definition of another API type/command with the same behavior but a different name.

Aliased Range (Memory)

A range of a device memory allocation that is bound to multiple resources simultaneously.

Allocation Scope

An association of a host memory allocation to a parent object or command, where the allocation’s lifetime ends before or at the same time as the parent object is freed or destroyed, or during the parent command.

Aspect (Image)

Some image types contain multiple kinds (called “aspects”) of data for each pixel, where each aspect is used in a particular way by the pipeline and may be stored differently or separately from other aspects. For example, the color components of an image format make up the color aspect of the image, and can be used as a framebuffer color attachment. Some operations, like depth testing, operate only on specific aspects of an image.

Attachment (Render Pass)

A zero-based integer index name used in render pass creation to refer to a framebuffer attachment that is accessed by one or more subpasses. The index also refers to an attachment description which includes information about the properties of the image view that will later be attached.

Availability Operation

An operation that causes the values generated by specified memory write accesses to become available for future access.

Available

A state of values written to memory that allows them to be made visible.

Back-Facing

See Facingness.

Batch

A single structure submitted to a queue as part of a queue submission command, describing a set of queue operations to execute.

Backwards Compatibility

A given version of the API is backwards compatible with an earlier version if an application, relying only on valid behavior and functionality defined by the earlier specification, is able to correctly run against each version without any modification. This assumes no active attempt by that application to not run when it detects a different version.

Binary Semaphore

A semaphore with a boolean payload indicating whether the semaphore is signaled or unsignaled. Represented by a VkSemaphore object .

Binding (Memory)

An association established between a range of a resource object and a range of a memory object. These associations determine the memory locations affected by operations performed on elements of a resource object. Memory bindings are established using the vkBindBufferMemory command for non-sparse buffer objects, using the vkBindImageMemory command for non-sparse image objects , and using the vkQueueBindSparse command for sparse resources .

Blend Constant

Four floating point (RGBA) values used as an input to blending.

Blending

Arithmetic operations between a fragment color value and a value in a color attachment that produce a final color value to be written to the attachment.

Buffer

A resource that represents a linear array of data in device memory. Represented by a VkBuffer object.

Buffer View

An object that represents a range of a specific buffer, and state controlling how the contents are interpreted. Represented by a VkBufferView object.

Built-In Variable

A variable decorated in a shader, where the decoration makes the variable take values provided by the execution environment or values that are generated by fixed-function pipeline stages.

Built-In Interface Block

A block defined in a shader containing only variables decorated with built-in decorations, and is used to match against other shader stages.

Clip Coordinates

The homogeneous coordinate space in which vertex positions (Position decoration) are written by pre-rasterization shader stages.

Clip Distance

A built-in output from pre-rasterization shader stages defining a clip half-space against which the primitive is clipped.

Clip Volume

The intersection of the view volume with all clip half-spaces.

Color Attachment

A subpass attachment point, or image view, that is the target of fragment color outputs and blending.

Color Renderable Format

A VkFormat where VK_FORMAT_FEATURE_COLOR_ATTACHMENT_BIT is set in one of the following, depending on the image’s tiling:

Combined Image Sampler

A descriptor type that includes both a sampled image and a sampler.

Command Buffer

An object that records commands to be submitted to a queue. Represented by a VkCommandBuffer object.

Command Pool

An object that command buffer memory is allocated from, and that owns that memory. Command pools aid multithreaded performance by enabling different threads to use different allocators, without internal synchronization on each use. Represented by a VkCommandPool object.

Compatible Allocator

When allocators are compatible, allocations from each allocator can be freed by the other allocator.

Compatible Image Formats

When formats are compatible, images created with one of the formats can have image views created from it using any of the compatible formats. Also see Size-Compatible Image Formats.

Compatible Queues

Queues within a queue family. Compatible queues have identical properties.

Complete Mipmap Chain

The entire set of mip levels that can be provided for an image, from the largest application specified mip level size down to the minimum mip level size. See Image Mip Level Sizing.

Component (Format)

A distinct part of a format. Color components are represented with R, G, B, and A. Depth and stencil components are represented with D and S. Formats can have multiple instances of the same component. Some formats have other notations such as E or X which are not considered a component of the format.

Compressed Texel Block

An element of an image having a block-compressed format, comprising a rectangular block of texel values that are encoded as a single value in memory. Compressed texel blocks of a particular block-compressed format have a corresponding width, height, and depth defining the dimensions of these elements in units of texels, and a size in bytes of the encoding in memory.

Constant Integral Expressions

A SPIR-V constant instruction whose type is OpTypeInt. See Constant Instruction in section 2.2.1 “Instructions” of the Khronos SPIR-V Specification.

Coverage Index

The index of a sample in the coverage mask.

Coverage Mask

A bitfield associated with a fragment representing the samples that were determined to be covered based on the result of rasterization, and then subsequently modified by fragment operations or the fragment shader.

Cull Distance

A built-in output from pre-rasterization shader stages defining a cull half-space where the primitive is rejected if all vertices have a negative value for the same cull distance.

Cull Volume

The intersection of the view volume with all cull half-spaces.

Decoration (SPIR-V)

Auxiliary information such as built-in variables, stream numbers, invariance, interpolation type, relaxed precision, etc., added to variables or structure-type members through decorations.

Deprecated (feature)

A feature is deprecated if it is no longer recommended as the correct or best way to achieve its intended purpose.

Depth/Stencil Attachment

A subpass attachment point, or image view, that is the target of depth and/or stencil test operations and writes.

Depth/Stencil Format

A VkFormat that includes depth and/or stencil components.

Depth/Stencil Image (or ImageView)

A VkImage (or VkImageView) with a depth/stencil format.

Derivative Group

A set of fragment shader invocations that cooperate to compute derivatives, including implicit derivatives for sampled image operations.

Descriptor

Information about a resource or resource view written into a descriptor set that is used to access the resource or view from a shader.

Descriptor Binding

An entry in a descriptor set layout corresponding to zero or more descriptors of a single descriptor type in a set. Defined by a VkDescriptorSetLayoutBinding structure.

Descriptor Pool

An object that descriptor sets are allocated from, and that owns the storage of those descriptor sets. Descriptor pools aid multithreaded performance by enabling different threads to use different allocators, without internal synchronization on each use. Represented by a VkDescriptorPool object.

Descriptor Set

An object that resource descriptors are written into via the API, and that can be bound to a command buffer such that the descriptors contained within it can be accessed from shaders. Represented by a VkDescriptorSet object.

Descriptor Set Layout

An object defining the set of resources (types and counts) and their relative arrangement (in the binding namespace) within a descriptor set. Used when allocating descriptor sets and when creating pipeline layouts. Represented by a VkDescriptorSetLayout object.

Device

The processor(s) and execution environment that perform tasks requested by the application via the Vulkan API.

Device Memory

Memory accessible to the device. Represented by a VkDeviceMemory object.

Device-Level Command

Any command that is dispatched from a logical device, or from a child object of a logical device.

Device-Level Functionality

All device-level commands and objects, and their structures, enumerated types, and enumerants. Additionally, physical-device-level functionality defined by a device extension is also considered device-level functionality.

Device-Level Object

Logical device objects and their child objects. For example, VkDevice, VkQueue, and VkCommandBuffer objects are device-level objects.

Device-Local Memory

Memory that is connected to the device, and may be more performant for device access than host-local memory.

Direct Drawing Commands

Drawing commands that take all their parameters as direct arguments to the command (and not sourced via structures in buffer memory as the indirect drawing commands). Includes vkCmdDraw, and vkCmdDrawIndexed.

Dispatchable Command

A non-global command. The first argument to each dispatchable command is a dispatchable handle type.

Dispatchable Handle

A handle of a pointer handle type which may be used by layers as part of intercepting API commands.

Dispatching Commands

Commands that provoke work using a compute pipeline. Includes vkCmdDispatch and vkCmdDispatchIndirect.

Drawing Commands

Commands that provoke work using a graphics pipeline. Includes vkCmdDraw, vkCmdDrawIndexed, vkCmdDrawIndirect, and vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect.

Duration (Command)

The duration of a Vulkan command refers to the interval between calling the command and its return to the caller.

Dynamic Storage Buffer

A storage buffer whose offset is specified each time the storage buffer is bound to a command buffer via a descriptor set.

Dynamic Uniform Buffer

A uniform buffer whose offset is specified each time the uniform buffer is bound to a command buffer via a descriptor set.

Dynamically Uniform

See Dynamically Uniform in section 2.2 “Terms” of the Khronos SPIR-V Specification.

Element

Arrays are composed of multiple elements, where each element exists at a unique index within that array. Used primarily to describe data passed to or returned from the Vulkan API.

Explicitly-Enabled Layer

A layer enabled by the application by adding it to the enabled layer list in vkCreateInstance or vkCreateDevice.

Event

A synchronization primitive that is signaled when execution of previous commands completes through a specified set of pipeline stages. Events can be waited on by the device and polled by the host. Represented by a VkEvent object.

Executable State (Command Buffer)

A command buffer that has ended recording commands and can be executed. See also Initial State and Recording State.

Execution Dependency

A dependency that guarantees that certain pipeline stages’ work for a first set of commands has completed execution before certain pipeline stages’ work for a second set of commands begins execution. This is accomplished via pipeline barriers, subpass dependencies, events, or implicit ordering operations.

Execution Dependency Chain

A sequence of execution dependencies that transitively act as a single execution dependency.

Extension Scope

The set of objects and commands that can be affected by an extension. Extensions are either device scope or instance scope.

Extending Structure

A structure type which may appear in the pNext chain of another structure, extending the functionality of the other structure. Extending structures may be defined by either core API versions or extensions.

External synchronization

A type of synchronization required of the application, where parameters defined to be externally synchronized must not be used simultaneously in multiple threads.

Facingness (Polygon)

A classification of a polygon as either front-facing or back-facing, depending on the orientation (winding order) of its vertices.

Facingness (Fragment)

A fragment is either front-facing or back-facing, depending on the primitive it was generated from. If the primitive was a polygon (regardless of polygon mode), the fragment inherits the facingness of the polygon. All other fragments are front-facing.

Fence

A synchronization primitive that is signaled when a set of batches or sparse binding operations complete execution on a queue. Fences can be waited on by the host. Represented by a VkFence object.

Flat Shading

A property of a vertex attribute that causes the value from a single vertex (the provoking vertex) to be used for all vertices in a primitive, and for interpolation of that attribute to return that single value unaltered.

Format Features

A set of features from VkFormatFeatureFlagBits that a VkFormat is capable of using for various commands. The list is determined by factors such as VkImageTiling.

Fragment

A rectangular framebuffer region with associated data produced by rasterization and processed by fragment operations including the fragment shader.

Fragment Area

The width and height, in pixels, of a fragment.

Fragment Input Attachment Interface

Variables with UniformConstant storage class and a decoration of InputAttachmentIndex that are statically used by a fragment shader’s entry point, which receive values from input attachments.

Fragment Output Interface

A fragment shader entry point’s variables with Output storage class, which output to color and/or depth/stencil attachments.

Framebuffer

A collection of image views and a set of dimensions that, in conjunction with a render pass, define the inputs and outputs used by drawing commands. Represented by a VkFramebuffer object.

Framebuffer Attachment

One of the image views used in a framebuffer.

Framebuffer Coordinates

A coordinate system in which adjacent pixels’ coordinates differ by 1 in x and/or y, with (0,0) in the upper left corner and pixel centers at half-integers.

Framebuffer-Space

Operating with respect to framebuffer coordinates.

Framebuffer-Local

A framebuffer-local dependency guarantees that only for a single framebuffer region, the first set of operations happens-before the second set of operations.

Framebuffer-Global

A framebuffer-global dependency guarantees that for all framebuffer regions, the first set of operations happens-before the second set of operations.

Framebuffer Region

A framebuffer region is a set of sample (x, y, layer, sample) coordinates that is a subset of the entire framebuffer.

Front-Facing

See Facingness.

Full Compatibility

A given version of the API is fully compatible with another version if an application, relying only on valid behavior and functionality defined by either of those specifications, is able to correctly run against each version without any modification. This assumes no active attempt by that application to not run when it detects a different version.

Global Command

A Vulkan command for which the first argument is not a dispatchable handle type.

Global Workgroup

A collection of local workgroups dispatched by a single dispatching command.

Handle

An opaque integer or pointer value used to refer to a Vulkan object. Each object type has a unique handle type.

Happen-after, happens-after

A transitive, irreflexive and antisymmetric ordering relation between operations. An execution dependency with a source of A and a destination of B enforces that B happens-after A. The inverse relation of happens-before.

Happen-before, happens-before

A transitive, irreflexive and antisymmetric ordering relation between operations. An execution dependency with a source of A and a destination of B enforces that A happens-before B. The inverse relation of happens-after.

Helper Invocation

A fragment shader invocation that is created solely for the purposes of evaluating derivatives for use in non-helper fragment shader invocations, and which does not have side effects.

Host

The processor(s) and execution environment that the application runs on, and that the Vulkan API is exposed on.

Host Mapped Device Memory

Device memory that is mapped for host access using vkMapMemory.

Host Memory

Memory not accessible to the device, used to store implementation data structures.

Host-Accessible Subresource

A buffer, or a linear image subresource in either the VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_PREINITIALIZED or VK_IMAGE_LAYOUT_GENERAL layout. Host-accessible subresources have a well-defined addressing scheme which can be used by the host.

Host-Local Memory

Memory that is not local to the device, and may be less performant for device access than device-local memory.

Host-Visible Memory

Device memory that can be mapped on the host and can be read and written by the host.

ICD

Installable Client Driver. An ICD is represented as a VkPhysicalDevice.

Identically Defined Objects

Objects of the same type where all arguments to their creation or allocation functions, with the exception of pAllocator, are

  1. Vulkan handles which refer to the same object or

  2. identical scalar or enumeration values or

  3. Host pointers which point to an array of values or structures which also satisfy these three constraints.

Image

A resource that represents a multi-dimensional formatted interpretation of device memory. Represented by a VkImage object.

Image Subresource

A specific mipmap level, layer, and set of aspects of an image.

Image Subresource Range

A set of image subresources that are contiguous mipmap levels and layers.

Image View

An object that represents an image subresource range of a specific image, and state controlling how the contents are interpreted. Represented by a VkImageView object.

Immutable Sampler

A sampler descriptor provided at descriptor set layout creation time for a specific binding. This sampler is then used for that binding in all descriptor sets allocated with the layout, and it cannot be changed.

Implicitly-Enabled Layer

A layer enabled by a loader-defined mechanism outside the Vulkan API, rather than explicitly by the application during instance or device creation.

Index Buffer

A buffer bound via vkCmdBindIndexBuffer which is the source of index values used to fetch vertex attributes for a vkCmdDrawIndexed or vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect command.

Indexed Drawing Commands

Drawing commands which use an index buffer as the source of index values used to fetch vertex attributes for a drawing command. Includes vkCmdDrawIndexed, and vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect.

Indirect Commands

Drawing or dispatching commands that source some of their parameters from structures in buffer memory. Includes vkCmdDrawIndirect, vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect, and vkCmdDispatchIndirect.

Indirect Drawing Commands

Drawing commands that source some of their parameters from structures in buffer memory. Includes vkCmdDrawIndirect, and vkCmdDrawIndexedIndirect.

Initial State (Command Buffer)

A command buffer that has not begun recording commands. See also Recording State and Executable State.

Input Attachment

A descriptor type that represents an image view, and supports unfiltered read-only access in a shader, only at the fragment’s location in the view.

Instance

The top-level Vulkan object, which represents the application’s connection to the implementation. Represented by a VkInstance object.

Instance-Level Command

Any command that is dispatched from an instance, or from a child object of an instance, except for physical devices and their children.

Instance-Level Functionality

All instance-level commands and objects, and their structures, enumerated types, and enumerants.

Instance-Level Object

High-level Vulkan objects, which are not physical devices, nor children of physical devices. For example, VkInstance is an instance-level object.

Internal Synchronization

A type of synchronization required of the implementation, where parameters not defined to be externally synchronized may require internal mutexing to avoid multithreaded race conditions.

Invocation (Shader)

A single execution of an entry point in a SPIR-V module. For example, a single vertex’s execution of a vertex shader or a single fragment’s execution of a fragment shader.

Invocation Group

A set of shader invocations that are executed in parallel and that must execute the same control flow path in order for control flow to be considered dynamically uniform.

Linear Resource

A resource is linear if it is one of the following:

A resource is non-linear if it is one of the following:

  • a VkImage created with VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL

Local Workgroup

A collection of compute shader invocations invoked by a single dispatching command, which share data via WorkgroupLocal variables and can synchronize with each other.

Logical Device

An object that represents the application’s interface to the physical device. The logical device is the parent of most Vulkan objects. Represented by a VkDevice object.

Logical Operation

Bitwise operations between a fragment color value and a value in a color attachment, that produce a final color value to be written to the attachment.

Lost Device

A state that a logical device may be in as a result of unrecoverable implementation errors, or other exceptional conditions.

Mappable

See Host-Visible Memory.

Memory Dependency

A memory dependency is an execution dependency which includes availability and visibility operations such that:

  • The first set of operations happens-before the availability operation

  • The availability operation happens-before the visibility operation

  • The visibility operation happens-before the second set of operations

Memory Domain

A memory domain is an abstract place to which memory writes are made available by availability operations and memory domain operations. The memory domains correspond to the set of agents that the write can then be made visible to. The memory domains are host, device, shader, workgroup instance (for workgroup instance there is a unique domain for each compute workgroup) and subgroup instance (for subgroup instance there is a unique domain for each subgroup).

Memory Domain Operation

An operation that makes the writes that are available to one memory domain available to another memory domain.

Memory Heap

A region of memory from which device memory allocations can be made.

Memory Type

An index used to select a set of memory properties (e.g. mappable, cached) for a device memory allocation.

Minimum Mip Level Size

The smallest size that is permitted for a mip level. For conventional images this is 1x1x1. See Image Mip Level Sizing.

Mip Tail Region

The set of mipmap levels of a sparse residency texture that are too small to fill a sparse block, and that must all be bound to memory collectively and opaquely.

Non-Dispatchable Handle

A handle of an integer handle type. Handle values may not be unique, even for two objects of the same type.

Non-Indexed Drawing Commands

Drawing commands for which the vertex attributes are sourced in linear order from the vertex input attributes for a drawing command (i.e. they do not use an index buffer). Includes vkCmdDraw, and vkCmdDrawIndirect.

Normalized

A value that is interpreted as being in the range [0,1] as a result of being implicitly divided by some other value.

Normalized Device Coordinates

A coordinate space after perspective division is applied to clip coordinates, and before the viewport transformation converts them to framebuffer coordinates.

Obsoleted (feature)

A feature is obsolete if it can no longer be used.

Overlapped Range (Aliased Range)

The aliased range of a device memory allocation that intersects a given image subresource of an image or range of a buffer.

Ownership (Resource)

If an entity (e.g. a queue family) has ownership of a resource, access to that resource is well-defined for access by that entity.

Packed Format

A format whose components are stored as a single texel block in memory, with their relative locations defined within that element.

Physical Device

An object that represents a single device in the system. Represented by a VkPhysicalDevice object.

Physical-Device-Level Command

Any command that is dispatched from a physical device.

Physical-Device-Level Functionality

All physical-device-level commands and objects, and their structures, enumerated types, and enumerants.

Physical-Device-Level Object

Physical device objects. For example, VkPhysicalDevice is a physical-device-level object.

Pipeline

An object controlling how graphics or compute work is executed on the device. A pipeline includes one or more shaders, as well as state controlling any non-programmable stages of the pipeline. Represented by a VkPipeline object.

Pipeline Barrier

An execution and/or memory dependency recorded as an explicit command in a command buffer, that forms a dependency between the previous and subsequent commands.

Pipeline Cache

An object that can be used to collect and retrieve information from pipelines as they are created, and can be populated with previously retrieved information in order to accelerate pipeline creation. Represented by a VkPipelineCache object.

Pipeline Layout

An object defining the set of resources (via a collection of descriptor set layouts) and push constants used by pipelines that are created using the layout. Used when creating a pipeline and when binding descriptor sets and setting push constant values. Represented by a VkPipelineLayout object.

Pipeline Stage

A logically independent execution unit that performs some of the operations defined by an action command.

pNext Chain

A set of structures chained together through their pNext members.

Point Sampling (Rasterization)

A rule that determines whether a fragment sample location is covered by a polygon primitive by testing whether the sample location is in the interior of the polygon in framebuffer-space, or on the boundary of the polygon according to the tie-breaking rules.

Potential Format Features

The union of all VkFormatFeatureFlagBits that the implementation supports for a specified VkFormat, over all supported image tilings.

Pre-rasterization

Operations that execute before rasterization, and any state associated with those operations.

Preserve Attachment

One of a list of attachments in a subpass description that is not read or written by the subpass, but that is read or written on earlier and later subpasses and whose contents must be preserved through this subpass.

Primary Command Buffer

A command buffer that can execute secondary command buffers, and can be submitted directly to a queue.

Primitive Topology

State controlling how vertices are assembled into primitives, e.g. as lists of triangles, strips of lines, etc.

Promoted (feature)

A feature from an older extension is considered promoted if it is made available as part of a new core version or newer extension with wider support.

Provisional

A feature is released provisionally in order to get wider feedback on the functionality before it is finalized. Provisional features may change in ways that break backwards compatibility, and thus are not recommended for use in production applications.

Provoking Vertex

The vertex in a primitive from which flat shaded attribute values are taken. This is generally the “first” vertex in the primitive, and depends on the primitive topology.

Push Constants

A small bank of values writable via the API and accessible in shaders. Push constants allow the application to set values used in shaders without creating buffers or modifying and binding descriptor sets for each update.

Push Constant Interface

The set of variables with PushConstant storage class that are statically used by a shader entry point, and which receive values from push constant commands.

Query Pool

An object containing a number of query entries and their associated state and results. Represented by a VkQueryPool object.

Queue

An object that executes command buffers and sparse binding operations on a device. Represented by a VkQueue object.

Queue Family

A set of queues that have common properties and support the same functionality, as advertised in VkQueueFamilyProperties.

Queue Operation

A unit of work to be executed by a specific queue on a device, submitted via a queue submission command. Each queue submission command details the specific queue operations that occur as a result of calling that command. Queue operations typically include work that is specific to each command, and synchronization tasks.

Queue Submission

Zero or more batches and an optional fence to be signaled, passed to a command for execution on a queue. See the Devices and Queues chapter for more information.

Recording State (Command Buffer)

A command buffer that is ready to record commands. See also Initial State and Executable State.

Release Operation (Resource)

An operation that releases ownership of an image subresource or buffer range.

Render Pass

An object that represents a set of framebuffer attachments and phases of rendering using those attachments. Represented by a VkRenderPass object.

Render Pass Instance

A use of a render pass in a command buffer.

Required Extensions

Extensions that must be enabled alongside extensions dependent on them (see Extension Dependencies).

Reset (Command Buffer)

Resetting a command buffer discards any previously recorded commands and puts a command buffer in the initial state.

Residency Code

An integer value returned by sparse image instructions, indicating whether any sparse unbound texels were accessed.

Resolve Attachment

A subpass attachment point, or image view, that is the target of a multisample resolve operation from the corresponding color attachment at the end of the subpass.

Sample Index

The index of a sample within a single set of samples.

Sample Shading

Invoking the fragment shader multiple times per fragment, with the covered samples partitioned among the invocations.

Sampled Image

A descriptor type that represents an image view, and supports filtered (sampled) and unfiltered read-only access in a shader.

Sampler

An object containing state controlling how sampled image data is sampled (or filtered) when accessed in a shader. Also a descriptor type describing the object. Represented by a VkSampler object.

Secondary Command Buffer

A command buffer that can be executed by a primary command buffer, and must not be submitted directly to a queue.

Self-Dependency

A subpass dependency from a subpass to itself, i.e. with srcSubpass equal to dstSubpass. A self-dependency is not automatically performed during a render pass instance, rather a subset of it can be performed via vkCmdPipelineBarrier during the subpass.

Semaphore

A synchronization primitive that supports signal and wait operations, and can be used to synchronize operations within a queue or across queues. Represented by a VkSemaphore object.

Shader

Instructions selected (via an entry point) from a shader module, which are executed in a shader stage.

Shader Code

A stream of instructions used to describe the operation of a shader.

Shader Module

A collection of shader code, potentially including several functions and entry points, that is used to create shaders in pipelines. Represented by a VkShaderModule object.

Shader Stage

A stage of the graphics or compute pipeline that executes shader code.

Side Effect

A store to memory or atomic operation on memory from a shader invocation.

Size-Compatible Image Formats

When a compressed image format and an uncompressed image format are size-compatible, it means that the texel block size of the uncompressed format must equal the texel block size of the compressed format.

Sparse Block

An element of a sparse resource that can be independently bound to memory. Sparse blocks of a particular sparse resource have a corresponding size in bytes that they use in the bound memory.

Sparse Image Block

A sparse block in a sparse partially-resident image. In addition to the sparse block size in bytes, sparse image blocks have a corresponding width, height, and depth defining the dimensions of these elements in units of texels or compressed texel blocks, the latter being used in case of sparse images having a block-compressed format.

Sparse Unbound Texel

A texel read from a region of a sparse texture that does not have memory bound to it.

Static Use

An object in a shader is statically used by a shader entry point if any function in the entry point’s call tree contains an instruction using the object. A reference in the entry point’s interface list does not constitute a static use. Static use is used to constrain the set of descriptors used by a shader entry point.

Storage Buffer

A descriptor type that represents a buffer, and supports reads, writes, and atomics in a shader.

Storage Image

A descriptor type that represents an image view, and supports unfiltered loads, stores, and atomics in a shader.

Storage Texel Buffer

A descriptor type that represents a buffer view, and supports unfiltered, formatted reads, writes, and atomics in a shader.

Subpass

A phase of rendering within a render pass, that reads and writes a subset of the attachments.

Subpass Dependency

An execution and/or memory dependency between two subpasses described as part of render pass creation, and automatically performed between subpasses in a render pass instance. A subpass dependency limits the overlap of execution of the pair of subpasses, and can provide guarantees of memory coherence between accesses in the subpasses.

Subpass Description

Lists of attachment indices for input attachments, color attachments, depth/stencil attachment, resolve attachments, and preserve attachments used by the subpass in a render pass.

Subset (Self-Dependency)

A subset of a self-dependency is a pipeline barrier performed during the subpass of the self-dependency, and whose stage masks and access masks each contain a subset of the bits set in the identically named mask in the self-dependency.

Texel Block

A single addressable element of an image with an uncompressed VkFormat, or a single compressed block of an image with a compressed VkFormat.

Texel Block Size

The size (in bytes) used to store a texel block of a compressed or uncompressed image.

Texel Coordinate System

One of three coordinate systems (normalized, unnormalized, integer) defining how texel coordinates are interpreted in an image or a specific mipmap level of an image.

Uniform Texel Buffer

A descriptor type that represents a buffer view, and supports unfiltered, formatted, read-only access in a shader.

Uniform Buffer

A descriptor type that represents a buffer, and supports read-only access in a shader.

Units in the Last Place (ULP)

A measure of floating-point error loosely defined as the smallest representable step in a floating-point format near a given value. For the precise definition see Precision and Operation of SPIR-V instructions or Jean-Michel Muller, “On the definition of ulp(x)”, RR-5504, INRIA. Other sources may also use the term “unit of least precision”.

Unnormalized

A value that is interpreted according to its conventional interpretation, and is not normalized.

User-Defined Variable Interface

A shader entry point’s variables with Input or Output storage class that are not built-in variables.

Vertex Input Attribute

A graphics pipeline resource that produces input values for the vertex shader by reading data from a vertex input binding and converting it to the attribute’s format.

Variable-Sized Descriptor Binding

A descriptor binding whose size will be specified when a descriptor set is allocated using this layout.

Vertex Input Binding

A graphics pipeline resource that is bound to a buffer and includes state that affects addressing calculations within that buffer.

Vertex Input Interface

A vertex shader entry point’s variables with Input storage class, which receive values from vertex input attributes.

View Volume

A subspace in homogeneous coordinates, corresponding to post-projection x and y values between -1 and +1, and z values between 0 and +1.

Viewport Transformation

A transformation from normalized device coordinates to framebuffer coordinates, based on a viewport rectangle and depth range.

Visibility Operation

An operation that causes available values to become visible to specified memory accesses.

Visible

A state of values written to memory that allows them to be accessed by a set of operations.

Common Abbreviations

The abbreviations and acronyms defined in this section are sometimes used in the Specification and the API where they are considered clear and commonplace.

Src

Source

Dst

Destination

Min

Minimum

Max

Maximum

Rect

Rectangle

Info

Information

LOD

Level of Detail

Log

Logarithm

ID

Identifier

UUID

Universally Unique Identifier

Op

Operation

R

Red color component

G

Green color component

B

Blue color component

A

Alpha color component

RTZ

Round towards zero

RTE

Round to nearest even

Prefixes

Prefixes are used in the API to denote specific semantic meaning of Vulkan names, or as a label to avoid name clashes, and are explained here:

VK/Vk/vk

Vulkan namespace
All types, commands, enumerants and defines in this specification are prefixed with these two characters.

PFN/pfn

Function Pointer
Denotes that a type is a function pointer, or that a variable is of a pointer type.

p

Pointer
Variable is a pointer.

vkCmd

Commands that record commands in command buffers
These API commands do not result in immediate processing on the device. Instead, they record the requested action in a command buffer for execution when the command buffer is submitted to a queue.

s

Structure
Used to denote the VK_STRUCTURE_TYPE* member of each structure in sType

Appendix H: Credits (Informative)

Vulkan 1.3 is the result of contributions from many people and companies participating in the Khronos Vulkan Working Group, as well as input from the Vulkan Advisory Panel.

Members of the Working Group, including the company that they represented at the time of their most recent contribution, are listed in the following section. Some specific contributions made by individuals are listed together with their name.

Working Group Contributors to Vulkan

  • Aaron Greig, Codeplay Software Ltd. (version 1.1)

  • Aaron Hagan, AMD (version 1.1)

  • Adam Jackson, Red Hat (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Adam Śmigielski, Mobica (version 1.0)

  • Aditi Verma, Qualcomm (version 1.3)

  • Ahmed Abdelkhalek, AMD (version 1.3)

  • Aidan Fabius, Core Avionics & Industrial Inc. (version 1.2)

  • Alan Baker, Google (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Alan Ward, Google (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Alejandro Piñeiro, Igalia (version 1.1)

  • Alex Bourd, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Alex Crabb, Caster Communications (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Alex Walters, Imagination Technologies (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Alexander Galazin, Arm (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Alexey Sachkov, Intel (version 1.3)

  • Allan MacKinnon, Google (version 1.3)

  • Allen Hux, Intel (version 1.0)

  • Alon Or-bach, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3) (WSI technical sub-group chair)

  • Anastasia Stulova, Arm (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Andreas Vasilakis, Think Silicon (version 1.2)

  • Andres Gomez, Igalia (version 1.1)

  • Andrew Cox, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Andrew Ellem, Google (version 1.3)

  • Andrew Garrard, Imagination Technologies (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3) (format wrangler)

  • Andrew Poole, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Andrew Rafter, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Andrew Richards, Codeplay Software Ltd. (version 1.0)

  • Andrew Woloszyn, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Ann Thorsnes, Khronos (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Antoine Labour, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Aras Pranckevičius, Unity Technologies (version 1.0)

  • Arseny Kapoulkine, Roblox (version 1.3)

  • Ashwin Kolhe, NVIDIA (version 1.0)

  • Baldur Karlsson, Valve Software (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Barthold Lichtenbelt, NVIDIA (version 1.1)

  • Bas Nieuwenhuizen, Google (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Ben Bowman, Imagination Technologies (version 1.0)

  • Benj Lipchak, Unknown (version 1.0)

  • Bill Hollings, Brenwill (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Bill Licea-Kane, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Blaine Kohl, Khronos (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Bob Fraser, Google (version 1.3)

  • Boris Zanin, Mobica (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Brent E. Insko, Intel (version 1.0)

  • Brian Ellis, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.0)

  • Brian Paul, VMware (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Caio Marcelo de Oliveira Filho, Intel (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Cass Everitt, Oculus VR (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Cemil Azizoglu, Canonical (version 1.0)

  • Lina Versace, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2)

  • Chang-Hyo Yu, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Charles Giessen, LunarG (version 1.3)

  • Chia-I Wu, LunarG (version 1.0)

  • Chris Frascati, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.0)

  • Chris Glover, Google (version 1.3)

  • Christian Forfang, Arm (version 1.3)

  • Christoph Kubisch, NVIDIA (version 1.3)

  • Christophe Riccio, Unity Technologies (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Cody Northrop, LunarG (version 1.0)

  • Colin Riley, AMD (version 1.1)

  • Cort Stratton, Google (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Courtney Goeltzenleuchter, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.3)

  • Craig Davies, Huawei (version 1.2)

  • Dae Kim, Imagination Technologies (version 1.1)

  • Damien Leone, NVIDIA (version 1.0)

  • Dan Baker, Oxide Games (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Dan Ginsburg, Valve Software (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Daniel Johnston, Intel (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Daniel Koch, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Daniel Rakos, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Daniel Stone, Collabora (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Daniel Vetter, Intel (version 1.2)

  • David Airlie, Red Hat (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • David Mao, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.2)

  • David Miller, Miller & Mattson (versions 1.0, 1.1) (Vulkan reference card)

  • David Neto, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • David Pankratz, Huawei (version 1.3)

  • David Wilkinson, AMD (version 1.2)

  • David Yu, Pixar (version 1.0)

  • Dejan Mircevski, Google (version 1.1)

  • Diego Novillo, Google (version 1.3)

  • Dimitris Georgakakis, Think Silicon (version 1.3)

  • Dominik Witczak, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.3)

  • Donald Scorgie, Imagination Technologies (version 1.2)

  • Dzmitry Malyshau, Mozilla (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Ed Hutchins, Oculus (version 1.2)

  • Emily Stearns, Khronos (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • François Duranleau, Gameloft (version 1.3)

  • Frank (LingJun) Chen, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.0)

  • Fred Liao, Mediatek (version 1.0)

  • Gabe Dagani, Freescale (version 1.0)

  • Gabor Sines, AMD (version 1.2)

  • Graeme Leese, Broadcom (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Graham Connor, Imagination Technologies (version 1.0)

  • Graham Sellers, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Graham Wihlidal, Electronic Arts (version 1.3)

  • Greg Fischer, LunarG (version 1.1)

  • Gregory Grebe, AMD (version 1.3)

  • Hai Nguyen, Google (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Hans-Kristian Arntzen, Valve Software (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Henri Verbeet, Codeweavers (version 1.2)

  • Wyvern Wang, Huawei (version 1.3)

  • Hwanyong Lee, Kyungpook National University (version 1.0)

  • Iago Toral, Igalia (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Ian Elliott, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2)

  • Ian Romanick, Intel (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.3)

  • Ivan Briano, Intel (version 1.3)

  • James Fitzpatrick, Imagination (version 1.3)

  • James Hughes, Oculus VR (version 1.0)

  • James Jones, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • James Riordon, Khronos (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Jamie Madill, Google (version 1.3)

  • Jan Hermes, Continental Corporation (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Jan-Harald Fredriksen, Arm (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Faith Ekstrand, Intel (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Jean-François Roy, Google (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Jeff Bolz, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Jeff Juliano, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2)

  • Jeff Leger, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (versions 1.1, 1.3)

  • Jeff Phillips, Khronos (version 1.3)

  • Jeff Vigil, Samsung Electronics (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Jens Owen, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Jeremy Hayes, LunarG (version 1.0)

  • Jesse Barker, Unity Technologies (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Jesse Hall, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Joe Davis, Samsung Electronics (version 1.1)

  • Johannes van Waveren, Oculus VR (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • John Anthony, Arm (version 1.2, 1.3)

  • John Kessenich, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3) (SPIR-V and GLSL for Vulkan spec author)

  • John McDonald, Valve Software (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • John Zulauf, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Jon Ashburn, LunarG (version 1.0)

  • Jon Leech, Independent (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3) (XML toolchain, normative language, release wrangler)

  • Jonas Gustavsson, Samsung Electronics (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Jonas Meyer, Epic Games (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Jonathan Hamilton, Imagination Technologies (version 1.0)

  • Jordan Justen, Intel (version 1.1)

  • Joshua Ashton, Valve Software (version 1.3)

  • Jungwoo Kim, Samsung Electronics (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Jörg Wagner, Arm (version 1.1)

  • Kalle Raita, Google (version 1.1)

  • Karen Ghavam, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Karl Schultz, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Kathleen Mattson, Khronos (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2)

  • Kaye Mason, Google (version 1.2)

  • Keith Packard, Valve (version 1.2)

  • Kenneth Benzie, Codeplay Software Ltd. (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Kenneth Russell, Google (version 1.1)

  • Kerch Holt, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Kevin O’Neil, AMD (version 1.1)

  • Kevin Petit, Arm (version 1.3)

  • Kris Rose, Khronos (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Kristian Kristensen, Intel (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Krzysztof Iwanicki, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Larry Seiler, Intel (version 1.0)

  • Laura Shubel, Caster Communications (version 1.3)

  • Lauri Ilola, Nokia (version 1.1)

  • Lei Zhang, Google (version 1.2)

  • Lenny Komow, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Liam Middlebrook, NVIDIA (version 1.3)

  • Lionel Landwerlin, Intel (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Lisie Aartsen, Khronos (version 1.3)

  • Liz Maitral, Khronos (version 1.2)

  • Lou Kramer, AMD (version 1.3)

  • Lutz Latta, Lucasfilm (version 1.0)

  • Maciej Jesionowski, AMD (version 1.1)

  • Mais Alnasser, AMD (version 1.1)

  • Marcin Kantoch, AMD (version 1.3)

  • Marcin Rogucki, Mobica (version 1.1)

  • Maria Rovatsou, Codeplay Software Ltd. (version 1.0)

  • Mariusz Merecki, Intel (version 1.3)

  • Mark Bellamy, Arm (version 1.2, 1.3)

  • Mark Callow, Independent (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Mark Kilgard, NVIDIA (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Mark Lobodzinski, LunarG (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2)

  • Mark Young, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.3)

  • Markus Tavenrath, NVIDIA (version 1.1)

  • Marty Johnson, Khronos (version 1.3)

  • Mateusz Przybylski, Intel (version 1.0)

  • Mathias Heyer, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Mathias Schott, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Mathieu Robart, Arm (version 1.2)

  • Matt Netsch, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (version 1.1)

  • Matthew Rusch, NVIDIA (version 1.3)

  • Matthäus Chajdas, AMD (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Maurice Ribble, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Maxim Lukyanov, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Michael Blumenkrantz, Self (version 1.3)

  • Michael Lentine, Google (version 1.0)

  • Michael O’Hara, AMD (version 1.1)

  • Michael Phillip, Samsung Electronics (version 1.2)

  • Michael Wong, Codeplay Software Ltd. (version 1.1)

  • Michael Worcester, Imagination Technologies (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Michal Pietrasiuk, Intel (versions 1.0, 1.3)

  • Mika Isojarvi, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Mike Schuchardt, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.2)

  • Mike Stroyan, LunarG (version 1.0)

  • Mike Weiblen, LunarG (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Minyoung Son, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Mitch Singer, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Mythri Venugopal, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Naveen Leekha, Google (version 1.0)

  • Neil Henning, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Neil Hickey, Arm (version 1.2)

  • Neil Trevett, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Nick Penwarden, Epic Games (version 1.0)

  • Nicolai Hähnle, AMD (version 1.1)

  • Niklas Smedberg, Unity Technologies (version 1.0)

  • Norbert Nopper, Independent (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Nuno Subtil, NVIDIA (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Pat Brown, NVIDIA (version 1.0)

  • Patrick Cozzi, Independent (version 1.1)

  • Patrick Doane, Blizzard Entertainment (version 1.0)

  • Peter Lohrmann, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.2)

  • Petros Bantolas, Imagination Technologies (version 1.1)

  • Philip Rebohle, Valve Software (version 1.3)

  • Pierre Boudier, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Pierre-Loup Griffais, Valve Software (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Piers Daniell, NVIDIA (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Ping Liu, Intel (version 1.3)

  • Piotr Bialecki, Intel (version 1.0)

  • Piotr Byszewski, Mobica (version 1.3)

  • Prabindh Sundareson, Samsung Electronics (version 1.0)

  • Pyry Haulos, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1) (Vulkan conformance test subcommittee chair)

  • Rachel Bradshaw, Caster Communications (version 1.3)

  • Rajeev Rao, Qualcomm (version 1.2)

  • Ralph Potter, Samsung Electronics (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Raun Krisch, Samsung Electronics (version 1.3)

  • Ray Smith, Arm (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2)

  • Ricardo Garcia, Igalia (version 1.3)

  • Richard Huddy, Samsung Electronics (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Rob Barris, NVIDIA (version 1.1)

  • Rob Stepinski, Transgaming (version 1.0)

  • Robert Simpson, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.3)

  • Rolando Caloca Olivares, Epic Games (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Ronan Keryell, Xilinx (version 1.3)

  • Roy Ju, Mediatek (version 1.0)

  • Rufus Hamade, Imagination Technologies (version 1.0)

  • Ruihao Zhang, Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (versions 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Samuel (Sheng-Wen) Huang, Mediatek (version 1.3)

  • Samuel Iglesias Gonsalvez, Igalia (version 1.3)

  • Sascha Willems, Self (version 1.3)

  • Sean Ellis, Arm (version 1.0)

  • Sean Harmer, KDAB Group (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Shannon Woods, Google (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Slawomir Cygan, Intel (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.3)

  • Slawomir Grajewski, Intel (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.3)

  • Sorel Bosan, AMD (version 1.1)

  • Spencer Fricke, Samsung Electronics (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Stefanus Du Toit, Google (version 1.0)

  • Stephen Huang, Mediatek (version 1.1)

  • Steve Hill, Broadcom (versions 1.0, 1.2)

  • Steve Viggers, Core Avionics & Industrial Inc. (versions 1.0, 1.2)

  • Steve Winston, Holochip (version 1.3)

  • Stuart Smith, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Sujeevan Rajayogam, Google (version 1.3)

  • Tilmann Scheller, Samsung Electronics (version 1.1)

  • Tim Foley, Intel (version 1.0)

  • Tim Lewis, Khronos (version 1.3)

  • Timo Suoranta, AMD (version 1.0)

  • Timothy Lottes, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.1)

  • Tobias Hector, AMD (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3) (validity language and toolchain)

  • Tobin Ehlis, LunarG (version 1.0)

  • Tom Olson, Arm (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3) (Working Group chair)

  • Tomasz Bednarz, Independent (version 1.1)

  • Tomasz Kubale, Intel (version 1.0)

  • Tony Barbour, LunarG (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2)

  • Tony Zlatinski, NVIDIA (version 1.3)

  • Victor Eruhimov, Unknown (version 1.1)

  • Vikram Kushwaha, NVIDIA (version 1.3)

  • Vincent Hindriksen, Stream HPC (versions 1.2, 1.3)

  • Wasim Abbas, Arm (version 1.3)

  • Wayne Lister, Imagination Technologies (version 1.0)

  • Wolfgang Engel, Unknown (version 1.1)

  • Yanjun Zhang, VeriSilicon (versions 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3)

  • Yunxing Zhu, Huawei (version 1.3)

Other Credits

The Vulkan Advisory Panel members provided important real-world usage information and advice that helped guide design decisions.

The wider Vulkan community have provided useful feedback, questions and specification changes that have helped improve the quality of the Specification via GitHub.

Administrative support to the Working Group for Vulkan 1.1, 1.2, and 1.3 was provided by Khronos staff including Ann Thorsnes, Blaine Kohl, Dominic Agoro-Ombaka, Emily Stearns, Jeff Phillips, Lisie Aartsen, Liz Maitral, Marty Johnson, Tim Lewis, and Xiao-Yu CHENG; and by Alex Crabb, Laura Shubel, and Rachel Bradshaw of Caster Communications.

Administrative support for Vulkan 1.0 was provided by Andrew Riegel, Elizabeth Riegel, Glenn Fredericks, Kathleen Mattson and Michelle Clark of Gold Standard Group.

Technical support was provided by James Riordon, site administration of Khronos.org and OpenGL.org.